The City of God
# ### ARGUMENT.
2 >
3 >
4 >
5 AUGUSTINE AGAIN TREATS OF THE SIN OF THE FIRST MAN, AND TEACHES THAT
6 > IT IS THE CAUSE OF THE CARNAL LIFE AND VICIOUS AFFECTIONS OF MAN.
7 > ESPECIALLY HE PROVES THAT THE SHAME WHICH ACCOMPANIES LUST IS THE
8 > JUST PUNISHMENT OF THAT DISOBEDIENCE, AND INQUIRES HOW MAN, IF HE
9 > HAD NOT SINNED, WOULD HAVE BEEN ABLE WITHOUT LUST TO PROPAGATE
10 > HIS KIND.
11 >
12 >
13 >
14 1. *That the disobedience of the first man would have plunged all men into the
15 > endless misery of the second death, had not the grace of God rescued many.*
16 We have already stated in the preceding books that God,
17 desiring not only that the human race might be able
18 by their similarity of nature to associate with one another,
19 but also that they might be bound together in harmony and
20 peace by the ties of relationship, was pleased to derive all
21 men from one individual, and created man with such a
22 nature that the members of the race should not have died,
23 had not the two first (of whom the one was created out of
24 nothing, and the other out of him) merited this by their disobedience;
25 for by them so great a sin was committed, that by
26 it the human nature was altered for the worse, and was transmitted
27 also to their posterity, liable to sin and subject to
28 death. And the kingdom of death so reigned over men, that
29 the deserved penalty of sin would have hurled all headlong
30 even into the second death, of which there is no end, had not
31 the undeserved grace of God saved some therefrom. And
32 thus it has come to pass, that though there are very many
33 and great nations all over the earth, whose rites and customs,
34 speech, arms, and dress, are distinguished by marked differences,
35 yet there are no more than two kinds of human society,
36 which we may justly call two cities, according to the language
37 of our Scriptures. The one consists of those who wish to live
38 after the flesh, the other of those who wish to live after the
39 spirit; and when they severally achieve what they wish, they
40 live in peace, each after their kind.
41 2. *Of carnal life, which is to be understood not only of living in bodily indulgence,
42 but also of living in the vices of the inner man.*
43 First, we must see what it is to live after the flesh, and what
44 to live after the spirit. For any one who either does not
45 recollect, or does not sufficiently weigh, the language of sacred
46 Scripture, may, on first hearing what we have said, suppose
47 that the Epicurean philosophers live after the flesh, because
48 they place man's highest good in bodily pleasure; and that
49 those others do so who have been of opinion that in some
50 form or other bodily good is man's supreme good; and that
51 the mass of men do so who, without dogmatizing or philosophizing
52 on the subject, are so prone to lust that they cannot
53 delight in any pleasure save such as they receive from bodily
54 sensations: and he may suppose that the Stoics, who place
55 the supreme good of men in the soul, live after the spirit; for
56 what is man's soul, if not spirit? But in the sense of the
57 divine Scripture both are proved to live after the flesh. For
58 by flesh it means not only the body of a terrestrial and mortal
59 animal, as when it says, "All flesh is not the same flesh,
60 but there is one kind of flesh of men, another flesh of
61 beasts, another of fishes, another of birds,"[2] but it uses this
62 word in many other significations; and among these various
63 usages, a frequent one is to use flesh for man himself, the
64 nature of man taking the part for the whole, as in the words,
65 "By the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified;"[3]
66 for what does he mean here by "no flesh" but "no man?"
67 And this, indeed, he shortly after says more plainly: "No man
68 shall be justified by the law;"[4] and in the Epistle to the
69 Galatians, "Knowing that a man is not justified by the
70 works of the law." And so we understand the words, "And
71 the Word was made flesh,"[5]—that is, man, which some not
72 accepting in its right sense, have supposed that Christ had not
73 a human soul.[6] For as the whole is used for the part in the
74 words of Mary Magdalene in the Gospel, "They have taken
75 away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him,"[7]
76 by which she meant only the flesh of Christ, which she supposed
77 had been taken from the tomb where it had been
78 buried, so the part is used for the whole, flesh being named,
79 while man is referred to, as in the quotations above cited.
80 Since, then, Scripture uses the word flesh in many ways,
81 which there is not time to collect and investigate, if we are to
82 ascertain what it is to live after the flesh (which is certainly
83 evil, though the nature of flesh is not itself evil), we must
84 carefully examine that passage of the epistle which the
85 Apostle Paul wrote to the Galatians, in which he says, "Now
86 the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these: adultery,
87 fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft,
88 hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies,
89 envyings, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and such like: of
90 the which I tell you before, as I have also told you in time
91 past, that they which do such things shall not inherit the
92 kingdom of God."[8] This whole passage of the apostolic
93 epistle being considered, so far as it bears on the matter in
94 hand, will be sufficient to answer the question, what it is to
95 live after the flesh. For among the works of the flesh which
96 he said were manifest, and which he cited for condemnation,
97 we find not only those which concern the pleasure of the
98 flesh, as fornications, uncleanness, lasciviousness, drunkenness,
99 revellings, but also those which, though they be remote from
100 fleshly pleasure, reveal the vices of the soul. For who does
101 not see that idolatries, witchcrafts, hatreds, variance, emulations,
102 wrath, strife, heresies, envyings, are vices rather of the
103 soul than of the flesh? For it is quite possible for a man to
104 abstain from fleshly pleasures for the sake of idolatry or some
105 heretical error; and yet, even when he does so, he is proved by
106 this apostolic authority to be living after the flesh; and in
107 abstaining from fleshly pleasure, he is proved to be practising
108 damnable works of the flesh. Who that has enmity has it
109 not in his soul? or who would say to his enemy, or to the
110 man he thinks his enemy, You have a bad flesh towards me,
111 and not rather, You have a bad spirit towards me? In fine,
112 if any one heard of what I may call "carnalities," he would
113 not fail to attribute them to the carnal part of man; so no
114 one doubts that "animosities" belong to the soul of man.
115 Why then does the doctor of the Gentiles in faith and verity
116 call all these and similar things works of the flesh, unless
117 because, by that mode of speech whereby the part is used for
118 the whole, he means us to understand by the word flesh the
119 man himself?
120 3. *That sin is caused not by the flesh, but by the soul, and that the corruption
121 contracted from sin is not sin, but sin's punishment.*
122 But if any one says that the flesh is the cause of all vices
123 and ill conduct, inasmuch as the soul lives wickedly only
124 because it is moved by the flesh, it is certain he has not
125 carefully considered the whole nature of man. For "the
126 corruptible body, indeed, weigheth down the soul."[9] Whence,
127 too, the apostle, speaking of this corruptible body, of which
128 he had shortly before said, "though our outward man perish,"[10]
129 says, "We know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle
130 were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made
131 with hands, eternal in the heavens. For in this we groan,
132 earnestly desiring to be clothed upon with our house which is
133 from heaven: if so be that being clothed we shall not be found
134 naked. For we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being
135 burdened: not for that we would be unclothed, but clothed
136 upon, that mortality might be swallowed up in life."[11] We
137 are then burdened with this corruptible body; but knowing
138 that the cause of this burdensomeness is not the nature and
139 substance of the body, but its corruption, we do not desire to
140 be deprived of the body, but to be clothed with its immortality.
141 For then, also, there will be a body, but it shall no
142 longer be a burden, being no longer corruptible. At present,
143 then, "the corruptible body presseth down the soul, and the
144 earthly tabernacle weigheth down the mind that museth upon
145 many things," nevertheless they are in error who suppose that
146 all the evils of the soul proceed from the body.
147 Virgil, indeed, seems to express the sentiments of Plato in
148 the beautiful lines, where he says,—
149 "A fiery strength inspires their lives,
150 An essence that from heaven derives,
151 Though clogged in part by limbs of clay,
152 And the dull 'vesture of decay;'"[12]
153 but though he goes on to mention the four most common
154 mental emotions,—desire, fear, joy, sorrow,—with the intention
155 of showing that the body is the origin of all sins and
156 vices, saying,—
157 "Hence wild desires and grovelling fears,
158 And human laughter, human tears,
159 Immured in dungeon-seeming night,
160 They look abroad, yet see no light,"[13]
161 yet we believe quite otherwise. For the corruption of the
162 body, which weighs down the soul, is not the cause but the
163 punishment of the first sin; and it was not the corruptible
164 flesh that made the soul sinful, but the sinful soul that made
165 the flesh corruptible. And though from this corruption of
166 the flesh there arise certain incitements to vice, and indeed
167 vicious desires, yet we must not attribute to the flesh all
168 the vices of a wicked life, in case we thereby clear the devil
169 of all these, for he has no flesh. For though we cannot call
170 the devil a fornicator or drunkard, or ascribe to him any
171 sensual indulgence (though he is the secret instigator and
172 prompter of those who sin in these ways), yet he is exceedingly
173 proud and envious. And this viciousness has so possessed
174 him, that on account of it he is reserved in chains of
175 darkness to everlasting punishment.[14] Now these vices, which
176 have dominion over the devil, the apostle attributes to the
177 flesh, which certainly the devil has not. For he says
178 "hatred, variance, emulations, strife, envying" are the works
179 of the flesh; and of all these evils pride is the origin and
180 head, and it rules in the devil though he has no flesh. For
181 who shows more hatred to the saints? who is more at
182 variance with them? who more envious, bitter, and jealous?
183 And since he exhibits all these works, though he has no flesh,
184 how are they works of the flesh, unless because they are the
185 works of man, who is, as I said, spoken of under the name of
186 flesh? For it is not by having flesh, which the devil has not,
187 but by living according to himself,—that is, according to
188 man,—that man became like the devil. For the devil too,
189 wished to live according to himself when he did not abide in
190 the truth; so that when he lied, this was not of God, but of
191 himself, who is not only a liar, but the father of lies, he being
192 the first who lied, and the originator of lying as of sin.
193 4. *What it is to live according to man, and what to live according to God.*
194 When, therefore, man lives according to man, not according
195 to God, he is like the devil. Because not even an angel
196 might live according to an angel, but only according to God,
197 if he was to abide in the truth, and speak God's truth and
198 not his own lie. And of man, too, the same apostle says in
199 another place, "If the truth of God hath more abounded
200 through my lie;"[15]—"my lie," he said, and "God's truth."
201 When, then, a man lives according to the truth, he lives not
202 according to himself, but according to God; for He was
203 God who said, "I am the truth."[16] When, therefore, man
204 lives according to himself,—that is, according to man, not
205 according to God,—assuredly he lives according to a lie; not
206 that man himself is a lie, for God is his author and creator,
207 who is certainly not the author and creator of a lie, but
208 because man was made upright, that he might not live according
209 to himself, but according to Him that made him,—in other
210 words, that he might do His will and not his own; and not to
211 live as he was made to live, that is a lie. For he certainly
212 desires to be blessed even by not living so that he may be
213 blessed. And what is a lie if this desire be not? Wherefore
214 it is not without meaning said that all sin is a lie. For
215 no sin is committed save by that desire or will by which we
216 desire that it be well with us, and shrink from it being ill
217 with us. That, therefore, is a lie which we do in order that
218 it may be well with us, but which makes us more miserable
219 than we were. And why is this, but because the source of
220 man's happiness lies only in God, whom he abandons when
221 he sins, and not in himself, by living according to whom he
222 sins?
223 In enunciating this proposition of ours, then, that because
224 some live according to the flesh and others according to the
225 spirit there have arisen two diverse and conflicting cities,
226 we might equally well have said, "because some live according
227 to man, others according to God." For Paul says very
228 plainly to the Corinthians, "For whereas there is among you
229 envying and strife, are ye not carnal, and walk according to
230 man?"[17] So that to walk according to man and to be carnal
231 are the same; for by *flesh*, that is, by a part of man, man
232 is meant. For before he said that those same persons were
233 animal whom afterwards he calls carnal, saying, "For what
234 man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man
235 which is in him? even so the things of God knoweth no
236 man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received not the
237 spirit of this world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we
238 might know the things which are freely given to us of God.
239 Which things also we speak, not in the words which man's
240 wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing
241 spiritual things with spiritual. But the animal man
242 perceiveth not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are
243 foolishness unto him."[18] It is to men of this kind, then, that
244 is, to animal men, he shortly after says, "And I, brethren, could
245 not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal."[19]
246 And this is to be interpreted by the same usage, a part being
247 taken for the whole. For both the soul and the flesh, the
248 component parts of man, can be used to signify the whole
249 man; and so the animal man and the carnal man are not two
250 different things, but one and the same thing, viz. man living
251 according to man. In the same way it is nothing else than
252 men that are meant either in the words, "By the deeds of
253 the law there shall no *flesh* be justified;"[20] or in the words,
254 "Seventy-five *souls* went down into Egypt with Jacob."[21] In
255 the one passage, "no flesh" signifies "no man;" and in the
256 other, by "seventy-five souls" seventy-five men are meant.
257 And the expression, "not in words which man's wisdom
258 teacheth," might equally be "not in words which fleshly
259 wisdom teacheth;" and the expression, "ye walk according to
260 man," might be "according to the flesh." And this is still
261 more apparent in the words which followed: "For while one
262 saith, I am of Paul, and another, I am of Apollos, are ye not
263 men?" The same thing which he had before expressed by
264 "ye are animal," "ye are carnal," he now expresses by "ye
265 are men;" that is, ye live according to man, not according to
266 God, for if you lived according to Him, you should be gods.
267 >
268 >
269 >
270 5. *That the opinion of the Platonists regarding the nature of body and soul is
271 > not so censurable as that of the Manichæans, but that even it is objectionable,
272 > because it ascribes the origin of vices to the nature of the flesh.*
273 There is no need, therefore, that in our sins and vices we
274 accuse the nature of the flesh to the injury of the Creator, for
275 in its own kind and degree the flesh is good; but to desert the
276 Creator good, and live according to the created good, is not good,
277 whether a man choose to live according to the flesh, or according
278 to the soul, or according to the whole human nature, which
279 is composed of flesh and soul, and which is therefore spoken of
280 either by the name flesh alone, or by the name soul alone. For
281 he who extols the nature of the soul as the chief good, and condemns
282 the nature of the flesh as if it were evil, assuredly is
283 fleshly both in his love of the soul and hatred of the flesh; for
284 these his feelings arise from human fancy, not from divine
285 truth. The Platonists, indeed, are not so foolish as, with the
286 Manichæans, to detest our present bodies as an evil nature;[22]
287 for they attribute all the elements of which this visible and
288 tangible world is compacted, with all their qualities, to God
289 their Creator. Nevertheless, from the death-infected members
290 and earthly construction of the body they believe the soul is so
291 affected, that there are thus originated in it the diseases of
292 desires, and fears, and joy, and sorrow, under which four perturbations,
293 as Cicero[23] calls them, or passions, as most prefer
294 to name them with the Greeks, is included the whole viciousness
295 of human life. But if this be so, how is it that Æneas
296 in Virgil, when he had heard from his father in Hades that
297 the souls should return to bodies, expresses surprise at this
298 declaration, and exclaims:
299 "O father! and can thought conceive
300 That happy souls this realm would leave,
301 And seek the upper sky,
302 With sluggish clay to reunite?
303 This direful longing for the light,
304 Whence comes it, say, and why?"[24]
305 This direful longing, then, does it still exist even in that
306 boasted purity of the disembodied spirits, and does it still
307 proceed from the death-infected members and earthly limbs?
308 Does he not assert that, when they begin to long to return
309 to the body, they have already been delivered from all these
310 so-called pestilences of the body? From which we gather
311 that, were this endlessly alternating purification and defilement
312 of departing and returning souls as true as it is most certainly
313 false, yet it could not be averred that all culpable and vicious
314 motions of the soul originate in the earthly body; for, on their
315 own showing, "this direful longing," to use the words of their
316 noble exponent, is so extraneous to the body, that it moves
317 the soul that is purged of all bodily taint, and is existing
318 apart from any body whatever, and moves it, moreover, to be
319 embodied again. So that even they themselves acknowledge
320 that the soul is not only moved to desire, fear, joy, sorrow, by
321 the flesh, but that it can also be agitated with these emotions
322 at its own instance.
323 6. *Of the character of the human will which makes the affections of the soul
324 right or wrong.*
325 But the character of the human will is of moment; because,
326 if it is wrong, these motions of the soul will be wrong, but if
327 it is right, they will be not merely blameless, but even praiseworthy.
328 For the will is in them all; yea, none of them is
329 anything else than will. For what are desire and joy but a
330 volition of consent to the things we wish? And what are
331 fear and sadness but a volition of aversion from the things
332 which we do not wish? But when consent takes the form of
333 seeking to possess the things we wish, this is called desire;
334 and when consent takes the form of enjoying the things we
335 wish, this is called joy. In like manner, when we turn with
336 aversion from that which we do not wish to happen, this
337 volition is termed fear; and when we turn away from that
338 which has happened against our will, this act of will is called
339 sorrow. And generally in respect of all that we seek or shun, as
340 a man's will is attracted or repelled, so it is changed and turned
341 into these different affections. Wherefore the man who lives
342 according to God, and not according to man, ought to be a lover
343 of good, and therefore a hater of evil. And since no one is
344 evil by nature, but whoever is evil is evil by vice, he who
345 lives according to God ought to cherish towards evil men a
346 perfect hatred, so that he shall neither hate the man because
347 of his vice, nor love the vice because of the man, but hate
348 the vice and love the man. For the vice being cursed, all
349 that ought to be loved, and nothing that ought to be hated,
350 will remain.
351 7. *That the words love and regard* (amor *and* dilectio) *are in Scripture used
352 indifferently of good and evil affection.*
353 He who resolves to love God, and to love his neighbour as
354 himself, not according to man but according to God, is on
355 account of this love said to be of a good will; and this is in
356 Scripture more commonly called charity, but it is also, even
357 in the same books, called love. For the apostle says that the
358 man to be elected as a ruler of the people must be a lover of
359 good.[25] And when the Lord Himself had asked Peter, "Hast
360 thou a regard for me (*diligis*) more than these?" Peter replied,
361 "Lord, Thou knowest that I love (*amo*) Thee." And
362 again a second time the Lord asked not whether Peter loved
363 (*amaret*) Him, but whether he had a regard (*diligeret*) for Him,
364 and he again answered, "Lord, Thou knowest that I love (*amo*)
365 Thee." But on the third interrogation the Lord Himself no
366 longer says, "Hast thou a regard (*diligis*) for me," but "Lovest
367 thou (*amas*) me?" And then the evangelist adds, "Peter was
368 grieved because He said unto him the third time, Lovest thou
369 (*amas*) me?" though the Lord had not said three times but only
370 once, "Lovest thou (*amas*) me?" and twice "*Diligis me?*" from
371 which we gather that, even when the Lord said "*diligis*," He used
372 an equivalent for "*amas*." Peter, too, throughout used one word
373 for the one thing, and the third time also replied, "Lord, Thou
374 knowest all things, Thou knowest that I love (*amo*) Thee."[26]
375 I have judged it right to mention this, because some are
376 of opinion that charity or regard (*dilectio*) is one thing, love
377 (*amor*) another. They say that *dilectio* is used of a good affection,
378 *amor* of an evil love. But it is very certain that even
379 secular literature knows no such distinction. However, it is
380 for the philosophers to determine whether and how they differ,
381 though their own writings sufficiently testify that they make
382 great account of love (*amor*) placed on good objects, and even
383 on God Himself. But we wished to show that the Scriptures
384 of our religion, whose authority we prefer to all writings whatsoever,
385 make no distinction between *amor*, *dilectio*, and *caritas*;
386 and we have already shown that *amor* is used in a good connection.
387 And if any one fancy that *amor* is no doubt used
388 both of good and bad loves, but that *dilectio* is reserved for
389 the good only, let him remember what the psalm says, "He
390 that loveth (*diligit*) iniquity hateth his own soul;"[27] and the
391 words of the Apostle John, "If any man love (*diligere*) the
392 world, the love (*dilectio*) of the Father is not in him."[28] Here
393 you have in one passage *dilectio* used both in a good and a bad
394 sense. And if any one demands an instance of *amor* being
395 used in a bad sense (for we have already shown its use in a
396 good sense), let him read the words, "For men shall be lovers
397 (*amantes*) of their own selves, lovers (*amatores*) of money."[29]
398 The right will is, therefore, well-directed love, and the
399 wrong will is ill-directed love. Love, then, yearning to have
400 what is loved, is desire; and having and enjoying it, is joy;
401 fleeing what is opposed to it, it is fear; and feeling what is
402 opposed to it, when it has befallen it, it is sadness. Now
403 these motions are evil if the love is evil; good if the love is
404 good. What we assert let us prove from Scripture. The
405 apostle "desires to depart, and to be with Christ."[30] And,
406 "My soul desired to long for Thy judgments;"[31] or if it is
407 more appropriate to say, "My soul longed to desire Thy judgments."
408 And, "The desire of wisdom bringeth to a kingdom."[32]
409 Yet there has always obtained the usage of understanding desire
410 and concupiscence in a bad sense if the object be not defined.
411 But joy is used in a good sense: "Be glad in the Lord, and
412 rejoice, ye righteous."[33] And, "Thou hast put gladness in my
413 heart."[34] And, "Thou wilt fill me with joy with Thy countenance."[35]
414 Fear is used in a good sense by the apostle when
415 he says, "Work out your salvation with fear and trembling."[36]
416 And, "Be not high-minded, but fear."[37] And, "I fear, lest by
417 any means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his subtilty,
418 so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is
419 in Christ."[38] But with respect to sadness, which Cicero prefers
420 to call sickness (*ægritudo*), and Virgil pain (*dolor*) (as he
421 says, "*Dolent gaudentque*"[39]), but which I prefer to call sorrow,
422 because sickness and pain are more commonly used to express
423 bodily suffering,—with respect to this emotion, I say, the question
424 whether it can be used in a good sense is more difficult.
425 >
426 >
427 >
428 8. *Of the three perturbations, which the Stoics admitted in the soul of the wise
429 > man to the exclusion of grief or sadness, which the manly mind ought not
430 > to experience.*
431 Those emotions which the Greeks call εὐπαθείαι, and
432 which Cicero calls *constantiæ*, the Stoics would restrict to
433 three; and, instead of three "perturbations" in the soul of
434 the wise man, they substituted severally, in place of desire,
435 will; in place of joy, contentment; and for fear, caution;
436 and as to sickness or pain, which we, to avoid ambiguity,
437 preferred to call sorrow, they denied that it could exist in the
438 mind of a wise man. Will, they say, seeks the good, for this
439 the wise man does. Contentment has its object in good that
440 is possessed, and this the wise man continually possesses.
441 Caution avoids evil, and this the wise man ought to avoid.
442 But sorrow arises from evil that has already happened; and
443 as they suppose that no evil can happen to the wise man,
444 there can be no representative of sorrow in his mind. According
445 to them, therefore, none but the wise man wills, is
446 contented, uses caution; and that the fool can do no more
447 than desire, rejoice, fear, be sad. The former three affections
448 Cicero calls *constantiæ*, the last four *perturbationes*. Many,
449 however, call these last *passions*; and, as I have said, the
450 Greeks call the former εὐπαθείαι, and the latter παθήματα. And
451 when I made a careful examination of Scripture to find
452 whether this terminology was sanctioned by it, I came upon
453 this saying of the prophet: "There is no contentment to the
454 wicked, saith the Lord;"[40] as if the wicked might more properly
455 rejoice than be contented regarding evils, for contentment
456 is the property of the good and godly. I found also
457 that verse in the Gospel: "Whatsoever ye would that men
458 should do unto you, do ye even so unto them;"[41] which seems
459 to imply that evil or shameful things may be the object of
460 desire, but not of will. Indeed, some interpreters have added
461 "good things" to make the expression more in conformity
462 with customary usage, and have given this meaning, "Whatsoever
463 good deeds that ye would that men should do unto
464 you." For they thought that this would prevent any one
465 from wishing other men to provide him with unseemly, not to
466 say shameful, gratifications,—luxurious banquets, for example,—on
467 the supposition that if he returned the like to them he
468 would be fulfilling this precept. In the Greek Gospel, however,
469 from which the Latin is translated, "good" does not
470 occur, but only, "All things whatsoever ye would that men
471 should do unto you, do ye even so unto them," and, as I
472 believe, because "good" is already included in the word
473 "would;" for He does not say "desire."
474 Yet though we may sometimes avail ourselves of these
475 precise proprieties of language, we are not to be always
476 bridled by them; and when we read those writers against
477 whose authority it is unlawful to reclaim, we must accept
478 the meanings above mentioned in passages where a right
479 sense can be educed by no other interpretation, as in those
480 instances we adduced partly from the prophet, partly from
481 the Gospel. For who does not know that the wicked exult
482 with joy? Yet "there is no *contentment* for the wicked,
483 saith the Lord." And how so, unless because contentment,
484 when the word is used in its proper and distinctive significance,
485 means something different from joy? In like manner,
486 who would deny that it were wrong to enjoin upon men that
487 whatever they desire others to do to them they should themselves
488 do to others, lest they should mutually please one
489 another by shameful and illicit pleasure? And yet the precept,
490 "Whatsoever ye *would* that men should do unto you, do
491 ye even so to them," is very wholesome and just. And how is
492 this, unless because the will is in this place used strictly, and
493 signifies that will which cannot have evil for its object? But
494 ordinary phraseology would not have allowed the saying, "Be
495 unwilling to make any manner of lie,"[42] had there not been
496 also an evil will, whose wickedness separates it from that
497 which the angels celebrated, "Peace on earth, of good will to
498 men."[43] For "good" is superfluous if there is no other
499 kind of will but good will. And why should the apostle have
500 mentioned it among the praises of charity as a great thing,
501 that "it rejoices not in iniquity," unless because wickedness
502 does so rejoice? For even with secular writers these words
503 are used indifferently. For Cicero, that most fertile of
504 orators, says, "I desire, conscript fathers, to be merciful."[44]
505 And who would be so pedantic as to say that he should have
506 said "I will" rather than "I desire," because the word is used
507 in a good connection? Again, in Terence, the profligate
508 youth, burning with wild lust, says, "I will nothing else than
509 Philumena."[45] That this "will" was lust is sufficiently indicated
510 by the answer of his old servant which is there introduced:
511 "How much better were it to try and banish that love
512 from your heart, than to speak so as uselessly to inflame your
513 passion still more!" And that contentment was used by secular
514 writers in a bad sense, that verse of Virgil testifies, in which
515 he most succinctly comprehends these four perturbations,—
516 "Hence they fear and desire, grieve and are content."[46]
517 The same author had also used the expression, "the evil
518 contentments of the mind."[47] So that good and bad men
519 alike will, are cautious, and contented; or, to say the same
520 thing in other words, good and bad men alike desire, fear,
521 rejoice, but the former in a good, the latter in a bad fashion,
522 according as the will is right or wrong. Sorrow itself, too,
523 which the Stoics would not allow to be represented in the
524 mind of the wise man, is used in a good sense, and especially
525 in our writings. For the apostle praises the Corinthians
526 because they had a godly sorrow. But possibly some one
527 may say that the apostle congratulated them because they
528 were penitently sorry, and that such sorrow can exist only in
529 those who have sinned. For these are his words: "For I
530 perceive that the same epistle hath made you sorry, though
531 it were but for a season. Now I rejoice, not that ye were
532 made sorry, but that ye sorrowed to repentance; for ye were
533 made sorry after a godly manner, that ye might receive
534 damage by us in nothing. For godly sorrow worketh repentance
535 to salvation not to be repented of, but the sorrow of the
536 world worketh death. For, behold, this selfsame thing that
537 ye sorrowed after a godly sort, what carefulness it wrought in
538 you!"[48] Consequently the Stoics may defend themselves by
539 replying,[49] that sorrow is indeed useful for repentance of sin,
540 but that this can have no place in the mind of the wise man,
541 inasmuch as no sin attaches to him of which he could
542 sorrowfully repent, nor any other evil the endurance or experience
543 of which could make him sorrowful. For they say
544 that Alcibiades (if my memory does not deceive me), who
545 believed himself happy, shed tears when Socrates argued with
546 him, and demonstrated that he was miserable because he was
547 foolish. In his case, therefore, folly was the cause of this
548 useful and desirable sorrow, wherewith a man mourns that he
549 is what he ought not to be. But the Stoics maintain not
550 that the fool, but that the wise man, cannot be sorrowful.
551 9. *Of the perturbations of the soul which appear as right affections in the
552 life of the righteous.*
553 But so far as regards this question of mental perturbations,
554 we have answered these philosophers in the ninth book[50]
555 of this work, showing that it is rather a verbal than a real
556 dispute, and that they seek contention rather than truth.
557 Among ourselves, according to the sacred Scriptures and
558 sound doctrine, the citizens of the holy city of God, who live
559 according to God in the pilgrimage of this life, both fear and
560 desire, and grieve and rejoice. And because their love is
561 rightly placed, all these affections of theirs are right. They
562 fear eternal punishment, they desire eternal life; they grieve
563 because they themselves groan within themselves, waiting for
564 the adoption, the redemption of their body;[51] they rejoice in
565 hope, because there "shall be brought to pass the saying that
566 is written, Death is swallowed up in victory."[52] In like
567 manner they fear to sin, they desire to persevere; they grieve
568 in sin, they rejoice in good works. They fear to sin, because
569 they hear that "because iniquity shall abound, the love of
570 many shall wax cold."[53] They desire to persevere, because
571 they hear that it is written, "He that endureth to the end
572 shall be saved."[54] They grieve for sin, hearing that "If we say
573 that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is
574 not in us."[55] They rejoice in good works, because they hear
575 that "the Lord loveth a cheerful giver."[56] In like manner,
576 according as they are strong or weak, they fear or desire to
577 be tempted, grieve or rejoice in temptation. They fear to be
578 tempted, because they hear the injunction, "If a man be overtaken
579 in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one
580 in the spirit of meekness; considering thyself, lest thou also
581 be tempted."[57] They desire to be tempted, because they hear
582 one of the heroes of the city of God saying, "Examine me,
583 O Lord, and tempt me: try my reins and my heart."[58] They
584 grieve in temptations, because they see Peter weeping;[59] they
585 rejoice in temptations, because they hear James saying, "My
586 brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations."[60]
587 And not only on their own account do they experience
588 these emotions, but also on account of those whose deliverance
589 they desire and whose perdition they fear, and whose
590 loss or salvation affects them with grief or with joy. For
591 if we who have come into the Church from among the Gentiles
592 may suitably instance that noble and mighty hero who
593 glories in his infirmities, the teacher (*doctor*) of the nations
594 in faith and truth, who also laboured more than all his fellow-apostles,
595 and instructed the tribes of God's people by his
596 epistles, which edified not only those of his own time, but
597 all those who were to be gathered in,—that hero, I say, and
598 athlete of Christ, instructed by Him, anointed of His Spirit,
599 crucified with Him, glorious in Him, lawfully maintaining
600 a great conflict on the theatre of this world, and being
601 made a spectacle to angels and men,[61] and pressing onwards
602 for the prize of his high calling,[62]—very joyfully do we with
603 the eyes of faith behold him rejoicing with them that rejoice,
604 and weeping with them that weep;[63] though hampered
605 by fightings without and fears within;[64] desiring to depart
606 and to be with Christ;[65] longing to see the Romans, that he
607 might have some fruit among them as among other Gentiles;[66]
608 being jealous over the Corinthians, and fearing in that
609 jealousy lest their minds should be corrupted from the chastity
610 that is in Christ;[67] having great heaviness and continual
611 sorrow of heart for the Israelites,[68] because they, being ignorant
612 of God's righteousness, and going about to establish their
613 own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the
614 righteousness of God;[69] and expressing not only his sorrow,
615 but bitter lamentation over some who had formally sinned
616 and had not repented of their uncleanness and fornications.[70]
617 If these emotions and affections, arising as they do from
618 the love of what is good and from a holy charity, are to
619 be called vices, then let us allow these emotions which are
620 truly vices to pass under the name of virtues. But since
621 these affections, when they are exercised in a becoming way,
622 follow the guidance of right reason, who will dare to say
623 that they are diseases or vicious passions? Wherefore even
624 the Lord Himself, when He condescended to lead a human
625 life in the form of a slave, had no sin whatever, and yet
626 exercised these emotions where He judged they should be
627 exercised. For as there was in Him a true human body and
628 a true human soul, so was there also a true human emotion.
629 When, therefore, we read in the Gospel that the hard-heartedness
630 of the Jews moved Him to sorrowful indignation,[71] that
631 He said, "I am glad for your sakes, to the intent ye may
632 believe,"[72] that when about to raise Lazarus He even shed
633 tears,[73] that He earnestly desired to eat the passover with
634 His disciples,[74] that as His passion drew near His soul was
635 sorrowful,[75] these emotions are certainly not falsely ascribed
636 to Him. But as He became man when it pleased Him, so,
637 in the grace of His definite purpose, when it pleased Him He
638 experienced those emotions in His human soul.
639 But we must further make the admission, that even when
640 these affections are well regulated, and according to God's
641 will, they are peculiar to this life, not to that future life we
642 look for, and that often we yield to them against our will.
643 And thus sometimes we weep in spite of ourselves, being
644 carried beyond ourselves, not indeed by culpable desire, but
645 by praiseworthy charity. In us, therefore, these affections
646 arise from human infirmity; but it was not so with the Lord
647 Jesus, for even His infirmity was the consequence of His
648 power. But so long as we wear the infirmity of this life, we
649 are rather worse men than better if we have none of these
650 emotions at all. For the apostle vituperated and abominated
651 some who, as he said, were "without natural affection."[76]
652 The sacred Psalmist also found fault with those of whom he
653 said, "I looked for some to lament with me, and there was
654 none."[77] For to be quite free from pain while we are in this
655 place of misery is only purchased, as one of this world's
656 literati perceived and remarked,[78] at the price of blunted sensibilities
657 both of mind and body. And therefore that which
658 the Greeks call ἀπάθεια, and what the Latins would call, if
659 their language would allow them, "impassibilitas," if it be
660 taken to mean an impassibility of spirit and not of body, or,
661 in other words, a freedom from those emotions which are contrary
662 to reason and disturb the mind, then it is obviously a
663 good and most desirable quality, but it is not one which is
664 attainable in this life. For the words of the apostle are the
665 confession, not of the common herd, but of the eminently
666 pious, just, and holy men: "If we say we have no sin, we
667 deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us."[79] When there
668 shall be no sin in a man, then there shall be this ἀπάθεια.
669 At present it is enough if we live without crime; and he
670 who thinks he lives without sin puts aside not sin, but
671 pardon. And if that is to be called apathy, where the mind
672 is the subject of no emotion, then who would not consider
673 this insensibility to be worse than all vices? It may, indeed,
674 reasonably be maintained that the perfect blessedness we
675 hope for shall be free from all sting of fear or sadness; but
676 who that is not quite lost to truth would say that neither
677 love nor joy shall be experienced there? But if by apathy a
678 condition be meant in which no fear terrifies nor any pain
679 annoys, we must in this life renounce such a state if we
680 would live according to God's will, but may hope to enjoy
681 it in that blessedness which is promised as our eternal condition.
682 For that fear of which the Apostle John says, "There is
683 no fear in love; but perfect love casteth out fear, because
684 fear hath torment. He that feareth is not made perfect in
685 love,"[80]—that fear is not of the same kind as the Apostle
686 Paul felt lest the Corinthians should be seduced by the
687 subtlety of the serpent; for love is susceptible of this fear,
688 yea, love alone is capable of it. But the fear which is not in
689 love is of that kind of which Paul himself says, "For ye
690 have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear."[81] But
691 as for that "clean fear which endureth for ever,"[82] if it is to
692 exist in the world to come (and how else can it be said to
693 endure for ever?), it is not a fear deterring us from evil
694 which may happen, but preserving us in the good which
695 cannot be lost. For where the love of acquired good is
696 unchangeable, there certainly the fear that avoids evil is, if
697 I may say so, free from anxiety. For under the name of
698 "clean fear" David signifies that will by which we shall
699 necessarily shrink from sin, and guard against it, not with the
700 anxiety of weakness, which fears that we may strongly sin,
701 but with the tranquillity of perfect love. Or if no kind of
702 fear at all shall exist in that most imperturbable security of
703 perpetual and blissful delights, then the expression, "The fear
704 of the Lord is clean, enduring for ever," must be taken in the
705 same sense as that other, "The patience of the poor shall not
706 perish for ever."[83] For patience, which is necessary only
707 where ills are to be borne, shall not be eternal, but that which
708 patience leads us to will be eternal. So perhaps this "clean
709 fear" is said to endure for ever, because that to which fear
710 leads shall endure.
711 And since this is so,—since we must live a good life in
712 order to attain to a blessed life,—a good life has all these
713 affections right, a bad life has them wrong. But in the
714 blessed life eternal there will be love and joy, not only right,
715 but also assured; but fear and grief there will be none.
716 Whence it already appears in some sort what manner of persons
717 the citizens of the city of God must be in this their
718 pilgrimage, who live after the spirit, not after the flesh,—that
719 is to say, according to God, not according to man,—and what
720 manner of persons they shall be also in that immortality
721 whither they are journeying. And the city or society of the
722 wicked, who live not according to God, but according to man,
723 and who accept the doctrines of men or devils in the worship
724 of a false and contempt of the true divinity, is shaken with
725 those wicked emotions as by diseases and disturbances. And
726 if there be some of its citizens who seem to restrain and, as
727 it were, temper those passions, they are so elated with ungodly
728 pride, that their disease is as much greater as their
729 pain is less. And if some, with a vanity monstrous in proportion
730 to its rarity, have become enamoured of themselves
731 because they can be stimulated and excited by no emotion,
732 moved or bent by no affection, such persons rather lose all
733 humanity than obtain true tranquillity. For a thing is not
734 necessarily right because it is inflexible, nor healthy because
735 it is insensible.
736 10. *Whether it is to be believed that our first parents in Paradise, before they
737 sinned, were free from all perturbation.*
738 But it is a fair question, whether our first parent or first
739 parents (for there was a marriage of two), before they sinned,
740 experienced in their animal body such emotions as we shall
741 not experience in the spiritual body when sin has been
742 purged and finally abolished. For if they did, then how
743 were they blessed in that boasted place of bliss, Paradise?
744 For who that is affected by fear or grief can be called absolutely
745 blessed? And what could those persons fear or suffer
746 in such affluence of blessings, where neither death nor ill-health
747 was feared, and where nothing was wanting which a
748 good will could desire, and nothing present which could
749 interrupt man's mental or bodily enjoyment? Their love to
750 God was unclouded, and their mutual affection was that of
751 faithful and sincere marriage; and from this love flowed a
752 wonderful delight, because they always enjoyed what was
753 loved. Their avoidance of sin was tranquil; and, so long as
754 it was maintained, no other ill at all could invade them and
755 bring sorrow. Or did they perhaps desire to touch and eat
756 the forbidden fruit, yet feared to die; and thus both fear and
757 desire already, even in that blissful place, preyed upon those
758 first of mankind? Away with the thought that such could
759 be the case where there was no sin! And, indeed, this is
760 already sin, to desire those things which the law of God
761 forbids, and to abstain from them through fear of punishment,
762 not through love of righteousness. Away, I say, with
763 the thought, that before there was any sin, there should
764 already have been committed regarding that fruit the very
765 sin which our Lord warns us against regarding a woman:
766 "Whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her, hath committed
767 adultery with her already in his heart."[84] As happy,
768 then, as were these our first parents, who were agitated by no
769 mental perturbations, and annoyed by no bodily discomforts,
770 so happy should the whole human race have been, had they
771 not introduced that evil which they have transmitted to their
772 posterity, and had none of their descendants committed
773 iniquity worthy of damnation; but this original blessedness
774 continuing until, in virtue of that benediction which said,
775 "Increase and multiply,"[85] the number of the predestined
776 saints should have been completed, there would then have
777 been bestowed that higher felicity which is enjoyed by the
778 most blessed angels,—a blessedness in which there should
779 have been a secure assurance that no one would sin, and no
780 one die; and so should the saints have lived, after no taste of
781 labour, pain, or death, as now they shall live in the resurrection,
782 after they have endured all these things.
783 11. *Of the fall of the first man, in whom nature was created good, and can be
784 restored only by its Author.*
785 But because God foresaw all things, and was therefore not
786 ignorant that man also would fall, we ought to consider this
787 holy city in connection with what God foresaw and ordained,
788 and not according to our own ideas, which do not embrace
789 God's ordination. For man, by his sin, could not disturb the
790 divine counsel, nor compel God to change what He had
791 decreed; for God's foreknowledge had anticipated both,—that
792 is to say, both how evil the man whom He had created good
793 should become, and what good He Himself should even thus
794 derive from him. For though God is said to change His
795 determinations (so that in a tropical sense the Holy Scripture
796 says even that God repented[86]), this is said with reference to
797 man's expectation, or the order of natural causes, and not
798 with reference to that which the Almighty had foreknown
799 that He would do. Accordingly God, as it is written, made
800 man upright,[87] and consequently with a good will. For if
801 he had not had a good will, he could not have been upright.
802 The good will, then, is the work of God; for God created
803 him with it. But the first evil will, which preceded all man's
804 evil acts, was rather a kind of falling away from the work of
805 God to its own works than any positive work. And therefore
806 the acts resulting were evil, not having God, but the will
807 itself for their end; so that the will or the man himself, so
808 far as his will is bad, was as it were the evil tree bringing
809 forth evil fruit. Moreover, the bad will, though it be not in
810 harmony with, but opposed to nature, inasmuch as it is a vice
811 or blemish, yet it is true of it as of all vice, that it cannot
812 exist except in a nature, and only in a nature created out of
813 nothing, and not in that which the Creator has begotten of
814 Himself, as He begot the Word, by whom all things were
815 made. For though God formed man of the dust of the earth,
816 yet the earth itself, and every earthly material, is absolutely
817 created out of nothing; and man's soul, too, God created out
818 of nothing, and joined to the body, when He made man. But
819 evils are so thoroughly overcome by good, that though they
820 are permitted to exist, for the sake of demonstrating how the
821 most righteous foresight of God can make a good use even of
822 them, yet good can exist without evil, as in the true and
823 supreme God Himself, and as in every invisible and visible
824 celestial creature that exists above this murky atmosphere;
825 but evil cannot exist without good, because the natures in
826 which evil exists, in so far as they are natures, are good.
827 And evil is removed, not by removing any nature, or part of
828 a nature, which had been introduced by the evil, but by
829 healing and correcting that which had been vitiated and
830 depraved. The will, therefore, is then truly free, when it is
831 not the slave of vices and sins. Such was it given us by
832 God; and this being lost by its own fault, can only be restored
833 by Him who was able at first to give it. And therefore the
834 truth says, "If the Son shall make you free, ye shall be free
835 indeed;"[88] which is equivalent to saying, If the Son shall save
836 you, ye shall be saved indeed. For He is our Liberator,
837 inasmuch as He is our Saviour.
838 Man then lived with God for his rule in a paradise at once
839 physical and spiritual. For neither was it a paradise only
840 physical for the advantage of the body, and not also spiritual
841 for the advantage of the mind; nor was it only spiritual to
842 afford enjoyment to man by his internal sensations, and not
843 also physical to afford him enjoyment through his external
844 senses. But obviously it was both for both ends. But after
845 that proud and therefore envious angel (of whose fall I have
846 said as much as I was able in the eleventh and twelfth books
847 of this work, as well as that of his fellows, who, from being
848 God's angels, became his angels), preferring to rule with a
849 kind of pomp of empire rather than to be another's subject,
850 fell from the spiritual Paradise, and essaying to insinuate his
851 persuasive guile into the mind of man, whose unfallen condition
852 provoked him to envy now that himself was fallen, he
853 chose the serpent as his mouthpiece in that bodily Paradise
854 in which it and all the other earthly animals were living with
855 those two human beings, the man and his wife, subject to
856 them, and harmless; and he chose the serpent because, being
857 slippery, and moving in tortuous windings, it was suitable for
858 his purpose. And this animal being subdued to his wicked
859 ends by the presence and superior force of his angelic nature,
860 he abused as his instrument, and first tried his deceit upon
861 the woman, making his assault upon the weaker part of that
862 human alliance, that he might gradually gain the whole, and
863 not supposing that the man would readily give ear to him, or
864 be deceived, but that he might yield to the error of the woman.
865 For as Aaron was not induced to agree with the people when
866 they blindly wished him to make an idol, and yet yielded to
867 constraint; and as it is not credible that Solomon was so blind
868 as to suppose that idols should be worshipped, but was drawn
869 over to such sacrilege by the blandishments of women; so we
870 cannot believe that Adam was deceived, and supposed the
871 devil's word to be truth, and therefore transgressed God's law,
872 but that he by the drawings of kindred yielded to the woman,
873 the husband to the wife, the one human being to the only
874 other human being. For not without significance did the
875 apostle say, "And Adam was not deceived, but the woman
876 being deceived was in the transgression;"[89] but he speaks
877 thus, because the woman accepted as true what the serpent
878 told her, but the man could not bear to be severed from his
879 only companion, even though this involved a partnership in
880 sin. He was not on this account less culpable, but sinned
881 with his eyes open. And so the apostle does not say, "He did
882 not sin," but "He was not deceived." For he shows that he
883 sinned when he says, "By one man sin entered into the
884 world,"[90] and immediately after more distinctly, "In the likeness
885 of Adam's transgression." But he meant that those are
886 deceived who do not judge that which they do to be sin; but
887 he knew. Otherwise how were it true "Adam was not deceived?"
888 But having as yet no experience of the divine
889 severity, he was possibly deceived in so far as he thought his
890 sin venial. And consequently he was not deceived as the
891 woman was deceived, but he was deceived as to the judgment
892 which would be passed on his apology: "The woman
893 whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me, and I did
894 eat."[91] What need of saying more? Although they were
895 not both deceived by credulity, yet both were entangled in
896 the snares of the devil, and taken by sin.
897 12. *Of the nature of man's first sin.*
898 If any one finds a difficulty in understanding why other
899 sins do not alter human nature as it was altered by the transgression
900 of those first human beings, so that on account of it
901 this nature is subject to the great corruption we feel and see,
902 and to death, and is distracted and tossed with so many furious
903 and contending emotions, and is certainly far different from
904 what it was before sin, even though it were then lodged in an
905 animal body,—if, I say, any one is moved by this, he ought
906 not to think that that sin was a small and light one because
907 it was committed about food, and that not bad nor noxious,
908 except because it was forbidden; for in that spot of singular
909 felicity God could not have created and planted any evil thing.
910 But by the precept He gave, God commended obedience, which
911 is, in a sort, the mother and guardian of all the virtues in the
912 reasonable creature, which was so created that submission is
913 advantageous to it, while the fulfilment of its own will in
914 preference to the Creator's is destruction. And as this commandment
915 enjoining abstinence from one kind of food in the
916 midst of great abundance of other kinds was so easy to keep,—so
917 light a burden to the memory,—and, above all, found no resistance
918 to its observance in lust, which only afterwards sprung
919 up as the penal consequence of sin, the iniquity of violating
920 it was all the greater in proportion to the ease with which it
921 might have been kept.
922 13. *That in Adam's sin an evil will preceded the evil act.*
923 Our first parents fell into open disobedience because already
924 they were secretly corrupted; for the evil act had never
925 been done had not an evil will preceded it. And what is the
926 origin of our evil will but pride? For "pride is the beginning
927 of sin."[92] And what is pride but the craving for undue
928 exaltation? And this is undue exaltation, when the soul
929 abandons Him to whom it ought to cleave as its end, and
930 becomes a kind of end to itself. This happens when it becomes
931 its own satisfaction. And it does so when it falls
932 away from that unchangeable good which ought to satisfy it
933 more than itself. This falling away is spontaneous; for if
934 the will had remained stedfast in the love of that higher and
935 changeless good by which it was illumined to intelligence
936 and kindled into love, it would not have turned away to find
937 satisfaction in itself, and so become frigid and benighted;
938 the woman would not have believed the serpent spoke the
939 truth, nor would the man have preferred the request of his
940 wife to the command of God, nor have supposed that it was
941 a venial transgression to cleave to the partner of his life even
942 in a partnership of sin. The wicked deed, then,—that is to
943 say, the transgression of eating the forbidden fruit,—was committed
944 by persons who were already wicked. That "evil
945 fruit"[93] could be brought forth only by "a corrupt tree." But
946 that the tree was evil was not the result of nature; for certainly
947 it could become so only by the vice of the will, and
948 vice is contrary to nature. Now, nature could not have been
949 depraved by vice had it not been made out of nothing. Consequently,
950 that it is a nature, this is because it is made by
951 God; but that it falls away from Him, this is because it is
952 made out of nothing. But man did not so fall away[94] as to
953 become absolutely nothing; but being turned towards himself,
954 his being became more contracted than it was when he clave
955 to Him who supremely is. Accordingly, to exist in himself,
956 that is, to be his own satisfaction after abandoning God, is
957 not quite to become a nonentity, but to approximate to that.
958 And therefore the holy Scriptures designate the proud by another
959 name, "self-pleasers." For it is good to have the heart
960 lifted up, yet not to one's self, for this is proud, but to the
961 Lord, for this is obedient, and can be the act only of the
962 humble. There is, therefore, something in humility which,
963 strangely enough, exalts the heart, and something in pride
964 which debases it. This seems, indeed, to be contradictory,
965 that loftiness should debase and lowliness exalt. But pious
966 humility enables us to submit to what is above us; and
967 nothing is more exalted above us than God; and therefore
968 humility, by making us subject to God, exalts us. But pride,
969 being a defect of nature, by the very act of refusing subjection
970 and revolting from Him who is supreme, falls to a low condition;
971 and then comes to pass what is written: "Thou castedst
972 them down when they lifted up themselves."[95] For he does
973 not say, "when they had been lifted up," as if first they were
974 exalted, and then afterwards cast down; but "when they lifted
975 up themselves" even then they were cast down,—that is to say,
976 the very lifting up was already a fall. And therefore it is
977 that humility is specially recommended to the city of God as
978 it sojourns in this world, and is specially exhibited in the city
979 of God, and in the person of Christ its King; while the contrary
980 vice of pride, according to the testimony of the sacred
981 writings, specially rules his adversary the devil. And certainly
982 this is the great difference which distinguishes the two cities
983 of which we speak, the one being the society of the godly
984 men, the other of the ungodly, each associated with the angels
985 that adhere to their party, and the one guided and fashioned
986 by love of self, the other by love of God.
987 The devil, then, would not have ensnared man in the open
988 and manifest sin of doing what God had forbidden, had man
989 not already begun to live for himself. It was this that made
990 him listen with pleasure to the words, "Ye shall be as gods,"[96]
991 which they would much more readily have accomplished by
992 obediently adhering to their supreme and true end than by
993 proudly living to themselves. For created gods are gods not
994 by virtue of what is in themselves, but by a participation of
995 the true God. By craving to be more, man becomes less; and
996 by aspiring to be self-sufficing, he fell away from Him who
997 truly suffices him. Accordingly, this wicked desire which
998 prompts man to please himself as if he were himself light, and
999 which thus turns him away from that light by which, had he
1000 followed it, he would himself have become light,—this wicked
1001 desire, I say, already secretly existed in him, and the open
1002 sin was but its consequence. For that is true which is
1003 written, "Pride goeth before destruction, and before honour
1004 is humility;"[97] that is to say, secret ruin precedes open ruin,
1005 while the former is not counted ruin. For who counts exaltation
1006 ruin, though no sooner is the Highest forsaken than a
1007 fall is begun? But who does not recognise it as ruin, when
1008 there occurs an evident and indubitable transgression of the
1009 commandment? And consequently, God's prohibition had
1010 reference to such an act as, when committed, could not be
1011 defended on any pretence of doing what was righteous.[98] And
1012 I make bold to say that it is useful for the proud to fall into
1013 an open and indisputable transgression, and so displease themselves,
1014 as already, by pleasing themselves, they had fallen.
1015 For Peter was in a healthier condition when he wept and was
1016 dissatisfied with himself, than when he boldly presumed and
1017 satisfied himself. And this is averred by the sacred Psalmist
1018 when he says, "Fill their faces with shame, that they may
1019 seek Thy name, O Lord;"[99] that is, that they who have pleased
1020 themselves in seeking their own glory may be pleased and
1021 satisfied with Thee in seeking Thy glory.
1022 14. *Of the pride in the sin, which was worse than the sin itself.*
1023 But it is a worse and more damnable pride which casts
1024 about for the shelter of an excuse even in manifest sins, as
1025 these our first parents did, of whom the woman said, "The
1026 serpent beguiled me, and I did eat;" and the man said, "The
1027 woman whom Thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the
1028 tree, and I did eat."[100] Here there is no word of begging
1029 pardon, no word of entreaty for healing. For though they
1030 do not, like Cain, deny that they have perpetrated the deed,
1031 yet their pride seeks to refer its wickedness to another,—the
1032 woman's pride to the serpent, the man's to the woman. But
1033 where there is a plain transgression of a divine commandment,
1034 this is rather to accuse than to excuse oneself. For
1035 the fact that the woman sinned on the serpent's persuasion,
1036 and the man at the woman's offer, did not make the transgression
1037 less, as if there were any one whom we ought rather
1038 to believe or yield to than God.
1039 15. *Of the justice of the punishment with which our first parents were visited for
1040 their disobedience.*
1041 Therefore, because the sin was a despising of the authority
1042 of God,—who had created man; who had made him in His own
1043 image; who had set him above the other animals; who had
1044 placed him in Paradise; who had enriched him with abundance
1045 of every kind and of safety; who had laid upon him neither
1046 many, nor great, nor difficult commandments, but, in order to
1047 make a wholesome obedience easy to him, had given him a
1048 single very brief and very light precept by which He reminded
1049 that creature whose service was to be free that He was Lord,—it
1050 was just that condemnation followed, and condemnation
1051 such that man, who by keeping the commandments should
1052 have been spiritual even in his flesh, became fleshly even in
1053 his spirit; and as in his pride he had sought to be his own
1054 satisfaction, God in His justice abandoned him to himself,
1055 not to live in the absolute independence he affected, but
1056 instead of the liberty he desired, to live dissatisfied with himself
1057 in a hard and miserable bondage to him to whom by
1058 sinning he had yielded himself, doomed in spite of himself
1059 to die in body as he had willingly become dead in spirit,
1060 condemned even to eternal death (had not the grace of God
1061 delivered him) because he had forsaken eternal life. Whoever
1062 thinks such punishment either excessive or unjust shows
1063 his inability to measure the great iniquity of sinning where
1064 sin might so easily have been avoided. For as Abraham's
1065 obedience is with justice pronounced to be great, because the
1066 thing commanded, to kill his son, was very difficult, so in
1067 Paradise the disobedience was the greater, because the difficulty
1068 of that which was commanded was imperceptible.
1069 And as the obedience of the second Man was the more
1070 laudable because He became obedient even "unto death,"[101] so
1071 the disobedience of the first man was the more detestable
1072 because he became disobedient even unto death. For where
1073 the penalty annexed to disobedience is great, and the thing
1074 commanded by the Creator is easy, who can sufficiently estimate
1075 how great a wickedness it is, in a matter so easy, not to
1076 obey the authority of so great a power, even when that power
1077 deters with so terrible a penalty?
1078 In short, to say all in a word, what but disobedience was
1079 the punishment of disobedience in that sin? For what else
1080 is man's misery but his own disobedience to himself, so that
1081 in consequence of his not being willing to do what he could
1082 do, he now wills to do what he cannot? For though he
1083 could not do all things in Paradise before he sinned, yet he
1084 wished to do only what he could do, and therefore he could
1085 do all things he wished. But now, as we recognise in his
1086 offspring, and as divine Scripture testifies, "Man is like to
1087 vanity."[102] For who can count how many things he wishes
1088 which he cannot do, so long as he is disobedient to himself,
1089 that is, so long as his mind and his flesh do not obey his
1090 will? For in spite of himself his mind is both frequently
1091 disturbed, and his flesh suffers, and grows old, and dies; and
1092 in spite of ourselves we suffer whatever else we suffer, and
1093 which we would not suffer if our nature absolutely and in all
1094 its parts obeyed our will. But is it not the infirmities of the
1095 flesh which hamper it in its service? Yet what does it
1096 matter *how* its service is hampered, so long as the fact remains,
1097 that by the just retribution of the sovereign God whom we
1098 refused to be subject to and serve, our flesh, which was subjected
1099 to us, now torments us by insubordination, although
1100 our disobedience brought trouble on ourselves, not upon God?
1101 For He is not in need of our service as we of our body's;
1102 and therefore what we did was no punishment to Him, but
1103 what we receive is so to us. And the pains which are called
1104 bodily are pains of the soul in and from the body. For what
1105 pain or desire can the flesh feel by itself and without the
1106 soul? But when the flesh is said to desire or to suffer, it is
1107 meant, as we have explained, that the man does so, or some
1108 part of the soul which is affected by the sensation of the
1109 flesh, whether a harsh sensation causing pain, or gentle, causing
1110 pleasure. But pain in the flesh is only a discomfort of the
1111 soul arising from the flesh, and a kind of shrinking from its
1112 suffering, as the pain of the soul which is called sadness is a
1113 shrinking from those things which have happened to us in
1114 spite of ourselves. But sadness is frequently preceded by
1115 fear, which is itself in the soul, not in the flesh; while bodily
1116 pain is not preceded by any kind of fear of the flesh, which
1117 can be felt in the flesh before the pain. But pleasure is preceded
1118 by a certain appetite which is felt in the flesh like a
1119 craving, as hunger and thirst and that generative appetite
1120 which is most commonly identified with the name "lust,"
1121 though this is the generic word for all desires. For anger
1122 itself was defined by the ancients as nothing else than the
1123 lust of revenge;[103] although sometimes a man is angry even at
1124 inanimate objects which cannot feel his vengeance, as when
1125 one breaks a pen, or crushes a quill that writes badly. Yet
1126 even this, though less reasonable, is in its way a lust of
1127 revenge, and is, so to speak, a mysterious kind of shadow of
1128 [the great law of] retribution, that they who do evil should
1129 suffer evil. There is therefore a lust for revenge, which is
1130 called anger; there is a lust of money, which goes by the
1131 name of avarice; there is a lust of conquering, no matter by
1132 what means, which is called opinionativeness; there is a lust
1133 of applause, which is named boasting. There are many and
1134 various lusts, of which some have names of their own, while
1135 others have not. For who could readily give a name to the
1136 lust of ruling, which yet has a powerful influence in the
1137 soul of tyrants, as civil wars bear witness?
1138 16. *Of the evil of lust,—a word which, though applicable to many vices, is
1139 specially appropriated to sexual uncleanness.*
1140 Although, therefore, lust may have many objects, yet when
1141 no object is specified, the word lust usually suggests to the
1142 mind the lustful excitement of the organs of generation.
1143 And this lust not only takes possession of the whole body
1144 and outward members, but also makes itself felt within, and
1145 moves the whole man with a passion in which mental emotion
1146 is mingled with bodily appetite, so that the pleasure which
1147 results is the greatest of all bodily pleasures. So possessing
1148 indeed is this pleasure, that at the moment of time in which
1149 it is consummated, all mental activity is suspended. What
1150 friend of wisdom and holy joys, who, being married, but
1151 knowing, as the apostle says, "how to possess his vessel in
1152 sanctification and honour, not in the disease of desire, as the
1153 Gentiles who know not God,"[104] would not prefer, if this were
1154 possible, to beget children without this lust, so that in this
1155 function of begetting offspring the members created for this
1156 purpose should not be stimulated by the heat of lust, but
1157 should be actuated by his volition, in the same way as his
1158 other members serve him for their respective ends? But
1159 even those who delight in this pleasure are not moved to it
1160 at their own will, whether they confine themselves to lawful
1161 or transgress to unlawful pleasures; but sometimes this lust
1162 importunes them in spite of themselves, and sometimes fails
1163 them when they desire to feel it, so that though lust rages in
1164 the mind, it stirs not in the body. Thus, strangely enough,
1165 this emotion not only fails to obey the legitimate desire to
1166 beget offspring, but also refuses to serve lascivious lust; and
1167 though it often opposes its whole combined energy to the
1168 soul that resists it, sometimes also it is divided against itself,
1169 and while it moves the soul, leaves the body unmoved.
1170 17. *Of the nakedness of our first parents, which they saw after their base and
1171 shameful sin.*
1172 Justly is shame very specially connected with this lust;
1173 justly, too, these members themselves, being moved and
1174 restrained not at our will, but by a certain independent
1175 autocracy, so to speak, are called "shameful." Their condition
1176 was different before sin. For as it is written, "They
1177 were naked and were not ashamed,"[105]—not that their nakedness
1178 was unknown to them, but because nakedness was not
1179 yet shameful, because not yet did lust move those members
1180 without the will's consent; not yet did the flesh by its disobedience
1181 testify against the disobedience of man. For they
1182 were not created blind, as the unenlightened vulgar fancy;[106]
1183 for Adam saw the animals to whom he gave names, and of Eve
1184 we read, "The woman saw that the tree was good for food, and
1185 that it was pleasant to the eyes."[107] Their eyes, therefore, were
1186 open, but were not open to this, that is to say, were not
1187 observant so as to recognise what was conferred upon them
1188 by the garment of grace, for they had no consciousness of
1189 their members warring against their will. But when they
1190 were stripped of this grace,[108] that their disobedience might be
1191 punished by fit retribution, there began in the movement of
1192 their bodily members a shameless novelty which made nakedness
1193 indecent: it at once made them observant and made
1194 them ashamed. And therefore, after they violated God's
1195 command by open transgression, it is written: "And the eyes
1196 of them both were opened, and they knew that they were
1197 naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves
1198 aprons."[109] "The eyes of them both were opened," not
1199 to see, for already they saw, but to discern between the good
1200 they had lost and the evil into which they had fallen. And
1201 therefore also the tree itself which they were forbidden to
1202 touch was called the tree of the knowledge of good and evil
1203 from this circumstance, that if they ate of it it would impart
1204 to them this knowledge. For the discomfort of sickness
1205 reveals the pleasure of health. "They knew," therefore,
1206 "that they were naked,"—naked of that grace which prevented
1207 them from being ashamed of bodily nakedness while
1208 the law of sin offered no resistance to their mind. And thus
1209 they obtained a knowledge which they would have lived in
1210 blissful ignorance of, had they, in trustful obedience to God,
1211 declined to commit that offence which involved them in the
1212 experience of the hurtful effects of unfaithfulness and disobedience.
1213 And therefore, being ashamed of the disobedience
1214 of their own flesh, which witnessed to their disobedience
1215 while it punished it, "they sewed fig leaves together, and
1216 made themselves aprons," that is, cinctures for their privy
1217 parts; for some interpreters have rendered the word by
1218 *succinctoria*. *Campestria* is, indeed, a Latin word, but it
1219 is used of the drawers or aprons used for a similar purpose
1220 by the young men who stripped for exercise in the *campus*;
1221 hence those who were so girt were commonly called *campestrati*.
1222 Shame modestly covered that which lust disobediently
1223 moved in opposition to the will which was thus punished
1224 for its own disobedience. Consequently all nations, being
1225 propagated from that one stock, have so strong an instinct to
1226 cover the shameful parts, that some barbarians do not uncover
1227 them even in the bath, but wash with their drawers
1228 on. In the dark solitudes of India also, though some philosophers
1229 go naked, and are therefore called gymnosophists,
1230 yet they make an exception in the case of these members,
1231 and cover them.
1232 18. *Of the shame which attends all sexual intercourse.*
1233 Lust requires for its consummation darkness and secrecy;
1234 and this not only when unlawful intercourse is desired, but
1235 even such fornication as the earthly city has legalized.
1236 Where there is no fear of punishment, these permitted
1237 pleasures still shrink from the public eye. Even where provision
1238 is made for this lust, secrecy also is provided; and while
1239 lust found it easy to remove the prohibitions of law, shamelessness
1240 found it impossible to lay aside the veil of retirement. For
1241 even shameless men call this shameful; and though they love
1242 the pleasure, dare not display it. What! does not even conjugal
1243 intercourse, sanctioned as it is by law for the propagation
1244 of children, legitimate and honourable though it be, does
1245 it not seek retirement from every eye? Before the bridegroom
1246 fondles his bride, does he not exclude the attendants, and even
1247 the paranymphs, and such friends as the closest ties have
1248 admitted to the bridal chamber? The greatest master of
1249 Roman eloquence says, that all right actions wish to be set in
1250 the light, *i.e.* desire to be known. This right action, however,
1251 has such a desire to be known, that yet it blushes to be seen.
1252 Who does not know what passes between husband and wife
1253 that children may be born? Is it not for this purpose that
1254 wives are married with such ceremony? And yet, when this
1255 well-understood act is gone about for the procreation of children,
1256 not even the children themselves, who may already have
1257 been born to them, are suffered to be witnesses. This right
1258 action seeks the light, in so far as it seeks to be known, but
1259 yet dreads being seen. And why so, if not because that
1260 which is by nature fitting and decent is so done as to be
1261 accompanied with a shame-begetting penalty of sin?
1262 19. *That it is now necessary, as it was not before man sinned, to bridle anger
1263 and lust by the restraining influence of wisdom.*
1264 Hence it is that even the philosophers who have approximated
1265 to the truth have avowed that anger and lust are vicious
1266 mental emotions, because, even when exercised towards objects
1267 which wisdom does not prohibit, they are moved in an ungoverned
1268 and inordinate manner, and consequently need the
1269 regulation of mind and reason. And they assert that this third
1270 part of the mind is posted as it were in a kind of citadel, to give
1271 rule to these other parts, so that, while it rules and they serve,
1272 man's righteousness is preserved without a breach.[110] These
1273 parts, then, which they acknowledge to be vicious even in a
1274 wise and temperate man, so that the mind, by its composing
1275 and restraining influence, must bridle and recall them from
1276 those objects towards which they are unlawfully moved, and
1277 give them access to those which the law of wisdom sanctions,—that
1278 anger, *e.g.*, may be allowed for the enforcement of a just
1279 authority, and lust for the duty of propagating offspring,—these
1280 parts, I say, were not vicious in Paradise before sin,
1281 for they were never moved in opposition to a holy will towards
1282 any object from which it was necessary that they should be
1283 withheld by the restraining bridle of reason. For though
1284 now they are moved in this way, and are regulated by a
1285 bridling and restraining power, which those who live temperately,
1286 justly, and godly exercise, sometimes with ease, and
1287 sometimes with greater difficulty, this is not the sound health
1288 of nature, but the weakness which results from sin. And how
1289 is it that shame does not hide the acts and words dictated by
1290 anger or other emotions, as it covers the motions of lust,
1291 unless because the members of the body which we employ for
1292 accomplishing them are moved, not by the emotions themselves,
1293 but by the authority of the consenting will? For he
1294 who in his anger rails at or even strikes some one, could not
1295 do so were not his tongue and hand moved by the authority
1296 of the will, as also they are moved when there is no anger.
1297 But the organs of generation are so subjected to the rule of
1298 lust, that they have no motion but what it communicates.
1299 It is this we are ashamed of; it is this which blushingly
1300 hides from the eyes of onlookers. And rather will a man
1301 endure a crowd of witnesses when he is unjustly venting his
1302 anger on some one, than the eye of one man when he innocently
1303 copulates with his wife.
1304 20. *Of the foolish beastliness of the Cynics.*
1305 It is this which those canine or cynic[111] philosophers have
1306 overlooked, when they have, in violation of the modest instincts
1307 of men, boastfully proclaimed their unclean and shameless
1308 opinion, worthy indeed of dogs, viz., that as the matrimonial
1309 act is legitimate, no one should be ashamed to perform it
1310 openly, in the street or in any public place. Instinctive
1311 shame has overborne this wild fancy. For though it is related[112]
1312 that Diogenes once dared to put his opinion in practice, under
1313 the impression that his sect would be all the more famous if
1314 his egregious shamelessness were deeply graven in the memory
1315 of mankind, yet this example was not afterwards followed.
1316 Shame had more influence with them, to make them blush
1317 before men, than error to make them affect a resemblance to
1318 dogs. And possibly, even in the case of Diogenes, and those
1319 who did imitate him, there was but an appearance and pretence
1320 of copulation, and not the reality. Even at this day
1321 there are still Cynic philosophers to be seen; for these are
1322 Cynics who are not content with being clad in the *pallium*,
1323 but also carry a club; yet no one of them dares to do this
1324 that we speak of. If they did, they would be spat upon, not
1325 to say stoned, by the mob. Human nature, then, is without
1326 doubt ashamed of this lust; and justly so, for the insubordination
1327 of these members, and their defiance of the will, are the
1328 clear testimony of the punishment of man's first sin. And it
1329 was fitting that this should appear specially in those parts
1330 by which is generated that nature which has been altered for
1331 the worse by that first and great sin,—that sin from whose evil
1332 connection no one can escape, unless God's grace expiate in
1333 him individually that which was perpetrated to the destruction
1334 of all in common, when all were in one man, and which
1335 was avenged by God's justice.
1336 21. *That man's transgression did not annul the blessing of fecundity pronounced
1337 upon man before he sinned, but infected it with the disease of lust.*
1338 Far be it, then, from us to suppose that our first parents in
1339 Paradise felt that lust which caused them afterwards to blush
1340 and hide their nakedness, or that by its means they should
1341 have fulfilled the benediction of God, "Increase and multiply
1342 and replenish the earth;"[113] for it was after sin that lust
1343 began. It was after sin that our nature, having lost the power
1344 it had over the whole body, but not having lost all shame,
1345 perceived, noticed, blushed at, and covered it. But that
1346 blessing upon marriage, which encouraged them to increase
1347 and multiply and replenish the earth, though, it continued
1348 even after they had sinned, was yet given before they sinned,
1349 in order that the procreation of children might be recognised
1350 as part of the glory of marriage, and not of the punishment of
1351 sin. But now, men being ignorant of the blessedness of Paradise,
1352 suppose that children could not have been begotten there
1353 in any other way than they know them to be begotten now,
1354 *i.e.* by lust, at which even honourable marriage blushes; some
1355 not simply rejecting, but sceptically deriding the divine Scriptures,
1356 in which we read that our first parents, after they sinned,
1357 were ashamed of their nakedness, and covered it; while others,
1358 though they accept and honour Scripture, yet conceive that
1359 this expression, "Increase and multiply," refers not to carnal
1360 fecundity, because a similar expression is used of the soul in
1361 the words, "Thou wilt multiply me with strength in my
1362 soul;"[114] and so, too, in the words which follow in Genesis,
1363 "And replenish the earth, and subdue it," they understand by
1364 the earth the body which the soul fills with its presence, and
1365 which it rules over when it is multiplied in strength. And
1366 they hold that children could no more then than now be
1367 begotten without lust, which, after sin, was kindled, observed,
1368 blushed for, and covered; and even that children would not
1369 have been born in Paradise, but only outside of it, as in fact
1370 it turned out. For it was after they were expelled from it
1371 that they came together to beget children, and begot them.
1372 22. *Of the conjugal union as it was originally instituted and blessed by God.*
1373 But we, for our part, have no manner of doubt that to increase
1374 and multiply and replenish the earth in virtue of the
1375 blessing of God, is a gift of marriage as God instituted it
1376 from the beginning before man sinned, when He created them
1377 male and female,—in other words, two sexes manifestly distinct.
1378 And it was this work of God on which His blessing
1379 was pronounced. For no sooner had Scripture said, "Male
1380 and female created He them,"[115] than it immediately continues,
1381 "And God blessed them, and God said unto them, Increase,
1382 and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it," etc.
1383 And though all these things may not unsuitably be interpreted
1384 in a spiritual sense, yet "male and female" cannot be
1385 understood of two things in one man, as if there were in him
1386 one thing which rules, another which is ruled; but it is quite
1387 clear that they were created male and female, with bodies of
1388 different sexes, for the very purpose of begetting offspring, and
1389 so increasing, multiplying, and replenishing the earth; and it
1390 is great folly to oppose so plain a fact. It was not of the
1391 spirit which commands and the body which obeys, nor of the
1392 rational soul which rules and the irrational desire which is
1393 ruled, nor of the contemplative virtue which is supreme and
1394 the active which is subject, nor of the understanding of the
1395 mind and the sense of the body, but plainly of the matrimonial
1396 union by which the sexes are mutually bound together,
1397 that our Lord, when asked whether it were lawful for any
1398 cause to put away one's wife (for on account of the hardness
1399 of the hearts of the Israelites Moses permitted a bill of
1400 divorcement to be given), answered and said, "Have ye not
1401 read that He which made them at the beginning made them
1402 male and female, and said, For this cause shall a man leave
1403 father and mother, and shall cleave to his wife, and they
1404 twain shall be one flesh? Wherefore they are no more twain,
1405 but one flesh. What, therefore, God hath joined together, let
1406 not man put asunder."[116] It is certain, then, that from the
1407 first men were created, as we see and know them to be now,
1408 of two sexes, male and female, and that they are called one,
1409 either on account of the matrimonial union, or on account of
1410 the origin of the woman, who was created from the side of the
1411 man. And it is by this original example, which God Himself
1412 instituted, that the apostle admonishes all husbands to love
1413 their own wives in particular.[117]
1414 >
1415 >
1416 >
1417 23. *Whether generation should have taken place even in Paradise had man not
1418 > sinned, or whether there should have been any contention there between
1419 > chastity and lust.*
1420 But he who says that there should have been neither copulation
1421 nor generation but for sin, virtually says that man's
1422 sin was necessary to complete the number of the saints. For
1423 if these two by not sinning should have continued to live
1424 alone, because, as is supposed, they could not have begotten
1425 children had they not sinned, then certainly sin was necessary
1426 in order that there might be not only two but many righteous
1427 men. And if this cannot be maintained without absurdity,
1428 we must rather believe that the number of the saints fit to
1429 complete this most blessed city would have been as great
1430 though no one had sinned, as it is now that the grace of God
1431 gathers its citizens out of the multitude of sinners, so long as
1432 the children of this world generate and are generated.[118]
1433 And therefore that marriage, worthy of the happiness of
1434 Paradise, should have had desirable fruit without the shame
1435 of lust, had there been no sin. But how that could be, there
1436 is now no example to teach us. Nevertheless, it ought not to
1437 seem incredible that one member might serve the will without
1438 lust then, since so many serve it now. Do we now move our
1439 feet and hands when we will to do the things we would by
1440 means of these members? do we meet with no resistance in
1441 them, but perceive that they are ready servants of the will,
1442 both in our own case and in that of others, and especially of
1443 artisans employed in mechanical operations, by which the
1444 weakness and clumsiness of nature become, through industrious
1445 exercise, wonderfully dexterous? and shall we not believe
1446 that, like as all those members obediently serve the will, so
1447 also should the members have discharged the function of
1448 generation, though lust, the award of disobedience, had been
1449 awanting? Did not Cicero, in discussing the difference of
1450 governments in his *De Republica*, adopt a simile from human
1451 nature, and say that we command our bodily members as
1452 children, they are so obedient; but that the vicious parts of
1453 the soul must be treated as slaves, and be coerced with a more
1454 stringent authority? And no doubt, in the order of nature,
1455 the soul is more excellent than the body; and yet the soul
1456 commands the body more easily than itself. Nevertheless
1457 this lust, of which we at present speak, is the more shameful
1458 on this account, because the soul is therein neither master of
1459 itself, so as not to lust at all, nor of the body, so as to keep
1460 the members under the control of the will; for if they were
1461 thus ruled, there should be no shame. But now the soul is
1462 ashamed that the body, which by nature is inferior and subject
1463 to it, should resist its authority. For in the resistance
1464 experienced by the soul in the other emotions there is less
1465 shame, because the resistance is from itself, and thus, when it
1466 is conquered by itself, itself is the conqueror, although the
1467 conquest is inordinate and vicious, because accomplished by
1468 those parts of the soul which ought to be subject to reason,
1469 yet, being accomplished by its own parts and energies, the
1470 conquest is, as I say, its own. For when the soul conquers
1471 itself to a due subordination, so that its unreasonable motions
1472 are controlled by reason, while it again is subject to God, this
1473 is a conquest virtuous and praiseworthy. Yet there is less
1474 shame when the soul is resisted by its own vicious parts than
1475 when its will and order are resisted by the body, which is
1476 distinct from and inferior to it, and dependent on it for life
1477 itself.
1478 But so long as the will retains under its authority the other
1479 members, without which the members excited by lust to resist
1480 the will cannot accomplish what they seek, chastity is preserved,
1481 and the delight of sin foregone. And certainly, had
1482 not culpable disobedience been visited with penal disobedience,
1483 the marriage of Paradise should have been ignorant of this
1484 struggle and rebellion, this quarrel between will and lust, that
1485 the will may be satisfied and lust restrained, but those members,
1486 like all the rest, should have obeyed the will. The field
1487 of generation[119] should have been sown by the organ created
1488 for this purpose, as the earth is sown by the hand. And
1489 whereas now, as we essay to investigate this subject more
1490 exactly, modesty hinders us, and compels us to ask pardon of
1491 chaste ears, there would have been no cause to do so, but we
1492 could have discoursed freely, and without fear of seeming
1493 obscene, upon all those points which occur to one who meditates
1494 on the subject. There would not have been even words
1495 which could be called obscene, but all that might be said of
1496 these members would have been as pure as what is said of
1497 the other parts of the body. Whoever, then, comes to the
1498 perusal of these pages with unchaste mind, let him blame his
1499 disposition, not his nature; let him brand the actings of his
1500 own impurity, not the words which necessity forces us to use,
1501 and for which every pure and pious reader or hearer will very
1502 readily pardon me, while I expose the folly of that scepticism
1503 which argues solely on the ground of its own experience, and
1504 has no faith in anything beyond. He who is not scandalized
1505 at the apostle's censure of the horrible wickedness of the women
1506 who "changed the natural use into that which is against
1507 nature,"[120] will read all this without being shocked, especially
1508 as we are not, like Paul, citing and censuring a damnable uncleanness,
1509 but are explaining, so far as we can, human generation,
1510 while with Paul we avoid all obscenity of language.
1511 >
1512 >
1513 >
1514 24. *That if men had remained innocent and obedient in Paradise, the generative
1515 > organs should have been in subjection to the will as the other members are.*
1516 The man, then, would have sown the seed, and the woman
1517 received it, as need required, the generative organs being
1518 moved by the will, not excited by lust. For we move at
1519 will not only those members which are furnished with joints
1520 of solid bone, as the hands, feet, and fingers, but we move also
1521 at will those which are composed of slack and soft nerves: we
1522 can put them in motion, or stretch them out, or bend and
1523 twist them, or contract and stiffen them, as we do with the
1524 muscles of the mouth and face. The lungs, which are the
1525 very tenderest of the viscera except the brain, and are therefore
1526 carefully sheltered in the cavity of the chest, yet for all
1527 purposes of inhaling and exhaling the breath, and of uttering
1528 and modulating the voice, are obedient to the will when we
1529 breathe, exhale, speak, shout, or sing, just as the bellows obey
1530 the smith or the organist. I will not press the fact that some
1531 animals have a natural power to move a single spot of the
1532 skin with which their whole body is covered, if they have felt
1533 on it anything they wish to drive off,—a power so great, that
1534 by this shivering tremor of the skin they can not only shake
1535 off flies that have settled on them, but even spears that have
1536 fixed in their flesh. Man, it is true, has not this power; but
1537 is this any reason for supposing that God could not give it to
1538 such creatures as He wished to possess it? And therefore
1539 man himself also might very well have enjoyed absolute
1540 power over his members had he not forfeited it by his disobedience;
1541 for it was not difficult for God to form him so
1542 that what is now moved in his body only by lust should have
1543 been moved only at will.
1544 We know, too, that some men are differently constituted
1545 from others, and have some rare and remarkable faculty of
1546 doing with their body what other men can by no effort do,
1547 and, indeed, scarcely believe when they hear of others doing.
1548 There are persons who can move their ears, either one at a
1549 time, or both together. There are some who, without moving
1550 the head, can bring the hair down upon the forehead, and
1551 move the whole scalp backwards and forwards at pleasure.
1552 Some, by lightly pressing their stomach, bring up an incredible
1553 quantity and variety of things they have swallowed, and produce
1554 whatever they please, quite whole, as if out of a bag.
1555 Some so accurately mimic the voices of birds and beasts and
1556 other men, that, unless they are seen, the difference cannot be
1557 told. Some have such command of their bowels, that they
1558 can break wind continuously at pleasure, so as to produce
1559 the effect of singing. I myself have known a man who was
1560 accustomed to sweat whenever he wished. It is well known
1561 that some weep when they please, and shed a flood of tears.
1562 But far more incredible is that which some of our brethren
1563 saw quite recently. There was a presbyter called Restitutus,
1564 in the parish of the Calamensian[121] Church, who, as often as he
1565 pleased (and he was asked to do this by those who desired to
1566 witness so remarkable a phenomenon), on some one imitating
1567 the wailings of mourners, became so insensible, and lay in a
1568 state so like death, that not only had he no feeling when they
1569 pinched and pricked him, but even when fire was applied to
1570 him, and he was burned by it, he had no sense of pain except
1571 afterwards from the wound. And that his body remained
1572 motionless, not by reason of his self-command, but because
1573 he was insensible, was proved by the fact that he breathed
1574 no more than a dead man; and yet he said that, when any one
1575 spoke with more than ordinary distinctness, he heard the voice,
1576 but as if it were a long way off. Seeing, then, that even in
1577 this mortal and miserable life the body serves some men by
1578 many remarkable movements and moods beyond the ordinary
1579 course of nature, what reason is there for doubting that, before
1580 man was involved by his sin in this weak and corruptible
1581 condition, his members might have served his will for the
1582 propagation of offspring without lust? Man has been given
1583 over to himself because he abandoned God, while he sought
1584 to be self-satisfying; and disobeying God, he could not obey
1585 even himself. Hence it is that he is involved in the obvious
1586 misery of being unable to live as he wishes. For if he lived
1587 as he wished, he would think himself blessed; but he could
1588 not be so if he lived wickedly.
1589 25. *Of true blessedness, which this present life cannot enjoy.*
1590 However, if we look at this a little more closely, we see
1591 that no one lives as he wishes but the blessed, and that no
1592 one is blessed but the righteous. But even the righteous
1593 himself does not live as he wishes, until he has arrived where
1594 he cannot die, be deceived, or injured, and until he is assured
1595 that this shall be his eternal condition. For this nature demands;
1596 and nature is not fully and perfectly blessed till it
1597 attains what it seeks. But what man is at present able to
1598 live as he wishes, when it is not in his power so much as to
1599 live? He wishes to live, he is compelled to die. How, then,
1600 does he live as he wishes who does not live as long as he
1601 wishes? or if he wishes to die, how can he live as he wishes,
1602 since he does not wish even to live? Or if he wishes to die,
1603 not because he dislikes life, but that after death he may live
1604 better, still he is not yet living as he wishes, but only has the
1605 prospect of so living when, through death, he reaches that
1606 which he wishes. But admit that he lives as he wishes,
1607 because he has done violence to himself, and forced himself
1608 not to wish what he cannot obtain, and to wish only what he
1609 can (as Terence has it, "Since you cannot do what you will,
1610 will what you can"[122]), is he therefore blessed because he is
1611 patiently wretched? For a blessed life is possessed only by
1612 the man who loves it. If it is loved and possessed, it must
1613 necessarily be more ardently loved than all besides; for whatever
1614 else is loved must be loved for the sake of the blessed
1615 life. And if it is loved as it deserves to be,—and the man
1616 is not blessed who does not love the blessed life as it deserves,—then
1617 he who so loves it cannot but wish it to be eternal.
1618 Therefore it shall then only be blessed when it is eternal.
1619 26. *That we are to believe that in Paradise our first parents begat offspring
1620 without blushing.*
1621 In Paradise, then, man lived as he desired so long as he
1622 desired what God had commanded. He lived in the enjoyment
1623 of God, and was good by God's goodness; he lived without any
1624 want, and had it in his power so to live eternally. He had
1625 food that he might not hunger, drink that he might not thirst,
1626 the tree of life that old age might not waste him. There was
1627 in his body no corruption, nor seed of corruption, which could
1628 produce in him any unpleasant sensation. He feared no inward
1629 disease, no outward accident. Soundest health blessed
1630 his body, absolute tranquillity his soul. As in Paradise there
1631 was no excessive heat or cold, so its inhabitants were exempt
1632 from the vicissitudes of fear and desire. No sadness of any
1633 kind was there, nor any foolish joy; true gladness ceaselessly
1634 flowed from the presence of God, who was loved "out of a
1635 pure heart, and a good conscience, and faith unfeigned."[123]
1636 The honest love of husband and wife made a sure harmony
1637 between them. Body and spirit worked harmoniously together,
1638 and the commandment was kept without labour. No
1639 languor made their leisure wearisome; no sleepiness interrupted
1640 their desire to labour.[124] In tanta facilitate rerum et
1641 felicitate hominum, absit ut suspicemur, non potuisse prolem
1642 seri sine libidinis morbo: sed eo voluntatis nutu moverentur
1643 illa membra quo cætera, et sine ardoris illecebroso stimulo
1644 cum tranquillitate animi et corporis nulla corruptione integritatis
1645 infunderetur gremio maritus uxoris. Neque enim quia
1646 experientia probari non potest, ideo credendum non est; quando
1647 illas corporis partes non ageret turbidus calor, sed spontanea
1648 potestas, sicut opus esset, adhiberet; ita tunc potuisse utero
1649 conjugis salva integritate feminei genitalis virile semen immitti,
1650 sicut nunc potest eadem integritate salva ex utero
1651 virginis fluxus menstrui cruoris emitti. Eadem quippe via
1652 posset illud injici, qua hoc potest ejici. Ut enim ad pariendum
1653 non doloris gemitus, sed maturitatis impulsus feminea
1654 viscera relaxaret: sic ad fœtandum et concipiendum non libidinis
1655 appetitus, sed voluntarius usus naturam utramque conjungeret.
1656 We speak of things which are now shameful, and
1657 although we try, as well as we are able, to conceive them as
1658 they were before they became shameful, yet necessity compels
1659 us rather to limit our discussion to the bounds set by
1660 modesty than to extend it as our moderate faculty of discourse
1661 might suggest. For since that which I have been
1662 speaking of was not experienced even by those who might
1663 have experienced it,—I mean our first parents (for sin and its
1664 merited banishment from Paradise anticipated this passionless
1665 generation on their part),—when sexual intercourse is spoken
1666 of now, it suggests to men's thoughts not such a placid obedience
1667 to the will as is conceivable in our first parents, but
1668 such violent acting of lust as they themselves have experienced.
1669 And therefore modesty shuts my mouth, although my mind
1670 conceives the matter clearly. But Almighty God, the supreme
1671 and supremely good Creator of all natures, who aids and rewards
1672 good wills, while He abandons and condemns the bad,
1673 and rules both, was not destitute of a plan by which He
1674 might people His city with the fixed number of citizens which
1675 His wisdom had foreordained even out of the condemned
1676 human race, discriminating them not now by merits, since
1677 the whole mass was condemned as if in a vitiated root, but
1678 by grace, and showing, not only in the case of the redeemed,
1679 but also in those who were not delivered, how much grace
1680 He has bestowed upon them. For every one acknowledges
1681 that he has been rescued from evil, not by deserved, but by
1682 gratuitous goodness, when he is singled out from the company
1683 of those with whom he might justly have borne a common
1684 punishment, and is allowed to go scathless. Why, then,
1685 should God not have created those whom He foresaw would
1686 sin, since He was able to show in and by them both what their
1687 guilt merited, and what His grace bestowed, and since, under
1688 His creating and disposing hand, even the perverse disorder
1689 of the wicked could not pervert the right order of things?
1690 27. *Of the angels and men who sinned, and that their wickedness did not
1691 disturb the order of God's providence.*
1692 The sins of men and angels do nothing to impede the
1693 "great works of the Lord which accomplish His will."[125] For
1694 He who by His providence and omnipotence distributes to
1695 every one his own portion, is able to make good use not only
1696 of the good, but also of the wicked. And thus making a
1697 good use of the wicked angel, who, in punishment of his first
1698 wicked volition, was doomed to an obduracy that prevents
1699 him now from willing any good, why should not God have
1700 permitted him to tempt the first man, who had been created
1701 upright, that is to say, with a good will? For he had been
1702 so constituted, that if he looked to God for help, man's goodness
1703 should defeat the angel's wickedness; but if by proud
1704 self-pleasing he abandoned God, his Creator and Sustainer,
1705 he should be conquered. If his will remained upright,
1706 through leaning on God's help, he should be rewarded; if it
1707 became wicked, by forsaking God, he should be punished.
1708 But even this trusting in God's help could not itself be
1709 accomplished without God's help, although man had it in his
1710 own power to relinquish the benefits of divine grace by pleasing
1711 himself. For as it is not in our power to live in this
1712 world without sustaining ourselves by food, while it is in our
1713 power to refuse this nourishment and cease to live, as those
1714 do who kill themselves, so it was not in man's power, even in
1715 Paradise, to live as he ought without God's help; but it was
1716 in his power to live wickedly, though thus he should cut
1717 short his happiness, and incur very just punishment. Since,
1718 then, God was not ignorant that man would fall, why should
1719 He not have suffered him to be tempted by an angel who
1720 hated and envied him? It was not, indeed, that He was
1721 unaware that he should be conquered, but because He foresaw
1722 that by the man's seed, aided by divine grace, this same devil
1723 himself should be conquered, to the greater glory of the
1724 saints. All was brought about in such a manner, that neither
1725 did any future event escape God's foreknowledge, nor did His
1726 foreknowledge compel any one to sin, and so as to demonstrate
1727 in the experience of the intelligent creation, human
1728 and angelic, how great a difference there is between the
1729 private presumption of the creature and the Creator's protection.
1730 For who will dare to believe or say that it was not in
1731 God's power to prevent both angels and men from sinning?
1732 But God preferred to leave this in their power, and thus to
1733 show both what evil could be wrought by their pride, and
1734 what good by His grace.
1735 28. *Of the nature of the two cities, the earthly and the heavenly.*
1736 Accordingly, two cities have been formed by two loves:
1737 the earthly by the love of self, even to the contempt of God;
1738 the heavenly by the love of God, even to the contempt of
1739 self. The former, in a word, glories in itself, the latter in
1740 the Lord. For the one seeks glory from men; but the
1741 greatest glory of the other is God, the witness of conscience.
1742 The one lifts up its head in its own glory; the other
1743 says to its God, "Thou art my glory, and the lifter up of
1744 mine head."[126] In the one, the princes and the nations it
1745 subdues are ruled by the love of ruling; in the other, the
1746 princes and the subjects serve one another in love, the latter
1747 obeying, while the former take thought for all. The one
1748 delights in its own strength, represented in the persons of its
1749 rulers; the other says to its God, "I will love Thee, O Lord,
1750 my strength."[127] And therefore the wise men of the one
1751 city, living according to man, have sought for profit to their
1752 own bodies or souls, or both, and those who have known
1753 God "glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful, but
1754 became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was
1755 darkened; professing themselves to be wise,"—that is, glorying
1756 in their own wisdom, and being possessed by pride,—"they
1757 became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God
1758 into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and
1759 four-footed beasts, and creeping things." For they were
1760 either leaders or followers of the people in adoring images,
1761 "and worshipped and served the creature more than the
1762 Creator, who is blessed for ever."[128] But in the other city
1763 there is no human wisdom, but only godliness, which offers
1764 due worship to the true God, and looks for its reward in the
1765 society of the saints, of holy angels as well as holy men,
1766 "that God may be all in all."[129]
BOOK XV
4 #### ARGUMENT.
5 >
6 >
7 >
8 HAVING TREATED IN THE FOUR PRECEDING BOOKS OF THE ORIGIN OF THE TWO
9 > CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE HEAVENLY, AUGUSTINE EXPLAINS THEIR
10 > GROWTH AND PROGRESS IN THE FOUR BOOKS WHICH FOLLOW; AND, IN
11 > ORDER TO DO SO, HE EXPLAINS THE CHIEF PASSAGES OF THE SACRED HISTORY
12 > WHICH BEAR UPON THIS SUBJECT. IN THIS FIFTEENTH BOOK HE
13 > OPENS THIS PART OF HIS WORK BY EXPLAINING THE EVENTS RECORDED IN
14 > GENESIS FROM THE TIME OF CAIN AND ABEL TO THE DELUGE.
15 1. *Of the two lines of the human race which from first to last divide it.*
16 OF the bliss of Paradise, of Paradise itself, and of the life
17 of our first parents there, and of their sin and punishment,
18 many have thought much, spoken much, written much.
19 We ourselves, too, have spoken of these things in the foregoing
20 books, and have written either what we read in the
21 Holy Scriptures, or what we could reasonably deduce from
22 them. And were we to enter into a more detailed investigation
23 of these matters, an endless number of endless questions
24 would arise, which would involve us in a larger work than the
25 present occasion admits. We cannot be expected to find
26 room for replying to every question that may be started by
27 unoccupied and captious men, who are ever more ready to ask
28 questions than capable of understanding the answer. Yet I
29 trust we have already done justice to these great and difficult
30 questions regarding the beginning of the world, or of the soul,
31 or of the human race itself. This race we have distributed
32 into two parts, the one consisting of those who live according
33 to man, the other of those who live according to God. And
34 these we also mystically call the two cities, or the two communities
35 of men, of which the one is predestined to reign
36 eternally with God, and the other to suffer eternal punishment
37 with the devil. This, however, is their end, and of it
38 we are to speak afterwards. At present, as we have said
39 enough about their origin, whether among the angels, whose
40 numbers we know not, or in the two first human beings, it
41 seems suitable to attempt an account of their career, from the
42 time when our two first parents began to propagate the race
43 until all human generation shall cease. For this whole time
44 or world-age, in which the dying give place and those who
45 are born succeed, is the career of these two cities concerning
46 which we treat.
47 Of these two first parents of the human race, then, Cain
48 was the first-born, and he belonged to the city of men; after
49 him was born Abel, who belonged to the city of God. For
50 as in the individual the truth of the apostle's statement is
51 discerned, "that is not first which is spiritual, but that which
52 is natural, and afterward that which is spiritual,"[130] whence
53 it comes to pass that each man, being derived from a condemned
54 stock, is first of all born of Adam evil and carnal,
55 and becomes good and spiritual only afterwards, when he is
56 grafted into Christ by regeneration: so was it in the human
57 race as a whole. When these two cities began to run their
58 course by a series of deaths and births, the citizen of this
59 world was the first-born, and after him the stranger in this
60 world, the citizen of the city of God, predestinated by grace,
61 elected by grace, by grace a stranger below, and by grace a
62 citizen above. By grace,—for so far as regards himself he is
63 sprung from the same mass, all of which is condemned in its
64 origin; but God, like a potter (for this comparison is introduced
65 by the apostle judiciously, and not without thought),
66 of the same lump made one vessel to honour, another to dishonour.[131]
67 But first the vessel to dishonour was made, and
68 after it another to honour. For in each individual, as I have
69 already said, there is first of all that which is reprobate, that
70 from which we must begin, but in which we need not necessarily
71 remain; afterwards is that which is well-approved, to
72 which we may by advancing attain, and in which, when we
73 have reached it, we may abide. Not, indeed, that every
74 wicked man shall be good, but that no one will be good who
75 was not first of all wicked; but the sooner any one becomes
76 a good man, the more speedily does he receive this title, and
77 abolish the old name in the new. Accordingly, it is recorded
78 of Cain that he built a city,[132] but Abel, being a sojourner,
79 built none. For the city of the saints is above, although
80 here below it begets citizens, in whom it sojourns till the
81 time of its reign arrives, when it shall gather together all in
82 the day of the resurrection; and then shall the promised
83 kingdom be given to them, in which they shall reign with
84 their Prince, the King of the ages, time without end.
85 2. *Of the children of the flesh and the children of the promise.*
86 There was indeed on earth, so long as it was needed, a
87 symbol and foreshadowing image of this city, which served
88 the purpose of reminding men that such a city was to be,
89 rather than of making it present; and this image was itself
90 called the holy city, as a symbol of the future city, though
91 not itself the reality. Of this city which served as an image,
92 and of that free city it typified, Paul writes to the Galatians
93 in these terms: "Tell me, ye that desire to be under the law,
94 do ye not hear the law? For it is written, that Abraham
95 had two sons, the one by a bond maid, the other by a free
96 woman. But he who was of the bond woman was born after
97 the flesh, but he of the free woman was by promise. Which
98 things are an allegory:[133] for these are the two covenants;
99 the one from the mount Sinai, which gendereth to bondage,
100 which is Agar. For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia, and
101 answereth to Jerusalem which now is, and is in bondage with
102 her children. But Jerusalem which is above is free, which is
103 the mother of us all. For it is written, Rejoice, thou barren
104 that bearest not; break forth and cry, thou that travailest not:
105 for the desolate hath many more children than she which hath
106 an husband. Now we, brethren, as Isaac was, are the children
107 of promise. But as then he that was born after the
108 flesh persecuted him that was born after the Spirit, even so it
109 is now. Nevertheless, what saith the Scripture? Cast out
110 the bond woman and her son: for the son of the bond woman
111 shall not be heir with the son of the free woman. And
112 we, brethren, are not children of the bond woman, but of
113 the free, in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free."[134]
114 This interpretation of the passage, handed down to us with
115 apostolic authority, shows how we ought to understand the
116 Scriptures of the two covenants—the old and the new. One
117 portion of the earthly city became an image of the heavenly
118 city, not having a significance of its own, but signifying
119 another city, and therefore serving, or "being in bondage."
120 For it was founded not for its own sake, but to prefigure
121 another city; and this shadow of a city was also itself foreshadowed
122 by another preceding figure. For Sarah's handmaid
123 Agar, and her son, were an image of this image. And as the
124 shadows were to pass away when the full light came, Sarah,
125 the free woman, who prefigured the free city (which again was
126 also prefigured in another way by that shadow of a city Jerusalem),
127 therefore said, "Cast out the bond woman and her son;
128 for the son of the bond woman shall not be heir with my
129 son Isaac," or, as the apostle says, "with the son of the free
130 woman." In the earthly city, then, we find two things—its
131 own obvious presence, and its symbolic presentation of the
132 heavenly city. Now citizens are begotten to the earthly city
133 by nature vitiated by sin, but to the heavenly city by grace freeing
134 nature from sin; whence the former are called "vessels of
135 wrath," the latter "vessels of mercy."[135] And this was typified
136 in the two sons of Abraham,—Ishmael, the son of Agar the
137 handmaid, being born according to the flesh, while Isaac was
138 born of the free woman Sarah, according to the promise. Both,
139 indeed, were of Abraham's seed; but the one was begotten by
140 natural law, the other was given by gracious promise. In the
141 one birth, human action is revealed; in the other, a divine
142 kindness comes to light.
143 3. *That Sarah's barrenness was made productive by God's grace.*
144 Sarah, in fact, was barren; and, despairing of offspring, and
145 being resolved that she would have at least through her handmaid
146 that blessing she saw she could not in her own person
147 procure, she gave her handmaid to her husband, to whom she
148 herself had been unable to bear children. From him she required
149 this conjugal duty, exercising her own right in another's
150 womb. And thus Ishmael was born according to the common
151 law of human generation, by sexual intercourse. Therefore it
152 is said that he was born "according to the flesh,"—not because
153 such births are not the gifts of God, nor His handiwork, whose
154 creative wisdom "reaches," as it is written, "from one end to
155 another mightily, and sweetly doth she order all things,"[136]
156 but because, in a case in which the gift of God, which was
157 not due to men and was the gratuitous largess of grace, was
158 to be conspicuous, it was requisite that a son be given in
159 a way which no effort of nature could compass. Nature
160 denies children to persons of the age which Abraham and
161 Sarah had now reached; besides that, in Sarah's case, she was
162 barren even in her prime. This nature, so constituted that
163 offspring could not be looked for, symbolized the nature of
164 the human race vitiated by sin and by just consequence condemned,
165 which deserves no future felicity. Fitly, therefore,
166 does Isaac, the child of promise, typify the children of grace,
167 the citizens of the free city, who dwell together in everlasting
168 peace, in which self-love and self-will have no place, but a
169 ministering love that rejoices in the common joy of all, of
170 many hearts makes one, that is to say, secures a perfect
171 concord.
172 4. *Of the conflict and peace of the earthly city.*
173 But the earthly city, which shall not be everlasting (for it
174 will no longer be a city when it has been committed to the
175 extreme penalty), has its good in this world, and rejoices in
176 it with such joy as such things can afford. But as this is
177 not a good which can discharge its devotees of all distresses,
178 this city is often divided against itself by litigations, wars,
179 quarrels, and such victories as are either life-destroying or
180 short-lived. For each part of it that arms against another
181 part of it seeks to triumph over the nations through itself in
182 bondage to vice. If, when it has conquered, it is inflated with
183 pride, its victory is life-destroying; but if it turns its thoughts
184 upon the common casualties of our mortal condition, and is
185 rather anxious concerning the disasters that may befall it
186 than elated with the successes already achieved, this victory,
187 though of a higher kind, is still only short-lived; for it cannot
188 abidingly rule over those whom it has victoriously subjugated.
189 But the things which this city desires cannot justly
190 be said to be evil, for it is itself, in its own kind, better than
191 all other human good. For it desires earthly peace for the
192 sake of enjoying earthly goods, and it makes war in order to
193 attain to this peace; since, if it has conquered, and there
194 remains no one to resist it, it enjoys a peace which it had not
195 while there were opposing parties who contested for the enjoyment
196 of those things which were too small to satisfy both.
197 This peace is purchased by toilsome wars; it is obtained by
198 what they style a glorious victory. Now, when victory remains
199 with the party which had the juster cause, who hesitates
200 to congratulate the victor, and style it a desirable peace?
201 These things, then, are good things, and without doubt the
202 gifts of God. But if they neglect the better things of the
203 heavenly city, which are secured by eternal victory and peace
204 never-ending, and so inordinately covet these present good
205 things that they believe them to be the only desirable things,
206 or love them better than those things which are believed to
207 be better,—if this be so, then it is necessary that misery
208 follow and ever increase.
209 5. *Of the fratricidal act of the founder of the earthly city, and the corresponding
210 crime of the founder of Rome.*
211 Thus the founder of the earthly city was a fratricide.
212 Overcome with envy, he slew his own brother, a citizen of
213 the eternal city, and a sojourner on earth. So that we cannot
214 be surprised that this first specimen, or, as the Greeks say,
215 archetype of crime, should, long afterwards, find a corresponding
216 crime at the foundation of that city which was destined
217 to reign over so many nations, and be the head of this earthly
218 city of which we speak. For of that city also, as one of their
219 poets has mentioned, "the first walls were stained with a
220 brother's blood,"[137] or, as Roman history records, Remus was
221 slain by his brother Romulus. And thus there is no difference
222 between the foundation of this city and of the earthly
223 city, unless it be that Romulus and Remus were both citizens
224 of the earthly city. Both desired to have the glory of founding
225 the Roman republic, but both could not have as much
226 glory as if one only claimed it; for he who wished to have
227 the glory of ruling would certainly rule less if his power were
228 shared by a living consort. In order, therefore, that the
229 whole glory might be enjoyed by one, his consort was removed;
230 and by this crime the empire was made larger indeed,
231 but inferior, while otherwise it would have been less, but
232 better. Now these brothers, Cain and Abel, were not both
233 animated by the same earthly desires, nor did the murderer
234 envy the other because he feared that, by both ruling, his own
235 dominion would be curtailed,—for Abel was not solicitous to
236 rule in that city which his brother built,—he was moved by
237 that diabolical, envious hatred with which the evil regard the
238 good, for no other reason than because they are good while
239 themselves are evil. For the possession of goodness is by no
240 means diminished by being shared with a partner either permanent
241 or temporarily assumed; on the contrary, the possession
242 of goodness is increased in proportion to the concord and
243 charity of each of those who share it. In short, he who is
244 unwilling to share this possession cannot have it; and he who
245 is most willing to admit others to a share of it will have the
246 greatest abundance to himself. The quarrel, then, between
247 Romulus and Remus shows how the earthly city is divided
248 against itself; that which fell out between Cain and Abel
249 illustrated the hatred that subsists between the two cities, that
250 of God and that of men. The wicked war with the wicked;
251 the good also war with the wicked. But with the good, good
252 men, or at least perfectly good men, cannot war; though,
253 while only going on towards perfection, they war to this extent,
254 that every good man resists others in those points in
255 which he resists himself. And in each individual "the flesh
256 lusteth against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh."[138]
257 This spiritual lusting, therefore, can be at war with the carnal
258 lust of another man; or carnal lust may be at war with the
259 spiritual desires of another, in some such way as good and
260 wicked men are at war; or, still more certainly, the carnal
261 lusts of two men, good but not yet perfect, contend together,
262 just as the wicked contend with the wicked, until the health
263 of those who are under the treatment of grace attains final
264 victory.
265 >
266 >
267 >
268 6. *Of the weaknesses which even the citizens of the city of God suffer during this
269 > earthly pilgrimage in punishment of sin, and of which they are healed by
270 > God's care.*
271 This sickliness—that is to say, that disobedience of which
272 we spoke in the fourteenth book—is the punishment of the
273 first disobedience. It is therefore not nature, but vice; and
274 therefore it is said to the good who are growing in grace, and
275 living in this pilgrimage by faith, "Bear ye one another's
276 burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ."[139] In like manner it
277 is said elsewhere, "Warn them that are unruly, comfort the
278 feeble-minded, support the weak, be patient toward all men.
279 See that none render evil for evil unto any man."[140] And in
280 another place, "If a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which
281 are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness;
282 considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted."[141] And elsewhere,
283 "Let not the sun go down upon your wrath."[142] And
284 in the Gospel, "If thy brother shall trespass against thee, go
285 and tell him his fault between thee and him alone."[143] So too
286 of sins which may create scandal the apostle says, "Them
287 that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear."[144] For
288 this purpose, and that we may keep that peace without which
289 no man can see the Lord,[145] many precepts are given which
290 carefully inculcate mutual forgiveness; among which we may
291 number that terrible word in which the servant is ordered to
292 pay his formerly remitted debt of ten thousand talents, because
293 he did not remit to his fellow-servant his debt of two hundred
294 pence. To which parable the Lord Jesus added the words, "So
295 likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye from
296 your hearts forgive not every one his brother."[146] It is thus
297 the citizens of the city of God are healed while still they sojourn
298 in this earth and sigh for the peace of their heavenly
299 country. The Holy Spirit, too, works within, that the medicine
300 externally applied may have some good result. Otherwise,
301 even though God Himself make use of the creatures
302 that are subject to Him, and in some human form address our
303 human senses, whether we receive those impressions in sleep
304 or in some external appearance, still, if He does not by His
305 own inward grace sway and act upon the mind, no preaching
306 of the truth is of any avail. But this God does, distinguishing
307 between the vessels of wrath and the vessels of mercy, by
308 His own very secret but very just providence. When He
309 Himself aids the soul in His own hidden and wonderful ways,
310 and the sin which dwells in our members, and is, as the
311 apostle teaches, rather the punishment of sin, does not reign
312 in our mortal body to obey the lusts of it, and when we no
313 longer yield our members as instruments of unrighteousness,[147]
314 then the soul is converted from its own evil and selfish desires,
315 and, God possessing it, it possesses itself in peace even
316 in this life, and afterwards, with perfected health and endowed
317 with immortality, will reign without sin in peace everlasting.
318 7. *Of the cause of Cain's crime and his obstinacy, which not even the word of
319 God could subdue.*
320 But though God made use of this very mode of address
321 which we have been endeavouring to explain, and spoke to
322 Cain in that form by which He was wont to accommodate
323 Himself to our first parents and converse with them as a
324 companion, what good influence had it on Cain? Did he not
325 fulfil his wicked intention of killing his brother even after
326 he was warned by God's voice? For when God had made a
327 distinction between their sacrifices, neglecting Cain's, regarding
328 Abel's, which was doubtless intimated by some visible
329 sign to that effect; and when God had done so because the
330 works of the one were evil but those of his brother good, Cain
331 was very wroth, and his countenance fell. For thus it is
332 written: "And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth,
333 and why is thy countenance fallen? If thou offerest rightly,
334 but dost not rightly distinguish, hast thou not sinned? Fret
335 not thyself, for unto thee shall be his turning, and thou shalt
336 rule over him."[148] In this admonition administered by God to
337 Cain, that clause indeed, "If thou offerest rightly, but dost
338 not rightly distinguish, hast thou not sinned?" is obscure, inasmuch
339 as it is not apparent for what reason or purpose it was
340 spoken, and many meanings have been put upon it, as each
341 one who discusses it attempts to interpret it according to the
342 rule of faith. The truth is, that a sacrifice is "rightly offered"
343 when it is offered to the true God, to whom alone we must
344 sacrifice. And it is "not rightly distinguished" when we do
345 not rightly distinguish the places or seasons or materials of
346 the offering, or the person offering, or the person to whom it
347 is presented, or those to whom it is distributed for food after
348 the oblation. Distinguishing[149] is here used for discriminating,—whether
349 when an offering is made in a place where it ought
350 not or of a material which ought to be offered not there but
351 elsewhere; or when an offering is made at a wrong time, or
352 of a material suitable not then but at some other time; or when
353 that is offered which in no place nor any time ought to be
354 offered; or when a man keeps to himself choicer specimens
355 of the same kind than he offers to God; or when he or any
356 other who may not lawfully partake profanely eats of the oblation.
357 In which of these particulars Cain displeased God, it is
358 difficult to determine. But the Apostle John, speaking of
359 these brothers, says, "Not as Cain, who was of that wicked
360 one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him? Because
361 his own works were evil, and his brother's righteous."[150]
362 He thus gives us to understand that God did not respect his
363 offering because it was not rightly "distinguished" in this, that
364 he gave to God something of his own but kept himself to himself.
365 For this all do who follow not God's will but their
366 own, who live not with an upright but a crooked heart, and
367 yet offer to God such gifts as they suppose will procure from
368 Him that He aid them not by healing but by gratifying their
369 evil passions. And this is the characteristic of the earthly
370 city, that it worships God or gods who may aid it in reigning
371 victoriously and peacefully on earth not through love of doing
372 good, but through lust of rule. The good use the world that
373 they may enjoy God: the wicked, on the contrary, that they
374 may enjoy the world would fain use God,—those of them, at
375 least, who have attained to the belief that He is and takes an
376 interest in human affairs. For they who have not yet attained
377 even to this belief are still at a much lower level. Cain, then,
378 when he saw that God had respect to his brother's sacrifice,
379 but not to his own, should have humbly chosen his good
380 brother as his example, and not proudly counted him his
381 rival. But he was wroth, and his countenance fell. This angry
382 regret for another person's goodness, even his brother's, was
383 charged upon him by God as a great sin. And He accused him
384 of it in the interrogation, "Why art thou wroth, and why is thy
385 countenance fallen?" For God saw that he envied his brother,
386 and of this He accused him. For to men, from whom the
387 heart of their fellow is hid, it might be doubtful and quite
388 uncertain whether that sadness bewailed his own wickedness
389 by which, as he had learned, he had displeased God, or his
390 brother's goodness, which had pleased God, and won His
391 favourable regard to his sacrifice. But God, in giving the
392 reason why He refused to accept Cain's offering and why
393 Cain should rather have been displeased at himself than at
394 his brother, shows him that though he was unjust in "not
395 rightly distinguishing," that is, not rightly living and being
396 unworthy to have his offering received, he was more unjust by
397 far in hating his just brother without a cause.
398 Yet He does not dismiss him without counsel, holy, just,
399 and good. "Fret not thyself," He says, "for unto thee shall
400 be his turning, and thou shalt rule over him." Over his
401 brother, does He mean? Most certainly not. Over what, then,
402 but sin? For He had said, "Thou hast sinned," and then
403 He added, "Fret not thyself, for to thee shall be its turning,
404 and thou shalt rule over it."[151] And the "turning" of sin to
405 the man can be understood of his conviction that the guilt of
406 sin can be laid at no other man's door but his own. For this
407 is the health-giving medicine of penitence, and the fit plea
408 for pardon; so that, when it is said, "To thee its turning," we
409 must not supply "shall be," but we must read, "To thee let its
410 turning be," understanding it as a command, not as a prediction.
411 For then shall a man rule over his sin when he does
412 not prefer it to himself and defend it, but subjects it by repentance;
413 otherwise he that becomes protector of it shall surely
414 become its prisoner. But if we understand this sin to be that
415 carnal concupiscence of which the apostle says, "The flesh
416 lusteth against the spirit,"[152] among the fruits of which lust he
417 names envy, by which assuredly Cain was stung and excited
418 to destroy his brother, then we may properly supply the
419 words "shall be," and read, "To thee shall be its turning, and
420 thou shalt rule over it." For when the carnal part which the
421 apostle calls sin, in that place where he says, "It is not I who
422 do it, but sin that dwelleth in me,"[153] that part which the
423 philosophers also call vicious, and which ought not to lead the
424 mind, but which the mind ought to rule and restrain by reason
425 from illicit motions,—when, then, this part has been moved to
426 perpetrate any wickedness, if it be curbed and if it obey the
427 word of the apostle, "Yield not your members instruments of
428 unrighteousness unto sin,"[154] it is turned towards the mind and
429 subdued and conquered by it, so that reason rules over it as
430 a subject. It was this which God enjoined on him who was
431 kindled with the fire of envy against his brother, so that he
432 sought to put out of the way him whom he should have set
433 as an example. "Fret not thyself," or compose thyself, He
434 says: withhold thy hand from crime; let not sin reign in
435 your mortal body to fulfil it in the lusts thereof, nor yield
436 your members instruments of unrighteousness unto sin. "For
437 to thee shall be its turning," so long as you do not encourage
438 it by giving it the rein, but bridle it by quenching its fire.
439 "And thou shalt rule over it;" for when it is not allowed any
440 external actings, it yields itself to the rule of the governing
441 mind and righteous will, and ceases from even internal motions.
442 There is something similar said in the same divine
443 book of the woman, when God questioned and judged them
444 after their sin, and pronounced sentence on them all,—the devil
445 in the form of the serpent, the woman and her husband in
446 their own persons. For when He had said to her, "I will
447 greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow
448 shalt thou bring forth children," then He added, "and thy
449 turning shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee."[155]
450 What is said to Cain about his sin, or about the vicious concupiscence
451 of his flesh, is here said of the woman who had
452 sinned; and we are to understand that the husband is to rule
453 his wife as the soul rules the flesh. And therefore, says the
454 apostle, "He that loveth his wife, loveth himself; for no man
455 ever yet hated his own flesh."[156] This flesh, then, is to be
456 healed, because it belongs to ourselves: is not to be abandoned
457 to destruction as if it were alien to our nature. But Cain received
458 that counsel of God in the spirit of one who did not
459 wish to amend. In fact, the vice of envy grew stronger in him;
460 and, having entrapped his brother, he slew him. Such was
461 the founder of the earthly city. He was also a figure of the
462 Jews who slew Christ the Shepherd of the flock of men, prefigured
463 by Abel the shepherd of sheep: but as this is an allegorical
464 and prophetical matter, I forbear to explain it now;
465 besides, I remember that I have made some remarks upon it
466 in writing against Faustus the Manichæan.[157]
467 8. *What Cain's reason was for building a city so early in the history
468 of the human race.*
469 At present it is the history which I aim at defending, that
470 Scripture may not be reckoned incredible when it relates that
471 one man built a city at a time in which there seem to have
472 been but four men upon earth, or rather indeed but three,
473 after one brother slew the other,—to wit, the first man the
474 father of all, and Cain himself, and his son Enoch, by whose
475 name the city was itself called. But they who are moved by
476 this consideration forget to take into account that the writer
477 of the sacred history does not necessarily mention all the
478 men who might be alive at that time, but those only whom
479 the scope of his work required him to name. The design of
480 that writer (who in this matter was the instrument of the
481 Holy Ghost) was to descend to Abraham through the successions
482 of ascertained generations propagated from one man,
483 and then to pass from Abraham's seed to the people of God,
484 in whom, separated as they were from other nations, was
485 prefigured and predicted all that relates to the city whose
486 reign is eternal, and to its king and founder Christ, which
487 things were foreseen in the Spirit as destined to come; yet
488 neither is this object so effected as that nothing is said of the
489 other society of men which we call the earthly city, but
490 mention is made of it so far as seemed needful to enhance
491 the glory of the heavenly city by contrast to its opposite.
492 Accordingly, when the divine Scripture, in mentioning the
493 number of years which those men lived, concludes its account
494 of each man of whom it speaks, with the words, "And he
495 begat sons and daughters, and all his days were so and so,
496 and he died," are we to understand that, because it does not
497 name those sons and daughters, therefore, during that long
498 term of years over which one lifetime extended in those early
499 days, there might not have been born very many men, by
500 whose united numbers not one but several cities might have
501 been built? But it suited the purpose of God, by whose
502 inspiration these histories were composed, to arrange and distinguish
503 from the first these two societies in their several
504 generations,—that on the one side the generations of men,
505 that is to say, of those who live according to man, and on the
506 other side the generations of the sons of God, that is to
507 say, of men living according to God, might be traced down
508 together and yet apart from one another as far as the deluge,
509 at which point their dissociation and association are exhibited:
510 their dissociation, inasmuch as the generations of both lines
511 are recorded in separate tables, the one line descending from
512 the fratricide Cain, the other from Seth, who had been born to
513 Adam instead of him whom his brother slew; their association,
514 inasmuch as the good so deteriorated that the whole race
515 became of such a character that it was swept away by the
516 deluge, with the exception of one just man, whose name was
517 Noah, and his wife and three sons and three daughters-in-law,
518 which eight persons were alone deemed worthy to escape
519 from that desolating visitation which destroyed all men.
520 Therefore, although it is written, "And Cain knew his wife,
521 and she conceived and bare Enoch, and he builded a city and
522 called the name of the city after the name of his son Enoch,"[158]
523 it does not follow that we are to believe this to have been
524 his first-born; for we cannot suppose that this is proved by
525 the expression "he knew his wife," as if then for the first
526 time he had had intercourse with her. For in the case of
527 Adam, the father of all, this expression is used not only when
528 Cain, who seems to have been his first-born, was conceived,
529 but also afterwards the same Scripture says, "Adam knew
530 Eve his wife, and she conceived and bare a son, and
531 called his name Seth."[159] Whence it is obvious that Scripture
532 employs this expression neither always when a birth is recorded
533 nor then only when the birth of a first-born is mentioned.
534 Neither is it necessary to suppose that Enoch was
535 Cain's first-born because he named his city after him. For
536 it is quite possible that though he had other sons, yet for
537 some reason the father loved him more than the rest. Judah
538 was not the first-born, though he gives his name to Judæa
539 and the Jews. But even though Enoch was the first-born of
540 the city's founder, that is no reason for supposing that the
541 father named the city after him as soon as he was born; for
542 at that time he, being but a solitary man, could not have
543 founded a civic community, which is nothing else than a
544 multitude of men bound together by some associating tie.
545 But when his family increased to such numbers that he had
546 quite a population, then it became possible to him both to
547 build a city, and give it, when founded, the name of his son.
548 For so long was the life of those antediluvians, that he who
549 lived the shortest time of those whose years are mentioned in
550 Scripture attained to the age of 753 years.[160] And though no
551 one attained the age of a thousand years, several exceeded the
552 age of nine hundred. Who then can doubt that during the
553 lifetime of one man the human race might be so multiplied that
554 there would be a population to build and occupy not one but
555 several cities? And this might very readily be conjectured
556 from the fact that from one man, Abraham, in not much more
557 than four hundred years, the numbers of the Hebrew race so
558 increased, that in the exodus of that people from Egypt there
559 are recorded to have been six hundred thousand men capable
560 of bearing arms,[161] and this over and above the Idumæans, who,
561 though not numbered with Israel's descendants, were yet sprung
562 from his brother, also a grandson of Abraham; and over and
563 above the other nations which were of the same stock of
564 Abraham, though not through Sarah,—that is, his descendants
565 by Hagar and Keturah, the Ishmaelites, Midianites, etc.
566 9. *Of the long life and greater stature of the antediluvians.*
567 Wherefore no one who considerately weighs facts will
568 doubt that Cain might have built a city, and that a large
569 one, when it is observed how prolonged were the lives of
570 men, unless perhaps some sceptic take exception to this very
571 length of years which our authors ascribe to the antediluvians
572 and deny that this is credible. And so, too, they do
573 not believe that the size of men's bodies was larger then than
574 now, though the most esteemed of their own poets, Virgil,
575 asserts the same, when he speaks of that huge stone which
576 had been fixed as a landmark, and which a strong man of
577 those ancient times snatched up as he fought, and ran, and
578 hurled, and cast it,—
579 "Scarce twelve strong men of later mould
580 That weight could on their necks uphold;"[162]
581 thus declaring his opinion that the earth then produced
582 mightier men. And if in the more recent times, how much
583 more in the ages before the world-renowned deluge? But
584 the large size of the primitive human body is often proved to
585 the incredulous by the exposure of sepulchres, either through
586 the wear of time or the violence of torrents or some accident,
587 and in which bones of incredible size have been found or have
588 rolled out. I myself, along with some others, saw on the
589 shore at Utica a man's molar tooth of such a size, that if it
590 were cut down into teeth such as we have, a hundred, I
591 fancy, could have been made out of it. But that, I believe,
592 belonged to some giant. For though the bodies of ordinary
593 men were then larger than ours, the giants surpassed all in
594 stature. And neither in our own age nor any other have
595 there been altogether wanting instances of gigantic stature,
596 though they may be few. The younger Pliny, a most learned
597 man, maintains that the older the world becomes, the smaller
598 will be the bodies of men.[163] And he mentions that Homer
599 in his poems often lamented the same decline; and this he
600 does not laugh at as a poetical figment, but in his character
601 of a recorder of natural wonders accepts it as historically true.
602 But, as I said, the bones which are from time to time discovered
603 prove the size of the bodies of the ancients,[164] and will
604 do so to future ages, for they are slow to decay. But the
605 length of an antediluvian's life cannot now be proved by any
606 such monumental evidence. But we are not on this account
607 to withhold our faith from the sacred history, whose statements
608 of past fact we are the more inexcusable in discrediting,
609 as we see the accuracy of its prediction of what was future.
610 And even that same Pliny[165] tells us that there is still a nation
611 in which men live 200 years. If, then, in places unknown
612 to us, men are believed to have a length of days which is
613 quite beyond our own experience, why should we not believe
614 the same of times distant from our own? Or are we to
615 believe that in other places there is what is not here, while
616 we do not believe that in other times there has been anything
617 but what is now?
618 10. *Of the different computation of the ages of the antediluvians, given by the
619 Hebrew manuscripts and by our own.*[166]
620 Wherefore, although there is a discrepancy for which I
621 cannot account between our manuscripts and the Hebrew, in
622 the very number of years assigned to the antediluvians, yet
623 the discrepancy is not so great that they do not agree about
624 their longevity. For the very first man, Adam, before he
625 begot his son Seth, is in our manuscripts found to have lived
626 230 years, but in the Hebrew mss. 130. But after he begot
627 Seth, our copies read that he lived 700 years, while the
628 Hebrew give 800. And thus, when the two periods are taken
629 together, the sum agrees. And so throughout the succeeding
630 generations, the period before the father begets a son is always
631 made shorter by 100 years in the Hebrew, but the period
632 after his son is begotten is longer by 100 years in the
633 Hebrew than in our copies. And thus, taking the two periods
634 together, the result is the same in both. And in the sixth
635 generation there is no discrepancy at all. In the seventh,
636 however, of which Enoch is the representative, who is recorded
637 to have been translated without death because he
638 pleased God, there is the same discrepancy as in the first
639 five generations, 100 years more being ascribed to him by
640 our mss. before he begat a son. But still the result agrees;
641 for according to both documents he lived before he was
642 translated 365 years. In the eighth generation the discrepancy
643 is less than in the others, and of a different kind. For
644 Methuselah, whom Enoch begat, lived, before he begat his
645 successor, not 100 years less, but 100 years more, according
646 to the Hebrew reading; and in our mss. again these years
647 are added to the period after he begat his son; so that in this
648 case also the sum-total is the same. And it is only in the
649 ninth generation, that is, in the age of Lamech, Methuselah's
650 son and Noah's father, that there is a discrepancy in the sum-total;
651 and even in this case it is slight. For the Hebrew mss.
652 represent him as living twenty-four years more than ours
653 assign to him. For before he begat his son, who was called
654 Noah, six years fewer are given to him by the Hebrew mss.
655 than by ours; but after he begat this son, they give him thirty
656 years more than ours; so that, deducting the former six, there
657 remains, as we said, a surplus of twenty-four.
658 11. *Of Methuselah's age, which seems to extend fourteen years beyond the
659 deluge.*
660 From this discrepancy between the Hebrew books and our
661 own arises the well-known question as to the age of Methuselah;[167]
662 for it is computed that he lived for fourteen years
663 after the deluge, though Scripture relates that of all who
664 were then upon the earth only the eight souls in the ark
665 escaped destruction by the flood, and of these Methuselah was
666 not one. For, according to our books, Methuselah, before he
667 begat the son whom he called Lamech, lived 167 years; then
668 Lamech himself, before his son Noah was born, lived 188
669 years, which together make 355 years. Add to these the
670 age of Noah at the date of the deluge, 600 years, and this
671 gives a total of 955 from the birth of Methuselah to the
672 year of the flood. Now all the years of the life of Methuselah
673 are computed to be 969; for when he had lived 167
674 years, and had begotten his son Lamech, he then lived after
675 this 802 years, which makes a total, as we said, of 969
676 years. From this, if we deduct 955 years from the birth of
677 Methuselah to the flood, there remain fourteen years, which
678 he is supposed to have lived after the flood. And therefore
679 some suppose that, though he was not on earth (in which it
680 is agreed that every living thing which could not naturally
681 live in water perished), he was for a time with his father,
682 who had been translated, and that he lived there till the flood
683 had passed away. This hypothesis they adopt, that they may
684 not cast a slight on the trustworthiness of versions which the
685 Church has received into a position of high authority,[168] and
686 because they believe that the Jewish mss. rather than our
687 own are in error. For they do not admit that this is a mistake
688 of the translators, but maintain that there is a falsified
689 statement in the original, from which, through the Greek, the
690 Scripture has been translated into our own tongue. They say
691 that it is not credible that the seventy translators, who simultaneously
692 and unanimously produced one rendering, could
693 have erred, or, in a case in which no interest of theirs was
694 involved, could have falsified their translation; but that the
695 Jews, envying us our translation of their Law and Prophets,
696 have made alterations in their texts so as to undermine the
697 authority of ours. This opinion or suspicion let each man
698 adopt according to his own judgment. Certain it is that
699 Methuselah did not survive the flood, but died in the very
700 year it occurred, if the numbers given in the Hebrew mss.
701 are true. My own opinion regarding the seventy translators
702 I will, with God's help, state more carefully in its
703 own place, when I have come down (following the order
704 which this work requires) to that period in which their
705 translation was executed.[169] For the present question, it is
706 enough that, according to our versions, the men of that age
707 had lives so long as to make it quite possible that, during
708 the lifetime of the first-born of the two sole parents then
709 on earth, the human race multiplied sufficiently to form a
710 community.
711 12. *Of the opinion of those who do not believe that in these primitive times men
712 lived so long as is stated.*
713 For they are by no means to be listened to who suppose
714 that in those times years were differently reckoned, and were
715 so short that one of our years may be supposed to be equal
716 to ten of theirs. So that they say, when we read or hear that
717 some man lived 900 years, we should understand ninety,—ten
718 of those years making but one of ours, and ten of ours
719 equalling 100 of theirs. Consequently, as they suppose,
720 Adam was twenty-three years of age when he begat Seth, and
721 Seth himself was twenty years and six months old when his
722 son Enos was born, though the Scripture calls these months
723 205 years. For, on the hypothesis of those whose opinion we
724 are explaining, it was customary to divide one such year as
725 we have into ten parts, and to call each part a year. And
726 each of these parts was composed of six days squared; because
727 God finished His works in six days, that He might rest the
728 seventh. Of this I disputed according to my ability in the
729 eleventh book.[170] Now six squared, or six times six, gives
730 thirty-six days; and this multiplied by ten amounts to 360
731 days, or twelve lunar months. As for the five remaining days
732 which are needed to complete the solar year, and for the
733 fourth part of a day, which requires that into every fourth or
734 leap-year a day be added, the ancients added such days as the
735 Romans used to call "intercalary," in order to complete the
736 number of the years. So that Enos, Seth's son, was nineteen
737 years old when his son Cainan was born, though Scripture
738 calls these years 190. And so through all the generations in
739 which the ages of the antediluvians are given, we find in our
740 versions that almost no one begat a son at the age of 100 or
741 under, or even at the age of 120 or thereabouts; but the
742 youngest fathers are recorded to have been 160 years old and
743 upwards. And the reason of this, they say, is that no one
744 can beget children when he is ten years old, the age spoken
745 of by those men as 100, but that sixteen is the age of puberty,
746 and competent now to propagate offspring; and this is the age
747 called by them 160. And that it may not be thought incredible
748 that in these days the year was differently computed
749 from our own, they adduce what is recorded by several writers
750 of history, that the Egyptians had a year of four months, the
751 Acarnanians of six, and the Lavinians of thirteen months.[171]
752 The younger Pliny, after mentioning that some writers reported
753 that one man had lived 152 years, another ten more,
754 others 200, others 300, that some had even reached 500 and
755 600, and a few 800 years of age, gave it as his opinion that
756 all this must be ascribed to mistaken computation. For some,
757 he says, make summer and winter each a year; others make
758 each season a year, like the Arcadians, whose years, he says,
759 were of three months. He added, too, that the Egyptians, of
760 whose little years of four months we have spoken already,
761 sometimes terminated their year at the wane of each moon;
762 so that with them there are produced lifetimes of 1000
763 years.
764 By these plausible arguments certain persons, with no desire
765 to weaken the credit of this sacred history, but rather to
766 facilitate belief in it by removing the difficulty of such incredible
767 longevity, have been themselves persuaded, and think
768 they act wisely in persuading others, that in these days the
769 year was so brief that ten of their years equal but one of ours,
770 while ten of ours equal 100 of theirs. But there is the
771 plainest evidence to show that this is quite false. Before
772 producing this evidence, however, it seems right to mention
773 a conjecture which is yet more plausible. From the Hebrew
774 manuscripts we could at once refute this confident statement;
775 for in them Adam is found to have lived not 230 but 130
776 years before he begat his third son. If, then, this mean
777 thirteen years by our ordinary computation, then he must
778 have begotten his first son when he was only twelve or thereabouts.
779 Who can at this age beget children according to the
780 ordinary and familiar course of nature? But not to mention
781 him, since it is possible he may have been able to beget his
782 like as soon as he was created,—for it is not credible that he was
783 created so little as our infants are,—not to mention him, his
784 son was not 205 years old when he begat Enos, as our versions
785 have it, but 105, and consequently, according to this
786 idea, was not eleven years old. But what shall I say of his
787 son Cainan, who, though by our version 170 years old, was by
788 the Hebrew text seventy when he beget Mahalaleel? If
789 seventy years in those times meant only seven of our years,
790 what man of seven years old begets children?
791 13. *Whether, in computing years, we ought to follow the Hebrew or the
792 Septuagint.*
793 But if I say this, I shall presently be answered, It is one
794 of the Jews' lies. This, however, we have disposed of above,
795 showing that it cannot be that men of so just a reputation as
796 the seventy translators should have falsified their version.
797 However, if I ask them which of the two is more credible,
798 that the Jewish nation, scattered far and wide, could have
799 unanimously conspired to forge this lie, and so, through envying
800 others the authority of their Scriptures, have deprived
801 themselves of their verity; or that seventy men, who were
802 also themselves Jews, shut up in one place (for Ptolemy king
803 of Egypt had got them together for this work), should have
804 envied foreign nations that same truth, and by common consent
805 inserted these errors: who does not see which can be
806 more naturally and readily believed? But far be it from any
807 prudent man to believe either that the Jews, however malicious
808 and wrong-headed, could have tampered with so many
809 and so widely-dispersed manuscripts; or that those renowned
810 seventy individuals had any common purpose to grudge the
811 truth to the nations. One must therefore more plausibly
812 maintain, that when first their labours began to be transcribed
813 from the copy in Ptolemy's library, some such misstatement
814 might find its way into the first copy made, and from it might
815 be disseminated far and wide; and that this might arise from
816 no fraud, but from a mere copyist's error. This is a sufficiently
817 plausible account of the difficulty regarding Methuselah's life,
818 and of that other case in which there is a difference in the
819 total of twenty-four years. But in those cases in which there
820 is a methodical resemblance in the falsification, so that uniformly
821 the one version allots to the period before a son and
822 successor is born 100 years more than the other, and to the
823 period subsequent 100 years less, and *vice versâ*, so that the
824 totals may agree,—and this holds true of the first, second,
825 third, fourth, fifth, and seventh generations,—in these cases
826 error seems to have, if we may say so, a certain kind of constancy,
827 and savours not of accident, but of design.
828 Accordingly, that diversity of numbers which distinguishes
829 the Hebrew from the Greek and Latin copies of Scripture,
830 and which consists of a uniform addition and deduction of
831 100 years in each lifetime for several consecutive generations,
832 is to be attributed neither to the malice of the Jews
833 nor to men so diligent and prudent as the seventy translators,
834 but to the error of the copyist who was first allowed
835 to transcribe the manuscript from the library of the above-mentioned
836 king. For even now, in cases where numbers
837 contribute nothing to the easier comprehension or more satisfactory
838 knowledge of anything, they are both carelessly
839 transcribed, and still more carelessly emended. For who will
840 trouble himself to learn how many thousand men the several
841 tribes of Israel contained? He sees no resulting benefit of
842 such knowledge. Or how many men are there who are aware
843 of the vast advantage that lies hid in this knowledge? But in
844 this case, in which during so many consecutive generations
845 100 years are added in one manuscript where they are not
846 reckoned in the other, and then, after the birth of the son
847 and successor, the years which were wanting are added, it is
848 obvious that the copyist who contrived this arrangement designed
849 to insinuate that the antediluvians lived an excessive
850 number of years only because each year was excessively brief,
851 and that he tried to draw the attention to this fact by his
852 statement of their age of puberty at which they became able
853 to beget children. For, lest the incredulous might stumble
854 at the difficulty of so long a lifetime, he insinuated that
855 100 of their years equalled but ten of ours; and this insinuation
856 he conveyed by adding 100 years whenever
857 he found the age below 160 years or thereabouts, deducting
858 these years again from the period after the son's
859 birth, that the total might harmonize. By this means he
860 intended to ascribe the generation of offspring to a fit age,
861 without diminishing the total sum of years ascribed to the
862 lifetime of the individuals. And the very fact that in the
863 sixth generation he departed from this uniform practice, inclines
864 us all the rather to believe that when the circumstance
865 we have referred to required his alterations, he made them;
866 seeing that when this circumstance did not exist, he made no
867 alteration. For in the same generation he found in the Hebrew
868 MS. that Jared lived before he begat Enoch 162 years, which,
869 according to the short year computation, is sixteen years and
870 somewhat less than two months, an age capable of procreation;
871 and therefore it was not necessary to add 100 short years,
872 and so make the age twenty-six years of the usual length;
873 and of course it was not necessary to deduct, after the son's
874 birth, years which he had not added before it. And thus it
875 comes to pass that in this instance there is no variation
876 between the two manuscripts.
877 This is corroborated still further by the fact that in the
878 eighth generation, while the Hebrew books assign 182[172]
879 years to Methuselah before Lamech's birth, ours assign to
880 him twenty less, though usually 100 years are added to this
881 period; then, after Lamech's birth, the twenty years are restored,
882 so as to equalize the total in the two books. For if
883 his design was that these 170 years be understood as seventeen,
884 so as to suit the age of puberty, as there was no need
885 for him adding anything, so there was none for his subtracting
886 anything; for in this case he found an age fit for the generation
887 of children, for the sake of which he was in the habit of
888 adding those 100 years in cases where he did not find the
889 age already sufficient. This difference of twenty years we
890 might, indeed, have supposed had happened accidentally, had
891 he not taken care to restore them afterwards as he had
892 deducted them from the period before, so that there might
893 be no deficiency in the total. Or are we perhaps to suppose
894 that there was the still more astute design of concealing the
895 deliberate and uniform addition of 100 years to the first
896 period and their deduction from the subsequent period,—did
897 he design to conceal this by doing something similar, that is to
898 say, adding and deducting, not indeed a century, but some
899 years, even in a case in which there was no need for his
900 doing so? But whatever may be thought of this, whether
901 it be believed that he did so or not, whether, in fine, it be
902 so or not, I would have no manner of doubt that when any
903 diversity is found in the books, since both cannot be true to
904 fact, we do well to believe in preference that language out
905 of which the translation was made into another by translators.
906 For there are three Greek mss., one Latin, and one Syriac,
907 which agree with one another, and in all of these Methuselah
908 is said to have died six years before the deluge.
909 14. *That the years in those ancient times were of the same length as our own.*
910 Let us now see how it can be plainly made out that in the
911 enormously protracted lives of those men the years were not
912 so short that ten of their years were equal to only one of ours,
913 but were of as great length as our own, which are measured
914 by the course of the sun. It is proved by this, that Scripture
915 states that the flood occurred in the six hundredth year of
916 Noah's life. But why in the same place is it also written,
917 "The waters of the flood were upon the earth in the six
918 hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the
919 twenty-seventh day of the month,"[173] if that very brief year (of
920 which it took ten to make one of ours) consisted of thirty-six
921 days? For so scant a year, if the ancient usage dignified
922 it with the name of year, either has not months, or its month
923 must be three days, so that it may have twelve of them. How
924 then was it here said, "In the six hundredth year, the second
925 month, the twenty-seventh day of the month," unless the
926 months then were of the same length as the months now?
927 For how else could it be said that the flood began on the
928 twenty-seventh day of the second month? Then afterwards,
929 at the end of the flood, it is thus written: "And the ark rested
930 in the seventh month, on the twenty-seventh day of the month,
931 on the mountains of Ararat. And the waters decreased continually
932 until the eleventh month: on the first day of the
933 month were the tops of the mountains seen."[174] But if the
934 months were such as we have, then so were the years. And
935 certainly months of three days each could not have a twenty-seventh
936 day. Or if every measure of time was diminished in
937 proportion, and a thirtieth part of three days was then called
938 a day, then that great deluge, which is recorded to have lasted
939 forty days and forty nights, was really over in less than four
940 of our days. Who can away with such foolishness and absurdity?
941 Far be this error from us,—an error which seeks to
942 build up our faith in the divine Scriptures on false conjecture,
943 only to demolish our faith at another point. It is plain that
944 the day then was what it now is, a space of four-and-twenty
945 hours, determined by the lapse of day and night; the month
946 then equal to the month now, which is defined by the rise
947 and completion of one moon; the year then equal to the year
948 now, which is completed by twelve lunar months, with the
949 addition of five days and a-fourth to adjust it with the course
950 of the sun. It was a year of this length which was reckoned
951 the six hundredth of Noah's life; and in the second month,
952 the twenty-seventh day of the month, the flood began,—a
953 flood which, as is recorded, was caused by heavy rains continuing
954 for forty days, which days had not only two hours
955 and a little more, but four-and-twenty hours, completing a
956 night and a day. And consequently those antediluvians lived
957 more than 900 years, which were years as long as those
958 which afterwards Abraham lived 175 of, and after him his
959 son Isaac 180, and his son Jacob nearly 150, and some time
960 after, Moses 120, and men now seventy or eighty, or not
961 much longer, of which years it is said, "their strength is
962 labour and sorrow."[175]
963 But that discrepancy of numbers which is found to exist
964 between our own and the Hebrew text does not touch the
965 longevity of the ancients; and if there is any diversity so
966 great that both versions cannot be true, we must take our
967 ideas of the real facts from that text out of which our own
968 version has been translated. However, though any one who
969 pleases has it in his power to correct this version, yet it is
970 not unimportant to observe that no one has presumed to
971 emend the Septuagint from the Hebrew text in the many
972 places where they seem to disagree. For this difference has
973 not been reckoned a falsification; and for my own part I am
974 persuaded it ought not to be reckoned so. But where the
975 difference is not a mere copyist's error, and where the sense is
976 agreeable to truth and illustrative of truth, we must believe
977 that the divine Spirit prompted them to give a varying version,
978 not in their function of translators, but in the liberty of prophesying.
979 And therefore we find that the apostles justly
980 sanction the Septuagint, by quoting it as well as the Hebrew
981 when they adduce proofs from the Scriptures. But as I have
982 promised to treat this subject more carefully, if God help me,
983 in a more fitting place, I will now go on with the matter in
984 hand. For there can be no doubt that, the lives of men being
985 so long, the first-born of the first man could have built a city,—a
986 city, however, which was earthly, and not that which is
987 called the city of God, to describe which we have taken in
988 hand this great work.
989 >
990 >
991 >
992 15. *Whether it is credible that the men of the primitive age abstained from
993 > sexual intercourse until that date at which it is recorded that they begat
994 > children.*
995 Some one, then, will say, Is it to be believed that a man
996 who intended to beget children, and had no intention of continence,
997 abstained from sexual intercourse a hundred years and
998 more, or even, according to the Hebrew version, only a little
999 less, say eighty, seventy, or sixty years; or, if he did not
1000 abstain, was unable to beget offspring? This question admits
1001 of two solutions. For either puberty was so much later as the
1002 whole life was longer, or, which seems to me more likely, it
1003 is not the first-born sons that are here mentioned, but those
1004 whose names were required to fill up the series until Noah
1005 was reached, from whom again we see that the succession is
1006 continued to Abraham, and after him down to that point of
1007 time until which it was needful to mark by pedigree the
1008 course of the most glorious city, which sojourns as a stranger
1009 in this world, and seeks the heavenly country. That which
1010 is undeniable is that Cain was the first who was born of man
1011 and woman. For had he not been the first who was added
1012 by birth to the two unborn persons, Adam could not have said
1013 what he is recorded to have said, "I have gotten a man by
1014 the Lord."[176] He was followed by Abel, whom the elder
1015 brother slew, and who was the first to show, by a kind of
1016 foreshadowing of the sojourning city of God, what iniquitous
1017 persecutions that city would suffer at the hands of wicked
1018 and, as it were, earth-born men, who love their earthly origin,
1019 and delight in the earthly happiness of the earthly city. But
1020 how old Adam was when he begat these sons does not appear.
1021 After this the generations diverge, the one branch deriving
1022 from Cain, the other from him whom Adam begot in the room
1023 of Abel slain by his brother, and whom he called Seth, saying,
1024 as it is written, "For God hath raised me up another seed for
1025 Abel whom Cain slew."[177] These two series of generations
1026 accordingly, the one of Cain, the other of Seth, represent the
1027 two cities in their distinctive ranks, the one the heavenly city,
1028 which sojourns on earth, the other the earthly, which gapes
1029 after earthly joys, and grovels in them as if they were the
1030 only joys. But though eight generations, including Adam, are
1031 registered before the flood, no man of Cain's line has his age
1032 recorded at which the son who succeeded him was begotten.
1033 For the Spirit of God refused to mark the times before the
1034 flood in the generations of the earthly city, but preferred to do
1035 so in the heavenly line, as if it were more worthy of being
1036 remembered. Further, when Seth was born, the age of his
1037 father is mentioned; but already he had begotten other sons,
1038 and who will presume to say that Cain and Abel were the
1039 only ones previously begotten? For it does not follow that
1040 they alone had been begotten of Adam, because they alone
1041 were named in order to continue the series of generations
1042 which it was desirable to mention. For though the names of
1043 all the rest are buried in silence, yet it is said that Adam
1044 begot sons and daughters; and who that cares to be free from
1045 the charge of temerity will dare to say how many his offspring
1046 numbered? It was possible enough that Adam was divinely
1047 prompted to say, after Seth was born, "For God hath raised
1048 up to me another seed for Abel," because that son was to be
1049 capable of representing Abel's holiness, not because he was born
1050 first after him in point of time. Then because it is written,
1051 "And Seth lived 205 years," or, according to the Hebrew reading,
1052 "105 years, and begat Enos,"[178] who but a rash man could
1053 affirm that this was his first-born? Will any man do so to
1054 excite our wonder, and cause us to inquire how for so many
1055 years he remained free from sexual intercourse, though without
1056 any purpose of continuing so, or how, if he did not abstain, he
1057 yet had no children? Will any man do so when it is written
1058 of him, "And he begat sons and daughters, and all the days
1059 of Seth were 912 years, and he died?"[179] And similarly regarding
1060 those whose years are afterwards mentioned, it is not
1061 disguised that they begat sons and daughters.
1062 Consequently it does not at all appear whether he who is
1063 named as the son was himself the first begotten. Nay, since
1064 it is incredible that those fathers were either so long in attaining
1065 puberty, or could not get wives, or could not impregnate
1066 them, it is also incredible that those sons were their first-born.
1067 But as the writer of the sacred history designed to descend by
1068 well-marked intervals through a series of generations to the
1069 birth and life of Noah, in whose time the flood occurred, he
1070 mentioned not those sons who were first begotten, but those
1071 by whom the succession was handed down.
1072 Let me make this clearer by here inserting an example, in
1073 regard to which no one can have any doubt that what I am
1074 asserting is true. The evangelist Matthew, where he designs
1075 to commit to our memories the generation of the Lord's flesh
1076 by a series of parents, beginning from Abraham and intending
1077 to reach David, says, "Abraham begat Isaac;"[180] why did he
1078 not say Ishmael, whom he first begat? Then "Isaac begat
1079 Jacob;" why did he not say Esau, who was the first-born?
1080 Simply because these sons would not have helped him to
1081 reach David. Then follows, "And Jacob begat Judah and
1082 his brethren:" was Judah the first begotten? "Judah," he
1083 says, "begat Pharez and Zara;" yet neither were these twins
1084 the first-born of Judah, but before them he had begotten
1085 three other sons. And so in the order of the generations he
1086 retained those by whom he might reach David, so as to proceed
1087 onwards to the end he had in view. And from this we
1088 may understand that the antediluvians who are mentioned
1089 were not the first-born, but those through whom the order of
1090 the succeeding generations might be carried on to the patriarch
1091 Noah. We need not, therefore, weary ourselves with discussing
1092 the needless and obscure question as to their lateness of reaching
1093 puberty.
1094 16. *Of marriage between blood-relations, in regard to which the present law
1095 could not bind the men of the earliest ages.*
1096 As, therefore, the human race, subsequently to the first
1097 marriage of the man who was made of dust, and his wife who
1098 was made out of his side, required the union of males and
1099 females in order that it might multiply, and as there were no
1100 human beings except those who had been born of these two,
1101 men took their sisters for wives,—an act which was as certainly
1102 dictated by necessity in these ancient days as afterwards it
1103 was condemned by the prohibitions of religion. For it is
1104 very reasonable and just that men, among whom concord is
1105 honourable and useful, should be bound together by various
1106 relationships; and that one man should not himself sustain
1107 many relationships, but that the various relationships should
1108 be distributed among several, and should thus serve to bind
1109 together the greatest number in the same social interests.
1110 "Father" and "father-in-law" are the names of two relationships.
1111 When, therefore, a man has one person for his
1112 father, another for his father-in-law, friendship extends itself
1113 to a larger number. But Adam in his single person was
1114 obliged to hold both relations to his sons and daughters, for
1115 brothers and sisters were united in marriage. So too Eve
1116 his wife was both mother and mother-in-law to her children
1117 of both sexes; while, had there been two women, one the
1118 mother, the other the mother-in-law, the family affection
1119 would have had a wider field. Then the sister herself by
1120 becoming a wife sustained in her single person two relationships,
1121 which, had they been distributed among individuals, one
1122 being sister, and another being wife, the family tie would have
1123 embraced a greater number of persons. But there was then
1124 no material for effecting this, since there were no human
1125 beings but the brothers and sisters born of those two first
1126 parents. Therefore, when an abundant population made it
1127 possible, men ought to choose for wives women who were not
1128 already their sisters; for not only would there then be no
1129 necessity for marrying sisters, but, were it done, it would be
1130 most abominable. For if the grandchildren of the first pair,
1131 being now able to choose their cousins for wives, married
1132 their sisters, then it would no longer be only two but three
1133 relationships that were held by one man, while each of these
1134 relationships ought to have been held by a separate individual,
1135 so as to bind together by family affection a larger number.
1136 For one man would in that case be both father, and father-in-law,
1137 and uncle[181] to his own children (brother and sister now
1138 man and wife); and his wife would be mother, aunt, and
1139 mother-in-law to them; and they themselves would be not
1140 only brother and sister, and man and wife, but cousins also,
1141 being the children of brother and sister. Now, all these
1142 relationships, which combined three men into one, would have
1143 embraced nine persons had each relationship been held by
1144 one individual, so that a man had one person for his sister,
1145 another his wife, another his cousin, another his father, another
1146 his uncle, another his father-in-law, another his mother, another
1147 his aunt, another his mother-in-law; and thus the social bond
1148 would not have been tightened to bind a few, but loosened to
1149 embrace a larger number of relations.
1150 And we see that, since the human race has increased and
1151 multiplied, this is so strictly observed even among the profane
1152 worshippers of many and false gods, that though their
1153 laws perversely allow a brother to marry his sister,[182] yet custom,
1154 with a finer morality, prefers to forego this licence; and
1155 though it was quite allowable in the earliest ages of the
1156 human race to marry one's sister, it is now abhorred as a
1157 thing which no circumstances could justify. For custom has
1158 very great power either to attract or to shock human feeling.
1159 And in this matter, while it restrains concupiscence within
1160 due bounds, the man who neglects and disobeys it is justly
1161 branded as abominable. For if it is iniquitous to plough
1162 beyond our own boundaries through the greed of gain, is it
1163 not much more iniquitous to transgress the recognised boundaries
1164 of morals through sexual lust? And with regard to
1165 marriage in the next degree of consanguinity, marriage between
1166 cousins, we have observed that in our own time the
1167 customary morality has prevented this from being frequent,
1168 though the law allows it. It was not prohibited by divine
1169 law, nor as yet had human law prohibited it; nevertheless,
1170 though legitimate, people shrank from it, because it lay so
1171 close to what was illegitimate, and in marrying a cousin
1172 seemed almost to marry a sister,—for cousins are so closely
1173 related that they are called brothers and sisters,[183] and are
1174 almost really so. But the ancient fathers, fearing that near
1175 relationship might gradually in the course of generations
1176 diverge, and become distant relationship, or cease to be relationship
1177 at all, religiously endeavoured to limit it by the
1178 bond of marriage before it became distant, and thus, as it
1179 were, to call it back when it was escaping them. And on
1180 this account, even when the world was full of people, though
1181 they did not choose wives from among their sisters or half-sisters,
1182 yet they preferred them to be of the same stock as
1183 themselves. But who doubts that the modern prohibition of
1184 the marriage even of cousins is the more seemly regulation,—not
1185 merely on account of the reason we have been urging,
1186 the multiplying of relationships, so that one person might not
1187 absorb two, which might be distributed to two persons, and
1188 so increase the number of people bound together as a family,
1189 but also because there is in human nature I know not what
1190 natural and praiseworthy shamefacedness which restrains us
1191 from desiring that connection which, though for propagation,
1192 is yet lustful, and which even conjugal modesty blushes over,
1193 with any one to whom consanguinity bids us render respect?
1194 The sexual intercourse of man and woman, then, is in the
1195 case of mortals a kind of seed-bed of the city; but while
1196 the earthly city needs for its population only generation, the
1197 heavenly needs also regeneration to rid it of the taint of
1198 generation. Whether before the deluge there was any bodily
1199 or visible sign of regeneration, such as was afterwards enjoined
1200 upon Abraham when he was circumcised, or what kind of
1201 sign it was, the sacred history does not inform us. But it
1202 does inform us that even these earliest of mankind sacrificed
1203 to God, as appeared also in the case of the two first brothers;
1204 Noah, too, is said to have offered sacrifices to God when he
1205 had come forth from the ark after the deluge. And concerning
1206 this subject we have already said in the foregoing books
1207 that the devils arrogate to themselves divinity, and require
1208 sacrifice that they may be esteemed gods, and delight in these
1209 honours on no other account than this, because they know
1210 that true sacrifice is due to the true God.
1211 17. *Of the two fathers and leaders who sprang from one progenitor.*
1212 Since, then, Adam was the father of both lines,—the father,
1213 that is to say, both of the line which belonged to the earthly,
1214 and of that which belonged to the heavenly city,—when Abel
1215 was slain, and by his death exhibited a marvellous mystery,
1216 there were henceforth two lines proceeding from two fathers,
1217 Cain and Seth, and in those sons of theirs, whom it behoved
1218 to register, the tokens of these two cities began to appear
1219 more distinctly. For Cain begat Enoch, in whose name he
1220 built a city, an earthly one, which was not from home in this
1221 world, but rested satisfied with its temporal peace and happiness.
1222 Cain, too, means "possession;" wherefore at his birth
1223 either his father or mother said, "I have gotten a man through
1224 God." Then Enoch means "dedication;" for the earthly city
1225 is dedicated in this world in which it is built, for in this
1226 world it finds the end towards which it aims and aspires.
1227 Further, Seth signifies "resurrection," and Enos his son signifies
1228 "man," not as Adam, which also signifies man but is
1229 used in Hebrew indifferently for man and woman, as it is
1230 written, "Male and female created He them, and blessed them,
1231 and called their name Adam,"[184] leaving no room to doubt that
1232 though the woman was distinctively called Eve, yet the name
1233 Adam, meaning man, was common to both. But Enos means
1234 man in so restricted a sense, that Hebrew linguists tell us it
1235 cannot be applied to woman: it is the equivalent of the
1236 "child of the resurrection," when they neither marry nor are
1237 given in marriage.[185] For there shall be no generation in that
1238 place to which regeneration shall have brought us. Wherefore
1239 I think it not immaterial to observe that in those generations
1240 which are propagated from him who is called Seth,
1241 although daughters as well as sons are said to have been
1242 begotten, no woman is expressly registered by name; but in
1243 those which sprang from Cain at the very termination to
1244 which the line runs, the last person named as begotten is a
1245 woman. For we read, "Methusael begat Lamech. And
1246 Lamech took unto him two wives: the name of the one was
1247 Adah, and the name of the other Zillah. And Adah bare
1248 Jabal: he was the father of the shepherds that dwell in tents.
1249 And his brother's name was Jubal: he was the father of all
1250 such as handle the harp and organ. And Zillah, she also
1251 bare Tubal-Cain, an instructor of every artificer in brass and
1252 iron: and the sister of Tubal-Cain was Naamah."[186] Here terminate
1253 all the generations of Cain, being eight in number,
1254 including Adam,—to wit, seven from Adam to Lamech, who
1255 married two wives, and whose children, among whom a woman
1256 also is named, form the eighth generation. Whereby it is
1257 elegantly signified that the earthly city shall to its termination
1258 have carnal generations proceeding from the intercourse
1259 of males and females. And therefore the wives themselves
1260 of the man who is the last named father of Cain's line are
1261 registered in their own names,—a practice nowhere followed
1262 before the deluge save in Eve's case. Now as Cain, signifying
1263 possession, the founder of the earthly city, and his son
1264 Enoch, meaning dedication, in whose name it was founded,
1265 indicate that this city is earthly both in its beginning and in
1266 its end,—a city in which nothing more is hoped for than can
1267 be seen in this world,—so Seth, meaning resurrection, and
1268 being the father of generations registered apart from the
1269 others, we must consider what this sacred history says of
1270 his son.
1271 18. *The significance of Abel, Seth, and Enos to Christ and His body
1272 the Church.*
1273 "And to Seth," it is said, "there was born a son, and he
1274 called his name Enos: he hoped to call on the name of the
1275 Lord God."[187] Here we have a loud testimony to the truth.
1276 Man, then, the son of the resurrection, lives in hope: he
1277 lives in hope as long as the city of God, which is begotten
1278 by faith in the resurrection, sojourns in this world. For in
1279 these two men, Abel, signifying "grief," and his brother Seth,
1280 signifying "resurrection," the death of Christ and His life from
1281 the dead are prefigured. And by faith in these is begotten
1282 in this world the city of God, that is to say, the man who has
1283 hoped to call on the name of the Lord. "For by hope," says
1284 the apostle, "we are saved: but hope that is seen is not
1285 hope: for what a man seeth, why doth he yet hope for?
1286 But if we hope for that we see not, then do we with
1287 patience wait for it."[188] Who can avoid referring this to a
1288 profound mystery? For did not Abel hope to call upon the
1289 name of the Lord God when his sacrifice is mentioned in
1290 Scripture as having been accepted by God? Did not Seth
1291 himself hope to call on the name of the Lord God, of whom
1292 it was said, "For God hath appointed me another seed instead
1293 of Abel?" Why then is this which is found to be
1294 common to all the godly specially attributed to Enos, unless
1295 because it was fit that in him, who is mentioned as the
1296 first-born of the father of those generations which were separated
1297 to the better part of the heavenly city, there should be
1298 a type of the man, or society of men, who live not according
1299 to man in contentment with earthly felicity, but according to
1300 God in hope of everlasting felicity? And it was not said, "He
1301 hoped in the Lord God," nor "He called on the name of the
1302 Lord God," but "He hoped to call on the name of the Lord
1303 God." And what does this "hoped to call" mean, unless it
1304 is a prophecy that a people should arise who, according to the
1305 election of grace, would call on the name of the Lord God?
1306 It is this which has been said by another prophet, and which
1307 the apostle interprets of the people who belong to the grace
1308 of God: "And it shall be that whosoever shall call upon the
1309 name of the Lord shall be saved."[189] For these two expressions,
1310 "And he called his name Enos, which means man," and
1311 "He hoped to call on the name of the Lord God," are sufficient
1312 proof that man ought not to rest his hopes in himself;
1313 as it is elsewhere written, "Cursed is the man that trusteth
1314 in man."[190] Consequently no one ought to trust in himself
1315 that he shall become a citizen of that other city which is not
1316 dedicated in the name of Cain's son in this present time, that
1317 is to say, in the fleeting course of this mortal world, but in
1318 the immortality of perpetual blessedness.
1319 19. *The significance of Enoch's translation.*
1320 For that line also of which Seth is the father has the
1321 name "Dedication" in the seventh generation from Adam,
1322 counting Adam. For the seventh from him is Enoch, that
1323 is, Dedication. But this is that man who was translated
1324 because he pleased God, and who held in the order of the
1325 generations a remarkable place, being the seventh from Adam,
1326 a number signalized by the consecration of the Sabbath. But,
1327 counting from the diverging point of the two lines, or from
1328 Seth, he was the sixth. Now it was on the sixth day God
1329 made man, and consummated His works. But the translation
1330 of Enoch prefigured our deferred dedication; for though
1331 it is indeed already accomplished in Christ our Head, who
1332 so rose again that He shall die no more, and who was Himself
1333 also translated, yet there remains another dedication of
1334 the whole house, of which Christ Himself is the foundation,
1335 and this dedication is deferred till the end, when all shall
1336 rise again to die no more. And whether it is the house of
1337 God, or the temple of God, or the city of God, that is said to
1338 be dedicated, it is all the same, and equally in accordance with
1339 the usage of the Latin language. For Virgil himself calls the
1340 city of widest empire "the house of Assaracus,"[191] meaning the
1341 Romans, who were descended through the Trojans from Assaracus.
1342 He also calls them the house of Æneas, because
1343 Rome was built by those Trojans who had come to Italy
1344 under Æneas.[192] For that poet imitated the sacred writings,
1345 in which the Hebrew nation, though so numerous, is called
1346 the house of Jacob.
1347 >
1348 >
1349 >
1350 20. *How it is that Cain's line terminates in the eighth generation, while Noah,
1351 > though descended from the same father, Adam, is found to be the tenth
1352 > from him.*
1353 Some one will say, If the writer of this history intended,
1354 in enumerating the generations from Adam through his son
1355 Seth, to descend through them to Noah, in whose time the
1356 deluge occurred, and from him again to trace the connected
1357 generations down to Abraham, with whom Matthew begins
1358 the pedigree of Christ the eternal King of the city of God,
1359 what did he intend by enumerating the generations from Cain,
1360 and to what terminus did he mean to trace them? We
1361 reply, To the deluge, by which the whole stock of the earthly
1362 city was destroyed, but repaired by the sons of Noah. For
1363 the earthly city and community of men who live after the
1364 flesh will never fail until the end of this world, of which our
1365 Lord says, "The children of this world generate, and are generated."[193]
1366 But the city of God, which sojourns in this world,
1367 is conducted by regeneration to the world to come, of which
1368 the children neither generate nor are generated. In this
1369 world generation is common to both cities; though even now
1370 the city of God has many thousand citizens who abstain from
1371 the act of generation; yet the other city also has some citizens
1372 who imitate these, though erroneously. For to that city belong
1373 also those who have erred from the faith, and introduced
1374 divers heresies; for they live according to man, not according
1375 to God. And the Indian gymnosophists, who are said to
1376 philosophize in the solitudes of India in a state of nudity, are
1377 its citizens; and they abstain from marriage. For continence
1378 is not a good thing, except when it is practised in the faith of
1379 the highest good, that is, God. Yet no one is found to have
1380 practised it before the deluge; for indeed even Enoch himself,
1381 the seventh from Adam, who is said to have been translated
1382 without dying, begat sons and daughters before he was translated,
1383 and among these was Methuselah, by whom the succession
1384 of the recorded generations is maintained.
1385 Why, then, is so small a number of Cain's generations
1386 registered, if it was proper to trace them to the deluge, and
1387 if there was no such delay of the date of puberty as to preclude
1388 the hope of offspring for a hundred or more years? For
1389 if the author of this book had not in view some one to whom
1390 he might rigidly trace the series of generations, as he designed
1391 in those which sprang from Seth's seed to descend to Noah,
1392 and thence to start again by a rigid order, what need was
1393 there of omitting the first-born sons for the sake of descending
1394 to Lamech, in whose sons that line terminates,—that is
1395 to say, in the eighth generation from Adam, or the seventh
1396 from Cain,—as if from this point he had wished to pass on to
1397 another series, by which he might reach either the Israelitish
1398 people, among whom the earthly Jerusalem presented a prophetic
1399 figure of the heavenly city, or to Jesus Christ, "according
1400 to the flesh, who is over all, God blessed for ever,"[194] the
1401 Maker and Ruler of the heavenly city? What, I say, was the
1402 need of this, seeing that the whole of Cain's posterity were
1403 destroyed in the deluge? From this it is manifest that they
1404 are the first-born sons who are registered in this genealogy.
1405 Why, then, are there so few of them? Their numbers in the
1406 period before the deluge must have been greater, if the date
1407 of puberty bore no proportion to their longevity, and they had
1408 children before they were a hundred years old. For supposing
1409 they were on an average thirty years old when they began to
1410 beget children, then, as there are eight generations, including
1411 Adam and Lamech's children, 8 times 30 gives 240 years;
1412 did they then produce no more children in all the rest of the
1413 time before the deluge? With what intention, then, did he
1414 who wrote this record make no mention of subsequent generations?
1415 For from Adam to the deluge there are reckoned,
1416 according to our copies of Scripture, 2262 years,[195] and according
1417 to the Hebrew text, 1656 years. Supposing, then, the
1418 smaller number to be the true one, and subtracting from
1419 1656 years 240, is it credible that during the remaining
1420 1400 and odd years until the deluge the posterity of Cain
1421 begat no children?
1422 But let any one who is moved by this call to mind that
1423 when I discussed the question, how it is credible that those
1424 primitive men could abstain for so many years from begetting
1425 children, two modes of solution were found,—either a puberty
1426 late in proportion to their longevity, or that the sons registered
1427 in the genealogies were not the first-born, but those through
1428 whom the author of the book intended to reach the point
1429 aimed at, as he intended to reach Noah by the generations of
1430 Seth. So that, if in the generations of Cain there occurs no
1431 one whom the writer could make it his object to reach by
1432 omitting the first-borns and inserting those who would serve
1433 such a purpose, then we must have recourse to the supposition
1434 of late puberty, and say that only at some age beyond a
1435 hundred years they became capable of begetting children, so
1436 that the order of the generations ran through the first-borns,
1437 and filled up even the whole period before the deluge, long
1438 though it was. It is, however, possible that, for some more
1439 secret reason which escapes me, this city, which we say is
1440 earthly, is exhibited in all its generations down to Lamech
1441 and his sons, and that then the writer withholds from recording
1442 the rest which may have existed before the deluge. And
1443 without supposing so late a puberty in these men, there might
1444 be another reason for tracing the generations by sons who were
1445 not first-borns, viz. that the same city which Cain built, and
1446 named after his son Enoch, may have had a widely extended
1447 dominion and many kings, not reigning simultaneously, but
1448 successively, the reigning king begetting always his successor.
1449 Cain himself would be the first of these kings; his son
1450 Enoch, in whose name the city in which he reigned was built,
1451 would be the second; the third Irad, whom Enoch begat;
1452 the fourth Mehujael, whom Irad begat; the fifth Methusael,
1453 whom Mehujael begat; the sixth Lamech, whom Methusael
1454 begat, and who is the seventh from Adam through Cain.
1455 But it was not necessary that the first-born should succeed
1456 their fathers in the kingdom, but those would succeed who
1457 were recommended by the possession of some virtue useful to
1458 the earthly city, or who were chosen by lot, or the son who
1459 was best liked by his father would succeed by a kind of
1460 hereditary right to the throne. And the deluge may have
1461 happened during the lifetime and reign of Lamech, and may
1462 have destroyed him along with all other men, save those who
1463 were in the ark. For we cannot be surprised that, during so
1464 long a period from Adam to the deluge, and with the ages of
1465 individuals varying as they did, there should not be an equal
1466 number of generations in both lines, but seven in Cain's, and
1467 ten in Seth's; for as I have already said, Lamech is the seventh
1468 from Adam, Noah the tenth; and in Lamech's case not one
1469 son only is registered, as in the former instances, but more,
1470 because it was uncertain which of them would have succeeded
1471 when he died, if there had intervened any time to reign
1472 between his death and the deluge.
1473 But in whatever manner the generations of Cain's line are
1474 traced downwards, whether it be by first-born sons or by the
1475 heirs to the throne, it seems to me that I must by no means
1476 omit to notice that, when Lamech had been set down as the
1477 seventh from Adam, there were named, in addition, as many
1478 of his children as made up this number to eleven, which is
1479 the number signifying sin; for three sons and one daughter
1480 are added. The wives of Lamech have another signification,
1481 different from that which I am now pressing. For at present
1482 I am speaking of the children, and not of those by whom the
1483 children were begotten. Since, then, the law is symbolized
1484 by the number ten,—whence that memorable Decalogue,—there
1485 is no doubt that the number eleven, which goes beyond[196]
1486 ten, symbolizes the transgression of the law, and consequently
1487 sin. For this reason, eleven veils of goat's skin were ordered
1488 to be hung in the tabernacle of the testimony, which served
1489 in the wanderings of God's people as an ambulatory temple.
1490 And in that haircloth there was a reminder of sins, because
1491 the goats were to be set on the left hand of the Judge; and
1492 therefore, when we confess our sins, we prostrate ourselves in
1493 haircloth, as if we were saying what is written in the psalm,
1494 "My sin is ever before me."[197] The progeny of Adam, then,
1495 by Cain the murderer, is completed in the number eleven,
1496 which symbolizes sin; and this number itself is made up by
1497 a woman, as it was by the same sex that beginning was made
1498 of sin by which we all die. And it was committed that the
1499 pleasure of the flesh, which resists the spirit, might follow;
1500 and so Naamah, the daughter of Lamech, means "pleasure."
1501 But from Adam to Noah, in the line of Seth, there are ten
1502 generations. And to Noah three sons are added, of whom,
1503 while one fell into sin, two were blessed by their father; so
1504 that, if you deduct the reprobate and add the gracious sons to
1505 the number, you get twelve,—a number signalized in the case
1506 of the patriarchs and of the apostles, and made up of the parts
1507 of the number seven multiplied into one another,—for three
1508 times four, or four times three, give twelve. These things
1509 being so, I see that I must consider and mention how these
1510 two lines, which by their separate genealogies depict the two
1511 cities, one of earth-born, the other of regenerated persons,
1512 became afterwards so mixed and confused, that the whole
1513 human race, with the exception of eight persons, deserved to
1514 perish in the deluge.
1515 >
1516 >
1517 >
1518 21. *Why it is that, as soon as Cain's son Enoch has been named, the genealogy
1519 > is forthwith continued as far as the deluge, while after the mention of
1520 > Enos, Seth's son, the narrative returns again to the creation of man.*
1521 We must first see why, in the enumeration of Cain's posterity,
1522 after Enoch, in whose name the city was built, has
1523 been first of all mentioned, the rest are at once enumerated
1524 down to that terminus of which I have spoken, and at which
1525 that race and the whole line was destroyed in the deluge;
1526 while, after Enos the son of Seth has been mentioned, the
1527 rest are not at once named down to the deluge, but a clause
1528 is inserted to the following effect: "This is the book of the
1529 generations of Adam. In the day that God created man, in
1530 the likeness of God made He him; male and female created
1531 He them; and blessed them, and called their name Adam, in
1532 the day when they were created."[198] This seems to me to be
1533 inserted for this purpose, that here again the reckoning of the
1534 times may start from Adam himself,—a purpose which the
1535 writer had not in view in speaking of the earthly city, as if
1536 God mentioned it, but did not take account of its duration.
1537 But why does he return to this recapitulation after mentioning
1538 the son of Seth, the man who hoped to call on the name
1539 of the Lord God, unless because it was fit thus to present
1540 these two cities, the one beginning with a murderer and
1541 ending in a murderer (for Lamech, too, acknowledges to his
1542 two wives that he had committed murder), the other built
1543 up by him who hoped to call upon the name of the Lord
1544 God? For the highest and complete terrestrial duty of the
1545 city of God, which is a stranger in this world, is that which
1546 was exemplified in the individual who was begotten by him
1547 who typified the resurrection of the murdered Abel. That
1548 one man is the unity of the whole heavenly city, not yet
1549 indeed complete, but to be completed, as this prophetic figure
1550 foreshows. The son of Cain, therefore, that is, the son of
1551 possession (and of what but an earthly possession?), may have
1552 a name in the earthly city which was built in his name. It
1553 is of such the Psalmist says, "They call their lands after their
1554 own names."[199] Wherefore they incur what is written in another
1555 psalm: "Thou, O Lord, in Thy city wilt despise their image."[200]
1556 But as for the son of Seth, the son of the resurrection, let him
1557 hope to call on the name of the Lord God. For he prefigures
1558 that society of men which says, "But I am like a green olive-tree
1559 in the house of God: I have trusted in the mercy of
1560 God."[201] But let him not seek the empty honours of a famous
1561 name upon earth, for "Blessed is the man that maketh the
1562 name of the Lord his trust, and respecteth not vanities nor
1563 lying follies."[202] After having presented the two cities, the one
1564 founded in the material good of this world, the other in hope
1565 in God, but both starting from a common gate opened in Adam
1566 into this mortal state, and both running on and running out
1567 to their proper and merited ends, Scripture begins to reckon
1568 the times, and in this reckoning includes other generations,
1569 making a recapitulation from Adam, out of whose condemned
1570 seed, as out of one mass handed over to merited damnation,
1571 God made some vessels of wrath to dishonour and others
1572 vessels of mercy to honour; in punishment rendering to the
1573 former what is due, in grace giving to the latter what is not
1574 due: in order that by the very comparison of itself with the
1575 vessels of wrath, the heavenly city, which sojourns on earth,
1576 may learn not to put confidence in the liberty of its own will,
1577 but may hope to call on the name of the Lord God. For will,
1578 being a nature which was made good by the good God, but
1579 mutable by the immutable, because it was made out of nothing,
1580 can both decline from good to do evil, which takes place when
1581 it freely chooses, and can also escape the evil and do good,
1582 which takes place only by divine assistance.
1583 >
1584 >
1585 >
1586 22. *Of the fall of the sons of God who were captivated by the daughters of men,
1587 > whereby all, with the exception of eight persons, deservedly perished in
1588 > the deluge.*
1589 When the human race, in the exercise of this freedom of
1590 will, increased and advanced, there arose a mixture and confusion
1591 of the two cities by their participation in a common
1592 iniquity. And this calamity, as well as the first, was occasioned
1593 by woman, though not in the same way; for these
1594 women were not themselves betrayed, neither did they persuade
1595 the men to sin, but having belonged to the earthly city
1596 and society of the earthly, they had been of corrupt manners
1597 from the first, and were loved for their bodily beauty by the
1598 sons of God, or the citizens of the other city which sojourns
1599 in this world. Beauty is indeed a good gift of God; but
1600 that the good may not think it a great good, God dispenses it
1601 even to the wicked. And thus, when the good that is great
1602 and proper to the good was abandoned by the sons of God,
1603 they fell to a paltry good which is not peculiar to the good,
1604 but common to the good and the evil; and when they were
1605 captivated by the daughters of men, they adopted the manners
1606 of the earthly to win them as their brides, and forsook the
1607 godly ways they had followed in their own holy society. And
1608 thus beauty, which is indeed God's handiwork, but only a
1609 temporal, carnal, and lower kind of good, is not fitly loved in
1610 preference to God, the eternal, spiritual, and unchangeable
1611 good. When the miser prefers his gold to justice, it is through
1612 no fault of the gold, but of the man; and so with every
1613 created thing. For though it be good, it may be loved with
1614 an evil as well as with a good love: it is loved rightly when
1615 it is loved ordinately; evilly, when inordinately. It is this
1616 which some one has briefly said in these verses in praise of
1617 the Creator:[203] "These are Thine, they are good, because Thou
1618 art good who didst create them. There is in them nothing
1619 of ours, unless the sin we commit when we forget the order
1620 of things, and instead of Thee love that which Thou hast
1621 made."
1622 But if the Creator is truly loved, that is, if He Himself is
1623 loved and not another thing in His stead, He cannot be
1624 evilly loved; for love itself is to be ordinately loved, because
1625 we do well to love that which, when we love it, makes us live
1626 well and virtuously. So that it seems to me that it is a brief
1627 but true definition of virtue to say, it is the order of love;
1628 and on this account, in the Canticles, the bride of Christ, the
1629 city of God, sings, "Order love within me."[204] It was the
1630 order of this love, then, this charity or attachment, which the
1631 sons of God disturbed when they forsook God, and were enamoured
1632 of the daughters of men.[205] And by these two names
1633 (sons of God and daughters of men) the two cities are sufficiently
1634 distinguished. For though the former were by nature
1635 children of men, they had come into possession of another
1636 name by grace. For in the same Scripture in which the sons
1637 of God are said to have loved the daughters of men, they are
1638 also called angels of God; whence many suppose that they
1639 were not men but angels.
1640 >
1641 >
1642 >
1643 23. *Whether we are to believe that angels, who are of a spiritual substance, fell in
1644 > love with the beauty of women, and sought them in marriage, and that
1645 > from this connection giants were born.*
1646 In the third book of this work (c. 5) we made a passing
1647 reference to this question, but did not decide whether angels,
1648 inasmuch as they are spirits, could have bodily intercourse with
1649 women. For it is written, "Who maketh His angels spirits,"[206]
1650 that is, He makes those who are by nature spirits His angels
1651 by appointing them to the duty of bearing His messages.
1652 For the Greek word ἄγγελος, which in Latin appears as
1653 "angelus," means a messenger. But whether the Psalmist
1654 speaks of their bodies when he adds, "and His ministers a
1655 flaming fire," or means that God's ministers ought to blaze
1656 with love as with a spiritual fire, is doubtful. However, the
1657 same trustworthy Scripture testifies that angels have appeared
1658 to men in such bodies as could not only be seen, but also
1659 touched. There is, too, a very general rumour, which many
1660 have verified by their own experience, or which trustworthy
1661 persons who have heard the experience of others corroborate,
1662 that sylvans and fauns, who are commonly called "incubi,"
1663 had often made wicked assaults upon women, and satisfied
1664 their lust upon them; and that certain devils, called Duses
1665 by the Gauls, are constantly attempting and effecting this impurity
1666 is so generally affirmed, that it were impudent to deny
1667 it.[207] From these assertions, indeed, I dare not determine
1668 whether there be some spirits embodied in an aerial substance
1669 (for this element, even when agitated by a fan, is sensibly felt
1670 by the body), and who are capable of lust and of mingling
1671 sensibly with women; but certainly I could by no means
1672 believe that God's holy angels could at that time have so
1673 fallen, nor can I think that it is of them the Apostle Peter
1674 said, "For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast
1675 them down to hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness,
1676 to be reserved unto judgment."[208] I think he rather speaks of
1677 those who first apostatized from God, along with their chief
1678 the devil, who enviously deceived the first man under the form
1679 of a serpent. But the same holy Scripture affords the most
1680 ample testimony that even godly men have been called angels;
1681 for of John it is written: "Behold, I send my messenger (angel)
1682 before Thy face, who shall prepare Thy way."[209] And the
1683 prophet Malachi, by a peculiar grace specially communicated
1684 to him, was called an angel.[210]
1685 But some are moved by the fact that we have read that the
1686 fruit of the connection between those who are called angels of
1687 God and the women they loved were not men like our own
1688 breed, but giants; just as if there were not born even in our
1689 own time (as I have mentioned above) men of much greater
1690 size than the ordinary stature. Was there not at Rome a few
1691 years ago, when the destruction of the city now accomplished
1692 by the Goths was drawing near, a woman, with her father and
1693 mother, who by her gigantic size overtopped all others? Surprising
1694 crowds from all quarters came to see her, and that
1695 which struck them most was the circumstance that neither
1696 of her parents were quite up to the tallest ordinary stature.
1697 Giants therefore might well be born, even before the sons of
1698 God, who are also called angels of God, formed a connection
1699 with the daughters of men, or of those living according to men,
1700 that is to say, before the sons of Seth formed a connection
1701 with the daughters of Cain. For thus speaks even the
1702 canonical Scripture itself in the book in which we read of
1703 this; its words are: "And it came to pass, when men began
1704 to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born
1705 unto them, that the sons of God saw the daughters of men
1706 that they were fair [good]; and they took them wives of all
1707 which they chose. And the Lord God said, My Spirit shall
1708 not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his
1709 days shall be an hundred and twenty years. There were
1710 giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when
1711 the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they
1712 bare children to them, the same became the giants, men of
1713 renown."[211] These words of the divine book sufficiently indicate
1714 that already there were giants in the earth in those days, in
1715 which the sons of God took wives of the children of men,
1716 when they loved them because they were good, that is, fair.
1717 For it is the custom of this Scripture to call those who are
1718 beautiful in appearance "good." But after this connection
1719 had been formed, then too were giants born. For the words
1720 are: "There were giants in the earth in those days, *and also
1721 after that*, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters
1722 of men." Therefore there were giants both before, "in those
1723 days," and "also after that." And the words, "they bare
1724 children to them," show plainly enough that before the sons
1725 of God fell in this fashion they begat children to God, not to
1726 themselves,—that is to say, not moved by the lust of sexual
1727 intercourse, but discharging the duty of propagation, intending
1728 to produce not a family to gratify their own pride, but citizens
1729 to people the city of God; and to these they as God's angels
1730 would bear the message, that they should place their hope in
1731 God, like him who was born of Seth the son of resurrection,
1732 and who hoped to call on the name of the Lord God, in which
1733 hope they and their offspring would be co-heirs of eternal blessings,
1734 and brethren in the family of which God is the Father.
1735 But that those angels were not angels in the sense of not
1736 being men, as some suppose, Scripture itself decides, which
1737 unambiguously declares that they were men. For when it had
1738 first been stated that "the angels of God saw the daughters of
1739 men that they were fair, and they took them wives of all
1740 which they chose," it was immediately added, "And the Lord
1741 God said, My Spirit shall not always strive with these men, for
1742 that they also are flesh." For by the Spirit of God they had
1743 been made angels of God, and sons of God; but declining
1744 towards lower things, they are called men, a name of nature,
1745 not of grace; and they are called flesh, as deserters of the
1746 Spirit, and by their desertion deserted [by Him]. The Septuagint
1747 indeed calls them both angels of God and sons of
1748 God, though all the copies do not show this, some having
1749 only the name "sons of God." And Aquila, whom the Jews
1750 prefer to the other interpreters,[212] has translated neither angels
1751 of God nor sons of God, but sons of gods. But both are
1752 correct. For they were both sons of God, and thus brothers
1753 of their own fathers, who were children of the same God; and
1754 they were sons of gods, because begotten by gods, together
1755 with whom they themselves also were gods, according to that
1756 expression of the psalm: "I have said, Ye are gods, and all of
1757 you are children of the Most High."[213] For the Septuagint
1758 translators are justly believed to have received the Spirit of
1759 prophecy; so that, if they made any alterations under His
1760 authority, and did not adhere to a strict translation, we could
1761 not doubt that this was divinely dictated. However, the
1762 Hebrew word may be said to be ambiguous, and to be susceptible
1763 of either translation, "sons of God," or "sons of
1764 gods."
1765 Let us omit, then, the fables of those scriptures which are
1766 called apocryphal, because their obscure origin was unknown
1767 to the fathers from whom the authority of the true Scriptures
1768 has been transmitted to us by a most certain and well-ascertained
1769 succession. For though there is some truth in these
1770 apocryphal writings, yet they contain so many false statements,
1771 that they have no canonical authority. We cannot
1772 deny that Enoch, the seventh from Adam, left some divine
1773 writings, for this is asserted by the Apostle Jude in his canonical
1774 epistle. But it is not without reason that these writings
1775 have no place in that canon of Scripture which was preserved
1776 in the temple of the Hebrew people by the diligence of successive
1777 priests; for their antiquity brought them under suspicion,
1778 and it was impossible to ascertain whether these were
1779 his genuine writings, and they were not brought forward as
1780 genuine by the persons who were found to have carefully preserved
1781 the canonical books by a successive transmission. So
1782 that the writings which are produced under his name, and
1783 which contain these fables about the giants, saying that their
1784 fathers were not men, are properly judged by prudent men to
1785 be not genuine; just as many writings are produced by
1786 heretics under the names both of other prophets, and, more
1787 recently, under the names of the apostles, all of which, after
1788 careful examination, have been set apart from canonical authority
1789 under the title of Apocrypha. There is therefore no
1790 doubt that, according to the Hebrew and Christian canonical
1791 Scriptures, there were many giants before the deluge, and that
1792 these were citizens of the earthly society of men, and that the
1793 sons of God, who were according to the flesh the sons of Seth,
1794 sunk into this community when they forsook righteousness.
1795 Nor need we wonder that giants should be born even from
1796 these. For all of their children were not giants; but there
1797 were more then than in the remaining periods since the
1798 deluge. And it pleased the Creator to produce them, that it
1799 might thus be demonstrated that neither beauty, nor yet size
1800 and strength, are of much moment to the wise man, whose
1801 blessedness lies in spiritual and immortal blessings, in far better
1802 and more enduring gifts, in the good things that are the peculiar
1803 property of the good, and are not shared by good and bad
1804 alike. It is this which another prophet confirms when he
1805 says, "These were the giants, famous from the beginning,
1806 that were of so great stature, and so expert in war. Those
1807 did not the Lord choose, neither gave He the way of knowledge
1808 unto them; but they were destroyed because they had
1809 no wisdom, and perished through their own foolishness."[214]
1810 24. *How we are to understand this which the Lord said to those who were
1811 to perish in the flood: "Their days shall be* 120 *years."*
1812 But that which God said, "Their days shall be an hundred
1813 and twenty years," is not to be understood as a prediction that
1814 henceforth men should not live longer than 120 years,—for
1815 even after the deluge we find that they lived more than 500
1816 years,—but we are to understand that God said this when Noah
1817 had nearly completed his fifth century, that is, had lived 480
1818 years, which Scripture, as it frequently uses the name of the
1819 whole for the largest part, calls 500 years. Now the deluge
1820 came in the 600th year of Noah's life, the second month; and
1821 thus 120 years were predicted as being the remaining span of
1822 those who were doomed, which years being spent, they should
1823 be destroyed by the deluge. And it is not unreasonably
1824 believed that the deluge came as it did, because already there
1825 were not found upon earth any who were not worthy of
1826 sharing a death so manifestly judicial,—not that a good man,
1827 who must die some time, would be a jot the worse of such a
1828 death after it was past. Nevertheless there died in the deluge
1829 none of those mentioned in the sacred Scripture as descended
1830 from Seth. But here is the divine account of the cause of the
1831 deluge: "The Lord God saw that the wickedness of man was
1832 great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts
1833 of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented[215] the
1834 Lord that He had made man on the earth, and it grieved Him
1835 at His heart. And the Lord said, I will destroy man, whom I
1836 have created, from the face of the earth; both man and beast,
1837 and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air: for I am
1838 angry that I have made them."[216]
1839 25. *Of the anger of God, which does not inflame His mind, nor disturb His
1840 unchangeable tranquillity.*
1841 The anger of God is not a disturbing emotion of His mind,
1842 but a judgment by which punishment is inflicted upon sin.
1843 His thought and reconsideration also are the unchangeable
1844 reason which changes things; for He does not, like man,
1845 repent of anything He has done, because in all matters His
1846 decision is as inflexible as His prescience is certain. But if
1847 Scripture were not to use such expressions as the above, it
1848 would not familiarly insinuate itself into the minds of all
1849 classes of men, whom it seeks access to for their good, that it
1850 may alarm the proud, arouse the careless, exercise the inquisitive,
1851 and satisfy the intelligent; and this it could not do, did
1852 it not first stoop, and in a manner descend, to them where they
1853 lie. But its denouncing death on all the animals of earth and
1854 air is a declaration of the vastness of the disaster that was
1855 approaching: not that it threatens destruction to the irrational
1856 animals as if they too had incurred it by sin.
1857 26. *That the ark which Noah was ordered to make figures in every respect
1858 Christ and the church.*
1859 Moreover, inasmuch as God commanded Noah, a just man,
1860 and, as the truthful Scripture says, a man perfect in his generation,—not
1861 indeed with the perfection of the citizens of the
1862 city of God in that immortal condition in which they equal
1863 the angels, but in so far as they can be perfect in their sojourn
1864 in this world,—inasmuch as God commanded him, I say, to make
1865 an ark, in which he might be rescued from the destruction of
1866 the flood, along with his family, *i.e.* his wife, sons, and daughters-in-law,
1867 and along with the animals who, in obedience to God's
1868 command, came to him into the ark: is certainly a figure
1869 of the city of God sojourning in this world; that is to say,
1870 of the church, which is rescued by the wood on which hung
1871 the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.[217] For
1872 even its very dimensions, in length, breadth, and height, represent
1873 the human body in which He came, as it had been foretold.
1874 For the length of the human body, from the crown of
1875 the head to the sole of the foot, is six times its breadth from
1876 side to side, and ten times its depth or thickness, measuring
1877 from back to front: that is to say, if you measure a man as
1878 he lies on his back or on his face, he is six times as long from
1879 head to foot as he is broad from side to side, and ten times as
1880 long as he is high from the ground. And therefore the ark
1881 was made 300 cubits in length, 50 in breadth, and 30 in
1882 height. And its having a door made in the side of it certainly
1883 signified the wound which was made when the side of
1884 the Crucified was pierced with the spear: for by this those
1885 who come to Him enter; for thence flowed the sacraments by
1886 which those who believe are initiated. And the fact that it
1887 was ordered to be made of squared timbers, signifies the immoveable
1888 steadiness of the life of the saints; for however you
1889 turn a cube, it still stands. And the other peculiarities of
1890 the ark's construction are signs of features of the church.
1891 But we have not now time to pursue this subject; and,
1892 indeed, we have already dwelt upon it in the work we wrote
1893 against Faustus the Manichean, who denies that there is anything
1894 prophesied of Christ in the Hebrew books. It may be
1895 that one man's exposition excels another's, and that ours is
1896 not the best; but all that is said must be referred to this
1897 city of God we speak of, which sojourns in this wicked world
1898 as in a deluge, at least if the expositor would not widely miss
1899 the meaning of the author. For example, the interpretation
1900 I have given in the work against Faustus, of the words, "with
1901 lower, second, and third storeys shalt thou make it," is, that
1902 because the church is gathered out of all nations, it is said to
1903 have two storeys, to represent the two kinds of men,—the circumcision,
1904 to wit, and the uncircumcision, or, as the apostle
1905 otherwise calls them, Jews and Gentiles; and to have three
1906 storeys, because all the nations were replenished from the
1907 three sons of Noah. Now any one may object to this interpretation,
1908 and may give another which harmonizes with the
1909 rule of faith. For as the ark was to have rooms not only on
1910 the lower, but also on the upper storeys, which were called
1911 "third storeys," that there might be a habitable space on the
1912 third floor from the basement, some one may interpret these
1913 to mean the three graces commended by the apostle,—faith,
1914 hope, and charity. Or even more suitably they may be supposed
1915 to represent those three harvests in the gospel, thirty-fold,
1916 sixtyfold, an hundredfold,—chaste marriage dwelling in
1917 the ground floor, chaste widowhood in the upper, and chaste
1918 virginity in the top storey. Or any better interpretation may
1919 be given, so long as the reference to this city is maintained.
1920 And the same statement I would make of all the remaining
1921 particulars in this passage which require exposition, viz. that
1922 although different explanations are given, yet they must all
1923 agree with the one harmonious catholic faith.
1924 >
1925 >
1926 >
1927 27. *Of the ark and the deluge, and that we cannot agree with those who receive
1928 > the bare history, but reject the allegorical interpretation, nor with those
1929 > who maintain the figurative and not the historical meaning.*
1930 Yet no one ought to suppose either that these things were
1931 written for no purpose, or that we should study only the
1932 historical truth, apart from any allegorical meanings; or, on
1933 the contrary, that they are only allegories, and that there were
1934 no such facts at all, or that, whether it be so or no, there
1935 is here no prophecy of the church. For what right-minded
1936 man will contend that books so religiously preserved during
1937 thousands of years, and transmitted by so orderly a succession,
1938 were written without an object, or that only the bare
1939 historical facts are to be considered when we read them?
1940 For, not to mention other instances, if the number of the
1941 animals entailed the construction of an ark of great size,
1942 where was the necessity of sending into it two unclean and
1943 seven clean animals of each species, when both could have
1944 been preserved in equal numbers? Or could not God, who
1945 ordered them to be preserved in order to replenish the race,
1946 restore them in the same way He had created them?
1947 But they who contend that these things never happened,
1948 but are only figures setting forth other things, in the first
1949 place suppose that there could not be a flood so great that the
1950 water should rise fifteen cubits above the highest mountains,
1951 because it is said that clouds cannot rise above the top of
1952 Mount Olympus, because it reaches the sky where there is
1953 none of that thicker atmosphere in which winds, clouds, and
1954 rains have their origin. They do not reflect that the densest
1955 element of all, earth, can exist there; or perhaps they deny
1956 that the top of the mountain is earth. Why, then, do these
1957 measurers and weighers of the elements contend that earth
1958 can be raised to those aerial altitudes, and that water cannot,
1959 while they admit that water is lighter, and liker to ascend
1960 than earth? What reason do they adduce why earth, the
1961 heavier and lower element, has for so many ages scaled to the
1962 tranquil æther, while water, the lighter, and more likely to
1963 ascend, is not suffered to do the same even for a brief space
1964 of time?
1965 They say, too, that the area of that ark could not contain
1966 so many kinds of animals of both sexes, two of the unclean
1967 and seven of the clean. But they seem to me to reckon only
1968 one area of 300 cubits long and 50 broad, and not to remember
1969 that there was another similar in the storey above, and yet
1970 another as large in the storey above that again; and that there
1971 was consequently an area of 900 cubits by 150. And if we
1972 accept what Origen[218] has with some appropriateness suggested,
1973 that Moses the man of God, being, as it is written, "learned
1974 in all the wisdom of the Egyptians,"[219] who delighted in geometry,
1975 may have meant geometrical cubits, of which they say
1976 that one is equal to six of our cubits, then who does not see
1977 what a capacity these dimensions give to the ark? For as to
1978 their objection that an ark of such size could not be built, it
1979 is a very silly calumny; for they are aware that huge cities
1980 have been built, and they should remember that the ark was
1981 an hundred years in building. Or, perhaps, though stone can
1982 adhere to stone when cemented with nothing but lime, so that
1983 a wall of several miles may be constructed, yet plank cannot be
1984 riveted to plank by mortices, bolts, nails, and pitch-glue, so as
1985 to construct an ark which was not made with curved ribs but
1986 straight timbers, which was not to be launched by its builders
1987 but to be lifted by the natural pressure of the water when it
1988 reached it, and which was to be preserved from shipwreck as
1989 it floated about rather by divine oversight than by human
1990 skill.
1991 As to another customary inquiry of the scrupulous about
1992 the very minute creatures, not only such as mice and lizards,
1993 but also locusts, beetles, flies, fleas, and so forth, whether there
1994 were not in the ark a larger number of them than was determined
1995 by God in His command, those persons who are moved
1996 by this difficulty are to be reminded that the words "every
1997 creeping thing of the earth" only indicate that it was not
1998 needful to preserve in the ark the animals that can live in
1999 the water, whether the fishes that live submerged in it, or the
2000 sea-birds that swim on its surface. Then, when it is said
2001 "male and female," no doubt reference is made to the repairing
2002 of the races, and consequently there was no need for
2003 those creatures being in the ark which are born without the
2004 union of the sexes from inanimate things, or from their corruption;
2005 or if they were in the ark, they might be there as they
2006 commonly are in houses, not in any determinate numbers;
2007 or if it was necessary that there should be a definite number
2008 of all those animals that cannot naturally live in the water,
2009 that so the most sacred mystery which was being enacted
2010 might be bodied forth and perfectly figured in actual realities,
2011 still this was not the care of Noah or his sons, but of God.
2012 For Noah did not catch the animals and put them into the
2013 ark, but gave them entrance as they came seeking it. For
2014 this is the force of the words, "They shall come unto thee,"[1]—not,
2015 that is to say, by man's effort, but by God's will. But
2016 certainly we are not required to believe that those which
2017 have no sex also came; for it is expressly and definitely said,
2018 "They shall be male and female."[220] For there are some
2019 animals which are born out of corruption, but yet afterwards
2020 they themselves copulate and produce offspring, as flies; but
2021 others, which have no sex, like bees. Then, as to those animals
2022 which have sex, but without ability to propagate their kind,
2023 like mules and she-mules, it is probable that they were not in
2024 the ark, but that it was counted sufficient to preserve their
2025 parents, to wit, the horse and the ass; and this applies to all
2026 hybrids. Yet, if it was necessary for the completeness of the
2027 mystery, they were there; for even this species has "male
2028 and female."
2029 Another question is commonly raised regarding the food of
2030 the carnivorous animals,—whether, without transgressing the
2031 command which fixed the number to be preserved, there were
2032 necessarily others included in the ark for their sustenance;
2033 or, as is more probable, there might be some food which was
2034 not flesh, and which yet suited all. For we know how many
2035 animals whose food is flesh eat also vegetable products and
2036 fruits, especially figs and chestnuts. What wonder is it,
2037 therefore, if that wise and just man was instructed by God
2038 what would suit each, so that without flesh he prepared and
2039 stored provision fit for every species? And what is there
2040 which hunger would not make animals eat? Or what could
2041 not be made sweet and wholesome by God, who, with a
2042 divine facility, might have enabled them to do without food
2043 at all, had it not been requisite to the completeness of so
2044 great a mystery that they should be fed? But none but a
2045 contentious man can suppose that there was no prefiguring of
2046 the church in so manifold and circumstantial a detail. For
2047 the nations have already so filled the church, and are comprehended
2048 in the framework of its unity, the clean and unclean
2049 together, until the appointed end, that this one very
2050 manifest fulfilment leaves no doubt how we should interpret
2051 even those others which are somewhat more obscure, and
2052 which cannot so readily be discerned. And since this is so,
2053 if not even the most audacious will presume to assert that
2054 these things were written without a purpose, or that though the
2055 events really happened they mean nothing, or that they did not
2056 really happen, but are only allegory, or that at all events they
2057 are far from having any figurative reference to the church;
2058 if it has been made out that, on the other hand, we must
2059 rather believe that there was a wise purpose in their being
2060 committed to memory and to writing, and that they did
2061 happen, and have a significance, and that this significance has
2062 a prophetic reference to the church, then this book, having
2063 served this purpose, may now be closed, that we may go on
2064 to trace in the history subsequent to the deluge the courses
2065 of the two cities,—the earthly, that lives according to men,
2066 and the heavenly, that lives according to God.
BOOK XVI
7 #### ARGUMENT.
8 >
9 >
10 >
11 IN THE FORMER PART OF THIS BOOK, FROM THE FIRST TO THE TWELFTH CHAPTER,
12 > THE PROGRESS OF THE TWO CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE HEAVENLY,
13 > FROM NOAH TO ABRAHAM, IS EXHIBITED FROM HOLY SCRIPTURE: IN THE
14 > LATTER PART, THE PROGRESS OF THE HEAVENLY ALONE, FROM ABRAHAM
15 > TO THE KINGS OF ISRAEL, IS THE SUBJECT.
16 1. *Whether, after the deluge, from Noah to Abraham, any families can be
17 found who lived according to God.*
18 It is difficult to discover from Scripture, whether, after the
19 deluge, traces of the holy city are continuous, or are so
20 interrupted by intervening seasons of godlessness, that not a
21 single worshipper of the one true God was found among
22 men; because from Noah, who, with his wife, three sons, and
23 as many daughters-in-law, achieved deliverance in the ark
24 from the destruction of the deluge, down to Abraham, we do
25 not find in the canonical books that the piety of any one is
26 celebrated by express divine testimony, unless it be in the
27 case of Noah, who commends with a prophetic benediction
28 his two sons Shem and Japheth, while he beheld and foresaw
29 what was long afterwards to happen. It was also by this
30 prophetic spirit that, when his middle son—that is, the son
31 who was younger than the first and older than the last born—had
32 sinned against him, he cursed him not in his own person,
33 but in his son's (his own grandson's), in the words, "Cursed
34 be the lad Canaan; a servant shall he be unto his brethren."[221]
35 Now Canaan was born of Ham, who, so far from covering his
36 sleeping father's nakedness, had divulged it. For the same
37 reason also he subjoins the blessing on his two other sons, the
38 oldest and youngest, saying, "Blessed be the Lord God of
39 Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall gladden
40 Japheth, and he shall dwell in the houses of Shem."[222] And
41 so, too, the planting of the vine by Noah, and his intoxication
42 by its fruit, and his nakedness while he slept, and the other
43 things done at that time, and recorded, are all of them pregnant
44 with prophetic meanings, and veiled in mysteries.[223]
45 2. *What was prophetically prefigured in the sons of Noah.*
46 The things which then were hidden are now sufficiently
47 revealed by the actual events which have followed. For who
48 can carefully and intelligently consider these things without
49 recognising them accomplished in Christ? Shem, of whom
50 Christ was born in the flesh, means "named." And what is
51 of greater name than Christ, the fragrance of whose name is
52 now everywhere perceived, so that even prophecy sings of it
53 beforehand, comparing it in the Song of Songs[224] to ointment
54 poured forth? Is it not also in the houses of Christ, that is,
55 in the churches, that the "enlargement" of the nations dwells?
56 For Japheth means "enlargement." And Ham (*i.e.* hot), who
57 was the middle son of Noah, and, as it were, separated himself
58 from both, and remained between them, neither belonging
59 to the first-fruits of Israel nor to the fulness of the Gentiles,
60 what does he signify but the tribe of heretics, hot with the
61 spirit, not of patience, but of impatience, with which the
62 breasts of heretics are wont to blaze, and with which they
63 disturb the peace of the saints? But even the heretics yield
64 an advantage to those that make proficiency, according to the
65 apostle's saying, "There must also be heresies, that they which
66 are approved may be made manifest among you."[225] Whence,
67 too, it is elsewhere said, "The son that receives instruction
68 will be wise, and he uses the foolish as his servant."[226] For
69 while the hot restlessness of heretics stirs questions about
70 many articles of the catholic faith, the necessity of defending
71 them forces us both to investigate them more accurately, to
72 understand them more clearly, and to proclaim them more
73 earnestly; and the question mooted by an adversary becomes
74 the occasion of instruction. However, not only those who
75 are openly separated from the church, but also all who glory
76 in the Christian name, and at the same time lead abandoned
77 lives, may without absurdity seem to be figured by Noah's
78 middle son: for the passion of Christ, which was signified
79 by that man's nakedness, is at once proclaimed by their profession,
80 and dishonoured by their wicked conduct. Of such,
81 therefore, it has been said, "By their fruits ye shall know
82 them."[227] And therefore was Ham cursed in his son, he being,
83 as it were, his fruit. So, too, this son of his, Canaan, is fitly
84 interpreted "their movement," which is nothing else than their
85 work. But Shem and Japheth, that is to say, the circumcision
86 and uncircumcision, or, as the apostle otherwise calls
87 them, the Jews and Greeks, but called and justified, having
88 somehow discovered the nakedness of their father (which
89 signifies the Saviour's passion), took a garment and laid it
90 upon their backs, and entered backwards and covered their
91 father's nakedness, without their seeing what their reverence
92 hid. For we both honour the passion of Christ as accomplished
93 for us, and we hate the crime of the Jews who crucified
94 Him. The garment signifies the sacrament, their backs
95 the memory of things past: for the church celebrates the
96 passion of Christ as already accomplished, and no longer
97 to be looked forward to, now that Japheth already dwells in
98 the habitations of Shem, and their wicked brother between
99 them.
100 But the wicked brother is, in the person of his son (*i.e.*
101 his work), the boy, or slave, of his good brothers, when good
102 men make a skilful use of bad men, either for the exercise of
103 their patience or for their advancement in wisdom. For the
104 apostle testifies that there are some who preach Christ from
105 no pure motives; "but," says he, "whether in pretence or in
106 truth, Christ is preached; and I therein do rejoice, yea, and
107 will rejoice."[228] For it is Christ Himself who planted the
108 vine of which the prophet says, "The vine of the Lord of
109 hosts is the house of Israel;"[229] and He drinks of its wine,
110 whether we thus understand that cup of which He says, "Can
111 ye drink of the cup that I shall drink of?"[230] and, "Father,
112 if it be possible, let this cup pass from me,"[231] by which He
113 obviously means His passion. Or, as wine is the fruit of
114 the vine, we may prefer to understand that from this vine,
115 that is to say, from the race of Israel, He has assumed flesh
116 and blood that He might suffer; "and he was drunken," that
117 is, He suffered; "and was naked," that is, His weakness
118 appeared in His suffering, as the apostle says, "though He
119 was crucified through weakness."[232] Wherefore the same
120 apostle says, "The weakness of God is stronger than men;
121 and the foolishness of God is wiser than men."[233] And when
122 to the expression "he was naked" Scripture adds "in his
123 house," it elegantly intimates that Jesus was to suffer the
124 cross and death at the hands of His own household, His own
125 kith and kin, the Jews. This passion of Christ is only
126 externally and verbally professed by the reprobate, for what
127 they profess they do not understand. But the elect hold in
128 the inner man this so great mystery, and honour inwardly in
129 the heart this weakness and foolishness of God. And of this
130 there is a figure in Ham going out to proclaim his father's
131 nakedness; while Shem and Japheth, to cover or honour it,
132 went in, that is to say, did it inwardly.
133 These secrets of divine Scripture we investigate as well as
134 we can. All will not accept our interpretation with equal
135 confidence, but all hold it certain that these things were
136 neither done nor recorded without some foreshadowing of
137 future events, and that they are to be referred only to Christ
138 and His church, which is the city of God, proclaimed from
139 the very beginning of human history by figures which we
140 now see everywhere accomplished. From the blessing of the
141 two sons of Noah, and the cursing of the middle son, down
142 to Abraham, or for more than a thousand years, there is, as
143 I have said, no mention of any righteous persons who worshipped
144 God. I do not therefore conclude that there were
145 none; but it had been tedious to mention every one, and
146 would have displayed historical accuracy rather than prophetic
147 foresight. The object of the writer of these sacred books, or
148 rather of the Spirit of God in him, is not only to record the
149 past, but to depict the future, so far as it regards the city of
150 God; for whatever is said of those who are not its citizens,
151 is given either for her instruction, or as a foil to enhance her
152 glory. Yet we are not to suppose that all that is recorded
153 has some signification; but those things which have no signification
154 of their own are interwoven for the sake of the things
155 which are significant. It is only the ploughshare that cleaves
156 the soil; but to effect this, other parts of the plough are
157 requisite. It is only the strings in harps and other musical
158 instruments which produce melodious sounds; but that they
159 may do so, there are other parts of the instrument which are
160 not indeed struck by those who sing, but are connected with
161 the strings which are struck, and produce musical notes. So
162 in this prophetic history some things are narrated which have
163 no significance, but are, as it were, the framework to which the
164 significant things are attached.
165 3. *Of the generations of the three sons of Noah.*
166 We must therefore introduce into this work an explanation
167 of the generations of the three sons of Noah, in so far as that
168 may illustrate the progress in time of the two cities. Scripture
169 first mentions that of the youngest son, who is called Japheth:
170 he had eight sons,[234] and by two of these sons seven grandchildren,
171 three by one son, four by the other; in all, fifteen
172 descendants. Ham, Noah's middle son, had four sons, and
173 by one of them five grandsons, and by one of these two great-grandsons;
174 in all, eleven. After enumerating these, Scripture
175 returns to the first of the sons, and says, "Cush begat Nimrod;
176 he began to be a giant on the earth. He was a giant hunter
177 against the Lord God: wherefore they say, As Nimrod the
178 giant hunter against the Lord. And the beginning of his
179 kingdom was Babylon, Erech, Accad, and Calneh, in the land
180 of Shinar. Out of that land went forth Assur, and built
181 Nineveh, and the city Rehoboth, and Calah, and Resen between
182 Nineveh and Calah: this was a great city." Now this
183 Cush, father of the giant Nimrod, is the first-named among
184 the sons of Ham, to whom five sons and two grandsons are
185 ascribed. But he either begat this giant after his grandsons
186 were born, or, which is more credible, Scripture speaks of him
187 separately on account of his eminence; for mention is also
188 made of his kingdom, which began with that magnificent city
189 Babylon, and the other places, whether cities or districts,
190 mentioned along with it. But what is recorded of the land
191 of Shinar which belonged to Nimrod's kingdom, to wit, that
192 Assur went forth from it and built Nineveh and the other
193 cities mentioned with it, happened long after; but he takes
194 occasion to speak of it here on account of the grandeur of
195 the Assyrian kingdom, which was wonderfully extended by
196 Ninus son of Belus, and founder of the great city Nineveh,
197 which was named after him, Nineveh, from Ninus. But
198 Assur, father of the Assyrian, was not one of the sons of Ham,
199 Noah's middle son, but is found among the sons of Shem, his
200 eldest son. Whence it appears that among Shem's offspring
201 there arose men who afterwards took possession of that giant's
202 kingdom, and advancing from it, founded other cities, the first
203 of which was called Nineveh, from Ninus. From him Scripture
204 returns to Ham's other son, Mizraim; and his sons are
205 enumerated, not as seven individuals, but as seven nations.
206 And from the sixth, as if from the sixth son, the race called
207 the Philistines are said to have sprung; so that there are in
208 all eight. Then it returns again to Canaan, in whose person
209 Ham was cursed; and his eleven sons are named. Then the
210 territories they occupied, and some of the cities, are named.
211 And thus, if we count sons and grandsons, there are thirty-one
212 of Ham's descendants registered.
213 It remains to mention the sons of Shem, Noah's eldest
214 son; for to him this genealogical narrative gradually ascends
215 from the youngest. But in the commencement of the record
216 of Shem's sons there is an obscurity which calls for explanation,
217 since it is closely connected with the object of our investigation.
218 For we read, "Unto Shem also, the father of all
219 the children of Heber, the brother of Japheth the elder, were
220 children born."[235] This is the order of the words: And to
221 Shem was born Heber, even to himself, that is, to Shem himself
222 was born Heber, and Shem is the father of all his children.
223 We are intended to understand that Shem is the patriarch of all
224 his posterity who were to be mentioned, whether sons, grandsons,
225 great-grandsons, or descendants at any remove. For
226 Shem did not beget Heber, who was indeed in the fifth generation
227 from him. For Shem begat, among other sons, Arphaxad;
228 Arphaxad begat Cainan, Cainan begat Salah, Salah begat
229 Heber. And it was with good reason that he was named
230 first among Shem's offspring, taking precedence even of his
231 sons, though only a grandchild of the fifth generation; for
232 from him, as tradition says, the Hebrews derived their name,
233 though the other etymology which derives the name from
234 Abraham (as if *Abrahews*) may possibly be correct. But
235 there can be little doubt that the former is the right etymology,
236 and that they were called after Heber, *Heberews*, and
237 then, dropping a letter, Hebrews; and so was their language
238 called Hebrew, which was spoken by none but the people of
239 Israel among whom was the city of God, mysteriously prefigured
240 in all the people, and truly present in the saints.
241 Six of Shem's sons then are first named, then four grandsons
242 born to one of these sons; then it mentions another son of
243 Shem, who begat a grandson; and his son, again, or Shem's
244 great-grandson, was Heber. And Heber begat two sons, and
245 called the one Peleg, which means "dividing;" and Scripture
246 subjoins the reason of this name, saying, "for in his days was
247 the earth divided." What this means will afterwards appear.
248 Heber's other son begat twelve sons; consequently all Shem's
249 descendants are twenty-seven. The total number of the progeny
250 of the three sons of Noah is seventy-three, fifteen by
251 Japheth, thirty-one by Ham, twenty-seven by Shem. Then
252 Scripture adds, "These are the sons of Shem, after their
253 families, after their tongues, in their lands, after their nations."
254 And so of the whole number: "These are the families of the
255 sons of Noah after their generations, in their nations; and
256 by these were the isles of the nations dispersed through the
257 earth after the flood." From which we gather that the
258 seventy-three (or rather, as I shall presently show, seventy-two)
259 were not individuals, but nations. For in a former passage,
260 when the sons of Japheth were enumerated, it is said in conclusion,
261 "By these were the isles of the nations divided in
262 their lands, every one after his language, in their tribes, and
263 in their nations."
264 But nations are expressly mentioned among the sons of
265 Ham, as I showed above. "Mizraim begat those who are
266 called Ludim;" and so also of the other seven nations. And
267 after enumerating all of them, it concludes, "These are the
268 sons of Ham, in their families, according to their languages, in
269 their territories, and in their nations." The reason, then, why
270 the children of several of them are not mentioned, is that they
271 belonged by birth to other nations, and did not themselves
272 become nations. Why else is it, that though eight sons are
273 reckoned to Japheth, the sons of only two of these are mentioned;
274 and though four are reckoned to Ham, only three are
275 spoken of as having sons; and though six are reckoned to
276 Shem, the descendants of only two of these are traced? Did
277 the rest remain childless? We cannot suppose so; but they
278 did not produce nations so great as to warrant their being
279 mentioned, but were absorbed in the nations to which they
280 belonged by birth.
281 4. *Of the diversity of languages, and of the founding of Babylon.*
282 But though these nations are said to have been dispersed
283 according to their languages, yet the narrator recurs to that
284 time when all had but one language, and explains how it
285 came to pass that a diversity of languages was introduced.
286 "The whole earth," he says, "was of one lip, and all had one
287 speech. And it came to pass, as they journeyed from the
288 east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt
289 there. And they said one to another, Come, and let us make
290 bricks, and burn them thoroughly. And they had bricks for
291 stone, and slime for mortar. And they said, Come, and let us
292 build for ourselves a city, and a tower whose top shall reach
293 the sky; and let us make us a name, before we be scattered
294 abroad on the face of all the earth. And the Lord came down
295 to see the city and the tower, which the children, of men
296 builded. And the Lord God said, Behold, the people is one,
297 and they have all one language; and this they begin to do:
298 and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they
299 have imagined to do. Come, and let us go down, and confound
300 there their language, that they may not understand one
301 another's speech. And God scattered them thence on the
302 face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city and
303 the tower. Therefore the name of it is called Confusion;
304 because the Lord did there confound the language of all the
305 earth: and the Lord God scattered them thence on the face of
306 all the earth."[236] This city, which was called Confusion, is the
307 same as Babylon, whose wonderful construction Gentile history
308 also notices. For Babylon means Confusion. Whence we
309 conclude that the giant Nimrod was its founder, as had been
310 hinted a little before, where Scripture, in speaking of him,
311 says that the beginning of his kingdom was Babylon, that is,
312 Babylon had a supremacy over the other cities as the metropolis
313 and royal residence; although it did not rise to the
314 grand dimensions designed by its proud and impious founder.
315 The plan was to make it so high that it should reach the sky,
316 whether this was meant of one tower which they intended to
317 build higher than the others, or of all the towers, which might
318 be signified by the singular number, as we speak of "the
319 soldier," meaning the army, and of the frog or the locust, when
320 we refer to the whole multitude of frogs and locusts in the
321 plagues with which Moses smote the Egyptians.[237] But what
322 did these vain and presumptuous men intend? How did
323 they expect to raise this lofty mass against God, when they
324 had built it above all the mountains and the clouds of the
325 earth's atmosphere? What injury could any spiritual or
326 material elevation do to God? The safe and true way to
327 heaven is made by humility, which lifts up the heart to the
328 Lord, not against Him; as this giant is said to have been a
329 "hunter *against* the Lord." This has been misunderstood by
330 some through the ambiguity of the Greek word, and they have
331 translated it, not "against the Lord," but "before the Lord;"
332 for ἔναντιον means both "before" and "against." In the
333 Psalm this word is rendered, "Let us weep *before* the Lord
334 our Maker."[238] The same word occurs in the book of Job,
335 where it is written, "Thou hast broken into fury *against* the
336 Lord."[239] And so this giant is to be recognised as a "hunter
337 *against* the Lord." And what is meant by the term "hunter"
338 but deceiver, oppressor, and destroyer of the animals of the
339 earth? He and his people, therefore, erected this tower
340 against the Lord, and so gave expression to their impious
341 pride; and justly was their wicked intention punished by
342 God, even though it was unsuccessful. But what was the
343 nature of the punishment? As the tongue is the instrument
344 of domination, in it pride was punished; so that man, who
345 would not understand God when He issued His commands,
346 should be misunderstood when he himself gave orders. Thus
347 was that conspiracy disbanded, for each man retired from
348 those he could not understand, and associated with those
349 whose speech was intelligible; and the nations were divided
350 according to their languages, and scattered over the earth as
351 seemed good to God, who accomplished this in ways hidden
352 from and incomprehensible to us.
353 5. *Of God's coming down to confound the languages of the builders of the city.*
354 We read, "The Lord came down to see the city and the
355 tower which the sons of men built:" it was not the sons of
356 God, but that society which lived in a merely human way,
357 and which we call the earthly city. God, who is always
358 wholly everywhere, does not move locally; but He is said to
359 descend when He does anything in the earth out of the usual
360 course, which, as it were, makes His presence felt. And in
361 the same way, He does not by "seeing" learn some new
362 thing, for He cannot ever be ignorant of anything; but He is
363 said to see and recognise, in time, that which He causes
364 others to see and recognise. And therefore that city was
365 not previously being seen as God made it be seen when He
366 showed how offensive it was to Him. We might, indeed,
367 interpret God's descending to the city of the descent of His
368 angels in whom He dwells; so that the following words,
369 "And the Lord God said, Behold, they are all one race and
370 of one language," and also what follows, "Come, and let us
371 go down and confound their speech," are a recapitulation, explaining
372 how the previously intimated "descent of the Lord"
373 was accomplished. For if He had already gone down, why
374 does He say, "Come, and let us go down and confound?"—words
375 which seem to be addressed to the angels, and to intimate
376 that He who was in the angels descended in their descent.
377 And the words most appropriately are, not, "Go ye
378 down and confound," but, "Let us confound their speech;"
379 showing that He so works by His servants, that they are
380 themselves also fellow-labourers with God, as the apostle says,
381 "For we are fellow-labourers with God."[240]
382 6. *What we are to understand by God's speaking to the angels.*
383 We might have supposed that the words uttered at the
384 creation of man, "Let us," and not Let me, "make man," were
385 addressed to the angels, had He not added "in our image;"
386 but as we cannot believe that man was made in the image of
387 angels, or that the image of God is the same as that of angels,
388 it is proper to refer this expression to the plurality of the
389 Trinity. And yet this Trinity, being one God, even after
390 saying "Let *us* make," goes on to say, "And God made man
391 in His image,"[241] and not "Gods made," or "in their image."
392 And were there any difficulty in applying to the angels the
393 words, "Come, and let us go down and confound their speech,"
394 we might refer the plural to the Trinity, as if the Father were
395 addressing the Son and the Holy Spirit; but it rather belongs
396 to the angels to approach God by holy movements, that is,
397 by pious thoughts, and thereby to avail themselves of the unchangeable
398 truth which rules in the court of heaven as their
399 eternal law. For they are not themselves the truth; but partaking
400 in the creative truth, they are moved towards it as the
401 fountain of life, that what they have not in themselves they
402 may obtain in it. And this movement of theirs is steady,
403 for they never go back from what they have reached. And
404 to these angels God does not speak, as we speak to one another,
405 or to God, or to angels, or as the angels speak to us, or
406 as God speaks to us through them: He speaks to them in an
407 ineffable manner of His own, and that which He says is conveyed
408 to us in a manner suited to our capacity. For the
409 speaking of God antecedent and superior to all His works,
410 is the immutable reason of His work: it has no noisy and
411 passing sound, but an energy eternally abiding and producing
412 results in time. Thus He speaks to the holy angels; but to
413 us, who are far off, He speaks otherwise. When, however, we
414 hear with the inner ear some part of the speech of God, we
415 approximate to the angels. But in this work I need not
416 labour to give an account of the ways in which God speaks.
417 For either the unchangeable Truth speaks directly to the mind
418 of the rational creature in some indescribable way, or speaks
419 through the changeable creature, either presenting spiritual
420 images to our spirit, or bodily voices to our bodily sense.
421 The words, "Nothing will be restrained from them which
422 they have imagined to do,"[242] are assuredly not meant as an
423 affirmation, but as an interrogation, such as is used by persons
424 threatening, as, *e.g.*, when Dido exclaims,
425 "They will not take arms and pursue?"[243]
426 We are to understand the words as if it had been said, Shall
427 nothing be restrained from them which they have imagined to
428 do?[244] From these three men, therefore, the three sons of
429 Noah we mean, 73, or rather, as the catalogue will show, 72
430 nations and as many languages were dispersed over the earth,
431 and as they increased filled even the islands. But the nations
432 multiplied much more than the languages. For even in
433 Africa we know several barbarous nations which have but
434 one language; and who can doubt that, as the human race
435 increased, men contrived to pass to the islands in ships?
436 7. *Whether even the remotest islands received their* fauna *from the animals
437 which were preserved, through the deluge, in the ark*.
438 There is a question raised about all those kinds of beasts
439 which are not domesticated, nor are produced like frogs from
440 the earth, but are propagated by male and female parents,
441 such as wolves and animals of that kind; and it is asked how
442 they could be found in the islands after the deluge, in which
443 all the animals not in the ark perished, unless the breed was
444 restored from those which were preserved in pairs in the ark.
445 It might, indeed, be said that they crossed to the islands by
446 swimming, but this could only be true of those very near the
447 mainland; whereas there are some so distant, that we fancy
448 no animal could swim to them. But if men caught them
449 and took them across with themselves, and thus propagated
450 these breeds in their new abodes, this would not imply an
451 incredible fondness for the chase. At the same time, it cannot
452 be denied that by the intervention of angels they might
453 be transferred by God's order or permission. If, however,
454 they were produced out of the earth as at their first creation,
455 when God said, "Let the earth bring forth the living creature,"[245]
456 this makes it more evident that all kinds of animals
457 were preserved in the ark, not so much for the sake of renewing
458 the stock, as of prefiguring the various nations which
459 were to be saved in the church; this, I say, is more evident,
460 if the earth brought forth many animals in islands to which
461 they could not cross over.
462 8. *Whether certain monstrous races of men are derived from the stock of Adam
463 or Noah's sons.*
464 It is also asked whether we are to believe that certain
465 monstrous races of men, spoken of in secular history,[246] have
466 sprung from Noah's sons, or rather, I should say, from that
467 one man from whom they themselves were descended. For
468 it is reported that some have one eye in the middle of the
469 forehead; some, feet turned backwards from the heel; some,
470 a double sex, the right breast like a man, the left like a woman,
471 and that they alternately beget and bring forth: others
472 are said to have no mouth, and to breathe only through the
473 nostrils; others are but a cubit high, and are therefore called
474 by the Greeks "Pigmies:"[247] they say that in some places the
475 women conceive in their fifth year, and do not live beyond
476 their eighth. So, too, they tell of a race who have two feet
477 but only one leg, and are of marvellous swiftness, though they
478 do not bend the knee: they are called Skiopodes, because in
479 the hot weather they lie down on their backs and shade themselves
480 with their feet. Others are said to have no head, and
481 their eyes in their shoulders; and other human or quasi-human
482 races are depicted in mosaic in the harbour esplanade
483 of Carthage, on the faith of histories of rarities. What shall
484 I say of the Cynocephali, whose dog-like head and barking
485 proclaim them beasts rather than men? But we are not
486 bound to believe all we hear of these monstrosities. But
487 whoever is anywhere born a man, that is, a rational mortal
488 animal, no matter what unusual appearance he presents in
489 colour, movement, sound, nor how peculiar he is in some
490 power, part, or quality of his nature, no Christian can doubt
491 that he springs from that one protoplast. We can distinguish
492 the common human nature from that which is peculiar, and
493 therefore wonderful.
494 The same account which is given of monstrous births in
495 individual cases can be given of monstrous races. For God,
496 the Creator of all, knows where and when each thing ought to
497 be, or to have been created, because He sees the similarities
498 and diversities which can contribute to the beauty of the
499 whole. But he who cannot see the whole is offended by
500 the deformity of the part, because he is blind to that which
501 balances it, and to which it belongs. We know that men are
502 born with more than four fingers on their hands or toes on
503 their feet: this is a smaller matter; but far from us be the
504 folly of supposing that the Creator mistook the number of a
505 man's fingers, though we cannot account for the difference.
506 And so in cases where the divergence from the rule is greater.
507 He whose works no man justly finds fault with, knows what
508 He has done. At Hippo-Diarrhytus there is a man whose
509 hands are crescent-shaped, and have only two fingers each,
510 and his feet similarly formed. If there were a race like him,
511 it would be added to the history of the curious and wonderful.
512 Shall we therefore deny that this man is descended
513 from that one man who was first created? As for the Androgyni,
514 or Hermaphrodites, as they are called, though they are
515 rare, yet from time to time there appear persons of sex so
516 doubtful, that it remains uncertain from which sex they take
517 their name; though it is customary to give them a masculine
518 name, as the more worthy. For no one ever called them
519 Hermaphroditesses. Some years ago, quite within my own
520 memory, a man was born in the East, double in his upper,
521 but single in his lower half—having two heads, two chests,
522 four hands, but one body and two feet like an ordinary man;
523 and he lived so long that many had an opportunity of seeing
524 him. But who could enumerate all the human births that have
525 differed widely from their ascertained parents? As, therefore,
526 no one will deny that these are all descended from that one
527 man, so all the races which are reported to have diverged in
528 bodily appearance from the usual course which nature generally
529 or almost universally preserves, if they are embraced in
530 that definition of man as rational and mortal animals, unquestionably
531 trace their pedigree to that one first father of all.
532 We are supposing these stories about various races who differ
533 from one another and from us to be true; but possibly they are
534 not: for if we were not aware that apes, and monkeys, and
535 sphinxes are not men, but beasts, those historians would possibly
536 describe them as races of men, and flaunt with impunity
537 their false and vainglorious discoveries. But supposing they
538 are men of whom these marvels are recorded, what if God has
539 seen fit to create some races in this way, that we might not
540 suppose that the monstrous births which appear among ourselves
541 are the failures of that wisdom whereby He fashions
542 the human nature, as we speak of the failure of a less perfect
543 workman? Accordingly, it ought not to seem absurd to us,
544 that as in individual races there are monstrous births, so in
545 the whole race there are monstrous races. Wherefore, to conclude
546 this question cautiously and guardedly, either these
547 things which have been told of some races have no existence
548 at all; or if they do exist, they are not human races; or if
549 they are human, they are descended from Adam.
550 9. *Whether we are to believe in the Antipodes.*
551 But as to the fable that there are Antipodes, that is to say,
552 men on the opposite side of the earth, where the sun rises
553 when it sets to us, men who walk with their feet opposite ours,
554 that is on no ground credible. And, indeed, it is not affirmed
555 that this has been learned by historical knowledge, but by
556 scientific conjecture, on the ground that the earth is suspended
557 within the concavity of the sky, and that it has as much room
558 on the one side of it as on the other: hence they say that
559 the part which is beneath must also be inhabited. But they
560 do not remark that, although it be supposed or scientifically
561 demonstrated that the world is of a round and spherical form,
562 yet it does not follow that the other side of the earth is bare
563 of water; nor even, though it be bare, does it immediately
564 follow that it is peopled. For Scripture, which proves the
565 truth of its historical statements by the accomplishment of its
566 prophecies, gives no false information; and it is too absurd to
567 say, that some men might have taken ship and traversed the
568 whole wide ocean, and crossed from this side of the world to
569 the other, and that thus even the inhabitants of that distant
570 region are descended from that one first man. Wherefore let
571 us seek if we can find the city of God that sojourns on earth
572 among those human races who are catalogued as having been
573 divided into seventy-two nations and as many languages. For
574 it continued down to the deluge and the ark, and is proved to
575 have existed still among the sons of Noah by their blessings,
576 and chiefly in the eldest son Shem; for Japheth received this
577 blessing, that he should dwell in the tents of Shem.
578 10. *Of the genealogy of Shem, in whose line the city of God is preserved till the
579 time of Abraham.*
580 It is necessary, therefore, to preserve the series of generations
581 descending from Shem, for the sake of exhibiting the
582 city of God after the flood; as before the flood it was exhibited
583 in the series of generations descending from Seth. And therefore
584 does divine Scripture, after exhibiting the earthly city as
585 Babylon or "Confusion," revert to the patriarch Shem, and
586 recapitulate the generations from him to Abraham, specifying
587 besides, the year in which each father begat the son that belonged
588 to this line, and how long he lived. And unquestionably
589 it is this which fulfils the promise I made, that it should
590 appear why it is said of the sons of Heber, "The name of the
591 one was Peleg, for in his days the earth was divided."[248] For
592 what can we understand by the division of the earth, if not
593 the diversity of languages? And, therefore, omitting the
594 other sons of Shem, who are not concerned in this matter,
595 Scripture gives the genealogy of those by whom the line runs
596 on to Abraham, as before the flood those are given who carried
597 on the line to Noah from Seth. Accordingly this series of
598 generations begins thus: "These are the generations of Shem:
599 Shem was an hundred years old, and begat Arphaxad two
600 years after the flood. And Shem lived after he begat
601 Arphaxad five hundred years, and begat sons and daughters."
602 In like manner it registers the rest, naming the year of his
603 life in which each begat the son who belonged to that line
604 which extends to Abraham. It specifies, too, how many years
605 he lived thereafter, begetting sons and daughters, that we may
606 not childishly suppose that the men named were the only
607 men, but may understand how the population increased, and
608 how regions and kingdoms so vast could be populated by the
609 descendants of Shem; especially the kingdom of Assyria, from
610 which Ninus subdued the surrounding nations, reigning with
611 brilliant prosperity, and bequeathing to his descendants a vast
612 but thoroughly consolidated empire, which held together for
613 many centuries.
614 But to avoid needless prolixity, we shall mention not the
615 number of years each member of this series lived, but only
616 the year of his life in which he begat his heir, that we may
617 thus reckon the number of years from the flood to Abraham,
618 and may at the same time leave room to touch briefly and
619 cursorily upon some other matters necessary to our argument.
620 In the second year, then, after the flood, Shem when he was
621 a hundred years old begat Arphaxad; Arphaxad when he was
622 135 years old begat Cainan; Cainan when he was 130 years
623 begat Salah. Salah himself, too, was the same age when he
624 begat Eber. Eber lived 134 years, and begat Peleg, in whose
625 days the earth was divided. Peleg himself lived 130 years,
626 and begat Reu; and Reu lived 132 years, and begat Serug;
627 Serug 130, and begat Nahor; and Nahor 79, and begat Terah;
628 and Terah 70, and begat Abram, whose name God afterwards
629 changed into *Abraham*. There are thus from the flood to
630 Abraham 1072 years, according to the Vulgate or Septuagint
631 versions. In the Hebrew copies far fewer years are given; and
632 for this either no reason or a not very credible one is given.
633 When, therefore, we look for the city of God in these
634 seventy-two nations, we cannot affirm that while they had
635 but one lip, that is, one language, the human race had departed
636 from the worship of the true God, and that genuine
637 godliness had survived only in those generations which descend
638 from Shem through Arphaxad and reach to Abraham;
639 but from the time when they proudly built a tower to heaven,
640 a symbol of godless exaltation, the city or society of the
641 wicked becomes apparent. Whether it was only disguised
642 before, or non-existent; whether both cities remained after the
643 flood,—the godly in the two sons of Noah who were blessed, and
644 in their posterity, and the ungodly in the cursed son and his
645 descendants, from whom sprang that mighty hunter against
646 the Lord,—is not easily determined. For possibly—and certainly
647 this is more credible—there were despisers of God
648 among the descendants of the two sons, even before Babylon
649 was founded, and worshippers of God among the descendants
650 of Ham. Certainly neither race was ever obliterated from
651 earth. For in both the Psalms in which it is said, "They
652 are all gone aside, they are altogether become filthy; there is
653 none that doeth good, no, not one," we read further, "Have
654 all the workers of iniquity no knowledge? who eat up my
655 people as they eat bread, and call not upon the Lord."[249] There
656 was then a people of God even at that time. And therefore
657 the words, "There is none that doeth good, no, not one," were
658 said of the sons of men, not of the sons of God. For it had
659 been previously said, "God looked down from heaven upon
660 the sons of men, to see if any understood and sought after
661 God;" and then follow the words which demonstrate that all
662 the sons of men, that is, all who belong to the city which
663 lives according to man, not according to God, are reprobate.
664 >
665 >
666 >
667 11. *That the original language in use among men was that which was afterwards
668 > called Hebrew, from Heber, in whose family it was preserved when the
669 > confusion of tongues occurred.*
670 Wherefore, as the fact of all using one language did not
671 secure the absence of sin-infected men from the race,—for even
672 before the deluge there was one language, and yet all but the
673 single family of just Noah were found worthy of destruction
674 by the flood,—so when the nations, by a prouder godlessness,
675 earned the punishment of the dispersion and the confusion of
676 tongues, and the city of the godless was called Confusion or
677 Babylon, there was still the house of Heber in which the primitive
678 language of the race survived. And therefore, as I
679 have already mentioned, when an enumeration is made of the
680 sons of Shem, who each founded a nation, Heber is first mentioned,
681 although he was of the fifth generation from Shem.
682 And because, when the other races were divided by their own
683 peculiar languages, his family preserved that language which
684 is not unreasonably believed to have been the common
685 language of the race, it was on this account thenceforth
686 named Hebrew. For it then became necessary to distinguish
687 this language from the rest by a proper name; though, while
688 there was only one, it had no other name than the language
689 of man, or human speech, it alone being spoken by the whole
690 human race. Some one will say: If the earth was divided
691 by languages in the days of Peleg, Heber's son, that language,
692 which was formerly common to all, should rather have been
693 called after Peleg. But we are to understand that Heber
694 himself gave to his son this name Peleg, which means Division;
695 because he was born when the earth was divided, that is, at
696 the very time of the division, and that this is the meaning of
697 the words, "In his days the earth was divided."[250] For unless
698 Heber had been still alive when the languages were multiplied,
699 the language which was preserved in his house would not
700 have been called after him. We are induced to believe that
701 this was the primitive and common language, because the
702 multiplication and change of languages was introduced as a
703 punishment, and it is fit to ascribe to the people of God an
704 immunity from this punishment. Nor is it without significance
705 that this is the language which Abraham retained, and
706 that he could not transmit it to all his descendants, but only
707 to those of Jacob's line, who distinctively and eminently constituted
708 God's people, and received His covenants, and were
709 Christ's progenitors according to the flesh. In the same way,
710 Heber himself did not transmit that language to all his posterity,
711 but only to the line from which Abraham sprang. And
712 thus, although it is not expressly stated, that when the wicked
713 were building Babylon there was a godly seed remaining, this
714 indistinctness is intended to stimulate research rather than to
715 elude it. For when we see that originally there was one
716 common language, and that Heber is mentioned before all
717 Shem's sons, though he belonged to the fifth generation from
718 him, and that the language which the patriarchs and prophets
719 used, not only in their conversation, but in the authoritative
720 language of Scripture, is called Hebrew, when we are asked
721 where that primitive and common language was preserved
722 after the confusion of tongues, certainly, as there can be no
723 doubt that those among whom it was preserved were exempt
724 from the punishment it embodied, what other suggestion can
725 we make, than that it survived in the family of him whose
726 name it took, and that this is no small proof of the righteousness
727 of this family, that the punishment with which the other
728 families were visited did not fall upon it?
729 But yet another question is mooted: How did Heber and
730 his son Peleg each found a nation, if they had but one language?
731 For no doubt the Hebrew nation propagated from Heber through
732 Abraham, and becoming through him a great people, is one
733 nation. How, then, are all the sons of the three branches of
734 Noah's family enumerated as founding a nation each, if Heber
735 and Peleg did not so? It is very probable that the giant
736 Nimrod founded also his nation, and that Scripture has named
737 him separately on account of the extraordinary dimensions of
738 his empire and of his body, so that the number of seventy-two
739 nations remains. But Peleg was mentioned, not because he
740 founded a nation (for his race and language are Hebrew), but
741 on account of the critical time at which he was born, all the
742 earth being then divided. Nor ought we to be surprised that
743 the giant Nimrod lived to the time in which Babylon was
744 founded and the confusion of tongues occurred, and the consequent
745 division of the earth. For though Heber was in the
746 sixth generation from Noah, and Nimrod in the fourth, it does
747 not follow that they could not be alive at the same time. For
748 when the generations are few, they live longer and are born
749 later; but when they are many, they live a shorter time, and
750 come into the world earlier. We are to understand that, when
751 the earth was divided, the descendants of Noah who are registered
752 as founders of nations were not only already born, but
753 were of an age to have immense families, worthy to be called
754 tribes or nations. And therefore we must by no means
755 suppose that they were born in the order in which they were
756 set down; otherwise, how could the twelve sons of Joktan,
757 another son of Heber's, and brother of Peleg, have already
758 founded nations, if Joktan was born, as he is registered, after
759 his brother Peleg, since the earth was divided at Peleg's birth?
760 We are therefore to understand that, though Peleg is named
761 first, he was born long after Joktan, whose twelve sons had
762 already families so large as to admit of their being divided by
763 different languages. There is nothing extraordinary in the
764 last born being first named: of the sons of Noah, the descendants
765 of Japheth are first named; then the sons of Ham, who
766 was the second son; and last the sons of Shem, who was the
767 first and oldest. Of these nations the names have partly survived,
768 so that at this day we can see from whom they have
769 sprung, as the Assyrians from Assur, the Hebrews from Heber,
770 but partly have been altered in the lapse of time, so that the
771 most learned men, by profound research in ancient records,
772 have scarcely been able to discover the origin, I do not say of
773 all, but of some of these nations. There is, for example,
774 nothing in the name Egyptians to show that they are descended
775 from Misraim, Ham's son, nor in the name Ethiopians to show
776 a connection with Cush, though such is said to be the origin
777 of these nations. And if we take a general survey of the
778 names, we shall find that more have been changed than have
779 remained the same.
780 12. *Of the era in Abraham's life from which a new period in the holy
781 succession begins.*
782 Let us now survey the progress of the city of God from the
783 era of the patriarch Abraham, from whose time it begins to
784 be more conspicuous, and the divine promises which are now
785 fulfilled in Christ are more fully revealed. We learn, then,
786 from the intimations of holy Scripture, that Abraham was
787 born in the country of the Chaldeans, a land belonging to
788 the Assyrian empire. Now, even at that time impious superstitions
789 were rife with the Chaldeans, as with other nations.
790 The family of Terah, to which Abraham belonged, was the
791 only one in which the worship of the true God survived, and
792 the only one, we may suppose, in which the Hebrew language
793 was preserved; although Joshua the son of Nun tells us that
794 even this family served other gods in Mesopotamia.[251] The
795 other descendants of Heber gradually became absorbed in other
796 races and other languages. And thus, as the single family of
797 Noah was preserved through the deluge of water to renew the
798 human race, so, in the deluge of superstition that flooded the
799 whole world, there remained but the one family of Terah in
800 which the seed of God's city was preserved. And as, when
801 Scripture has enumerated the generations prior to Noah, with
802 their ages, and explained the cause of the flood before God
803 began to speak to Noah about the building of the ark, it is
804 said, "These are the generations of Noah;" so also now, after
805 enumerating the generations from Shem, Noah's son, down to
806 Abraham, it then signalizes an era by saying, "These are the
807 generations of Terah: Terah begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran;
808 and Haran begat Lot. And Haran died before his father
809 Terah in the land of his nativity, in Ur of the Chaldees. And
810 Abram and Nahor took them wives: the name of Abram's
811 wife was Sarai; and the name of Nahor's wife Milcah, the
812 daughter of Haran, the father of Milcah, and the father of
813 Iscah."[252] This Iscah is supposed to be the same as Sarah,
814 Abraham's wife.
815 >
816 >
817 >
818 13. *Why, in the account of Terah's emigration, on his forsaking the Chaldeans
819 > and passing over into Mesopotamia, no mention is made of his son Nahor.*
820 Next it is related how Terah with his family left the
821 region of the Chaldeans and came into Mesopotamia, and
822 dwelt in Haran. But nothing is said about one of his sons
823 called Nahor, as if he had not taken him along with him.
824 For the narrative runs thus: "And Terah took Abram his
825 son, and Lot the son of Haran, his son's son, and Sarah his
826 daughter-in-law, his son Abram's wife, and led them forth
827 out of the region of the Chaldeans to go into the land of
828 Canaan; and he came into Haran, and dwelt there."[253] Nahor
829 and Milcah his wife are nowhere named here. But afterwards,
830 when Abraham sent his servant to take a wife for his
831 son Isaac, we find it thus written: "And the servant took ten
832 camels of the camels of his lord, and of all the goods of his
833 lord, with him; and arose, and went into Mesopotamia, into the
834 city of Nahor."[254] This and other testimonies of this sacred
835 history show that Nahor, Abraham's brother, had also left the
836 region of the Chaldeans, and fixed his abode in Mesopotamia,
837 where Abraham dwelt with his father. Why, then, did the
838 Scripture not mention him, when Terah with his family went
839 forth out of the Chaldean nation and dwelt in Haran, since it
840 mentions that he took with him not only Abraham his son,
841 but also Sarah his daughter-in-law, and Lot his grandson?
842 The only reason we can think of is, that perhaps he had lapsed
843 from the piety of his father and brother, and adhered to the
844 superstition of the Chaldeans, and had afterwards emigrated
845 thence, either through penitence, or because he was persecuted
846 as a suspected person. For in the book called Judith, when
847 Holofernes, the enemy of the Israelites, inquired what kind of
848 nation that might be, and whether war should be made against
849 them, Achior, the leader of the Ammonites, answered him thus:
850 "Let our lord now hear a word from the mouth of thy servant,
851 and I will declare unto thee the truth concerning the
852 people which dwelleth near thee in this hill country, and
853 there shall no lie come out of the mouth of thy servant. For
854 this people is descended from the Chaldeans, and they dwelt
855 heretofore in Mesopotamia, because they would not follow the
856 gods of their fathers, which were glorious in the land of the
857 Chaldeans, but went out of the way of their ancestors, and
858 adored the God of heaven, whom they knew; and they cast
859 them out from the face of their gods, and they fled into Mesopotamia,
860 and dwelt there many days. And their God said to
861 them, that they should depart from their habitation, and go
862 into the land of Canaan; and they dwelt,"[255] etc., as Achior the
863 Ammonite narrates. Whence it is manifest that the house of
864 Terah had suffered persecution from the Chaldeans for the
865 true piety with which they worshipped the one and true God.
866 14. *Of the years of Terah, who completed his lifetime in Haran.*
867 On Terah's death in Mesopotamia, where he is said to have
868 lived 205 years, the promises of God made to Abraham now
869 begin to be pointed out; for thus it is written: "And the days
870 of Terah in Haran were two hundred and five years, and he
871 died in Haran."[256] This is not to be taken as if he had spent
872 all his days there, but that he there completed the days of his
873 life, which were two hundred and five years: otherwise it
874 would not be known how many years Terah lived, since it is
875 not said in what year of his life he came into Haran; and it is
876 absurd to suppose that, in this series of generations, where it
877 is carefully recorded how many years each one lived, his age
878 was the only one not put on record. For although some
879 whom the same Scripture mentions have not their age recorded,
880 they are not in this series, in which the reckoning of
881 time is continuously indicated by the death of the parents and
882 the succession of the children. For this series, which is given
883 in order from Adam to Noah, and from him down to Abraham,
884 contains no one without the number of the years of his life.
885 15. *Of the time of the migration of Abraham, when, according to the commandment
886 of God, he went out from Haran.*
887 When, after the record of the death of Terah, the father of
888 Abraham, we next read, "And the Lord said to Abram, Get
889 thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy
890 father's house,"[257] etc., it is not to be supposed, because this
891 follows in the order of the narrative, that it also followed in
892 the chronological order of events. For if it were so, there
893 would be an insoluble difficulty. For after these words of
894 God which were spoken to Abraham, the Scripture says: "And
895 Abram departed, as the Lord had spoken unto him; and Lot
896 went with him. Now Abraham was seventy-five years old
897 when he departed out of Haran."[258] How can this be true if he
898 departed from Haran after his father's death? For when Terah
899 was seventy years old, as is intimated above, he begat Abraham;
900 and if to this number we add the seventy-five years which
901 Abraham reckoned when he went out of Haran, we get 145
902 years. Therefore that was the number of the years of Terah,
903 when Abraham departed out of that city of Mesopotamia;
904 for he had reached the seventy-fifth year of his life, and
905 thus his father, who begat him in the seventieth year of his
906 life, had reached, as was said, his 145th. Therefore he did not
907 depart thence after his father's death, that is, after the 205
908 years his father lived; but the year of his departure from
909 that place, seeing it was his seventy-fifth, is inferred beyond
910 a doubt to have been the 145th of his father, who begat him
911 in his seventieth year. And thus it is to be understood that
912 the Scripture, according to its custom, has gone back to the
913 time which had already been passed by the narrative; just as
914 above, when it had mentioned the grandsons of Noah, it said
915 that they were in their nations and tongues; and yet afterwards,
916 as if this also had followed in order of time, it says,
917 "And the whole earth was of one lip, and one speech for all."[259]
918 How, then, could they be said to be in their own nations and
919 according to their own tongues, if there was one for all; except
920 because the narrative goes back to gather up what it had
921 passed over? Here, too, in the same way, after saying, "And
922 the days of Terah in Haran were 205 years, and Terah died
923 in Haran," the Scripture, going back to what had been passed
924 over in order to complete what had been begun about Terah,
925 says, "And the Lord said to Abram, Get thee out of thy
926 country,"[260] etc. After which words of God it is added, "And
927 Abram departed, as the Lord spake unto him; and Lot went
928 with him. But Abram was seventy-five years old when he
929 departed out of Haran." Therefore it was done when his
930 father was in the 145th year of his age; for it was then the
931 seventy-fifth of his own. But this question is also solved in
932 another way, that the seventy-five years of Abraham when he
933 departed out of Haran are reckoned from the year in which
934 he was delivered from the fire of the Chaldeans, not from that
935 of his birth, as if he was rather to be held as having been
936 born then.
937 Now the blessed Stephen, in narrating these things in the
938 Acts of the Apostles, says: "The God of glory appeared unto
939 our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he
940 dwelt in Charran, and said unto him, Get thee out of thy
941 country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house,
942 and come into the land which I will show thee."[261] According
943 to these words of Stephen, God spoke to Abraham, not
944 after the death of his father, who certainly died in Haran,
945 where his son also dwelt with him, but before he dwelt in
946 that city, although he was already in Mesopotamia. Therefore
947 he had already departed from the Chaldeans. So that
948 when Stephen adds, "Then Abraham went out of the land of
949 the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Charran,"[262] this does not point
950 out what took place after God spoke to him (for it was not
951 after these words of God that he went out of the land of
952 the Chaldeans, since he says that God spoke to him in Mesopotamia),
953 but the word "*then*" which he uses refers to that
954 whole period from his going out of the land of the Chaldeans
955 and dwelling in Haran. Likewise in what follows, "And
956 thenceforth, when his father was dead, he settled him in this
957 land, wherein ye now dwell, and your fathers," he does not
958 say, after his father was dead he went out from Haran; but
959 thenceforth he settled him here, after his father was dead. It
960 is to be understood, therefore, that God had spoken to Abraham
961 when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran;
962 but that he came to Haran with his father, keeping in mind
963 the precept of God, and that he went out thence in his own
964 seventy-fifth year, which was his father's 145th. But he says
965 that his settlement in the land of Canaan, not his going forth
966 from Haran, took place after his father's death; because his
967 father was already dead when he purchased the land, and personally
968 entered on possession of it. But when, on his having
969 already settled in Mesopotamia, that is, already gone out of
970 the land of the Chaldeans, God says, "Get thee out of thy
971 country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house,"[263]
972 this means, not that he should cast out his body from thence,
973 for he had already done that, but that he should tear away
974 his soul. For he had not gone out from thence in mind, if
975 he was held by the hope and desire of returning,—a hope and
976 desire which was to be cut off by God's command and help,
977 and by his own obedience. It would indeed be no incredible
978 supposition that afterwards, when Nahor followed his father,
979 Abraham then fulfilled the precept of the Lord, that he should
980 depart out of Haran with Sarah his wife and Lot his brother's
981 son.
982 16. *Of the order and nature of the promises of God which were made to
983 Abraham.*
984 God's promises made to Abraham are now to be considered;
985 for in these the oracles of our God,[264] that is, of the true God,
986 began to appear more openly concerning the godly people,
987 whom prophetic authority foretold. The first of these reads
988 thus: "And the Lord said unto Abram, Get thee out of thy
989 country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house,
990 and go into a land that I will show thee: and I will make of
991 thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and magnify thy
992 name; and thou shalt be blessed: and I will bless them that
993 bless thee, and curse them that curse thee: and in thee shall
994 all tribes of the earth be blessed."[265] Now it is to be observed
995 that two things are promised to Abraham, the one, that his
996 seed should possess the land of Canaan, which is intimated
997 when it is said, "Go into a land that I will show thee, and I
998 will make of thee a great nation;" but the other far more
999 excellent, not about the carnal but the spiritual seed, through
1000 which he is the father, not of the one Israelite nation, but of
1001 all nations who follow the footprints of his faith, which was
1002 first promised in these words, "And in thee shall all tribes of
1003 the earth be blessed." Eusebius thought this promise was
1004 made in Abraham's seventy-fifth year, as if soon after it was
1005 made Abraham had departed out of Haran; because the Scripture
1006 cannot be contradicted, in which we read, "Abram was
1007 seventy and five years old when he departed out of Haran."
1008 But if this promise was made in that year, then of course
1009 Abraham was staying in Haran with his father; for he could
1010 not depart thence unless he had first dwelt there. Does this,
1011 then, contradict what Stephen says, "The God of glory appeared
1012 to our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia,
1013 before he dwelt in Charran?"[266] But it is to be understood that
1014 the whole took place in the same year,—both the promise of
1015 God before Abraham dwelt in Haran, and his dwelling in
1016 Haran, and his departure thence,—not only because Eusebius
1017 in the Chronicles reckons from the year of this promise, and
1018 shows that after 430 years the exodus from Egypt took place,
1019 when the law was given, but because the Apostle Paul also
1020 mentions it.
1021 >
1022 >
1023 >
1024 17. *Of the three most famous kingdoms of the nations, of which one, that is, the
1025 > Assyrian, was already very eminent when Abraham was born.*
1026 During the same period there were three famous kingdoms
1027 of the nations, in which the city of the earth-born, that is, the
1028 society of men living according to man under the domination
1029 of the fallen angels, chiefly flourished, namely, the three kingdoms
1030 of Sicyon, Egypt, and Assyria. Of these, Assyria was
1031 much the most powerful and sublime; for that king Ninus,
1032 son of Belus, had subdued the people of all Asia except India.
1033 By Asia I now mean not that part which is one province of
1034 this greater Asia, but what is called Universal Asia, which
1035 some set down as the half, but most as the third part of the
1036 whole world,—the three being Asia, Europe, and Africa, thereby
1037 making an unequal division. For the part called Asia stretches
1038 from the south through the east even to the north; Europe
1039 from the north even to the west; and Africa from the west
1040 even to the south. Thus we see that two, Europe and Africa,
1041 contain one half of the world, and Asia alone the other half.
1042 And these two parts are made by the circumstance, that there
1043 enters between them from the ocean all the Mediterranean water,
1044 which makes this great sea of ours. So that, if you divide the
1045 world into two parts, the east and the west, Asia will be in the
1046 one, and Europe and Africa in the other. So that of the three
1047 kingdoms then famous, one, namely Sicyon, was not under
1048 the Assyrians, because it was in Europe; but as for Egypt,
1049 how could it fail to be subject to the empire which ruled all
1050 Asia with the single exception of India? In Assyria, therefore,
1051 the dominion of the impious city had the pre-eminence.
1052 Its head was Babylon,—an earth-born city, most fitly named,
1053 for it means confusion. There Ninus reigned after the death of
1054 his father Belus, who first had reigned there sixty-five years.
1055 His son Ninus, who, on his father's death, succeeded to the
1056 kingdom, reigned fifty-two years, and had been king forty-three
1057 years when Abraham was born, which was about the
1058 1200th year before Rome was founded, as it were another
1059 Babylon in the west.
1060 18. *Of the repeated address of God to Abraham, in which He promised the
1061 land of Canaan to him and to his seed.*
1062 Abraham, then, having departed out of Haran in the
1063 seventy-fifth year of his own age, and in the hundred and
1064 forty-fifth of his father's, went with Lot, his brother's son,
1065 and Sarah his wife, into the land of Canaan, and came even to
1066 Sichem, where again he received the divine oracle, of which
1067 it is thus written: "And the Lord appeared unto Abram,
1068 and said unto him, Unto thy seed will I give this land."[267]
1069 Nothing is promised here about that seed in which he is
1070 made the father of all nations, but only about that by which
1071 he is the father of the one Israelite nation; for by this seed
1072 that land was possessed.
1073 19. *Of the divine preservation of Sarah's chastity in Egypt, when Abraham
1074 had called her not his wife but his sister.*
1075 Having built an altar there, and called upon God, Abraham
1076 proceeded thence and dwelt in the desert, and was compelled by
1077 pressure of famine to go on into Egypt. There he called his
1078 wife his sister, and told no lie. For she was this also, because
1079 she was near of blood; just as Lot, on account of the same
1080 nearness, being his brother's son, is called his brother. Now
1081 he did not deny that she was his wife, but held his peace
1082 about it, committing to God the defence of his wife's chastity,
1083 and providing as a man against human wiles; because if he
1084 had not provided against the danger as much as he could, he
1085 would have been tempting God rather than trusting in Him.
1086 We have said enough about this matter against the calumnies
1087 of Faustus the Manichæan. At last what Abraham had expected
1088 the Lord to do took place. For Pharaoh, king of
1089 Egypt, who had taken her to him as his wife, restored her to
1090 her husband on being severely plagued. And far be it from
1091 us to believe that she was defiled by lying with another;
1092 because it is much more credible that, by these great afflictions,
1093 Pharaoh was not permitted to do this.
1094 20. *Of the parting of Lot and Abraham, which they agreed to without breach
1095 of charity.*
1096 On Abraham's return out of Egypt to the place he had left,
1097 Lot, his brother's son, departed from him into the land of Sodom,
1098 without breach of charity. For they had grown rich, and
1099 began to have many herdmen of cattle, and when these strove
1100 together, they avoided in this way the pugnacious discord of
1101 their families. Indeed, as human affairs go, this cause might
1102 even have given rise to some strife between themselves. Consequently
1103 these are the words of Abraham to Lot, when taking
1104 precaution against this evil, "Let there be no strife between
1105 me and thee, and between my herdmen and thy herdmen; for
1106 we be brethren. Behold, is not the whole land before thee?
1107 Separate thyself from me: if thou wilt go to the left hand, I
1108 will go to the right; or if thou wilt go to the right hand, I
1109 will go to the left."[268] From this, perhaps, has arisen a pacific
1110 custom among men, that when there is any partition of earthly
1111 things, the greater should make the division, the less the
1112 choice.
1113 21. *Of the third promise of God, by which He assured the land of Canaan to
1114 Abraham and his seed in perpetuity.*
1115 Now, when Abraham and Lot had separated, and dwelt
1116 apart, owing to the necessity of supporting their families, and
1117 not to vile discord, and Abraham was in the land of Canaan,
1118 but Lot in Sodom, the Lord said to Abraham in a third oracle,
1119 "Lift up thine eyes, and look from the place where thou now
1120 art, to the north, and to Africa, and to the east, and to the
1121 sea; for all the land which thou seest, to thee will I give it,
1122 and to thy seed for ever. And I will make thy seed as the
1123 dust of the earth: if any one can number the dust of the earth,
1124 thy seed shall also be numbered. Arise, and walk through
1125 the land, in the length of it, and in the breadth of it; for unto
1126 thee will I give it."[269] It does not clearly appear whether in
1127 this promise that also is contained by which he is made the
1128 father of all nations. For the clause, "And I will make thy
1129 seed as the dust of the earth," may seem to refer to this, being
1130 spoken by that figure the Greeks call hyperbole, which indeed
1131 is figurative, not literal. But no person of understanding can
1132 doubt in what manner the Scripture uses this and other
1133 figures. For that figure (that is, way of speaking) is used
1134 when what is said is far larger than what is meant by it;
1135 for who does not see how incomparably larger the number of
1136 the dust must be than that of all men can be from Adam
1137 himself down to the end of the world? How much greater,
1138 then, must it be than the seed of Abraham,—not only that
1139 pertaining to the nation of Israel, but also that which is and
1140 shall be according to the imitation of faith in all nations of the
1141 whole wide world! For that seed is indeed very small in
1142 comparison with the multitude of the wicked, although even
1143 those few of themselves make an innumerable multitude,
1144 which by a hyperbole is compared to the dust of the earth.
1145 Truly that multitude which was promised to Abraham is not
1146 innumerable to God, although to man; but to God not even
1147 the dust of the earth is so. Further, the promise here made
1148 may be understood not only of the nation of Israel, but of the
1149 whole seed of Abraham, which may be fitly compared to the dust
1150 for multitude, because regarding it also there is the promise[270] of
1151 many children, not according to the flesh, but according to the
1152 spirit. But we have therefore said that this does not clearly
1153 appear, because the multitude even of that one nation, which
1154 was born according to the flesh of Abraham through his
1155 grandson Jacob, has increased so much as to fill almost all
1156 parts of the world. Consequently, even it might by hyperbole
1157 be compared to the dust for multitude, because even it alone
1158 is innumerable by man. Certainly no one questions that only
1159 that land is meant which is called Canaan. But that saying,
1160 "To thee will I give it, and to thy seed for ever," may move
1161 some, if by "for ever" they understand "to eternity." But if
1162 in this passage they take "for ever" thus, as we firmly hold
1163 it means, that the beginning of the world to come is to be
1164 ordered from the end of the present, there is still no difficulty,
1165 because, although the Israelites are expelled from Jerusalem,
1166 they still remain in other cities in the land of Canaan, and
1167 shall remain even to the end; and when that whole land is inhabited
1168 by Christians, they also are the very seed of Abraham.
1169 22. *Of Abraham's overcoming the enemies of Sodom, when he delivered Lot
1170 from captivity and was blessed by Melchizedek the priest.*
1171 Having received this oracle of promise, Abraham migrated,
1172 and remained in another place of the same land, that is,
1173 beside the oak of Mamre, which was Hebron. Then on
1174 the invasion of Sodom, when five kings carried on war
1175 against four, and Lot was taken captive with the conquered
1176 Sodomites, Abraham delivered him from the enemy, leading
1177 with him to battle three hundred and eighteen of his home-born
1178 servants, and won the victory for the kings of Sodom,
1179 but would take nothing of the spoils when offered by the king
1180 for whom he had won them. He was then openly blessed by
1181 Melchizedek, who was priest of God Most High, about whom
1182 many and great things are written in the epistle which is inscribed
1183 to the Hebrews, which most say is by the Apostle
1184 Paul, though some deny this. For then first appeared the
1185 sacrifice which is now offered to God by Christians in the
1186 whole wide world, and that is fulfilled which long after the
1187 event was said by the prophet to Christ, who was yet to come
1188 in the flesh, "Thou art a priest for ever after the order of
1189 Melchizedek,"[271]—that is to say, not after the order of Aaron,
1190 for that order was to be taken away when the things shone
1191 forth which were intimated beforehand by these shadows.
1192 >
1193 >
1194 >
1195 23. *Of the word of the Lord to Abraham, by which it was promised to him that
1196 > his posterity should be multiplied according to the multitude of the stars;
1197 > on believing which he was declared justified while yet in uncircumcision.*
1198 The word of the Lord came to Abraham in a vision also.
1199 For when God promised him protection and exceeding great
1200 reward, he, being solicitous about posterity, said that a certain
1201 Eliezer of Damascus, born in his house, would be his heir.
1202 Immediately he was promised an heir, not that house-born
1203 servant, but one who was to come forth of Abraham himself;
1204 and again a seed innumerable, not as the dust of the earth,
1205 but as the stars of heaven,—which rather seems to me a promise
1206 of a posterity exalted in celestial felicity. For, so far as
1207 multitude is concerned, what are the stars of heaven to the
1208 dust of the earth, unless one should say the comparison is like
1209 inasmuch as the stars also cannot be numbered? For it is not
1210 to be believed that all of them can be seen. For the more
1211 keenly one observes them, the more does he see. So that it is
1212 to be supposed some remain concealed from the keenest observers,
1213 to say nothing of those stars which are said to rise and
1214 set in another part of the world most remote from us. Finally,
1215 the authority of this book condemns those like Aratus or
1216 Eudoxus, or any others who boast that they have found out and
1217 written down the complete number of the stars. Here, indeed,
1218 is set down that sentence which the apostle quotes in order to
1219 commend the grace of God, "Abraham believed God, and it
1220 was counted to him for righteousness;"[272] lest the circumcision
1221 should glory, and be unwilling to receive the uncircumcised
1222 nations to the faith of Christ. For at the time when he believed,
1223 and his faith was counted to him for righteousness,
1224 Abraham had not yet been circumcised.
1225 24. *Of the meaning of the sacrifice Abraham was commanded to offer when he
1226 supplicated to be taught about those things he had believed.*
1227 In the same vision, God in speaking to him also says, "I
1228 am God that brought thee out of the region of the Chaldees,
1229 to give thee this land to inherit it."[273] And when Abram
1230 asked whereby he might know that he should inherit it, God
1231 said to him, "Take me an heifer of three years old, and a
1232 she-goat of three years old, and a ram of three years old, and
1233 a turtle-dove, and a pigeon. And he took unto him all these,
1234 and divided them in the midst, and laid each piece one against
1235 another; but the birds divided he not. And the fowls came
1236 down," as it is written, "on the carcases, and Abram sat
1237 down by them. But about the going down of the sun, great
1238 fear fell upon Abram; and, lo, an horror of great darkness fell
1239 upon him. And He said unto Abram, Know of a surety that
1240 thy seed shall be a stranger in a land not theirs, and they shall
1241 reduce them to servitude; and shall afflict them four hundred
1242 years: but the nation whom they shall serve will I judge;
1243 and afterward shall they come out hither with great substance.
1244 And thou shalt go to thy fathers in peace; kept in a good old
1245 age. But in the fourth generation they shall come hither
1246 again: for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full. And
1247 when the sun was setting, there was a flame, and a smoking
1248 furnace, and lamps of fire, that passed through between those
1249 pieces. In that day the Lord made a covenant with Abram,
1250 saying, Unto thy seed will I give this land, from the river of
1251 Egypt unto the great river Euphrates: the Kenites, and the
1252 Kenizzites, and the Kadmonites, and the Hittites, and the Perizzites,
1253 and the Rephaims, and the Amorites, and the Canaanites,
1254 and the Hivites, and the Girgashites, and the Jebusites."[274]
1255 All these things were said and done in a vision from God;
1256 but it would take long, and would exceed the scope of this
1257 work, to treat of them exactly in detail. It is enough that
1258 we should know that, after it was said Abram believed in
1259 God, and it was counted to him for righteousness, he did not
1260 fail in faith in saying, "Lord God, whereby shall I know
1261 that I shall inherit it?" for the inheritance of that land
1262 was promised to him. Now he does not say, How shall I
1263 know, as if he did not yet believe; but he says, "Whereby
1264 shall I know," meaning that some sign might be given by
1265 which he might know the manner of those things which he
1266 had believed, just as it is not for lack of faith the Virgin
1267 Mary says, "How shall this be, seeing I know not a man?"[275]
1268 for she inquired as to the way in which that should take
1269 place which she was certain would come to pass. And when
1270 she asked this, she was told, "The Holy Ghost shall come
1271 upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow
1272 thee."[276] Here also, in fine, a symbol was given, consisting of
1273 three animals, a heifer, a she-goat, and a ram, and two birds,
1274 a turtle-dove and pigeon, that he might know that the things
1275 which he had not doubted should come to pass were to
1276 happen in accordance with this symbol. Whether, therefore,
1277 the heifer was a sign that the people should be put under the
1278 law, the she-goat that the same people was to become sinful,
1279 the ram that they should reign (and these animals are said to
1280 be of three years old for this reason, that there are three
1281 remarkable divisions of time, from Adam to Noah, and from
1282 him to Abraham, and from him to David, who, on the rejection
1283 of Saul, was first established by the will of the Lord in
1284 the kingdom of the Israelite nation: in this third division,
1285 which extends from Abraham to David, that people grew up
1286 as if passing through the third age of life), or whether they
1287 had some other more suitable meaning, still I have no doubt
1288 whatever that spiritual things were prefigured by them as
1289 well as by the turtle-dove and pigeon. And it is said, "But
1290 the birds divided he not," because carnal men are divided
1291 among themselves, but the spiritual not at all, whether they
1292 seclude themselves from the busy conversation of men, like
1293 the turtle-dove, or dwell among them, like the pigeon; for
1294 both birds are simple and harmless, signifying that even in
1295 the Israelite people, to which that land was to be given, there
1296 would be individuals who were children of the promise, and
1297 heirs of the kingdom that is[277] to remain in eternal felicity.
1298 But the fowls coming down on the divided carcases represent
1299 nothing good, but the spirits of this air, seeking some food for
1300 themselves in the division of carnal men. But that Abraham
1301 sat down with them, signifies that even amid these divisions
1302 of the carnal, true believers shall persevere to the end. And
1303 that about the going down of the sun great fear fell upon
1304 Abraham and a horror of great darkness, signifies that about
1305 the end of this world believers shall be in great perturbation
1306 and tribulation, of which the Lord said in the gospel, "For
1307 then shall be great tribulation, such as was not from the
1308 beginning."[278]
1309 But what is said to Abraham, "Know of a surety that thy
1310 seed shall be a stranger in a land not theirs, and they shall
1311 reduce them to servitude, and shall afflict them 400 years,"
1312 is most clearly a prophecy about the people of Israel which
1313 was to be in servitude in Egypt. Not that this people was
1314 to be in that servitude under the oppressive Egyptians for
1315 400 years, but it is foretold that this should take place in
1316 the course of those 400 years. For as it is written of
1317 Terah the father of Abraham, "And the days of Terah in
1318 Haran were 205 years,"[279] not because they were all spent
1319 there, but because they were completed there, so it is
1320 said here also, "And they shall reduce them to servitude,
1321 and shall afflict them 400 years," for this reason, because
1322 that number was completed, not because it was all spent in
1323 that affliction. The years are said to be 400 in round
1324 numbers, although they were a little more,—whether you
1325 reckon from this time, when these things were promised to
1326 Abraham, or from the birth of Isaac, as the seed of Abraham,
1327 of which these things are predicted. For, as we have already
1328 said above, from the seventy-fifth year of Abraham, when the
1329 first promise was made to him, down to the exodus of Israel
1330 from Egypt, there are reckoned 430 years, which the apostle
1331 thus mentions: "And this I say, that the covenant confirmed
1332 by God, the law, which was made 430 years after, cannot
1333 disannul, that it should make the promise of none effect."[280]
1334 So then these 430 years might be called 400, because
1335 they are not much more, especially since part even of that
1336 number had already gone by when these things were shown
1337 and said to Abraham in vision, or when Isaac was born in
1338 his father's 100th year, twenty-five years after the first
1339 promise, when of these 430 years there now remained 405,
1340 which God was pleased to call 400. No one will doubt that
1341 the other things which follow in the prophetic words of God
1342 pertain to the people of Israel.
1343 When it is added, "And when the sun was now setting
1344 there was a flame, and lo, a smoking furnace, and lamps of
1345 fire, which passed through between those pieces," this signifies
1346 that at the end of the world the carnal shall be judged by
1347 fire. For just as the affliction of the city of God, such as
1348 never was before, which is expected to take place under Antichrist,
1349 was signified by Abraham's horror of great darkness
1350 about the going down of the sun, that is, when the end of
1351 the world draws nigh,—so at the going down of the sun, that
1352 is, at the very end of the world, there is signified by that fire
1353 the day of judgment, which separates the carnal who are to
1354 be saved by fire from those who are to be condemned in the
1355 fire. And then the covenant made with Abraham particularly
1356 sets forth the land of Canaan, and names eleven tribes in it
1357 from the river of Egypt even to the great river Euphrates.
1358 It is not then from the great river of Egypt, that is, the Nile,
1359 but from a small one which separates Egypt from Palestine,
1360 where the city of Rhinocorura is.
1361 25. *Of Sarah's handmaid, Hagar, whom she herself wished to be Abraham's
1362 concubine.*
1363 And here follow the times of Abraham's sons, the one by
1364 Hagar the bond maid, the other by Sarah the free woman,
1365 about whom we have already spoken in the previous book.
1366 As regards this transaction, Abraham is in no way to be
1367 branded as guilty concerning this concubine, for he used
1368 her for the begetting of progeny, not for the gratification of
1369 lust; and not to insult, but rather to obey his wife, who supposed
1370 it would be a solace of her barrenness if she could
1371 make use of the fruitful womb of her handmaid to supply
1372 the defect of her own nature, and by that law of which
1373 the apostle says, "Likewise also the husband hath not power
1374 of his own body, but the wife,"[281] could, as a wife, make use
1375 of him for childbearing by another, when she could not
1376 do so in her own person. Here there is no wanton lust,
1377 no filthy lewdness. The handmaid is delivered to the husband
1378 by the wife for the sake of progeny, and is received
1379 by the husband for the sake of progeny, each seeking, not
1380 guilty excess, but natural fruit. And when the pregnant
1381 bond woman despised her barren mistress, and Sarah, with
1382 womanly jealousy, rather laid the blame of this on her
1383 husband, even then Abraham showed that he was not a
1384 slavish lover, but a free begetter of children, and that in
1385 using Hagar he had guarded the chastity of Sarah his wife,
1386 and had gratified her will and not his own,—had received her
1387 without seeking, had gone in to her without being attached,
1388 had impregnated without loving her,—for he says, "Behold
1389 thy maid is in thy hands: do to her as it pleaseth thee;"[282]
1390 a man able to use women as a man should,—his wife temperately,
1391 his handmaid compliantly, neither intemperately!
1392 >
1393 >
1394 >
1395 26. *Of God's attestation to Abraham, by which He assures him, when now old,
1396 > of a son by the barren Sarah, and appoints him the father of the nations,
1397 > and seals his faith in the promise by the sacrament of circumcision.*
1398 After these things Ishmael was born of Hagar; and Abraham
1399 might think that in him was fulfilled what God had promised
1400 him, saying, when he wished to adopt his home-born servant,
1401 "This shall not be thine heir; but he that shall come forth
1402 of thee, he shall be thine heir."[283] Therefore, lest he should
1403 think that what was promised was fulfilled in the handmaid's
1404 son, "when Abram was ninety years old and nine, God
1405 appeared to him, and said unto him, I am God; be well-pleasing
1406 in my sight, and be without complaint, and I will
1407 make my covenant between me and thee, and will fill thee
1408 exceedingly."[284]
1409 Here there are more distinct promises about the calling of
1410 the nations in Isaac, that is, in the son of the promise, by
1411 which grace is signified, and not nature; for the son is promised
1412 from an old man and a barren old woman. For
1413 although God effects even the natural course of procreation,
1414 yet where the agency of God is manifest, through the decay
1415 or failure of nature, grace is more plainly discerned. And
1416 because this was to be brought about, not by generation, but
1417 by regeneration, circumcision was enjoined now, when a son
1418 was promised of Sarah. And by ordering all, not only sons,
1419 but also home-born and purchased servants to be circumcised,
1420 he testifies that this grace pertains to all. For what else does
1421 circumcision signify than a nature renewed on the putting off
1422 of the old? And what else does the eighth day mean than
1423 Christ, who rose again when the week was completed, that is,
1424 after the Sabbath? The very names of the parents are
1425 changed: all things proclaim newness, and the new covenant
1426 is shadowed forth in the old. For what does the term old
1427 covenant imply but the concealing of the new? And what
1428 does the term new covenant imply but the revealing of the
1429 old? The laughter of Abraham is the exultation of one who
1430 rejoices, not the scornful laughter of one who mistrusts. And
1431 those words of his in his heart, "Shall a son be born to me
1432 that am an hundred years old? and shall Sarah, that is ninety
1433 years old, bear?" are not the words of doubt, but of wonder.
1434 And when it is said, "And I will give to thee, and to thy
1435 seed after thee, the land in which thou art a stranger, all the
1436 land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession," if it troubles
1437 any one whether this is to be held as fulfilled, or whether its
1438 fulfilment may still be looked for, since no kind of earthly
1439 possession can be everlasting for any nation whatever, let him
1440 know that the word translated everlasting by our writers
1441 is what the Greeks term αἰώνιον, which is derived from αἰών,
1442 the Greek for *sæculum*, an age. But the Latins have not
1443 ventured to translate this by *secular*, lest they should change
1444 the meaning into something widely different. For many
1445 things are called secular which so happen in this world as to
1446 pass away even in a short time; but what is termed αἰώνιον
1447 either has no end, or lasts to the very end of this world.
1448 27. *Of the male, who was to lose his soul if he was not circumcised on the
1449 eighth day, because he had broken God's covenant.*
1450 When it is said, "The male who is not circumcised in the
1451 flesh of his foreskin, that soul shall be cut off from his people,
1452 because he hath broken my covenant,"[285] some may be troubled
1453 how that ought to be understood, since it can be no fault of
1454 the infant whose life it is said must perish, nor has the
1455 covenant of God been broken by him, but by his parents, who
1456 have not taken care to circumcise him. But even the infants,
1457 not personally in their own life, but according to the common
1458 origin of the human race, have all broken God's covenant in
1459 that one in whom all have sinned.[286] Now there are many
1460 things called God's covenants besides those two great ones,
1461 the old and the new, which any one who pleases may read
1462 and know. For the first covenant, which was made with the
1463 first man, is just this: "In the day ye eat thereof, ye shall
1464 surely die."[287] Whence it is written in the book called Ecclesiasticus,
1465 "All flesh waxeth old as doth a garment. For the
1466 covenant from the beginning is, Thou shalt die the death."[288]
1467 Now, as the law was more plainly given afterward, and the
1468 apostle says, "Where no law is, there is no prevarication,"[289]
1469 on what supposition is what is said in the psalm true, "I
1470 accounted all the sinners of the earth prevaricators,"[290] except
1471 that all who are held liable for any sin are accused of dealing
1472 deceitfully (prevaricating) with some law? If on this
1473 account, then, even the infants are, according to the true belief,
1474 born in sin, not actual but original, so that we confess
1475 they have need of grace for the remission of sins, certainly it
1476 must be acknowledged that in the same sense in which they
1477 are sinners they are also prevaricators of that law which was
1478 given in Paradise, according to the truth of both scriptures,
1479 "I accounted all the sinners of the earth prevaricators," and
1480 "Where no law is, there is no prevarication." And thus, because
1481 circumcision was the sign of regeneration, and the infant,
1482 on account of the original sin by which God's covenant
1483 was first broken, was not undeservedly to lose his generation
1484 unless delivered by regeneration, these divine words are to be
1485 understood as if it had been said, Whoever is not born again,
1486 that soul shall perish from his people, because he hath broken
1487 my covenant, since he also has sinned in Adam with all
1488 others. For had He said, Because he hath broken this my
1489 covenant, He would have compelled us to understand by it
1490 only this of circumcision; but since He has not expressly said
1491 what covenant the infant has broken, we are free to understand
1492 Him as speaking of that covenant of which the breach
1493 can be ascribed to an infant. Yet if any one contends that
1494 it is said of nothing else than circumcision, that in it the
1495 infant has broken the covenant of God because he is not circumcised,
1496 he must seek some method of explanation by which
1497 it may be understood without absurdity (such as this) that
1498 he has broken the covenant, because it has been broken in
1499 him although not by him. Yet in this case also it is to be
1500 observed that the soul of the infant, being guilty of no sin of
1501 neglect against itself, would perish unjustly, unless original
1502 sin rendered it obnoxious to punishment.
1503 >
1504 >
1505 >
1506 28. *Of the change of name in Abraham and Sarah, who received the gift of
1507 > fecundity when they were incapable of regeneration owing to the barrenness
1508 > of one, and the old age of both.*
1509 Now when a promise so great and clear was made to
1510 Abraham, in which it was so plainly said to him, "I have made
1511 thee a father of many nations, and I will increase thee exceedingly,
1512 and I will make nations of thee, and kings shall
1513 go forth of thee. And I will give thee a son of Sarah; and I
1514 will bless him, and he shall become nations, and kings of
1515 nations shall be of him,"[291]—a promise which we now see fulfilled
1516 in Christ,—from that time forward this couple are not
1517 called in Scripture, as formerly, Abram and Sarai, but Abraham
1518 and Sarah, as we have called them from the first, for
1519 every one does so now. The reason why the name of
1520 Abraham was changed is given: "For," He says, "I have
1521 made thee a father of many nations." This, then, is to be
1522 understood to be the meaning of *Abraham*; but *Abram*, as he
1523 was formerly called, means "exalted father." The reason of
1524 the change of Sarah's name is not given; but as those say
1525 who have written interpretations of the Hebrew names contained
1526 in these books, Sarah means "my princess," and Sarai
1527 "strength." Whence it is written in the Epistle to the
1528 Hebrews, "Through faith also Sarah herself received strength
1529 to conceive seed."[292] For both were old, as the Scripture
1530 testifies; but she was also barren, and had ceased to menstruate,
1531 so that she could no longer bear children even if she
1532 had not been barren. Further, if a woman is advanced in
1533 years, yet still retains the custom of women, she can bear
1534 children to a young man, but not to an old man, although that
1535 same old man can beget, but only of a young woman; as
1536 after Sarah's death Abraham could of Keturah, because he
1537 met with her in her lively age. This, then, is what the
1538 apostle mentions as wonderful, saying, besides, that Abraham's
1539 body was now dead;[293] because at that age he was no longer
1540 able to beget children of any woman who retained now only
1541 a small part of her natural vigour. Of course we must understand
1542 that his body was dead only to some purposes, not to
1543 all; for if it was so to all, it would no longer be the aged
1544 body of a living man, but the corpse of a dead one. Although
1545 that question, how Abraham begot children of Keturah,
1546 is usually solved in this way, that the gift of begetting which
1547 he received from the Lord, remained even after the death of
1548 his wife, yet I think that solution of the question which I
1549 have followed is preferable, because, although in our days an
1550 old man of a hundred years can beget children of no woman,
1551 it was not so then, when men still lived so long that a hundred
1552 years did not yet bring on them the decrepitude of old age.
1553 29. *Of the three men or angels, in whom the Lord is related to have appeared
1554 to Abraham at the oak of Mamre.*
1555 God appeared again to Abraham at the oak of Mamre in
1556 three men, who it is not to be doubted were angels, although
1557 some think that one of them was Christ, and assert that He
1558 was visible before He put on flesh. Now it belongs to the
1559 divine power, and invisible, incorporeal, and incommutable
1560 nature, without changing itself at all, to appear even to mortal
1561 men, not by what it is, but by what is subject to it. And
1562 what is not subject to it? Yet if they try to establish that
1563 one of these three was Christ by the fact that, although he
1564 saw three, he addressed the Lord in the singular, as it is
1565 written, "And, lo, three men stood by him: and, when he
1566 saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent-door, and worshipped
1567 toward the ground, and said, Lord, if I have found
1568 favour before thee,"[294] etc.; why do they not advert to this
1569 also, that when two of them came to destroy the Sodomites,
1570 while Abraham still spoke to one, calling him Lord, and interceding
1571 that he would not destroy the righteous along with
1572 the wicked in Sodom, Lot received these two in such a way
1573 that he too in his conversation with them addressed the Lord
1574 in the singular? For after saying to them in the plural,
1575 "Behold, my lords, turn aside into your servant's house,"[295] etc.,
1576 yet it is afterwards said, "And the angels laid hold upon his
1577 hand, and the hand of his wife, and the hands of his two
1578 daughters, because the Lord was merciful unto him. And it
1579 came to pass, whenever they had led him forth abroad, that
1580 they said, Save thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay
1581 thou in all this region: save thyself in the mountain, lest
1582 thou be caught. And Lot said unto them, I pray thee, Lord,
1583 since thy servant hath found grace in thy sight,"[296] etc. And
1584 then after these words the Lord also answered him in the
1585 singular, although He was in two angels, saying, "See, I have
1586 accepted thy face,"[297] etc. This makes it much more credible that
1587 both Abraham in the three men and Lot in the two recognised
1588 the Lord, addressing Him in the singular number, even when
1589 they were addressing men; for they received them as they did
1590 for no other reason than that they might minister human refection
1591 to them as men who needed it. Yet there was about them
1592 something so excellent, that those who showed them hospitality
1593 as men could not doubt that God was in them as He
1594 was wont to be in the prophets, and therefore sometimes
1595 addressed them in the plural, and sometimes God in them in
1596 the singular. But that they were angels the Scripture
1597 testifies, not only in this book of Genesis, in which these
1598 transactions are related, but also in the Epistle to the Hebrews,
1599 where in praising hospitality it is said, "For thereby some
1600 have entertained angels unawares."[298] By these three men,
1601 then, when a son Isaac was again promised to Abraham by
1602 Sarah, such a divine oracle was also given that it was said,
1603 "Abraham shall become a great and numerous nation, and all
1604 the nations of the earth shall be blessed in him."[299] And here
1605 these two things are promised with the utmost brevity and
1606 fulness,—the nation of Israel according to the flesh, and all
1607 nations according to faith.
1608 30. *Of Lot's deliverance from Sodom, and its consumption by fire from heaven;
1609 and of Abimelech, whose lust could not harm Sarah's chastity.*
1610 After this promise Lot was delivered out of Sodom, and a
1611 fiery rain from heaven turned into ashes that whole region of
1612 the impious city, where custom had made sodomy as prevalent
1613 as laws have elsewhere made other kinds of wickedness. But
1614 this punishment of theirs was a specimen of the divine judgment
1615 to come. For what is meant by the angels forbidding
1616 those who were delivered to look back, but that we are not
1617 to look back in heart to the old life which, being regenerated
1618 through grace, we have put off, if we think to escape the last
1619 judgment? Lot's wife, indeed, when she looked back, remained,
1620 and, being turned into salt, furnished to believing
1621 men a condiment by which to savour somewhat the warning
1622 to be drawn from that example. Then Abraham did again
1623 at Gerar, with Abimelech the king of that city, what he had
1624 done in Egypt about his wife, and received her back untouched
1625 in the same way. On this occasion, when the king
1626 rebuked Abraham for not saying she was his wife, and calling
1627 her his sister, he explained what he had been afraid of, and
1628 added this further, "And yet indeed she is my sister by the
1629 father's side, but not by the mother's;"[300] for she was Abraham's
1630 sister by his own father, and so near of kin. But her beauty
1631 was so great, that even at that advanced age she could be
1632 fallen in love with.
1633 31. *Of Isaac, who was born according to the promise, whose name was given on
1634 account of the laughter of both parents.*
1635 After these things a son was born to Abraham, according
1636 to God's promise, of Sarah, and was called Isaac, which means
1637 *laughter*. For his father had laughed when he was promised
1638 to him, in wondering delight, and his mother, when he was
1639 again promised by those three men, had laughed, doubting for
1640 joy; yet she was blamed by the angel because that laughter,
1641 although it was for joy, yet was not full of faith. Afterwards
1642 she was confirmed in faith by the same angel. From this,
1643 then, the boy got his name. For when Isaac was born and
1644 called by that name, Sarah showed that her laughter was not
1645 that of scornful reproach, but that of joyful praise; for she
1646 said, "God hath made me to laugh, so that every one who
1647 hears will laugh with me."[301] Then in a little while the
1648 bond maid was cast out of the house with her son; and, according
1649 to the apostle, these two women signify the old and new
1650 covenants,—Sarah representing that of the Jerusalem which is
1651 above, that is, the city of God.[302]
1652 32. *Of Abraham's obedience and faith, which were proved by the offering up of
1653 his son in sacrifice; and of Sarah's death.*
1654 Among other things, of which it would take too long time
1655 to mention the whole, Abraham was tempted about the offering
1656 up of his well-beloved son Isaac, to prove his pious obedience,
1657 and so make it known to the world, not to God. Now
1658 every temptation is not blameworthy; it may even be praiseworthy,
1659 because it furnishes probation. And, for the most
1660 part, the human mind cannot attain to self-knowledge otherwise
1661 than by making trial of its powers through temptation,
1662 by some kind of experimental and not merely verbal self-interrogation;
1663 when, if it has acknowledged the gift of God, it
1664 is pious, and is consolidated by stedfast grace and not puffed
1665 up by vain boasting. Of course Abraham could never believe
1666 that God delighted in human sacrifices; yet when the divine
1667 commandment thundered, it was to be obeyed, not disputed.
1668 Yet Abraham is worthy of praise, because he all along
1669 believed that his son, on being offered up, would rise again;
1670 for God had said to him, when he was unwilling to fulfil his
1671 wife's pleasure by casting out the bond maid and her son, "In
1672 Isaac shall thy seed be called." No doubt He then goes on
1673 to say, "And as for the son of this bond woman, I will make
1674 him a great nation, because he is thy seed."[303] How then is
1675 it said, "In Isaac shall thy seed be called," when God calls
1676 Ishmael also his seed? The apostle, in explaining this, says,
1677 "In Isaac shall thy seed be called, that is, they which are the
1678 children of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but
1679 the children of the promise are counted for the seed."[304] In
1680 order, then, that the children of the promise may be the seed
1681 of Abraham, they are called in Isaac, that is, are gathered
1682 together in Christ by the call of grace. Therefore the father,
1683 holding fast from the first the promise which behoved to be
1684 fulfilled through this son whom God had ordered him to slay,
1685 did not doubt that he whom he once thought it hopeless he
1686 should ever receive would be restored to him when he had
1687 offered him up. It is in this way the passage in the Epistle
1688 to the Hebrews is also to be understood and explained. "By
1689 faith," he says, "Abraham overcame, when tempted about
1690 Isaac: and he who had received the promise offered up his
1691 only son, to whom it was said, In Isaac shall thy seed be
1692 called: thinking that God was able to raise him up, even
1693 from the dead;" therefore he has added, "from whence also
1694 he received him in a similitude."[305] In whose similitude but
1695 His of whom the apostle says, "He that spared not His own
1696 Son, but delivered Him up for us all?"[306] And on this
1697 account Isaac also himself carried to the place of sacrifice the
1698 wood on which he was to be offered up, just as the Lord
1699 Himself carried His own cross. Finally, since Isaac was not
1700 to be slain, after his father was forbidden to smite him, who
1701 was that ram by the offering of which that sacrifice was completed
1702 with typical blood? For when Abraham saw him, he
1703 was caught by the horns in a thicket. What, then, did he
1704 represent but Jesus, who, before He was offered up, was
1705 crowned with thorns by the Jews?
1706 But let us rather hear the divine words spoken through
1707 the angel. For the Scripture says, "And Abraham stretched
1708 forth his hand to take the knife, that he might slay his son.
1709 And the Angel of the Lord called unto him from heaven, and
1710 said, Abraham. And he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay
1711 not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto
1712 him: for now I know that thou fearest God, and hast not
1713 spared thy beloved son for my sake."[307] It is said, "Now I
1714 know," that is, Now I have made to be known; for God was not
1715 previously ignorant of this. Then, having offered up that ram
1716 instead of Isaac his son, "Abraham," as we read, "called the
1717 name of that place The Lord seeth: as they say this day, In
1718 the mount the Lord hath appeared."[308] As it is said, "Now I
1719 know," for Now I have made to be known, so here, "The
1720 Lord sees," for The Lord hath appeared, that is, made Himself
1721 to be seen. "And the Angel of the Lord called unto Abraham
1722 from heaven the second time, saying, By myself have I sworn,
1723 saith the Lord; because thou hast done this thing, and hast
1724 not spared thy beloved son for my sake; that in blessing I
1725 will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed
1726 as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore;
1727 and thy seed shall possess by inheritance the cities of
1728 the adversaries: and in thy seed shall all the nations of the
1729 earth be blessed; because thou hast obeyed my voice."[309] In
1730 this manner is that promise concerning the calling of the
1731 nations in the seed of Abraham confirmed even by the oath
1732 of God, after that burnt-offering which typified Christ. For
1733 He had often promised, but never sworn. And what is the
1734 oath of God, the true and faithful, but a confirmation of the
1735 promise, and a certain reproof to the unbelieving?
1736 After these things Sarah died, in the 127th year of her life,
1737 and the 137th of her husband; for he was ten years older
1738 than she, as he himself says, when a son is promised to him
1739 by her: "Shall a son be born to me that am an hundred years
1740 old? and shall Sarah, that is ninety years old, bear?"[310] Then
1741 Abraham bought a field, in which he buried his wife. And
1742 then, according to Stephen's account, he was settled in that
1743 land, entering then on actual possession of it,—that is, after
1744 the death of his father, who is inferred to have died two years
1745 before.
1746 33. *Of Rebecca, the grand-daughter of Nahor, whom Isaac took to wife.*
1747 Isaac married Rebecca, the grand-daughter of Nahor, his
1748 father's brother, when he was forty years old, that is, in the
1749 140th year of his father's life, three years after his mother's
1750 death. Now when a servant was sent to Mesopotamia by his
1751 father to fetch her, and when Abraham said to that servant,
1752 "Put thy hand under my thigh, and I will make thee swear
1753 by the Lord, the God of heaven, and the Lord of the earth,
1754 that thou shalt not take a wife unto my son Isaac of the
1755 daughters of the Canaanites,"[311] what else was pointed out by
1756 this, but that the Lord, the God of heaven, and the Lord of
1757 the earth, was to come in the flesh which was to be derived
1758 from that thigh? Are these small tokens of the foretold
1759 truth which we see fulfilled in Christ?
1760 34. *What is meant by Abraham's marrying Keturah after Sarah's death.*
1761 What did Abraham mean by marrying Keturah after
1762 Sarah's death? Far be it from us to suspect him of incontinence,
1763 especially when he had reached such an age and such
1764 sanctity of faith. Or was he still seeking to beget children,
1765 though he held fast, with most approved faith, the promise
1766 of God that his children should be multiplied out of Isaac as
1767 the stars of heaven and the dust of the earth? And yet, if
1768 Hagar and Ishmael, as the apostle teaches us, signified the
1769 carnal people of the old covenant, why may not Keturah and
1770 her sons also signify the carnal people who think they belong
1771 to the new covenant? For both are called both the wives
1772 and the concubines of Abraham; but Sarah is never called a
1773 concubine (but only a wife). For when Hagar is given to
1774 Abraham, it is written, "And Sarai, Abram's wife, took Hagar
1775 the Egyptian, her handmaid, after Abram had dwelt ten years
1776 in the land of Canaan, and gave her to her husband Abram
1777 to be his wife."[312] And of Keturah, whom he took after
1778 Sarah's departure, we read, "Then again Abraham took a
1779 wife, whose name was Keturah."[313] Lo, both are called wives,
1780 yet both are found to have been concubines; for the Scripture
1781 afterward says, "And Abraham gave his whole estate
1782 unto Isaac his son. But unto the sons of his concubines
1783 Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from his son Isaac,
1784 (while he yet lived,) eastward, unto the east country."[314] Therefore
1785 the sons of the concubines, that is, the heretics and the
1786 carnal Jews, have some gifts, but do not attain the promised
1787 kingdom; "For they which are the children of the flesh, these
1788 are not the children of God: but the children of the promise
1789 are counted for the seed, of whom it was said, In Isaac shall
1790 thy seed be called."[315] For I do not see why Keturah, who
1791 was married after the wife's death, should be called a concubine,
1792 except on account of this mystery. But if any one is
1793 unwilling to put such meanings on these things, he need not
1794 calumniate Abraham. For what if even this was provided
1795 against the heretics who were to be the opponents of second
1796 marriages, so that it might be shown that it was no sin in the
1797 case of the father of many nations himself, when, after his
1798 wife's death, he married again? And Abraham died when
1799 he was 175 years old, so that he left his son Isaac seventy-five
1800 years old, having begotten him when 100 years old.
1801 35. *What was indicated by the divine answer about the twins still shut up in the
1802 womb of Rebecca their mother.*
1803 Let us now see how the times of the city of God run on
1804 from this point among Abraham's descendants. In the time
1805 from the first year of Isaac's life to the seventieth, when his
1806 sons were born, the only memorable thing is, that when he
1807 prayed God that his wife, who was barren, might bear, and
1808 the Lord granted what he sought, and she conceived, the
1809 twins leapt while still enclosed in her womb. And when she
1810 was troubled by this struggle, and inquired of the Lord, she
1811 received this answer: "Two nations are in thy womb, and two
1812 manner of people shall be separated from thy bowels; and the
1813 one people shall overcome the other people, and the elder
1814 shall serve the younger."[316] The Apostle Paul would have us
1815 understand this as a great instance of grace;[317] for the children
1816 being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil, the
1817 younger is chosen without any good desert, and the elder is
1818 rejected, when beyond doubt, as regards original sin, both
1819 were alike, and as regards actual sin, neither had any. But
1820 the plan of the work on hand does not permit me to speak
1821 more fully of this matter now, and I have said much about it
1822 in other works. Only that saying, "The elder shall serve the
1823 younger," is understood by our writers, almost without exception,
1824 to mean that the elder people, the Jews, shall serve the
1825 younger people, the Christians. And truly, although this
1826 might seem to be fulfilled in the Idumean nation, which was
1827 born of the elder (who had two names, being called both Esau
1828 and Edom, whence the name Idumeans), because it was afterwards
1829 to be overcome by the people which sprang from the
1830 younger, that is, by the Israelites, and was to become subject
1831 to them; yet it is more suitable to believe that, when it
1832 was said, "The one people shall overcome the other people,
1833 and the elder shall serve the younger," that prophecy meant
1834 some greater thing; and what is that except what is evidently
1835 fulfilled in the Jews and Christians?
1836 36. *Of the oracle and blessing which Isaac received, just as his father did, being
1837 beloved for his sake.*
1838 Isaac also received such an oracle as his father had often
1839 received. Of this oracle it is thus written: "And there was
1840 a famine over the land, beside the first famine that was in
1841 the days of Abraham. And Isaac went unto Abimelech
1842 king of the Philistines unto Gerar. And the Lord appeared
1843 unto him, and said, Go not down into Egypt; but dwell in
1844 the land which I shall tell thee of. And abide in this land,
1845 and I will be with thee, and will bless thee: unto thee and
1846 unto thy seed I will give all this land; and I will establish
1847 mine oath, which I sware unto Abraham thy father: and I
1848 will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and will give
1849 unto thy seed all this land: and in thy seed shall all the
1850 nations of the earth be blessed; because that Abraham thy
1851 father obeyed my voice, and kept my precepts, my commandments,
1852 my righteousness, and my laws."[318] This patriarch
1853 neither had another wife, nor any concubine, but was content
1854 with the twin-children begotten by one act of generation.
1855 He also was afraid, when he lived among strangers, of being
1856 brought into danger owing to the beauty of his wife, and did
1857 like his father in calling her his sister, and not telling that
1858 she was his wife; for she was his near blood-relation by the
1859 father's and mother's side. She also remained untouched by
1860 the strangers, when it was known she was his wife. Yet we
1861 ought not to prefer him to his father because he knew no
1862 woman besides his one wife. For beyond doubt the merits
1863 of his father's faith and obedience were greater, inasmuch as
1864 God says it is for his sake He does Isaac good: "In thy seed,"
1865 He says, "shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because
1866 that Abraham thy father obeyed my voice, and kept my precepts,
1867 my commandments, my statutes, and my laws." And
1868 again in another oracle He says, "I am the God of Abraham
1869 thy father: fear not, for I am with thee, and will bless thee,
1870 and multiply thy seed for my servant Abraham's sake."[319] So
1871 that we must understand how chastely Abraham acted, because
1872 imprudent men, who seek some support for their own
1873 wickedness in the Holy Scriptures, think he acted through
1874 lust. We may also learn this, not to compare men by single
1875 good things, but to consider everything in each; for it may
1876 happen that one man has something in his life and character
1877 in which he excels another, and it may be far more excellent
1878 than that in which the other excels him. And thus, according
1879 to sound and true judgment, while continence is preferable
1880 to marriage, yet a believing married man is better than
1881 a continent unbeliever; for the unbeliever is not only less
1882 praiseworthy, but is even highly detestable. We must conclude,
1883 then, that both are good; yet so as to hold that the
1884 married man who is most faithful and most obedient is certainly
1885 better than the continent man whose faith and obedience
1886 are less. But if equal in other things, who would hesitate to
1887 prefer the continent man to the married?
1888 37. *Of the things mystically prefigured in Esau and Jacob.*
1889 Isaac's two sons, Esau and Jacob, grew up together. The
1890 primacy of the elder was transferred to the younger by a
1891 bargain and agreement between them, when the elder immoderately
1892 lusted after the lentiles the younger had prepared
1893 for food, and for that price sold his birthright to him,
1894 confirming it with an oath. We learn from this that a person
1895 is to be blamed, not for the kind of food he eats, but for
1896 immoderate greed. Isaac grew old, and old age deprived him
1897 of his eyesight. He wished to bless the elder son, and
1898 instead of the elder, who was hairy, unwittingly blessed the
1899 younger, who put himself under his father's hands, having
1900 covered himself with kid-skins, as if bearing the sins of others.
1901 Lest we should think this guile of Jacob's was fraudulent
1902 guile, instead of seeking in it the mystery of a great thing,
1903 the Scripture has predicted in the words just before, "Esau
1904 was a cunning hunter, a man of the field; and Jacob was a
1905 simple man, dwelling at home."[320] Some of our writers have
1906 interpreted this, "without guile." But whether the Greek
1907 ἄπλαστος means "without guile," or "simple," or rather
1908 "without feigning," in the receiving of that blessing what is
1909 the guile of the man without guile? What is the guile of
1910 the simple, what the fiction of the man who does not lie, but
1911 a profound mystery of the truth? But what is the blessing
1912 itself? "See," he says, "the smell of my son is as the smell
1913 of a full field which the Lord hath blessed: therefore God
1914 give thee of the dew of heaven, and of the fruitfulness of the
1915 earth, and plenty of corn and wine: let nations serve thee,
1916 and princes adore thee: and be lord of thy brethren, and let thy
1917 father's sons adore thee: cursed be he that curseth thee, and
1918 blessed be he that blesseth thee."[321] The blessing of Jacob is
1919 therefore a proclamation of Christ to all nations. It is this
1920 which has come to pass, and is now being fulfilled. Isaac is
1921 the law and the prophecy: even by the mouth of the Jews
1922 Christ is blessed by prophecy as by one who knows not, because
1923 it is itself not understood. The world like a field is filled
1924 with the odour of Christ's name: His is the blessing of the dew
1925 of heaven, that is, of the showers of divine words; and of
1926 the fruitfulness of the earth, that is, of the gathering together
1927 of the peoples: His is the plenty of corn and wine, that is,
1928 the multitude that gathers bread and wine in the sacrament of
1929 His body and blood. Him the nations serve, Him princes
1930 adore. He is the Lord of His brethren, because His people
1931 rules over the Jews. Him His Father's sons adore, that is,
1932 the sons of Abraham according to faith; for He Himself is
1933 the son of Abraham according to the flesh. He is cursed
1934 that curseth Him, and he that blesseth Him is blessed.
1935 Christ, I say, who is ours is blessed, that is, truly spoken of out
1936 of the mouths of the Jews, when, although erring, they yet
1937 sing the law and the prophets, and think they are blessing
1938 another for whom they erringly hope. So, when the elder
1939 son claims the promised blessing, Isaac is greatly afraid, and
1940 wonders when he knows that he has blessed one instead of the
1941 other, and demands who he is; yet he does not complain that
1942 he has been deceived, yea, when the great mystery is revealed
1943 to him, in his secret heart he at once eschews anger,
1944 and confirms the blessing. "Who then," he says, "hath
1945 hunted me venison, and brought it me, and I have eaten of
1946 all before thou camest, and have blessed him, and he shall be
1947 blessed?"[322] Who would not rather have expected the curse
1948 of an angry man here, if these things had been done in an
1949 earthly manner, and not by inspiration from above? O
1950 things done, yet done prophetically; on the earth, yet celestially;
1951 by men, yet divinely! If everything that is fertile of
1952 so great mysteries should be examined carefully, many volumes
1953 would be filled; but the moderate compass fixed for this work
1954 compels us to hasten to other things.
1955 >
1956 >
1957 >
1958 38. *Of Jacob's mission to Mesopotamia to get a wife, and of the vision which he
1959 > saw in a dream by the way, and of his getting four women when he
1960 > sought one wife.*
1961 Jacob was sent by his parents to Mesopotamia that he
1962 might take a wife there. These were his father's words on
1963 sending him: "Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters
1964 of the Canaanites. Arise, fly to Mesopotamia, to the house of
1965 Bethuel, thy mother's father, and take thee a wife from thence
1966 of the daughters of Laban thy mother's brother. And my
1967 God bless thee, and increase thee, and multiply thee; and
1968 thou shalt be an assembly of peoples; and give to thee the
1969 blessing of Abraham thy father, and to thy seed after thee;
1970 that thou mayest inherit the land wherein thou dwellest,
1971 which God gave unto Abraham."[323] Now we understand here
1972 that the seed of Jacob is separated from Isaac's other seed
1973 which came through Esau. For when it is said, "In Isaac
1974 shall thy seed be called,"[324] by this seed is meant solely the
1975 city of God; so that from it is separated Abraham's other
1976 seed, which was in the son of the bond woman, and which was
1977 to be in the sons of Keturah. But until now it had been
1978 uncertain regarding Isaac's twin-sons whether that blessing
1979 belonged to both or only to one of them; and if to one,
1980 which of them it was. This is now declared when Jacob is
1981 prophetically blessed by his father, and it is said to him,
1982 "And thou shalt be an assembly of peoples, and God give to
1983 thee the blessing of Abraham thy father."
1984 When Jacob was going to Mesopotamia, he received in a
1985 dream an oracle, of which it is thus written: "And Jacob went
1986 out from the well of the oath,[325] and went to Haran. And he came
1987 to a place, and slept there, for the sun was set; and he took of
1988 the stones of the place, and put them at his head, and slept in
1989 that place, and dreamed. And behold a ladder set up on the
1990 earth, and the top of it reached to heaven; and the angels of
1991 God ascended and descended by it. And the Lord stood
1992 above it, and said, I am the God of Abraham thy father, and
1993 the God of Isaac; fear not: the land whereon thou sleepest,
1994 to thee will I give it, and to thy seed; and thy seed shall be
1995 as the dust of the earth; and it shall be spread abroad to the
1996 sea, and to Africa, and to the north, and to the east: and all
1997 the tribes of the earth shall be blessed in thee and in thy
1998 seed. And, behold, I am with thee, to keep thee in all thy
1999 way wherever thou goest, and I will bring thee back into
2000 this land; for I will not leave thee, until I have done all
2001 which I have spoken to thee of. And Jacob awoke out of
2002 his sleep, and said, Surely the Lord is in this place, and I
2003 knew it not. And he was afraid, and said, How dreadful is
2004 this place! this is none other but the house of God, and this
2005 is the gate of heaven. And Jacob arose, and took the stone
2006 that he had put under his head there, and set it up for a
2007 memorial, and poured oil upon the top of it. And Jacob
2008 called the name of that place the house of God."[326] This is
2009 prophetic. For Jacob did not pour oil on the stone in an
2010 idolatrous way, as if making it a god; neither did he adore
2011 that stone, or sacrifice to it. But since the name of Christ
2012 comes from the chrism or anointing, something pertaining to
2013 the great mystery was certainly represented in this. And
2014 the Saviour Himself is understood to bring this latter to
2015 remembrance in the gospel, when He says of Nathanael,
2016 "Behold an Israelite indeed, in whom is no guile!"[327] because
2017 Israel who saw this vision is no other than Jacob. And in
2018 the same place He says, "Verily, verily, I say unto you, Ye
2019 shall see heaven open, and the angels of God ascending and
2020 descending upon the Son of man."
2021 Jacob went on to Mesopotamia to take a wife from thence.
2022 And the divine Scripture points out how, without unlawfully
2023 desiring any of them, he came to have four women, of
2024 whom he begat twelve sons and one daughter; for he had
2025 come to take only one. But when one was falsely given him
2026 in place of the other, he did not send her away after unwittingly
2027 using her in the night, lest he should seem to have
2028 put her to shame; but as at that time, in order to multiply
2029 posterity, no law forbade a plurality of wives, he took her also
2030 to whom alone he had promised marriage. As she was barren,
2031 she gave her handmaid to her husband that she might have
2032 children by her; and her elder sister did the same thing in
2033 imitation of her, although she had borne, because she desired
2034 to multiply progeny. We do not read that Jacob sought any
2035 but one, or that he used many, except for the purpose of begetting
2036 offspring, saving conjugal rights; and he would not
2037 have done this, had not his wives, who had legitimate power
2038 over their own husband's body, urged him to do it. So he
2039 begat twelve sons and one daughter by four women. Then
2040 he entered into Egypt by his son Joseph, who was sold by his
2041 brethren for envy, and carried there, and who was there exalted.
2042 39. *The reason why Jacob was also called Israel.*
2043 As I said a little ago, Jacob was also called Israel, the
2044 name which was most prevalent among the people descended
2045 from him. Now this name was given him by the angel
2046 who wrestled with him on the way back from Mesopotamia,
2047 and who was most evidently a type of Christ. For when
2048 Jacob overcame him, doubtless with his own consent, that the
2049 mystery might be represented, it signified Christ's passion, in
2050 which the Jews are seen overcoming Him. And yet he
2051 besought a blessing from the very angel he had overcome; and
2052 so the imposition of this name was the blessing. For Israel
2053 means *seeing God*,[328] which will at last be the reward of all the
2054 saints. The angel also touched him on the breadth of the
2055 thigh when he was overcoming him, and in that way made
2056 him lame. So that Jacob was at one and the same time
2057 blessed and lame: blessed in those among that people who
2058 believed in Christ, and lame in the unbelieving. For the
2059 breadth of the thigh is the multitude of the family. For there
2060 are many of that race of whom it was prophetically said beforehand,
2061 "And they have halted in their paths."[329]
2062 40. *How it is said that Jacob went into Egypt with seventy-five souls, when most
2063 of those who are mentioned were born at a later period.*
2064 Seventy-five men are reported to have entered Egypt along
2065 with Jacob, counting him with his children. In this number
2066 only two women are mentioned, one a daughter, the other a
2067 grand-daughter. But when the thing is carefully considered,
2068 it does not appear that Jacob's offspring was so numerous on the
2069 day or year when he entered Egypt. There are also included
2070 among them the great-grandchildren of Joseph, who could not
2071 possibly be born already. For Jacob was then 130 years old,
2072 and his son Joseph thirty-nine; and as it is plain that he
2073 took a wife when he was thirty or more, how could he in nine
2074 years have great-grandchildren by the children whom he had
2075 by that wife? Now, since Ephraim and Manasseh, the sons
2076 of Joseph, could not even have children, for Jacob found them
2077 boys under nine years old when he entered Egypt, in what
2078 way are not only their sons but their grandsons reckoned
2079 among those seventy-five who then entered Egypt with Jacob?
2080 For there is reckoned there Machir the son of Manasseh, grandson
2081 of Joseph, and Machir's son, that is, Gilead, grandson of
2082 Manasseh, great-grandson of Joseph; there, too, is he whom
2083 Ephraim, Joseph's other son, begot, that is, Shuthelah, grandson
2084 of Joseph, and Shuthelah's son Ezer, grandson of Ephraim,
2085 and great-grandson of Joseph, who could not possibly be in
2086 existence when Jacob came into Egypt, and there found his
2087 grandsons, the sons of Joseph, their grandsires, still boys under
2088 nine years of age.[330] But doubtless, when the Scripture mentions
2089 Jacob's entrance into Egypt with seventy-five souls, it does
2090 not mean one day, or one year, but that whole time as long as
2091 Joseph lived, who was the cause of his entrance. For the
2092 same Scripture speaks thus of Joseph: "And Joseph dwelt
2093 in Egypt, he and his brethren, and all his father's house: and
2094 Joseph lived 110 years, and saw Ephraim's children of the
2095 third generation."[331] That is, his great-grandson, the third from
2096 Ephraim; for the third generation means son, grandson, great-grandson.
2097 Then it is added, "The children also of Machir,
2098 the son of Manasseh, were born upon Joseph's knees."[332] And
2099 this is that grandson of Manasseh, and great-grandson of
2100 Joseph. But the plural number is employed according to
2101 scriptural usage; for the one daughter of Jacob is spoken of
2102 as daughters, just as in the usage of the Latin tongue *liberi* is
2103 used in the plural for children even when there is only one.
2104 Now, when Joseph's own happiness is proclaimed, because he
2105 could see his great-grandchildren, it is by no means to be
2106 thought they already existed in the thirty-ninth year of their
2107 great-grandsire Joseph, when his father Jacob came to him in
2108 Egypt. But those who diligently look into these things will
2109 the less easily be mistaken, because it is written, "These are
2110 the names of the sons of Israel who entered into Egypt along
2111 with Jacob their father."[333] For this means that the seventy-five
2112 are reckoned along with him, not that they were all with
2113 him when he entered Egypt; for, as I have said, the whole
2114 period during which Joseph, who occasioned his entrance, lived,
2115 is held to be the time of that entrance.
2116 41. *Of the blessing which Jacob promised in Judah his son.*
2117 If, on account of the Christian people in whom the city of
2118 God sojourns in the earth, we look for the flesh of Christ in
2119 the seed of Abraham, setting aside the sons of the concubines,
2120 we have Isaac; if in the seed of Isaac, setting aside Esau,
2121 who is also Edom, we have Jacob, who also is Israel; if in
2122 the seed of Israel himself, setting aside the rest, we have
2123 Judah, because Christ sprang of the tribe of Judah. Let us
2124 hear, then, how Israel, when dying in Egypt, in blessing his
2125 sons, prophetically blessed Judah. He says: "Judah, thy
2126 brethren shall praise thee: thy hands shall be on the back of
2127 thine enemies; thy father's children shall adore thee. Judah
2128 is a lion's whelp: from the sprouting, my son, thou art gone
2129 up: lying down, thou hast slept as a lion, and as a lion's
2130 whelp; who shall awake him? A prince shall not be
2131 lacking out of Judah, and a leader from his thighs, until the
2132 things come that are laid up for him; and He shall be the
2133 expectation of the nations. Binding his foal unto the vine,
2134 and his ass's foal to the choice vine; he shall wash his robe
2135 in wine, and his clothes in the blood of the grape: his eyes
2136 are red with wine, and his teeth are whiter than milk."[334] I
2137 have expounded these words in disputing against Faustus the
2138 Manichæan; and I think it is enough to make the truth of
2139 this prophecy shine, to remark that the death of Christ is predicted
2140 by the word about his lying down, and not the necessity,
2141 but the voluntary character of His death, in the title of
2142 lion. That power He Himself proclaims in the gospel, saying,
2143 "I have the power of laying down my life, and I have the
2144 power of taking it again. No man taketh it from me; but I
2145 lay it down of myself, and take it again."[335] So the lion roared,
2146 so He fulfilled what He said. For to this power what is added
2147 about the resurrection refers, "Who shall awake him?" This
2148 means that no man but Himself has raised Him, who also
2149 said of His own body, "Destroy this temple, and in three
2150 days I will raise it up."[336] And the very nature of His death,
2151 that is, the height of the cross, is understood by the single
2152 word, "Thou art gone up." The evangelist explains what is
2153 added, "Lying down, thou hast slept," when he says, "He
2154 bowed His head, and gave up the ghost."[337] Or at least His
2155 burial is to be understood, in which He lay down sleeping,
2156 and whence no man raised Him, as the prophets did some,
2157 and as He Himself did others; but He Himself rose up as if
2158 from sleep. As for His robe which He washes in wine, that
2159 is, cleanses from sin in His own blood, of which blood those
2160 who are baptized know the mystery, so that he adds, "And
2161 his clothes in the blood of the grape," what is it but the
2162 Church? "And his eyes are red with wine," [these are] His
2163 spiritual people drunken with His cup, of which the psalm
2164 sings, "And thy cup that makes drunken, how excellent it is!"
2165 "And his teeth are whiter than milk,"[338]—that is, the nutritive
2166 words which, according to the apostle, the babes drink, being
2167 as yet unfit for solid food.[339] And it is He in whom the promises
2168 of Judah were laid up, so that until they come, princes,
2169 that is, the kings of Israel, shall never be lacking out of Judah.
2170 "And He is the expectation of the nations." This is too plain
2171 to need exposition.
2172 42. *Of the sons of Joseph, whom Jacob blessed, prophetically changing his hands.*
2173 Now, as Isaac's two sons, Esau and Jacob, furnished a type
2174 of the two people, the Jews and the Christians (although
2175 as pertains to carnal descent it was not the Jews but the
2176 Idumeans who came of the seed of Esau, nor the Christian
2177 nations but rather the Jews who came of Jacob's; for the type
2178 holds only as regards the saying, "The elder shall serve the
2179 younger"[340]), so the same thing happened in Joseph's two sons;
2180 for the elder was a type of the Jews, and the younger of the
2181 Christians. For when Jacob was blessing them, and laid his
2182 right hand on the younger, who was at his left, and his left
2183 hand on the elder, who was at his right, this seemed wrong to
2184 their father, and he admonished his father by trying to correct
2185 his mistake and show him which was the elder. But he
2186 would not change his hands, but said, "I know, my son, I
2187 know. He also shall become a people, and he also shall be
2188 exalted; but his younger brother shall be greater than he, and
2189 his seed shall become a multitude of nations."[341] And these
2190 two promises show the same thing. For that one is to become
2191 "a people;" this one "a multitude of nations." And what can
2192 be more evident than that these two promises comprehend the
2193 people of Israel, and the whole world of Abraham's seed, the
2194 one according to the flesh, the other according to faith?
2195 >
2196 >
2197 >
2198 43. *Of the times of Moses and Joshua the son of Nun, of the judges, and thereafter
2199 > of the kings, of whom Saul was the first, but David is to be regarded
2200 > as the chief, both by the oath and by merit.*
2201 Jacob being dead, and Joseph also, during the remaining
2202 144 years until they went out of the land of Egypt that
2203 nation increased to an incredible degree, even although wasted
2204 by so great persecutions, that at one time the male children
2205 were murdered at their birth, because the wondering Egyptians
2206 were terrified at the too great increase of that people. Then
2207 Moses, being stealthily kept from the murderers of the infants,
2208 was brought to the royal house, God preparing to do great
2209 things by him, and was nursed and adopted by the daughter
2210 of Pharaoh (that was the name of all the kings of Egypt), and
2211 became so great a man that he—yea, rather God, who had promised
2212 this to Abraham, by him—drew that nation, so wonderfully
2213 multiplied, out of the yoke of hardest and most grievous
2214 servitude it had borne there. At first, indeed, he fled thence
2215 (we are told he fled into the land of Midian), because, in
2216 defending an Israelite, he had slain an Egyptian, and was
2217 afraid. Afterward, being divinely commissioned in the power
2218 of the Spirit of God, he overcame the magi of Pharaoh who
2219 resisted him. Then, when the Egyptians would not let God's
2220 people go, ten memorable plagues were brought by Him upon
2221 them,—the water turned into blood, the frogs and lice, the flies,
2222 the death of the cattle, the boils, the hail, the locusts, the
2223 darkness, the death of the first-born. At last the Egyptians
2224 were destroyed in the Red Sea while pursuing the Israelites,
2225 whom they had let go when at length they were broken by
2226 so many great plagues. The divided sea made a way for the
2227 Israelites who were departing, but, returning on itself, it overwhelmed
2228 their pursuers with its waves. Then for forty years
2229 the people of God went through the desert, under the leadership
2230 of Moses, when the tabernacle of testimony was dedicated,
2231 in which God was worshipped by sacrifices prophetic of things
2232 to come, and that was after the law had been very terribly
2233 given in the mount, for its divinity was most plainly attested
2234 by wonderful signs and voices. This took place soon after the
2235 exodus from Egypt, when the people had entered the desert,
2236 on the fiftieth day after the passover was celebrated by the
2237 offering up of a lamb, which is so completely a type of Christ,
2238 foretelling that through His sacrificial passion He should go
2239 from this world to the Father (for *pascha* in the Hebrew
2240 tongue means *transit*), that when the new covenant was
2241 revealed, after Christ our passover was offered up, the Holy
2242 Spirit came from heaven on the fiftieth day; and He is called
2243 in the gospel the Finger of God, because He recalls to our
2244 remembrance the things done before by way of types, and
2245 because the tables of that law are said to have been written
2246 by the finger of God.
2247 On the death of Moses, Joshua the son of Nun ruled the
2248 people, and led them into the land of promise, and divided it
2249 among them. By these two wonderful leaders wars were also
2250 carried on most prosperously and wonderfully, God calling to
2251 witness that they had got these victories not so much on
2252 account of the merit of the Hebrew people as on account of
2253 the sins of the nations they subdued. After these leaders
2254 there were judges, when the people were settled in the land of
2255 promise, so that, in the meantime, the first promise made to
2256 Abraham began to be fulfilled about the one nation, that is,
2257 the Hebrew, and about the land of Canaan; but not as yet
2258 the promise about all nations, and the whole wide world, for
2259 that was to be fulfilled, not by the observances of the old law,
2260 but by the advent of Christ in the flesh, and by the faith of the
2261 gospel. And it was to prefigure this that it was not Moses,
2262 who received the law for the people on Mount Sinai, that led
2263 the people into the land of promise, but Joshua, whose name
2264 also was changed at God's command, so that he was called
2265 Jesus. But in the times of the judges prosperity alternated
2266 with adversity in war, according as the sins of the people and
2267 the mercy of God were displayed.
2268 We come next to the times of the kings. The first who
2269 reigned was Saul; and when he was rejected and laid low in
2270 battle, and his offspring rejected so that no kings should arise
2271 out of it, David succeeded to the kingdom, whose son Christ
2272 is chiefly called. He was made a kind of starting-point and
2273 beginning of the advanced youth of God's people, who had
2274 passed a kind of age of puberty from Abraham to this David.
2275 And it is not in vain that the evangelist Matthew records the
2276 generations in such a way as to sum up this first period from
2277 Abraham to David in fourteen generations. For from the age
2278 of puberty man begins to be capable of generation; therefore
2279 he starts the list of generations from Abraham, who also was
2280 made the father of many nations when he got his name
2281 changed. So that previously this family of God's people was
2282 in its childhood, from Noah to Abraham; and for that reason
2283 the first language was then learned, that is, the Hebrew. For
2284 man begins to speak in childhood, the age succeeding infancy,
2285 which is so termed because then he cannot speak.[342] And
2286 that first age is quite drowned in oblivion, just as the first age
2287 of the human race was blotted out by the flood; for who is
2288 there that can remember his infancy? Wherefore in this
2289 progress of the city of God, as the previous book contained
2290 that first age, so this one ought to contain the second and
2291 third ages, in which third age, as was shown by the heifer of
2292 three years old, the she-goat of three years old, and the ram
2293 of three years old, the yoke of the law was imposed, and there
2294 appeared abundance of sins, and the beginning of the earthly
2295 kingdom arose, in which there were not lacking spiritual men,
2296 of whom the turtle-dove and pigeon represented the mystery.
BOOK XVII
10 #### ARGUMENT.
11 >
12 >
13 >
14 IN THIS BOOK THE HISTORY OF THE CITY OF GOD IS TRACED DURING THE PERIOD
15 > OF THE KINGS AND PROPHETS FROM SAMUEL TO DAVID, EVEN TO CHRIST;
16 > AND THE PROPHECIES WHICH ARE RECORDED IN THE BOOK OF KINGS,
17 > PSALMS, AND THOSE OF SOLOMON, ARE INTERPRETED OF CHRIST AND THE
18 > CHURCH.
19 1. *Of the prophetic age.*
20 By the favour of God we have treated distinctly of His
21 promises made to Abraham, that both the nation of
22 Israel according to the flesh, and all nations according to faith,
23 should be his seed, and the City of God, proceeding according
24 to the order of time, will point[343] out how they were fulfilled.
25 Having therefore in the previous book come down to the reign
26 of David, we shall now treat of what remains, so far as may
27 seem sufficient for the object of this work, beginning at the
28 same reign. Now, from the time when holy Samuel began to
29 prophesy, and ever onward until the people of Israel was led
30 captive into Babylonia, and until, according to the prophecy
31 of holy Jeremiah, on Israel's return thence after seventy years,
32 the house of God was built anew, this whole period is the
33 prophetic age. For although both the patriarch Noah himself,
34 in whose days the whole earth was destroyed by the
35 flood, and others before and after him down to this time when
36 there began to be kings over the people of God, may not undeservedly
37 be styled prophets, on account of certain things
38 pertaining to the city of God and the kingdom of heaven,
39 which they either predicted or in any way signified should
40 come to pass, and especially since we read that some of them,
41 as Abraham and Moses, were expressly so styled, yet those
42 are most and chiefly called the days of the prophets from the
43 time when Samuel began to prophesy, who at God's command
44 first anointed Saul to be king, and, on his rejection, David
45 himself, whom others of his issue should succeed as long as it
46 was fitting they should do so. If, therefore, I wished to rehearse
47 all that the prophets have predicted concerning Christ,
48 while the city of God, with its members dying and being born
49 in constant succession, ran its course through those times, this
50 work would extend beyond all bounds. First, because the
51 Scripture itself, even when, in treating in order of the kings
52 and of their deeds and the events of their reigns, it seems to
53 be occupied in narrating as with historical diligence the affairs
54 transacted, will be found, if the things handled by it are considered
55 with the aid of the Spirit of God, either more, or
56 certainly not less, intent on foretelling things to come than on
57 relating things past. And who that thinks even a little about
58 it does not know how laborious and prolix a work it would be,
59 and how many volumes it would require to search this out by
60 thorough investigation and demonstrate it by argument? And
61 then, because of that which without dispute pertains to prophecy,
62 there are so many things concerning Christ and the
63 kingdom of heaven, which is the city of God, that to explain
64 these a larger discussion would be necessary than the due proportion
65 of this work admits of. Therefore I shall, if I can, so
66 limit myself, that in carrying through this work, I may, with
67 God's help, neither say what is superfluous nor omit what is
68 necessary.
69 2. *At what time the promise of God was fulfilled concerning the land of Canaan,
70 which even carnal Israel got in possession.*
71 In the preceding book we said, that in the promise of God
72 to Abraham two things were promised from the beginning,
73 the one, namely, that his seed should possess the land of
74 Canaan, which was intimated when it was said, "Go into a
75 land that I will show thee, and I will make of thee a great
76 nation;"[344] but the other far more excellent, concerning not
77 the carnal but the spiritual seed, by which he is the father,
78 not of the one nation of Israel, but of all nations who follow
79 the footsteps of his faith, which began to be promised in these
80 words, "And in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed."[345]
81 And thereafter we showed by yet many other proofs that these
82 two things were promised. Therefore the seed of Abraham,
83 that is, the people of Israel according to the flesh, already was
84 in the land of promise; and there, not only by holding and
85 possessing the cities of the enemies, but also by having kings,
86 had already begun to reign, the promises of God concerning
87 that people being already in great part fulfilled: not only
88 those that were made to those three fathers, Abraham, Isaac,
89 and Jacob, and whatever others were made in their times, but
90 those also that were made through Moses himself, by whom
91 the same people was set free from servitude in Egypt, and by
92 whom all bygone things were revealed in his times, when he
93 led the people through the wilderness. But neither by the
94 illustrious leader Jesus the son of Nun, who led that people
95 into the land of promise, and, after driving out the nations,
96 divided it among the twelve tribes according to God's command,
97 and died; nor after him, in the whole time of the
98 judges, was the promise of God concerning the land of Canaan
99 fulfilled, that it should extend from some river of Egypt even
100 to the great river Euphrates; nor yet was it still prophesied as
101 to come, but its fulfilment was expected. And it was fulfilled
102 through David, and Solomon his son, whose kingdom was extended
103 over the whole promised space; for they subdued all
104 those nations, and made them tributary. And thus, under
105 those kings, the seed of Abraham was established in the land
106 of promise according to the flesh, that is, in the land of Canaan,
107 so that nothing yet remained to the complete fulfilment of
108 that earthly promise of God, except that, so far as pertains to
109 temporal prosperity, the Hebrew nation should remain in the
110 same land by the succession of posterity in an unshaken state
111 even to the end of this mortal age, if it obeyed the laws of the
112 Lord its God. But since God knew it would not do this, He
113 used His temporal punishments also for training His few
114 faithful ones in it, and for giving needful warning to those
115 who should afterwards be in all nations, in whom the other
116 promise, revealed in the New Testament, was about to be
117 fulfilled through the incarnation of Christ.
118 >
119 >
120 >
121 3. *Of the threefold meaning of the prophecies, which are to be referred now to
122 > the earthly, now to the heavenly Jerusalem, and now again to both.*
123 Wherefore just as that divine oracle to Abraham, Isaac, and
124 Jacob, and all the other prophetic signs or sayings which are
125 given in the earlier sacred writings, so also the other prophecies
126 from this time of the kings pertain partly to the nation
127 of Abraham's flesh, and partly to that seed of his in which all
128 nations are blessed as fellow-heirs of Christ by the New Testament,
129 to the possessing of eternal life and the kingdom of the
130 heavens. Therefore they pertain partly to the bond maid who
131 gendereth to bondage, that is, the earthly Jerusalem, which is
132 in bondage with her children; but partly to the free city of
133 God, that is, the true Jerusalem eternal in the heavens, whose
134 children are all those that live according to God in the earth:
135 but there are some things among them which are understood
136 to pertain to both,—to the bond maid properly, to the free
137 woman figuratively.[346]
138 Therefore prophetic utterances of three kinds are to be
139 found; forasmuch as there are some relating to the earthly
140 Jerusalem, some to the heavenly, and some to both. I think
141 it proper to prove what I say by examples. The prophet
142 Nathan was sent to convict king David of heinous sin, and
143 predict to him what future evils should be consequent on it.
144 Who can question that this and the like pertain to the terrestrial
145 city, whether publicly, that is, for the safety or help of
146 the people, or privately, when there are given forth for each
147 one's private good divine utterances whereby something of
148 the future may be known for the use of temporal life? But
149 where we read, "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I
150 will make for the house of Israel, and for the house of Judah,
151 a new testament: not according to the testament that I settled
152 for their fathers in the day when I laid hold of their hand to
153 lead them out of the land of Egypt; because they continued
154 not in my testament, and I regarded them not, saith the
155 Lord. For this is the testament that I will make for the
156 house of Israel: after those days, saith the Lord, I will give
157 my laws in their mind, and will write them upon their hearts,
158 and I will see to them; and I will be to them a God, and
159 they shall be to me a people;"[347]—without doubt this is prophesied
160 to the Jerusalem above, whose reward is God Himself,
161 and whose chief and entire good it is to have Him, and
162 to be His. But this pertains to both, that the city of
163 God is called Jerusalem, and that it is prophesied the house
164 of God shall be in it; and this prophecy seems to be fulfilled
165 when king Solomon builds that most noble temple. For
166 these things both happened in the earthly Jerusalem, as history
167 shows, and were types of the heavenly Jerusalem. And this
168 kind of prophecy, as it were compacted and commingled of
169 both the others in the ancient canonical books, containing
170 historical narratives, is of very great significance, and has exercised
171 and exercises greatly the wits of those who search holy
172 writ. For example, what we read of historically as predicted
173 and fulfilled in the seed of Abraham according to the flesh,
174 we must also inquire the allegorical meaning of, as it is to be
175 fulfilled in the seed of Abraham according to faith. And so
176 much is this the case, that some have thought there is nothing
177 in these books either foretold and effected, or effected although
178 not foretold, that does not insinuate something else which is
179 to be referred by figurative signification to the city of God on
180 high, and to her children who are pilgrims in this life. But
181 if this be so, then the utterances of the prophets, or rather the
182 whole of those Scriptures that are reckoned under the title
183 of the Old Testament, will be not of three, but of two different
184 kinds. For there will be nothing there which pertains to the
185 terrestrial Jerusalem only, if whatever is there said and fulfilled
186 of or concerning her signifies something which also
187 refers by allegorical prefiguration to the celestial Jerusalem;
188 but there will be only two kinds, one that pertains to the free
189 Jerusalem, the other to both. But just as, I think, they err
190 greatly who are of opinion that none of the records of affairs
191 in that kind of writings mean anything more than that they
192 so happened, so I think those very daring who contend that
193 the whole gist of their contents lies in allegorical significations.
194 Therefore I have said they are threefold, not twofold. Yet, in
195 holding this opinion, I do not blame those who may be able
196 to draw out of everything there a spiritual meaning, only
197 saving, first of all, the historical truth. For the rest, what
198 believer can doubt that those things are spoken vainly which
199 are such that, whether said to have been done or to be yet to
200 come, they do not beseem either human or divine affairs? Who
201 would not recall these to spiritual understanding if he could,
202 or confess that they should be recalled by him who is able?
203 >
204 >
205 >
206 4. *About the prefigured change of the Israelitic kingdom and priesthood, and
207 > about the things Hannah the mother of Samuel prophesied, personating
208 > the Church.*
209 Therefore the advance of the city of God, where it reached
210 the times of the kings, yielded a figure, when, on the rejection
211 of Saul, David first obtained the kingdom on such a footing
212 that thenceforth his descendants should reign in the earthly
213 Jerusalem in continual succession; for the course of affairs
214 signified and foretold, what is not to be passed by in silence,
215 concerning the change of things to come, what belongs to both
216 Testaments, the Old and the New,—where the priesthood and
217 kingdom are changed by one who is a priest, and at the same
218 time a king, new and everlasting, even Christ Jesus. For both
219 the substitution in the ministry of God, on Eli's rejection as
220 priest, of Samuel, who executed at once the office of priest
221 and judge, and the establishment of David in the kingdom,
222 when Saul was rejected, typified this of which I speak. And
223 Hannah herself, the mother of Samuel, who formerly was
224 barren, and afterwards was gladdened with fertility, does not
225 seem to prophesy anything else, when she exultingly pours
226 forth her thanksgiving to the Lord, on yielding up to God the
227 same boy she had born and weaned with the same piety with
228 which she had vowed him. For she says, "My heart is made
229 strong in the Lord, and my horn is exalted in my God; my
230 mouth is enlarged over mine enemies; I am made glad in Thy
231 salvation. Because there is none holy as the Lord; and none
232 is righteous as our God: there is none holy save Thee. Do
233 not glory so proudly, and do not speak lofty things, neither
234 let vaunting talk come out of your mouth: for a God of
235 knowledge is the Lord, and a God preparing His curious
236 designs. The bow of the mighty hath He made weak, and
237 the weak are girded with strength. They that were full of
238 bread are diminished; and the hungry have passed beyond the
239 earth: for the barren hath born seven; and she that hath
240 many children is waxed feeble. The Lord killeth and maketh
241 alive: He bringeth down to hell, and bringeth up again. The
242 Lord maketh poor and maketh rich: He bringeth low and
243 lifteth up. He raiseth up the poor out of the dust, and lifteth
244 up the beggar from the dunghill, that He may set him among
245 the mighty of [His] people, and maketh them inherit the
246 throne of glory; giving the vow to him that voweth, and He
247 hath blessed the years of the just: for man is not mighty in
248 strength. The Lord shall make His adversary weak: the Lord
249 is holy. Let not the prudent glory in his prudence; and let
250 not the mighty glory in his might; and let not the rich glory
251 in his riches: but let him that glorieth glory in this, to understand
252 and know the Lord, and to do judgment and justice in
253 the midst of the earth. The Lord hath ascended into the
254 heavens, and hath thundered: He shall judge the ends of the
255 earth, for He is righteous: and He giveth strength to our kings,
256 and shall exalt the horn of His Christ."[348]
257 Do you say that these are the words of a single weak
258 woman giving thanks for the birth of a son? Can the mind
259 of men be so much averse to the light of truth as not to perceive
260 that the sayings this woman pours forth exceed her
261 measure? Moreover, he who is suitably interested in these
262 things which have already begun to be fulfilled even in this
263 earthly pilgrimage also, does he not apply his mind, and perceive,
264 and acknowledge, that through this woman—whose
265 very name, which is Hannah, means "His grace"—the very
266 Christian religion, the very city of God, whose king and
267 founder is Christ, in fine, the very grace of God, hath thus
268 spoken by the prophetic Spirit, whereby the proud are cut off
269 so that they fall, and the humble are filled so that they rise,
270 which that hymn chiefly celebrates? Unless perchance any
271 one will say that this woman prophesied nothing, but only
272 lauded God with exulting praise on account of the son whom
273 she had obtained in answer to prayer. What then does she
274 mean when she says, "The bow of the mighty hath He made
275 weak, and the weak are girded with strength; they that were
276 full of bread are diminished, and the hungry have gone
277 beyond the earth; for the barren hath born seven, and she
278 that hath many children is waxed feeble?" Had she herself
279 born seven, although she had been barren? She had only
280 one when she said that; neither did she bear seven afterwards,
281 nor six, with whom Samuel himself might be the
282 seventh, but three males and two females. And then, when
283 as yet no one was king over that people, whence, if she did
284 not prophesy, did she say what she puts at the end, "He
285 giveth strength to our kings, and shall exalt the horn of His
286 Christ?"
287 Therefore let the Church of Christ, the city of the great
288 King,[349] full of grace, prolific of offspring, let her say what the
289 prophecy uttered about her so long before by the mouth of
290 this pious mother confesses, "My heart is made strong in
291 the Lord, and my horn is exalted in my God." Her heart is
292 truly made strong, and her horn is truly exalted, because not
293 in herself, but in the Lord her God. "My mouth is enlarged
294 over mine enemies;" because even in pressing straits the
295 word of God is not bound, not even in preachers who are
296 bound.[350] "I am made glad," she says, "in Thy salvation."
297 This is Christ Jesus Himself, whom old Simeon, as we read
298 in the Gospel, embracing as a little one, yet recognising as
299 great, said, "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in
300 peace, for mine eyes have seen Thy salvation."[351] Therefore
301 may the Church say, "I am made glad in Thy salvation. For
302 there is none holy as the Lord, and none is righteous as our
303 God;" as holy and sanctifying, just and justifying.[352] "There
304 is none holy beside Thee;" because no one becomes so except
305 by reason of Thee. And then it follows, "Do not glory so
306 proudly, and do not speak lofty things, neither let vaunting
307 talk come out of your mouth. For a God of knowledge is
308 the Lord." He knows you even when no one knows; for
309 "he who thinketh himself to be something when he is nothing
310 deceiveth himself."[353] These things are said to the adversaries
311 of the city of God who belong to Babylon, who presume
312 in their own strength, and glory in themselves, not in the
313 Lord; of whom are also the carnal Israelites, the earth-born
314 inhabitants of the earthly Jerusalem, who, as saith the apostle,
315 "being ignorant of the righteousness of God,"[354] that is, which
316 God, who alone is just, and the justifier, gives to man, "and
317 wishing to establish their own," that is, which is as it were
318 procured by their own selves, not bestowed by Him, "are not
319 subject to the righteousness of God," just because they are
320 proud, and think they are able to please God with their own,
321 not with that which is of God, who is the God of knowledge,
322 and therefore also takes the oversight of consciences, there
323 beholding the thoughts of men that they are vain,[355] if they
324 are of men, and are not from Him. "And preparing," she
325 says, "His curious designs." What curious designs do we
326 think these are, save that the proud must fall, and the humble
327 rise? These curious designs she recounts, saying, "The bow
328 of the mighty is made weak, and the weak are girded with
329 strength." The bow is made weak, that is, the intention of
330 those who think themselves so powerful, that without the gift
331 and help of God they are able by human sufficiency to fulfil
332 the divine commandments; and those are girded with strength
333 whose inward cry is, "Have mercy upon me, O Lord, for I
334 am weak."[356]
335 "They that were full of bread," she says, "are diminished,
336 and the hungry have gone beyond the earth." Who are to
337 be understood as full of bread except those same who were
338 as if mighty, that is, the Israelites, to whom were committed
339 the oracles of God?[357] But among that people the children
340 of the bond maid were diminished,—by which word minus,
341 although it is Latin, the idea is well expressed that from
342 being greater they were made less,—because, even in the
343 very bread, that is, the divine oracles, which the Israelites
344 alone of all nations have received, they savour earthly things.
345 But the nations to whom that law was not given, after they
346 have come through the New Testament to these oracles, by
347 thirsting much have gone beyond the earth, because in them
348 they have savoured not earthly, but heavenly things. And
349 the reason why this is done is as it were sought; "for the
350 barren," she says, "hath born seven, and she that hath many
351 children is waxed feeble." Here all that had been prophesied
352 hath shone forth to those who understood the number seven,
353 which signifies the perfection of the universal Church. For
354 which reason also the Apostle John writes to the seven
355 churches,[358] showing in that way that he writes to the totality
356 of the one Church; and in the Proverbs of Solomon it is said
357 aforetime, prefiguring this, "Wisdom hath builded her house,
358 she hath strengthened her seven pillars."[359] For the city of
359 God was barren in all nations before that child arose whom
360 we see.[360] We also see that the temporal Jerusalem, who had
361 many children, is now waxed feeble. Because, whoever in
362 her were sons of the free woman were her strength; but
363 now, forasmuch as the letter is there, and not the spirit,
364 having lost her strength, she is waxed feeble.
365 "The Lord killeth and maketh alive:" He has killed her
366 who had many children, and made this barren one alive, so
367 that she has born seven. Although it may be more suitably
368 understood that He has made those same alive whom He has
369 killed. For she, as it were, repeats that by adding, "He
370 bringeth down to hell, and bringeth up." To whom truly the
371 apostle says, "If ye be dead with Christ, seek those things
372 which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of
373 God."[361] Therefore they are killed by the Lord in a salutary
374 way, so that he adds, "Savour things which are above, not
375 things on the earth;" so that these are they who, hungering,
376 have passed beyond the earth. "For ye are dead," he says:
377 behold how God savingly kills! Then there follows, "And
378 your life is hid with Christ in God:" behold how God makes
379 the same alive! But does He bring them down to hell and bring
380 them up again? It is without controversy among believers
381 that we best see both parts of this work fulfilled in Him, to
382 wit, our Head, with whom the apostle has said our life is hid
383 in God. "For when He spared not His own Son, but delivered
384 Him up for us all,"[362] in that way, certainly, He has killed
385 Him. And forasmuch as He raised Him up again from the
386 dead, He has made Him alive again. And since His voice
387 is acknowledged in the prophecy, "Thou wilt not leave my
388 soul in hell,"[363] He has brought Him down to hell and brought
389 Him up again. By this poverty of His we are made rich;[364]
390 for "the Lord maketh poor and maketh rich." But that we
391 may know what this is, let us hear what follows: "He
392 bringeth low and lifteth up;" and truly He humbles the
393 proud and exalts the humble. Which we also read elsewhere,
394 "God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace to the
395 humble."[365] This is the burden of the entire song of this
396 woman whose name is interpreted "His grace."
397 Farther, what is added, "He raiseth up the poor from the
398 earth," I understand of none better than of Him who, as was
399 said a little ago, "was made poor for us, when He was rich,
400 that by His poverty we might be made rich." For He raised
401 Him from the earth so quickly that His flesh did not see
402 corruption. Nor shall I divert from Him what is added, "And
403 raiseth up the poor from the dunghill." For indeed he who
404 is the poor man is also the beggar.[366] But by the dunghill
405 from which he is lifted up we are with the greatest reason
406 to understand the persecuting Jews, of whom the apostle says,
407 when telling that when he belonged to them he persecuted
408 the Church, "What things were gain to me, those I counted
409 loss for Christ; and I have counted them not only loss, but
410 even dung, that I might win Christ."[367] Therefore that poor
411 one is raised up from the earth above all the rich, and that
412 beggar is lifted up from that dunghill above all the wealthy,
413 "that he may sit among the mighty of the people," to whom
414 He says, "Ye shall sit upon twelve thrones,"[368] "and to make
415 them inherit the throne of glory." For these mighty ones
416 had said, "Lo, we have forsaken all and followed Thee."
417 They had most mightily vowed this vow.
418 But whence do they receive this, except from Him of whom
419 it is here immediately said, "Giving the vow to him that
420 voweth?" Otherwise they would be of those mighty ones
421 whose bow is weakened. "Giving," she saith, "the vow to
422 him that voweth." For no one could vow anything acceptable
423 to God, unless he received from Him that which he
424 might vow. There follows, "And He hath blessed the years
425 of the just," to wit, that he may live for ever with Him to
426 whom it is said, "And Thy years shall have no end." For
427 there the years abide; but here they pass away, yea, they
428 perish: for before they come they are not, and when they
429 shall have come they shall not be, because they bring their
430 own end with them. Now of these two, that is, "giving
431 the vow to him that voweth," and "He hath blessed the years
432 of the just," the one is what we do, the other what we receive.
433 But this other is not received from God, the liberal
434 giver, until He, the helper, Himself has enabled us for the
435 former; "for man is not mighty in strength." "The Lord
436 shall make his adversary weak," to wit, him who envies the
437 man that vows, and resists him, lest he should fulfil what he
438 has vowed. Owing to the ambiguity of the Greek, it may
439 also be understood "his own adversary." For when God
440 has begun to possess us, immediately he who had been our
441 adversary becomes His, and is conquered by us; but not by
442 our own strength, "for man is not mighty in strength."
443 Therefore "the Lord shall make His own adversary weak,
444 the Lord is holy," that he may be conquered by the saints,
445 whom the Lord, the Holy of holies, hath made saints. For
446 this reason, "let not the prudent glory in his prudence, and
447 let not the mighty glory in his might, and let not the rich
448 glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth glory in
449 this,—to understand and know the Lord, and to do judgment
450 and justice in the midst of the earth." He in no
451 small measure understands and knows the Lord who understands
452 and knows that even this, that he can understand and
453 know the Lord, is given to him by the Lord. "For what
454 hast thou," saith the apostle, "that thou hast not received?
455 But if thou hast received it, why dost thou glory as if
456 thou hadst not received it?"[369] That is, as if thou hadst of
457 thine own self whereof thou mightest glory. Now, he does
458 judgment and justice who lives aright. But he lives aright
459 who yields obedience to God when He commands. "The end
460 of the commandment," that is, to which the commandment
461 has reference, "is charity out of a pure heart, and a good
462 conscience, and faith unfeigned." Moreover, this "charity,"
463 as the Apostle John testifies, "is of God."[370] Therefore to do
464 justice and judgment is of God. But what is "in the midst
465 of the earth?" For ought those who dwell in the ends of
466 the earth not to do judgment and justice? Who would say
467 so? Why, then, is it added, "In the midst of the earth?"
468 For if this had not been added, and it had only been said, "To
469 do judgment and justice," this commandment would rather
470 have pertained to both kinds of men,—both those dwelling
471 inland and those on the sea-coast. But lest any one should
472 think that, after the end of the life led in this body, there
473 remains a time for doing judgment and justice which he has
474 not done while he was in the flesh, and that the divine judgment
475 can thus be escaped, "in the midst of the earth" appears
476 to me to be said of the time when every one lives in
477 the body; for in this life every one carries about his own
478 earth, which, on a man's dying, the common earth takes back,
479 to be surely returned to him on his rising again. Therefore
480 "in the midst of the earth," that is, while our soul is shut
481 up in this earthly body, judgment and justice are to be done,
482 which shall be profitable for us hereafter, when "every one
483 shall receive according to that he hath done in the body,
484 whether good or bad."[371] For when the apostle there says "in
485 the body," he means in the time he has lived in the body.
486 Yet if any one blaspheme with malicious mind and impious
487 thought, without any member of his body being employed in
488 it, he shall not therefore be guiltless because he has not done
489 it with bodily motion, for he will have done it in that time
490 which he has spent in the body. In the same way we may
491 suitably understand what we read in the psalm, "But God, our
492 King before the worlds, hath wrought salvation in the midst
493 of the earth;"[372] so that the Lord Jesus may be understood to be
494 our God who is before the worlds, because by Him the worlds
495 were made, working our salvation in the midst of the earth,
496 for the Word was made flesh and dwelt in an earthly body.
497 Then after Hannah has prophesied in these words, that
498 he who glorieth ought to glory not in himself at all, but in
499 the Lord, she says, on account of the retribution which is to
500 come on the day of judgment, "The Lord hath ascended into
501 the heavens, and hath thundered: He shall judge the ends of
502 the earth, for He is righteous." Throughout she holds to the
503 order of the creed of Christians: For the Lord Christ has
504 ascended into heaven, and is to come thence to judge the quick
505 and dead.[373] For, as saith the apostle, "Who hath ascended
506 but He who hath also descended into the lower parts of the
507 earth? He that descended is the same also that ascended
508 up above all heavens, that He might fill all things."[374] Therefore
509 He hath thundered through His clouds, which He hath
510 filled with His Holy Spirit when He ascended up. Concerning
511 which the bond maid Jerusalem that is, the unfruitful
512 vineyard is threatened in Isaiah the prophet that they
513 shall rain no showers upon her. But "He shall judge the
514 ends of the earth" is spoken as if it had been said, "even
515 the extremes of the earth." For it does not mean that He
516 shall not judge the other parts of the earth, who, without
517 doubt, shall judge all men. But it is better to understand
518 by the extremes of the earth the extremes of man, since
519 those things shall not be judged which, in the middle time,
520 are changed for the better or the worse, but the ending in
521 which he shall be found who is judged. For which reason
522 it is said, "He that shall persevere even unto the end, the
523 same shall be saved."[375] He, therefore, who perseveringly does
524 judgment and justice in the midst of the earth shall not be
525 condemned when the extremes of the earth shall be judged.
526 "And giveth," she saith, "strength to our kings," that He may
527 not condemn them in judging. He giveth them strength
528 whereby as kings they rule the flesh, and conquer the world
529 in Him who hath poured out His blood for them. "And
530 shall exalt the horn of His Christ." For He of whom it was said above,
531 "The Lord hath ascended into the heavens," meaning the Lord
532 Christ, Himself, as it is said here, "shall exalt the horn of His
533 Christ." Who, therefore, is the Christ of His Christ? Does
534 it mean that He shall exalt the horn of each one of His believing
535 people, as she says in the beginning of this hymn,
536 "Mine horn is exalted in my God?" For we can rightly
537 call all those christs who are anointed with His chrism, forasmuch
538 as the whole body with its head is one Christ.[376] These
539 things hath Hannah, the mother of Samuel, the holy and
540 much-praised man, prophesied, in which, indeed, the change
541 of the ancient priesthood was then figured and is now fulfilled,
542 since she that had many children is waxed feeble, that
543 the barren who hath born seven might have the new priesthood
544 in Christ.
545 >
546 >
547 >
548 5. *Of those things which a man of God spake by the Spirit to Eli the priest,
549 > signifying that the priesthood which had been appointed according to
550 > Aaron was to be taken away.*
551 But this is said more plainly by a man of God sent to Eli
552 the priest himself, whose name indeed is not mentioned, but
553 whose office and ministry show him to have been indubitably
554 a prophet. For it is thus written: "And there came a man
555 of God unto Eli, and said, Thus saith the Lord, I plainly
556 revealed myself unto thy father's house, when they were in
557 the land of Egypt slaves in Pharaoh's house; and I chose thy
558 father's house out of all the sceptres of Israel to fill the office
559 of priest for me, to go up to my altar, to burn incense and
560 wear the ephod; and I gave thy father's house for food all
561 the offerings made by fire of the children of Israel. Wherefore
562 then hast thou looked at mine incense and at mine offerings
563 with an impudent eye, and hast glorified thy sons above
564 me, to bless the first-fruits of every sacrifice in Israel before
565 me? Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israel, I said thy
566 house and thy father's house should walk before me for ever:
567 but now the Lord saith, Be it far from me; for them that
568 honour me will I honour, and he that despiseth me shall be
569 despised. Behold, the days come, that I will cut off thy seed,
570 and the seed of thy father's house, and thou shalt never have
571 an old man in my house. And I will cut off the man of thine
572 from mine altar, so that his eyes shall be consumed, and his
573 heart shall melt away; and every one of thy house that is
574 left shall fall by the sword of men. And this shall be a sign
575 unto thee that shall come upon these thy two sons, Hophni
576 and Phinehas; in one day they shall die both of them. And
577 I will raise me up a faithful priest, that shall do according to
578 all that is in mine heart and in my soul; and I will build
579 him a sure house, and he shall walk before my Christ for
580 ever. And it shall come to pass that he who is left in thine
581 house shall come to worship him with a piece of money, saying,
582 Put me into one part of thy priesthood, that I may eat bread."[377]
583 We cannot say that this prophecy, in which the change of
584 the ancient priesthood is foretold with so great plainness, was
585 fulfilled in Samuel; for although Samuel was not of another
586 tribe than that which had been appointed by God to serve at
587 the altar, yet he was not of the sons of Aaron, whose offspring
588 was set apart that the priests might be taken out of it. And
589 thus by that transaction also the same change which should
590 come to pass through Christ Jesus is shadowed forth, and the
591 prophecy itself in deed, not in word, belonged to the Old
592 Testament properly, but figuratively to the New, signifying
593 by the fact just what was said by the word to Eli the priest
594 through the prophet. For there were afterwards priests of
595 Aaron's race, such as Zadok and Abiathar during David's
596 reign, and others in succession, before the time came when
597 those things which were predicted so long before about the
598 changing of the priesthood behoved to be fulfilled by Christ.
599 But who that now views these things with a believing eye
600 does not see that they are fulfilled? Since, indeed, no tabernacle,
601 no temple, no altar, no sacrifice, and therefore no priest
602 either, has remained to the Jews, to whom it was commanded
603 in the law of God that he should be ordained of the seed of
604 Aaron; which is also mentioned here by the prophet, when
605 he says, "Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, I said thy house
606 and thy father's house shall walk before me for ever: but
607 now the Lord saith, That be far from me; for them that honour
608 me will I honour, and he that despiseth me shall be despised."
609 For that in naming his father's house he does not mean that
610 of his immediate father, but that of Aaron, who first was
611 appointed priest, to be succeeded by others descended from
612 him, is shown by the preceding words, when he says, "I was
613 revealed unto thy father's house, when they were in the land
614 of Egypt slaves in Pharaoh's house; and I chose thy father's
615 house out of all the sceptres of Israel to fill the office of priest
616 for me." Which of the fathers in that Egyptian slavery, but
617 Aaron, was his father, who, when they were set free, was
618 chosen to the priesthood? It was of his lineage, therefore, he
619 has said in this passage it should come to pass that they should
620 no longer be priests; which already we see fulfilled. If faith
621 be watchful, the things are before us: they are discerned, they
622 are grasped, and are forced on the eyes of the unwilling, so
623 that they are seen: "Behold the days come," he says, "that
624 I will cut off thy seed, and the seed of thy father's house, and
625 thou shalt never have an old man in mine house. And I will
626 cut off the man of thine from mine altar, so that his eyes shall
627 be consumed and his heart shall melt away." Behold the
628 days which were foretold have already come. There is no
629 priest after the order of Aaron; and whoever is a man of his
630 lineage, when he sees the sacrifice of the Christians prevailing
631 over the whole world, but that great honour taken away from
632 himself, his eyes fail and his soul melts away consumed with
633 grief.
634 But what follows belongs properly to the house of Eli, to
635 whom these things were said: "And every one of thine house
636 that is left shall fall by the sword of men. And this shall
637 be a sign unto thee that shall come upon these thy two sons,
638 Hophni and Phinehas; in one day they shall die both of
639 them." This, therefore, is made a sign of the change of the
640 priesthood from this man's house, by which it is signified that
641 the priesthood of Aaron's house is to be changed. For the
642 death of this man's sons signified the death not of the men,
643 but of the priesthood itself of the sons of Aaron. But what
644 follows pertains to that Priest whom Samuel typified by succeeding
645 this one. Therefore the things which follow are said
646 of Christ Jesus the true Priest of the New Testament: "And
647 I will raise me up a faithful Priest that shall do according to
648 all that is in mine heart and in my soul; and I will build
649 Him a sure house." The same is the eternal Jerusalem above.
650 "And He shall walk," saith He, "before my Christ always."
651 "He shall walk" means "he shall be conversant with," just as
652 He had said before of Aaron's house, "I said that thine house
653 and thy father's house shall walk before me for ever." But
654 what He says, "He shall walk before my Christ," is to be
655 understood entirely of the house itself, not of the priest, who
656 is Christ Himself, the Mediator and Saviour. His house,
657 therefore, shall walk before Him. "Shall walk" may also be
658 understood to mean from death to life, all the time this mortality
659 passes through, even to the end of this world. But
660 where God says, "Who will do all that is in mine heart and
661 in my soul," we must not think that God has a soul, for He
662 is the Author of souls; but this is said of God tropically, not
663 properly, just as He is said to have hands and feet, and other
664 corporal members. And, lest it should be supposed from
665 such language that man in the form of this flesh is made in
666 the image of God, wings also are ascribed to Him, which man
667 has not at all; and it is said to God, "Hide me under the
668 shadow of Thy wings,"[378] that men may understand that such
669 things are said of that ineffable nature not in proper but in
670 figurative words.
671 But what is added, "And it shall come to pass that he who
672 is left in thine house shall come to worship Him," is not said
673 properly of the house of this Eli, but of that Aaron, the men
674 of which remained even to the advent of Jesus Christ, of
675 which race there are not wanting men even to this present.
676 For of that house of Eli it had already been said above, "And
677 every one of thine house that is left shall fall by the sword of
678 men." How, therefore, could it be truly said here, "And it
679 shall come to pass that every one that is left shall come to
680 worship him," if that is true, that no one shall escape the
681 avenging sword, unless he would have it understood of those
682 who belong to the race of that whole priesthood after the order
683 of Aaron? Therefore, if it is of these the predestinated
684 remnant, about whom another prophet has said, "The remnant
685 shall be saved;"[379] whence the apostle also says, "Even so then
686 at this time also the remnant according to the election of
687 grace is saved;"[380] since it is easily understood to be of such
688 a remnant that it is said, "He that is left in thine house,"
689 assuredly he believes in Christ; just as in the time of the
690 apostle very many of that nation believed; nor are there now
691 wanting those, although very few, who yet believe, and in
692 them is fulfilled what this man of God has here immediately
693 added, "He shall come to worship him with a piece of money;"
694 to worship whom, if not that Chief Priest, who is also God?
695 For in that priesthood after the order of Aaron men did not
696 come to the temple or altar of God for the purpose of worshipping
697 the priest. But what is that he says, "With a piece
698 of money," if not the short word of faith, about which the
699 apostle quotes the saying, "A consummating and shortening
700 word will the Lord make upon the earth?"[381] But that
701 money is put for the word the psalm is a witness, where it
702 is sung, "The words of the Lord are pure words, money tried
703 with the fire."[382]
704 What then does he say who comes to worship the priest of
705 God, even the Priest who is God? "Put me into one part of
706 Thy priesthood, to eat bread." I do not wish to be set in the
707 honour of my fathers, which is none; put me in a part of Thy
708 priesthood. For "I have chosen to be mean in Thine house;"[383]
709 I desire to be a member, no matter what, or how small, of Thy
710 priesthood. By the priesthood he here means the people itself,
711 of which He is the Priest who is the Mediator between God
712 and men, the man Christ Jesus.[384] This people the Apostle Peter
713 calls "a holy people, a royal priesthood."[385] But some have
714 translated, "Of Thy sacrifice," not "Of Thy priesthood," which
715 no less signifies the same Christian people. Whence the
716 Apostle Paul says, "We being many are one bread, one body."[386]
717 [And again he says, "Present your bodies a living sacrifice."[387]]
718 What, therefore, he has added, to "eat bread," also elegantly
719 expresses the very kind of sacrifice of which the Priest Himself
720 says, "The bread which I will give is my flesh for the life
721 of the world."[388] The same is the sacrifice not after the order
722 of Aaron, but after the order of Melchisedec:[389] let him that
723 readeth understand.[390] Therefore this short and salutarily
724 humble confession, in which it is said, "Put me in a part of
725 Thy priesthood, to eat bread," is itself the piece of money, for
726 it is both brief, and it is the Word of God who dwells in the
727 heart of one who believes. For because He had said above,
728 that He had given for food to Aaron's house the sacrificial
729 victims of the Old Testament, where He says, "I have given
730 thy father's house for food all things which are offered by fire
731 of the children of Israel," which indeed were the sacrifices of
732 the Jews; therefore here He has said, "To eat bread," which
733 is in the New Testament the sacrifice of the Christians.
734 >
735 >
736 >
737 6. *Of the Jewish priesthood and kingdom, which, although promised to be established
738 > for ever, did not continue; so that other things are to be understood
739 > to which eternity is assured.*
740 While, therefore, these things now shine forth as clearly
741 as they were loftily foretold, still some one may not vainly
742 be moved to ask, How can we be confident that all things
743 are to come to pass which are predicted in these books as
744 about to come, if this very thing which is there divinely
745 spoken, "Thine house and thy father's house shall walk
746 before me for ever," could not have effect? For we see that
747 priesthood has been changed; and there can be no hope that
748 what was promised to that house may some time be fulfilled,
749 because that which succeeds on its being rejected and changed
750 is rather predicted as eternal. He who says this does not
751 yet understand, or does not recollect, that this very priesthood
752 after the order of Aaron was appointed as the shadow
753 of a future eternal priesthood; and therefore, when eternity
754 is promised to it, it is not promised to the mere shadow and
755 figure, but to what is shadowed forth and prefigured by it.
756 But lest it should be thought the shadow itself was to remain,
757 therefore its mutation also behoved to be foretold.
758 In this way, too, the kingdom of Saul himself, who certainly
759 was reprobated and rejected, was the shadow of a
760 kingdom yet to come which should remain to eternity. For,
761 indeed, the oil with which he was anointed, and from that
762 chrism he is called Christ, is to be taken in a mystical sense,
763 and is to be understood as a great mystery; which David
764 himself venerated so much in him, that he trembled with
765 smitten heart when, being hid in a dark cave, which Saul
766 also entered when pressed by the necessity of nature, he had
767 come secretly behind him and cut off a small piece of his
768 robe, that he might be able to prove how he had spared him
769 when he could have killed him, and might thus remove from
770 his mind the suspicion through which he had vehemently
771 persecuted the holy David, thinking him his enemy. Therefore
772 he was much afraid lest he should be accused of violating
773 so great a mystery in Saul, because he had thus meddled
774 even his clothes. For thus it is written: "And David's
775 heart smote him because he had taken away the skirt of his
776 cloak."[391] But to the men with him, who advised him to destroy
777 Saul thus delivered up into his hands, he saith, "The Lord forbid
778 that I should do this thing to my lord, the Lord's christ, to lay
779 my hand upon him, because he is the Lord's christ." Therefore
780 he showed so great reverence to this shadow of what was
781 to come, not for its own sake, but for the sake of what it
782 prefigured. Whence also that which Samuel says to Saul,
783 "Since thou hast not kept my commandment which the Lord
784 commanded thee, whereas now the Lord would have prepared
785 thy kingdom over Israel for ever, yet now thy kingdom shall
786 not continue for thee; and the Lord will seek Him a man after
787 His own heart, and the Lord will command him to be prince
788 over His people, because thou hast not kept that which the Lord
789 commanded thee,"[392] is not to be taken as if God had settled
790 that Saul himself should reign for ever, and afterwards, on his
791 sinning, would not keep this promise; nor was He ignorant
792 that he would sin, but He had established his kingdom that
793 it might be a figure of the eternal kingdom. Therefore he
794 added, "Yet now thy kingdom shall not continue *for thee*."
795 Therefore what it signified has stood and shall stand; but it
796 shall not stand for this man, because he himself was not to
797 reign for ever, nor his offspring; so that at least that word
798 "for ever" might seem to be fulfilled through his posterity
799 one to another. "And the Lord," he saith, "will seek Him
800 a man," meaning either David or the Mediator of the New
801 Testament,[393] who was figured in the chrism with which David
802 also and his offspring was anointed. But it is not as if He
803 knew not where he was that God thus seeks Him a man,
804 but, speaking through a man, He speaks as a man, and in this
805 sense seeks us. For not only to God the Father, but also to
806 His Only-begotten, who came to seek what was lost,[394] we had
807 been known already even so far as to be chosen in Him
808 before the foundation of the world.[395] "He will seek him"
809 therefore means, He will have His own (just as if He had
810 said, Whom He already has known to be His own He will
811 show to others to be His friend). Whence in Latin this word
812 (*quærit*) receives a preposition and becomes *acquirit* (acquires),
813 the meaning of which is plain enough; although even without
814 the addition of the preposition *quærere* is understood as
815 *acquirere*, whence gains are called *quæstus*.
816 7. *Of the disruption of the kingdom of Israel, by which the perpetual division of
817 the spiritual from the carnal Israel was prefigured.*
818 Again Saul sinned through disobedience, and again Samuel
819 says to him in the word of the Lord, "Because thou hast despised
820 the word of the Lord, the Lord hath despised thee, that
821 thou mayest not be king over Israel."[396] And again for the same
822 sin, when Saul confessed it, and prayed for pardon, and besought
823 Samuel to return with him to appease the Lord, he said, "I
824 will not return with thee: for thou hast despised the word of
825 the Lord, and the Lord will despise thee that thou mayest not
826 be king over Israel. And Samuel turned his face to go away,
827 and Saul laid hold upon the skirt of his mantle, and rent it.
828 And Samuel said unto him, The Lord hath rent the kingdom
829 from Israel out of thine hand this day, and will give it to thy
830 neighbour, who is good above thee, and will divide Israel in
831 twain. And He will not be changed, neither will He repent:
832 for He is not as a man, that He should repent; who threatens
833 and does not persist."[397] He to whom it is said, "The Lord
834 will despise thee that thou mayest not be king over Israel,"
835 and "The Lord hath rent the kingdom from Israel out of
836 thine hand this day," reigned forty years over Israel,—that is,
837 just as long a time as David himself,—yet heard this in the
838 first period of his reign, that we may understand it was said
839 because none of his race was to reign, and that we may look
840 to the race of David, whence also is sprung, according to the
841 flesh,[398] the Mediator between God and men, the man Christ
842 Jesus.[399]
843 But the Scripture has not what is read in most Latin
844 copies, "The Lord hath rent the kingdom of Israel out of
845 thine hand this day," but just as we have set it down it is
846 found in the Greek copies, "The Lord hath rent the kingdom
847 from Israel out of thine hand;" that the words "out of thine
848 hand" may be understood to mean "from Israel." Therefore
849 this man figuratively represented the people of Israel, which
850 was to lose the kingdom, Christ Jesus our Lord being about
851 to reign, not carnally, but spiritually. And when it is said
852 of Him, "And will give it to thy neighbour," that is to be referred
853 to the fleshly kinship, for Christ, according to the flesh,
854 was of Israel, whence also Saul sprang. But what is added,
855 "Good above thee," may indeed be understood, "Better than
856 thee," and indeed some have thus translated it; but it is
857 better taken thus, "Good above thee," as meaning that because
858 He is good, therefore He must be above thee, according
859 to that other prophetic saying, "Till I put all Thine enemies
860 under Thy feet."[400] And among them is Israel, from whom, as
861 His persecutor, Christ took away the kingdom; although the
862 Israel in whom there was no guile may have been there too,
863 a sort of grain, as it were, of that chaff. For certainly thence
864 came the apostles, thence so many martyrs, of whom Stephen,
865 is the first, thence so many churches, which the Apostle Paul
866 names, magnifying God in their conversion.
867 Of which thing I do not doubt what follows is to be understood,
868 "And will divide Israel in twain," to wit, into Israel
869 pertaining to the bond woman, and Israel pertaining to the
870 free. For these two kinds were at first together, as Abraham
871 still clave to the bond woman, until the barren, made,
872 fruitful by the grace of God, cried, "Cast out the bond
873 woman and her son."[401] We know, indeed, that on account
874 of the sin of Solomon, in the reign of his son Rehoboam
875 Israel was divided in two, and continued so, the separate parts
876 having their own kings, until that whole nation was overthrown
877 with a great destruction, and carried away by the Chaldeans.
878 But what was this to Saul, when, if any such thing was
879 threatened, it would be threatened against David himself,
880 whose son Solomon was? Finally, the Hebrew nation is not
881 now divided internally, but is dispersed through the earth indiscriminately,
882 in the fellowship of the same error. But that
883 division with which God threatened the kingdom and people
884 in the person of Saul, who represented them, is shown to be
885 eternal and unchangeable by this which is added, "And He
886 will not be changed, neither will He repent: for He is not as
887 a man, that He should repent; who threatens and does not persist,"—that
888 is, a man threatens and does not persist, but not
889 God, who does not repent like man. For when we read that
890 He repents, a change of circumstance is meant, flowing from the
891 divine immutable foreknowledge. Therefore, when God is said
892 not to repent, it is to be understood that He does not change.
893 We see that this sentence concerning this division of the
894 people of Israel, divinely uttered in these words, has been
895 altogether irremediable and quite perpetual. For whoever
896 have turned, or are turning, or shall turn thence to Christ, it
897 has been according to the foreknowledge of God, not according
898 to the one and the same nature of the human race. Certainly
899 none of the Israelites, who, cleaving to Christ, have
900 continued in Him, shall ever be among those Israelites who
901 persist in being His enemies even to the end of this life,
902 but shall for ever remain in the separation which is here
903 foretold. For the Old Testament, from the Mount Sinai,
904 which gendereth to bondage,[402] profiteth nothing, unless because
905 it bears witness to the New Testament. Otherwise, however
906 long Moses is read, the veil is put over their heart; but
907 when any one shall turn thence to Christ, the veil shall be
908 taken away.[403] For the very desire of those who turn is
909 changed from the old to the new, so that each no longer
910 desires to obtain carnal but spiritual felicity. Wherefore
911 that great prophet Samuel himself, before he had anointed
912 Saul, when he had cried to the Lord for Israel, and He had
913 heard him, and when he had offered a whole burnt-offering,
914 as the aliens were coming to battle against the people of God,
915 and the Lord thundered above them and they were confused,
916 and fell before Israel and were overcome; [then] he took one
917 stone and set it up between the old and new Massephat
918 (Mizpeh), and called its name Ebenezer, which means "the
919 stone of the helper," and said, "Hitherto hath the Lord helped
920 us."[404] Massephat is interpreted "desire." That stone of the
921 helper is the mediation of the Saviour, by which we go from
922 the old Massephat to the new,—that is, from the desire with
923 which carnal happiness was expected in the carnal kingdom
924 to the desire with which the truest spiritual happiness is expected
925 in the kingdom of heaven; and since nothing is better
926 than that, the Lord helpeth us hitherto.
927 8. *Of the promises made to David in his son, which are in no wise fulfilled in
928 Solomon, but most fully in Christ.*
929 And now I see I must show what, pertaining to the matter
930 I treat of, God promised to David himself, who succeeded Saul
931 in the kingdom, whose change prefigured that final change on
932 account of which all things were divinely spoken, all things
933 were committed to writing. When many things had gone prosperously
934 with king David, he thought to make a house for
935 God, even that temple of most excellent renown which was
936 afterwards built by king Solomon his son. While he was
937 thinking of this, the word of the Lord came to Nathan the
938 prophet, which he brought to the king, in which, after God
939 had said that a house should not be built unto Him by David
940 himself, and that in all that long time He had never commanded
941 any of His people to build Him a house of cedar, he
942 says, "And now thus shalt thou say unto my servant David,
943 Thus saith God Almighty, I took thee from the sheep-cote
944 that thou mightest be for a ruler over my people in Israel:
945 and I was with thee whithersoever thou wentest, and have
946 cut off all thine enemies from before thy face, and have made
947 thee a name, according to the name of the great ones who are
948 over the earth. And I will appoint a place for my people
949 Israel, and will plant him, and he shall dwell apart, and shall
950 be troubled no more; and the son of wickedness shall not
951 humble him any more, as from the beginning, from the days
952 when I appointed judges over my people Israel. And I will
953 give thee rest from all thine enemies, and the Lord will tell
954 [hath told] thee, because thou shalt build an house for Him.
955 And it shall come to pass when thy days be fulfilled, and
956 thou shalt sleep with thy fathers, that I will raise up thy
957 seed after thee, which shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I
958 will prepare his kingdom. He shall build me an house for
959 my name; and I will order his throne even to eternity. I
960 will be his Father, and he shall be my son. And if he commit
961 iniquity, I will chasten him with the rod of men, and with
962 the stripes of the sons of men: but my mercy I will not take
963 away from him, as I took it away from those whom I put
964 away from before my face. And his house shall be faithful,
965 and his kingdom even for evermore before me, and his throne
966 shall be set up even for evermore."[405]
967 He who thinks this grand promise was fulfilled in Solomon
968 greatly errs; for he attends to the saying, "He shall build
969 me an house," but he does not attend to the saying, "His
970 house shall be faithful, and his kingdom for evermore before
971 me." Let him therefore attend and behold the house of
972 Solomon full of strange women worshipping false gods, and
973 the king himself, aforetime wise, seduced by them, and cast
974 down into the same idolatry: and let him not dare to think
975 that God either promised this falsely, or was unable to foreknow
976 that Solomon and his house would become what they
977 did. But we ought not to be in doubt here, or to see the
978 fulfilment of these things save in Christ our Lord, who was
979 made of the seed of David according to the flesh,[406] lest we
980 should vainly and uselessly look for some other here, like the
981 carnal Jews. For even they understand this much, that the
982 son whom they read of in that place as promised to David
983 was not Solomon; so that, with wonderful blindness to Him
984 who was promised and is now declared with so great manifestation,
985 they say they hope for another. Indeed, even in Solomon
986 there appeared some image of the future event, in that
987 he built the temple, and had peace according to his name (for
988 Solomon means "pacific"), and in the beginning of his reign
989 was wonderfully praiseworthy; but while, as a shadow of Him
990 that should come, he foreshowed Christ our Lord, he did not
991 also in his own person resemble Him. Whence some things
992 concerning him are so written as if they were prophesied
993 of himself, while the Holy Scripture, prophesying even by
994 events, somehow delineates in him the figure of things to
995 come. For, besides the books of divine history, in which his
996 reign is narrated, the 72d Psalm also is inscribed in the title
997 with his name, in which so many things are said which cannot
998 at all apply to him, but which apply to the Lord Christ
999 with such evident fitness as makes it quite apparent that in
1000 the one the figure is in some way shadowed forth, but in the
1001 other the truth itself is presented. For it is known within
1002 what bounds the kingdom of Solomon was enclosed; and yet
1003 in that psalm, not to speak of other things, we read, "He
1004 shall have dominion from sea even to sea, and from the river
1005 to the ends of the earth,"[407] which we see fulfilled in Christ.
1006 Truly he took the beginning of His reigning from the river
1007 where John baptized; for, when pointed out by him, He began
1008 to be acknowledged by the disciples, who called Him not only
1009 Master, but also Lord.
1010 Nor was it for any other reason that, while his father David
1011 was still living, Solomon began to reign, which happened to
1012 none other of their kings, except that from this also it might
1013 be clearly apparent that it was not himself this prophecy
1014 spoken to his father signified beforehand, saying, "And it
1015 shall come to pass when thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt
1016 sleep with thy fathers, that I will raise up thy seed which
1017 shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I will prepare His kingdom."
1018 How, therefore, shall it be thought on account of what
1019 follows, "He shall build me an house," that this Solomon is
1020 prophesied, and not rather be understood on account of what
1021 precedes, "When thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt sleep
1022 with thy fathers, I will raise up thy seed after thee," that
1023 another pacific One is promised, who is foretold as about to
1024 be raised up, not before David's death, as he was, but after
1025 it? For however long the interval of time might be before
1026 Jesus Christ came, beyond doubt it was after the death of
1027 king David, to whom He was so promised, that He behoved
1028 to come, who should build an house of God, not of wood and
1029 stone, but of men, such as we rejoice He does build. For to
1030 this house, that is, to believers, the apostle saith, "The temple
1031 of God is holy, which temple ye are."[408]
1032 9. *How like the prophecy about Christ in the* 89*th Psalm is to the things
1033 promised in Nathan's prophecy in the Books of Samuel.*
1034 Wherefore also in the 89th Psalm, of which the title is,
1035 "An instruction for himself by Ethan the Israelite," mention
1036 is made of the promises God made to king David, and some
1037 things are there added similar to those found in the Book of
1038 Samuel, such as this, "I have sworn to David my servant
1039 that I will prepare his seed for ever."[409] And again, "Then
1040 thou spakest in vision to thy sons, and saidst, I have laid
1041 help upon the mighty One, and have exalted the chosen One
1042 out of my people. I have found David my servant, and with
1043 my holy oil I have anointed him. For mine hand shall help
1044 him, and mine arm shall strengthen him. The enemy shall
1045 not prevail against him, and the son of iniquity shall harm
1046 him no more. And I will beat down his foes from before
1047 his face, and those that hate him will I put to flight. And
1048 my truth and my mercy shall be with him, and in my name
1049 shall his horn be exalted. I will set his hand also in the
1050 sea, and his right hand in the rivers. He shall cry unto me,
1051 Thou art my Father, my God, and the undertaker of my salvation.
1052 Also I will make him my first-born, high among the
1053 kings of the earth. My mercy will I keep for him for evermore,
1054 and my covenant shall be faithful (sure) with him.
1055 His seed also will I set for ever and ever, and his throne as
1056 the days of heaven."[410] Which words, when rightly understood,
1057 are all understood to be about the Lord Jesus Christ, under
1058 the name of David, on account of the form of a servant, which
1059 the same Mediator assumed[411] from the virgin of the seed of
1060 David.[412] For immediately something is said about the sins of
1061 his children, such as is set down in the Book of Samuel, and
1062 is more readily taken as if of Solomon. For there, that is,
1063 in the Book of Samuel, he says, "And if he commit iniquity,
1064 I will chasten him with the rod of men, and with the stripes
1065 of the sons of men; but my mercy will I not take away from
1066 him,"[413] meaning by stripes the strokes of correction. Hence
1067 that saying, "Touch ye not my christs."[414] For what else is
1068 that than, Do not harm them? But in the psalm, when
1069 speaking as if of David, He says something of the same kind
1070 there too. "If his children," saith He, "forsake my law, and
1071 walk not in my judgments; if they profane my righteousnesses,
1072 and keep not my commandments; I will visit their
1073 iniquities with the rod, and their faults with stripes: but my
1074 mercy I will not make void from him."[415] He did not say
1075 "from them," although He spoke of his children, not of himself;
1076 but he said "from him," which means the same thing
1077 if rightly understood. For of Christ Himself, who is the head
1078 of the Church, there could not be found any sins which required
1079 to be divinely restrained by human correction, mercy
1080 being still continued; but they are found in His body and
1081 members, which is His people. Therefore in the Book of
1082 Samuel it is said, "iniquity of Him," but in the psalm, "of
1083 His children," that we may understand that what is said of
1084 His body is in some way said of Himself. Wherefore also,
1085 when Saul persecuted His body, that is, His believing people,
1086 He Himself saith from heaven, "Saul, Saul, why persecutest
1087 thou me?"[416] Then in the following words of the psalm He
1088 says, "Neither will I hurt in my truth, nor profane my covenant,
1089 and the things that proceed from my lips I will not
1090 disallow. Once have I sworn by my holiness, if I lie unto
1091 David,"[417]—that is, I will in no wise lie unto David; for
1092 Scripture is wont to speak thus. But what that is in which
1093 He will not lie, He adds, saying, "His seed shall endure for
1094 ever, and his throne as the sun before me, and as the moon
1095 perfected for ever, and a faithful witness in heaven."[418]
1096 >
1097 >
1098 >
1099 10. *How different the acts in the kingdom of the earthly Jerusalem are from
1100 > those which God had promised, so that the truth of the promise should be
1101 > understood to pertain to the glory of the other King and kingdom.*
1102 That it might not be supposed that a promise so strongly
1103 expressed and confirmed was fulfilled in Solomon, as if he
1104 hoped for, yet did not find it, he says, "But Thou hast cast off,
1105 and hast brought to nothing, O Lord."[419] This truly was done
1106 concerning the kingdom of Solomon among his posterity, even
1107 to the overthrow of the earthly Jerusalem itself, which was
1108 the seat of the kingdom, and especially the destruction of the
1109 very temple which had been built by Solomon. But lest on
1110 this account God should be thought to have done contrary to
1111 His promise, immediately he adds, "Thou hast delayed Thy
1112 Christ."[420] Therefore he is not Solomon, nor yet David himself,
1113 if the Christ of the Lord is delayed. For while all the
1114 kings are called His christs, who were consecrated with that
1115 mystical chrism, not only from king David downwards, but
1116 even from that Saul who first was anointed king of that same
1117 people, David himself indeed calling him the Lord's christ,
1118 yet there was one true Christ, whose figure they bore by the
1119 prophetic unction, who, according to the opinion of men, who
1120 thought he was to be understood as come in David or in
1121 Solomon, was long delayed, but who, according as God had
1122 disposed, was to come in His own time. The following part
1123 of this psalm goes on to say what in the meantime, while He
1124 was delayed, was to become of the kingdom of the earthly
1125 Jerusalem, where it was hoped He would certainly reign:
1126 "Thou hast overthrown the covenant of Thy servant; Thou
1127 hast profaned in the earth his sanctuary. Thou hast broken
1128 down all his walls; Thou hast put his strongholds in fear.
1129 All that pass by the way spoil him; he is made a reproach
1130 to his neighbours. Thou hast set up the right hand of his
1131 enemies; Thou hast made all his enemies to rejoice. Thou
1132 hast turned aside the help of his sword, and hast not helped
1133 him in war. Thou hast destroyed him from cleansing; Thou
1134 hast dashed down his seat to the ground. Thou hast shortened
1135 the days of his seat; Thou hast poured confusion over
1136 him."[421] All these things came upon Jerusalem the bond
1137 woman, in which some also reigned who were children of the
1138 free woman, holding that kingdom in temporary stewardship,
1139 but holding the kingdom of the heavenly Jerusalem, whose
1140 children they were, in true faith, and hoping in the true
1141 Christ. But how these things came upon that kingdom, the
1142 history of its affairs points out if it is read.
1143 11. *Of the substance of the people of God, which through His assumption of
1144 flesh is in Christ, who alone had power to deliver His own soul from hell.*
1145 But after having prophesied these things, the prophet betakes
1146 him to praying to God; yet even the very prayer is
1147 prophecy: "How long, Lord, dost Thou turn away in the
1148 end?"[422] "Thy face" is understood, as it is elsewhere said,
1149 "How long dost Thou turn away Thy face from me?"[423] For
1150 therefore some copies have here not "dost," but "wilt Thou
1151 turn away;" although it could be understood, "Thou turnest
1152 away Thy mercy, which Thou didst promise to David." But
1153 when he says, "in the end," what does it mean, except even
1154 to the end? By which end is to be understood the last time,
1155 when even that nation is to believe in Christ Jesus, before
1156 which end what He has just sorrowfully bewailed must come
1157 to pass. On account of which it is also added here, "Thy
1158 wrath shall burn like fire. Remember what is my substance."[424]
1159 This cannot be better understood than of Jesus
1160 Himself, the substance of His people, of whose nature His
1161 flesh is. "For not in vain," he says, "hast Thou made all the
1162 sons of men."[425] For unless the one Son of man had been the
1163 substance of Israel, through which Son of man many sons of
1164 men should be set free, all the sons of men would have been
1165 made wholly in vain. But now indeed all mankind through
1166 the fall of the first man has fallen from the truth into vanity;
1167 for which reason another psalm says, "Man is like to vanity:
1168 his days pass away as a shadow;"[426] yet God has not made all
1169 the sons of men in vain, because He frees many from vanity
1170 through the Mediator Jesus, and those whom He did not foreknow
1171 as to be delivered, He made not wholly in vain in the
1172 most beautiful and most just ordination of the whole rational
1173 creation, for the use of those who were to be delivered, and
1174 for the comparison of the two cities by mutual contrast.
1175 Thereafter it follows, "Who is the man that shall live, and
1176 shall not see death? shall he snatch his soul from the hand
1177 of hell?"[427] Who is this but that substance of Israel out of
1178 the seed of David, Christ Jesus, of whom the apostle says,
1179 that "rising from the dead He now dieth not, and death shall
1180 no more have dominion over Him?"[428] For He shall so live and
1181 not see death, that yet He shall have been dead; but shall
1182 have delivered His soul from the hand of hell, whither He had
1183 descended in order to loose some from the chains of hell; but
1184 He hath delivered it by that power of which He says in the
1185 Gospel, "I have the power of laying down my life, and I have
1186 the power of taking it again."[429]
1187 >
1188 >
1189 >
1190 12. *To whose person the entreaty for the promises is to be understood to belong,
1191 > when he says in the psalm, "Where are Thine ancient compassions,
1192 > Lord?" etc.*
1193 But the rest of this psalm runs thus: "Where are Thine
1194 ancient compassions, Lord, which Thou swarest unto David in
1195 Thy truth? Remember, Lord, the reproach of Thy servants,
1196 which I have borne in my bosom of many nations; wherewith
1197 Thine enemies have reproached, O Lord, wherewith they
1198 have reproached the change of Thy Christ."[430] Now it may
1199 with very good reason be asked whether this is spoken in the
1200 person of those Israelites who desired that the promise made
1201 to David might be fulfilled to them; or rather of the Christians,
1202 who are Israelites not after the flesh but after the
1203 Spirit.[431] This certainly was spoken or written in the time of
1204 Ethan, from whose name this psalm gets its title, and that
1205 was the same as the time of David's reign; and therefore it
1206 would not have been said, "Where are Thine ancient compassions,
1207 Lord, which Thou hast sworn unto David in Thy
1208 truth?" unless the prophet had assumed the person of those
1209 who should come long afterwards, to whom that time when
1210 these things were promised to David was ancient. But it
1211 may be understood thus, that many nations, when they persecuted
1212 the Christians, reproached them with the passion of
1213 Christ, which Scripture calls His change, because by dying
1214 He is made immortal. The change of Christ, according to
1215 this passage, may also be understood to be reproached by the
1216 Israelites, because, when they hoped He would be theirs, He
1217 was made the Saviour of the nations; and many nations who
1218 have believed in Him by the New Testament now reproach
1219 them who remain in the old with this: so that it is said, "Remember,
1220 Lord, the reproach of Thy servants;" because through
1221 the Lord's not forgetting, but rather pitying them, even they
1222 after this reproach are to believe. But what I have put first
1223 seems to me the most suitable meaning. For to the enemies
1224 of Christ who are reproached with this, that Christ hath left
1225 them, turning to the Gentiles,[432] this speech is incongruously
1226 assigned, "Remember, Lord, the reproach of Thy servants,"
1227 for such Jews are not to be styled the servants of God; but
1228 these words fit those who, if they suffered great humiliations
1229 through persecution for the name of Christ, could call to mind
1230 that an exalted kingdom had been promised to the seed of
1231 David, and in desire of it, could say not despairingly, but as
1232 asking, seeking, knocking,[433] "Where are Thine ancient compassions,
1233 Lord, which Thou swarest unto David in Thy truth? Remember,
1234 Lord, the reproach of Thy servants, that I have borne
1235 in my bosom of many nations;" that is, have patiently endured
1236 in my inward parts. "That Thine enemies have reproached,
1237 O Lord, wherewith they have reproached the change of Thy
1238 Christ," not thinking it a change, but a consumption.[434] But what
1239 does "Remember, Lord," mean, but that Thou wouldst have
1240 compassion, and wouldst for my patiently borne humiliation
1241 reward me with the excellency which Thou swarest unto David
1242 in Thy truth? But if we assign these words to the Jews,
1243 those servants of God who, on the conquest of the earthly
1244 Jerusalem, before Jesus Christ was born after the manner of
1245 men, were led into captivity, could say such things, understanding
1246 the change of Christ, because indeed through Him
1247 was to be surely expected, not an earthly and carnal felicity,
1248 such as appeared during the few years of king Solomon, but a
1249 heavenly and spiritual felicity; and when the nations, then
1250 ignorant of this through unbelief, exulted over and insulted
1251 the people of God for being captives, what else was this than
1252 ignorantly to reproach with the change of Christ those who
1253 understand the change of Christ? And therefore what follows
1254 when this psalm is concluded, "Let the blessing of the
1255 Lord be for evermore, amen, amen," is suitable enough for
1256 the whole people of God belonging to the heavenly Jerusalem,
1257 whether for those things that lay hid in the Old Testament
1258 before the New was revealed, or for those that, being now
1259 revealed in the New Testament, are manifestly discerned to
1260 belong to Christ. For the blessing of the Lord in the seed of
1261 David does not belong to any particular time, such as appeared
1262 in the days of Solomon, but is for evermore to be
1263 hoped for, in which most certain hope it is said, "Amen,
1264 amen;" for this repetition of the word is the confirmation of
1265 that hope. Therefore David understanding this, says in the
1266 second Book of Kings, in the passage from which we digressed
1267 to this psalm,[435] "Thou hast spoken also for Thy servant's house
1268 for a great while to come."[436] Therefore also a little after he
1269 says, "Now begin, and bless the house of Thy servant for evermore,"
1270 etc., because the son was then about to be born from
1271 whom his posterity should be continued to Christ, through
1272 whom his house should be eternal, and should also be the
1273 house of God. For it is called the house of David on account
1274 of David's race; but the selfsame is called the house of God
1275 on account of the temple of God, made of men, not of stones,
1276 where shall dwell for evermore the people with and in their
1277 God, and God with and in His people, so that God may fill
1278 His people, and the people be filled with their God, while God
1279 shall be all in all, Himself their reward in peace who is their
1280 strength in war. Therefore, when it is said in the words of
1281 Nathan, "And the Lord will tell thee what an house thou
1282 shalt build for Him,"[437] it is afterwards said in the words of
1283 David, "For Thou, Lord Almighty, God of Israel, hast opened
1284 the ear of Thy servant, saying, I will build thee an house."[438]
1285 For this house is built both by us through living well, and by
1286 God through helping us to live well; for "except the Lord
1287 build the house, they labour in vain that build it."[439] And
1288 when the final dedication of this house shall take place, then
1289 what God here says by Nathan shall be fulfilled, "And I
1290 will appoint a place for my people Israel, and will plant him,
1291 and he shall dwell apart, and shall be troubled no more; and
1292 the son of iniquity shall not humble him any more, as from
1293 the beginning, from the days when I appointed judges over my
1294 people Israel."[440]
1295 13. *Whether the truth of this promised peace can be ascribed to those times
1296 passed away under Solomon.*
1297 Whoever hopes for this so great good in this world, and
1298 in this earth, his wisdom is but folly. Can any one think it
1299 was fulfilled in the peace of Solomon's reign? Scripture certainly
1300 commends that peace with excellent praise as a shadow
1301 of that which is to come. But this opinion is to be vigilantly
1302 opposed, since after it is said, "And the son of iniquity shall
1303 not humble him any more," it is immediately added, "as from
1304 the beginning, from the days in which I appointed judges
1305 over my people Israel."[441] For the judges were appointed over
1306 that people from the time when they received the land of
1307 promise, before kings had begun to be there. And certainly
1308 the son of iniquity, that is, the foreign enemy, humbled him
1309 through periods of time in which we read that peace alternated
1310 with wars; and in that period longer times of peace are
1311 found than Solomon had, who reigned forty years. For under
1312 that judge who is called Ehud there were eighty years of
1313 peace.[442] Be it far from us, therefore, that we should believe
1314 the times of Solomon are predicted in this promise, much less
1315 indeed those of any other king whatever. For none other of
1316 them reigned in such great peace as he; nor did that nation
1317 ever at all hold that kingdom so as to have no anxiety lest it
1318 should be subdued by enemies: for in the very great mutability
1319 of human affairs such great security is never given to
1320 any people, that it should not dread invasions hostile to this
1321 life. Therefore the place of this promised peaceful and secure
1322 habitation is eternal, and of right belongs eternally to Jerusalem
1323 the free mother, where the genuine people of Israel
1324 shall be: for this name is interpreted "Seeing God;" in the
1325 desire of which reward a pious life is to be led through faith
1326 in this miserable pilgrimage.[443]
1327 14. *Of David's concern in the writing of the Psalms.*
1328 In the progress of the city of God through the ages, therefore,
1329 David first reigned in the earthly Jerusalem as a shadow
1330 of that which was to come. Now David was a man skilled
1331 in songs, who dearly loved musical harmony, not with a
1332 vulgar delight, but with a believing disposition, and by it
1333 served his God, who is the true God, by the mystical representation
1334 of a great thing. For the rational and well-ordered
1335 concord of diverse sounds in harmonious variety suggests the
1336 compact unity of the well-ordered city. Then almost all his
1337 prophecy is in psalms, of which a hundred and fifty are contained
1338 in what we call the Book of Psalms, of which some
1339 will have it those only were made by David which are inscribed
1340 with his name. But there are also some who think
1341 none of them were made by him except those which are
1342 marked "Of David;" but those which have in the title "For
1343 David" have been made by others who assumed his person.
1344 Which opinion is refuted by the voice of the Saviour
1345 Himself in the Gospel, when He says that David himself
1346 by the Spirit said Christ was his Lord; for the 110th Psalm
1347 begins thus, "The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at my
1348 right hand, until I make Thine enemies Thy footstool."[444] And
1349 truly that very psalm, like many more, has in the title, not
1350 "of David," but "for David." But those seem to me to hold
1351 the more credible opinion, who ascribe to him the authorship
1352 of all these hundred and fifty psalms, and think that he prefixed
1353 to some of them the names even of other men, who
1354 prefigured something pertinent to the matter, but chose to
1355 have no man's name in the titles of the rest, just as God
1356 inspired him in the management of this variety, which,
1357 although dark, is not meaningless. Neither ought it to move
1358 one not to believe this, that the names of some prophets who
1359 lived long after the times of king David are read in the
1360 inscriptions of certain psalms in that book, and that the
1361 things said there seem to be spoken as it were by them.
1362 Nor was the prophetic Spirit unable to reveal to king David,
1363 when he prophesied, even these names of future prophets, so
1364 that he might prophetically sing something which should suit
1365 their persons; just as it was revealed to a certain prophet
1366 that king Josiah should arise and reign after more than three
1367 hundred years, who predicted his future deeds also along with
1368 his name.[445]
1369 15. *Whether all the things prophesied in the Psalms concerning Christ and His
1370 Church should be taken up in the text of this work.*
1371 And now I see it may be expected of me that I shall open
1372 up in this part of this book what David may have prophesied
1373 in the Psalms concerning the Lord Jesus Christ or His
1374 Church. But although I have already done so in one instance,
1375 I am prevented from doing as that expectation seems
1376 to demand, rather by the abundance than the scarcity of
1377 matter. For the necessity of shunning prolixity forbids my
1378 setting down all things; yet I fear lest if I select some I shall
1379 appear to many, who know these things, to have passed by
1380 the more necessary. Besides, the proof that is adduced ought
1381 to be supported by the context of the whole psalm, so that
1382 at least there may be nothing against it if everything does
1383 not support it; lest we should seem, after the fashion of the
1384 centos, to gather for the thing we wish, as it were verses out
1385 of a grand poem, what shall be found to have been written
1386 not about it, but about some other and widely different thing.
1387 But ere this could be pointed out in each psalm, the whole
1388 of it must be expounded; and how great a work that would
1389 be, the volumes of others, as well as our own, in which we
1390 have done it, show well enough. Let him then who will,
1391 or can, read these volumes, and he will find out how many
1392 and great things David, at once king and prophet, has prophesied
1393 concerning Christ and His Church, to wit, concerning
1394 the King and the city which He has built.
1395 16. *Of the things pertaining to Christ and the Church, said either openly or
1396 tropically in the* 45*th Psalm.*
1397 For whatever direct and manifest prophetic utterances there
1398 may be about anything, it is necessary that those which are
1399 tropical should be mingled with them; which, chiefly on
1400 account of those of slower understanding, thrust upon the
1401 more learned the laborious task of clearing up and expounding
1402 them. Some of them, indeed, on the very first blush, as
1403 soon as they are spoken, exhibit Christ and the Church,
1404 although some things in them that are less intelligible remain
1405 to be expounded at leisure. We have an example of this
1406 in that same Book of Psalms: "My heart bubbled up a good
1407 matter: I utter my words to the king. My tongue is the pen
1408 of a scribe, writing swiftly. Thy form is beautiful beyond the
1409 sons of men; grace is poured out in Thy lips: therefore God
1410 hath blessed Thee for evermore. Gird Thy sword about Thy
1411 thigh, O Most Mighty. With Thy goodliness and Thy beauty
1412 go forward, proceed prosperously, and reign, because of Thy
1413 truth, and meekness, and righteousness; and Thy right hand
1414 shall lead Thee forth wonderfully. Thy sharp arrows are most
1415 powerful. The people shall fall under Thee: in the heart of
1416 the King's enemies. Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever:
1417 a rod of direction is the rod of Thy kingdom. Thou hast
1418 loved righteousness, and hast hated iniquity: therefore God,
1419 Thy God, hath anointed Thee with the oil of exultation above
1420 Thy fellows. Myrrh and drops, and cassia from Thy vestments,
1421 from the houses of ivory: out of which the daughters
1422 of kings have delighted Thee in Thine honour."[446] Who is there,
1423 no matter how slow, but must here recognise Christ whom
1424 we preach, and in whom we believe, if he hears that He
1425 is God, whose throne is for ever and ever, and that He is
1426 anointed by God, as God indeed anoints, not with a visible,
1427 but with a spiritual and intelligible chrism? For who is so
1428 untaught in this religion, or so deaf to its far and wide spread
1429 fame, as not to know that Christ is named from this chrism,
1430 that is, from this anointing? But when it is acknowledged
1431 that this King is Christ, let each one who is already subject to
1432 Him who reigns because of truth, meekness, and righteousness,
1433 inquire at his leisure into these other things that are here
1434 said tropically: how His form is beautiful beyond the sons
1435 of men, with a certain beauty that is the more to be loved
1436 and admired the less it is corporeal; and what His sword,
1437 arrows, and other things of that kind may be, which are set
1438 down, not properly, but tropically.
1439 Then let him look upon His Church, joined to her so great
1440 Husband in spiritual marriage and divine love, of which it is
1441 said in these words which follow, "The queen stood upon
1442 Thy right hand in gold-embroidered vestments, girded about
1443 with variety. Hearken, O daughter, and look, and incline
1444 thine ear; forget also thy people, and thy father's house.
1445 Because the King hath greatly desired thy beauty; for He is
1446 the Lord thy God. And the daughters of Tyre shall worship
1447 Him with gifts; the rich among the people shall entreat Thy
1448 face. The daughter of the King has all her glory within, in
1449 golden fringes, girded about with variety. The virgins shall
1450 be brought after her to the King: her neighbours shall be
1451 brought to Thee. They shall be brought with gladness and
1452 exultation: they shall be led into the temple of the King.
1453 Instead of thy fathers, sons shall be born to thee: thou shalt
1454 establish them as princes over all the earth. They shall be
1455 mindful of thy name in every generation and descent. Therefore
1456 shall the people acknowledge thee for evermore, even for
1457 ever and ever."[447] I do not think any one is so stupid as to
1458 believe that some poor woman is here praised and described,
1459 as the spouse, to wit, of Him to whom it is said, "Thy throne,
1460 O God, is for ever and ever: a rod of direction is the rod of
1461 Thy kingdom. Thou hast loved righteousness and hated iniquity:
1462 therefore God, Thy God, hath anointed Thee with the
1463 oil of exultation above Thy fellows;"[448] that is, plainly, Christ
1464 above Christians. For these are His fellows, out of the unity
1465 and concord of whom in all nations that queen is formed,
1466 as it is said of her in another psalm, "The city of the great
1467 King."[449] The same is Sion spiritually, which name in Latin
1468 is interpreted *speculatio* (discovery); for she descries the
1469 great good of the world to come, because her attention is
1470 directed thither. In the same way she is also Jerusalem
1471 spiritually, of which we have already said many things. Her
1472 enemy is the city of the devil, Babylon, which is interpreted
1473 "confusion." Yet out of this Babylon this queen is in all
1474 nations set free by regeneration, and passes from the worst
1475 to the best King,—that is, from the devil to Christ. Wherefore
1476 it is said to her, "Forget thy people and thy father's
1477 house." Of this impious city those also are a portion who
1478 are Israelites only in the flesh and not by faith, enemies also
1479 of this great King Himself, and of His queen. For Christ,
1480 having come to them, and been slain by them, has the more
1481 become the King of others, whom He did not see in the flesh.
1482 Whence our King Himself says through the prophecy of a
1483 certain psalm, "Thou wilt deliver me from the contradictions
1484 of the people; Thou wilt make me head of the nations. A
1485 people whom I have not known hath served me: in the hearing
1486 of the ear it hath obeyed me."[450] Therefore this people of
1487 the nations, which Christ did not know in His bodily presence,
1488 yet has believed in that Christ as announced to it; so that it
1489 might be said of it with good reason, "In the hearing of the
1490 ear it hath obeyed me," for "faith is by hearing."[451] This
1491 people, I say, added to those who are the true Israelites both
1492 by the flesh and by faith, is the city of God, which has
1493 brought forth Christ Himself according to the flesh, since He
1494 was in these Israelites only. For thence came the Virgin
1495 Mary, in whom Christ assumed flesh that He might be man.
1496 Of which city another psalm says, "Mother Sion, shall a man
1497 say, and the man is made in her, and the Highest Himself
1498 hath founded her."[452] Who is this Highest, save God? And
1499 thus Christ, who is God, before He became man through Mary
1500 in that city, Himself founded it by the patriarchs and prophets.
1501 As therefore was said by prophecy so long before to this queen,
1502 the city of God, what we already can see fulfilled, "Instead
1503 of thy fathers, sons are born to thee; thou shalt make them
1504 princes over all the earth;"[453] so out of her sons truly are set
1505 up even her fathers [princes] through all the earth, when the
1506 people, coming together to her, confess to her with the confession
1507 of eternal praise for ever and ever. Beyond doubt,
1508 whatever interpretation is put on what is here expressed
1509 somewhat darkly in figurative language, ought to be in agreement
1510 with these most manifest things.
1511 17. *Of those things in the* 110*th Psalm which relate to the priesthood of Christ,
1512 and in the* 22*d to His passion.*
1513 Just as in that psalm also where Christ is most openly
1514 proclaimed as Priest, even as He is here as King, "The Lord
1515 said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at my right hand, until I make
1516 Thine enemies Thy footstool."[454] That Christ sits on the right
1517 hand of God the Father is believed, not seen; that His enemies
1518 also are put under His feet doth not yet appear; it is
1519 being done, [therefore] it will appear at last: yea, this is now
1520 believed, afterward it shall be seen. But what follows, "The
1521 Lord will send forth the rod of Thy strength out of Sion, and
1522 rule Thou in the midst of Thine enemies,"[455] is so clear, that to
1523 deny it would imply not merely unbelief and mistake, but
1524 downright impudence. And even enemies must certainly
1525 confess that out of Sion has been sent the law of Christ which
1526 we call the gospel, and acknowledge as the rod of His strength.
1527 But that He rules in the midst of His enemies, these same
1528 enemies among whom He rules themselves bear witness,
1529 gnashing their teeth and consuming away, and having power
1530 to do nothing against Him. Then what he says a little after,
1531 "The Lord hath sworn and will not repent,"[456] by which words
1532 He intimates that what He adds is immutable, "Thou art a
1533 priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek,"[457] who is permitted
1534 to doubt of whom these things are said, seeing that
1535 now there is nowhere a priesthood and sacrifice after the
1536 order of Aaron, and everywhere men offer under Christ as the
1537 Priest, which Melchizedek showed when he blessed Abraham?
1538 Therefore to these manifest things are to be referred, when
1539 rightly understood, those things in the same psalm that are set
1540 down a little more obscurely, and we have already made known
1541 in our popular sermons how these things are to be rightly understood.
1542 So also in that where Christ utters through prophecy
1543 the humiliation of His passion, saying, "They pierced my
1544 hands and feet; they counted all my bones. Yea, they looked
1545 and stared at me."[458] By which words he certainly meant His
1546 body stretched out on the cross, with the hands and feet pierced
1547 and perforated by the striking through of the nails, and that
1548 He had in that way made Himself a spectacle to those who
1549 looked and stared. And he adds, "They parted my garments
1550 among them, and over my vesture they cast lots."[459] How
1551 this prophecy has been fulfilled the Gospel history narrates.
1552 Then, indeed, the other things also which are said there less
1553 openly are rightly understood when they agree with those
1554 which shine with so great clearness; especially because those
1555 things also which we do not believe as past, but survey as
1556 present, are beheld by the whole world, being now exhibited
1557 just as they are read of in this very psalm as predicted so
1558 long before. For it is there said a little after, "All the ends
1559 of the earth shall remember, and turn unto the Lord, and all
1560 the kindreds of the nations shall worship before Him; for the
1561 kingdom is the Lord's, and He shall rule the nations."
1562 18. *Of the* 3*d*, 41*st*, 15*th*, *and* 68*th Psalms, in which the death and resurrection
1563 of the Lord are prophesied.*
1564 About His resurrection also the oracles of the Psalms are
1565 by no means silent. For what else is it that is sung in His
1566 person in the 3d Psalm, "I laid me down and took a sleep,
1567 [and] I awaked, for the Lord shall sustain me?"[460] Is there
1568 perchance any one so stupid as to believe that the prophet
1569 chose to point it out to us as something great that He had
1570 slept and risen up, unless that sleep had been death, and that
1571 awaking the resurrection, which behoved to be thus prophesied
1572 concerning Christ? For in the 41st Psalm also it is
1573 shown much more clearly, where in the person of the Mediator,
1574 in the usual way, things are narrated as if past which were
1575 prophesied as yet to come, since these things which were yet
1576 to come were in the predestination and foreknowledge of God
1577 as if they were done, because they were certain. He says,
1578 "Mine enemies speak evil of me; When shall he die, and his
1579 name perish? And if he came in to see me, his heart spake
1580 vain things: he gathered iniquity to himself. He went out
1581 of doors, and uttered it all at once. Against me all mine
1582 enemies whisper together: against me do they devise evil.
1583 They have planned an unjust thing against me. Shall not
1584 he that sleeps also rise again?"[461] These words are certainly
1585 so set down here that he may be understood to say nothing
1586 else than if he said, Shall not He that died recover life again?
1587 The previous words clearly show that His enemies have meditated
1588 and planned His death, and that this was executed by
1589 him who came in to see, and went out to betray. But to
1590 whom does not Judas here occur, who, from being His disciple,
1591 became His betrayer? Therefore because they were
1592 about to do what they had plotted,—that is, were about to
1593 kill Him,—he, to show them that with useless malice they
1594 were about to kill Him who should rise again, so adds this
1595 verse, as if he said, What vain thing are you doing? What
1596 will be your crime will be my sleep. "Shall not He that
1597 sleeps also rise again?" And yet he indicates in the following
1598 verses that they should not commit so great an impiety
1599 with impunity, saying, "Yea, the man of my peace in whom
1600 I trusted, who ate my bread, hath enlarged the heel over
1601 me;"[462] that is, hath trampled me under foot. "But Thou," he
1602 saith, "O Lord, be merciful unto me, and raise me up, that I
1603 may requite them."[463] Who can now deny this who sees the
1604 Jews, after the passion and resurrection of Christ, utterly
1605 rooted up from their abodes by warlike slaughter and destruction?
1606 For, being slain by them, He has risen again, and
1607 has requited them meanwhile by temporary discipline, save
1608 that for those who are not corrected He keeps it in store for
1609 the time when He shall judge the quick and the dead.[464] For
1610 the Lord Jesus Himself, in pointing out that very man to the
1611 apostles as His betrayer, quoted this very verse of this psalm,
1612 and said it was fulfilled in Himself: "He that ate my bread
1613 enlarged the heel over me." But what he says, "In whom I
1614 trusted," does not suit the head but the body. For the
1615 Saviour Himself was not ignorant of him concerning whom
1616 He had already said before, "One of you is a devil."[465] But
1617 He is wont to assume the person of His members, and to
1618 ascribe to Himself what should be said of them, because the
1619 head and the body is one Christ;[466] whence that saying in the
1620 Gospel, "I was an hungered, and ye gave me to eat."[467] Expounding
1621 which, He says, "Since ye did it to one of the least
1622 of mine, ye did it to me."[468] Therefore He said that He had
1623 trusted, because His disciples then had trusted concerning
1624 Judas; for he was numbered with the apostles.[469]
1625 But the Jews do not expect that the Christ whom they
1626 expect will die; therefore they do not think ours to be Him
1627 whom the law and the prophets announced, but feign to
1628 themselves I know not whom of their own, exempt from the
1629 suffering of death. Therefore, with wonderful emptiness and
1630 blindness, they contend that the words we have set down
1631 signify, not death and resurrection, but sleep and awaking
1632 again. But the 16th Psalm also cries to them, "Therefore
1633 my heart is jocund, and my tongue hath exulted; moreover,
1634 my flesh also shall rest in hope: for Thou wilt not leave my
1635 soul in hell; neither wilt Thou give Thine Holy One to see
1636 corruption."[470] Who but He that rose again the third day
1637 could say His flesh had rested in this hope; that His soul,
1638 not being left in hell, but speedily returning to it, should
1639 revive it, that it should not be corrupted as corpses are wont
1640 to be, which they can in no wise say of David the prophet and
1641 king? The 68th Psalm also cries out, "Our God is the God
1642 of salvation: even of the Lord the exit was by death."[471] What
1643 could be more openly said? For the God of salvation is the
1644 Lord Jesus, which is interpreted Saviour, or Healing One. For
1645 this reason this name was given, when it was said before He was
1646 born of the virgin: "Thou shalt bring forth a Son, and shalt
1647 call His name Jesus; for He shall save His people from their
1648 sins."[472] Because His blood was shed for the remission of their
1649 sins, it behoved Him to have no other exit from this life than
1650 death. Therefore, when it had been said, "Our God is the God
1651 of salvation," immediately it was added, "Even of the Lord the
1652 exit was by death," in order to show that we were to be saved
1653 by His dying. But that saying is marvellous, "Even of the
1654 Lord," as if it was said, Such is that life of mortals, that not
1655 even the Lord Himself could go out of it otherwise save
1656 through death.
1657 19. *Of the* 69*th Psalm, in which the obstinate unbelief of the Jews is
1658 declared.*
1659 But when the Jews will not in the least yield to the testimonies
1660 of this prophecy, which are so manifest, and are also
1661 brought by events to so clear and certain a completion, certainly
1662 that is fulfilled in them which is written in that psalm
1663 which here follows. For when the things which pertain to
1664 His passion are prophetically spoken there also in the person,
1665 of Christ, that is mentioned which is unfolded in the Gospel:
1666 "They gave me gall for my meat; and in my thirst they gave
1667 me vinegar for drink."[473] And as it were after such a feast
1668 and dainties in this way given to Himself, presently He
1669 brings in [these words]: "Let their table become a trap before
1670 them, and a retribution, and an offence: let their eyes be
1671 dimmed that they see not, and their back be always bowed
1672 down,"[474] etc. Which things are not spoken as wished for,
1673 but are predicted under the prophetic form of wishing. What
1674 wonder, then, if those whose eyes are dimmed that they see
1675 not do not see these manifest things? What wonder if
1676 those do not look up at heavenly things whose back is always
1677 bowed down that they may grovel among earthly things?
1678 For these words transferred from the body signify mental
1679 faults. Let these things which have been said about the
1680 Psalms, that is, about king David's prophecy, suffice, that we
1681 may keep within some bound. But let those readers excuse us
1682 who knew them all before; and let them not complain about
1683 those perhaps stronger proofs which they know or think I
1684 have passed by.
1685 >
1686 >
1687 >
1688 20. *Of David's reign and merit; and of his son Solomon, and that prophecy
1689 > relating to Christ which is found either in those books which are joined to
1690 > those written by him, or in those which are indubitably his.*
1691 David therefore reigned in the earthly Jerusalem, a son
1692 of the heavenly Jerusalem, much praised by the divine testimony;
1693 for even his faults are overcome by great piety, through
1694 the most salutary humility of his repentance, that he is altogether
1695 one of those of whom he himself says, "Blessed are
1696 they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered."[475]
1697 After him Solomon his son reigned over the same whole people,
1698 who, as was said before, began to reign while his father was
1699 still alive. This man, after good beginnings, made a bad end.
1700 For indeed "prosperity, which wears out the minds of the wise,"[476]
1701 hurt him more than that wisdom profited him, which even
1702 yet is and shall hereafter be renowned, and was then praised
1703 far and wide. He also is found to have prophesied in his
1704 books, of which three are received as of canonical authority,
1705 Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs. But it has
1706 been customary to ascribe to Solomon other two, of which one
1707 is called Wisdom, the other Ecclesiasticus, on account of some
1708 resemblance of style,—but the more learned have no doubt
1709 that they are not his; yet of old the Church, especially
1710 the Western, received them into authority,—in the one of
1711 which, called the Wisdom of Solomon, the passion of Christ
1712 is most openly prophesied. For indeed His impious murderers
1713 are quoted as saying, "Let us lie in wait for the
1714 righteous, for he is unpleasant to us, and contrary to our
1715 works; and he upbraideth us with our transgressions of the
1716 law, and objecteth to our disgrace the transgressions of our
1717 education. He professeth to have the knowledge of God, and
1718 he calleth himself the Son of God. He was made to reprove
1719 our thoughts. He is grievous for us even to behold; for his
1720 life is unlike other men's, and his ways are different. We
1721 are esteemed of him as counterfeits; and he abstaineth from
1722 our ways as from filthiness. He extols the latter end of the
1723 righteous; and glorieth that he hath God for his Father. Let
1724 us see, therefore, if his words be true; and let us try what
1725 shall happen to him, and we shall know what shall be the
1726 end of him. For if the righteous be the Son of God, He will
1727 undertake for him, and deliver him out of the hand of those
1728 that are against him. Let us put him to the question with
1729 contumely and torture, that we may know his reverence, and
1730 prove his patience. Let us condemn him to the most shameful
1731 death; for by His own sayings He shall be respected.
1732 These things did they imagine, and were mistaken; for their
1733 own malice hath quite blinded them."[477] But in Ecclesiasticus
1734 the future faith of the nations is predicted in this manner:
1735 "Have mercy upon us, O God, Ruler of all, and send Thy fear
1736 upon all the nations: lift up Thine hand over the strange
1737 nations, and let them see Thy power. As Thou wast sanctified
1738 in us before them, so be Thou sanctified in them before
1739 us, and let them acknowledge Thee, according as we also have
1740 acknowledged Thee; for there is not a God beside Thee, O
1741 Lord."[478] We see this prophecy in the form of a wish and
1742 prayer fulfilled through Jesus Christ. But the things which
1743 are not written in the canon of the Jews cannot be quoted
1744 against their contradictions with so great validity.
1745 But as regards those three books which it is evident are
1746 Solomon's, and held canonical by the Jews, to show what of
1747 this kind may be found in them pertaining to Christ and the
1748 Church demands a laborious discussion, which, if now entered
1749 on, would lengthen this work unduly. Yet what we read in
1750 the Proverbs of impious men saying, "Let us unrighteously
1751 hide in the earth the righteous man; yea, let us swallow him
1752 up alive as hell, and let us take away his memory from the
1753 earth: let us seize his precious possession,"[479] is not so obscure
1754 that it may not be understood, without laborious exposition,
1755 of Christ and His possession the Church. Indeed, the gospel
1756 parable about the wicked husbandmen shows that our Lord
1757 Jesus Himself said something like it: "This is the heir; come,
1758 let us kill him, and the inheritance shall be ours."[480] In like
1759 manner also that passage in this same book, on which we have
1760 already touched[481] when we were speaking of the barren woman
1761 who hath born seven, must soon after it was uttered have
1762 come to be understood of only Christ and the Church by those
1763 who knew that Christ was the Wisdom of God. "Wisdom
1764 hath builded her an house, and hath set up seven pillars; she
1765 hath sacrificed her victims, she hath mingled her wine in the
1766 bowl; she hath also furnished her table. She hath sent her
1767 servants summoning to the bowl with excellent proclamation,
1768 saying, Who is simple, let him turn aside to me. And
1769 to the void of sense she hath said, Come, eat of my bread,
1770 and drink of the wine which I have mingled for you."[482] Here
1771 certainly we perceive that the Wisdom of God, that is, the
1772 Word co-eternal with the Father, hath builded Him an house,
1773 even a human body in the virgin womb, and hath subjoined
1774 the Church to it as members to a head, hath slain the martyrs
1775 as victims, hath furnished a table with wine and bread, where
1776 appears also the priesthood after the order of Melchizedek, and
1777 hath called the simple and the void of sense, because, as saith
1778 the apostle, "He hath chosen the weak things of this world
1779 that He might confound the things which are mighty."[483] Yet
1780 to these weak ones she saith what follows, "Forsake simplicity,
1781 that ye may live; and seek prudence, that ye may have
1782 life."[484] But to be made partakers of this table is itself to
1783 begin to have life. For when he says in another book, which
1784 is called Ecclesiastes, "There is no good for a man, except
1785 that he should eat and drink,"[485] what can he be more credibly
1786 understood to say, than what belongs to the participation of
1787 this table which the Mediator of the New Testament Himself,
1788 the Priest after the order of Melchizedek, furnishes with His
1789 own body and blood? For that sacrifice has succeeded all
1790 the sacrifices of the Old Testament, which were slain as a
1791 shadow of that which was to come; wherefore also we recognise
1792 the voice in the 40th Psalm as that of the same
1793 Mediator speaking through prophesy, "Sacrifice and offering
1794 Thou didst not desire; but a body hast Thou perfected for me."[486]
1795 Because, instead of all these sacrifices and oblations, His body
1796 is offered, and is served up to the partakers of it. For that
1797 this Ecclesiastes, in this sentence about eating and drinking,
1798 which he often repeats, and very much commends, does not
1799 savour the dainties of carnal pleasures, is made plain enough
1800 when he says, "It is better to go into the house of mourning
1801 than to go into the house of feasting."[487] And a little after
1802 He says, "The heart of the wise is in the house of mourning,
1803 and the heart of the simple in the house of feasting."[488] But
1804 I think that more worthy of quotation from this book which
1805 relates to both cities, the one of the devil, the other of Christ,
1806 and to their kings, the devil and Christ: "Woe to thee, O land,"
1807 he says, "when thy king is a youth, and thy princes eat in
1808 the morning! Blessed art thou, O land, when thy king is the
1809 son of nobles, and thy princes eat in season, in fortitude, and
1810 not in confusion!"[489] He has called the devil a youth, because
1811 of the folly and pride, and rashness and unruliness, and other
1812 vices which are wont to abound at that age; but Christ is the
1813 Son of nobles, that is, of the holy patriarchs, of those belonging
1814 to the free city, of whom He was begotten in the flesh.
1815 The princes of that and other cities are eaters in the morning,
1816 that is, before the suitable hour, because they do not expect
1817 the seasonable felicity, which is the true, in the world to come,
1818 desiring to be speedily made happy with the renown of this
1819 world, but the princes of the city of Christ patiently wait
1820 for the time of a blessedness that is not fallacious. This is
1821 expressed by the words, "in fortitude, and not in confusion,"
1822 because hope does not deceive them, of which the apostle
1823 says, "But hope maketh not ashamed."[490] A psalm also saith,
1824 "For they that hope in Thee shall not be put to shame."[491]
1825 But now the Song of Songs is a certain spiritual pleasure of
1826 holy minds, in the marriage of that King and Queen-city, that
1827 is, Christ and the Church. But this pleasure is wrapped up
1828 in allegorical veils, that the Bridegroom may be more ardently
1829 desired, and more joyfully unveiled, and may appear; to whom
1830 it is said in this same song, "Equity hath delighted Thee;"[492]
1831 and the bride who those hears, "Charity is in thy delights."[493]
1832 We pass over many things in silence, in our desire to finish
1833 this work.
1834 21. *Of the kings after Solomon, both in Judah and Israel.*
1835 The other kings of the Hebrews after Solomon are scarcely
1836 found to have prophesied, through certain enigmatic words or
1837 actions of theirs, what may pertain to Christ and the Church,
1838 either in Judah or Israel; for so were the parts of that
1839 people styled, when, on account of Solomon's offence, from the
1840 time of Rehoboam his son, who succeeded him in the kingdom,
1841 it was divided by God as a punishment. The ten tribes,
1842 indeed, which Jeroboam the servant of Solomon received,
1843 being appointed the king in Samaria, were distinctively called
1844 Israel, although this had been the name of that whole people;
1845 but the two tribes, namely, of Judah and Benjamin, which for
1846 David's sake, lest the kingdom should be wholly wrenched
1847 from his race, remained subject to the city of Jerusalem,
1848 were called Judah, because that was the tribe whence David
1849 sprang. But Benjamin, the other tribe which, as was said,
1850 belonged to the same kingdom, was that whence Saul sprang
1851 before David. But these two tribes together, as was said,
1852 were called Judah, and were distinguished by this name from
1853 Israel, which was the distinctive title of the ten tribes under
1854 their own king. For the tribe of Levi, because it was the
1855 priestly one, bound to the servitude of God, not of the kings,
1856 was reckoned the thirteenth. For Joseph, one of the twelve
1857 sons of Israel, did not, like the others, form one tribe, but two,
1858 Ephraim and Manasseh. Yet the tribe of Levi also belonged
1859 more to the kingdom of Jerusalem, where was the temple of
1860 God whom it served. On the division of the people, therefore,
1861 Rehoboam, son of Solomon, reigned in Jerusalem as the
1862 first king of Judah, and Jeroboam, servant of Solomon, in
1863 Samaria as king of Israel. And when Rehoboam wished as
1864 a tyrant to pursue that separated part with war, the people
1865 were prohibited from fighting with their brethren by God, who
1866 told them through a prophet that He had done this; whence
1867 it appeared that in this matter there had been no sin either
1868 of the king or people of Israel, but the accomplished will of
1869 God the avenger. When this was known, both parts settled
1870 down peaceably, for the division made was not religious but
1871 political.
1872 >
1873 >
1874 >
1875 22. *Of Jeroboam, who profaned the people put under him by the impiety of
1876 > idolatry, amid which, however, God did not cease to inspire the prophets,
1877 > and to guard many from the crime of idolatry.*
1878 But Jeroboam king of Israel, with perverse mind, not believing
1879 in God, whom he had proved true in promising and
1880 giving him the kingdom, was afraid lest, by coming to the
1881 temple of God which was in Jerusalem, where, according to
1882 the divine law, that whole nation was to come in order to
1883 sacrifice, the people should be seduced from him, and return
1884 to David's line as the seed royal; and set up idolatry in
1885 his kingdom, and with horrible impiety beguiled the people,
1886 ensnaring them to the worship of idols with himself. Yet
1887 God did not altogether cease to reprove by the prophets, not
1888 only that king, but also his successors and imitators in his
1889 impiety, and the people too. For there the great and illustrious
1890 prophets Elijah and Elisha his disciple arose, who also
1891 did many wonderful works. Even there, when Elijah said,
1892 "O Lord, they have slain Thy prophets, they have digged
1893 down Thine altars; and I am left alone, and they seek my
1894 life," it was answered that seven thousand men were there
1895 who had not bowed the knee to Baal.[494]
1896 >
1897 >
1898 >
1899 23. *Of the varying condition of both the Hebrew kingdoms, until the people of
1900 > both were at different times led into captivity, Judah being afterwards
1901 > recalled into his kingdom, which finally passed into the power of the
1902 > Romans.*
1903 So also in the kingdom of Judah pertaining to Jerusalem
1904 prophets were not lacking even in the times of succeeding
1905 kings, just as it pleased God to send them, either for the
1906 prediction of what was needful, or for correction of sin and
1907 instruction in righteousness;[495] for there, too, although far less
1908 than in Israel, kings arose who grievously offended God by
1909 their impieties, and, along with their people, who were like
1910 them, were smitten with moderate scourges. The no small
1911 merits of the pious kings there are praised indeed. But we
1912 read that in Israel the kings were, some more, others less, yet
1913 all wicked. Each part, therefore, as the divine providence
1914 either ordered or permitted, was both lifted up by prosperity
1915 and weighed down by adversity of various kinds; and it was
1916 afflicted not only by foreign, but also by civil wars with each
1917 other, in order that by certain existing causes the mercy or
1918 anger of God might be manifested; until, by His growing indignation,
1919 that whole nation was by the conquering Chaldeans
1920 not only overthrown in its abode, but also for the most part
1921 transported to the lands of the Assyrians,—first, that part of
1922 the thirteen tribes called Israel, but afterwards Judah also,
1923 when Jerusalem and that most noble temple was cast down,—in
1924 which lands it rested seventy years in captivity. Being
1925 after that time sent forth thence, they rebuilt the overthrown
1926 temple. And although very many stayed in the lands of the
1927 strangers, yet the kingdom no longer had two separate parts,
1928 with different kings over each, but in Jerusalem there was
1929 one prince over them; and at certain times, from every direction
1930 wherever they were, and from whatever place they could,
1931 they all came to the temple of God which was there. Yet
1932 not even then were they without foreign enemies and conquerors;
1933 yea, Christ found them tributaries of the Romans.
1934 24. *Of the prophets, who either were the last among the Jews, or whom the
1935 gospel history reports about the time of Christ's nativity.*
1936 But in that whole time after they returned from Babylon,
1937 after Malachi, Haggai, and Zechariah, who then prophesied,
1938 and Ezra, they had no prophets down to the time of the
1939 Saviour's advent except another Zechariah, the father of John,
1940 and Elisabeth his wife, when the nativity of Christ was already
1941 close at hand; and when He was already born, Simeon the
1942 aged, and Anna a widow, and now very old; and, last of all,
1943 John himself, who, being a young man, did not predict that
1944 Christ, now a young man, was to come, but by prophetic knowledge
1945 pointed Him out although unknown; for which reason
1946 the Lord Himself says, "The law and the prophets were until
1947 John."[496] But the prophesying of these five is made known to
1948 us in the gospel, where the virgin mother of our Lord herself
1949 is also found to have prophesied before John. But this
1950 prophecy of theirs the wicked Jews do not receive; but those
1951 innumerable persons received it who from them believed the
1952 gospel. For then truly Israel was divided in two, by that
1953 division which was foretold by Samuel the prophet to king
1954 Saul as immutable. But even the reprobate Jews hold
1955 Malachi, Haggai, Zechariah, and Ezra as the last received into
1956 canonical authority. For there are also writings of these, as
1957 of others, who being but a very few in the great multitude
1958 of prophets, have written those books which have obtained
1959 canonical authority, of whose predictions it seems good to me
1960 to put in this work some which pertain to Christ and His
1961 Church; and this, by the Lord's help, shall be done more conveniently
1962 in the following book, that we may not further
1963 burden this one, which is already too long.
BOOK XVIII
13 #### ARGUMENT.
14 >
15 >
16 >
17 AUGUSTINE TRACES THE PARALLEL COURSES OF THE EARTHLY AND HEAVENLY
18 > CITIES FROM THE TIME OF ABRAHAM TO THE END OF THE WORLD; AND
19 > ALLUDES TO THE ORACLES REGARDING CHRIST, BOTH THOSE UTTERED BY
20 > THE SIBYLS, AND THOSE OF THE SACRED PROPHETS WHO WROTE AFTER
21 > THE FOUNDATION OF ROME, HOSEA, AMOS, ISAIAH, MICAH, AND THEIR SUCCESSORS.
22 1. *Of those things down to the times of the Saviour which have been discussed
23 in the seventeen books.*
24 I promised to write of the rise, progress, and appointed
25 end of the two cities, one of which is God's, the other
26 this world's, in which, so far as mankind is concerned, the
27 former is now a stranger. But first of all I undertook, so far
28 as His grace should enable me, to refute the enemies of the
29 city of God, who prefer their gods to Christ its founder, and
30 fiercely hate Christians with the most deadly malice. And
31 this I have done in the first ten books. Then, as regards my
32 threefold promise which I have just mentioned, I have treated
33 distinctly, in the four books which follow the tenth, of the
34 rise of both cities. After that, I have proceeded from the
35 first man down to the flood in one book, which is the fifteenth
36 of this work; and from that again down to Abraham our
37 work has followed both in chronological order. From the
38 patriarch Abraham down to the time of the Israelite kings, at
39 which we close our sixteenth book, and thence down to the
40 advent of Christ Himself in the flesh, to which period the
41 seventeenth book reaches, the city of God appears from my
42 way of writing to have run its course alone; whereas it did
43 not run its course alone in this age, for both cities, in their
44 course amid mankind, certainly experienced chequered times
45 together just as from the beginning. But I did this in order
46 that, first of all, from the time when the promises of God
47 began to be more clear, down to the virgin birth of Him
48 in whom those things promised from the first were to be fulfilled,
49 the course of that city which is God's might be made
50 more distinctly apparent, without interpolation of foreign
51 matter from the history of the other city, although down to
52 the revelation of the new covenant it ran its course, not in
53 light, but in shadow. Now, therefore, I think fit to do what I
54 passed by, and show, so far as seems necessary, how that other
55 city ran its course from the times of Abraham, so that attentive
56 readers may compare the two.
57 2. *Of the kings and times of the earthly city which were synchronous with the
58 times of the saints, reckoning from the rise of Abraham.*
59 The society of mortals spread abroad through the earth
60 everywhere, and in the most diverse places, although bound
61 together by a certain fellowship of our common nature, is yet
62 for the most part divided against itself, and the strongest
63 oppress the others, because all follow after their own interests
64 and lusts, while what is longed for either suffices for none,
65 or not for all, because it is not the very thing. For the vanquished
66 succumb to the victorious, preferring any sort of peace
67 and safety to freedom itself; so that they who chose to die
68 rather than be slaves have been greatly wondered at. For in
69 almost all nations the very voice of nature somehow proclaims,
70 that those who happen to be conquered should choose rather
71 to be subject to their conquerors than to be killed by all kinds
72 of warlike destruction. This does not take place without the
73 providence of God, in whose power it lies that any one either
74 subdues or is subdued in war; that some are endowed with
75 kingdoms, others made subject to kings. Now, among the
76 very many kingdoms of the earth into which, by earthly interest
77 or lust, society is divided (which we call by the general
78 name of the city of this world), we see that two, settled and
79 kept distinct from each other both in time and place, have
80 grown far more famous than the rest, first that of the Assyrians,
81 then that of the Romans. First came the one, then the other.
82 The former arose in the east, and, immediately on its close, the
83 latter in the west. I may speak of other kingdoms and other
84 kings as appendages of these.
85 Ninus, then, who succeeded his father Belus, the first king
86 of Assyria, was already the second king of that kingdom when
87 Abraham was born in the land of the Chaldees. There was
88 also at that time a very small kingdom of Sicyon, with which,
89 as from an ancient date, that most universally learned man
90 Marcus Varro begins, in writing of the Roman race. For
91 from these kings of Sicyon he passes to the Athenians, from
92 them to the Latins, and from these to the Romans. Yet very
93 little is related about these kingdoms, before the foundation of
94 Rome, in comparison with that of Assyria. For although
95 even Sallust, the Roman historian, admits that the Athenians
96 were very famous in Greece, yet he thinks they were greater
97 in fame than in fact. For in speaking of them he says,
98 "The deeds of the Athenians, as I think, were very great and
99 magnificent, but yet somewhat less than reported by fame.
100 But because writers of great genius arose among them, the
101 deeds of the Athenians were celebrated throughout the world
102 as very great. Thus the virtue of those who did them was
103 held to be as great as men of transcendent genius could represent
104 it to be by the power of laudatory words."[497] This city
105 also derived no small glory from literature and philosophy, the
106 study of which chiefly flourished there. But as regards empire,
107 none in the earliest times was greater than the Assyrian,
108 or so widely extended. For when Ninus the son of Belus was
109 king, he is reported to have subdued the whole of Asia, even
110 to the boundaries of Libya, which as to number is called the
111 third part, but as to size is found to be the half of the whole
112 world. The Indians in the eastern regions were the only
113 people over whom he did not reign; but after his death Semiramis
114 his wife made war on them. Thus it came to pass
115 that all the people and kings in those countries were subject
116 to the kingdom and authority of the Assyrians, and did whatever
117 they were commanded. Now Abraham was born in that
118 kingdom among the Chaldees, in the time of Ninus. But
119 since Grecian affairs are much better known to us than
120 Assyrian, and those who have diligently investigated the antiquity
121 of the Roman nation's origin have followed the order of
122 time through the Greeks to the Latins, and from them to the
123 Romans, who themselves are Latins, we ought on this account,
124 where it is needful, to mention the Assyrian kings, that it may
125 appear how Babylon, like a first Rome, ran its course along
126 with the city of God, which is a stranger in this world. But
127 the things proper for insertion in this work in comparing the
128 two cities, that is, the earthly and heavenly, ought to be taken
129 mostly from the Greek and Latin kingdoms, where Rome
130 herself is like a second Babylon.
131 At Abraham's birth, then, the second kings of Assyria and
132 Sicyon respectively were Ninus and Europs, the first having
133 been Belus and Ægialeus. But when God promised Abraham,
134 on his departure from Babylonia, that he should become a
135 great nation, and that in his seed all nations of the earth
136 should be blessed, the Assyrians had their seventh king, the
137 Sicyons their fifth; for the son of Ninus reigned among them
138 after his mother Semiramis, who is said to have been put to
139 death by him for attempting to defile him by incestuously
140 lying with him. Some think that she founded Babylon, and
141 indeed she may have founded it anew. But we have told, in
142 the sixteenth book, when or by whom it was founded. Now
143 the son of Ninus and Semiramis, who succeeded his mother
144 in the kingdom, is also called Ninus by some, but by others
145 Ninias, a patronymic word. Telexion then held the kingdom
146 of the Sicyons. In his reign times were quiet and joyful to
147 such a degree, that after his death they worshipped him as a
148 god by offering sacrifices and by celebrating games, which are
149 said to have been first instituted on this occasion.
150 >
151 >
152 >
153 3. *What kings reigned in Assyria and Sicyon when, according to the promise,
154 > Isaac was born to Abraham in his hundredth year, and when the twins
155 > Esau and Jacob were born of Rebecca to Isaac in his sixtieth year.*
156 In his times also, by the promise of God, Isaac, the son of
157 Abraham, was born to his father when he was a hundred
158 years old, of Sarah his wife, who, being barren and old, had
159 already lost hope of issue. Aralius was then the fifth king
160 of the Assyrians. To Isaac himself, in his sixtieth year, were
161 born twin-sons, Esau and Jacob, whom Rebecca his wife bore
162 to him, their grandfather Abraham, who died on completing
163 a hundred and seventy years, being still alive, and reckoning
164 his hundred and sixtieth year.[498] At that time there reigned
165 as the seventh kings,—among the Assyrians, that more ancient
166 Xerxes, who was also called Balæus; and among the Sicyons,
167 Thuriachus, or, as some write his name, Thurimachus. The
168 kingdom of Argos, in which Inachus reigned first, arose in
169 the time of Abraham's grandchildren. And I must not
170 omit what Varro relates, that the Sicyons were also wont to
171 sacrifice at the tomb of their seventh king Thuriachus. In
172 the reign of Armamitres in Assyria and Leucippus in Sicyon
173 as the eighth kings, and of Inachus as the first in Argos, God
174 spoke to Isaac, and promised the same two things to him as
175 to his father,—namely, the land of Canaan to his seed, and
176 the blessing of all nations in his seed. These same things
177 were promised to his son, Abraham's grandson, who was at
178 first called Jacob, afterwards Israel, when Belocus was the
179 ninth king of Assyria, and Phoroneus, the son of Inachus,
180 reigned as the second king of Argos, Leucippus still continuing
181 king of Sicyon. In those times, under the Argive king
182 Phoroneus, Greece was made more famous by the institution
183 of certain laws and judges. On the death of Phoroneus, his
184 younger brother Phegous built a temple at his tomb, in which
185 he was worshipped as God, and oxen were sacrificed to him. I
186 believe they thought him worthy of so great honour, because
187 in his part of the kingdom (for their father had divided his
188 territories between them, in which they reigned during his
189 life) he had founded chapels for the worship of the gods, and
190 had taught them to measure time by months and years, and
191 to that extent to keep count and reckoning of events. Men
192 still uncultivated, admiring him for these novelties, either
193 fancied he was, or resolved that he should be made, a god
194 after his death. Io also is said to have been the daughter
195 of Inachus, who was afterwards called Isis, when she was
196 worshipped in Egypt as a great goddess; although others
197 write that she came as a queen out of Ethiopia, and because
198 she ruled extensively and justly, and instituted for her subjects
199 letters and many useful things, such divine honour was
200 given her there after she died, that if any one said she had
201 been human, he was charged with a capital crime.
202 4. *Of the times of Jacob and his son Joseph.*
203 In the reign of Balæus, the ninth king of Assyria, and
204 Mesappus, the eighth of Sicyon, who is said by some to have
205 been also called Cephisos (if indeed the same man had both
206 names, and those who put the other name in their writings
207 have not rather confounded him with another man), while
208 Apis was third king of Argos, Isaac died, a hundred and
209 eighty years old, and left his twin-sons a hundred and twenty
210 years old. Jacob, the younger of these, belonged to the
211 city of God about which we write (the elder being wholly
212 rejected), and had twelve sons, one of whom, called Joseph,
213 was sold by his brothers to merchants going down to Egypt,
214 while his grandfather Isaac was still alive. But when he
215 was thirty years of age, Joseph stood before Pharaoh, being
216 exalted out of the humiliation he endured, because, in divinely
217 interpreting the king's dreams, he foretold that there would
218 be seven years of plenty, the very rich abundance of which
219 would be consumed by seven other years of famine that
220 should follow. On this account the king made him ruler
221 over Egypt, liberating him from prison, into which he had
222 been thrown for keeping his chastity intact; for he bravely
223 preserved it from his mistress, who wickedly loved him, and
224 told lies to his weakly credulous master, and did not consent
225 to commit adultery with her, but fled from her, leaving his
226 garment in her hands when she laid hold of him. In the
227 second of the seven years of famine Jacob came down into
228 Egypt to his son with all he had, being a hundred and thirty
229 years old, as he himself said in answer to the king's question.
230 Joseph was then thirty-nine, if we add seven years of plenty
231 and two of famine to the thirty he reckoned when honoured
232 by the king.
233 5. *Of Apis king of Argos, whom the Egyptians called Serapis, and worshipped
234 with divine honours.*
235 In these times Apis king of Argos crossed over into
236 Egypt in ships, and, on dying there, was made Serapis, the
237 chief god of all the Egyptians. Now Varro gives this very
238 ready reason why, after his death, he was called, not Apis, but
239 Serapis. The ark in which he was placed when dead, which
240 every one now calls a sarcophagus, was then called in Greek
241 σορὸς, and they began to worship him when buried in it before
242 his temple was built; and from Soros and Apis he was called
243 first [Sorosapis, or] Sorapis, and then Serapis, by changing a
244 letter, as easily happens. It was decreed regarding him also,
245 that whoever should say he had been a man should be capitally
246 punished. And since in every temple where Isis and
247 Serapis were worshipped there was also an image which, with
248 finger pressed on the lips, seemed to warn men to keep silence,
249 Varro thinks this signifies that it should be kept secret that
250 they had been human. But that bull which, with wonderful
251 folly, deluded Egypt nourished with abundant delicacies in
252 honour of him, was not called Serapis, but Apis, because they
253 worshipped him alive without a sarcophagus. On the death
254 of that bull, when they sought and found a calf of the same
255 colour,—that is, similarly marked with certain white spots,—they
256 believed it was something miraculous, and divinely provided
257 for them. Yet it was no great thing for the demons,
258 in order to deceive them, to show to a cow when she was
259 conceiving and pregnant the image of such a bull, which she
260 alone could see, and by it attract the breeding passion of the
261 mother, so that it might appear in a bodily shape in her
262 young, just as Jacob so managed with the spotted rods that
263 the sheep and goats were born spotted. For what men can
264 do with real colours and substances, the demons can very
265 easily do by showing unreal forms to breeding animals.
266 6. *Who were kings of Argos, and of Assyria, when Jacob died in Egypt.*
267 Apis, then, who died in Egypt, was not the king of Egypt,
268 but of Argos. He was succeeded by his son Argus, from
269 whose name the land was called Argos and the people Argives,
270 for under the earlier kings neither the place nor the nation
271 as yet had this name. While he then reigned over Argos,
272 and Eratus over Sicyon, and Balæus still remained king of
273 Assyria, Jacob died in Egypt a hundred and forty-seven years
274 old, after he had, when dying, blessed his sons and his grandsons
275 by Joseph, and prophesied most plainly of Christ, saying
276 in the blessing of Judah, "A prince shall not fail out of
277 Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until those things come
278 which are laid up for him; and He is the expectation of the
279 nations."[499] In the reign of Argus Greece began to use fruits,
280 and to have crops of corn in cultivated fields, the seed having
281 been brought from other countries. Argus also began to be
282 accounted a god after his death, and was honoured with a
283 temple and sacrifices. This honour was conferred in his reign,
284 before being given to him, on a private individual for being
285 the first to yoke oxen in the plough. This was one Homogyrus,
286 who was struck by lightning.
287 7. *Who were kings when Joseph died in Egypt.*
288 In the reign of Mamitus, the twelfth king of Assyria, and
289 Plemnæus, the eleventh of Sicyon, while Argus still reigned
290 over the Argives, Joseph died in Egypt a hundred and ten
291 years old. After his death, the people of God, increasing
292 wonderfully, remained in Egypt a hundred and forty-five
293 years, in tranquillity at first, until those who knew Joseph were
294 dead. Afterward, through envy of their increase, and the
295 suspicion that they would at length gain their freedom, they
296 were oppressed with persecutions and the labours of intolerable
297 servitude, amid which, however, they still grew, being
298 multiplied with God-given fertility. During this period the
299 same kingdoms continued in Assyria and Greece.
300 8. *Who were kings when Moses was born, and what gods began to be worshipped
301 then.*
302 When Saphrus reigned as the fourteenth king of Assyria,
303 and Orthopolis as the twelfth of Sicyon, and Criasus as the
304 fifth of Argos, Moses was born in Egypt, by whom the
305 people of God were liberated from the Egyptian slavery, in
306 which they behoved to be thus tried that they might desire
307 the help of their Creator. Some have thought that Prometheus
308 lived during the reign of the kings now named. He
309 is reported to have formed men out of clay, because he was
310 esteemed the best teacher of wisdom; yet it does not appear
311 what wise men there were in his days. His brother Atlas is
312 said to have been a great astrologer; and this gave occasion
313 for the fable that he held up the sky, although the vulgar
314 opinion about his holding up the sky appears rather to have
315 been suggested by a high mountain named after him. Indeed,
316 from those times many other fabulous things began to
317 be invented in Greece; yet, down to Cecrops king of Athens,
318 in whose reign that city received its name, and in whose reign
319 God brought His people out of Egypt by Moses, only a few
320 dead heroes are reported to have been deified according to the
321 vain superstition of the Greeks. Among these were Melantomice,
322 the wife of king Criasus, and Phorbas their son, who
323 succeeded his father as sixth king of the Argives, and Iasus,
324 son of Triopas, their seventh king, and their ninth king,
325 Sthenelas, or Stheneleus, or Sthenelus,—for his name is given
326 differently by different authors. In those times also, Mercury,
327 the grandson of Atlas by his daughter Maia, is said to
328 have lived, according to the common report in books. He
329 was famous for his skill in many arts, and taught them to
330 men, for which they resolved to make him, and even believed
331 that he deserved to be, a god after death. Hercules is
332 said to have been later, yet belonging to the same period;
333 although some, whom I think mistaken, assign him an earlier
334 date than Mercury. But at whatever time they were born,
335 it is agreed among grave historians, who have committed these
336 ancient things to writing, that both were men, and that they
337 merited divine honours from mortals because they conferred
338 on them many benefits to make this life more pleasant to
339 them. Minerva was far more ancient than these; for she
340 is reported to have appeared in virgin age in the times of
341 Ogyges at the lake called Triton, from which she is also
342 styled Tritonia, the inventress truly of many works, and the
343 more readily believed to be a goddess because her origin was
344 so little known. For what is sung about her having sprung
345 from the head of Jupiter belongs to the region of poetry and
346 fable, and not to that of history and real fact. And historical
347 writers are not agreed when Ogyges flourished, in whose time
348 also a great flood occurred,—not that greatest one from which
349 no man escaped except those who could get into the ark, for
350 neither Greek nor Latin history knew of it, yet a greater
351 flood than that which happened afterward in Deucalion's
352 time. For Varro begins the book I have already mentioned
353 at this date, and does not propose to himself, as the starting-point
354 from which he may arrive at Roman affairs, anything
355 more ancient than the flood of Ogyges, that is, which happened
356 in the time of Ogyges. Now our writers of chronicles—first
357 Eusebius, and afterwards Jerome, who entirely follow
358 some earlier historians in this opinion—relate that the flood
359 of Ogyges happened more than three hundred years after,
360 during the reign of Phoroneus, the second king of Argos.
361 But whenever he may have lived, Minerva was already worshipped
362 as a goddess when Cecrops reigned in Athens, in
363 whose reign the city itself is reported to have been rebuilt
364 or founded.
365 9. *When the city of Athens was founded, and what reason Varro assigns for its
366 name.*
367 Athens certainly derived its name from Minerva, who in
368 Greek is called Ἀθηνη, and Varro points out the following
369 reason why it was so called. When an olive-tree suddenly
370 appeared there, and water burst forth in another place, these
371 prodigies moved the king to send to the Delphic Apollo to
372 inquire what they meant and what he should do. He answered
373 that the olive signified Minerva, the water Neptune,
374 and that the citizens had it in their power to name their
375 city as they chose, after either of these two gods whose signs
376 these were. On receiving this oracle, Cecrops convoked all
377 the citizens of either sex to give their vote, for it was then
378 the custom in those parts for the women also to take part in
379 public deliberations. When the multitude was consulted, the
380 men gave their votes for Neptune, the women for Minerva;
381 and as the women had a majority of one, Minerva conquered.
382 Then Neptune, being enraged, laid waste the lands of the
383 Athenians, by casting up the waves of the sea; for the
384 demons have no difficulty in scattering any waters more
385 widely. The same authority said, that to appease his wrath
386 the women should be visited by the Athenians with the threefold
387 punishment—that they should no longer have any vote;
388 that none of their children should be named after their
389 mothers; and that no one should call them Athenians. Thus
390 that city, the mother and nurse of liberal doctrines, and of
391 so many and so great philosophers, than whom Greece had
392 nothing more famous and noble, by the mockery of demons
393 about the strife of their gods, a male and female, and from
394 the victory of the female one through the women, received
395 the name of Athens; and, on being damaged by the vanquished
396 god, was compelled to punish the very victory of the
397 victress, fearing the waters of Neptune more than the arms
398 of Minerva. For in the women who were thus punished,
399 Minerva, who had conquered, was conquered too, and could
400 not even help her voters so far that, although the right of
401 voting was henceforth lost, and the mothers could not give
402 their names to the children, they might at least be allowed to
403 be called Athenians, and to merit the name of that goddess
404 whom they had made victorious over a male god by giving
405 her their votes. What and how much could be said about
406 this, if we had not to hasten to other things in our discourse,
407 is obvious.
408 10. *What Varro reports about the term Areopagus, and about Deucalion's
409 flood.*
410 Marcus Varro, however, is not willing to credit lying fables
411 against the gods, lest he should find something dishonouring
412 to their majesty; and therefore he will not admit that the
413 Areopagus, the place where the Apostle Paul disputed with
414 the Athenians, got this name because Mars, who in Greek is
415 called Ἄρης, when he was charged with the crime of homicide,
416 and was judged by twelve gods in that field, was acquitted
417 by the sentence of six; because it was the custom,
418 when the votes were equal, to acquit rather than condemn.
419 Against this opinion, which is much most widely published,
420 he tries, from the notices of obscure books, to support
421 another reason for this name, lest the Athenians should be
422 thought to have called it Areopagus from the words "Mars" and
423 "field,"[500] as if it were the field of Mars, to the dishonour of the
424 gods, forsooth, from whom he thinks lawsuits and judgments
425 far removed. And he asserts that this which is said about
426 Mars is not less false than what is said about the three
427 goddesses, to wit, Juno, Minerva, and Venus, whose contest
428 for the palm of beauty, before Paris as judge, in order to obtain
429 the golden apple, is not only related, but is celebrated in
430 songs and dances amid the applause of the theatres, in plays
431 meant to please the gods who take pleasure in these crimes of
432 their own, whether real or fabled. Varro does not believe
433 these things, because they are incompatible with the nature
434 of the gods and of morality; and yet, in giving not a fabulous
435 but a historic reason for the name of Athens, he inserts in his
436 books the strife between Neptune and Minerva as to whose
437 name should be given to that city, which was so great that,
438 when they contended by the display of prodigies, even Apollo
439 dared not judge between them when consulted; but, in order to
440 end the strife of the gods, just as Jupiter sent the three goddesses
441 we have named to Paris, so he sent them to men, when
442 Minerva won by the vote, and yet was defeated by the punishment
443 of her own voters, for she was unable to confer the title
444 of Athenians on the women who were her friends, although she
445 could impose it on the men who were her opponents. In
446 these times, when Cranaos reigned at Athens as the successor
447 of Cecrops, as Varro writes, but, according to our Eusebius and
448 Jerome, while Cecrops himself still remained, the flood occurred
449 which is called Deucalion's, because it occurred chiefly
450 in those parts of the earth in which he reigned. But this
451 flood did not at all reach Egypt or its vicinity.
452 11. *When Moses led the people out of Egypt; and who were kings when his
453 successor Joshua the son of Nun died.*
454 Moses led the people out of Egypt in the last time of
455 Cecrops king of Athens, when Ascatades reigned in Assyria,
456 Marathus in Sicyon, Triopas in Argos; and having led forth
457 the people, he gave them at Mount Sinai the law he received
458 from God, which is called the Old Testament, because it has
459 earthly promises, and because, through Jesus Christ, there
460 was to be a New Testament, in which the kingdom of heaven
461 should be promised. For the same order behoved to be
462 observed in this as is observed in each man who prospers
463 in God, according to the saying of the apostle, "That is not
464 first which is spiritual, but that which is natural," since, as
465 he says, and that truly, "The first man of the earth, is earthly;
466 the second man, from heaven, is heavenly."[501] Now Moses
467 ruled the people for forty years in the wilderness, and died a
468 hundred and twenty years old, after he had prophesied of
469 Christ by the types of carnal observances in the tabernacle,
470 priesthood, and sacrifices, and many other mystic ordinances.
471 Joshua the son of Nun succeeded Moses, and settled in the
472 land of promise the people he had brought in, having by
473 divine authority conquered the people by whom it was
474 formerly possessed. He also died, after ruling the people
475 twenty-seven years after the death of Moses, when Amyntas
476 reigned in Assyria as the eighteenth king, Coracos as the sixteenth
477 in Sicyon, Danaos as the tenth in Argos, Ericthonius
478 as the fourth in Athens.
479 >
480 >
481 >
482 12. *Of the rituals of false gods instituted by the kings of Greece in the period
483 > from Israel's exodus from Egypt down to the death of Joshua the son
484 > of Nun.*
485 During this period, that is, from Israel's exodus from Egypt
486 down to the death of Joshua the son of Nun, through whom
487 that people received the land of promise, rituals were instituted
488 to the false gods by the kings of Greece, which, by
489 stated celebration, recalled the memory of the flood, and of
490 men's deliverance from it, and of that troublous life they then
491 led in migrating to and fro between the heights and the
492 plains. For even the Luperci,[502] when they ascend and descend
493 the sacred path, are said to represent the men who sought
494 the mountain summits because of the inundation of water,
495 and returned to the lowlands on its subsidence. In those
496 times, Dionysus, who was also called Father Liber, and was
497 esteemed a god after death, is said to have shown the vine
498 to his host in Attica. Then the musical games were instituted
499 for the Delphic Apollo, to appease his anger, through
500 which they thought the regions of Greece were afflicted with
501 barrenness, because they had not defended his temple which
502 Danaos burnt when he invaded those lands; for they were
503 warned by his oracle to institute these games. But king
504 Ericthonius first instituted games to him in Attica, and not to
505 him only, but also to Minerva, in which games the olive was
506 given as the prize to the victors, because they relate that
507 Minerva was the discoverer of that fruit, as Liber was of the
508 grape. In those years Europa is alleged to have been carried
509 off by Xanthus king of Crete (to whom we find some
510 give another name), and to have borne him Rhadamanthus,
511 Sarpedon, and Minos, who are more commonly reported to
512 have been the sons of Jupiter by the same woman. Now
513 those who worship such gods regard what we have said about
514 Xanthus king of Crete as true history; but this about
515 Jupiter, which the poets sing, the theatres applaud, and the
516 people celebrate, as empty fable got up as a reason for games
517 to appease the deities, even with the false ascription of crimes
518 to them. In those times Hercules was held in honour in
519 Tyre, but that was not the same one as he whom we spoke of
520 above. In the more secret history there are said to have been
521 several who were called Father Liber and Hercules. This
522 Hercules, whose great deeds are reckoned as twelve (not including
523 the slaughter of Antæus the African, because that
524 affair pertains to another Hercules), is declared in their books
525 to have burned himself on Mount Œta, because he was not
526 able, by that strength with which he had subdued monsters,
527 to endure the disease under which he languished. At that
528 time the king, or rather tyrant Busiris, who is alleged to have
529 been the son of Neptune by Libya the daughter of Epaphus,
530 is said to have offered up his guests in sacrifice to the gods.
531 Now it must not be believed that Neptune committed this
532 adultery, lest the gods should be criminated; yet such things
533 must be ascribed to them by the poets and in the theatres,
534 that they may be pleased with them. Vulcan and Minerva
535 are said to have been the parents of Ericthonius king of
536 Athens, in whose last years Joshua the son of Nun is found
537 to have died. But since they will have it that Minerva is
538 a virgin, they say that Vulcan, being disturbed in the struggle
539 between them, poured out his seed into the earth, and on that
540 account the man born of it received that name; for in the
541 Greek language ἔρις is "strife," and χθὼν "earth," of which two
542 words Ericthonius is a compound. Yet it must be admitted
543 that the more learned disprove and disown such things concerning
544 their gods, and declare that this fabulous belief originated
545 in the fact that in the temple at Athens, which Vulcan
546 and Minerva had in common, a boy who had been exposed
547 was found wrapped up in the coils of a dragon, which signified
548 that he would become great, and, as his parents were unknown,
549 he was called the son of Vulcan and Minerva, because
550 they had the temple in common. Yet that fable accounts for
551 the origin of his name better than this history. But what
552 does it matter to us? Let the one in books that speak the
553 truth edify religious men, and the other in lying fables delight
554 impure demons. Yet these religious men worship them as
555 gods. Still, while they deny these things concerning them,
556 they cannot clear them of all crime, because at their demand
557 they exhibit plays in which the very things they wisely deny
558 are basely done, and the gods are appeased by these false and
559 base things. Now, even although the play celebrates an unreal
560 crime of the gods, yet to delight in the ascription of an unreal
561 crime is a real one.
562 13. *What fables were invented at the time when judges began to rule the
563 Hebrews.*
564 After the death of Joshua the son of Nun, the people of
565 God had judges, in whose times they were alternately humbled
566 by afflictions on account of their sins, and consoled by prosperity
567 through the compassion of God. In those times were
568 invented the fables about Triptolemus, who, at the command
569 of Ceres, borne by winged snakes, bestowed corn on the needy
570 lands in flying over them; about that beast the Minotaur,
571 which was shut up in the Labyrinth, from which men who
572 entered its inextricable mazes could find no exit; about the
573 Centaurs, whose form was a compound of horse and man;
574 about Cerberus, the three-headed dog of hell; about Phryxus
575 and his sister Hellas, who fled, borne by a winged ram; about
576 the Gorgon, whose hair was composed of serpents, and who
577 turned those who looked on her into stone; about Bellerophon,
578 who was carried by a winged horse called Pegasus;
579 about Amphion, who charmed and attracted the stones by the
580 sweetness of his harp; about the artificer Dædalus and his
581 son Icarus, who flew on wings they had fitted on; about
582 Œdipus, who compelled a certain four-footed monster with a
583 human face, called a sphynx, to destroy herself by casting
584 herself headlong, having solved the riddle she was wont to
585 propose as insoluble; about Antæus, who was the son of the
586 earth, for which reason, on falling on the earth, he was wont
587 to rise up stronger, whom Hercules slew; and perhaps there
588 are others which I have forgotten. These fables, easily found
589 in histories containing a true account of events, bring us down
590 to the Trojan war, at which Marcus Varro has closed his
591 second book about the race of the Roman people; and they
592 are so skilfully invented by men as to involve no scandal to
593 the gods. But whoever have pretended as to Jupiter's rape
594 of Ganymede, a very beautiful boy, that king Tantalus committed
595 the crime, and the fable ascribed it to Jupiter; or as
596 to his impregnating Danäe as a golden shower, that it means
597 that the woman's virtue was corrupted by gold: whether these
598 things were really done or only fabled in those days, or were
599 really done by others and falsely ascribed to Jupiter, it is
600 impossible to tell how much wickedness must have been taken
601 for granted in men's hearts that they should be thought able
602 to listen to such lies with patience. And yet they willingly
603 accepted them, when, indeed, the more devotedly they worshipped
604 Jupiter, they ought the more severely to have
605 punished those who durst say such things of him. But they
606 not only were not angry at those who invented these things,
607 but were afraid that the gods would be angry at them if they
608 did not act such fictions even in the theatres. In those times
609 Latona bore Apollo, not him of whose oracle we have spoken
610 above as so often consulted, but him who is said, along with
611 Hercules, to have fed the flocks of king Admetus; yet he was
612 so believed to be a god, that very many, indeed almost all, have
613 believed him to be the selfsame Apollo. Then also Father
614 Liber made war in India, and led in his army many women
615 called Bacchæ, who were notable not so much for valour as for
616 fury. Some, indeed, write that this Liber was both conquered
617 and bound; and some that he was slain in Persia, even telling
618 where he was buried; and yet in his name, as that of a god,
619 the unclean demons have instituted the sacred, or rather the
620 sacrilegious, Bacchanalia, of the outrageous vileness of which
621 the senate, after many years, became so much ashamed as to
622 prohibit them in the city of Rome. Men believed that in
623 those times Perseus and his wife Andromeda were raised into
624 heaven after their death, so that they were not ashamed or
625 afraid to mark out their images by constellations, and call
626 them by their names.
627 14. *Of the theological poets.*
628 During the same period of time arose the poets, who were
629 also called *theologues*, because they made hymns about the
630 gods; yet about such gods as, although great men, were yet
631 but men, or the elements of this world which the true God
632 made, or creatures who were ordained as principalities and
633 powers according to the will of the Creator and their own
634 merit. And if, among much that was vain and false, they
635 sang anything of the one true God, yet, by worshipping Him
636 along with others who are not gods, and showing them the
637 service that is due to Him alone, they did not serve Him at
638 all rightly; and even such poets as Orpheus, Musæus, and
639 Linus, were unable to abstain from dishonouring their gods by
640 fables. But yet these theologues worshipped the gods, and
641 were not worshipped as gods, although the city of the ungodly
642 is wont, I know not how, to set Orpheus over the sacred, or
643 rather sacrilegious, rites of hell. The wife of king Athamas,
644 who was called Ino, and her son Melicertes, perished by
645 throwing themselves into the sea, and were, according to popular
646 belief, reckoned among the gods, like other men of the same
647 times, [among whom were] Castor and Pollux. The Greeks,
648 indeed, called her who was the mother of Melicertes, Leucothea,
649 the Latins Matuta; but both thought her a goddess.
650 15. *Of the fall of the kingdom of Argos, when Picus the son of Saturn first
651 received his father's kingdom of Laurentum.*
652 During those times the kingdom of Argos came to an end,
653 being transferred to Mycene, from which Agamemnon came,
654 and the kingdom of Laurentum arose, of which Picus son of
655 Saturn was the first king, when the woman Deborah judged
656 the Hebrews; but it was the Spirit of God who used her as
657 His agent, for she was also a prophetess, although her prophecy
658 is so obscure that we could not demonstrate, without a
659 long discussion, that it was uttered concerning Christ. Now
660 the Laurentes already reigned in Italy, from whom the origin
661 of the Roman people is quite evidently derived after the
662 Greeks; yet the kingdom of Assyria still lasted, in which
663 Lampares was the twenty-third king when Picus first began
664 to reign at Laurentum. The worshippers of such gods may
665 see what they are to think of Saturn the father of Picus, who
666 deny that he was a man; of whom some also have written
667 that he himself reigned in Italy before Picus his son; and
668 Virgil in his well-known book says,—
669 "That race indocile, and through mountains high
670 Dispersed, he settled, and endowed with laws,
671 And named their country Latium, because
672 Latent within their coasts he dwelt secure.
673 Tradition says the golden ages pure
674 Began when he was king."[503]
675 But they regard these as poetic fancies, and assert that the
676 father of Picus was Sterces rather, and relate that, being a
677 most skilful husbandman, he discovered that the fields could
678 be fertilized by the dung of animals, which is called *stercus*
679 from his name. Some say he was called Stercutius. But
680 for whatever reason they chose to call him Saturn, it is
681 yet certain they made this Sterces or Stercutius a god for
682 his merit in agriculture; and they likewise received into the
683 number of these gods Picus his son, whom they affirm to
684 have been a famous augur and warrior. Picus begot Faunus,
685 the second king of Laurentum; and he too is, or was, a god
686 with them. These divine honours they gave to dead men
687 before the Trojan war.
688 >
689 >
690 >
691 16. *Of Diomede, who after the destruction of Troy was placed among the gods,
692 > while his companions are said to have been changed into birds.*
693 Troy was overthrown, and its destruction was everywhere
694 sung and made well known even to boys; for it was signally
695 published and spread abroad, both by its own greatness and
696 by writers of excellent style. And this was done in the
697 reign of Latinus the son of Faunus, from whom the kingdom
698 began to be called Latium instead of Laurentum. The victorious
699 Greeks, on leaving Troy destroyed and returning to
700 their own countries, were torn and crushed by divers and
701 horrible calamities. Yet even from among them they increased
702 the number of their gods, for they made Diomede a
703 god. They allege that his return home was prevented by a
704 divinely imposed punishment, and they prove, not by fabulous
705 and poetic falsehood, but by historic attestation, that his companions
706 were turned into birds. Yet they think that, even
707 although he was made a god, he could neither restore them
708 to the human form by his own power, nor yet obtain it from
709 Jupiter his king, as a favour granted to a new inhabitant of
710 heaven. They also say that his temple is in the island of
711 Diomedæa, not far from Mount Garganus in Apulia, and that
712 these birds fly round about this temple, and worship in it
713 with such wonderful obedience, that they fill their beaks with
714 water and sprinkle it; and if Greeks, or those born of the
715 Greek race, come there, they are not only still, but fly to meet
716 them; but if they are foreigners, they fly up at their heads,
717 and wound them with such severe strokes as even to kill
718 them. For they are said to be well enough armed for these
719 combats with their hard and large beaks.
720 17. *What Varro says of the incredible transformations of men.*
721 In support of this story, Varro relates others no less incredible
722 about that most famous sorceress Circe, who changed
723 the companions of Ulysses into beasts, and about the Arcadians,
724 who, by lot, swam across a certain pool, and were turned into
725 wolves there, and lived in the deserts of that region with
726 wild beasts like themselves. But if they never fed on human
727 flesh for nine years, they were restored to the human form
728 on swimming back again through the same pool. Finally, he
729 expressly names one Demænetus, who, on tasting a boy offered
730 up in sacrifice by the Arcadians to their god Lycæus according
731 to their custom, was changed into a wolf, and, being restored
732 to his proper form in the tenth year, trained himself as a
733 pugilist, and was victorious at the Olympic games. And the
734 same historian thinks that the epithet Lycæus was applied
735 in Arcadia to Pan and Jupiter for no other reason than this
736 metamorphosis of men into wolves, because it was thought it
737 could not be wrought except by a divine power. For a wolf
738 is called in Greek λυκὸς, from which the name Lycæus appears
739 to be formed. He says also that the Roman Luperci
740 were as it were sprung of the seed of these mysteries.
741 18. *What we should believe concerning the transformations which seem to
742 happen to men through the art of demons.*
743 Perhaps our readers expect us to say something about this
744 so great delusion wrought by the demons; and what shall we
745 say but that men must fly out of the midst of Babylon?[504] For
746 this prophetic precept is to be understood spiritually in this
747 sense, that by going forward in the living God, by the steps of
748 faith, which worketh by love, we must flee out of the city of
749 this world, which is altogether a society of ungodly angels and
750 men. Yea, the greater we see the power of the demons to be
751 in these depths, so much the more tenaciously must we cleave
752 to the Mediator through whom we ascend from these lowest
753 to the highest places. For if we should say these things are
754 not to be credited, there are not wanting even now some
755 who would affirm that they had either heard on the best
756 authority, or even themselves experienced, something of that
757 kind. Indeed we ourselves, when in Italy, heard such things
758 about a certain region there, where landladies of inns, imbued
759 with these wicked arts, were said to be in the habit of giving
760 to such travellers as they chose, or could manage, something
761 in a piece of cheese by which they were changed on the spot
762 into beasts of burden, and carried whatever was necessary,
763 and were restored to their own form when the work was
764 done. Yet their mind did not become bestial, but remained
765 rational and human, just as Apuleius, in the books he wrote
766 with the title of *The Golden Ass*, has told, or feigned, that it
767 happened to his own self that, on taking poison, he became
768 an ass, while retaining his human mind.
769 These things are either false, or so extraordinary as to be
770 with good reason disbelieved. But it is to be most firmly
771 believed that Almighty God can do whatever He pleases,
772 whether in punishing or favouring, and that the demons can
773 accomplish nothing by their natural power (for their created
774 being is itself angelic, although made malign by their own
775 fault), except what He may permit, whose judgments are often
776 hidden, but never unrighteous. And indeed the demons, if
777 they really do such things as these on which this discussion
778 turns, do not create real substances, but only change the
779 appearance of things created by the true God so as to make
780 them seem to be what they are not. I cannot therefore
781 believe that even the body, much less the mind, can really be
782 changed into bestial forms and lineaments by any reason, art,
783 or power of the demons; but the phantasm of a man, which
784 even in thought or dreams goes through innumerable changes,
785 may, when the man's senses are laid asleep or overpowered,
786 be presented to the senses of others in a corporeal form, in
787 some indescribable way unknown to me, so that men's bodies
788 themselves may lie somewhere, alive, indeed, yet with their
789 senses locked up much more heavily and firmly than by
790 sleep, while that phantasm, as it were embodied in the shape
791 of some animal, may appear to the senses of others, and may
792 even seem to the man himself to be changed, just as he may
793 seem to himself in sleep to be so changed, and to bear burdens;
794 and these burdens, if they are real substances, are borne by
795 the demons, that men may be deceived by beholding at the
796 same time the real substance of the burdens and the simulated
797 bodies of the beasts of burden. For a certain man called
798 Præstantius used to tell that it had happened to his father in
799 his own house, that he took that poison in a piece of cheese,
800 and lay in his bed as if sleeping, yet could by no means be
801 aroused. But he said that after a few days he as it were
802 woke up and related the things he had suffered as if they
803 had been dreams, namely, that he had been made a sumpter
804 horse, and, along with other beasts of burden, had carried
805 provisions for the soldiers of what is called the Rhœtian
806 Legion, because it was sent to Rhœtia. And all this was
807 found to have taken place just as he told, yet it had seemed
808 to him to be his own dream. And another man declared
809 that in his own house at night, before he slept, he saw a
810 certain philosopher, whom he knew very well, come to him
811 and explain to him some things in the Platonic philosophy
812 which he had previously declined to explain when asked.
813 And when he had asked this philosopher why he did in his
814 house what he had refused to do at home, he said, "I did not
815 do it, but I dreamed I had done it." And thus what the
816 one saw when sleeping was shown to the other when awake
817 by a phantasmal image.
818 These things have not come to us from persons we might
819 deem unworthy of credit, but from informants we could not
820 suppose to be deceiving us. Therefore what men say and
821 have committed to writing about the Arcadians being often
822 changed into wolves by the Arcadian gods, or demons rather,
823 and what is told in song about Circe transforming the companions
824 of Ulysses,[505] if they were really done, may, in my
825 opinion, have been done in the way I have said. As for
826 Diomede's birds, since their race is alleged to have been perpetuated
827 by constant propagation, I believe they were not
828 made through the metamorphosis of men, but were slyly
829 substituted for them on their removal, just as the hind was
830 for Iphigenia, the daughter of king Agamemnon. For juggleries
831 of this kind could not be difficult for the demons if
832 permitted by the judgment of God; and since that virgin
833 was afterward found alive, it is easy to see that a hind had
834 been slyly substituted for her. But because the companions
835 of Diomede were of a sudden nowhere to be seen, and afterward
836 could nowhere be found, being destroyed by bad avenging
837 angels, they were believed to have been changed into
838 those birds, which were secretly brought there from other
839 places where such birds were, and suddenly substituted for
840 them by fraud. But that they bring water in their beaks
841 and sprinkle it on the temple of Diomede, and that they
842 fawn on men of Greek race and persecute aliens, is no wonderful
843 thing to be done by the inward influence of the demons,
844 whose interest it is to persuade men that Diomede was made
845 a god, and thus to beguile them into worshipping many false
846 gods, to the great dishonour of the true God; and to serve
847 dead men, who even in their lifetime did not truly live,
848 with temples, altars, sacrifices, and priests, all which, when
849 of the right kind, are due only to the one living and true
850 God.
851 19. *That Æneas came into Italy when Abdon the judge ruled over the Hebrews.*
852 After the capture and destruction of Troy, Æneas, with
853 twenty ships laden with the Trojan relics, came into Italy,
854 when Latinus reigned there, Menestheus in Athens, Polyphidos
855 in Sicyon, and Tautanos in Assyria, and Abdon was
856 judge of the Hebrews. On the death of Latinus, Æneas
857 reigned three years, the same kings continuing in the above-named
858 places, except that Pelasgus was now king in Sicyon,
859 and Sampson was judge of the Hebrews, who is thought to be
860 Hercules, because of his wonderful strength. Now the Latins
861 made Æneas one of their gods, because at his death he was
862 nowhere to be found. The Sabines also placed among the
863 gods their first king, Sancus, [Sangus], or Sanctus, as some
864 call him. At that time Codrus king of Athens exposed
865 himself *incognito* to be slain by the Peloponnesian foes of
866 that city, and so was slain. In this way, they say, he delivered
867 his country. For the Peloponnesians had received a
868 response from the oracle, that they should overcome the
869 Athenians only on condition that they did not slay their
870 king. Therefore he deceived them by appearing in a poor
871 man's dress, and provoking them, by quarrelling, to murder
872 him. Whence Virgil says, "Or the quarrels of Codrus."[506]
873 And the Athenians worshipped this man as a god with
874 sacrificial honours. The fourth king of the Latins was
875 Silvius the son of Æneas, not by Creüsa, of whom Ascanius
876 the third king was born, but by Lavinia the daughter of
877 Latinus, and he is said to have been his posthumous child.
878 Oneus was the twenty-ninth king of Assyria, Melanthus the
879 sixteenth of the Athenians, and Eli the priest was judge of the
880 Hebrews; and the kingdom of Sicyon then came to an end,
881 after lasting, it is said, for nine hundred and fifty-nine years.
882 20. *Of the succession of the line of kings among the Israelites after the times
883 of the judges.*
884 While these kings reigned in the places mentioned, the
885 period of the judges being ended, the kingdom of Israel next
886 began with king Saul, when Samuel the prophet lived. At
887 that date those Latin kings began who were surnamed Silvii,
888 having that surname, in addition to their proper name, from
889 their predecessor, that son of Æneas who was called Silvius;
890 just as, long afterward, the successors of Cæsar Augustus
891 were surnamed Cæsars. Saul being rejected, so that none
892 of his issue should reign, on his death David succeeded him
893 in the kingdom, after he had reigned forty years. Then the
894 Athenians ceased to have kings after the death of Codrus,
895 and began to have a magistracy to rule the republic. After
896 David, who also reigned forty years, his son Solomon was
897 king of Israel, who built that most noble temple of God at
898 Jerusalem. In his time Alba was built among the Latins,
899 from which thereafter the kings began to be styled kings
900 not of the Latins, but of the Albans, although in the same
901 Latium. Solomon was succeeded by his son Rehoboam,
902 under whom that people was divided into two kingdoms, and
903 its separate parts began to have separate kings.
904 21. *Of the kings of Latium, the first and twelfth of whom, Æneas and
905 Aventinus, were made gods.*
906 After Æneas, whom they deified, Latium had eleven kings,
907 none of whom was deified. But Aventinus, who was the
908 twelfth after Æneas, having been laid low in war, and buried
909 in that hill still called by his name, was added to the number
910 of such gods as they made for themselves. Some, indeed,
911 were unwilling to write that he was slain in battle, but said
912 he was nowhere to be found, and that it was not from his
913 name, but from the alighting of birds, that hill was called
914 Aventinus.[507] After this no god was made in Latium except
915 Romulus the founder of Rome. But two kings are found
916 between these two, the first of whom I shall describe in the
917 Virgilian verse:
918 "Next came that Procas, glory of the Trojan race."[508]
919 That greatest of all kingdoms, the Assyrian, had its long
920 duration brought to a close in his time, the time of Rome's
921 birth drawing nigh. For the Assyrian empire was transferred
922 to the Medes after nearly thirteen hundred and five
923 years, if we include the reign of Belus, who begot Ninus,
924 and, content with a small kingdom, was the first king there.
925 Now Procas reigned before Amulius. And Amulius had
926 made his brother Numitor's daughter, Rhea by name, who
927 was also called Ilia, a vestal virgin, who conceived twin
928 sons by Mars, as they will have it, in that way honouring
929 or excusing her adultery, adding as a proof that a she-wolf
930 nursed the infants when exposed. For they think this kind
931 of beast belongs to Mars, so that the she-wolf is believed to
932 have given her teats to the infants, because she knew they
933 were the sons of Mars her lord; although there are not wanting
934 persons who say that when the crying babes lay exposed,
935 they were first of all picked up by I know not what harlot,
936 and sucked her breasts first (now harlots were called *lupæ*, she-wolves,
937 from which their vile abodes are even yet called *lupanaria*),
938 and that afterwards they came into the hands of the
939 shepherd Faustulus, and were nursed by Acca his wife. Yet
940 what wonder is it, if, to rebuke the king who had cruelly
941 ordered them to be thrown into the water, God was pleased, after
942 divinely delivering them from the water, to succour, by means
943 of a wild beast giving milk, these infants by whom so great a
944 city was to be founded? Amulius was succeeded in the Latian
945 kingdom by his brother Numitor, the grandfather of Romulus;
946 and Rome was founded in the first year of this Numitor, who
947 from that time reigned along with his grandson Romulus.
948 22. *That Rome was founded when the Assyrian kingdom perished, at which
949 time Hezekiah reigned in Judah.*
950 To be brief, the city of Rome was founded, like another
951 Babylon, and as it were the daughter of the former Babylon,
952 by which God was pleased to conquer the whole world, and
953 subdue it far and wide by bringing it into one fellowship of
954 government and laws. For there were already powerful and
955 brave peoples and nations trained to arms, who did not easily
956 yield, and whose subjugation necessarily involved great danger
957 and destruction as well as great and horrible labour. For
958 when the Assyrian kingdom subdued almost all Asia, although
959 this was done by fighting, yet the wars could not be very
960 fierce or difficult, because the nations were as yet untrained to
961 resist, and neither so many nor so great as afterward; forasmuch
962 as, after that greatest and indeed universal flood, when
963 only eight men escaped in Noah's ark, not much more than a
964 thousand years had passed when Ninus subdued all Asia with
965 the exception of India. But Rome did not with the same
966 quickness and facility wholly subdue all those nations of the
967 east and west which we see brought under the Roman empire,
968 because, in its gradual increase, in whatever direction it was extended,
969 it found them strong and warlike. At the time when
970 Rome was founded, then, the people of Israel had been in the
971 land of promise seven hundred and eighteen years. Of these
972 years twenty-seven belong to Joshua the son of Nun, and
973 after that three hundred and twenty-nine to the period of the
974 judges. But from the time when the kings began to reign
975 there, three hundred and sixty-two years had passed. And
976 at that time there was a king in Judah called Ahaz, or,
977 as others compute, Hezekiah his successor, the best and
978 most pious king, who it is admitted reigned in the times of
979 Romulus. And in that part of the Hebrew nation called
980 Israel, Hoshea had begun to reign.
981 23. *Of the Erythræan sibyl, who is known to have sung many things about
982 Christ more plainly than the other sibyls.*
983 Some say the Erythræan sibyl prophesied at this time.
984 Now Varro declares there were many sibyls, and not merely
985 one. This sibyl of Erythræ certainly wrote some things
986 concerning Christ which are quite manifest, and we first read
987 them in the Latin tongue in verses of bad Latin, and unrhythmical,
988 through the unskilfulness, as we afterward learned, of
989 some interpreter unknown to me. For Flaccianus, a very
990 famous man, who was also a proconsul, a man of most ready
991 eloquence and much learning, when we were speaking about
992 Christ, produced a Greek manuscript, saying that it was the
993 prophecies of the Erythræan sibyl, in which he pointed out a
994 certain passage which had the initial letters of the lines so
995 arranged that these words could be read in them: Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς Θεοῦ υἱὸς σωτήρ, which mean, "Jesus Christ the Son
996 of God, the Saviour." And these verses, of which the initial
997 letters yield that meaning, contain what follows as translated
998 by some one into Latin in good rhythm:
999 Ι Judgment shall moisten the earth with the sweat of its standard,
1000 Η Ever enduring, behold the King shall come through the ages,
1001 Σ Sent to be here in the flesh, and Judge at the last of the world.
1002 Ο O God, the believing and faithless alike shall behold Thee
1003 Υ Uplifted with saints, when at last the ages are ended.
1004 Σ Sisted before Him are souls in the flesh for His judgment.
1005 Χ Hid in thick vapours, the while desolate lieth the earth.
1006 Ρ Rejected by men are the idols and long hidden treasures;
1007 Ε Earth is consumed by the fire, and it searcheth the ocean and heaven;
1008 Ι Issuing forth, it destroyeth the terrible portals of hell.
1009 Σ Saints in their body and soul freedom and light shall inherit;
1010 Τ Those who are guilty shall burn in fire and brimstone for ever.
1011 Ο Occult actions revealing, each one shall publish his secrets;
1012 Σ Secrets of every man's heart God shall reveal in the light.
1013 Θ Then shall be weeping and wailing, yea; and gnashing of teeth;
1014 Ε Eclipsed is the sun, and silenced the stars in their chorus.
1015 Ο Over and gone is the splendour of moonlight, melted the heaven.
1016 Υ Uplifted by Him are the valleys, and cast down the mountains.
1017 Υ Utterly gone among men are distinctions of lofty and lowly.
1018 Ι Into the plains rush the hills, the skies and oceans are mingled.
1019 Ο Oh, what an end of all things! earth broken in pieces shall perish;
1020 Σ Swelling together at once shall the waters and flames flow in rivers.
1021 Σ Sounding the archangel's trumpet shall peal down from heaven,
1022 Ω Over the wicked who groan in their guilt and their manifold sorrows.
1023 Τ Trembling, the earth shall be opened, revealing chaos and hell.
1024 Η Every king before God shall stand in that day to be judged.
1025 Ρ Rivers of fire and of brimstone shall fall from the heavens.
1026 In these Latin verses the meaning of the Greek is correctly
1027 given, although not in the exact order of the lines as connected
1028 with the initial letters; for in three of them, the fifth,
1029 eighteenth, and nineteenth, where the Greek letter Υ occurs,
1030 Latin words could not be found beginning with the corresponding
1031 letter, and yielding a suitable meaning. So that, if
1032 we note down together the initial letters of all the lines in
1033 our Latin translation except those three in which we retain
1034 the letter Υ in the proper place, they will express in five
1035 Greek words this meaning, "Jesus Christ the Son of God, the
1036 Saviour." And the verses are twenty-seven, which is the cube
1037 of three. For three times three are nine; and nine itself, if
1038 tripled, so as to rise from the superficial square to the cube,
1039 comes to twenty-seven. But if you join the initial letters of
1040 these five Greek words, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς Θεοῦ υἱὸς σωτήρ,,
1041 which mean, "Jesus Christ the Son of God, the Saviour," they
1042 will make the word ἰχθὺς, that is, "fish," in which word Christ
1043 is mystically understood, because He was able to live, that is,
1044 to exist, without sin in the abyss of this mortality as in the
1045 depth of waters.
1046 But this sibyl, whether she is the Erythræan, or, as some
1047 rather believe, the Cumæan, in her whole poem, of which this
1048 is a very small portion, not only has nothing that can relate
1049 to the worship of the false or feigned gods, but rather speaks
1050 against them and their worshippers in such a way that we
1051 might even think she ought to be reckoned among those who
1052 belong to the city of God. Lactantius also inserted in his
1053 work the prophecies about Christ of a certain sibyl, he does
1054 not say which. But I have thought fit to combine in a single
1055 extract, which may seem long, what he has set down in many
1056 short quotations. She says, "Afterward He shall come into
1057 the injurious hands of the unbelieving, and they will give
1058 God buffets with profane hands, and with impure mouth will
1059 spit out envenomed spittle; but He will with simplicity
1060 yield His holy back to stripes. And He will hold His peace
1061 when struck with the fist, that no one may find out what
1062 word, or whence, He comes to speak to hell; and He shall be
1063 crowned with a crown of thorns. And they gave Him gall
1064 for meat, and vinegar for His thirst: they will spread this
1065 table of inhospitality. For thou thyself, being foolish, hast not
1066 understood thy God, deluding the minds of mortals, but hast
1067 both crowned Him with thorns and mingled for Him bitter
1068 gall. But the veil of the temple shall be rent; and at midday
1069 it shall be darker than night for three hours. And He shall
1070 die the death, taking sleep for three days; and then returning
1071 from hell, He first shall come to the light, the beginning of
1072 the resurrection being shown to the recalled." Lactantius
1073 made use of these sibylline testimonies, introducing them bit
1074 by bit in the course of his discussion as the things he intended
1075 to prove seemed to require, and we have set them down in one
1076 connected series, uninterrupted by comment, only taking care
1077 to mark them by capitals, if only the transcribers do not neglect
1078 to preserve them hereafter. Some writers, indeed, say that the
1079 Erythræan sibyl was not in the time of Romulus, but of the
1080 Trojan war.
1081 >
1082 >
1083 >
1084 24. *That the seven sages flourished in the reign of Romulus, when the ten tribes
1085 > which were called Israel were led into captivity by the Chaldeans, and
1086 > Romulus, when dead, had divine honours conferred on him.*
1087 While Romulus reigned, Thales the Milesian is said to have
1088 lived, being one of the seven sages, who succeeded the theological
1089 poets, of whom Orpheus was the most renowned, and
1090 were called Σοφοί, that is, sages. During that time the ten
1091 tribes, which on the division of the people were called Israel,
1092 were conquered by the Chaldeans and led captive into their
1093 lands, while the two tribes which were called Judah, and had
1094 the seat of their kingdom in Jerusalem, remained in the land
1095 of Judea. As Romulus, when dead, could nowhere be found,
1096 the Romans, as is everywhere notorious, placed him among
1097 the gods,—a thing which by that time had already ceased to
1098 be done, and which was not done afterwards till the time of the
1099 Cæsars, and then not through error, but in flattery; so that
1100 Cicero ascribes great praises to Romulus, because he merited
1101 such honours not in rude and unlearned times, when men
1102 were easily deceived, but in times already polished and learned,
1103 although the subtle and acute loquacity of the philosophers
1104 had not yet culminated. But although the later times did
1105 not deify dead men, still they did not cease to hold and worship
1106 as gods those deified of old; nay, by images, which the
1107 ancients never had, they even increased the allurements of
1108 vain and impious superstition, the unclean demons effecting
1109 this in their heart, and also deceiving them by lying oracles,
1110 so that even the fabulous crimes of the gods, which were not
1111 once imagined by a more polite age, were yet basely acted in
1112 the plays in honour of these same false deities. Numa reigned
1113 after Romulus; and although he had thought that Rome would
1114 be better defended the more gods there were, yet on his death
1115 he himself was not counted worthy of a place among them, as
1116 if it were supposed that he had so crowded heaven that a place
1117 could not be found for him there. They report that the Samian
1118 sibyl lived while he reigned at Rome, and when Manasseh
1119 began to reign over the Hebrews,—an impious king, by whom
1120 the prophet Isaiah is said to have been slain.
1121 >
1122 >
1123 >
1124 25. *What philosophers were famous when Tarquinius Priscus reigned over the
1125 > Romans, and Zedekiah over the Hebrews, when Jerusalem was taken and
1126 > the temple overthrown.*
1127 When Zedekiah reigned over the Hebrews, and Tarquinius
1128 Priscus, the successor of Ancus Martius, over the Romans, the
1129 Jewish people was led captive into Babylon, Jerusalem and
1130 the temple built by Solomon being overthrown. For the prophets,
1131 in chiding them for their iniquity and impiety, predicted
1132 that these things should come to pass, especially Jeremiah,
1133 who even stated the number of years. Pittacus of Mitylene,
1134 another of the sages, is reported to have lived at that time.
1135 And Eusebius writes that, while the people of God were held
1136 captive in Babylon, the five other sages lived, who must be
1137 added to Thales, whom we mentioned above, and Pittacus, in
1138 order to make up the seven. These are Solon of Athens, Chilo
1139 of Lacedæmon, Periander of Corinth, Cleobulus of Lindus, and
1140 Bias of Priene. These flourished after the theological poets, and
1141 were called sages, because they excelled other men in a certain
1142 laudable line of life, and summed up some moral precepts
1143 in epigrammatic sayings. But they left posterity no literary
1144 monuments, except that Solon is alleged to have given certain
1145 laws to the Athenians, and Thales was a natural philosopher,
1146 and left books of his doctrine in short proverbs. In that time
1147 of the Jewish captivity, Anaximander, Anaximenes, and Xenophanes,
1148 the natural philosophers, flourished. Pythagoras also
1149 lived then, and at this time the name philosopher was first used.
1150 >
1151 >
1152 >
1153 26. *That at the time when the captivity of the Jews was brought to an end, on the
1154 > completion of seventy years, the Romans also were freed from kingly rule.*
1155 At this time, Cyrus king of Persia, who also ruled the Chaldeans
1156 and Assyrians, having somewhat relaxed the captivity
1157 of the Jews, made fifty thousand of them return in order to
1158 rebuild the temple. They only began the first foundations
1159 and built the altar; but, owing to hostile invasions, they were
1160 unable to go on, and the work was put off to the time of Darius.
1161 During the same time also those things were done which are
1162 written in the book of Judith, which, indeed, the Jews are
1163 said not to have received into the canon of the Scriptures.
1164 Under Darius king of Persia, then, on the completion of the
1165 seventy years predicted by Jeremiah the prophet, the captivity
1166 of the Jews was brought to an end, and they were restored
1167 to liberty. Tarquin then reigned as the seventh king of the
1168 Romans. On his expulsion, they also began to be free from
1169 the rule of their kings. Down to this time the people of
1170 Israel had prophets; but, although they were numerous, the
1171 canonical writings of only a few of them have been preserved
1172 among the Jews and among us. In closing the previous book,
1173 I promised to set down something in this one about them, and
1174 I shall now do so.
1175 >
1176 >
1177 >
1178 27. *Of the times of the prophets whose oracles are contained in books, and who
1179 > sang many things about the call of the Gentiles at the time when the Roman
1180 > kingdom began and the Assyrian came to an end.*
1181 In order that we may be able to consider these times, let us
1182 go back a little to earlier times. At the beginning of the book
1183 of the prophet Hosea, who is placed first of twelve, it is written,
1184 "The word of the Lord which came to Hosea in the days of
1185 Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah."[509] Amos
1186 also writes that he prophesied in the days of Uzziah, and adds
1187 the name of Jeroboam king of Israel, who lived at the same
1188 time.[510] Isaiah the son of Amos—either the above-named prophet,
1189 or, as is rather affirmed, another who was not a prophet, but
1190 was called by the same name—also puts at the head of his book
1191 these four kings named by Hosea, saying by way of preface
1192 that he prophesied in their days.[511] Micah also names the same
1193 times as those of his prophecy, after the days of Uzziah;[512] for
1194 he names the same three kings as Hosea named,—Jotham,
1195 Ahaz, and Hezekiah. We find from their own writings that
1196 these men prophesied contemporaneously. To these are added
1197 Jonah in the reign of Uzziah, and Joel in that of Jotham, who
1198 succeeded Uzziah. But we can find the date of these two
1199 prophets in the chronicles,[513] not in their own writings, for they
1200 say nothing about it themselves. Now these days extend from
1201 Procas king of the Latins, or his predecessor Aventinus, down
1202 to Romulus king of the Romans, or even to the beginning of
1203 the reign of his successor, Numa Pompilius. Hezekiah king
1204 of Judah certainly reigned till then. So that thus these fountains
1205 of prophecy, as I may call them, burst forth at once during
1206 those times when the Assyrian kingdom failed and the Roman
1207 began; so that, just as in the first period of the Assyrian kingdom
1208 Abraham arose, to whom the most distinct promises were
1209 made that all nations should be blessed in his seed, so at the
1210 beginning of the western Babylon, in the time of whose government
1211 Christ was to come in whom these promises were to be
1212 fulfilled, the oracles of the prophets were given not only in
1213 spoken but in written words, for a testimony that so great a
1214 thing should come to pass. For although the people of Israel
1215 hardly ever lacked prophets from the time when they began to
1216 have kings, these were only for their own use, not for that of
1217 the nations. But when the more manifestly prophetic Scripture
1218 began to be formed, which was to benefit the nations
1219 too, it was fitting that it should begin when this city was
1220 founded which was to rule the nations.
1221 28. *Of the things pertaining to the gospel of Christ which Hosea and Amos
1222 prophesied.*
1223 The prophet Hosea speaks so very profoundly that it is
1224 laborious work to penetrate his meaning. But, according to
1225 promise, we must insert something from his book. He says,
1226 "And it shall come to pass that in the place where it was
1227 said unto them, Ye are not my people, there they shall be
1228 called the sons of the living God."[514] Even the apostles understood
1229 this as a prophetic testimony of the calling of the nations
1230 who did not formerly belong to God; and because this same
1231 people of the Gentiles is itself spiritually among the children
1232 of Abraham, and for that reason is rightly called Israel, therefore
1233 he goes on to say, "And the children of Judah and the
1234 children of Israel shall be gathered together in one, and shall
1235 appoint themselves one headship, and shall ascend from the
1236 earth."[515] We should but weaken the savour of this prophetic
1237 oracle if we set ourselves to expound it. Let the reader but
1238 call to mind that corner-stone and those two walls of partition,
1239 the one of the Jews, the other of the Gentiles,[516] and he will recognise
1240 them, the one under the term sons of Judah, the other
1241 as sons of Israel, supporting themselves by one and the same
1242 headship, and ascending from the earth. But that those carnal
1243 Israelites who are now unwilling to believe in Christ shall
1244 afterward believe, that is, their children shall (for they themselves,
1245 of course, shall go to their own place by dying), this
1246 same prophet testifies, saying, "For the children of Israel shall
1247 abide many days without a king, without a prince, without a
1248 sacrifice, without an altar, without a priesthood, without manifestations."[517]
1249 Who does not see that the Jews are now thus?
1250 But let us hear what he adds: "And afterward shall the children
1251 of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David
1252 their king, and shall be amazed at the Lord and at His goodness
1253 in the latter days."[518] Nothing is clearer than this prophecy,
1254 in which by David, as distinguished by the title of king,
1255 Christ is to be understood, "who is made," as the apostle says,
1256 "of the seed of David according to the flesh."[519] This prophet
1257 has also foretold the resurrection of Christ on the third day,
1258 as it behoved to be foretold, with prophetic loftiness, when he
1259 says, "He will heal us after two days, and in the third day we
1260 shall rise again."[520] In agreement with this the apostle says
1261 to us, "If ye be risen with Christ, seek those things which are
1262 above."[521] Amos also prophesies thus concerning such things:
1263 "Prepare thee, that thou mayst invoke thy God, O Israel; for
1264 lo, I am binding the thunder, and creating the spirit, and announcing
1265 to men their Christ."[522] And in another place he
1266 says, "In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that
1267 is fallen, and build up the breaches thereof; and I will raise
1268 up his ruins, and will build them up again as in the days of
1269 old: that the residue of men may inquire for me, and all the
1270 nations upon whom my name is invoked, saith the Lord that
1271 doeth this."[523]
1272 29. *What things are predicted by Isaiah concerning Christ and the Church.*
1273 The prophecy of Isaiah is not in the book of the twelve
1274 prophets, who are called the minor from the brevity of their
1275 writings, as compared with those who are called the greater
1276 prophets because they published larger volumes. Isaiah belongs
1277 to the latter, yet I connect him with the two above
1278 named, because he prophesied at the same time. Isaiah, then,
1279 together with his rebukes of wickedness, precepts of righteousness,
1280 and predictions of evil, also prophesied much more than
1281 the rest about Christ and the Church, that is, about the King
1282 and that city which he founded; so that some say he should
1283 be called an evangelist rather than a prophet. But, in order
1284 to finish this work, I quote only one out of many in this
1285 place. Speaking in the person of the Father, he says, "Behold,
1286 my servant shall understand, and shall be exalted and glorified
1287 very much. As many shall be astonished at Thee."[524] This is
1288 about Christ.
1289 But let us now hear what follows about the Church. He
1290 says, "Rejoice, O barren, thou that barest not; break forth
1291 and cry, thou that didst not travail with child: for many more
1292 are the children of the desolate than of her that has an husband."[525]
1293 But these must suffice; and some things in them
1294 ought to be expounded; yet I think those parts sufficient which
1295 are so plain that even enemies must be compelled against their
1296 will to understand them.
1297 30. *What Micah, Jonah, and Joel prophesied in accordance with the New
1298 Testament.*
1299 The prophet Micah, representing Christ under the figure of
1300 a great mountain, speaks thus: "It shall come to pass in the
1301 last days, that the manifested mountain of the Lord shall be
1302 prepared on the tops of the mountains, and it shall be exalted
1303 above the hills; and people shall hasten unto it. Many nations
1304 shall go, and shall say, Come, let us go up into the mountain of
1305 the Lord, and into the house of the God of Jacob; and He
1306 will show us His way, and we will go in His paths: for out
1307 of Zion shall proceed the law, and the word of the Lord out
1308 of Jerusalem. And He shall judge among many people, and
1309 rebuke strong nations afar off."[526] This prophet predicts the
1310 very place in which Christ was born, saying, "And thou,
1311 Bethlehem, of the house of Ephratah, art the least that can
1312 be reckoned among the thousands of Judah; out of thee shall
1313 come forth unto me a leader, to be the prince in Israel; and His
1314 going forth is from the beginning, even from the days of eternity.
1315 Therefore will He give them [up] even until the time
1316 when she that travaileth shall bring forth; and the remnant
1317 of His brethren shall be converted to the sons of Israel. And
1318 He shall stand, and see, and feed His flock in the strength of
1319 the Lord, and in the dignity of the name of the Lord His
1320 God: for now shall He be magnified even to the utmost of
1321 the earth."[527]
1322 The prophet Jonah, not so much by speech as by his own
1323 painful experience, prophesied Christ's death and resurrection
1324 much more clearly than if he had proclaimed them with his
1325 voice. For why was he taken into the whale's belly and restored
1326 on the third day, but that he might be a sign that
1327 Christ should return from the depths of hell on the third
1328 day?
1329 I should be obliged to use many words in explaining all
1330 that Joel prophesies in order to make clear those that pertain
1331 to Christ and the Church. But there is one passage I must
1332 not pass by, which the apostles also quoted when the Holy
1333 Spirit came down from above on the assembled believers according
1334 to Christ's promise. He says, "And it shall come to
1335 pass after these things, that I will pour out my Spirit upon
1336 all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy,
1337 and your old men shall dream, and your young men shall see
1338 visions: and even on my servants and mine handmaids in
1339 those days will I pour out my Spirit."[528]
1340 31. *Of the predictions concerning the salvation of the world in Christ, in
1341 Obadiah, Nahum, and Habakkuk.*
1342 The date of three of the minor prophets, Obadiah, Nahum,
1343 and Habakkuk, is neither mentioned by themselves nor given
1344 in the chronicles of Eusebius and Jerome. For although
1345 they put Obadiah with Micah, yet when Micah prophesied
1346 does not appear from that part of their writings in which the
1347 dates are noted. And this, I think, has happened through
1348 their error in negligently copying the works of others. But we
1349 could not find the two others now mentioned in the copies of
1350 the chronicles which we have; yet because they are contained
1351 in the canon, we ought not to pass them by.
1352 Obadiah, so far as his writings are concerned, the briefest
1353 of all the prophets, speaks against Idumea, that is, the nation
1354 of Esau, that reprobate elder of the twin sons of Isaac and
1355 grandsons of Abraham. Now if, by that form of speech in
1356 which a part is put for the whole, we take Idumea as put
1357 for the nations, we may understand of Christ what he says
1358 among other things, "But upon Mount Sion shall be safety,
1359 and there shall be a Holy One."[529] And a little after, at the
1360 end of the same prophecy, he says, "And those who are saved
1361 again shall come up out of Mount Sion, that they may defend
1362 Mount Esau, and it shall be a kingdom to the Lord."[530] It is
1363 quite evident this was fulfilled when those saved again out of
1364 Mount Sion—that is, the believers in Christ from Judea, of
1365 whom the apostles are chiefly to be acknowledged—went up
1366 to defend Mount Esau. How could they defend it except by
1367 making safe, through the preaching of the gospel, those who
1368 believed that they might be "delivered from the power of
1369 darkness and translated into the kingdom of God?"[531] This
1370 he expressed as an inference, adding, "And it shall be to the
1371 Lord a kingdom." For Mount Sion signifies Judea, where
1372 it is predicted there shall be safety, and a Holy One, that is,
1373 Christ Jesus. But Mount Esau is Idumea, which signifies
1374 the Church of the Gentiles, which, as I have expounded, those
1375 saved again out of Sion have defended that it should be a
1376 kingdom to the Lord. This was obscure before it took place;
1377 but what believer does not find it out now that it is done?
1378 As for the prophet Nahum, through him God says, "I will
1379 exterminate the graven and the molten things: I will make
1380 thy burial. For lo, the feet of Him that bringeth good tidings
1381 and announceth peace are swift upon the mountains! O
1382 Judah, celebrate thy festival days, and perform thy vows; for
1383 now they shall not go on any more so as to become antiquated.
1384 It is completed, it is consumed, it is taken away.
1385 He ascendeth who breathes in thy face, delivering thee out of
1386 tribulation."[532] Let him that remembers the gospel call to
1387 mind who hath ascended from hell and breathed the Holy
1388 Spirit in the face of Judah, that is, of the Jewish disciples;
1389 for they belong to the New Testament, whose festival days are
1390 so spiritually renewed that they cannot become antiquated.
1391 Moreover, we already see the graven and molten things, that
1392 is, the idols of the false gods, exterminated through the
1393 gospel, and given up to oblivion as of the grave, and we
1394 know that this prophecy is fulfilled in this very thing.
1395 Of what else than the advent of Christ, who was to come,
1396 is Habakkuk understood to say, "And the Lord answered me,
1397 and said, Write the vision openly on a tablet of boxwood, that
1398 he that readeth these things may understand. For the vision
1399 is yet for a time appointed, and it will arise in the end, and
1400 will not become void: if it tarry, wait for it; because it will
1401 surely come, and will not be delayed?"[533]
1402 32. *Of the prophecy that is contained in the prayer and song of Habakkuk.*
1403 In his prayer, with a song, to whom but the Lord Christ
1404 does he say, "O Lord, I have heard Thy hearing, and was
1405 afraid: O Lord, I have considered Thy works, and was greatly
1406 afraid?"[534] What is this but the inexpressible admiration of
1407 the foreknown, new, and sudden salvation of men? "In the
1408 midst of two living creatures thou shalt be recognised." What
1409 is this but either between the two testaments, or between the
1410 two thieves, or between Moses and Elias talking with Him on
1411 the mount? "While the years draw nigh, Thou wilt be recognised;
1412 at the coming of the time Thou wilt be shown,"
1413 does not even need exposition. "While my soul shall be
1414 troubled at Him, in wrath Thou wilt be mindful of mercy."
1415 What is this but that He puts Himself for the Jews, of whose
1416 nation He was, who were troubled with great anger and crucified
1417 Christ, when He, mindful of mercy, said, "Father, forgive
1418 them, for they know not what they do?"[535] "God shall come
1419 from Teman, and the Holy One from the shady and close mountain."[536]
1420 What is said here, "He shall come from Teman," some
1421 interpret "from the south," or "from the south-west," by which
1422 is signified the noonday, that is, the fervour of charity and the
1423 splendour of truth. "The shady and close mountain" might be
1424 understood in many ways, yet I prefer to take it as meaning
1425 the depth of the divine Scriptures, in which Christ is prophesied:
1426 for in the Scriptures there are many things shady and close
1427 which exercise the mind of the reader; and Christ comes
1428 thence when he who has understanding finds Him there.
1429 "His power covereth up the heavens, and the earth is full of
1430 His praise." What is this but what is also said in the psalm,
1431 "Be Thou exalted, O God, above the heavens; and Thy glory
1432 above all the earth?"[537] "His splendour shall be as the light."
1433 What is it but that the fame of Him shall illuminate believers?
1434 "Horns are in His hands." What is this but the
1435 trophy of the cross? "And He hath placed the firm charity
1436 of His strength"[538] needs no exposition. "Before His face
1437 shall go the word, and it shall go forth into the field after
1438 His feet." What is this but that He should both be announced
1439 before His coming hither and after His return
1440 hence? "He stood, and the earth was moved." What is
1441 this but that "He stood" for succour, "and the earth was
1442 moved" to believe? "He regarded, and the nations melted;"
1443 that is, He had compassion, and made the people penitent.
1444 "The mountains are broken with violence;" that is, through
1445 the power of those who work miracles the pride of the
1446 haughty is broken. "The everlasting hills flowed down;"
1447 that is, they are humbled in time that they may be lifted
1448 up for eternity. "I saw His goings [made] eternal for His
1449 labours;" that is, I beheld His labour of love not left without
1450 the reward of eternity. "The tents of Ethiopia shall be greatly
1451 afraid, and the tents of the land of Midian;" that is, even
1452 those nations which are not under the Roman authority, being
1453 suddenly terrified by the news of Thy wonderful works, shall
1454 become a Christian people. "Wert Thou angry at the rivers,
1455 O Lord? or was Thy fury against the rivers? or was Thy rage
1456 against the sea?" This is said because He does not now
1457 come to condemn the world, but that the world through Him
1458 might be saved.[539] "For Thou shalt mount upon Thy horses,
1459 and Thy riding shall be salvation;" that is, Thine evangelists
1460 shall carry Thee, for they are guided by Thee, and Thy
1461 gospel is salvation to them that believe in Thee. "Bending,
1462 Thou wilt bend Thy bow against the sceptres, saith the Lord;"
1463 that is, Thou wilt threaten even the kings of the earth with
1464 Thy judgment. "The earth shall be cleft with rivers;" that
1465 is, by the sermons of those who preach Thee flowing in upon
1466 them, men's hearts shall be opened to make confession, to
1467 whom it is said, "Rend your hearts and not your garments."[540]
1468 What does "The people shall see Thee and grieve"
1469 mean, but that in mourning they shall be blessed?[541] What
1470 is "Scattering the waters in marching," but that by walking in
1471 those who everywhere proclaim Thee, Thou wilt scatter hither
1472 and thither the streams of Thy doctrine? What is "The
1473 abyss uttered its voice?" Is it not that the depth of the
1474 human heart expressed what it perceived? The words, "The
1475 depth of its phantasy," are an explanation of the previous verse,
1476 for the depth is the abyss; and "Uttered its voice" is to be
1477 understood before them, that is, as we have said, it expressed
1478 what it perceived. Now the phantasy is the vision, which it
1479 did not hold or conceal, but poured forth in confession. "The
1480 sun was raised up, and the moon stood still in her course;"
1481 that is, Christ ascended into heaven, and the Church was
1482 established under her King. "Thy darts shall go in the
1483 light;" that is, Thy words shall not be sent in secret, but
1484 openly. For He had said to His own disciples, "What I tell
1485 you in darkness, that speak ye in the light."[542] "By threatening
1486 thou shalt diminish the earth;" that is, by that threatening
1487 Thou shalt humble men. "And in fury Thou shalt cast down
1488 the nations;" for in punishing those who exalt themselves Thou
1489 dashest them one against another. "Thou wentest forth for
1490 the salvation of Thy people, that Thou mightest save Thy
1491 Christ; Thou hast sent death on the heads of the wicked."
1492 None of these words require exposition. "Thou hast lifted
1493 up the bonds, even to the neck." This may be understood
1494 even of the good bonds of wisdom, that the feet may be put
1495 into its fetters, and the neck into its collar. "Thou hast
1496 struck off in amazement of mind the bonds" must be understood
1497 for, He lifts up the good and strikes off the bad, about
1498 which it is said to Him, "Thou hast broken asunder my
1499 bonds,"[543] and that "in amazement of mind," that is, wonderfully.
1500 "The heads of the mighty shall be moved in it;" to
1501 wit, in that wonder. "They shall open their teeth like a poor
1502 man eating secretly." For some of the mighty among the
1503 Jews shall come to the Lord, admiring His works and words,
1504 and shall greedily eat the bread of His doctrine in secret for
1505 fear of the Jews, just as the Gospel has shown they did.
1506 "And Thou hast sent into the sea Thy horses, troubling many
1507 waters," which are nothing else than many people; for unless
1508 all were troubled, some would not be converted with fear,
1509 others pursued with fury. "I gave heed, and my belly
1510 trembled at the voice of the prayer of my lips; and trembling
1511 entered into my bones, and my habit of body was
1512 troubled under me." He gave heed to those things which he
1513 said, and was himself terrified at his own prayer, which he
1514 had poured forth prophetically, and in which he discerned
1515 things to come. For when many people are troubled, he saw
1516 the threatening tribulation of the Church, and at once acknowledged
1517 himself a member of it, and said, "I shall rest in the
1518 day of tribulation," as being one of those who are rejoicing in
1519 hope, patient in tribulation.[544] "That I may ascend," he says,
1520 "among the people of my pilgrimage," departing quite from the
1521 wicked people of his carnal kinship, who are not pilgrims in
1522 this earth, and do not seek the country above.[545] "Although
1523 the fig-tree," he says, "shall not blossom, neither shall fruit
1524 be in the vines; the labour of the olive shall lie, and the fields
1525 shall yield no meat; the sheep shall be cut off from the
1526 meat, and there shall be no oxen in the stalls." He sees that
1527 nation which was to slay Christ about to lose the abundance
1528 of spiritual supplies, which, in prophetic fashion, he has set
1529 forth by the figure of earthly plenty. And because that
1530 nation was to suffer such wrath of God, because, being ignorant
1531 of the righteousness of God, it wished to establish its
1532 own,[546] he immediately says, "Yet will I rejoice in the Lord; I
1533 will joy in God my salvation. The Lord God is my strength,
1534 and He will set my feet in completion; He will place me
1535 above the heights, that I may conquer in His song," to wit,
1536 in that song of which something similar is said in the psalm,
1537 "He set my feet upon a rock, and directed my goings, and put
1538 in my mouth a new song, a hymn to our God."[547] He therefore
1539 conquers in the song of the Lord, who takes pleasure in
1540 His praise, not in his own; that "He that glorieth, let him
1541 glory in the Lord."[548] But some copies have, "I will joy in God
1542 my Jesus," which seems to me better than the version of those
1543 who, wishing to put it in Latin, have not set down that very
1544 name which for us it is dearer and sweeter to name.
1545 33. *What Jeremiah and Zephaniah have, by the prophetic Spirit, spoken before
1546 concerning Christ and the calling of the nations.*
1547 Jeremiah, like Isaiah, is one of the greater prophets, not of
1548 the minor, like the others from whose writings I have just
1549 given extracts. He prophesied when Josiah reigned in Jerusalem,
1550 and Ancus Martius at Rome, when the captivity of the
1551 Jews was already at hand; and he continued to prophesy
1552 down to the fifth month of the captivity, as we find from his
1553 writings. Zephaniah, one of the minor prophets, is put along
1554 with him, because he himself says that he prophesied in the
1555 days of Josiah; but he does not say till when. Jeremiah thus
1556 prophesied not only in the times of Ancus Martius, but also
1557 in those of Tarquinius Priscus, whom the Romans had for
1558 their fifth king. For he had already begun to reign when
1559 that captivity took place. Jeremiah, in prophesying of Christ,
1560 says, "The breath of our mouth, the Lord Christ, was taken in
1561 our sins,"[549] thus briefly showing both that Christ is our Lord
1562 and that He suffered for us. Also in another place he says,
1563 "This is my God, and there shall none other be accounted of
1564 in comparison of Him; who hath found out all the way of
1565 prudence, and hath given it to Jacob His servant, and to
1566 Israel His beloved: afterward He was seen on the earth, and
1567 conversed with men."[550] Some attribute this testimony not to
1568 Jeremiah, but to his secretary, who was called Baruch; but it
1569 is more commonly ascribed to Jeremiah. Again the same
1570 prophet says concerning Him, "Behold the days come, saith
1571 the Lord, that I will raise up unto David a righteous shoot,
1572 and a King shall reign and shall be wise, and shall do judgment
1573 and justice in the earth. In those days Judah shall be
1574 saved, and Israel shall dwell confidently: and this is the
1575 name which they shall call Him, Our righteous Lord."[551] And
1576 of the calling of the nations which was to come to pass, and
1577 which we now see fulfilled, he thus spoke: "O Lord my God,
1578 and my refuge in the day of evils, to Thee shall the nations
1579 come from the utmost end of the earth, saying, Truly our
1580 fathers have worshipped lying images, wherein there is no
1581 profit."[552] But that the Jews, by whom He behoved even to be
1582 slain, were not going to acknowledge Him, this prophet thus
1583 intimates: "Heavy is the heart through all; and He is a man,
1584 and who shall know Him?"[553] That passage also is his which
1585 I have quoted in the seventeenth book concerning the new
1586 testament, of which Christ is the Mediator. For Jeremiah
1587 himself says, "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I
1588 will complete over the house of Jacob a new testament," and
1589 the rest, which may be read there.[554]
1590 For the present I shall put down those predictions about
1591 Christ by the prophet Zephaniah, who prophesied with Jeremiah.
1592 "Wait ye upon me, saith the Lord, in the day of my
1593 resurrection, in the future; because it is my determination to
1594 assemble the nations, and gather together the kingdoms."[555]
1595 And again he says, "The Lord will be terrible upon them,
1596 and will exterminate all the gods of the earth; and they shall
1597 worship Him every man from his place, even all the isles of
1598 the nations."[556] And a little after he says, "Then will I turn
1599 to the people a tongue, and to His offspring, that they may
1600 call upon the name of the Lord, and serve Him under one
1601 yoke. From the borders of the rivers of Ethiopia shall they
1602 bring sacrifices unto me. In that day thou shalt not be confounded
1603 for all thy curious inventions, which thou hast done
1604 impiously against me: for then I will take away from thee
1605 the naughtiness of thy trespass; and thou shalt no more
1606 magnify thyself above thy holy mountain. And I will leave
1607 in thee a meek and humble people, and they who shall be left
1608 of Israel shall fear the name of the Lord."[557] These are the
1609 remnant of whom the apostle quotes that which is elsewhere
1610 prophesied: "Though the number of the children of Israel be
1611 as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved."[558] These
1612 are the remnant of that nation who have believed in Christ.
1613 34. *Of the prophecy of Daniel and Ezekiel, other two of the greater prophets.*
1614 Daniel and Ezekiel, other two of the greater prophets, also
1615 first prophesied in the very captivity of Babylon. Daniel even
1616 defined the time when Christ was to come and suffer by the
1617 exact date. It would take too long to show this by computation,
1618 and it has been done often by others before us. But of
1619 His power and glory he has thus spoken: "I saw in a night
1620 vision, and, behold, one like the Son of man was coming with
1621 the clouds of heaven, and He came even to the Ancient of
1622 days, and He was brought into His presence. And to Him
1623 there was given dominion, and honour, and a kingdom: and
1624 all people, tribes, and tongues shall serve Him. His power is
1625 an everlasting power, which shall not pass away, and His
1626 kingdom shall not be destroyed."[559]
1627 Ezekiel also, speaking prophetically in the person of God
1628 the Father, thus foretells Christ, speaking of Him in the prophetic
1629 manner as David because He assumed flesh of the
1630 seed of David, and on account of that form of a servant in
1631 which He was made man, He who is the Son of God is also
1632 called the servant of God. He says, "And I will set up over
1633 my sheep one Shepherd, who will feed them, even my servant
1634 David; and He shall feed them, and He shall be their shepherd.
1635 And I the Lord will be their God, and my servant
1636 David a prince in the midst of them. I the Lord have
1637 spoken."[560] And in another place he says, "And one King
1638 shall be over them all: and they shall no more be two
1639 nations, neither shall they be divided any more into two
1640 kingdoms: neither shall they defile themselves any more with
1641 their idols, and their abominations, and all their iniquities.
1642 And I will save them out of all their dwelling-places wherein
1643 they have sinned, and will cleanse them; and they shall be
1644 my people, and I will be their God. And my servant David
1645 shall be king over them, and there shall be one Shepherd for
1646 them all."[561]
1647 35. *Of the prophecy of the three prophets, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi.*
1648 There remain three minor prophets, Haggai, Zechariah,
1649 and Malachi, who prophesied at the close of the captivity.
1650 Of these Haggai more openly prophesies of Christ and the
1651 Church thus briefly: "Thus saith the Lord of hosts, Yet one
1652 little while, and I will shake the heaven, and the earth, and
1653 the sea, and the dry land; and I will move all nations, and
1654 the desired of all nations shall come."[562] The fulfilment of
1655 this prophecy is in part already seen, and in part hoped for
1656 in the end. For He moved the heaven by the testimony of
1657 the angels and the stars, when Christ became incarnate. He
1658 moved the earth by the great miracle of His birth of the
1659 virgin. He moved the sea and the dry land, when Christ
1660 was proclaimed both in the isles and in the whole world. So
1661 we see all nations moved to the faith; and the fulfilment of
1662 what follows, "And the desired of all nations shall come," is
1663 looked for at His last coming. For ere men can desire and
1664 wait for Him, they must believe and love Him.
1665 Zechariah says of Christ and the Church, "Rejoice greatly,
1666 O daughter of Sion; shout joyfully, O daughter of Jerusalem:
1667 behold, thy King shall come unto thee, just and the Saviour;
1668 Himself poor, and mounting an ass, and a colt the foal of an
1669 ass: and His dominion shall be from sea to sea, and from the
1670 river even to the ends of the earth."[563] How this was done,
1671 when the Lord Christ on His journey used a beast of burden
1672 of this kind, we read in the Gospel, where, also, as much of
1673 this prophecy is quoted as appears sufficient for the context.
1674 In another place, speaking in the Spirit of prophecy to Christ
1675 Himself of the remission of sins through His blood, he says,
1676 "Thou also, by the blood of Thy testament, hast sent forth
1677 Thy prisoners from the lake wherein is no water."[564] Different
1678 opinions may be held, consistently with right belief, as
1679 to what he meant by this lake. Yet it seems to me that no
1680 meaning suits better than that of the depth of human misery,
1681 which is, as it were, dry and barren, where there are no
1682 streams of righteousness, but only the mire of iniquity. For
1683 it is said of it in the Psalms, "And He led me forth out of
1684 the lake of misery, and from the miry clay."[565]
1685 Malachi, foretelling the Church which we now behold propagated
1686 through Christ, says most openly to the Jews, in the
1687 person of God, "I have no pleasure in you, and I will not
1688 accept a gift at your hand. For from the rising even to the
1689 going down of the sun, my name is great among the nations;
1690 and in every place sacrifice shall be made, and a pure oblation
1691 shall be offered unto my name: for my name shall be great
1692 among the nations, saith the Lord."[566] Since we can already
1693 see this sacrifice offered to God in every place, from the rising
1694 of the sun to his going down, through Christ's priesthood after
1695 the order of Melchisedec, while the Jews, to whom it was
1696 said, "I have no pleasure in you, neither will I accept a gift
1697 at your hand," cannot deny that their sacrifice has ceased, why
1698 do they still look for another Christ, when they read this in
1699 the prophecy, and see it fulfilled, which could not be fulfilled
1700 except through Him? And a little after he says of Him, in
1701 the person of God, "My covenant was with Him of life and
1702 peace; and I gave to Him that He might fear me with fear,
1703 and be afraid before my name. The law of truth was in His
1704 mouth: directing in peace He hath walked with me, and hath
1705 turned many away from iniquity. For the Priest's lips shall
1706 keep knowledge, and they shall seek the law at His mouth:
1707 for He is the Angel of the Lord Almighty."[567] Nor is it to be
1708 wondered at that Christ Jesus is called the Angel of the
1709 Almighty God. For just as He is called a servant on account
1710 of the form of a servant in which He came to men, so He is
1711 called an angel on account of the *evangel* which He proclaimed
1712 to men. For if we interpret these Greek words, *evangel* is
1713 "good news," and *angel* is "messenger." Again he says of Him,
1714 "Behold I will send mine angel, and He will look out the
1715 way before my face: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly
1716 come into His temple, even the Angel of the testament,
1717 whom ye desire. Behold, He cometh, saith the Lord Almighty,
1718 and who shall abide the day of His entry, or who shall stand
1719 at His appearing?"[568] In this place he has foretold both the
1720 first and second advent of Christ: the first, to wit, of which he
1721 says, "And He shall come suddenly into His temple;" that
1722 is, into His flesh, of which He said in the Gospel, "Destroy
1723 this temple, and in three days I will raise it up again."[569] And
1724 of the second advent he says, "Behold, He cometh, saith the
1725 Lord Almighty, and who shall abide the day of His entry, or
1726 who shall stand at His appearing?" But what he says, "The
1727 Lord whom ye seek, and the Angel of the testament whom ye
1728 desire," just means that even the Jews, according to the Scriptures
1729 which they read, shall seek and desire Christ. But
1730 many of them did not acknowledge that He whom they
1731 sought and desired had come, being blinded in their hearts,
1732 which were preoccupied with their own merits. Now what
1733 he here calls the testament, either above, where he says, "My
1734 testament had been with Him," or here, where he has called
1735 Him the Angel of the testament, we ought, beyond a doubt, to
1736 take to be the new testament, in which the things promised
1737 are eternal, and not the old, in which they are only temporal.
1738 Yet many who are weak are troubled when they see the
1739 wicked abound in such temporal things, because they value
1740 them greatly, and serve the true God to be rewarded with
1741 them. On this account, to distinguish the eternal blessedness
1742 of the new testament, which shall be given only to the
1743 good, from the earthly felicity of the old, which for the
1744 most part is given to the bad as well, the same prophet says,
1745 "Ye have made your words burdensome to me: yet ye have
1746 said, In what have we spoken ill of Thee? Ye have said,
1747 Foolish is every one who serves God; and what profit is it
1748 that we have kept His observances, and that we have walked
1749 as suppliants before the face of the Lord Almighty? And
1750 now we call the aliens blessed; yea, all that do wicked things
1751 are built up again; yea, they are opposed to God and are
1752 saved. They that feared the Lord uttered these reproaches
1753 every one to his neighbour: and the Lord hearkened and
1754 heard; and He wrote a book of remembrance before Him, for
1755 them that fear the Lord and that revere His name."[570] By that
1756 book is meant the New Testament. Finally, let us hear what
1757 follows: "And they shall be an acquisition for me, saith the
1758 Lord Almighty, in the day which I make; and I will choose
1759 them as a man chooseth his son that serveth him. And ye
1760 shall return, and shall discern between the just and the unjust,
1761 and between him that serveth God and him that serveth
1762 Him not. For, behold, the day cometh burning as an oven,
1763 and it shall burn them up; and all the aliens and all that do
1764 wickedly shall be stubble: and the day that shall come will
1765 set them on fire, saith the Lord Almighty, and shall leave
1766 neither root nor branch. And unto you that fear my name
1767 shall the Sun of Righteousness arise, and health shall be in
1768 His wings; and ye shall go forth, and exult as calves let loose
1769 from bonds. And ye shall tread down the wicked, and they
1770 shall be ashes under your feet, in the day in which I shall do
1771 [this], saith the Lord Almighty."[571] This day is the day of judgment,
1772 of which, if God will, we shall speak more fully in its
1773 own place.
1774 36. *About Esdras and the books of the Maccabees.*
1775 After these three prophets, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi,
1776 during the same period of the liberation of the people from
1777 the Babylonian servitude Esdras also wrote, who is historical
1778 rather than prophetical, as is also the book called Esther, which
1779 is found to relate, for the praise of God, events not far from
1780 those times; unless, perhaps, Esdras is to be understood as
1781 prophesying of Christ in that passage where, on a question
1782 having arisen among certain young men as to what is the
1783 strongest thing, when one had said kings, another wine, the
1784 third women, who for the most part rule kings, yet that
1785 same third youth demonstrated that the truth is victorious
1786 over all.[572] For by consulting the Gospel we learn that Christ
1787 is the Truth. From this time, when the temple was rebuilt,
1788 down to the time of Aristobulus, the Jews had not kings but
1789 princes; and the reckoning of their dates is found, not in the
1790 Holy Scriptures which are called canonical, but in others,
1791 among which are also the books of the Maccabees. These
1792 are held as canonical, not by the Jews, but by the Church, on
1793 account of the extreme and wonderful sufferings of certain
1794 martyrs, who, before Christ had come in the flesh, contended
1795 for the law of God even unto death, and endured most grievous
1796 and horrible evils.
1797 37. *That prophetic records are found which are more ancient than any fountain
1798 of the Gentile philosophy.*
1799 In the time of our prophets, then, whose writings had
1800 already come to the knowledge of almost all nations, the
1801 philosophers of the nations had not yet arisen,—at least, not
1802 those who were called by that name, which originated with
1803 Pythagoras the Samian, who was becoming famous at the
1804 time when the Jewish captivity ended. Much more, then,
1805 are the other philosophers found to be later than the prophets.
1806 For even Socrates the Athenian, the master of all who were
1807 then most famous, holding the pre-eminence in that department
1808 that is called the moral or active, is found after Esdras
1809 in the chronicles. Plato also was born not much later, who
1810 far outwent the other disciples of Socrates. If, besides these,
1811 we take their predecessors, who had not yet been styled
1812 philosophers, to wit, the seven sages, and then the physicists,
1813 who succeeded Thales, and imitated his studious search into
1814 the nature of things, namely, Anaximander, Anaximenes, and
1815 Anaxagoras, and some others, before Pythagoras first professed
1816 himself a philosopher, even these did not precede the
1817 whole of our prophets in antiquity of time, since Thales,
1818 whom the others succeeded, is said to have flourished in the
1819 reign of Romulus, when the stream of prophecy burst forth
1820 from the fountains of Israel in those writings which spread
1821 over the whole world. So that only those theological poets,
1822 Orpheus, Linus, and Musæus, and, it may be, some others
1823 among the Greeks, are found earlier in date than the Hebrew
1824 prophets whose writings we hold as authoritative. But not
1825 even these preceded in time our true divine, Moses, who
1826 authentically preached the one true God, and whose writings
1827 are first in the authoritative canon; and therefore the Greeks,
1828 in whose tongue the literature of this age chiefly appears, have
1829 no ground for boasting of their wisdom, in which our religion,
1830 wherein is true wisdom, is not evidently more ancient at
1831 least, if not superior. Yet it must be confessed that before
1832 Moses there had already been, not indeed among the Greeks,
1833 but among barbarous nations, as in Egypt, some doctrine
1834 which might be called their wisdom, else it would not have
1835 been written in the holy books that Moses was learned in all
1836 the wisdom of the Egyptians,[573] as he was, when, being born
1837 there, and adopted and nursed by Pharaoh's daughter, he was
1838 also liberally educated. Yet not even the wisdom of the
1839 Egyptians could be antecedent in time to the wisdom of our
1840 prophets, because even Abraham was a prophet. And what
1841 wisdom could there be in Egypt before Isis had given them
1842 letters, whom they thought fit to worship as a goddess after
1843 her death? Now Isis is declared to have been the daughter
1844 of Inachus, who first began to reign in Argos when the grandsons
1845 of Abraham are known to have been already born.
1846 >
1847 >
1848 >
1849 38. *That the ecclesiastical canon has not admitted certain writings on account
1850 > of their too great antiquity, lest through them false things should be inserted
1851 > instead of true.*
1852 If I may recall far more ancient times, our patriarch Noah
1853 was certainly even before that great deluge, and I might not
1854 undeservedly call him a prophet, forasmuch as the ark he made,
1855 in which he escaped with his family, was itself a prophecy of
1856 our times.[574] What of Enoch, the seventh from Adam? Does
1857 not the canonical epistle of the Apostle Jude declare that he
1858 prophesied?[575] But the writings of these men could not be
1859 held as authoritative either among the Jews or us, on account
1860 of their too great antiquity, which made it seem needful to
1861 regard them with suspicion, lest false things should be set
1862 forth instead of true. For some writings which are said to
1863 be theirs are quoted by those who, according to their own
1864 humour, loosely believe what they please. But the purity of
1865 the canon has not admitted these writings, not because the
1866 authority of these men who pleased God is rejected, but because
1867 they are not believed to be theirs. Nor ought it to
1868 appear strange if writings for which so great antiquity is
1869 claimed are held in suspicion, seeing that in the very history
1870 of the kings of Judah and Israel containing their acts, which
1871 we believe to belong to the canonical Scripture, very many
1872 things are mentioned which are not explained there, but are
1873 said to be found in other books which the prophets wrote, the
1874 very names of these prophets being sometimes given, and yet
1875 they are not found in the canon which the people of God received.
1876 Now I confess the reason of this is hidden from me;
1877 only I think that even those men, to whom certainly the Holy
1878 Spirit revealed those things which ought to be held as of religious
1879 authority, might write some things as men by historical
1880 diligence, and others as prophets by divine inspiration; and
1881 these things were so distinct, that it was judged that the
1882 former should be ascribed to themselves, but the latter to
1883 God speaking through them: and so the one pertained to the
1884 abundance of knowledge, the other to the authority of religion.
1885 In that authority the canon is guarded. So that, if any writings
1886 outside of it are now brought forward under the name of
1887 the ancient prophets, they cannot serve even as an aid to
1888 knowledge, because it is uncertain whether they are genuine;
1889 and on this account they are not trusted, especially those of
1890 them in which some things are found that are even contrary
1891 to the truth of the canonical books, so that it is quite apparent
1892 they do not belong to them.
1893 39. *About the Hebrew written characters which that language always possessed.*
1894 Now we must not believe that Heber, from whose name
1895 the word Hebrew is derived, preserved and transmitted the
1896 Hebrew language to Abraham only as a spoken language, and
1897 that the Hebrew letters began with the giving of the law
1898 through Moses; but rather that this language, along with its
1899 letters, was preserved by that succession of fathers. Moses,
1900 indeed, appointed some among the people of God to teach
1901 letters, before they could know any letters of the divine law.
1902 The Scripture calls these men γραμματεισαγωγεῖς, who may
1903 be called in Latin *inductores* or *introductores* of letters, because
1904 they, as it were, introduce them into the hearts of the
1905 learners, or rather lead those whom they teach into them.
1906 Therefore no nation could vaunt itself over our patriarchs and
1907 prophets by any wicked vanity for the antiquity of its wisdom;
1908 since not even Egypt, which is wont falsely and vainly to
1909 glory in the antiquity of her doctrines, is found to have preceded
1910 in time the wisdom of our patriarchs in her own wisdom,
1911 such as it is. Neither will any one dare to say that they
1912 were most skilful in wonderful sciences before they knew letters,
1913 that is, before Isis came and taught them there. Besides, what,
1914 for the most part, was that memorable doctrine of theirs which
1915 was called wisdom but astronomy, and it may be some other
1916 sciences of that kind, which usually have more power to exercise
1917 men's wit than to enlighten their minds with true wisdom?
1918 As regards philosophy, which professes to teach men something
1919 which shall make them happy, studies of that kind flourished
1920 in those lands about the times of Mercury whom they called
1921 Trismegistus, long before the sages and philosophers of Greece,
1922 but yet after Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph, and even
1923 after Moses himself. At that time, indeed, when Moses was
1924 born, Atlas is found to have lived, that great astronomer, the
1925 brother of Prometheus, and maternal grandson of the elder
1926 Mercury, of whom that Mercury Trismegistus was the grandson.
1927 40. *About the most mendacious vanity of the Egyptians, in which they ascribe to
1928 their science an antiquity of a hundred thousand years.*
1929 In vain, then, do some babble with most empty presumption,
1930 saying that Egypt has understood the reckoning of the
1931 stars for more than a hundred thousand years. For in what
1932 books have they collected that number who learned letters
1933 from Isis their mistress, not much more than two thousand
1934 years ago? Varro, who has declared this, is no small authority
1935 in history, and it does not disagree with the truth of the
1936 divine books. For as it is not yet six thousand years since
1937 the first man, who is called Adam, are not those to be ridiculed
1938 rather than refuted who try to persuade us of anything regarding
1939 a space of time so different from, and contrary to, the
1940 ascertained truth? For what historian of the past should
1941 we credit more than him who has also predicted things to
1942 come which we now see fulfilled? And the very disagreement
1943 of the historians among themselves furnishes a good
1944 reason why we ought rather to believe him who does not
1945 contradict the divine history which we hold. But, on the
1946 other hand, the citizens of the impious city, scattered everywhere
1947 through the earth, when they read the most learned
1948 writers, none of whom seems to be of contemptible authority,
1949 and find them disagreeing among themselves about affairs
1950 most remote from the memory of our age, cannot find out
1951 whom they ought to trust. But we, being sustained by divine
1952 authority in the history of our religion, have no doubt that
1953 whatever is opposed to it is most false, whatever may be the
1954 case regarding other things in secular books, which, whether
1955 true or false, yield nothing of moment to our living rightly
1956 and happily.
1957 41. *About the discord of philosophic opinion, and the concord of the Scriptures
1958 that are held as canonical by the Church.*
1959 But let us omit further examination of history, and return
1960 to the philosophers from whom we digressed to these things.
1961 They seem to have laboured in their studies for no other
1962 end than to find out how to live in a way proper for laying
1963 hold of blessedness. Why, then, have the disciples dissented
1964 from their masters, and the fellow-disciples from one
1965 another, except because as men they have sought after these
1966 things by human sense and human reasonings? Now,
1967 although there might be among them a desire of glory, so
1968 that each wished to be thought wiser and more acute than
1969 another, and in no way addicted to the judgment of others,
1970 but the inventor of his own dogma and opinion, yet I may
1971 grant that there were some, or even very many of them,
1972 whose love of truth severed them from their teachers or fellow-disciples,
1973 that they might strive for what they thought
1974 was the truth, whether it was so or not. But what can
1975 human misery do, or how or where can it reach forth, so as
1976 to attain blessedness, if divine authority does not lead it?
1977 Finally, let our authors, among whom the canon of the sacred
1978 books is fixed and bounded, be far from disagreeing in any
1979 respect. It is not without good reason, then, that not merely
1980 a few people prating in the schools and gymnasia in captious
1981 disputations, but so many and great people, both learned and
1982 unlearned, in countries and cities, have believed that God
1983 spoke to them or by them, *i.e.* the canonical writers, when
1984 they wrote these books. There ought, indeed, to be but few of
1985 them, lest on account of their multitude what ought to be
1986 religiously esteemed should grow cheap; and yet not so few
1987 that their agreement should not be wonderful. For among
1988 the multitude of philosophers, who in their works have left
1989 behind them the monuments of their dogmas, no one will
1990 easily find any who agree in all their opinions. But to show
1991 this is too long a task for this work.
1992 But what author of any sect is so approved in this demon-worshipping
1993 city, that the rest who have differed from or opposed
1994 him in opinion have been disapproved? The Epicureans
1995 asserted that human affairs were not under the providence of
1996 the gods; and the Stoics, holding the opposite opinion, agreed
1997 that they were ruled and defended by favourable and tutelary
1998 gods. Yet were not both sects famous among the Athenians?
1999 I wonder, then, why Anaxagoras was accused of a crime for
2000 saying that the sun was a burning stone, and denying that it
2001 was a god at all; while in the same city Epicurus flourished
2002 gloriously and lived securely, although he not only did not
2003 believe that the sun or any star was a god, but contended
2004 that neither Jupiter nor any of the gods dwelt in the world
2005 at all, so that the prayers and supplications of men might
2006 reach them! Were not both Aristippus and Antisthenes there,
2007 two noble philosophers and both Socratic? yet they placed the
2008 chief end of life within bounds so diverse and contradictory,
2009 that the first made the delight of the body the chief good,
2010 while the other asserted that man was made happy mainly
2011 by the virtue of the mind. The one also said that the wise
2012 man should flee from the republic; the other, that he should
2013 administer its affairs. Yet did not each gather disciples to
2014 follow his own sect? Indeed, in the conspicuous and well-known
2015 porch, in gymnasia, in gardens, in places public and
2016 private, they openly strove in bands each for his own opinion,
2017 some asserting there was one world, others innumerable worlds;
2018 some that this world had a beginning, others that it had
2019 not; some that it would perish, others that it would exist
2020 always; some that it was governed by the divine mind,
2021 others by chance and accident; some that souls are immortal,
2022 others that they are mortal,—and of those who asserted their
2023 immortality, some said they transmigrated through beasts,
2024 others that it was by no means so, while of those who asserted
2025 their mortality, some said they perished immediately after the
2026 body, others that they survived either a little while or a longer
2027 time, but not always; some fixing supreme good in the body,
2028 some in the mind, some in both; others adding to the mind
2029 and body external good things; some thinking that the bodily
2030 senses ought to be trusted always, some not always, others
2031 never. Now what people, senate, power, or public dignity of
2032 the impious city has ever taken care to judge between all
2033 these and other well-nigh innumerable dissensions of the
2034 philosophers, approving and accepting some, and disapproving
2035 and rejecting others? Has it not held in its bosom at random,
2036 without any judgment, and confusedly, so many controversies
2037 of men at variance, not about fields, houses, or anything of
2038 a pecuniary nature, but about those things which make life
2039 either miserable or happy? Even if some true things were
2040 said in it, yet falsehoods were uttered with the same licence;
2041 so that such a city has not amiss received the title of the
2042 mystic Babylon. For Babylon means confusion, as we remember
2043 we have already explained. Nor does it matter to
2044 the devil, its king, how they wrangle among themselves in
2045 contradictory errors, since all alike deservedly belong to him
2046 on account of their great and varied impiety.
2047 But that nation, that people, that city, that republic, these
2048 Israelites, to whom the oracles of God were entrusted, by no
2049 means confounded with similar licence false prophets with the
2050 true prophets; but, agreeing together, and differing in nothing,
2051 acknowledged and upheld the authentic authors of their sacred
2052 books. These were their philosophers, these were their sages,
2053 divines, prophets, and teachers of probity and piety. Whoever
2054 was wise and lived according to them was wise and lived
2055 not according to men, but according to God who hath spoken
2056 by them. If sacrilege is forbidden there, God hath forbidden
2057 it. If it is said, "Honour thy father and thy mother,"[576] God
2058 hath commanded it. If it is said, "Thou shalt not commit
2059 adultery, Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not steal,"[577] and other
2060 similar commandments, not human lips but the divine oracles
2061 have enounced them. Whatever truth certain philosophers,
2062 amid their false opinions, were able to see, and strove by
2063 laborious discussions to persuade men of,—such as that God
2064 has made this world, and Himself most providently governs
2065 it, or of the nobility of the virtues, of the love of country, of
2066 fidelity in friendship, of good works and everything pertaining
2067 to virtuous manners, although they knew not to what end
2068 and what rule all these things were to be referred,—all these, by
2069 words prophetic, that is, divine, although spoken by men, were
2070 commended to the people in that city, and not inculcated by
2071 contention in arguments, so that he who should know them
2072 might be afraid of contemning, not the wit of men, but the
2073 oracle of God.
2074 >
2075 >
2076 >
2077 42. *By what dispensation of God's providence the sacred Scriptures of the Old
2078 > Testament were translated out of Hebrew into Greek, that they might be
2079 > made known to all the nations.*
2080 One of the Ptolemies, kings of Egypt, desired to know and
2081 have these sacred books. For after Alexander of Macedon,
2082 who is also styled the Great, had by his most wonderful, but
2083 by no means enduring power, subdued the whole of Asia, yea,
2084 almost the whole world, partly by force of arms, partly by
2085 terror, and, among other kingdoms of the East, had entered and
2086 obtained Judea also, on his death his generals did not peaceably
2087 divide that most ample kingdom among them for a possession,
2088 but rather dissipated it, wasting all things by wars.
2089 Then Egypt began to have the Ptolemies as her kings. The
2090 first of them, the son of Lagus, carried many captive out of
2091 Judea into Egypt. But another Ptolemy, called Philadelphus,
2092 who succeeded him, permitted all whom he had brought under
2093 the yoke to return free; and, more than that, sent kingly gifts
2094 to the temple of God, and begged Eleazar, who was the high
2095 priest, to give him the Scriptures, which he had heard by
2096 report were truly divine, and therefore greatly desired to have
2097 in that most noble library he had made. When the high
2098 priest had sent them to him in Hebrew, he afterwards demanded
2099 interpreters of him, and there were given him seventy-two,
2100 out of each of the twelve tribes six men, most learned in
2101 both languages, to wit, the Hebrew and Greek; and their
2102 translation is now by custom called the Septuagint. It is
2103 reported, indeed, that there was an agreement in their words
2104 so wonderful, stupendous, and plainly divine, that when they
2105 had sat at this work, each one apart (for so it pleased Ptolemy
2106 to test their fidelity), they differed from each other in no word
2107 which had the same meaning and force, or in the order of the
2108 words; but, as if the translators had been one, so what all had
2109 translated was one, because in very deed the one Spirit had
2110 been in them all. And they received so wonderful a gift of
2111 God, in order that the authority of these Scriptures might be
2112 commended not as human but divine, as indeed it was, for the
2113 benefit of the nations who should at some time believe, as we
2114 now see them doing.
2115 >
2116 >
2117 >
2118 43. *Of the authority of the Septuagint translation, which, saving the honour
2119 > of the Hebrew original, is to be preferred to all translations.*
2120 For while there were other interpreters who translated these
2121 sacred oracles out of the Hebrew tongue into Greek, as Aquila,
2122 Symmachus, and Theodotion, and also that translation which,
2123 as the name of the author is unknown, is quoted as the fifth
2124 edition, yet the Church has received this Septuagint translation
2125 just as if it were the only one; and it has been used by
2126 the Greek Christian people, most of whom are not aware that
2127 there is any other. From this translation there has also been
2128 made a translation in the Latin tongue, which the Latin
2129 churches use. Our times, however, have enjoyed the advantage
2130 of the presbyter Jerome, a man most learned, and skilled
2131 in all three languages, who translated these same Scriptures
2132 into the Latin speech, not from the Greek, but from the
2133 Hebrew. But although the Jews acknowledge this very
2134 learned labour of his to be faithful, while they contend that
2135 the Septuagint translators have erred in many places, still the
2136 churches of Christ judge that no one should be preferred to
2137 the authority of so many men, chosen for this very great work
2138 by Eleazar, who was then high priest; for even if there had
2139 not appeared in them one spirit, without doubt divine, and
2140 the seventy learned men had, after the manner of men, compared
2141 together the words of their translation, that what pleased
2142 them all might stand, no single translator ought to be preferred
2143 to them; but since so great a sign of divinity has
2144 appeared in them, certainly, if any other translator of their
2145 Scriptures from the Hebrew into any other tongue is faithful,
2146 in that case he agrees with these seventy translators, and if
2147 he is not found to agree with them, then we ought to believe
2148 that the prophetic gift is with them. For the same Spirit
2149 who was in the prophets when they spoke these things was
2150 also in the seventy men when they translated them, so that
2151 assuredly they could also say something else, just as if the
2152 prophet himself had said both, because it would be the same
2153 Spirit who said both; and could say the same thing differently,
2154 so that, although the words were not the same, yet the same
2155 meaning should shine forth to those of good understanding;
2156 and could omit or add something, so that even by this it
2157 might be shown that there was in that work not human
2158 bondage, which the translator owed to the words, but rather
2159 divine power, which filled and ruled the mind of the translator.
2160 Some, however, have thought that the Greek copies of
2161 the Septuagint version should be emended from the Hebrew
2162 copies; yet they did not dare to take away what the Hebrew
2163 lacked and the Septuagint had, but only added what was
2164 found in the Hebrew copies and was lacking in the Septuagint,
2165 and noted them by placing at the beginning of the verses
2166 certain marks in the form of stars which they call asterisks.
2167 And those things which the Hebrew copies have not, but the
2168 Septuagint have, they have in like manner marked at the
2169 beginning of the verses by horizontal spit-shaped marks like
2170 those by which we denote ounces; and many copies having
2171 these marks are circulated even in Latin.[578] But we cannot,
2172 without inspecting both kinds of copies, find out those things
2173 which are neither omitted nor added, but expressed differently,
2174 whether they yield another meaning not in itself unsuitable,
2175 or can be shown to explain the same meaning in another way.
2176 If, then, as it behoves us, we behold nothing else in these
2177 Scriptures than what the Spirit of God has spoken through
2178 men, if anything is in the Hebrew copies and is not in the
2179 version of the Seventy, the Spirit of God did not choose to
2180 say it through them, but only through the prophets. But
2181 whatever is in the Septuagint and not in the Hebrew copies,
2182 the same Spirit chose rather to say through the latter, thus
2183 showing that both were prophets. For in that manner He
2184 spoke as He chose, some things through Isaiah, some through
2185 Jeremiah, some through several prophets, or else the same
2186 thing through this prophet and through that. Further, whatever
2187 is found in both editions, that one and the same Spirit
2188 willed to say through both, but so as that the former preceded
2189 in prophesying, and the latter followed in prophetically
2190 interpreting them; because, as the one Spirit of peace was in
2191 the former when they spoke true and concordant words, so the
2192 selfsame one Spirit hath appeared in the latter, when, without
2193 mutual conference, they yet interpreted all things as if with
2194 one mouth.
2195 >
2196 >
2197 >
2198 44. *How the threat of the destruction of the Ninevites is to be understood, which
2199 > in the Hebrew extends to forty days, while in the Septuagint it is contracted
2200 > to three.*
2201 But some one may say, "How shall I know whether the
2202 prophet Jonah said to the Ninevites, 'Yet *three* days and Nineveh
2203 shall be overthrown,' or *forty* days?"[579] For who does not see
2204 that the prophet could not say both, when he was sent to
2205 terrify the city by the threat of imminent ruin? For if its
2206 destruction was to take place on the third day, it certainly
2207 could not be on the fortieth; but if on the fortieth, then certainly
2208 not on the third. If, then, I am asked which of these
2209 Jonah may have said, I rather think what is read in the
2210 Hebrew, "Yet forty days and Nineveh shall be overthrown."
2211 Yet the Seventy, interpreting long afterward, could say what
2212 was different and yet pertinent to the matter, and agree in
2213 the selfsame meaning, although under a different signification.
2214 And this may admonish the reader not to despise the authority
2215 of either, but to raise himself above the history, and search for
2216 those things which the history itself was written to set forth.
2217 These things, indeed, took place in the city of Nineveh, but
2218 they also signified something else too great to apply to that
2219 city; just as, when it happened that the prophet himself was
2220 three days in the whale's belly, it signified besides, that He
2221 who is Lord of all the prophets should be three days in the
2222 depths of hell. Wherefore, if that city is rightly held as
2223 prophetically representing the Church of the Gentiles, to wit,
2224 as brought down by penitence, so as no longer to be what it
2225 had been, since this was done by Christ in the Church of
2226 the Gentiles, which Nineveh represented, Christ Himself was
2227 signified both by the forty and by the three days: by the
2228 forty, because He spent that number of days with His disciples
2229 after the resurrection, and then ascended into heaven, but by
2230 the three days, because He rose on the third day. So that, if
2231 the reader desires nothing else than to adhere to the history
2232 of events, he may be aroused from his sleep by the Septuagint
2233 interpreters, as well as the prophets, to search into the depth
2234 of the prophecy, as if they had said, In the forty days seek
2235 Him in whom thou mayest also find the three days,—the one
2236 thou wilt find in His ascension, the other in His resurrection.
2237 Because that which could be most suitably signified by both
2238 numbers, of which one is used by Jonah the prophet, the other
2239 by the prophecy of the Septuagint version, the one and selfsame
2240 Spirit hath spoken. I dread prolixity, so that I must
2241 not demonstrate this by many instances in which the seventy
2242 interpreters may be thought to differ from the Hebrew, and
2243 yet, when well understood, are found to agree. For which
2244 reason I also, according to my capacity, following the footsteps
2245 of the apostles, who themselves have quoted prophetic
2246 testimonies from both, that is, from the Hebrew and the
2247 Septuagint, have thought that both should be used as authoritative,
2248 since both are one, and divine. But let us now follow
2249 out as we can what remains.
2250 >
2251 >
2252 >
2253 45. *That the Jews ceased to have prophets after the rebuilding of the temple,
2254 > and from that time until the birth of Christ were afflicted with continual
2255 > adversity, to prove that the building of another temple had been promised
2256 > by prophetic voices.*
2257 The Jewish nation no doubt became worse after it ceased
2258 to have prophets, just at the very time when, on the rebuilding
2259 of the temple after the captivity in Babylon, it hoped to
2260 become better. For so, indeed, did that carnal people understand
2261 what was foretold by Haggai the prophet, saying, "The
2262 glory of this latter house shall be greater than that of the
2263 former."[580] Now, that this is said of the new testament, he
2264 showed a little above, where he says, evidently promising
2265 Christ, "And I will move all nations, and the desired One shall
2266 come to all nations."[581] In this passage the Septuagint translators,
2267 giving another sense more suitable to the body than
2268 the Head, that is, to the Church than to Christ, have said by
2269 prophetic authority, "The things shall come that are chosen
2270 of the Lord from all nations," that is, *men*, of whom Jesus
2271 saith in the Gospel, "Many are called, but few are chosen."[582]
2272 For by such chosen ones of the nations there is built, through
2273 the new testament, with living stones, a house of God far
2274 more glorious than that temple was which was constructed
2275 by king Solomon, and rebuilt after the captivity. For this
2276 reason, then, that nation had no prophets from that time,
2277 but was afflicted with many plagues by kings of alien race,
2278 and by the Romans themselves, lest they should fancy that
2279 this prophecy of Haggai was fulfilled by that rebuilding of
2280 the temple.
2281 For not long after, on the arrival of Alexander, it was subdued,
2282 when, although there was no pillaging, because they dared
2283 not resist him, and thus, being very easily subdued, received
2284 him peaceably, yet the glory of that house was not so great
2285 as it was when under the free power of their own kings.
2286 Alexander, indeed, offered up sacrifices in the temple of God,
2287 not as a convert to His worship in true piety, but thinking,
2288 with impious folly, that He was to be worshipped along with
2289 false gods. Then Ptolemy son of Lagus, whom I have already
2290 mentioned, after Alexander's death carried them captive into
2291 Egypt. His successor, Ptolemy Philadelphus, most benevolently
2292 dismissed them; and by him it was brought about,
2293 as I have narrated a little before, that we should have the
2294 Septuagint version of the Scriptures. Then they were crushed
2295 by the wars which are explained in the books of the Maccabees.
2296 Afterward they were taken captive by Ptolemy king of Alexandria,
2297 who was called Epiphanes. Then Antiochus king of
2298 Syria compelled them by many and most grievous evils to
2299 worship idols, and filled the temple itself with the sacrilegious
2300 superstitions of the Gentiles. Yet their most vigorous leader
2301 Judas, who is also called Maccabæus, after beating the generals
2302 of Antiochus, cleansed it from all that defilement of idolatry.
2303 But not long after, one Alcimus, although an alien from the
2304 sacerdotal tribe, was, through ambition, made pontiff, which
2305 was an impious thing. After almost fifty years, during which
2306 they never had peace, although they prospered in some affairs,
2307 Aristobulus first assumed the diadem among them, and was
2308 made both king and pontiff. Before that, indeed, from the
2309 time of their return from the Babylonish captivity and the
2310 rebuilding of the temple, they had not kings, but generals or
2311 *principes*. Although a king himself may be called a prince,
2312 from his principality in governing, and a leader, because he
2313 leads the army, but it does not follow that all who are princes
2314 and leaders may also be called kings, as that Aristobulus was.
2315 He was succeeded by Alexander, also both king and pontiff,
2316 who is reported to have reigned over them cruelly. After
2317 him his wife Alexandra was queen of the Jews, and from her
2318 time downwards more grievous evils pursued them; for this
2319 Alexandra's sons, Aristobulus and Hyrcanus, when contending
2320 with each other for the kingdom, called in the Roman
2321 forces against the nation of Israel. For Hyrcanus asked
2322 assistance from them against his brother. At that time
2323 Rome had already subdued Africa and Greece, and ruled
2324 extensively in other parts of the world also, and yet, as if
2325 unable to bear her own weight, had, in a manner, broken
2326 herself by her own size. For indeed she had come to grave
2327 domestic seditions, and from that to social wars, and by and
2328 by to civil wars, and had enfeebled and worn herself out so
2329 much, that the changed state of the republic, in which she
2330 should be governed by kings, was now imminent. Pompey
2331 then, a most illustrious prince of the Roman people, having
2332 entered Judea with an army, took the city, threw open the
2333 temple, not with the devotion of a suppliant, but with the
2334 authority of a conqueror, and went, not reverently, but profanely,
2335 into the holy of holies, where it was lawful for none
2336 but the pontiff to enter. Having established Hyrcanus in the
2337 pontificate, and set Antipater over the subjugated nation as
2338 guardian or procurator, as they were then called, he led
2339 Aristobulus with him bound. From that time the Jews also
2340 began to be Roman tributaries. Afterward Cassius plundered
2341 the very temple. Then after a few years it was their desert
2342 to have Herod, a king of foreign birth, in whose reign Christ
2343 was born. For the time had now come signified by the
2344 prophetic Spirit through the mouth of the patriarch Jacob,
2345 when he says, "There shall not be lacking a prince out of
2346 Judah, nor a teacher from his loins, until He shall come for
2347 whom it is reserved; and He is the expectation of the nations."[583]
2348 There lacked not therefore a Jewish prince of the Jews until
2349 that Herod, who was the first king of a foreign race received
2350 by them. Therefore it was now the time when He should
2351 come for whom that was reserved which is promised in the
2352 New Testament, that He should be the expectation of the
2353 nations. But it was not possible that the nations should
2354 expect He would come, as we see they did, to do judgment in
2355 the splendour of power, unless they should first believe in
2356 Him when He came to suffer judgment in the humility of
2357 patience.
2358 >
2359 >
2360 >
2361 46. *Of the birth of our Saviour, whereby the Word was made flesh; and of the
2362 > dispersion of the Jews among all nations, as had been prophesied.*
2363 While Herod, therefore, reigned in Judea, and Cæsar
2364 Augustus was emperor at Rome, the state of the republic
2365 being already changed, and the world being set at peace by
2366 him, Christ was born in Bethlehem of Judah, man manifest out
2367 of a human virgin, God hidden out of God the Father. For so
2368 had the prophet foretold: "Behold, a virgin shall conceive in
2369 the womb, and bring forth a Son, and they shall call His name
2370 Immanuel, which, being interpreted, is, God with us."[584] He
2371 did many miracles that He might commend God in Himself,
2372 some of which, even as many as seemed sufficient to proclaim
2373 Him, are contained in the evangelic Scripture. The first of
2374 these is, that He was so wonderfully born, and the last, that
2375 with His body raised up again from the dead He ascended
2376 into heaven. But the Jews who slew Him, and would not
2377 believe in Him, because it behoved Him to die and rise again,
2378 were yet more miserably wasted by the Romans, and utterly
2379 rooted out from their kingdom, where aliens had already
2380 ruled over them, and were dispersed through the lands (so
2381 that indeed there is no place where they are not), and are
2382 thus by their own Scriptures a testimony to us that we have
2383 not forged the prophecies about Christ. And very many of
2384 them, considering this, even before His passion, but chiefly
2385 after His resurrection, believed on Him, of whom it was predicted,
2386 "Though the number of the children of Israel be as
2387 the sand of the sea, the remnant shall be saved."[585] But the
2388 rest are blinded, of whom it was predicted, "Let their table
2389 be made before them a trap, and a retribution, and a stumbling-block.
2390 Let their eyes be darkened lest they see, and bow
2391 down their back alway."[586] Therefore, when they do not believe
2392 our Scriptures, their own, which they blindly read, are
2393 fulfilled in them, lest perchance any one should say that the
2394 Christians have forged these prophecies about Christ which
2395 are quoted under the name of the sibyl, or of others, if such
2396 there be, who do not belong to the Jewish people. For us,
2397 indeed, those suffice which are quoted from the books of our
2398 enemies, to whom we make our acknowledgment, on account
2399 of this testimony which, in spite of themselves, they contribute
2400 by their possession of these books, while they themselves are
2401 dispersed among all nations, wherever the Church of Christ
2402 is spread abroad. For a prophecy about this thing was sent
2403 before in the Psalms, which they also read, where it is written,
2404 "My God, His mercy shall prevent me. My God hath shown
2405 me concerning mine enemies, that Thou shalt not slay them,
2406 lest they should at last forget Thy law: disperse them in Thy
2407 might."[587] Therefore God has shown the Church in her enemies
2408 the Jews the grace of His compassion, since, as saith the
2409 apostle, "their offence is the salvation of the Gentiles."[588]
2410 And therefore He has not slain them, that is, He has not let
2411 the knowledge that they are Jews be lost in them, although
2412 they have been conquered by the Romans, lest they should
2413 forget the law of God, and their testimony should be of no
2414 avail in this matter of which we treat. But it was not
2415 enough that he should say, "Slay them not, lest they should
2416 at last forget Thy law," unless he had also added, "Disperse
2417 them;" because if they had only been in their own land with
2418 that testimony of the Scriptures, and not everywhere, certainly
2419 the Church which is everywhere could not have had them as
2420 witnesses among all nations to the prophecies which were
2421 sent before concerning Christ.
2422 47. *Whether before Christian times there were any outside of the Israelite
2423 race who belonged to the fellowship of the heavenly city.*
2424 Wherefore if we read of any foreigner—that is, one neither
2425 born of Israel nor received by that people into the canon of
2426 the sacred books—having prophesied something about Christ,
2427 if it has come or shall come to our knowledge, we can refer
2428 to it over and above; not that this is necessary, even if
2429 wanting, but because it is not incongruous to believe that
2430 even in other nations there may have been men to whom this
2431 mystery was revealed, and who were also impelled to proclaim
2432 it, whether they were partakers of the same grace or had no
2433 experience of it, but were taught by bad angels, who, as we
2434 know, even confessed the present Christ, whom the Jews did
2435 not acknowledge. Nor do I think the Jews themselves dare
2436 contend that no one has belonged to God except the Israelites,
2437 since the increase of Israel began on the rejection of his elder
2438 brother. For in very deed there was no other people who
2439 were specially called the people of God; but they cannot
2440 deny that there have been certain men even of other nations
2441 who belonged, not by earthly but heavenly fellowship, to the
2442 true Israelites, the citizens of the country that is above. Because,
2443 if they deny this, they can be most easily confuted by
2444 the case of the holy and wonderful man Job, who was neither
2445 a native nor a proselyte, that is, a stranger joining the people
2446 of Israel, but, being bred of the Idumean race, arose there
2447 and died there too, and who is so praised by the divine oracle,
2448 that no man of his times is put on a level with him as regards
2449 justice and piety. And although we do not find his date in
2450 the chronicles, yet from his book, which for its merit the
2451 Israelites have received as of canonical authority, we gather
2452 that he was in the third generation after Israel. And I
2453 doubt not it was divinely provided, that from this one case
2454 we might know that among other nations also there might be
2455 men pertaining to the spiritual Jerusalem who have lived
2456 according to God and have pleased Him. And it is not to
2457 be supposed that this was granted to any one, unless the one
2458 Mediator between God and men, the Man Christ Jesus,[589] was
2459 divinely revealed to him; who was pre-announced to the saints
2460 of old as yet to come in the flesh, even as He is announced
2461 to us as having come, that the selfsame faith through Him
2462 may lead all to God who are predestinated to be the city of
2463 God, the house of God, and the temple of God. But whatever
2464 prophecies concerning the grace of God through Christ
2465 Jesus are quoted, they may be thought to have been forged
2466 by the Christians. So that there is nothing of more weight
2467 for confuting all sorts of aliens, if they contend about this
2468 matter, and for supporting our friends, if they are truly wise,
2469 than to quote those divine predictions about Christ which
2470 are written in the books of the Jews, who have been torn from
2471 their native abode and dispersed over the whole world in
2472 order to bear this testimony, so that the Church of Christ has
2473 everywhere increased.
2474 >
2475 >
2476 >
2477 48. *That Haggai's prophecy, in which he said that the glory of the house of
2478 > God would be greater than that of the first had been,*[590] *was really fulfilled,
2479 > not in the rebuilding of the temple, but in the Church of Christ.*
2480 This house of God is more glorious than that first one
2481 which was constructed of wood and stone, metals, and other
2482 precious things. Therefore the prophecy of Haggai was not
2483 fulfilled in the rebuilding of that temple. For it can never
2484 be shown to have had so much glory after it was rebuilt as
2485 it had in the time of Solomon; yea, rather, the glory of that
2486 house is shown to have been diminished, first by the ceasing
2487 of prophecy, and then by the nation itself suffering so great
2488 calamities, even to the final destruction made by the Romans,
2489 as the things above-mentioned prove. But this house which
2490 pertains to the new testament is just as much more glorious
2491 as the living stones, even believing, renewed men, of which it
2492 is constructed are better. But it was typified by the rebuilding
2493 of that temple for this reason, because the very renovation
2494 of that edifice typifies in the prophetic oracle another testament
2495 which is called the new. When, therefore, God said by
2496 the prophet just named, "And I will give peace in this
2497 place,"[591] He is to be understood who is typified by that typical
2498 place; for since by that rebuilt place is typified the Church
2499 which was to be built by Christ, nothing else can be accepted
2500 as the meaning of the saying, "I will give peace in this
2501 place," except I will give peace in the place which that place
2502 signifies. For all typical things seem in some way to personate
2503 those whom they typify, as it is said by the apostle,
2504 "That Rock was Christ."[592] Therefore the glory of this new
2505 testament house is greater than the glory of the old testament
2506 house; and it will show itself as greater when it shall
2507 be dedicated. For then "shall come the desired of all nations,"[593]
2508 as we read in the Hebrew. For before His advent
2509 He had not yet been desired by all nations. For they knew
2510 not Him whom they ought to desire, in whom they had not
2511 believed. Then, also, according to the Septuagint interpretation
2512 (for it also is a prophetic meaning), "shall come those
2513 who are elected of the Lord out of all nations." For then
2514 indeed there shall come only those who are elected, whereof
2515 the apostle saith, "According as He hath chosen us in Him
2516 before the foundation of the world."[594] For the Master
2517 Builder who said, "Many are called, but few are chosen,"[595]
2518 did not say this of those who, on being called, came in such
2519 a way as to be cast out from the feast, but would point out
2520 the house built up of the elect, which henceforth shall dread
2521 no ruin. Yet because the churches are also full of those who
2522 shall be separated by the winnowing as in the threshing-floor,
2523 the glory of this house is not so apparent now as it shall be
2524 when every one who is there shall be there always.
2525 49. *Of the indiscriminate increase of the Church, wherein many reprobate are in
2526 this world mixed with the elect.*
2527 In this wicked world, in these evil days, when the Church
2528 measures her future loftiness by her present humility, and is
2529 exercised by goading fears, tormenting sorrows, disquieting
2530 labours, and dangerous temptations, when she soberly rejoices,
2531 rejoicing only in hope, there are many reprobate mingled with
2532 the good, and both are gathered together by the gospel as in
2533 a drag net;[596] and in this world, as in a sea, both swim enclosed
2534 without distinction in the net, until it is brought ashore, when
2535 the wicked must be separated from the good, that in the good,
2536 as in His temple, God may be all in all. We acknowledge,
2537 indeed, that His word is now fulfilled who spake in the psalm,
2538 and said, "I have announced and spoken; they are multiplied
2539 above number."[597] This takes place now, since He has spoken,
2540 first by the mouth of his forerunner John, and afterward by
2541 His own mouth, saying, "Repent: for the kingdom of heaven
2542 is at hand."[598] He chose disciples, whom He also called apostles,[599]
2543 of lowly birth, unhonoured, and illiterate, so that whatever
2544 great thing they might be or do, He might be and do it in
2545 them. He had one among them whose wickedness He could
2546 use well in order to accomplish His appointed passion, and
2547 furnish His Church an example of bearing with the wicked.
2548 Having sown the holy gospel as much as that behoved to be
2549 done by His bodily presence, He suffered, died, and rose again,
2550 showing by His passion what we ought to suffer for the truth,
2551 and by His resurrection what we ought to hope for in adversity;
2552 saving always the mystery of the sacrament, by which
2553 His blood was shed for the remission of sins. He held converse
2554 on the earth forty days with His disciples, and in their
2555 sight ascended into heaven, and after ten days sent the promised
2556 Holy Spirit. It was given as the chief and most necessary
2557 sign of His coming on those who had believed, that every
2558 one of them spoke in the tongues of all nations; thus signifying
2559 that the unity of the catholic Church would embrace all
2560 nations, and would in like manner speak in all tongues.
2561 50. *Of the preaching of the gospel, which is made more famous and powerful
2562 by the sufferings of its preachers.*
2563 Then was fulfilled that prophecy, "Out of Sion shall go
2564 forth the law, and the word of the Lord out of Jerusalem;"[600]
2565 and the prediction of the Lord Christ Himself, when, after the
2566 resurrection, "He opened the understanding" of His amazed
2567 disciples "that they might understand the Scriptures, and
2568 said unto them that thus it is written, and thus it behoved
2569 Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day, and
2570 that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in
2571 His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem."[601] And
2572 again, when, in reply to their questioning about the day of
2573 His last coming, He said, "It is not for you to know the
2574 times or the seasons which the Father hath put in His own
2575 power; but ye shall receive the power of the Holy Ghost
2576 coming upon you, and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in
2577 Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and Samaria, and even unto the
2578 ends of the earth."[602] First of all, the Church spread herself
2579 abroad from Jerusalem; and when very many in Judea and
2580 Samaria had believed, she also went into other nations by
2581 those who announced the gospel, whom, as lights, He Himself
2582 had both prepared by His word and kindled by His Holy
2583 Spirit. For He had said to them, "Fear ye not them which
2584 kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul."[603] And that
2585 they might not be frozen with fear, they burned with the fire
2586 of charity. Finally, the gospel of Christ was preached in the
2587 whole world, not only by those who had seen and heard Him
2588 both before His passion and after His resurrection, but also after
2589 their death by their successors, amid the horrible persecutions,
2590 diverse torments and deaths of the martyrs, God also bearing
2591 them witness, both with signs and wonders, and divers miracles
2592 and gifts of the Holy Ghost,[604] that the people of the nations,
2593 believing in Him who was crucified for their redemption, might
2594 venerate with Christian love the blood of the martyrs which
2595 they had poured forth with devilish fury, and the very kings
2596 by whose laws the Church had been laid waste might become
2597 profitably subject to that name they had cruelly striven to
2598 take away from the earth, and might begin to persecute the
2599 false gods for whose sake the worshippers of the true God had
2600 formerly been persecuted.
2601 51. *That the catholic faith may be confirmed even by the dissensions of the
2602 heretics.*
2603 But the devil, seeing the temples of the demons deserted,
2604 and the human race running to the name of the liberating
2605 Mediator, has moved the heretics under the Christian name
2606 to resist the Christian doctrine, as if they could be kept in
2607 the city of God indifferently without any correction, just as
2608 the city of confusion indifferently held the philosophers who
2609 were of diverse and adverse opinions. Those, therefore, in
2610 the Church of Christ who savour anything morbid and depraved,
2611 and, on being corrected that they may savour what
2612 is wholesome and right, contumaciously resist, and will not
2613 amend their pestiferous and deadly dogmas, but persist in defending
2614 them, become heretics, and, going without, are to be
2615 reckoned as enemies who serve for her discipline. For even
2616 thus they profit by their wickedness those true catholic members
2617 of Christ, since God makes a good use even of the wicked,
2618 and all things work together for good to them that love Him.[605]
2619 For all the enemies of the Church, whatever error blinds or
2620 malice depraves them, exercise her patience if they receive
2621 the power to afflict her corporally; and if they only oppose
2622 her by wicked thought, they exercise her wisdom: but at
2623 the same time, if these enemies are loved, they exercise her
2624 benevolence, or even her beneficence, whether she deals with
2625 them by persuasive doctrine or by terrible discipline. And
2626 thus the devil, the prince of the impious city, when he stirs
2627 up his own vessels against the city of God that sojourns in
2628 this world, is permitted to do her no harm. For without
2629 doubt the divine providence procures for her both consolation
2630 through prosperity, that she may not be broken by adversity,
2631 and trial through adversity, that she may not be corrupted by
2632 prosperity; and thus each is tempered by the other, as we
2633 recognise in the Psalms that voice which arises from no other
2634 cause, "According to the multitude of my griefs in my heart,
2635 Thy consolations have delighted my soul."[606] Hence also is
2636 that saying of the apostle, "Rejoicing in hope, patient in
2637 tribulation."[607]
2638 For it is not to be thought that what the same teacher
2639 says can at any time fail, "Whoever will live piously in
2640 Christ shall suffer persecution."[608] Because even when those
2641 who are without do not rage, and thus there seems to be, and
2642 really is, tranquillity, which brings very much consolation,
2643 especially to the weak, yet there are not wanting, yea, there
2644 are many within who by their abandoned manners torment
2645 the hearts of those who live piously, since by them the
2646 Christian and catholic name is blasphemed; and the dearer
2647 that name is to those who will live piously in Christ, the
2648 more do they grieve that through the wicked, who have a
2649 place within, it comes to be less loved than pious minds
2650 desire. The heretics themselves also, since they are thought
2651 to have the Christian name and sacraments, Scriptures, and
2652 profession, cause great grief in the hearts of the pious, both
2653 because many who wish to be Christians are compelled by
2654 their dissensions to hesitate, and many evil-speakers also find
2655 in them matter for blaspheming the Christian name, because
2656 they too are at any rate *called* Christians. By these and
2657 similar depraved manners and errors of men, those who will
2658 live piously in Christ suffer persecution, even when no one
2659 molests or vexes their body; for they suffer this persecution,
2660 not in their bodies, but in their hearts. Whence is that word,
2661 "According to the multitude of my griefs in my heart;" for
2662 he does not say, in my body. Yet, on the other hand, none
2663 of them can perish, because the immutable divine promises
2664 are thought of. And because the apostle says, "The Lord
2665 knoweth them that are His;[609] for whom He did foreknow, He
2666 also predestinated [to be] conformed to the image of His
2667 Son,"[610] none of them can perish; therefore it follows in that
2668 psalm, "Thy consolations have delighted my soul."[611] But
2669 that grief which arises in the hearts of the pious, who are
2670 persecuted by the manners of bad or false Christians, is profitable
2671 to the sufferers, because it proceeds from the charity
2672 in which they do not wish them either to perish or to hinder
2673 the salvation of others. Finally, great consolations grow out
2674 of their chastisement, which imbue the souls of the pious
2675 with a fecundity as great as the pains with which they were
2676 troubled concerning their own perdition. Thus in this world,
2677 in these evil days, not only from the time of the bodily presence
2678 of Christ and His apostles, but even from that of Abel,
2679 whom first his wicked brother slew because he was righteous,[612]
2680 and thenceforth even to the end of this world, the Church has
2681 gone forward on pilgrimage amid the persecutions of the
2682 world and the consolations of God.
2683 >
2684 >
2685 >
2686 52. *Whether we should believe what some think, that, as the ten persecutions which
2687 > are past have been fulfilled, there remains no other beyond the eleventh,
2688 > which must happen in the very time of Antichrist.*
2689 I do not think, indeed, that what some have thought or
2690 may think is rashly said or believed, that until the time of
2691 Antichrist the Church of Christ is not to suffer any persecutions
2692 besides those she has already suffered,—that is, *ten*,—and
2693 that the eleventh and last shall be inflicted by Antichrist.
2694 They reckon as the first that made by Nero, the second by
2695 Domitian, the third by Trajan, the fourth by Antoninus, the
2696 fifth by Severus, the sixth by Maximin, the seventh by Decius,
2697 the eighth by Valerian, the ninth by Aurelian, the tenth by
2698 Diocletian and Maximian. For as there were ten plagues
2699 in Egypt before the people of God could begin to go out,
2700 they think this is to be referred to as showing that the last
2701 persecution by Antichrist must be like the eleventh plague,
2702 in which the Egyptians, while following the Hebrews with
2703 hostility, perished in the Red Sea when the people of God
2704 passed through on dry land. Yet I do not think persecutions
2705 were prophetically signified by what was done in Egypt, however
2706 nicely and ingeniously those who think so may seem to
2707 have compared the two in detail, not by the prophetic Spirit,
2708 but by the conjecture of the human mind, which sometimes
2709 hits the truth, and sometimes is deceived. But what can
2710 those who think this say of the persecution in which the
2711 Lord Himself was crucified? In which number will they
2712 put it? And if they think the reckoning is to be made exclusive
2713 of this one, as if those must be counted which pertain
2714 to the body, and not that in which the Head Himself was set
2715 upon and slain, what can they make of that one which, after
2716 Christ ascended into heaven, took place in Jerusalem, when
2717 the blessed Stephen was stoned; when James the brother of
2718 John was slaughtered with the sword; when the Apostle
2719 Peter was imprisoned to be killed, and was set free by the
2720 angel; when the brethren were driven away and scattered
2721 from Jerusalem; when Saul, who afterward became the
2722 Apostle Paul, wasted the Church; and when he himself, publishing
2723 the glad tidings of the faith he had persecuted, suffered
2724 such things as he had inflicted, either from the Jews or from
2725 other nations, where he most fervently preached Christ everywhere?
2726 Why, then, do they think fit to start with Nero,
2727 when the Church in her growth had reached the times of
2728 Nero amid the most cruel persecutions, about which it would
2729 be too long to say anything? But if they think that only
2730 the persecutions made by kings ought to be reckoned, it was
2731 king Herod who also made a most grievous one after the
2732 ascension of the Lord. And what account do they give of
2733 Julian, whom they do not number in the ten? Did not he
2734 persecute the Church, who forbade the Christians to teach or
2735 learn liberal letters? Under him, the elder Valentinian, who
2736 was the third emperor after him, stood forth as a confessor of
2737 the Christian faith, and was dismissed from his command in
2738 the army. I shall say nothing of what he did at Antioch,
2739 except to mention his being struck with wonder at the freedom
2740 and cheerfulness of one most faithful and stedfast young
2741 man, who, when many were seized to be tortured, was tortured
2742 during a whole day, and sang under the instrument of torture,
2743 until the emperor feared lest he should succumb under the
2744 continued cruelties and put him to shame at last, which made
2745 him dread and fear that he would be yet more dishonourably
2746 put to the blush by the rest. Lastly, within our own recollection,
2747 did not Valens the Arian, brother of the foresaid
2748 Valentinian, waste the catholic Church by great persecution
2749 throughout the East? But how unreasonable it is not to
2750 consider that the Church, which bears fruit and grows through
2751 the whole world, may suffer persecution from kings in some
2752 nations even when she does not suffer it in others! Perhaps,
2753 however, it was not to be reckoned a persecution when the
2754 king of the Goths, in Gothia itself, persecuted the Christians
2755 with wonderful cruelty, when there were none but catholics
2756 there, of whom very many were crowned with martyrdom, as we
2757 have heard from certain brethren who had been there at that
2758 time as boys, and unhesitatingly called to mind that they had
2759 seen these things? And what took place in Persia of late?
2760 Was not persecution so hot against the Christians (if even yet
2761 it is allayed) that some of the fugitives from it came even to
2762 Roman towns? When I think of these and the like things,
2763 it does not seem to me that the number of persecutions with
2764 which the Church is to be tried can be definitely stated. But,
2765 on the other hand, it is no less rash to affirm that there will
2766 be some persecutions by kings besides that last one, about
2767 which no Christian is in doubt. Therefore we leave this undecided,
2768 supporting or refuting neither side of this question,
2769 but only restraining men from the audacious presumption of
2770 affirming either of them.
2771 53. *Of the hidden time of the final persecution.*
2772 Truly Jesus Himself shall extinguish by His presence that
2773 last persecution which is to be made by Antichrist. For so
2774 it is written, that "He shall slay him with the breath of His
2775 mouth, and empty him with the brightness of His presence."[613]
2776 It is customary to ask, When shall that be? But this is
2777 quite unreasonable. For had it been profitable for us to
2778 know this, by whom could it better have been told than by
2779 God Himself, the Master, when the disciples questioned Him?
2780 For they were not silent when with Him, but inquired of
2781 Him, saying, "Lord, wilt Thou at this time present the kingdom
2782 to Israel, or when?"[614] But He said, "It is not for you
2783 to know the times, which the Father hath put in His own
2784 power." When they got that answer, they had not at all
2785 questioned Him about the hour, or day, or year, but about the
2786 time. In vain, then, do we attempt to compute definitely the
2787 years that may remain to this world, when we may hear from
2788 the mouth of the Truth that it is not for us to know this.
2789 Yet some have said that four hundred, some five hundred,
2790 others a thousand years, may be completed from the ascension
2791 of the Lord up to His final coming. But to point out how
2792 each of them supports his own opinion would take too long,
2793 and is not necessary; for indeed they use human conjectures,
2794 and bring forward nothing certain from the authority of the
2795 canonical Scriptures. But on this subject He puts aside the
2796 figures of the calculators, and orders silence, who says, "It is
2797 not for you to know the times, which the Father hath put in
2798 His own power."
2799 But because this sentence is in the Gospel, it is no wonder
2800 that the worshippers of the many and false gods have been
2801 none the less restrained from feigning that by the responses
2802 of the demons, whom they worship as gods, it has been fixed
2803 how long the Christian religion is to last. For when they
2804 saw that it could not be consumed by so many and great persecutions,
2805 but rather drew from them wonderful enlargements,
2806 they invented I know not what Greek verses, as if poured
2807 forth by a divine oracle to some one consulting it, in which,
2808 indeed, they make Christ innocent of this, as it were, sacrilegious
2809 crime, but add that Peter by enchantments brought it
2810 about that the name of Christ should be worshipped for three
2811 hundred and sixty-five years, and, after the completion of
2812 that number of years, should at once take end. Oh the hearts
2813 of learned men! Oh, learned wits, meet to believe such things
2814 *about* Christ as you are not willing to believe *in* Christ, that
2815 His disciple Peter did not learn magic arts from Him, yet
2816 that, although He was innocent, His disciple was an enchanter,
2817 and chose that His name rather than his own should be worshipped
2818 through his magic arts, his great labours and perils,
2819 and at last even the shedding of his blood! If Peter the
2820 enchanter made the world so love Christ, what did Christ the
2821 innocent do to make Peter so love Him? Let them answer
2822 themselves then, and, if they can, let them understand that
2823 the world, for the sake of eternal life, was made to love Christ
2824 by that same supernal grace which made Peter also love
2825 Christ for the sake of the eternal life to be received from
2826 Him, and that even to the extent of suffering temporal death
2827 for Him. And then, what kind of gods are these who are
2828 able to predict such things, yet are not able to avert them,
2829 succumbing in such a way to a single enchanter and wicked
2830 magician (who, as they say, having slain a yearling boy and
2831 torn him to pieces, buried him with nefarious rites), that
2832 they permitted the sect hostile to themselves to gain strength
2833 for so great a time, and to surmount the horrid cruelties of so
2834 many great persecutions, not by resisting but by suffering, and
2835 to procure the overthrow of their own images, temples, rituals,
2836 and oracles? Finally, what god was it—not ours, certainly,
2837 but one of their own—who was either enticed or compelled
2838 by so great wickedness to perform these things? For those
2839 verses say that Peter bound, not any demon, but a god to do
2840 these things. Such a god have they who have not Christ.
2841 54. *Of the very foolish lie of the pagans, in feigning that the Christian religion
2842 was not to last beyond three hundred and sixty-five years.*
2843 I might collect these and many similar arguments, if that
2844 year had not already passed by which lying divination has
2845 promised, and deceived vanity has believed. But as a few
2846 years ago three hundred and sixty-five years were completed
2847 since the time when the worship of the name of Christ was
2848 established by His presence in the flesh, and by the apostles,
2849 what other proof need we seek to refute that falsehood? For,
2850 not to place the beginning of this period at the nativity of
2851 Christ, because as an infant and boy He had no disciples, yet,
2852 when He began to have them, beyond doubt the Christian
2853 doctrine and religion then became known through His bodily
2854 presence, that is, after He was baptized in the river Jordan
2855 by the ministry of John. For on this account that prophecy
2856 went before concerning Him: "He shall reign from sea even
2857 to sea, and from the river even to the ends of the earth."[615]
2858 But since, before He suffered and rose from the dead, the faith
2859 had not yet been defined to all, but was defined in the resurrection
2860 of Christ (for so the Apostle Paul speaks to the
2861 Athenians, saying, "But now He announces to men that all
2862 everywhere should repent, because He hath appointed a day
2863 in which to judge the world in equity, by the Man in whom
2864 He hath defined the faith to all men, raising Him from the
2865 dead"[616]), it is better that, in settling this question, we should
2866 start from that point, especially because the Holy Spirit was
2867 then given, just as He behoved to be given after the resurrection
2868 of Christ in that city from which the second law, that
2869 is, the new testament, ought to begin. For the first, which
2870 is called the old testament, was given from Mount Sinai
2871 through Moses. But concerning this which was to be given
2872 by Christ it was predicted, "Out of Sion shall go forth the
2873 law, and the word of the Lord out of Jerusalem;"[617] whence
2874 He Himself said, that repentance in His name behoved to be
2875 preached among all nations, but yet beginning at Jerusalem.[618]
2876 There, therefore, the worship of this name took its rise, that
2877 Jesus should be believed in, who died and rose again. There
2878 this faith blazed up with such noble beginnings, that several
2879 thousand men, being converted to the name of Christ with
2880 wonderful alacrity, sold their goods for distribution among the
2881 needy, thus, by a holy resolution and most ardent charity,
2882 coming to voluntary poverty, and prepared themselves, amid
2883 the Jews who raged and thirsted for their blood, to contend
2884 for the truth even to death, not with armed power, but with
2885 more powerful patience. If this was accomplished by no
2886 magic arts, why do they hesitate to believe that the other
2887 could be done throughout the whole world by the same divine
2888 power by which this was done? But supposing Peter wrought
2889 that enchantment so that so great a multitude of men at
2890 Jerusalem was thus kindled to worship the name of Christ,
2891 who had either seized and fastened Him to the cross, or reviled
2892 Him when fastened there, we must still inquire when
2893 the three hundred and sixty-five years must be completed,
2894 counting from that year. Now Christ died when the Gemini
2895 were consuls, on the eighth day before the kalends of April.
2896 He rose the third day, as the apostles have proved by the
2897 evidence of their own senses. Then forty days after, He
2898 ascended into heaven. Ten days after, that is, on the fiftieth
2899 after His resurrection, He sent the Holy Spirit; then three
2900 thousand men believed when the apostles preached Him.
2901 Then, therefore, arose the worship of that name, as we believe,
2902 and according to the real truth, by the efficacy of the
2903 Holy Spirit, but, as impious vanity has feigned or thought,
2904 by the magic arts of Peter. A little afterward, too, on a
2905 wonderful sign being wrought, when at Peter's own word a
2906 certain beggar, so lame from his mother's womb that he was
2907 carried by others and laid down at the gate of the temple,
2908 where he begged alms, was made whole in the name of Jesus
2909 Christ, and leaped up, five thousand men believed, and thenceforth
2910 the Church grew by sundry accessions of believers. Thus
2911 we gather the very day with which that year began, namely,
2912 that on which the Holy Spirit was sent, that is, during the
2913 ides of May. And, on counting the consuls, the three hundred
2914 and sixty-five years are found completed on the same
2915 ides in the consulate of Honorius and Eutychianus. Now, in
2916 the following year, in the consulate of Mallius Theodorus,
2917 when, according to that oracle of the demons or figment of
2918 men, there ought already to have been no Christian religion,
2919 it was not necessary to inquire what perchance was done in
2920 other parts of the earth. But, as we know, in the most noted
2921 and eminent city Carthage, in Africa, Gaudentius and Jovius,
2922 officers of the Emperor Honorius, on the fourteenth day before
2923 the kalends of April, overthrew the temples and broke the
2924 images of the false gods. And from that time to the present,
2925 during almost thirty years, who does not see how much the
2926 worship of the name of Christ has increased, especially after
2927 many of those became Christians who had been kept back from
2928 the faith by thinking that divination true, but saw when that
2929 same number of years was completed that it was empty and
2930 ridiculous? We, therefore, who are called and *are* Christians,
2931 do not believe in Peter, but in Him whom Peter believed,—being
2932 edified by Peter's sermons about Christ, not poisoned by
2933 his incantations; and not deceived by his enchantments, but
2934 aided by his good deeds. Christ Himself, who was Peter's
2935 Master in the doctrine which leads to eternal life, is our
2936 Master too.
2937 But let us now at last finish this book, after thus far treating
2938 of, and showing as far as seemed sufficient, what is the
2939 mortal course of the two cities, the heavenly and the earthly,
2940 which are mingled together from the beginning down to the
2941 end. Of these, the earthly one has made to herself of whom
2942 she would, either from any other quarter, or even from among
2943 men, false gods whom she might serve by sacrifice; but she
2944 which is heavenly, and is a pilgrim on the earth, does not
2945 make false gods, but is herself made by the true God, of
2946 whom she herself must be the true sacrifice. Yet both alike
2947 either enjoy temporal good things, or are afflicted with temporal
2948 evils, but with diverse faith, diverse hope, and diverse
2949 love, until they must be separated by the last judgment, and
2950 each must receive her own end, of which there is no end.
2951 About these ends of both we must next treat.
BOOK XIX
16 #### ARGUMENT.
17 >
18 >
19 >
20 IN THIS BOOK THE END OF THE TWO CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE HEAVENLY,
21 > IS DISCUSSED. AUGUSTINE REVIEWS THE OPINIONS OF THE PHILOSOPHERS
22 > REGARDING THE SUPREME GOOD, AND THEIR VAIN EFFORTS TO MAKE FOR
23 > THEMSELVES A HAPPINESS IN THIS LIFE; AND, WHILE HE REFUTES THESE,
24 > HE TAKES OCCASION TO SHOW WHAT THE PEACE AND HAPPINESS BELONGING
25 > TO THE HEAVENLY CITY, OR THE PEOPLE OF CHRIST, ARE BOTH NOW
26 > AND HEREAFTER.
27 >
28 >
29 >
30 1. *That Varro has made out that two hundred and eighty-eight different sects
31 > of philosophy might be formed by the various opinions regarding the
32 > supreme good.*
33 As I see that I have still to discuss the fit destinies of the
34 two cities, the earthly and the heavenly, I must first
35 explain, so far as the limits of this work allow me, the reasonings
36 by which men have attempted to make for themselves a
37 happiness in this unhappy life, in order that it may be evident,
38 not only from divine authority, but also from such reasons
39 as can be adduced to unbelievers, how the empty dreams of
40 the philosophers differ from the hope which God gives to us,
41 and from the substantial fulfilment of it which He will give
42 us as our blessedness. Philosophers have expressed a great
43 variety of diverse opinions regarding the ends of goods and of
44 evils, and this question they have eagerly canvassed, that they
45 might, if possible, discover what makes a man happy. For
46 the end of our good is that for the sake of which other things
47 are to be desired, while it is to be desired for its own sake;
48 and the end of evil is that on account of which other things
49 are to be shunned, while it is avoided on its own account.
50 Thus, by the *end of good*, we at present mean, not that by
51 which good is destroyed, so that it no longer exists, but that
52 by which it is finished, so that it becomes complete; and by
53 the *end of evil* we mean, not that which abolishes it, but that
54 which completes its development. These two ends, therefore,
55 are the supreme good and the supreme evil; and, as I have
56 said, those who have in this vain life professed the study of
57 wisdom have been at great pains to discover these ends, and
58 to obtain the supreme good and avoid the supreme evil in
59 this life. And although they erred in a variety of ways, yet
60 natural insight has prevented them from wandering from the
61 truth so far that they have not placed the supreme good and
62 evil, some in the soul, some in the body, and some in both.
63 From this tripartite distribution of the sects of philosophy,
64 Marcus Varro, in his book *De Philosophia*,[619] has drawn so large
65 a variety of opinions, that, by a subtle and minute analysis of
66 distinctions, he numbers without difficulty as many as 288
67 sects,—not that these have actually existed, but sects which
68 are possible.
69 To illustrate briefly what he means, I must begin with his
70 own introductory statement in the above-mentioned book,
71 that there are four things which men desire, as it were by
72 nature without a master, without the help of any instruction,
73 without industry or the art of living which is called virtue,
74 and which is certainly learned:[620] either pleasure, which is
75 an agreeable stirring of the bodily sense; or repose, which
76 excludes every bodily inconvenience; or both these, which
77 Epicurus calls by the one name, pleasure; or the primary
78 objects of nature,[621] which comprehend the things already named
79 and other things, either bodily, such as health, and safety, and
80 integrity of the members, or spiritual, such as the greater and
81 less mental gifts that are found in men. Now these four
82 things—pleasure, repose, the two combined, and the primary
83 objects of nature—exist in us in such sort that we must either
84 desire virtue on their account, or them for the sake of virtue,
85 or both for their own sake; and consequently there arise from
86 this distinction twelve sects, for each is by this consideration
87 tripled. I will illustrate this in one instance, and, having
88 done so, it will not be difficult to understand the others.
89 According, then, as bodily pleasure is subjected, preferred, or
90 united to virtue, there are three sects. It is subjected to
91 virtue when it is chosen as subservient to virtue. Thus it is
92 a duty of virtue to live for one's country, and for its sake to
93 beget children, neither of which can be done without bodily
94 pleasure. For there is pleasure in eating and drinking, pleasure
95 also in sexual intercourse. But when it is preferred to
96 virtue, it is desired for its own sake, and virtue is chosen only
97 for its sake, and to effect nothing else than the attainment or
98 preservation of bodily pleasure. And this, indeed, is to make
99 life hideous; for where virtue is the slave of pleasure it no
100 longer deserves the name of virtue. Yet even this disgraceful
101 distortion has found some philosophers to patronize and
102 defend it. Then virtue is united to pleasure when neither is
103 desired for the other's sake, but both for their own. And
104 therefore, as pleasure, according as it is subjected, preferred, or
105 united to virtue, makes three sects, so also do repose, pleasure
106 and repose combined, and the prime natural blessings,
107 make their three sects each. For as men's opinions vary, and
108 these four things are sometimes subjected, sometimes preferred,
109 and sometimes united to virtue, there are produced twelve
110 sects. But this number again is doubled by the addition of
111 one difference, viz. the social life; for whoever attaches himself
112 to any of these sects does so either for his own sake alone,
113 or for the sake of a companion, for whom he ought to wish
114 what he desires for himself. And thus there will be twelve
115 of those who think some one of these opinions should be held
116 for their own sakes, and other twelve who decide that they
117 ought to follow this or that philosophy not for their own sakes
118 only, but also for the sake of others whose good they desire as
119 their own. These twenty-four sects again are doubled, and
120 become forty-eight by adding a difference taken from the New
121 Academy. For each of these four and twenty sects can hold
122 and defend their opinion as certain, as the Stoics defended the
123 position that the supreme good of man consisted solely in
124 virtue; or they can be held as probable, but not certain, as
125 the New Academics did. There are, therefore, twenty-four
126 who hold their philosophy as certainly true, other twenty-four
127 who hold their opinions as probable, but not certain.
128 Again, as each person who attaches himself to any of these
129 sects may adopt the mode of life either of the Cynics or of
130 the other philosophers, this distinction will double the number,
131 and so make ninety-six sects. Then, lastly, as each of these
132 sects may be adhered to either by men who love a life of ease,
133 as those who have through choice or necessity addicted themselves
134 to study, or by men who love a busy life, as those who,
135 while philosophizing, have been much occupied with state
136 affairs and public business, or by men who choose a mixed life,
137 in imitation of those who have apportioned their time partly
138 to erudite leisure, partly to necessary business: by these differences
139 the number of the sects is tripled, and becomes 288.
140 I have thus, as briefly and lucidly as I could, given in my
141 own words the opinions which Varro expresses in his book.
142 But how he refutes all the rest of these sects, and chooses one,
143 the Old Academy, instituted by Plato, and continuing to
144 Polemo, the fourth teacher of that school of philosophy which
145 held that their system was certain; and how on this ground
146 he distinguishes it from the New Academy,[622] which began with
147 Polemo's successor Arcesilaus, and held that all things are uncertain;
148 and how he seeks to establish that the Old Academy
149 was as free from error as from doubt,—all this, I say, were too
150 long to enter upon in detail, and yet I must not altogether
151 pass it by in silence. Varro then rejects, as a first step, all
152 those differences which have multiplied the number of sects;
153 and the ground on which he does so is that they are not differences
154 about the supreme good. He maintains that in
155 philosophy a sect is created only by its having an opinion of
156 its own different from other schools on the point of the ends-in-chief.
157 For man has no other reason for philosophizing
158 than that he may be happy; but that which makes him happy
159 is itself the supreme good. In other words, the supreme good
160 is the reason of philosophizing; and therefore that cannot be
161 called a sect of philosophy which pursues no way of its own
162 towards the supreme good. Thus, when it is asked whether a
163 wise man will adopt the social life, and desire and be interested
164 in the supreme good of his friend as in his own, or
165 will, on the contrary, do all that he does merely for his own
166 sake, there is no question here about the supreme good, but
167 only about the propriety of associating or not associating a
168 friend in its participation: whether the wise man will do this
169 not for his own sake, but for the sake of his friend in whose
170 good he delights as in his own. So, too, when it is asked
171 whether all things about which philosophy is concerned are
172 to be considered uncertain, as by the New Academy, or certain,
173 as the other philosophers maintain, the question here is
174 not what end should be pursued, but whether or not we are to
175 believe in the substantial existence of that end; or, to put it
176 more plainly, whether he who pursues the supreme good must
177 maintain that it is a true good, or only that it appears to him
178 to be true, though possibly it may be delusive,—both pursuing
179 one and the same good. The distinction, too, which is founded
180 on the dress and manners of the Cynics, does not touch the
181 question of the chief good, but only the question whether he
182 who pursues that good which seems to himself true should
183 live as do the Cynics. There were, in fact, men who, though
184 they pursued different things as the supreme good, some
185 choosing pleasure, others virtue, yet adopted that mode of life
186 which gave the Cynics their name. Thus, whatever it is
187 which distinguishes the Cynics from other philosophers, this
188 has no bearing on the choice and pursuit of that good which
189 constitutes happiness. For if it had any such bearing, then
190 the same habits of life would necessitate the pursuit of the
191 same chief good, and diverse habits would necessitate the pursuit
192 of different ends.
193 >
194 >
195 >
196 2. *How Varro, by removing all the differences which do not form sects, but are
197 > merely secondary questions, reaches three definitions of the chief good, of
198 > which we must choose one.*
199 The same may be said of those three kinds of life, the life
200 of studious leisure and search after truth, the life of easy
201 engagement in affairs, and the life in which both these are
202 mingled. When it is asked, which of these should be adopted,
203 this involves no controversy about the end of good, but inquires
204 which of these three puts a man in the best position for finding
205 and retaining the supreme good. For this good, as soon as
206 a man finds it, makes him happy; but lettered leisure, or public
207 business, or the alternation of these, do not necessarily constitute
208 happiness. Many, in fact, find it possible to adopt one
209 or other of these modes of life, and yet to miss what makes a
210 man happy. The question, therefore, regarding the supreme
211 good and the supreme evil, and which distinguishes sects of
212 philosophy, is one; and these questions concerning the social
213 life, the doubt of the Academy, the dress and food of the
214 Cynics, the three modes of life—the active, the contemplative,
215 and the mixed—these are different questions, into none of
216 which the question of the chief good enters. And therefore,
217 as Marcus Varro multiplied the sects to the number of 288
218 (or whatever larger number he chose) by introducing these
219 four differences derived from the social life, the New Academy,
220 the Cynics, and the threefold form of life, so, by removing
221 these differences as having no bearing on the supreme good,
222 and as therefore not constituting what can properly be called
223 sects, he returns to those twelve schools which concern themselves
224 with inquiring what that good is which makes man
225 happy, and he shows that one of these is true, the rest false.
226 In other words, he dismisses the distinction founded on the
227 threefold mode of life, and so decreases the whole number by
228 two-thirds, reducing the sects to ninety-six. Then, putting
229 aside the Cynic peculiarities, the number decreases by a half,
230 to forty-eight. Taking away next the distinction occasioned
231 by the hesitancy of the New Academy, the number is again
232 halved, and reduced to twenty-four. Treating in a similar
233 way the diversity introduced by the consideration of the
234 social life, there are left but twelve, which this difference had
235 doubled to twenty-four. Regarding these twelve, no reason
236 can be assigned why they should not be called sects. For in
237 them the sole inquiry is regarding the supreme good and the
238 ultimate evil,—that is to say, regarding the supreme good, for
239 this being found, the opposite evil is thereby found. Now, to
240 make these twelve sects, he multiplies by three these four
241 things—pleasure, repose, pleasure and repose combined, and the
242 primary objects of nature which Varro calls *primigenia*. For
243 as these four things are sometimes subordinated to virtue, so
244 that they seem to be desired not for their own sake, but for
245 virtue's sake; sometimes preferred to it, so that virtue seems
246 to be necessary not on its own account, but in order to attain
247 these things; sometimes joined with it, so that both they and
248 virtue are desired for their own sakes,—we must multiply the
249 four by three, and thus we get twelve sects. But from those
250 four things Varro eliminates three—pleasure, repose, pleasure
251 and repose combined—not because he thinks these are not
252 worthy of the place assigned them, but because they are
253 included in the primary objects of nature. And what need
254 is there, at any rate, to make a threefold division out of these
255 two ends, pleasure and repose, taking them first severally and
256 then conjunctly, since both they, and many other things besides,
257 are comprehended in the primary objects of nature? Which
258 of the three remaining sects must be chosen? This is the
259 question that Varro dwells upon. For whether one of these
260 three or some other be chosen, reason forbids that more than
261 one be true. This we shall afterwards see; but meanwhile
262 let us explain as briefly and distinctly as we can how Varro
263 makes his selection from these three, that is, from the sects
264 which severally hold that the primary objects of nature are to
265 be desired for virtue's sake, that virtue is to be desired for
266 their sake, and that virtue and these objects are to be desired
267 each for their own sake.
268 >
269 >
270 >
271 3. *Which of the three leading opinions regarding the chief good should be preferred,
272 > according to Varro, who follows Antiochus and the Old Academy.*
273 Which of these three is true and to be adopted he attempts
274 to show in the following manner. As it is the supreme
275 good, not of a tree, or of a beast, or of a god, but of man,
276 that philosophy is in quest of, he thinks that, first of all,
277 we must define man. He is of opinion that there are two
278 parts in human nature, body and soul, and makes no doubt
279 that of these two the soul is the better and by far the more
280 worthy part. But whether the soul alone is the man, so that
281 the body holds the same relation to it as a horse to the
282 horseman, this he thinks has to be ascertained. The horseman
283 is not a horse and a man, but only a man, yet he is
284 called a horseman, because he is in some relation to the horse.
285 Again, is the body alone the man, having a relation to the
286 soul such as the cup has to the drink? For it is not the cup
287 and the drink it contains which are called the cup, but the
288 cup alone; yet it is so called because it is made to hold the
289 drink. Or, lastly, is it neither the soul alone nor the body
290 alone, but both together, which are man, the body and the soul
291 being each a part, but the whole man being both together, as
292 we call two horses yoked together a pair, of which pair the
293 near and the off horse is each a part, but we do not call either
294 of them, no matter how connected with the other, a pair, but
295 only both together? Of these three alternatives, then, Varro
296 chooses the third, that man is neither the body alone, nor the
297 soul alone, but both together. And therefore the highest good,
298 in which lies the happiness of man, is composed of goods
299 of both kinds, both bodily and spiritual. And consequently
300 he thinks that the primary objects of nature are to be sought
301 for their own sake, and that virtue, which is the art of living,
302 and can be communicated by instruction, is the most excellent
303 of spiritual goods. This virtue, then, or art of regulating life,
304 when it has received these primary objects of nature which
305 existed independently of it, and prior to any instruction,
306 seeks them all, and itself also, for its own sake; and it uses
307 them, as it also uses itself, that from them all it may derive
308 profit and enjoyment, greater or less, according as they are
309 themselves greater or less; and while it takes pleasure in all
310 of them, it despises the less that it may obtain or retain the
311 greater when occasion demands. Now, of all goods, spiritual
312 or bodily, there is none at all to compare with virtue. For
313 virtue makes a good use both of itself and of all other goods
314 in which lies man's happiness; and where it is absent, no
315 matter how many good things a man has, they are not for his
316 good, and consequently should not be called good things while
317 they belong to one who makes them useless by using them
318 badly. The life of man, then, is called happy when it enjoys
319 virtue and these other spiritual and bodily good things without
320 which virtue is impossible. It is called happier if it enjoys
321 some or many other good things which are not essential to
322 virtue; and happiest of all, if it lacks not one of the good
323 things which pertain to the body and the soul. For life is
324 not the same thing as virtue, since not every life, but a wisely
325 regulated life, is virtue; and yet, while there can be life of
326 some kind without virtue, there cannot be virtue without life.
327 This I might apply to memory and reason, and such mental
328 faculties; for these exist prior to instruction, and without them
329 there cannot be any instruction, and consequently no virtue,
330 since virtue is learned. But bodily advantages, such as swiftness
331 of foot, beauty, or strength, are not essential to virtue,
332 neither is virtue essential to them, and yet they are good
333 things; and, according to our philosophers, even these advantages
334 are desired by virtue for its own sake, and are used and
335 enjoyed by it in a becoming manner.
336 They say that this happy life is also social, and loves the
337 advantages of its friends as its own, and for their sake wishes
338 for them what it desires for itself, whether these friends live
339 in the same family, as a wife, children, domestics; or in the
340 locality where one's home is, as the citizens of the same town;
341 or in the world at large, as the nations bound in common human
342 brotherhood; or in the universe itself, comprehended in the
343 heavens and the earth, as those whom they call gods, and
344 provide as friends for the wise man, and whom we more
345 familiarly call angels. Moreover, they say that, regarding the
346 supreme good and evil, there is no room for doubt, and that
347 they therefore differ from the New Academy in this respect,
348 and they are not concerned whether a philosopher pursues
349 those ends which they think true in the Cynic dress and
350 manner of life or in some other. And, lastly, in regard to
351 the three modes of life, the contemplative, the active, and the
352 composite, they declare in favour of the third. That these
353 were the opinions and doctrines of the Old Academy, Varro
354 asserts on the authority of Antiochus, Cicero's master and his
355 own, though Cicero makes him out to have been more frequently
356 in accordance with the Stoics than with the Old Academy.
357 But of what importance is this to us, who ought to judge the
358 matter on its own merits, rather than to understand accurately
359 what different men have thought about it?
360 >
361 >
362 >
363 4. *What the Christians believe regarding the supreme good and evil, in opposition
364 > to the philosophers, who have maintained that the supreme good is in
365 > themselves.*
366 If, then, we be asked what the city of God has to say
367 upon these points, and, in the first place, what its opinion
368 regarding the supreme good and evil is, it will reply that life
369 eternal is the supreme good, death eternal the supreme evil,
370 and that to obtain the one and escape the other we must live
371 rightly. And thus it is written, "The just lives by faith,"[623] for
372 we do not as yet see our good, and must therefore live by
373 faith; neither have we in ourselves power to live rightly, but
374 can do so only if He who has given us faith to believe in His
375 help do help us when we believe and pray. As for those who
376 have supposed that the sovereign good and evil are to be
377 found in this life, and have placed it either in the soul or the
378 body, or in both, or, to speak more explicitly, either in pleasure
379 or in virtue, or in both; in repose or in virtue, or in
380 both; in pleasure and repose, or in virtue, or in all combined;
381 in the primary objects of nature, or in virtue, or in both,—all
382 these have, with a marvellous shallowness, sought to find their
383 blessedness in this life and in themselves. Contempt has
384 been poured upon such ideas by the Truth, saying by the prophet,
385 "The Lord knoweth the thoughts of men" (or, as the
386 Apostle Paul cites the passage, "The Lord knoweth the
387 thoughts of the *wise*") "that they are vain."[624]
388 For what flood of eloquence can suffice to detail the miseries
389 of this life? Cicero, in the *Consolation* on the death of his
390 daughter, has spent all his ability in lamentation; but how
391 inadequate was even his ability here? For when, where,
392 how, in this life can these primary objects of nature be possessed
393 so that they may not be assailed by unforeseen accidents?
394 Is the body of the wise man exempt from any pain
395 which may dispel pleasure, from any disquietude which may
396 banish repose? The amputation or decay of the members of
397 the body puts an end to its integrity, deformity blights its
398 beauty, weakness its health, lassitude its vigour, sleepiness or
399 sluggishness its activity,—and which of these is it that may
400 not assail the flesh of the wise man? Comely and fitting attitudes
401 and movements of the body are numbered among the
402 prime natural blessings; but what if some sickness makes the
403 members tremble? what if a man suffers from curvature of
404 the spine to such an extent that his hands reach the ground,
405 and he goes upon all-fours like a quadruped? Does not this
406 destroy all beauty and grace in the body, whether at rest or in
407 motion? What shall I say of the fundamental blessings of
408 the soul, sense and intellect, of which the one is given for the
409 perception, and the other for the comprehension of truth?
410 But what kind of sense is it that remains when a man becomes
411 deaf and blind? where are reason and intellect when
412 disease makes a man delirious? We can scarcely, or not at
413 all, refrain from tears, when we think of or see the actions and
414 words of such frantic persons, and consider how different from
415 and even opposed to their own sober judgment and ordinary
416 conduct their present demeanour is. And what shall I say of
417 those who suffer from demoniacal possession? Where is their
418 own intelligence hidden and buried while the malignant spirit
419 is using their body and soul according to his own will? And
420 who is quite sure that no such thing can happen to the wise
421 man in this life? Then, as to the perception of truth, what
422 can we hope for even in this way while in the body, as we read
423 in the true book of Wisdom, "The corruptible body weigheth
424 down the soul, and the earthly tabernacle presseth down the
425 mind that museth upon many things?"[625] And eagerness,
426 or desire of action, if this is the right meaning to put upon
427 the Greek ὁρμή, is also reckoned among the primary advantages
428 of nature; and yet is it not this which produces those
429 pitiable movements of the insane, and those actions which we
430 shudder to see, when sense is deceived and reason deranged?
431 In fine, virtue itself, which is not among the primary objects
432 of nature, but succeeds to them as the result of learning, though
433 it holds the highest place among human good things, what is
434 its occupation save to wage perpetual war with vices,—not
435 those that are outside of us, but within; not other men's, but
436 our own,—a war which is waged especially by that virtue
437 which the Greeks call σωφροσύνη, and we temperance,[626] and
438 which bridles carnal lusts, and prevents them from winning
439 the consent of the spirit to wicked deeds? For we must not
440 fancy that there is no vice in us, when, as the apostle says,
441 "The flesh lusteth against the spirit;"[627] for to this vice there is
442 a contrary virtue, when, as the same writer says, "The spirit
443 lusteth against the flesh." "For these two," he says, "are contrary
444 one to the other, so that you cannot do the things which
445 you would." But what is it we wish to do when we seek to
446 attain the supreme good, unless that the flesh should cease
447 to lust against the spirit, and that there be no vice in us
448 against which the spirit may lust? And as we cannot attain
449 to this in the present life, however ardently we desire it,
450 let us by God's help accomplish at least this, to preserve the
451 soul from succumbing and yielding to the flesh that lusts
452 against it, and to refuse our consent to the perpetration of
453 sin. Far be it from us, then, to fancy that while we are still
454 engaged in this intestine war, we have already found the
455 happiness which we seek to reach by victory. And who is
456 there so wise that he has no conflict at all to maintain against
457 his vices?
458 What shall I say of that virtue which is called prudence?
459 Is not all its vigilance spent in the discernment of good from
460 evil things, so that no mistake may be admitted about what
461 we should desire and what avoid? And thus it is itself a
462 proof that we are in the midst of evils, or that evils are in us;
463 for it teaches us that it is an evil to consent to sin, and a
464 good to refuse this consent. And yet this evil, to which prudence
465 teaches and temperance enables us not to consent, is
466 removed from this life neither by prudence nor by temperance.
467 And justice, whose office it is to render to every man
468 his due, whereby there is in man himself a certain just order
469 of nature, so that the soul is subjected to God, and the flesh
470 to the soul, and consequently both soul and flesh to God,—does
471 not this virtue demonstrate that it is as yet rather labouring
472 towards its end than resting in its finished work? For
473 the soul is so much the less subjected to God as it is less
474 occupied with the thought of God; and the flesh is so much the
475 less subjected to the spirit as it lusts more vehemently against
476 the spirit. So long, therefore, as we are beset by this weakness,
477 this plague, this disease, how shall we dare to say that we are
478 safe? and if not safe, then how can we be already enjoying
479 our final beatitude? Then that virtue which goes by the
480 name of fortitude is the plainest proof of the ills of life, for
481 it is these ills which it is compelled to bear patiently. And
482 this holds good, no matter though the ripest wisdom co-exists
483 with it. And I am at a loss to understand how the Stoic
484 philosophers can presume to say that these are no ills, though
485 at the same time they allow the wise man to commit suicide
486 and pass out of this life if they become so grievous that he
487 cannot or ought not to endure them. But such is the stupid
488 pride of these men who fancy that the supreme good can be
489 found in this life, and that they can become happy by their
490 own resources, that their wise man, or at least the man whom
491 they fancifully depict as such, is always happy, even though
492 he become blind, deaf, dumb, mutilated, racked with pains,
493 or suffer any conceivable calamity such as may compel him to
494 make away with himself; and they are not ashamed to call
495 the life that is beset with these evils happy. O happy life,
496 which seeks the aid of death to end it! If it is happy, let the
497 wise man remain in it; but if these ills drive him out of
498 it, in what sense is it happy? Or how can they say that
499 these are not evils which conquer the virtue of fortitude, and
500 force it not only to yield, but so to rave that it in one
501 breath calls life happy and recommends it to be given up?
502 For who is so blind as not to see that if it were happy it
503 would not be fled from? And if they say we should flee
504 from it on account of the infirmities that beset it, why then
505 do they not lower their pride and acknowledge that it is
506 miserable? Was it, I would ask, fortitude or weakness which
507 prompted Cato to kill himself? for he would not have done
508 so had he not been too weak to endure Cæsar's victory.
509 Where, then, is his fortitude? It has yielded, it has succumbed,
510 it has been so thoroughly overcome as to abandon,
511 forsake, flee this happy life. Or was it no longer happy?
512 Then it was miserable. How, then, were these not evils
513 which made life miserable, and a thing to be escaped from?
514 And therefore those who admit that these are evils, as the
515 Peripatetics do, and the Old Academy, the sect which Varro
516 advocates, express a more intelligible doctrine; but theirs
517 also is a surprising mistake, for they contend that this is a
518 happy life which is beset by these evils, even though they be
519 so great that he who endures them should commit suicide to
520 escape them. "Pains and anguish of body," says Varro, "are
521 evils, and so much the worse in proportion to their severity;
522 and to escape them you must quit this life." What life, I
523 pray? This life, he says, which is oppressed by such evils.
524 Then it is happy in the midst of these very evils on account
525 of which you say we must quit it? Or do you call it happy
526 because you are at liberty to escape these evils by death?
527 What, then, if by some secret judgment of God you were
528 held fast and not permitted to die, nor suffered to live without
529 these evils? In that case, at least, you would say that
530 such a life was miserable. It is soon relinquished, no doubt,
531 but this does not make it not miserable; for were it eternal,
532 you yourself would pronounce it miserable. Its brevity,
533 therefore, does not clear it of misery; neither ought it to be
534 called happiness because it is a brief misery. Certainly there
535 is a mighty force in these evils which compel a man—according
536 to them, even a wise man—to cease to be a man that he
537 may escape them, though they say, and say truly, that it is
538 as it were the first and strongest demand of nature that a
539 man cherish himself, and naturally therefore avoid death, and
540 should so stand his own friend as to wish and vehemently
541 aim at continuing to exist as a living creature, and subsisting
542 in this union of soul and body. There is a mighty force in
543 these evils to overcome this natural instinct by which death
544 is by every means and with all a man's efforts avoided, and
545 to overcome it so completely that what was avoided is desired,
546 sought after, and if it cannot in any other way be obtained,
547 is inflicted by the man on himself. There is a mighty force
548 in these evils which make fortitude a homicide,—if, indeed,
549 that is to be called fortitude which is so thoroughly overcome
550 by these evils, that it not only cannot preserve by patience
551 the man whom it undertook to govern and defend, but is
552 itself obliged to kill him. The wise man, I admit, ought to
553 bear death with patience, but when it is inflicted by another.
554 If, then, as these men maintain, he is obliged to inflict it on
555 himself, certainly it must be owned that the ills which compel
556 him to this are not only evils, but intolerable evils. The
557 life, then, which is either subject to accidents, or environed
558 with evils so considerable and grievous, could never have been
559 called happy, if the men who give it this name had condescended
560 to yield to the truth, and to be conquered by valid
561 arguments, when they inquired after the happy life, as they
562 yield to unhappiness, and are overcome by overwhelming
563 evils, when they put themselves to death, and if they had not
564 fancied that the supreme good was to be found in this mortal
565 life; for the very virtues of this life, which are certainly its
566 best and most useful possessions, are all the more telling
567 proofs of its miseries in proportion as they are helpful against
568 the violence of its dangers, toils, and woes. For if these are
569 true virtues,—and such cannot exist save in those who have
570 true piety,—they do not profess to be able to deliver the men
571 who possess them from all miseries; for true virtues tell no
572 such lies, but they profess that by the hope of the future
573 world this life, which is miserably involved in the many and
574 great evils of this world, is happy as it is also safe. For if
575 not yet safe, how could it be happy? And therefore the
576 Apostle Paul, speaking not of men without prudence, temperance,
577 fortitude, and justice, but of those whose lives were
578 regulated by true piety, and whose virtues were therefore true,
579 says, "For we are saved by hope: now hope which is seen
580 is not hope; for what a man seeth, why doth he yet hope for?
581 But if we hope for that we see not, then do we with patience
582 wait for it."[628] As, therefore, we are saved, so we are made
583 happy by hope. And as we do not as yet possess a present,
584 but look for a future salvation, so is it with our happiness,
585 and this "with patience;" for we are encompassed with evils,
586 which we ought patiently to endure, until we come to the
587 ineffable enjoyment of unmixed good; for there shall be no
588 longer anything to endure. Salvation, such as it shall be in
589 the world to come, shall itself be our final happiness. And
590 this happiness these philosophers refuse to believe in, because
591 they do not see it, and attempt to fabricate for themselves a
592 happiness in this life, based upon a virtue which is as deceitful
593 as it is proud.
594 5. *Of the social life, which, though most desirable, is frequently disturbed by
595 many distresses.*
596 We give a much more unlimited approval to their idea that
597 the life of the wise man must be social. For how could the
598 city of God (concerning which we are already writing no less
599 than the nineteenth book of this work) either take a beginning
600 or be developed, or attain its proper destiny, if the life
601 of the saints were not a social life? But who can enumerate
602 all the great grievances with which human society abounds in
603 the misery of this mortal state? Who can weigh them?
604 Hear how one of their comic writers makes one of his characters
605 express the common feelings of all men in this matter:
606 "I am married; this is one misery. Children are born to me;
607 they are additional cares."[629] What shall I say of the miseries
608 of love which Terence also recounts—"slights, suspicions,
609 quarrels, war to-day, peace to-morrow?"[630] Is not human life
610 full of such things? Do they not often occur even in
611 honourable friendships? On all hands we experience these
612 slights, suspicions, quarrels, war, all of which are undoubted
613 evils; while, on the other hand, peace is a doubtful good, because
614 we do not know the heart of our friend, and though
615 we did know it to-day, we should be as ignorant of what it
616 might be to-morrow. Who ought to be, or who are more
617 friendly than those who live in the same family? And yet
618 who can rely even upon this friendship, seeing that secret
619 treachery has often broken it up, and produced enmity as bitter
620 as the amity was sweet, or seemed sweet by the most perfect
621 dissimulation? It is on this account that the words of Cicero
622 so move the heart of every one, and provoke a sigh: "There
623 are no snares more dangerous than those which lurk under
624 the guise of duty or the name of relationship. For the man
625 who is your declared foe you can easily baffle by precaution;
626 but this hidden, intestine, and domestic danger not merely
627 exists, but overwhelms you before you can foresee and examine
628 it."[631] It is also to this that allusion is made by the divine
629 saying, "A man's foes are those of his own household,"[632]—words
630 which one cannot hear without pain; for though a man have
631 sufficient fortitude to endure it with equanimity, and sufficient
632 sagacity to baffle the malice of a pretended friend, yet if he
633 himself is a good man, he cannot but be greatly pained at the
634 discovery of the perfidy of wicked men, whether they have
635 always been wicked and merely feigned goodness, or have
636 fallen from a better to a malicious disposition. If, then, home,
637 the natural refuge from the ills of life, is itself not safe, what
638 shall we say of the city, which, as it is larger, is so much the
639 more filled with lawsuits civil and criminal, and is never
640 free from the fear, if sometimes from the actual outbreak, of
641 disturbing and bloody insurrections and civil wars?
642 6. *Of the error of human judgments when the truth is hidden.*
643 What shall I say of these judgments which men pronounce
644 on men, and which are necessary in communities, whatever
645 outward peace they enjoy? Melancholy and lamentable
646 judgments they are, since the judges are men who cannot
647 discern the consciences of those at their bar, and are therefore
648 frequently compelled to put innocent witnesses to the torture
649 to ascertain the truth regarding the crimes of other men.
650 What shall I say of torture applied to the accused himself?
651 He is tortured to discover whether he is guilty, so that, though
652 innocent, he suffers most undoubted punishment for crime that
653 is still doubtful, not because it is proved that he committed it,
654 but because it is not ascertained that he did not commit it.
655 Thus the ignorance of the judge frequently involves an innocent
656 person in suffering. And what is still more unendurable—a
657 thing, indeed, to be bewailed, and, if that were possible, watered
658 with fountains of tears—is this, that when the judge puts the
659 accused to the question, that he may not unwittingly put an
660 innocent man to death, the result of this lamentable ignorance
661 is that this very person, whom he tortured that he might not
662 condemn him if innocent, is condemned to death both tortured
663 and innocent. For if he has chosen, in obedience to the
664 philosophical instructions to the wise man, to quit this life
665 rather than endure any longer such tortures, he declares that
666 he has committed the crime which in fact he has not committed.
667 And when he has been condemned and put to
668 death, the judge is still in ignorance whether he has put to
669 death an innocent or a guilty person, though he put the
670 accused to the torture for the very purpose of saving himself
671 from condemning the innocent; and consequently he has
672 both tortured an innocent man to discover his innocence, and
673 has put him to death without discovering it. If such darkness
674 shrouds social life, will a wise judge take his seat on
675 the bench or no? Beyond question he will. For human
676 society, which he thinks it a wickedness to abandon, constrains
677 him and compels him to this duty. And he thinks it no
678 wickedness that innocent witnesses are tortured regarding the
679 crimes of which other men are accused; or that the accused
680 are put to the torture, so that they are often overcome with
681 anguish, and, though innocent, make false confessions regarding
682 themselves, and are punished; or that, though they be not
683 condemned to die, they often die during, or in consequence of,
684 the torture; or that sometimes the accusers, who perhaps
685 have been prompted by a desire to benefit society by bringing
686 criminals to justice, are themselves condemned through the
687 ignorance of the judge, because they are unable to prove the
688 truth of their accusations though they are true, and because
689 the witnesses lie, and the accused endures the torture without
690 being moved to confession. These numerous and important
691 evils he does not consider sins; for the wise judge does these
692 things, not with any intention of doing harm, but because his
693 ignorance compels him, and because human society claims
694 him as a judge. But though we therefore acquit the judge
695 of malice, we must none the less condemn human life as
696 miserable. And if he is compelled to torture and punish the
697 innocent because his office and his ignorance constrain him, is
698 he a happy as well as a guiltless man? Surely it were proof
699 of more profound considerateness and finer feeling were he to
700 recognise the misery of these necessities, and shrink from his
701 own implication in that misery; and had he any piety about
702 him, he would cry to God, "From my necessities deliver Thou
703 me."[633]
704 7. *Of the diversity of languages, by which the intercourse of men is prevented;
705 and of the misery of wars, even of those called just.*
706 After the state or city comes the world, the third circle of
707 human society,—the first being the house, and the second the
708 city. And the world, as it is larger, so it is fuller of dangers,
709 as the greater sea is the more dangerous. And here, in the
710 first place, man is separated from man by the difference of
711 languages. For if two men, each ignorant of the other's
712 language, meet, and are not compelled to pass, but, on the
713 contrary, to remain in company, dumb animals, though of
714 different species, would more easily hold intercourse than
715 they, human beings though they be. For their common
716 nature is no help to friendliness when they are prevented by
717 diversity of language from conveying their sentiments to one
718 another; so that a man would more readily hold intercourse
719 with his dog than with a foreigner. But the imperial city
720 has endeavoured to impose on subject nations not only her
721 yoke, but her language, as a bond of peace, so that interpreters,
722 far from being scarce, are numberless. This is true;
723 but how many great wars, how much slaughter and bloodshed,
724 have provided this unity! And though these are past, the
725 end of these miseries has not yet come. For though there
726 have never been wanting, nor are yet wanting, hostile nations
727 beyond the empire, against whom wars have been and are
728 waged, yet, supposing there were no such nations, the very
729 extent of the empire itself has produced wars of a more obnoxious
730 description—social and civil wars—and with these
731 the whole race has been agitated, either by the actual conflict
732 or the fear of a renewed outbreak. If I attempted to give an
733 adequate description of these manifold disasters, these stern
734 and lasting necessities, though I am quite unequal to the
735 task, what limit could I set? But, say they, the wise man
736 will wage just wars. As if he would not all the rather
737 lament the necessity of just wars, if he remembers that he is
738 a man; for if they were not just he would not wage them,
739 and would therefore be delivered from all wars. For it is the
740 wrong-doing of the opposing party which compels the wise
741 man to wage just wars; and this wrong-doing, even though it
742 gave rise to no war, would still be matter of grief to man because
743 it is man's wrong-doing. Let every one, then, who
744 thinks with pain on all these great evils, so horrible, so ruthless,
745 acknowledge that this is misery. And if any one either
746 endures or thinks of them without mental pain, this is a more
747 miserable plight still, for he thinks himself happy because he
748 has lost human feeling.
749 8. *That the friendship of good men cannot be securely rested in, so long as the
750 dangers of this life force us to be anxious.*
751 In our present wretched condition we frequently mistake a
752 friend for an enemy, and an enemy for a friend. And if we
753 escape this pitiable blindness, is not the unfeigned confidence
754 and mutual love of true and good friends our one solace in
755 human society, filled as it is with misunderstandings and
756 calamities? And yet the more friends we have, and the more
757 widely they are scattered, the more numerous are our fears
758 that some portion of the vast masses of the disasters of life
759 may light upon them. For we are not only anxious lest they
760 suffer from famine, war, disease, captivity, or the inconceivable
761 horrors of slavery, but we are also affected with the
762 much more painful dread that their friendship may be
763 changed into perfidy, malice, and injustice. And when these
764 contingencies actually occur,—as they do the more frequently
765 the more friends we have, and the more widely they are
766 scattered,—and when they come to our knowledge, who but
767 the man who has experienced it can tell with what pangs the
768 heart is torn? We would, in fact, prefer to hear that they
769 were dead, although we could not without anguish hear of
770 even this. For if their life has solaced us with the charms of
771 friendship, can it be that their death should affect us with no
772 sadness? He who will have none of this sadness must, if
773 possible, have no friendly intercourse. Let him interdict or
774 extinguish friendly affection; let him burst with ruthless insensibility
775 the bonds of every human relationship; or let him
776 contrive so to use them that no sweetness shall distil into his
777 spirit. But if this is utterly impossible, how shall we contrive
778 to feel no bitterness in the death of those whose life has
779 been sweet to us? Hence arises that grief which affects the
780 tender heart like a wound or a bruise, and which is healed by
781 the application of kindly consolation. For though the cure
782 is affected all the more easily and rapidly the better condition
783 the soul is in, we must not on this account suppose that there
784 is nothing at all to heal. Although, then, our present life is
785 afflicted, sometimes in a milder, sometimes in a more painful
786 degree, by the death of those very dear to us, and especially
787 of useful public men, yet we would prefer to hear that such
788 men were dead rather than to hear or perceive that they had
789 fallen from the faith, or from virtue,—in other words, that
790 they were spiritually dead. Of this vast material for misery
791 the earth is full, and therefore it is written, "Is not human
792 life upon earth a trial?"[634] And with the same reference the
793 Lord says, "Woe to the world because of offences!"[635] and
794 again, "Because iniquity abounded, the love of many shall
795 wax cold."[636] And hence we enjoy some gratification when
796 our good friends die; for though their death leaves us in
797 sorrow, we have the consolatory assurance that they are
798 beyond the ills by which in this life even the best of men are
799 broken down or corrupted, or are in danger of both results.
800 >
801 >
802 >
803 9. *Of the friendship of the holy angels, which men cannot be sure of in this life,
804 > owing to the deceit of the demons who hold in bondage the worshippers of
805 > a plurality of gods.*
806 The philosophers who wished us to have the gods for our
807 friends rank the friendship of the holy angels in the fourth
808 circle of society, advancing now from the three circles of
809 society on earth to the universe, and embracing heaven itself.
810 And in this friendship we have indeed no fear that the angels
811 will grieve us by their death or deterioration. But as we
812 cannot mingle with them as familiarly as with men (which
813 itself is one of the grievances of this life), and as Satan, as
814 we read,[637] sometimes transforms himself into an angel of light,
815 to tempt those whom it is necessary to discipline, or just to
816 deceive, there is great need of God's mercy to preserve us
817 from making friends of demons in disguise, while we fancy
818 we have good angels for our friends; for the astuteness and
819 deceitfulness of these wicked spirits is equalled by their hurtfulness.
820 And is this not a great misery of human life, that
821 we are involved in such ignorance as, but for God's mercy,
822 makes us a prey to these demons? And it is very certain
823 that the philosophers of the godless city, who have maintained
824 that the gods were their friends, had fallen a prey to
825 the malignant demons who rule that city, and whose eternal
826 punishment is to be shared by it. For the nature of these
827 beings is sufficiently evinced by the sacred or rather sacrilegious
828 observances which form their worship, and by the
829 filthy games in which their crimes are celebrated, and which
830 they themselves originated and exacted from their worshippers
831 as a fit propitiation.
832 10. *The reward prepared for the saints after they have endured the
833 trial of this life.*
834 But not even the saints and faithful worshippers of the
835 one true and most high God are safe from the manifold temptations
836 and deceits of the demons. For in this abode of
837 weakness, and in these wicked days, this state of anxiety has
838 also its use, stimulating us to seek with keener longing for
839 that security where peace is complete and unassailable. There
840 we shall enjoy the gifts of nature, that is to say, all that God
841 the Creator of all natures has bestowed upon ours,—gifts not
842 only good, but eternal,—not only of the spirit, healed now by
843 wisdom, but also of the body renewed by the resurrection.
844 There the virtues shall no longer be struggling against any
845 vice or evil, but shall enjoy the reward of victory, the eternal
846 peace which no adversary shall disturb. This is the final
847 blessedness, this the ultimate consummation, the unending end.
848 Here, indeed, we are said to be blessed when we have such
849 peace as can be enjoyed in a good life; but such blessedness
850 is mere misery compared to that final felicity. When we
851 mortals possess such peace as this mortal life can afford,
852 virtue, if we are living rightly, makes a right use of the advantages
853 of this peaceful condition; and when we have it not,
854 virtue makes a good use even of the evils a man suffers.
855 But this is true virtue, when it refers all the advantages it
856 makes a good use of, and all that it does in making good use
857 of good and evil things, and itself also, to that end in which
858 we shall enjoy the best and greatest peace possible.
859 11. *Of the happiness of the eternal peace, which constitutes the end or true
860 perfection of the saints.*
861 And thus we may say of peace, as we have said of eternal
862 life, that it is the end of our good; and the rather because
863 the Psalmist says of the city of God, the subject of this laborious
864 work, "Praise the Lord, O Jerusalem; praise thy God,
865 O Zion: for He hath strengthened the bars of thy gates; He
866 hath blessed thy children within thee; who hath made thy
867 borders peace."[638] For when the bars of her gates shall be
868 strengthened, none shall go in or come out from her; consequently
869 we ought to understand the peace of her borders as
870 that final peace we are wishing to declare. For even the
871 mystical name of the city itself, that is, *Jerusalem*, means, as I
872 have already said, "Vision of Peace." But as the word peace is
873 employed in connection with things in this world in which
874 certainly life eternal has no place, we have preferred to call
875 the end or supreme good of this city life eternal rather than
876 peace. Of this end the apostle says, "But now, being freed
877 from sin, and become servants to God, ye have your fruit unto
878 holiness, and the end life eternal."[639] But, on the other hand,
879 as those who are not familiar with Scripture may suppose that
880 the life of the wicked is eternal life, either because of the
881 immortality of the soul, which some of the philosophers even
882 have recognised, or because of the endless punishment of the
883 wicked, which forms a part of our faith, and which seems
884 impossible unless the wicked live for ever, it may therefore
885 be advisable, in order that every one may readily understand
886 what we mean, to say that the end or supreme good of this
887 city is either peace in eternal life, or eternal life in peace. For
888 peace is a good so great, that even in this earthly and mortal
889 life there is no word we hear with such pleasure, nothing we
890 desire with such zest, or find to be more thoroughly gratifying.
891 So that if we dwell for a little longer on this subject,
892 we shall not, in my opinion, be wearisome to our readers, who
893 will attend both for the sake of understanding what is the
894 end of this city of which we speak, and for the sake of the
895 sweetness of peace which is dear to all.
896 12. *That even the fierceness of war and all the disquietude of men make
897 towards this one end of peace, which every nature desires.*
898 Whoever gives even moderate attention to human affairs
899 and to our common nature, will recognise that if there is
900 no man who does not wish to be joyful, neither is there
901 any one who does not wish to have peace. For even they
902 who make war desire nothing but victory,—desire, that is
903 to say, to attain to peace with glory. For what else is victory
904 than the conquest of those who resist us? and when this is
905 done there is peace. It is therefore with the desire for peace
906 that wars are waged, even by those who take pleasure in
907 exercising their warlike nature in command and battle. And
908 hence it is obvious that peace is the end sought for by war.
909 For every man seeks peace by waging war, but no man seeks
910 war by making peace. For even they who intentionally
911 interrupt the peace in which they are living have no hatred
912 of peace, but only wish it changed into a peace that suits
913 them better. They do not, therefore, wish to have no peace,
914 but only one more to their mind. And in the case of sedition,
915 when men have separated themselves from the community,
916 they yet do not effect what they wish, unless they maintain
917 some kind of peace with their fellow-conspirators. And
918 therefore even robbers take care to maintain peace with their
919 comrades, that they may with greater effect and greater safety
920 invade the peace of other men. And if an individual happen
921 to be of such unrivalled strength, and to be so jealous of partnership,
922 that he trusts himself with no comrades, but makes
923 his own plots, and commits depredations and murders on his
924 own account, yet he maintains some shadow of peace with
925 such persons as he is unable to kill, and from whom he
926 wishes to conceal his deeds. In his own home, too, he makes
927 it his aim to be at peace with his wife and children, and any
928 other members of his household; for unquestionably their
929 prompt obedience to his every look is a source of pleasure to
930 him. And if this be not rendered, he is angry, he chides and
931 punishes; and even by this storm he secures the calm peace
932 of his own home, as occasion demands. For he sees that
933 peace cannot be maintained unless all the members of the
934 same domestic circle be subject to one head, such as he himself
935 is in his own house. And therefore if a city or nation
936 offered to submit itself to him, to serve him in the same style
937 as he had made his household serve him, he would no longer
938 lurk in a brigand's hiding-places, but lift his head in open
939 day as a king, though the same covetousness and wickedness
940 should remain in him. And thus all men desire to have
941 peace with their own circle whom they wish to govern as
942 suits themselves. For even those whom they make war
943 against they wish to make their own, and impose on them
944 the laws of their own peace.
945 But let us suppose a man such as poetry and mythology
946 speak of,—a man so insociable and savage as to be called rather
947 a semi-man than a man.[640] Although, then, his kingdom was
948 the solitude of a dreary cave, and he himself was so singularly
949 bad-hearted that he was named Κακός, which is the Greek
950 word for *bad*; though he had no wife to soothe him with endearing
951 talk, no children to play with, no sons to do his bidding, no
952 friend to enliven him with intercourse, not even his father
953 Vulcan (though in one respect he was happier than his father,
954 not having begotten a monster like himself); although he gave
955 to no man, but took as he wished whatever he could, from
956 whomsoever he could, when he could; yet in that solitary den,
957 the floor of which, as Virgil[641] says, was always reeking with
958 recent slaughter, there was nothing else than peace sought, a
959 peace in which no one should molest him, or disquiet him with
960 any assault or alarm. With his own body he desired to be at
961 peace; and he was satisfied only in proportion as he had this
962 peace. For he ruled his members, and they obeyed him; and
963 for the sake of pacifying his mortal nature, which rebelled when
964 it needed anything, and of allaying the sedition of hunger which
965 threatened to banish the soul from the body, he made forays,
966 slew, and devoured, but used the ferocity and savageness he
967 displayed in these actions only for the preservation of his own
968 life's peace. So that, had he been willing to make with other
969 men the same peace which he made with himself in his own
970 cave, he would neither have been called bad, nor a monster,
971 nor a semi-man. Or if the appearance of his body and his
972 vomiting smoky fires frightened men from having any dealings
973 with him, perhaps his fierce ways arose not from a desire to
974 do mischief, but from the necessity of finding a living. But he
975 may have had no existence, or, at least, he was not such as the
976 poets fancifully describe him, for they had to exalt Hercules,
977 and did so at the expense of Cacus. It is better, then, to
978 believe that such a man or semi-man never existed, and that
979 this, in common with many other fancies of the poets, is mere
980 fiction. For the most savage animals (and he is said to have
981 been almost a wild beast) encompass their own species with a
982 ring of protecting peace. They cohabit, beget, produce, suckle,
983 and bring up their young, though very many of them are not
984 gregarious, but solitary,—not like sheep, deer, pigeons, starlings,
985 bees, but such as lions, foxes, eagles, bats. For what tigress
986 does not gently purr over her cubs, and lay aside her ferocity
987 to fondle them? What kite, solitary as he is when circling
988 over his prey, does not seek a mate, build a nest, hatch the
989 eggs, bring up the young birds, and maintain with the mother
990 of his family as peaceful a domestic alliance as he can? How
991 much more powerfully do the laws of man's nature move him
992 to hold fellowship and maintain peace with all men so far as
993 in him lies, since even wicked men wage war to maintain the
994 peace of their own circle, and wish that, if possible, all men
995 belonged to them, that all men and things might serve but one
996 head, and might, either through love or fear, yield themselves
997 to peace with him! It is thus that pride in its perversity apes
998 God. It abhors equality with other men under Him; but,
999 instead of His rule, it seeks to impose a rule of its own upon
1000 its equals. It abhors, that is to say, the just peace of God,
1001 and loves its own unjust peace; but it cannot help loving peace
1002 of one kind or other. For there is no vice so clean contrary
1003 to nature that it obliterates even the faintest traces of nature.
1004 He, then, who prefers what is right to what is wrong, and
1005 what is well-ordered to what is perverted, sees that the peace
1006 of unjust men is not worthy to be called peace in comparison
1007 with the peace of the just. And yet even what is perverted
1008 must of necessity be in harmony with, and in dependence on,
1009 and in some part of the order of things, for otherwise it would
1010 have no existence at all. Suppose a man hangs with his head
1011 downwards, this is certainly a perverted attitude of body and
1012 arrangement of its members; for that which nature requires
1013 to be above is beneath, and *vice versâ*. This perversity disturbs
1014 the peace of the body, and is therefore painful. Nevertheless
1015 the spirit is at peace with its body, and labours for its preservation,
1016 and hence the suffering; but if it is banished from the
1017 body by its pains, then, so long as the bodily framework holds
1018 together, there is in the remains a kind of peace among the
1019 members, and hence the body remains suspended. And inasmuch
1020 as the earthy body tends towards the earth, and rests on
1021 the bond by which it is suspended, it tends thus to its natural
1022 peace, and the voice of its own weight demands a place for it
1023 to rest; and though now lifeless and without feeling, it does
1024 not fall from the peace that is natural to its place in creation,
1025 whether it already has it, or is tending towards it. For if you
1026 apply embalming preparations to prevent the bodily frame from
1027 mouldering and dissolving, a kind of peace still unites part to
1028 part, and keeps the whole body in a suitable place on the earth,—in
1029 other words, in a place that is at peace with the body. If,
1030 on the other hand, the body receive no such care, but be left
1031 to the natural course, it is disturbed by exhalations that do not
1032 harmonize with one another, and that offend our senses; for
1033 it is this which is perceived in putrefaction until it is assimilated
1034 to the elements of the world, and particle by particle
1035 enters into peace with them. Yet throughout this process the
1036 laws of the most high Creator and Governor are strictly observed,
1037 for it is by Him the peace of the universe is administered. For
1038 although minute animals are produced from the carcase of a
1039 larger animal, all these little atoms, by the law of the same
1040 Creator, serve the animals they belong to in peace. And although
1041 the flesh of dead animals be eaten by others, no matter where
1042 it be carried, nor what it be brought into contact with, nor what
1043 it be converted and changed into, it still is ruled by the same
1044 laws which pervade all things for the conservation of every
1045 mortal race, and which bring things that fit one another into
1046 harmony.
1047 >
1048 >
1049 >
1050 13. *Of the universal peace which the law of nature preserves through all disturbances,
1051 > and by which every one reaches his desert in a way regulated by
1052 > the just Judge.*
1053 The peace of the body then consists in the duly proportioned
1054 arrangement of its parts. The peace of the irrational soul is
1055 the harmonious repose of the appetites, and that of the rational
1056 soul the harmony of knowledge and action. The peace of body
1057 and soul is the well-ordered and harmonious life and health of
1058 the living creature. Peace between man and God is the well-ordered
1059 obedience of faith to eternal law. Peace between man
1060 and man is well-ordered concord. Domestic peace is the well-ordered
1061 concord between those of the family who rule and
1062 those who obey. Civil peace is a similar concord among the
1063 citizens. The peace of the celestial city is the perfectly ordered
1064 and harmonious enjoyment of God, and of one another in God.
1065 The peace of all things is the tranquillity of order. Order is
1066 the distribution which allots things equal and unequal, each to
1067 its own place. And hence, though the miserable, in so far as
1068 they are such, do certainly not enjoy peace, but are severed
1069 from that tranquillity of order in which there is no disturbance,
1070 nevertheless, inasmuch as they are deservedly and justly miserable,
1071 they are by their very misery connected with order.
1072 They are not, indeed, conjoined with the blessed, but they are
1073 disjoined from them by the law of order. And though they
1074 are disquieted, their circumstances are notwithstanding adjusted
1075 to them, and consequently they have some tranquillity of order,
1076 and therefore some peace. But they are wretched because,
1077 although not wholly miserable, they are not in that place where
1078 any mixture of misery is impossible. They would, however,
1079 be more wretched if they had not that peace which arises from
1080 being in harmony with the natural order of things. When
1081 they suffer, their peace is in so far disturbed; but their peace
1082 continues in so far as they do not suffer, and in so far as their
1083 nature continues to exist. As, then, there may be life without
1084 pain, while there cannot be pain without some kind of life,
1085 so there may be peace without war, but there cannot be war
1086 without some kind of peace, because war supposes the existence
1087 of some natures to wage it, and these natures cannot
1088 exist without peace of one kind or other.
1089 And therefore there is a nature in which evil does not or
1090 even cannot exist; but there cannot be a nature in which
1091 there is no good. Hence not even the nature of the devil
1092 himself is evil, in so far as it is nature, but it was made evil
1093 by being perverted. Thus he did not abide in the truth,[642] but
1094 could not escape the judgment of the Truth; he did not abide
1095 in the tranquillity of order, but did not therefore escape the
1096 power of the Ordainer. The good imparted by God to his
1097 nature did not screen him from the justice of God by which
1098 order was preserved in his punishment; neither did God
1099 punish the good which He had created, but the evil which
1100 the devil had committed. God did not take back all He had
1101 imparted to his nature, but something He took and something
1102 He left, that there might remain enough to be sensible of the
1103 loss of what was taken. And this very sensibility to pain is
1104 evidence of the good which has been taken away and the
1105 good which has been left. For, were nothing good left, there
1106 could be no pain on account of the good which had been lost.
1107 For he who sins is still worse if he rejoices in his loss of
1108 righteousness. But he who is in pain, if he derives no benefit
1109 from it, mourns at least the loss of health. And as righteousness
1110 and health are both good things, and as the loss of any
1111 good thing is matter of grief, not of joy,—if, at least, there is
1112 no compensation, as spiritual righteousness may compensate
1113 for the loss of bodily health,—certainly it is more suitable
1114 for a wicked man to grieve in punishment than to rejoice in
1115 his fault. As, then, the joy of a sinner who has abandoned
1116 what is good is evidence of a bad will, so his grief for the
1117 good he has lost when he is punished is evidence of a good
1118 nature. For he who laments the peace his nature has lost is
1119 stirred to do so by some relics of peace which make his nature
1120 friendly to itself. And it is very just that in the final
1121 punishment the wicked and godless should in anguish bewail
1122 the loss of the natural advantages they enjoyed, and should
1123 perceive that they were most justly taken from them by that
1124 God whose benign liberality they had despised. God, then,
1125 the most wise Creator and most just Ordainer of all natures,
1126 who placed the human race upon earth as its greatest ornament,
1127 imparted to men some good things adapted to this life,
1128 to wit, temporal peace, such as we can enjoy in this life from
1129 health and safety and human fellowship, and all things needful
1130 for the preservation and recovery of this peace, such as
1131 the objects which are accommodated to our outward senses,
1132 light, night, the air, and waters suitable for us, and everything
1133 the body requires to sustain, shelter, heal, or beautify
1134 it: and all under this most equitable condition, that every
1135 man who made a good use of these advantages suited to the
1136 peace of this mortal condition, should receive ampler and
1137 better blessings, namely, the peace of immortality, accompanied
1138 by glory and honour in an endless life made fit for the enjoyment
1139 of God and of one another in God; but that he who
1140 used the present blessings badly should both lose them and
1141 should not receive the others.
1142 14. *Of the order and law which obtain in heaven and earth, whereby it comes to
1143 pass that human society is served by those who rule it.*
1144 The whole use, then, of things temporal has a reference to
1145 this result of earthly peace in the earthly community, while
1146 in the city of God it is connected with eternal peace. And
1147 therefore, if we were irrational animals, we should desire
1148 nothing beyond the proper arrangement of the parts of the
1149 body and the satisfaction of the appetites,—nothing, therefore,
1150 but bodily comfort and abundance of pleasures, that the
1151 peace of the body might contribute to the peace of the soul.
1152 For if bodily peace be awanting, a bar is put to the peace
1153 even of the irrational soul, since it cannot obtain the gratification
1154 of its appetites. And these two together help out the
1155 mutual peace of soul and body, the peace of harmonious life
1156 and health. For as animals, by shunning pain, show that they
1157 love bodily peace, and, by pursuing pleasure to gratify their
1158 appetites, show that they love peace of soul, so their shrinking
1159 from death is a sufficient indication of their intense love of
1160 that peace which binds soul and body in close alliance. But,
1161 as man has a rational soul, he subordinates all this which he
1162 has in common with the beasts to the peace of his rational
1163 soul, that his intellect may have free play and may regulate
1164 his actions, and that he may thus enjoy the well-ordered harmony
1165 of knowledge and action which constitutes, as we have
1166 said, the peace of the rational soul. And for this purpose he
1167 must desire to be neither molested by pain, nor disturbed by
1168 desire, nor extinguished by death, that he may arrive at some
1169 useful knowledge by which he may regulate his life and
1170 manners. But, owing to the liability of the human mind to
1171 fall into mistakes, this very pursuit of knowledge may be a
1172 snare to him unless he has a divine Master, whom he may
1173 obey without misgiving, and who may at the same time give
1174 him such help as to preserve his own freedom. And because,
1175 so long as he is in this mortal body, he is a stranger to God,
1176 he walks by faith, not by sight; and he therefore refers all
1177 peace, bodily or spiritual or both, to that peace which mortal
1178 man has with the immortal God, so that he exhibits the well-ordered
1179 obedience of faith to eternal law. But as this divine
1180 Master inculcates two precepts,—the love of God and the
1181 love of our neighbour,—and as in these precepts a man finds
1182 three things he has to love,—God, himself, and his neighbour,—and
1183 that he who loves God loves himself thereby, it follows
1184 that he must endeavour to get his neighbour to love God,
1185 since he is ordered to love his neighbour as himself. He
1186 ought to make this endeavour in behalf of his wife, his children,
1187 his household, all within his reach, even as he would
1188 wish his neighbour to do the same for him if he needed it;
1189 and consequently he will be at peace, or in well-ordered concord,
1190 with all men, as far as in him lies. And this is the
1191 order of this concord, that a man, in the first place, injure no
1192 one, and, in the second, do good to every one he can reach.
1193 Primarily, therefore, his own household are his care, for the
1194 law of nature and of society gives him readier access to them
1195 and greater opportunity of serving them. And hence the
1196 apostle says, "Now, if any provide not for his own, and
1197 specially for those of his own house, he hath denied the
1198 faith, and is worse than an infidel."[643] This is the origin of
1199 domestic peace, or the well-ordered concord of those in the
1200 family who rule and those who obey. For they who care
1201 for the rest rule,—the husband the wife, the parents the
1202 children, the masters the servants; and they who are cared
1203 for obey,—the women their husbands, the children their
1204 parents, the servants their masters. But in the family of
1205 the just man who lives by faith and is as yet a pilgrim
1206 journeying on to the celestial city, even those who rule
1207 serve those whom they seem to command; for they rule
1208 not from a love of power, but from a sense of the duty they
1209 owe to others—not because they are proud of authority, but
1210 because they love mercy.
1211 >
1212 >
1213 >
1214 15. *Of the liberty proper to man's nature, and the servitude introduced by sin,—a
1215 > servitude in which the man whose will is wicked is the slave of his own
1216 > lust, though he is free so far as regards other men.*
1217 This is prescribed by the order of nature: it is thus that
1218 God has created man. For "let them," He says, "have
1219 dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the
1220 air, and over every creeping thing which creepeth on the
1221 earth."[644] He did not intend that His rational creature, who
1222 was made in His image, should have dominion over anything
1223 but the irrational creation,—not man over man, but man over
1224 the beasts. And hence the righteous men in primitive times
1225 were made shepherds of cattle rather than kings of men, God
1226 intending thus to teach us what the relative position of the
1227 creatures is, and what the desert of sin; for it is with justice,
1228 we believe, that the condition of slavery is the result of sin.
1229 And this is why we do not find the word "slave" in any part
1230 of Scripture until righteous Noah branded the sin of his son
1231 with this name. It is a name, therefore, introduced by sin
1232 and not by nature. The origin of the Latin word for slave
1233 is supposed to be found in the circumstance that those who
1234 by the law of war were liable to be killed were sometimes
1235 preserved by their victors, and were hence called servants.[645]
1236 And these circumstances could never have arisen save through
1237 sin. For even when we wage a just war, our adversaries
1238 must be sinning; and every victory, even though gained by
1239 wicked men, is a result of the first judgment of God, who
1240 humbles the vanquished either for the sake of removing or
1241 of punishing their sins. Witness that man of God, Daniel,
1242 who, when he was in captivity, confessed to God his own sins
1243 and the sins of his people, and declares with pious grief that
1244 these were the cause of the captivity.[646] The prime cause, then,
1245 of slavery is sin, which brings man under the dominion of his
1246 fellow,—that which does not happen save by the judgment of
1247 God, with whom is no unrighteousness, and who knows how
1248 to award fit punishments to every variety of offence. But our
1249 Master in heaven says, "Every one who doeth sin is the servant
1250 of sin."[647] And thus there are many wicked masters who
1251 have religious men as their slaves, and who are yet themselves
1252 in bondage; "for of whom a man is overcome, of the same
1253 is he brought in bondage."[648] And beyond question it is a
1254 happier thing to be the slave of a man than of a lust; for even
1255 this very lust of ruling, to mention no others, lays waste men's
1256 hearts with the most ruthless dominion. Moreover, when men
1257 are subjected to one another in a peaceful order, the lowly
1258 position does as much good to the servant as the proud position
1259 does harm to the master. But by nature, as God first
1260 created us, no one is the slave either of man or of sin. This
1261 servitude is, however, penal, and is appointed by that law
1262 which enjoins the preservation of the natural order and forbids
1263 its disturbance; for if nothing had been done in violation
1264 of that law, there would have been nothing to restrain by
1265 penal servitude. And therefore the apostle admonishes slaves
1266 to be subject to their masters, and to serve them heartily
1267 and with good-will, so that, if they cannot be freed by their
1268 masters, they may themselves make their slavery in some sort
1269 free, by serving not in crafty fear, but in faithful love, until
1270 all unrighteousness pass away, and all principality and every
1271 human power be brought to nothing, and God be all in all.
1272 16. *Of equitable rule.*
1273 And therefore, although our righteous fathers[649] had slaves,
1274 and administered their domestic affairs so as to distinguish
1275 between the condition of slaves and the heirship of sons in
1276 regard to the blessings of this life, yet in regard to the worship
1277 of God, in whom we hope for eternal blessings, they took
1278 an equally loving oversight of all the members of their household.
1279 And this is so much in accordance with the natural
1280 order, that the head of the household was called *paterfamilias*;
1281 and this name has been so generally accepted, that even those
1282 whose rule is unrighteous are glad to apply it to themselves.
1283 But those who are true fathers of their households desire and
1284 endeavour that all the members of their household, equally
1285 with their own children, should worship and win God, and
1286 should come to that heavenly home in which the duty of
1287 ruling men is no longer necessary, because the duty of caring
1288 for their everlasting happiness has also ceased; but, until they
1289 reach that home, masters ought to feel their position of authority
1290 a greater burden than servants their service. And if any
1291 member of the family interrupts the domestic peace by disobedience,
1292 he is corrected either by word or blow, or some
1293 kind of just and legitimate punishment, such as society permits,
1294 that he may himself be the better for it, and be readjusted
1295 to the family harmony from which he had dislocated
1296 himself. For as it is not benevolent to give a man help at
1297 the expense of some greater benefit he might receive, so it is
1298 not innocent to spare a man at the risk of his falling into
1299 graver sin. To be innocent, we must not only do harm to
1300 no man, but also restrain him from sin or punish his sin, so
1301 that either the man himself who is punished may profit by
1302 his experience, or others be warned by his example. Since,
1303 then, the house ought to be the beginning or element of the
1304 city, and every beginning bears reference to some end of its
1305 own kind, and every element to the integrity of the whole of
1306 which it is an element, it follows plainly enough that domestic
1307 peace has a relation to civic peace,—in other words, that the
1308 well-ordered concord of domestic obedience and domestic rule
1309 has a relation to the well-ordered concord of civic obedience
1310 and civic rule. And therefore it follows, further, that the
1311 father of the family ought to frame his domestic rule in accordance
1312 with the law of the city, so that the household may
1313 be in harmony with the civic order.
1314 17. *What produces peace, and what discord, between the heavenly and
1315 earthly cities.*
1316 But the families which do not live by faith seek their
1317 peace in the earthly advantages of this life; while the families
1318 which live by faith look for those eternal blessings which
1319 are promised, and use as pilgrims such advantages of time
1320 and of earth as do not fascinate and divert them from God,
1321 but rather aid them to endure with greater ease, and to keep
1322 down the number of those burdens of the corruptible body
1323 which weigh upon the soul. Thus the things necessary for
1324 this mortal life are used by both kinds of men and families
1325 alike, but each has its own peculiar and widely different aim
1326 in using them. The earthly city, which does not live by faith,
1327 seeks an earthly peace, and the end it proposes, in the well-ordered
1328 concord of civic obedience and rule, is the combination
1329 of men's wills to attain the things which are helpful to
1330 this life. The heavenly city, or rather the part of it which
1331 sojourns on earth and lives by faith, makes use of this peace
1332 only because it must, until this mortal condition which necessitates
1333 it shall pass away. Consequently, so long as it lives
1334 like a captive and a stranger in the earthly city, though it
1335 has already received the promise of redemption, and the gift
1336 of the Spirit as the earnest of it, it makes no scruple to obey
1337 the laws of the earthly city, whereby the things necessary for
1338 the maintenance of this mortal life are administered; and
1339 thus, as this life is common to both cities, so there is a harmony
1340 between them in regard to what belongs to it. But, as
1341 the earthly city has had some philosophers whose doctrine is
1342 condemned by the divine teaching, and who, being deceived
1343 either by their own conjectures or by demons, supposed that
1344 many gods must be invited to take an interest in human
1345 affairs, and assigned to each a separate function and a separate
1346 department,—to one the body, to another the soul; and
1347 in the body itself, to one the head, to another the neck, and
1348 each of the other members to one of the gods; and in like
1349 manner, in the soul, to one god the natural capacity was assigned,
1350 to another education, to another anger, to another lust;
1351 and so the various affairs of life were assigned,—cattle to one,
1352 corn to another, wine to another, oil to another, the woods to
1353 another, money to another, navigation to another, wars and
1354 victories to another, marriages to another, births and fecundity
1355 to another, and other things to other gods: and as the celestial
1356 city, on the other hand, knew that one God only was to
1357 be worshipped, and that to Him alone was due that service
1358 which the Greeks call λατρεία, and which can be given only
1359 to a god, it has come to pass that the two cities could not
1360 have common laws of religion, and that the heavenly city has
1361 been compelled in this matter to dissent, and to become
1362 obnoxious to those who think differently, and to stand the
1363 brunt of their anger and hatred and persecutions, except in so
1364 far as the minds of their enemies have been alarmed by the
1365 multitude of the Christians and quelled by the manifest protection
1366 of God accorded to them. This heavenly city, then,
1367 while it sojourns on earth, calls citizens out of all nations, and
1368 gathers together a society of pilgrims of all languages, not
1369 scrupling about diversities in the manners, laws, and institutions
1370 whereby earthly peace is secured and maintained, but
1371 recognising that, however various these are, they all tend to
1372 one and the same end of earthly peace. It therefore is so far
1373 from rescinding and abolishing these diversities, that it even
1374 preserves and adopts them, so long only as no hindrance to
1375 the worship of the one supreme and true God is thus introduced.
1376 Even the heavenly city, therefore, while in its state
1377 of pilgrimage, avails itself of the peace of earth, and, so far as
1378 it can without injuring faith and godliness, desires and maintains
1379 a common agreement among men regarding the acquisition
1380 of the necessaries of life, and makes this earthly peace
1381 bear upon the peace of heaven; for this alone can be truly
1382 called and esteemed the peace of the reasonable creatures, consisting
1383 as it does in the perfectly ordered and harmonious enjoyment
1384 of God and of one another in God. When we shall
1385 have reached that peace, this mortal life shall give place
1386 to one that is eternal, and our body shall be no more this
1387 animal body which by its corruption weighs down the soul,
1388 but a spiritual body feeling no want, and in all its members
1389 subjected to the will. In its pilgrim state the heavenly
1390 city possesses this peace by faith; and by this faith it lives
1391 righteously when it refers to the attainment of that peace
1392 every good action towards God and man; for the life of the
1393 city is a social life.
1394 18. *How different the uncertainty of the New Academy is from the certainty of
1395 the Christian faith.*
1396 As regards the uncertainty about everything which Varro
1397 alleges to be the differentiating characteristic of the New
1398 Academy, the city of God thoroughly detests such doubt as
1399 madness. Regarding matters which it apprehends by the
1400 mind and reason it has most absolute certainty, although its
1401 knowledge is limited because of the corruptible body pressing
1402 down the mind, for, as the apostle says, "We know in part."[650]
1403 It believes also the evidence of the senses which the mind
1404 uses by aid of the body; for [if one who trusts his senses is
1405 sometimes deceived], he is more wretchedly deceived who
1406 fancies he should never trust them. It believes also the
1407 Holy Scriptures, old and new, which we call canonical, and
1408 which are the source of the faith by which the just lives,[651] and
1409 by which we walk without doubting whilst we are absent
1410 from the Lord.[652] So long as this faith remains inviolate and
1411 firm, we may without blame entertain doubts regarding some
1412 things which we have neither perceived by sense nor by
1413 reason, and which have not been revealed to us by the
1414 canonical Scriptures, nor come to our knowledge through
1415 witnesses whom it is absurd to disbelieve.
1416 19. *Of the dress and habits of the Christian people.*
1417 It is a matter of no moment in the city of God whether
1418 he who adopts the faith that brings men to God adopts it in
1419 one dress and manner of life or another, so long only as he
1420 lives in conformity with the commandments of God. And
1421 hence, when philosophers themselves become Christians, they
1422 are compelled, indeed, to abandon their erroneous doctrines, but
1423 not their dress and mode of living, which are no obstacle to
1424 religion. So that we make no account of that distinction of
1425 sects which Varro adduced in connection with the Cynic
1426 school, provided always nothing indecent or self-indulgent is
1427 retained. As to these three modes of life, the contemplative,
1428 the active, and the composite, although, so long as a man's
1429 faith is preserved, he may choose any of them without detriment
1430 to his eternal interests, yet he must never overlook the
1431 claims of truth and duty. No man has a right to lead such
1432 a life of contemplation as to forget in his own ease the service
1433 due to his neighbour; nor has any man a right to be so immersed
1434 in active life as to neglect the contemplation of God.
1435 The charm of leisure must not be indolent vacancy of mind,
1436 but the investigation or discovery of truth, that thus every
1437 man may make solid attainments without grudging that others
1438 do the same. And, in active life, it is not the honours or
1439 power of this life we should covet, since all things under the
1440 sun are vanity, but we should aim at using our position and
1441 influence, if these have been honourably attained, for the welfare
1442 of those who are under us, in the way we have already
1443 explained.[653] It is to this the apostle refers when he says,
1444 "He that desireth the episcopate desireth a good work."[654] He
1445 wished to show that the episcopate is the title of a work, not
1446 of an honour. It is a Greek word, and signifies that he who
1447 governs, superintends or takes care of those whom he governs:
1448 for ἐπί means *over*, and σκοπεῖν, *to see*; therefore ἐπισκοπεῖν
1449 means "to oversee."[655] So that he who loves to govern rather
1450 than to do good is no bishop. Accordingly no one is prohibited
1451 from the search after truth, for in this leisure may
1452 most laudably be spent; but it is unseemly to covet the high
1453 position requisite for governing the people, even though that
1454 position be held and that government be administered in a
1455 seemly manner. And therefore holy leisure is longed for by
1456 the love of truth; but it is the necessity of love to undertake
1457 requisite business. If no one imposes this burden upon us,
1458 we are free to sift and contemplate truth; but if it be laid
1459 upon us, we are necessitated for love's sake to undertake it.
1460 And yet not even in this case are we obliged wholly to relinquish
1461 the sweets of contemplation; for were these to be
1462 withdrawn, the burden might prove more than we could bear.
1463 20. *That the saints are in this life blessed in hope.*
1464 Since, then, the supreme good of the city of God is perfect
1465 and eternal peace, not such as mortals pass into and out of
1466 by birth and death, but the peace of freedom from all evil, in
1467 which the immortals ever abide, who can deny that that
1468 future life is most blessed, or that, in comparison with it, this
1469 life which now we live is most wretched, be it filled with all
1470 blessings of body and soul and external things? And yet, if
1471 any man uses this life with a reference to that other which
1472 he ardently loves and confidently hopes for, he may well be
1473 called even now blessed, though not in reality so much as in
1474 hope. But the actual possession of the happiness of this
1475 life, without the hope of what is beyond, is but a false happiness
1476 and profound misery. For the true blessings of the soul
1477 are not now enjoyed; for that is no true wisdom which does
1478 not direct all its prudent observations, manly actions, virtuous
1479 self-restraint, and just arrangements, to that end in which
1480 God shall be all and all in a secure eternity and perfect
1481 peace.
1482 21. *Whether there ever was a Roman republic answering to the definitions
1483 of Scipio in Cicero's dialogue.*
1484 This, then, is the place where I should fulfil the promise I
1485 gave in the second book of this work,[656] and explain, as briefly
1486 and clearly as possible, that if we are to accept the definitions
1487 laid down by Scipio in Cicero's *De Republica*, there never was
1488 a Roman republic; for he briefly defines a republic as the
1489 weal of the people. And if this definition be true, there
1490 never was a Roman republic, for the people's weal was never
1491 attained among the Romans. For the people, according to
1492 his definition, is an assemblage associated by a common
1493 acknowledgment of right and by a community of interests.
1494 And what he means by a common acknowledgment of right
1495 he explains at large, showing that a republic cannot be administered
1496 without justice. Where, therefore, there is no
1497 true justice there can be no right. For that which is done
1498 by right is justly done, and what is unjustly done cannot be
1499 done by right. For the unjust inventions of men are neither
1500 to be considered nor spoken of as rights; for even they themselves
1501 say that right is that which flows from the fountain of
1502 justice, and deny the definition which is commonly given by
1503 those who misconceive the matter, that right is that which is
1504 useful to the stronger party. Thus, where there is not true
1505 justice there can be no assemblage of men associated by a
1506 common acknowledgment of right, and therefore there can
1507 be no people, as defined by Scipio or Cicero; and if no
1508 people, then no weal of the people, but only of some promiscuous
1509 multitude unworthy of the name of people. Consequently,
1510 if the republic is the weal of the people, and there is
1511 no people if it be not associated by a common acknowledgment
1512 of right, and if there is no right where there is no justice,
1513 then most certainly it follows that there is no republic where
1514 there is no justice. Further, justice is that virtue which
1515 gives every one his due. Where, then, is the justice of man,
1516 when he deserts the true God and yields himself to impure
1517 demons? Is this to give every one his due? Or is he who
1518 keeps back a piece of ground from the purchaser, and gives it
1519 to a man who has no right to it, unjust, while he who keeps
1520 back himself from the God who made him, and serves wicked
1521 spirits, is just?
1522 This same book, *De Republica*, advocates the cause of justice
1523 against injustice with great force and keenness. The pleading
1524 for injustice against justice was first heard, and it was
1525 asserted that without injustice a republic could neither increase
1526 nor even subsist, for it was laid down as an absolutely
1527 unassailable position that it is unjust for some men to rule
1528 and some to serve; and yet the imperial city to which the
1529 republic belongs cannot rule her provinces without having
1530 recourse to this injustice. It was replied in behalf of justice,
1531 that this ruling of the provinces is just, because servitude may
1532 be advantageous to the provincials, and is so when rightly
1533 administered,—that is to say, when lawless men are prevented
1534 from doing harm. And further, as they became worse and
1535 worse so long as they were free, they will improve by subjection.
1536 To confirm this reasoning, there is added an eminent
1537 example drawn from nature: for "why," it is asked, "does
1538 God rule man, the soul the body, the reason the passions and
1539 other vicious parts of the soul?" This example leaves no
1540 doubt that, to some, servitude is useful; and, indeed, to serve
1541 God is useful to all. And it is when the soul serves God
1542 that it exercises a right control over the body; and in the
1543 soul itself the reason must be subject to God if it is to govern
1544 as it ought the passions and other vices. Hence, when a
1545 man does not serve God, what justice can we ascribe to him,
1546 since in this case his soul cannot exercise a just control over
1547 the body, nor his reason over his vices? And if there is no
1548 justice in such an individual, certainly there can be none in a
1549 community composed of such persons. Here, therefore, there
1550 is not that common acknowledgment of right which makes
1551 an assemblage of men a people whose affairs we call a republic.
1552 And why need I speak of the advantageousness, the
1553 common participation in which, according to the definition,
1554 makes a people? For although, if you choose to regard the
1555 matter attentively, you will see that there is nothing advantageous
1556 to those who live godlessly, as every one lives who
1557 does not serve God but demons, whose wickedness you may
1558 measure by their desire to receive the worship of men though
1559 they are most impure spirits, yet what I have said of the
1560 common acknowledgment of right is enough to demonstrate
1561 that, according to the above definition, there can be no people,
1562 and therefore no republic, where there is no justice. For if
1563 they assert that in their republic the Romans did not serve
1564 unclean spirits, but good and holy gods, must we therefore
1565 again reply to this evasion, though already we have said
1566 enough, and more than enough, to expose it? He must be
1567 an uncommonly stupid, or a shamelessly contentious person,
1568 who has read through the foregoing books to this point, and
1569 can yet question whether the Romans served wicked and
1570 impure demons. But, not to speak of their character, it is
1571 written in the law of the true God, "He that sacrificeth unto
1572 any god save unto the Lord only, he shall be utterly destroyed."[657]
1573 He, therefore, who uttered so menacing a commandment
1574 decreed that no worship should be given either to
1575 good or bad gods.
1576 22. *Whether the God whom the Christians serve is the true God to whom alone
1577 sacrifice ought to be paid.*
1578 But it may be replied, Who is this God, or what proof is
1579 there that He alone is worthy to receive sacrifice from the
1580 Romans? One must be very blind to be still asking who
1581 this God is. He is the God whose prophets predicted the
1582 things we see accomplished. He is the God from whom
1583 Abraham received the assurance, "In thy seed shall all nations
1584 be blessed."[658] That this was fulfilled in Christ, who according
1585 to the flesh sprang from that seed, is recognised, whether
1586 they will or no, even by those who have continued to be the
1587 enemies of this name. He is the God whose divine Spirit
1588 spake by the men whose predictions I cited in the preceding
1589 books, and which are fulfilled in the Church which has extended
1590 over all the world. This is the God whom Varro, the
1591 most learned of the Romans, supposed to be Jupiter, though
1592 he knows not what he says; yet I think it right to note the
1593 circumstance that a man of such learning was unable to suppose
1594 that this God had no existence or was contemptible, but
1595 believed Him to be the same as the supreme God. In fine,
1596 He is the God whom Porphyry, the most learned of the philosophers,
1597 though the bitterest enemy of the Christians, confesses
1598 to be a great God, even according to the oracles of those
1599 whom he esteems gods.
1600 23. *Porphyry's account of the responses given by the oracles of the gods concerning
1601 Christ.*
1602 For in his book called ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας, in which he
1603 collects and comments upon the responses which he pretends
1604 were uttered by the gods concerning divine things, he says—I
1605 give his own words as they have been translated from the
1606 Greek: "To one who inquired what god he should propitiate
1607 in order to recall his wife from Christianity, Apollo replied in
1608 the following verses." Then the following words are given as
1609 those of Apollo: "You will probably find it easier to write
1610 lasting characters on the water, or lightly fly like a bird
1611 through the air, than to restore right feeling in your impious
1612 wife once she has polluted herself. Let her remain as she
1613 pleases in her foolish deception, and sing false laments to her
1614 dead God, who was condemned by right-minded judges, and
1615 perished ignominiously by a violent death." Then after these
1616 verses of Apollo (which we have given in a Latin version that
1617 does not preserve the metrical form), he goes on to say: "In
1618 these verses Apollo exposed the incurable corruption of the
1619 Christians, saying that the Jews, rather than the Christians,
1620 recognised God." See how he misrepresents Christ, giving
1621 the Jews the preference to the Christians in the recognition of
1622 God. This was his explanation of Apollo's verses, in which
1623 he says that Christ was put to death by right-minded or just
1624 judges,—in other words, that He deserved to die. I leave the
1625 responsibility of this oracle regarding Christ on the lying interpreter
1626 of Apollo, or on this philosopher who believed it or
1627 possibly himself invented it; as to its agreement with Porphyry's
1628 opinions or with other oracles, we shall in a little
1629 have something to say. In this passage, however, he says
1630 that the Jews, as the interpreters of God, judged justly in
1631 pronouncing Christ to be worthy of the most shameful death.
1632 He should have listened, then, to this God of the Jews to whom
1633 he bears this testimony, when that God says, "He that sacrificeth
1634 to any other god save to the Lord alone shall be utterly destroyed."
1635 But let us come to still plainer expressions, and
1636 hear how great a God Porphyry thinks the God of the Jews
1637 is. Apollo, he says, when asked whether word, *i.e.* reason, or
1638 law is the better thing, replied in the following verses. Then
1639 he gives the verses of Apollo, from which I select the following
1640 as sufficient: "God, the Generator, and the King prior to
1641 all things, before whom heaven and earth, and the sea, and
1642 the hidden places of hell tremble, and the deities themselves
1643 are afraid, for their law is the Father whom the holy Hebrews
1644 honour." In this oracle of his god Apollo, Porphyry avowed
1645 that the God of the Hebrews is so great that the deities themselves
1646 are afraid before Him. I am surprised, therefore, that
1647 when God said, He that sacrificeth to other gods shall be
1648 utterly destroyed, Porphyry himself was not afraid lest he
1649 should be destroyed for sacrificing to other gods.
1650 This philosopher, however, has also some good to say of
1651 Christ, oblivious, as it were, of that contumely of his of which
1652 we have just been speaking; or as if his gods spoke evil of
1653 Christ only while asleep, and recognised Him to be good, and
1654 gave Him His deserved praise, when they awoke. For, as if
1655 he were about to proclaim some marvellous thing passing
1656 belief, he says, "What we are going to say will certainly take
1657 some by surprise. For the gods have declared that Christ
1658 was very pious, and has become immortal, and that they
1659 cherish his memory: that the Christians, however, are polluted,
1660 contaminated, and involved in error. And many other
1661 such things," he says, "do the gods say against the Christians."
1662 Then he gives specimens of the accusations made, as he says,
1663 by the gods against them, and then goes on: "But to some
1664 who asked Hecate whether Christ were a God, she replied,
1665 You know the condition of the disembodied immortal soul,
1666 and that if it has been severed from wisdom it always errs.
1667 The soul you refer to is that of a man foremost in piety: they
1668 worship it because they mistake the truth." To this so-called
1669 oracular response he adds the following words of his own:
1670 "Of this very pious man, then, Hecate said that the soul, like
1671 the souls of other good men, was after death dowered with immortality,
1672 and that the Christians through ignorance worship
1673 it. And to those who ask why he was condemned to die,
1674 the oracle of the goddess replied, The body, indeed, is always
1675 exposed to torments, but the souls of the pious abide in heaven.
1676 And the soul you inquire about has been the fatal cause of
1677 error to other souls which were not fated to receive the gifts
1678 of the gods, and to have the knowledge of immortal Jove.
1679 Such souls are therefore hated by the gods; for they who
1680 were fated not to receive the gifts of the gods, and not to
1681 know God, were fated to be involved in error by means of
1682 him you speak of. He himself, however, was good, and
1683 heaven has been opened to him as to other good men. You
1684 are not, then, to speak evil of him, but to pity the folly of
1685 men: and through him men's danger is imminent."
1686 Who is so foolish as not to see that these oracles were
1687 either composed by a clever man with a strong animus against
1688 the Christians, or were uttered as responses by impure demons
1689 with a similar design,—that is to say, in order that their
1690 praise of Christ may win credence for their vituperation of
1691 Christians; and that thus they may, if possible, close the way
1692 of eternal salvation, which is identical with Christianity?
1693 For they believe that they are by no means counterworking
1694 their own hurtful craft by promoting belief in Christ, so long
1695 as their calumniation of Christians is also accepted; for they
1696 thus secure that even the man who thinks well of Christ declines
1697 to become a Christian, and is therefore not delivered
1698 from their own rule by the Christ he praises. Besides, their
1699 praise of Christ is so contrived that whosoever believes in
1700 Him as thus represented will not be a true Christian but
1701 a Photinian heretic, recognising only the humanity, and not
1702 also the divinity of Christ, and will thus be precluded from
1703 salvation and from deliverance out of the meshes of these
1704 devilish lies. For our part, we are no better pleased with
1705 Hecate's praises of Christ than with Apollo's calumniation of
1706 Him. Apollo says that Christ was put to death by right-minded
1707 judges, implying that He was unrighteous. Hecate
1708 says that He was a most pious man, but no more. The intention
1709 of both is the same, to prevent men from becoming Christians,
1710 because if this be secured, men shall never be rescued
1711 from their power. But it is incumbent on our philosopher, or
1712 rather on those who believe in these pretended oracles against
1713 the Christians, first of all, if they can, to bring Apollo and
1714 Hecate to the same mind regarding Christ, so that either both
1715 may condemn or both praise Him. And even if they succeeded
1716 in this, we for our part would notwithstanding repudiate
1717 the testimony of demons, whether favourable or adverse to
1718 Christ. But when our adversaries find a god and goddess of
1719 their own at variance about Christ, the one praising, the other
1720 vituperating Him, they can certainly give no credence, if they
1721 have any judgment, to mere men who blaspheme the Christians.
1722 When Porphyry or Hecate praises Christ, and adds that He
1723 gave Himself to the Christians as a fatal gift, that they might
1724 be involved in error, he exposes, as he thinks, the causes of
1725 this error. But before I cite his words to that purpose, I
1726 would ask, If Christ did thus give Himself to the Christians
1727 to involve them in error, did He do so willingly, or against
1728 His will? If willingly, how is He righteous? If against
1729 His will, how is He blessed? However, let us hear the
1730 causes of this error. "There are," he says, "in a certain
1731 place very small earthly spirits, subject to the power of evil
1732 demons. The wise men of the Hebrews, among whom was
1733 this Jesus, as you have heard from the oracles of Apollo cited
1734 above, turned religious persons from these very wicked demons
1735 and minor spirits, and taught them rather to worship the
1736 celestial gods, and especially to adore God the Father. This,"
1737 he said, "the gods enjoin; and we have already shown how
1738 they admonish the soul to turn to God, and command it to
1739 worship Him. But the ignorant and the ungodly, who are
1740 not destined to receive favours from the gods, nor to know the
1741 immortal Jupiter, not listening to the gods and their messages,
1742 have turned away from all gods, and have not only refused to
1743 hate, but have venerated the prohibited demons. Professing
1744 to worship God, they refuse to do those things by which alone
1745 God is worshipped. For God, indeed, being the Father of all,
1746 is in need of nothing; but for us it is good to adore Him by
1747 means of justice, chastity, and other virtues, and thus to make
1748 life itself a prayer to Him, by inquiring into and imitating His
1749 nature. For inquiry," says he, "purifies and imitation deifies
1750 us, by moving us nearer to Him." He is right in so far as
1751 he proclaims God the Father, and the conduct by which we
1752 should worship Him. Of such precepts the prophetic books
1753 of the Hebrews are full, when they praise or blame the life of
1754 the saints. But in speaking of the Christians he is in error,
1755 and calumniates them as much as is desired by the demons
1756 whom he takes for gods, as if it were difficult for any man to
1757 recollect the disgraceful and shameful actions which used to
1758 be done in the theatres and temples to please the gods, and
1759 to compare with these things what is heard in our churches,
1760 and what is offered to the true God, and from this comparison
1761 to conclude where character is edified, and where it is ruined.
1762 But who but a diabolical spirit has told or suggested to this
1763 man so manifest and vain a lie, as that the Christians reverenced
1764 rather than hated the demons, whose worship the Hebrews
1765 prohibited? But that God, whom the Hebrew sages worshipped,
1766 forbids sacrifice to be offered even to the holy angels
1767 of heaven and divine powers, whom we, in this our pilgrimage,
1768 venerate and love as our most blessed fellow-citizens. For in
1769 the law which God gave to His Hebrew people He utters
1770 this menace, as in a voice of thunder: "He that sacrificeth
1771 unto any god, save unto the Lord only, he shall be utterly
1772 destroyed."[659] And that no one might suppose that this prohibition
1773 extends only to the very wicked demons and earthly
1774 spirits, whom this philosopher calls very small and inferior,—for
1775 even these are in the Scripture called gods, not of the
1776 Hebrews, but of the nations, as the Septuagint translators have
1777 shown in the psalm where it is said, "For all the gods of the
1778 nations are demons,"[660]—that no one might suppose, I say, that
1779 sacrifice to these demons was prohibited, but that sacrifice
1780 might be offered to all or some of the celestials, it was immediately
1781 added, "save unto the Lord alone."[661] The God of
1782 the Hebrews, then, to whom this renowned philosopher bears
1783 this signal testimony, gave to His Hebrew people a law,
1784 composed in the Hebrew language, and not obscure and
1785 unknown, but published now in every nation, and in this
1786 law it is written, "He that sacrificeth unto any god, save
1787 unto the Lord alone, he shall be utterly destroyed." What
1788 need is there to seek further proofs in the law or the prophets
1789 of this same thing? *Seek*, we need not say, for the passages
1790 are neither few nor difficult to find; but what need to collect
1791 and apply to my argument the proofs which are thickly sown
1792 and obvious, and by which it appears clear as day that sacrifice
1793 may be paid to none but the supreme and true God? Here
1794 is one brief but decided, even menacing, and certainly true
1795 utterance of that God whom the wisest of our adversaries so
1796 highly extol. Let this be listened to, feared, fulfilled, that
1797 there may be no disobedient soul cut off. "He that sacrifices,"
1798 He says, not because He needs anything, but because it behoves
1799 us to be His possession. Hence the Psalmist in the Hebrew
1800 Scriptures sings, "I have said to the Lord, Thou art my God,
1801 for Thou needest not my good."[662] For we ourselves, who are
1802 His own city, are His most noble and worthy sacrifice, and it
1803 is this mystery we celebrate in our sacrifices, which are well
1804 known to the faithful, as we have explained in the preceding
1805 books. For through the prophets the oracles of God declared
1806 that the sacrifices which the Jews offered as a shadow of that
1807 which was to be would cease, and that the nations, from the
1808 rising to the setting of the sun, would offer one sacrifice.
1809 From these oracles, which we now see accomplished, we have
1810 made such selections as seemed suitable to our purpose in this
1811 work. And therefore, where there is not this righteousness
1812 whereby the one supreme God rules the obedient city according
1813 to His grace, so that it sacrifices to none but Him, and
1814 whereby, in all the citizens of this obedient city, the soul consequently
1815 rules the body and reason the vices in the rightful
1816 order, so that, as the individual just man, so also the community
1817 and people of the just, live by faith, which works by
1818 love, that love whereby man loves God as He ought to be
1819 loved, and his neighbour as himself,—there, I say, there is
1820 not an assemblage associated by a common acknowledgment
1821 of right, and by a community of interests. But if there is
1822 not this, there is not a people, if our definition be true, and
1823 therefore there is no republic; for where there is no people
1824 there can be no republic.
1825 >
1826 >
1827 >
1828 24. *The definition which must be given of a people and a republic, in order to
1829 > vindicate the assumption of these titles by the Romans and by other kingdoms.*
1830 But if we discard this definition of a people, and, assuming
1831 another, say that a people is an assemblage of reasonable
1832 beings bound together by a common agreement as to the objects
1833 of their love, then, in order to discover the character of any
1834 people, we have only to observe what they love. Yet whatever
1835 it loves, if only it is an assemblage of reasonable beings
1836 and not of beasts, and is bound together by an agreement as
1837 to the objects of love, it is reasonably called a people; and
1838 it will be a superior people in proportion as it is bound together
1839 by higher interests, inferior in proportion as it is bound
1840 together by lower. According to this definition of ours, the
1841 Roman people is a people, and its weal is without doubt a
1842 commonwealth or republic. But what its tastes were in its
1843 early and subsequent days, and how it declined into sanguinary
1844 seditions and then to social and civil wars, and so burst
1845 asunder or rotted off the bond of concord in which the health
1846 of a people consists, history shows, and in the preceding books
1847 I have related at large. And yet I would not on this account
1848 say either that it was not a people, or that its administration
1849 was not a republic, so long as there remains an assemblage of
1850 reasonable beings bound together by a common agreement as
1851 to the objects of love. But what I say of this people and of
1852 this republic I must be understood to think and say of the
1853 Athenians or any Greek state, of the Egyptians, of the early
1854 Assyrian Babylon, and of every other nation, great or small,
1855 which had a public government. For, in general, the city of
1856 the ungodly, which did not obey the command of God that
1857 it should offer no sacrifice save to Him alone, and which,
1858 therefore, could not give to the soul its proper command over
1859 the body, nor to the reason its just authority over the vices,
1860 is void of true justice.
1861 25. *That where there is no true religion there are no true virtues.*
1862 For though the soul may seem to rule the body admirably,
1863 and the reason the vices, if the soul and reason do not themselves
1864 obey God, as God has commanded them to serve Him,
1865 they have no proper authority over the body and the vices. For
1866 what kind of mistress of the body and the vices can that mind
1867 be which is ignorant of the true God, and which, instead of
1868 being subject to His authority, is prostituted to the corrupting
1869 influences of the most vicious demons? It is for this reason
1870 that the virtues which it seems to itself to possess, and by
1871 which it restrains the body and the vices that it may obtain
1872 and keep what it desires, are rather vices than virtues so long
1873 as there is no reference to God in the matter. For although
1874 some suppose that virtues which have a reference only to
1875 themselves, and are desired only on their own account, are
1876 yet true and genuine virtues, the fact is that even then they
1877 are inflated with pride, and are therefore to be reckoned vices
1878 rather than virtues. For as that which gives life to the flesh
1879 is not derived from flesh, but is above it, so that which gives
1880 blessed life to man is not derived from man, but is something
1881 above him; and what I say of man is true of every celestial
1882 power and virtue whatsoever.
1883 >
1884 >
1885 >
1886 26. *Of the peace which is enjoyed by the people that are alienated from God, and
1887 > the use made of it by the people of God in the time of its pilgrimage.*
1888 Wherefore, as the life of the flesh is the soul, so the blessed
1889 life of man is God, of whom the sacred writings of the Hebrews
1890 say, "Blessed is the people whose God is the Lord."[663] Miserable,
1891 therefore, is the people which is alienated from God. Yet
1892 even this people has a peace of its own which is not to be
1893 lightly esteemed, though, indeed, it shall not in the end enjoy
1894 it, because it makes no good use of it before the end. But it
1895 is our interest that it enjoy this peace meanwhile in this life;
1896 for as long as the two cities are commingled, we also enjoy the
1897 peace of Babylon. For from Babylon the people of God is so
1898 freed that it meanwhile sojourns in its company. And therefore
1899 the apostle also admonished the Church to pray for kings
1900 and those in authority, assigning as the reason, "that we may
1901 live a quiet and tranquil life in all godliness and love."[664]
1902 And the prophet Jeremiah, when predicting the captivity that
1903 was to befall the ancient people of God, and giving them the
1904 divine command to go obediently to Babylonia, and thus serve
1905 their God, counselled them also to pray for Babylonia, saying,
1906 "In the peace thereof shall ye have peace,"[665]—the temporal
1907 peace which the good and the wicked together enjoy.
1908 27. *That the peace of those who serve God cannot in this mortal life be
1909 apprehended in its perfection.*
1910 But the peace which is peculiar to ourselves we enjoy now
1911 with God by faith, and shall hereafter enjoy eternally with
1912 Him by sight. But the peace which we enjoy in this life,
1913 whether common to all or peculiar to ourselves, is rather the
1914 solace of our misery than the positive enjoyment of felicity.
1915 Our very righteousness, too, though true in so far as it has
1916 respect to the true good, is yet in this life of such a kind that
1917 it consists rather in the remission of sins than in the perfecting
1918 of virtues. Witness the prayer of the whole city of God
1919 in its pilgrim state, for it cries to God by the mouth of all its
1920 members, "Forgive us our debts as we forgive our debtors."[666]
1921 And this prayer is efficacious not for those whose faith is
1922 "without works and dead,"[667] but for those whose faith "worketh
1923 by love."[668] For as reason, though subjected to God, is yet
1924 "pressed down by the corruptible body,"[669] so long as it is in
1925 this mortal condition, it has not perfect authority over vice,
1926 and therefore this prayer is needed by the righteous. For
1927 though it exercises authority, the vices do not submit without
1928 a struggle. For however well one maintains the conflict, and
1929 however thoroughly he has subdued these enemies, there steals
1930 in some evil thing, which, if it do not find ready expression in
1931 act, slips out by the lips, or insinuates itself into the thought;
1932 and therefore his peace is not full so long as he is at war
1933 with his vices. For it is a doubtful conflict he wages with
1934 those that resist, and his victory over those that are defeated
1935 is not secure, but full of anxiety and effort. Amidst these
1936 temptations, therefore, of all which it has been summarily
1937 said in the divine oracles, "Is not human life upon earth a
1938 temptation?"[670] who but a proud man can presume that he so
1939 lives that he has no need to say to God, "Forgive us our
1940 debts?" And such a man is not great, but swollen and puffed
1941 up with vanity, and is justly resisted by Him who abundantly
1942 gives grace to the humble. Whence it is said, "God resisteth
1943 the proud, but giveth grace to the humble."[671] In this, then,
1944 consists the righteousness of a man, that he submit himself to
1945 God, his body to his soul, and his vices, even when they rebel,
1946 to his reason, which either defeats or at least resists them;
1947 and also that he beg from God grace to do his duty,[672] and the
1948 pardon of his sins, and that he render to God thanks for all
1949 the blessings he receives. But, in that final peace to which
1950 all our righteousness has reference, and for the sake of which
1951 it is maintained, as our nature shall enjoy a sound immortality
1952 and incorruption, and shall have no more vices, and as we
1953 shall experience no resistance either from ourselves or from
1954 others, it will not be necessary that reason should rule vices
1955 which no longer exist, but God shall rule the man, and the
1956 soul shall rule the body, with a sweetness and facility suitable
1957 to the felicity of a life which is done with bondage. And
1958 this condition shall there be eternal, and we shall be assured
1959 of its eternity; and thus the peace of this blessedness and
1960 the blessedness of this peace shall be the supreme good.
1961 28. *The end of the wicked.*
1962 But, on the other hand, they who do not belong to this city
1963 of God shall inherit eternal misery, which is also called the
1964 second death, because the soul shall then be separated from
1965 God its life, and therefore cannot be said to live, and the
1966 body shall be subjected to eternal pains. And consequently
1967 this second death shall be the more severe, because no death
1968 shall terminate it. But war being contrary to peace, as misery
1969 to happiness, and life to death, it is not without reason asked
1970 what kind of war can be found in the end of the wicked
1971 answering to the peace which is declared to be the end of the
1972 righteous? The person who puts this question has only to
1973 observe what it is in war that is hurtful and destructive, and he
1974 shall see that it is nothing else than the mutual opposition and
1975 conflict of things. And can he conceive a more grievous and
1976 bitter war than that in which the will is so opposed to passion,
1977 and passion to the will, that their hostility can never be terminated
1978 by the victory of either, and in which the violence
1979 of pain so conflicts with the nature of the body, that neither
1980 yields to the other? For in this life, when this conflict has
1981 arisen, either pain conquers and death expels the feeling of it,
1982 or nature conquers and health expels the pain. But in the
1983 world to come the pain continues that it may torment, and
1984 the nature endures that it may be sensible of it; and neither
1985 ceases to exist, lest punishment also should cease. Now, as it
1986 is through the last judgment that men pass to these ends,
1987 the good to the supreme good, the evil to the supreme evil,
1988 I will treat of this judgment in the following book.
BOOK XX
19 #### ARGUMENT.
20 CONCERNING THE LAST JUDGMENT, AND THE DECLARATIONS REGARDING IT IN
21 THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS.
22 1. *That although God is always judging, it is nevertheless reasonable to confine
23 our attention in this book to His last judgment.*
24 Intending to speak, in dependence on God's grace, of
25 the day of His final judgment, and to affirm it against
26 the ungodly and incredulous, we must first of all lay, as it
27 were, in the foundation of the edifice the divine declarations.
28 Those persons who do not believe such declarations do their
29 best to oppose to them false and illusive sophisms of their
30 own, either contending that what is adduced from Scripture
31 has another meaning, or altogether denying that it is an utterance
32 of God's. For I suppose no man who understands what
33 is written, and believes it to be communicated by the supreme
34 and true God through holy men, refuses to yield and consent
35 to these declarations, whether he orally confesses his consent,
36 or is from some evil influence ashamed or afraid to do so; or
37 even, with an opinionativeness closely resembling madness,
38 makes strenuous efforts to defend what he knows and believes
39 to be false against what he knows and believes to be true.
40 That, therefore, which the whole Church of the true God
41 holds and professes as its creed, that Christ shall come from
42 heaven to judge quick and dead, this we call the last day, or
43 last time, of the divine judgment. For we do not know how
44 many days this judgment may occupy; but no one who reads
45 the Scriptures, however negligently, need be told that in them
46 "day" is customarily used for "time." And when we speak
47 of the day of God's judgment, we add the word last or final
48 for this reason, because even now God judges, and has judged
49 from the beginning of human history, banishing from paradise,
50 and excluding from the tree of life, those first men who perpetrated
51 so great a sin. Yea, He was certainly exercising
52 judgment also when He did not spare the angels who sinned,
53 whose prince, overcome by envy, seduced men after being
54 himself seduced. Neither is it without God's profound and
55 just judgment that the life of demons and men, the one in
56 the air, the other on earth, is filled with misery, calamities,
57 and mistakes. And even though no one had sinned, it could
58 only have been by the good and right judgment of God that
59 the whole rational creation could have been maintained in
60 eternal blessedness by a persevering adherence to its Lord.
61 He judges, too, not only in the mass, condemning the race of
62 devils and the race of men to be miserable on account of the
63 original sin of these races, but He also judges the voluntary
64 and personal acts of individuals. For even the devils pray
65 that they may not be tormented,[673] which proves that without
66 injustice they might either be spared or tormented according
67 to their deserts. And men are punished by God for their
68 sins often visibly, always secretly, either in this life or after
69 death, although no man acts rightly save by the assistance of
70 divine aid; and no man or devil acts unrighteously save by
71 the permission of the divine and most just judgment. For, as
72 the apostle says, "There is no unrighteousness with God;"[674]
73 and as he elsewhere says, "His judgments are inscrutable,
74 and His ways past finding out."[675] In this book, then, I shall
75 speak, as God permits, not of those first judgments, nor of
76 these intervening judgments of God, but of the last judgment,
77 when Christ is to come from heaven to judge the quick and
78 the dead. For that day is properly called the day of judgment,
79 because in it there shall be no room left for the ignorant
80 questioning why this wicked person is happy and that
81 righteous man unhappy. In that day true and full happiness
82 shall be the lot of none but the good, while deserved and
83 supreme misery shall be the portion of the wicked, and of
84 them only.
85 2. *That in the mingled web of human affairs God's judgment is present, though
86 it cannot be discerned.*
87 In this present time we learn to bear with equanimity the
88 ills to which even good men are subject, and to hold cheap
89 the blessings which even the wicked enjoy. And consequently,
90 even in those conditions of life in which the justice
91 of God is not apparent, His teaching is salutary. For we do
92 not know by what judgment of God this good man is poor
93 and that bad man rich; why he who, in our opinion, ought
94 to suffer acutely for his abandoned life enjoys himself, while
95 sorrow pursues him whose praiseworthy life leads us to suppose
96 he should be happy; why the innocent man is dismissed from
97 the bar not only unavenged, but even condemned, being either
98 wronged by the iniquity of the judge, or overwhelmed by
99 false evidence, while his guilty adversary, on the other hand,
100 is not only discharged with impunity, but even has his claims
101 admitted; why the ungodly enjoys good health, while the godly
102 pines in sickness; why ruffians are of the soundest constitution,
103 while they who could not hurt any one even with a
104 word are from infancy afflicted with complicated disorders;
105 why he who is useful to society is cut off by premature death,
106 while those who, as it might seem, ought never to have been
107 so much as born have lives of unusual length; why he who
108 is full of crimes is crowned with honours, while the blameless
109 man is buried in the darkness of neglect. But who can collect
110 or enumerate all the contrasts of this kind? But if this
111 anomalous state of things were uniform in this life, in which,
112 as the sacred Psalmist says, "Man is like to vanity, his days
113 as a shadow that passeth away,"[676]—so uniform that none but
114 wicked men won the transitory prosperity of earth, while only
115 the good suffered its ills,—this could be referred to the just and
116 even benign judgment of God. We might suppose that they
117 who were not destined to obtain those everlasting benefits
118 which constitute human blessedness were either deluded by
119 transitory blessings as the just reward of their wickedness, or
120 were, in God's mercy, consoled by them, and that they who
121 were not destined to suffer eternal torments were afflicted
122 with temporal chastisement for their sins, or were stimulated to
123 greater attainment in virtue. But now, as it is, since we not
124 only see good men involved in the ills of life, and bad men
125 enjoying the good of it, which seems unjust, but also that evil
126 often overtakes evil men, and good surprises the good, the
127 rather on this account are God's judgments unsearchable, and
128 His ways past finding out. Although, therefore, we do not
129 know by what judgment these things are done or permitted
130 to be done by God, with whom is the highest virtue, the
131 highest wisdom, the highest justice, no infirmity, no rashness,
132 no unrighteousness, yet it is salutary for us to learn to hold
133 cheap such things, be they good or evil, as attach indifferently
134 to good men and bad, and to covet those good things
135 which belong only to good men, and flee those evils which
136 belong only to evil men. But when we shall have come to
137 that judgment, the date of which is called peculiarly the day
138 of judgment, and sometimes the day of the Lord, we shall
139 then recognise the justice of all God's judgments, not only of
140 such as shall then be pronounced, but of all which take effect
141 from the beginning, or may take effect before that time. And
142 in that day we shall also recognise with what justice so many,
143 or almost all, the just judgments of God in the present life
144 defy the scrutiny of human sense or insight, though in this
145 matter it is not concealed from pious minds that what is concealed
146 is just.
147 3. *What Solomon, in the book of Ecclesiastes, says regarding the things which
148 happen alike to good and wicked men.*
149 Solomon, the wisest king of Israel, who reigned in Jerusalem,
150 thus commences the book called Ecclesiastes, which
151 the Jews number among their canonical Scriptures: "Vanity
152 of vanities, said Ecclesiastes, vanity of vanities; all is vanity.
153 What profit hath a man of all his labour which he hath
154 taken under the sun?"[677] And after going on to enumerate,
155 with this as his text, the calamities and delusions of this
156 life, and the shifting nature of the present time, in which
157 there is nothing substantial, nothing lasting, he bewails,
158 among the other vanities that are under the sun, this also,
159 that though wisdom excelleth folly as light excelleth darkness,
160 and though the eyes of the wise man are in his head, while
161 the fool walketh in darkness,[678] yet one event happeneth to
162 them all, that is to say, in this life under the sun, unquestionably
163 alluding to those evils which we see befall good and
164 bad men alike. He says, further, that the good suffer the ills
165 of life as if they were evil-doers, and the bad enjoy the good
166 of life as if they were good. "There is a vanity which is
167 done upon the earth; that there be just men unto whom it
168 happeneth according to the work of the wicked: again, there
169 be wicked men, to whom it happeneth according to the work
170 of the righteous. I said, that this also is vanity."[679] This
171 wisest man devoted this whole book to a full exposure of this
172 vanity, evidently with no other object than that we might
173 long for that life in which there is no vanity under the sun,
174 but verity under Him who made the sun. In this vanity,
175 then, was it not by the just and righteous judgment of God
176 that man, made like to vanity, was destined to pass away?
177 But in these days of vanity it makes an important difference
178 whether he resists or yields to the truth, and whether he is destitute
179 of true piety or a partaker of it,—important not so far as
180 regards the acquirement of the blessings or the evasion of the
181 calamities of this transitory and vain life, but in connection
182 with the future judgment which shall make over to good men
183 good things, and to bad men bad things, in permanent, inalienable
184 possession. In fine, this wise man concludes this
185 book of his by saying, "Fear God, and keep His commandments:
186 for this is every man. For God shall bring every
187 work into judgment, with every despised person, whether it
188 be good, or whether it be evil."[680] What truer, terser, more
189 salutary enouncement could be made? "Fear God," he says,
190 "and keep His commandments: for this is every man." For
191 whosoever has real existence, is this, is a keeper of God's
192 commandments; and he who is not this, is nothing. For so
193 long as he remains in the likeness of vanity, he is not renewed
194 in the image of the truth. "For God shall bring into judgment
195 every work,"—that is, whatever man does in this life,—"whether
196 it be good or whether it be evil, with every
197 despised person,"—that is, with every man who here seems
198 despicable, and is therefore not considered; for God sees
199 even him, and does not despise him nor pass him over in His
200 judgment.
201 4. *That proofs of the last judgment will be adduced, first from the New
202 Testament, and then from the Old.*
203 The proofs, then, of this last judgment of God which I propose
204 to adduce shall be drawn first from the New Testament,
205 and then from the Old. For although the Old Testament is
206 prior in point of time, the New has the precedence in intrinsic
207 value; for the Old acts the part of herald to the New. We
208 shall therefore first cite passages from the New Testament,
209 and confirm them by quotations from the Old Testament.
210 The Old contains the law and the prophets, the New the gospel
211 and the apostolic epistles. Now the apostle says, "By the
212 law is the knowledge of sin. But now the righteousness of
213 God without the law is manifested, being witnessed by the
214 law and the prophets; now the righteousness of God is by
215 faith of Jesus Christ upon all them that believe."[681] This
216 righteousness of God belongs to the New Testament, and
217 evidence for it exists in the old books, that is to say, in
218 the law and the prophets. I shall first, then, state the case,
219 and then call the witnesses. This order Jesus Christ Himself
220 directs us to observe, saying, "The scribe instructed in the
221 kingdom of God is like a good householder, bringing out of
222 his treasure things new and old."[682] He did not say "old and
223 new," which He certainly would have said had He not wished
224 to follow the order of merit rather than that of time.
225 5. *The passages in which the Saviour declares that there shall be a divine judgment
226 in the end of the world.*
227 The Saviour Himself, while reproving the cities in which
228 He had done great works, but which had not believed, and
229 while setting them in unfavourable comparison with foreign
230 cities, says, "But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable
231 for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you."[683]
232 And a little after He says, "Verily, I say unto you, It shall
233 be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment
234 than for thee."[684] Here He most plainly predicts that a
235 day of judgment is to come. And in another place He says,
236 "The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this generation,
237 and shall condemn it: because they repented at the
238 preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is here.
239 The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with
240 this generation, and shall condemn it: for she came from the
241 uttermost parts of the earth to hear the words of Solomon;
242 and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here."[685] Two things
243 we learn from this passage, that a judgment is to take place,
244 and that it is to take place at the resurrection of the dead.
245 For when He spoke of the Ninevites and the queen of the
246 south, He certainly spoke of dead persons, and yet He said
247 that they should rise up in the day of judgment. He did not
248 say, "They shall condemn," as if they themselves were to be
249 the judges, but because, in comparison with them, the others
250 shall be justly condemned.
251 Again, in another passage, in which He was speaking of the
252 present intermingling and future separation of the good and
253 bad,—the separation which shall be made in the day of judgment,—He
254 adduced a comparison drawn from the sown wheat
255 and the tares sown among them, and gave this explanation of
256 it to His disciples: "He that soweth the good seed is the Son
257 of man,"[686] etc. Here, indeed, He did not name the judgment
258 or the day of judgment, but indicated it much more clearly by
259 describing the circumstances, and foretold that it should take
260 place in the end of the world.
261 In like manner He says to His disciples, "Verily I say
262 unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration,
263 when the Son of man shall sit on the throne of His glory, ye
264 also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes
265 of Israel."[687] Here we learn that Jesus shall judge with His
266 disciples. And therefore He said elsewhere to the Jews,
267 "If I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom do your sons
268 cast them out? Therefore they shall be your judges."[688]
269 Neither ought we to suppose that only twelve men shall judge
270 along with Him, though He says that they shall sit upon
271 twelve thrones, for by the number twelve is signified the
272 completeness of the multitude of those who shall judge. For
273 the two parts of the number seven (which commonly symbolizes
274 totality), that is to say, four and three, multiplied into one
275 another, give twelve. For four times three, or three times
276 four, are twelve. There are other meanings, too, in this
277 number twelve. Were not this the right interpretation of
278 the twelve thrones, then since we read that Matthias was
279 ordained an apostle in the room of Judas the traitor, the
280 Apostle Paul, though he laboured more than them all,[689] should
281 have no throne of judgment; but he unmistakeably considers
282 himself to be included in the number of the judges when he
283 says, "Know ye not that we shall judge angels?"[690] The same
284 rule is to be observed in applying the number twelve to those
285 who are to be judged. For though it was said, "judging the
286 twelve tribes of Israel," the tribe of Levi, which is the
287 thirteenth, shall not on this account be exempt from judgment,
288 neither shall judgment be passed only on Israel and
289 not on the other nations. And by the words "in the regeneration"
290 He certainly meant the resurrection of the dead
291 to be understood; for our flesh shall be regenerated by incorruption,
292 as our soul is regenerated by faith.
293 Many passages I omit, because, though they seem to refer
294 to the last judgment, yet on a closer examination they are
295 found to be ambiguous, or to allude rather to some other
296 event,—whether to that coming of the Saviour which continually
297 occurs in His Church, that is, in His members, in
298 which He comes little by little, and piece by piece, since the
299 whole Church is His body, or to the destruction of the
300 earthly Jerusalem. For when He speaks even of this, He often
301 uses language which is applicable to the end of the world and
302 that last and great day of judgment, so that these two events
303 cannot be distinguished unless all the corresponding passages
304 bearing on the subject in the three evangelists, Matthew,
305 Mark, and Luke, are compared with one another,—for some
306 things are put more obscurely by one evangelist and more
307 plainly by another,—so that it becomes apparent what things
308 are meant to be referred to one event. It is this which I
309 have been at pains to do in a letter which I wrote to Hesychius
310 of blessed memory, bishop of Salon, and entitled, "Of
311 the End of the World."[691]
312 I shall now cite from the Gospel according to Matthew the
313 passage which speaks of the separation of the good from the
314 wicked by the most efficacious and final judgment of Christ:
315 "When the Son of man," he says, "shall come in His glory, ...
316 then shall He say also unto them on His left hand, Depart
317 from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil
318 and his angels."[692] Then He in like manner recounts to the
319 wicked the things they had not done, but which He had said
320 those on the right hand had done. And when they ask when
321 they had seen Him in need of these things, He replies that,
322 inasmuch as they had not done it to the least of His brethren,
323 they had not done it unto Him, and concludes His address in
324 the words, "And these shall go away into everlasting punishment,
325 but the righteous into life eternal." Moreover, the evangelist
326 John most distinctly states that He had predicted that the
327 judgment should be at the resurrection of the dead. For after
328 saying, "The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all
329 judgment unto the Son; that all men should honour the Son,
330 even as they honour the Father: he that honoureth not the
331 Son, honoureth not the Father which hath sent Him;" He immediately
332 adds, "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth
333 my word and believeth on Him that sent me, hath everlasting
334 life, and shall not come into judgment; but is passed from death
335 to life."[693] Here He said that believers on Him should not
336 come into judgment. How, then, shall they be separated from
337 the wicked by judgment, and be set at His right hand, unless
338 judgment be in this passage used for condemnation? For into
339 judgment, in this sense, they shall not come who hear His
340 word, and believe on Him that sent Him.
341 6. *What is the first resurrection, and what the second.*
342 After that He adds the words, "Verily, verily, I say unto
343 you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall
344 hear the voice of the Son of God; and they that hear shall
345 live. For as the Father hath life in Himself; so hath He
346 given to the Son to have life in Himself."[694] As yet He does
347 not speak of the second resurrection, that is, the resurrection
348 of the body, which shall be in the end, but of the first, which
349 now is. It is for the sake of making this distinction that He
350 says, "The hour is coming, and now is." Now this resurrection
351 regards not the body, but the soul. For souls, too, have a
352 death of their own in wickedness and sins, whereby they are
353 the dead of whom the same lips say, "Suffer the dead to bury
354 their dead,"[695]—that is, let those who are dead in soul bury them
355 that are dead in body. It is of these dead, then—the dead
356 in ungodliness and wickedness—that He says, "The hour is
357 coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the
358 Son of God; and they that hear shall live." "They that hear,"
359 that is, they who obey, believe, and persevere to the end.
360 Here no difference is made between the good and the bad.
361 For it is good for all men to hear His voice and live, by
362 passing to the life of godliness from the death of ungodliness.
363 Of this death the Apostle Paul says, "Therefore all are dead,
364 and He died for all, that they which live should not henceforth
365 live unto themselves, but unto Him which died for them and
366 rose again."[696] Thus all, without one exception, were dead in
367 sins, whether original or voluntary sins, sins of ignorance, or
368 sins committed against knowledge; and for all the dead there
369 died the one only person who lived, that is, who had no sin
370 whatever, in order that they who live by the remission of
371 their sins should live, not to themselves, but to Him who
372 died for all, for our sins, and rose again for our justification,
373 that we, believing in Him who justifies the ungodly, and
374 being justified from ungodliness or quickened from death,
375 may be able to attain to the first resurrection which now is.
376 For in this first resurrection none have a part save those who
377 shall be eternally blessed; but in the second, of which He
378 goes on to speak, all, as we shall learn, have a part, both the
379 blessed and the wretched. The one is the resurrection of
380 mercy, the other of judgment. And therefore it is written in
381 the psalm, "I will sing of mercy and of judgment: unto Thee,
382 O Lord, will I sing."[697]
383 And of this judgment He went on to say, "And hath given
384 Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the
385 Son of man." Here He shows that He will come to judge in
386 that flesh in which He had come to be judged. For it is to
387 show this He says, "because He is the Son of man." And
388 then follow the words for our purpose: "Marvel not at this:
389 for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves
390 shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have
391 done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have
392 done evil, unto the resurrection of judgment."[698] This judgment
393 He uses here in the same sense as a little before, when
394 He says, "He that heareth my word, and believeth on Him
395 that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into
396 *judgment*, but is passed from death to life;" *i.e.*, by having a
397 part in the first resurrection, by which a transition from death
398 to life is made in this present time, he shall not come into
399 damnation, which He mentions by the name of judgment, as
400 also in the place where He says, "but they that have done evil
401 unto the resurrection of judgment," *i.e.* of damnation. He,
402 therefore, who would not be damned in the second resurrection,
403 let him rise in the first. For "the hour is coming, and now
404 is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and
405 they that hear shall live," *i.e.* shall not come into damnation,
406 which is called the second death; into which death, after the
407 second or bodily resurrection, they shall be hurled who do not
408 rise in the first or spiritual resurrection. For "the hour is
409 coming" (but here He does not say, "and now is," because it
410 shall come in the end of the world in the last and greatest
411 judgment of God) "when all that are in the graves shall hear
412 His voice and shall come forth." He does not say, as in the
413 first resurrection, "And they that hear shall live." For all
414 shall not live, at least with such life as ought alone to be
415 called life because it alone is blessed. For some kind of life
416 they must have in order to hear, and come forth from the
417 graves in their rising bodies. And why all shall not live He
418 teaches in the words that follow: "They that have done good,
419 to the resurrection of life,"—these are they who shall live;
420 "but they that have done evil, to the resurrection of judgment,"—these
421 are they who shall not live, for they shall die
422 in the second death. They have done evil because their life
423 has been evil; and their life has been evil because it has not
424 been renewed in the first or spiritual resurrection which now
425 is, or because they have not persevered to the end in their
426 renewed life. As, then, there are two regenerations, of which
427 I have already made mention,—the one according to faith, and
428 which takes place in the present life by means of baptism;
429 the other according to the flesh, and which shall be accomplished
430 in its incorruption and immortality by means of the
431 great and final judgment,—so are there also two resurrections,—the
432 one the first and spiritual resurrection, which has place in
433 this life, and preserves us from coming into the second death;
434 the other the second, which does not occur now, but in the
435 end of the world, and which is of the body, not of the soul,
436 and which by the last judgment shall dismiss some into the
437 second death, others into that life which has no death.
438 >
439 >
440 >
441 7. *What is written in the Revelation of John regarding the two resurrections,
442 > and the thousand years, and what may reasonably be held on these points.*
443 The evangelist John has spoken of these two resurrections
444 in the book which is called the Apocalypse, but in such a
445 way that some Christians do not understand the first of the
446 two, and so construe the passage into ridiculous fancies. For
447 the Apostle John says in the foresaid book, "And I saw an
448 angel come down from heaven.... Blessed and holy is he
449 that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second
450 death hath no power; but they shall be priests of God and of
451 Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years."[699] Those
452 who, on the strength of this passage, have suspected that the
453 first resurrection is future and bodily, have been moved, among
454 other things, specially by the number of a thousand years, as
455 if it were a fit thing that the saints should thus enjoy a kind
456 of Sabbath-rest during that period, a holy leisure after the
457 labours of the six thousand years since man was created, and
458 was on account of his great sin dismissed from the blessedness
459 of paradise into the woes of this mortal life, so that thus, as it
460 is written, "One day is with the Lord as a thousand years,
461 and a thousand years as one day,"[700] there should follow on
462 the completion of six thousand years, as of six days, a kind of
463 seventh-day Sabbath in the succeeding thousand years; and
464 that it is for this purpose the saints rise, viz. to celebrate
465 this Sabbath. And this opinion would not be objectionable,
466 if it were believed that the joys of the saints in that Sabbath
467 shall be spiritual, and consequent on the presence of God;
468 for I myself, too, once held this opinion.[701] But, as they assert
469 that those who then rise again shall enjoy the leisure of immoderate
470 carnal banquets, furnished with an amount of meat
471 and drink such as not only to shock the feeling of the temperate,
472 but even to surpass the measure of credulity itself,
473 such assertions can be believed only by the carnal. They who
474 do believe them are called by the spiritual Chiliasts, which
475 we may literally reproduce by the name Millenarians.[702] It
476 were a tedious process to refute these opinions point by point:
477 we prefer proceeding to show how that passage of Scripture
478 should be understood.
479 The Lord Jesus Christ Himself says, "No man can enter
480 into a strong man's house, and spoil his goods, except he first
481 bind the strong man,"[703]—meaning by the strong man the devil,
482 because he had power to take captive the human race; and
483 meaning by his goods which he was to take, those who had
484 been held by the devil in divers sins and iniquities, but were
485 to become believers in Himself. It was then for the binding
486 of this strong one that the apostle saw in the Apocalypse "an
487 angel coming down from heaven, having the key of the abyss,
488 and a chain in his hand. And he laid hold," he says, "on the
489 dragon, that old serpent, which is called the devil and Satan,
490 and bound him a thousand years,"—that is, bridled and restrained
491 his power so that he could not seduce and gain possession
492 of those who were to be freed. Now the thousand
493 years may be understood in two ways, so far as occurs to me:
494 either because these things happen in the sixth thousand of
495 years or sixth millennium (the latter part of which is now passing),
496 as if during the sixth day, which is to be followed by a
497 Sabbath which has no evening, the endless rest of the saints,
498 so that, speaking of a part under the name of the whole, he
499 calls the last part of the millennium—the part, that is, which
500 had yet to expire before the end of the world—a thousand
501 years; or he used the thousand years as an equivalent for the
502 whole duration of this world, employing the number of perfection
503 to mark the fulness of time. For a thousand is the
504 cube of ten. For ten times ten makes a hundred, that is, the
505 square on a plane superficies. But to give this superficies
506 height, and make it a cube, the hundred is again multiplied
507 by ten, which gives a thousand. Besides, if a hundred is
508 sometimes used for totality, as when the Lord said by way of
509 promise to him that left all and followed Him, "He shall receive
510 in this world an hundredfold;"[704] of which the apostle gives,
511 as it were, an explanation when he says, "As having nothing,
512 yet possessing all things,"[705]—for even of old it had been said,
513 The whole world is the wealth of a believer,—with how much
514 greater reason is a thousand put for totality since it is the
515 cube, while the other is only the square? And for the same
516 reason we cannot better interpret the words of the psalm,
517 "He hath been mindful of His covenant for ever, the word
518 which He commanded to a thousand generations,"[706] than by
519 understanding it to mean "to all generations."
520 "And he cast him into the abyss,"—*i.e.* cast the devil
521 into the abyss. By the *abyss* is meant the countless multitude
522 of the wicked whose hearts are unfathomably deep in
523 malignity against the Church of God; not that the devil was
524 not there before, but he is said to be cast in thither, because,
525 when prevented from harming believers, he takes more complete
526 possession of the ungodly. For that man is more abundantly
527 possessed by the devil who is not only alienated from
528 God, but also gratuitously hates those who serve God. "And
529 shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive
530 the nations no more till the thousand years should be fulfilled."
531 "Shut him up,"—*i.e.* prohibited him from going out, from doing
532 what was forbidden. And the addition of "set a seal upon
533 him" seems to me to mean that it was designed to keep it a
534 secret who belonged to the devil's party and who did not.
535 For in this world this is a secret, for we cannot tell whether
536 even the man who seems to stand shall fall, or whether he
537 who seems to lie shall rise again. But by the chain and
538 prisonhouse of this interdict the devil is prohibited and restrained
539 from seducing those nations which belong to Christ,
540 but which he formerly seduced or held in subjection. For
541 before the foundation of the world God chose to rescue these
542 from the power of darkness, and to translate them into the
543 kingdom of the Son of His love, as the apostle says.[707] For
544 what Christian is not aware that he seduces nations even now,
545 and draws them with himself to eternal punishment, but not
546 those predestined to eternal life? And let no one be dismayed
547 by the circumstance that the devil often seduces even those
548 who have been regenerated in Christ, and begun to walk in
549 God's way. For "the Lord knoweth them that are His,"[708] and
550 of these the devil seduces none to eternal damnation. For
551 it is as God, from whom nothing is hid even of things future,
552 that the Lord knows them; not as a man, who sees a man at
553 the present time (if he can be said to see one whose heart he
554 does not see), but does not see even himself so far as to be
555 able to know what kind of person he is to be. The devil,
556 then, is bound and shut up in the abyss that he may not
557 seduce the nations from which the Church is gathered, and
558 which he formerly seduced before the Church existed. For
559 it is not said "that he should not seduce any man," but "that
560 he should not seduce the nations"—meaning, no doubt, those
561 among which the Church exists—"till the thousand years
562 should be fulfilled,"—*i.e.* either what remains of the sixth day
563 which consists of a thousand years, or all the years which are
564 to elapse till the end of the world.
565 The words, "that he should not seduce the nations till the
566 thousand years should be fulfilled," are not to be understood
567 as indicating that afterwards he is to seduce only those nations
568 from which the predestined Church is composed, and from
569 seducing whom he is restrained by that chain and imprisonment;
570 but they are used in conformity with that usage frequently
571 employed in Scripture and exemplified in the psalm,
572 "So our eyes wait upon the Lord our God, until He have
573 mercy upon us,"[709]—not as if the eyes of His servants would no
574 longer wait upon the Lord their God when He had mercy upon
575 them. Or the order of the words is unquestionably this, "And
576 he shut him up and set a seal upon him, till the thousand
577 years should be fulfilled;" and the interposed clause, "that he
578 should seduce the nations no more," is not to be understood
579 in the connection in which it stands, but separately, and as if
580 added afterwards, so that the whole sentence might be read,
581 "And He shut him up and set a seal upon him till the
582 thousand years should be fulfilled, that he should seduce the
583 nations no more,"—*i.e.* he is shut up till the thousand years
584 be fulfilled, on this account, that he may no more deceive the
585 nations.
586 8. *Of the binding and loosing of the devil.*
587 "After that," says John, "he must be loosed a little season."
588 If the binding and shutting up of the devil means his being
589 made unable to seduce the Church, must his loosing be the
590 recovery of this ability? By no means. For the Church predestined
591 and elected before the foundation of the world, the
592 Church of which it is said, "The Lord knoweth them that are
593 His," shall never be seduced by him. And yet there shall be
594 a Church in this world even when the devil shall be loosed,
595 as there has been since the beginning, and shall be always,
596 the places of the dying being filled by new believers. For a
597 little after John says that the devil, being loosed, shall draw
598 the nations whom he has seduced in the whole world to make
599 war against the Church, and that the number of these enemies
600 shall be as the sand of the sea. "And they went up on the
601 breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints
602 about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God
603 out of heaven and devoured them. And the devil who seduced
604 them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the
605 beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and
606 night for ever and ever."[710] This relates to the last judgment,
607 but I have thought fit to mention it now, lest any one might
608 suppose that in that short time during which the devil shall
609 be loose there shall be no Church upon earth, whether because
610 the devil finds no Church, or destroys it by manifold persecutions.
611 The devil, then, is not bound during the whole time
612 which this book embraces,—that is, from the first coming of
613 Christ to the end of the world, when He shall come the second
614 time,—not bound in this sense, that during this interval, which
615 goes by the name of a thousand years, he shall not seduce the
616 Church, for not even when loosed shall he seduce it. For certainly
617 if his being bound means that he is not able or not permitted
618 to seduce the Church, what can the loosing of him
619 mean but his being able or permitted to do so? But God
620 forbid that such should be the case! But the binding of the
621 devil is his being prevented from the exercise of his whole
622 power to seduce men, either by violently forcing or fraudulently
623 deceiving them into taking part with him. If he were
624 during so long a period permitted to assail the weakness of
625 men, very many persons, such as God would not wish to expose
626 to such temptation, would have their faith overthrown, or
627 would be prevented from believing; and that this might not
628 happen, he is bound.
629 But when the short time comes he shall be loosed. For he
630 shall rage with the whole force of himself and his angels for
631 three years and six months; and those with whom he makes war
632 shall have power to withstand all his violence and stratagems.
633 And if he were never loosed, his malicious power would be less
634 patent, and less proof would be given of the stedfast fortitude of
635 the holy city: it would, in short, be less manifest what good
636 use the Almighty makes of his great evil. For the Almighty
637 does not absolutely seclude the saints from his temptation, but
638 shelters only their inner man, where faith resides, that by outward
639 temptation they may grow in grace. And He binds him
640 that he may not, in the free and eager exercise of his malice,
641 hinder or destroy the faith of those countless weak persons,
642 already believing or yet to believe, from whom the Church
643 must be increased and completed; and he will in the end
644 loose him, that the city of God may see how mighty an adversary
645 it has conquered, to the great glory of its Redeemer,
646 Helper, Deliverer. And what are we in comparison with those
647 believers and saints who shall then exist, seeing that they
648 shall be tested by the loosing of an enemy with whom we
649 make war at the greatest peril even when he is bound?
650 Although it is also certain that even in this intervening period
651 there have been and are some soldiers of Christ so wise and
652 strong, that if they were to be alive in this mortal condition
653 at the time of his loosing, they would both most wisely
654 guard against, and most patiently endure, all his snares and
655 assaults.
656 Now the devil was thus bound not only when the Church
657 began to be more and more widely extended among the nations
658 beyond Judea, but is now and shall be bound till the end of
659 the world, when he is to be loosed. Because even now men
660 are, and doubtless to the end of the world shall be, converted
661 to the faith from the unbelief in which he held them.
662 And this strong one is bound in each instance in which he is
663 spoiled of one of his goods; and the abyss in which he is shut
664 up is not at an end when those die who were alive when first
665 he was shut up in it, but these have been succeeded, and shall
666 to the end of the world be succeeded, by others born after
667 them with a like hate of the Christians, and in the depth of
668 whose blind hearts he is continually shut up as in an abyss.
669 But it is a question whether, during these three years and six
670 months when he shall be loose, and raging with all his force,
671 any one who has not previously believed shall attach himself
672 to the faith. For how in that case would the words hold
673 good, "Who entereth into the house of a strong one to spoil
674 his goods, unless first he shall have bound the strong one?"
675 Consequently this verse seems to compel us to believe that
676 during that time, short as it is, no one will be added to the
677 Christian community, but that the devil will make war with
678 those who have previously become Christians, and that, though
679 some of these may be conquered and desert to the devil, these
680 do not belong to the predestinated number of the sons of
681 God: For it is not without reason that John, the same
682 apostle as wrote this Apocalypse, says in his epistle regarding
683 certain persons, "They went out from us, but they were not
684 of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have
685 remained with us."[711] But what shall become of the little
686 ones? For it is beyond all belief that in these days there shall
687 not be found some Christian children born, but not yet baptized,
688 and that there shall not also be some born during that very
689 period; and if there be such, we cannot believe that their
690 parents shall not find some way of bringing them to the laver
691 of regeneration. But if this shall be the case, how shall these
692 goods be snatched from the devil when he is loose, since into
693 his house no man enters to spoil his goods unless he has first
694 bound him? On the contrary, we are rather to believe that
695 in these days there shall be no lack either of those who fall
696 away from, or of those who attach themselves to the Church;
697 but there shall be such resoluteness, both in parents to seek
698 baptism for their little ones, and in those who shall then first
699 believe, that they shall conquer that strong one, even though
700 unbound,—that is, shall both vigilantly comprehend, and
701 patiently bear up against him, though employing such wiles
702 and putting forth such force as he never before used; and
703 thus they shall be snatched from him even though unbound.
704 And yet the verse of the Gospel will not be untrue, "Who
705 entereth into the house of the strong one to spoil his goods,
706 unless he shall first have bound the strong one?" For in
707 accordance with this true saying that order is observed—the
708 strong one first bound, and then his goods spoiled; for the
709 Church is so increased by the weak and strong from all
710 nations far and near, that by its most robust faith in things
711 divinely predicted and accomplished, it shall be able to spoil
712 the goods of even the unbound devil. For as we must own
713 that, "when iniquity abounds, the love of many waxes cold,"[712]
714 and that those who have not been written in the book of life
715 shall in large numbers yield to the severe and unprecedented
716 persecutions and stratagems of the devil now loosed, so we
717 cannot but think that not only those whom that time shall
718 find sound in the faith, but also some who till then shall be
719 without, shall become firm in the faith they have hitherto
720 rejected, and mighty to conquer the devil even though unbound,
721 God's grace aiding them to understand the Scriptures,
722 in which, among other things, there is foretold that very end
723 which they themselves see to be arriving. And if this shall
724 be so, his binding is to be spoken of as preceding, that there
725 might follow a spoiling of him both bound and loosed; for it
726 is of this it is said, "Who shall enter into the house of the
727 strong one to spoil his goods, unless he shall first have bound
728 the strong one?"
729 9. *What the reign of the saints with Christ for a thousand years is, and how it
730 differs from the eternal kingdom.*
731 But while the devil is bound, the saints reign with Christ
732 during the same thousand years, understood in the same way,
733 that is, of the time of His first coming.[713] For, leaving out of
734 account that kingdom concerning which He shall say in the
735 end, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, take possession of the
736 kingdom prepared for you,"[714] the Church could not now be
737 called His kingdom or the kingdom of heaven unless His
738 saints were even now reigning with Him, though in another
739 and far different way; for to His saints He says, "Lo, I am
740 with you always, even to the end of the world."[715] Certainly
741 it is in this present time that the scribe well instructed in the
742 kingdom of God, and of whom we have already spoken, brings
743 forth from his treasure things new and old. And from the
744 Church those reapers shall gather out the tares which He
745 suffered to grow with the wheat till the harvest, as He explains
746 in the words, "The harvest is the end of the world; and
747 the reapers are the angels. As therefore the tares are gathered
748 together and burned with fire, so shall it be in the end of the
749 world. The Son of man shall send His angels, and they shall
750 gather out of His kingdom all offences."[716] Can He mean out
751 of that kingdom in which are no offences? Then it must be
752 out of His present kingdom, the Church, that they are gathered.
753 So He says, "He that breaketh one of the least of these commandments,
754 and teacheth men so, shall be called least in the
755 kingdom of heaven: but he that doeth and teacheth thus
756 shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven."[717] He speaks
757 of both as being in the kingdom of heaven, both the man who
758 does not perform the commandments which He teaches,—for
759 "to break" means not to keep, not to perform,—and the man
760 who does and teaches as He did; but the one He calls least,
761 the other great. And He immediately adds, "For I say unto
762 you, that except your righteousness exceed that of the scribes
763 and Pharisees,"—that is, the righteousness of those who break
764 what they teach; for of the scribes and Pharisees He elsewhere
765 says, "For they say and do not;"[718]—unless, therefore,
766 your righteousness exceed theirs, that is, so that you do not
767 break but rather do what you teach, "ye shall not enter the
768 kingdom of heaven."[719] We must understand in one sense the
769 kingdom of heaven in which exist together both he who breaks
770 what he teaches and he who does it, the one being least, the
771 other great, and in another sense the kingdom of heaven into
772 which only he who does what he teaches shall enter. Consequently,
773 where both classes exist, it is the Church as it now
774 is, but where only the one shall exist, it is the Church as it
775 is destined to be when no wicked person shall be in her.
776 Therefore the Church even now is the kingdom of Christ, and
777 the kingdom of heaven. Accordingly, even now His saints
778 reign with Him, though otherwise than as they shall reign
779 hereafter; and yet, though the tares grow in the Church
780 along with the wheat, they do not reign with Him. For they
781 reign with Him who do what the apostle says, "If ye be risen
782 with Christ, mind the things which are above, where Christ
783 sitteth at the right hand of God. Seek those things which
784 are above, not the things which are on the earth."[720] Of such
785 persons he also says that their conversation is in heaven.[721]
786 In fine, they reign with Him who are so in His kingdom that
787 they themselves are His kingdom. But in what sense are
788 those the kingdom of Christ who, to say no more, though
789 they are in it until all offences are gathered out of it at the
790 end of the world, yet seek their own things in it, and not the
791 things that are Christ's?[722]
792 It is then of this kingdom militant, in which conflict with
793 the enemy is still maintained, and war carried on with warring
794 lusts, or government laid upon them as they yield, until
795 we come to that most peaceful kingdom in which we shall
796 reign without an enemy, and it is of this first resurrection in
797 the present life, that the Apocalypse speaks in the words just
798 quoted. For, after saying that the devil is bound a thousand
799 years and is afterwards loosed for a short season, it goes on
800 to give a sketch of what the Church does or of what is done
801 in the Church in those days, in the words, "And I saw seats
802 and them that sat upon them, and judgment was given." It
803 is not to be supposed that this refers to the last judgment, but
804 to the seats of the rulers and to the rulers themselves by whom
805 the Church is now governed. And no better interpretation of
806 judgment being given can be produced than that which we
807 have in the words, "What ye bind on earth shall be bound
808 in heaven; and what ye loose on earth shall be loosed in
809 heaven."[723] Whence the apostle says, "What have I to do
810 with judging them that are without? do not ye judge them
811 that are within?"[724] "And the souls," says John, "of those
812 who were slain for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of
813 God,"—understanding what he afterwards says, "reigned with
814 Christ a thousand years,"[725]—that is, the souls of the martyrs
815 not yet restored to their bodies. For the souls of the pious
816 dead are not separated from the Church, which even now is
817 the kingdom of Christ; otherwise there would be no remembrance
818 made of them at the altar of God in the partaking
819 of the body of Christ, nor would it do any good in danger
820 to run to His baptism, that we might not pass from this life
821 without it; nor to reconciliation, if by penitence or a bad
822 conscience any one may be severed from His body. For why
823 are these things practised, if not because the faithful, even
824 though dead, are His members? Therefore, while these thousand
825 years run on, their souls reign with Him, though not as yet in
826 conjunction with their bodies. And therefore in another part
827 of this same book we read, "Blessed are the dead who die in
828 the Lord from henceforth: and now, saith the Spirit, that they
829 may rest from their labours; for their works do follow them."[726]
830 The Church, then, begins its reign with Christ now in the
831 living and in the dead. For, as the apostle says, "Christ died
832 that He might be Lord both of the living and of the dead."[727]
833 But he mentioned the souls of the martyrs only, because they
834 who have contended even to death for the truth, themselves
835 principally reign after death; but, taking the part for the
836 whole, we understand the words of all others who belong to
837 the Church, which is the kingdom of Christ.
838 As to the words following, "And if any have not worshipped
839 the beast nor his image, nor have received his inscription
840 on their forehead, or on their hand," we must take
841 them of both the living and the dead. And what this beast is,
842 though it requires a more careful investigation, yet it is not
843 inconsistent with the true faith to understand it of the ungodly
844 city itself, and the community of unbelievers set in
845 opposition to the faithful people and the city of God. "His
846 image" seems to me to mean his simulation, to wit, in those
847 men who profess to believe, but live as unbelievers. For they
848 pretend to be what they are not, and are called Christians,
849 not from a true likeness, but from a deceitful image. For to
850 this beast belong not only the avowed enemies of the name
851 of Christ and His most glorious city, but also the tares which
852 are to be gathered out of His kingdom, the Church, in the end
853 of the world. And who are they who do not worship the
854 beast and his image, if not those who do what the apostle
855 says, "Be not yoked with unbelievers?"[728] For such do not
856 worship, *i.e.* do not consent, are not subjected; neither do
857 they receive the inscription, the brand of crime, on their forehead
858 by their profession, on their hand by their practice.
859 They, then, who are free from these pollutions, whether they
860 still live in this mortal flesh, or are dead, reign with Christ
861 even now, through this whole interval which is indicated by
862 the thousand years, in a fashion suited to this time.
863 "The rest of them," he says, "did not live." For now is
864 the hour when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of
865 God, and they that hear shall live; and the rest of them
866 shall not live. The words added, "until the thousand years
867 are finished," mean that they did not live in the time in which
868 they ought to have lived by passing from death to life. And
869 therefore, when the day of the bodily resurrection arrives, they
870 shall come out of their graves, not to life, but to judgment,
871 namely, to damnation, which is called the second death. For
872 whosoever has not lived until the thousand years be finished,
873 *i.e.* during this whole time in which the first resurrection is
874 going on,—whosoever has not heard the voice of the Son of
875 God, and passed from death to life,—that man shall certainly in
876 the second resurrection, the resurrection of the flesh, pass with
877 his flesh into the second death. For he goes on to say, "This
878 is the first resurrection. Blessed and holy is he that hath
879 part in the first resurrection," or who experiences it. Now
880 he experiences it who not only revives from the death of sin,
881 but continues in this renewed life. "In these the second
882 death hath no power." Therefore it has power in the rest, of
883 whom he said above, "The rest of them did not live until the
884 thousand years were finished;" for in this whole intervening
885 time, called a thousand years, however lustily they lived in
886 the body, they were not quickened to life out of that death in
887 which their wickedness held them, so that by this revived
888 life they should become partakers of the first resurrection, and
889 so the second death should have no power over them.
890 10. *What is to be replied to those who think that resurrection pertains only to
891 bodies and not to souls.*
892 There are some who suppose that resurrection can be predicated
893 only of the body, and therefore they contend that this
894 first resurrection (of the Apocalypse) is a bodily resurrection.
895 For, say they, "to rise again" can only be said of things that
896 fall. Now, bodies fall in death.[729] There cannot, therefore, be
897 a resurrection of souls, but of bodies. But what do they say
898 to the apostle who speaks of a resurrection of souls? For
899 certainly it was in the inner and not the outer man that those
900 had risen again to whom he says, "If ye have risen with
901 Christ, mind the things that are above."[730] The same sense he
902 elsewhere conveyed in other words, saying, "That as Christ
903 has risen from the dead by the glory of the Father, so we also
904 may walk in newness of life."[731] So, too, "Awake thou that
905 sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall give thee
906 light."[732] As to what they say about nothing being able to
907 rise again but what falls, whence they conclude that resurrection
908 pertains to bodies only, and not to souls, because
909 bodies fall, why do they make nothing of the words, "Ye that
910 fear the Lord, wait for His mercy; and go not aside lest
911 ye fall;"[733] and "To his own Master he stands or falls;"[734]
912 and "He that thinketh he standeth, let him take heed lest
913 he fall?"[735] For I fancy this fall that we are to take heed
914 against is a fall of the soul, not of the body. If, then, rising
915 again belongs to things that fall, and souls fall, it must be
916 owned that souls also rise again. To the words, "In them
917 the second death hath no power," are added the words, "but
918 they shall be priests of God and Christ, and shall reign with
919 Him a thousand years;" and this refers not to the bishops
920 alone, and presbyters, who are now specially called priests in
921 the Church; but as we call all believers Christians on account
922 of the mystical chrism, so we call all priests because they are
923 members of the one Priest. Of them the Apostle Peter says,
924 "A holy people, a royal priesthood."[736] Certainly he implied,
925 though in a passing and incidental way, that Christ is God,
926 saying priests of God and Christ, that is, of the Father and
927 the Son, though it was in His servant-form and as Son of man
928 that Christ was made a Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
929 But this we have already explained more than
930 once.
931 11. *Of Gog and Magog, who are to be roused by the devil to persecute the
932 Church, when he is loosed in the end of the world.*
933 "And when the thousand years are finished, Satan shall
934 be loosed from his prison, and shall go out to seduce the
935 nations which are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and
936 Magog, and shall draw them to battle, whose number is as
937 the sand of the sea." This, then, is his purpose in seducing
938 them, to draw them to this battle. For even before this he
939 was wont to use as many and various seductions as he could
940 continue. And the words "he shall go out" mean, he shall
941 burst forth from lurking hatred into open persecution. For
942 this persecution, occurring while the final judgment is imminent,
943 shall be the last which shall be endured by the holy
944 Church throughout the world, the whole city of Christ being
945 assailed by the whole city of the devil, as each exists on
946 earth. For these nations which he names Gog and Magog
947 are not to be understood of some barbarous nations in some
948 part of the world, whether the Getæ and Massagetæ, as some
949 conclude from the initial letters, or some other foreign nations
950 not under the Roman government. For John marks that
951 they are spread over the whole earth, when he says, "The
952 nations which are in the four corners of the earth," and he
953 added that these are Gog and Magog. The meaning of these
954 names we find to be, Gog, "a roof," Magog, "from a roof,"—a
955 house, as it were, and he who comes out of the house. They
956 are therefore the nations in which we found that the devil
957 was shut up as in an abyss, and the devil himself coming out
958 from them and going forth, so that they are the roof, he from
959 the roof. Or if we refer both words to the nations, not one
960 to them and one to the devil, then they are both the roof,
961 because in them the old enemy is at present shut up, and as
962 it were roofed in; and they shall be from the roof when they
963 break forth from concealed to open hatred. The words, "And
964 they went up on the breadth of the earth, and encompassed
965 the camp of the saints and the beloved city," do not mean
966 that they have come, or shall come, to one place, as if the
967 camp of the saints and the beloved city should be in some
968 one place; for this camp is nothing else than the Church of
969 Christ extending over the whole world. And consequently
970 wherever the Church shall be,—and it shall be in all nations,
971 as is signified by "the breadth of the earth,"—there also shall
972 be the camp of the saints and the beloved city, and there it
973 shall be encompassed by the savage persecution of all its
974 enemies; for they too shall exist along with it in all nations,—that
975 is, it shall be straitened, and hard pressed, and shut
976 up in the straits of tribulation, but shall not desert its military
977 duty, which is signified by the word "camp."
978 12. *Whether the fire that came down out of heaven and devoured them refers to
979 the last punishment of the wicked.*
980 The words, "And fire came down out of heaven and devoured
981 them," are not to be understood of the final punishment
982 which shall be inflicted when it is said, "Depart from
983 me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire;"[737] for then they shall be
984 cast into the fire, not fire come down out of heaven upon
985 them. In this place "fire out of heaven" is well understood
986 of the firmness of the saints, wherewith they refuse to yield
987 obedience to those who rage against them. For the firmament
988 is "heaven," by whose firmness these assailants shall be
989 pained with blazing zeal, for they shall be impotent to draw
990 away the saints to the party of Antichrist. This is the fire
991 which shall devour them, and this is "from God;" for it
992 is by God's grace the saints become unconquerable, and so
993 torment their enemies. For as in a good sense it is said,
994 "The zeal of Thine house hath consumed me,"[738] so in a bad
995 sense it is said, "Zeal hath possessed the uninstructed people,
996 and now fire shall consume the enemies."[739] "And now," that
997 is to say, not the fire of the last judgment. Or if by this fire
998 coming down out of heaven and consuming them, John meant
999 that blow wherewith Christ in His coming is to strike those
1000 persecutors of the Church whom He shall then find alive upon
1001 earth, when He shall kill Antichrist with the breath of His
1002 mouth,[740] then even this is not the last judgment of the wicked;
1003 but the last judgment is that which they shall suffer when
1004 the bodily resurrection has taken place.
1005 13. *Whether the time of the persecution of Antichrist should be reckoned in the
1006 thousand years.*
1007 This last persecution by Antichrist shall last for three years
1008 and six months, as we have already said, and as is affirmed
1009 both in the book of Revelation and by Daniel the prophet.
1010 Though this time is brief, yet not without reason is it questioned
1011 whether it is comprehended in the thousand years in
1012 which the devil is bound and the saints reign with Christ,
1013 or whether this little season should be added over and above
1014 to these years. For if we say that they are included in the
1015 thousand years, then the saints reign with Christ during a
1016 more protracted period than the devil is bound. For they
1017 shall reign with their King and Conqueror mightily even in
1018 that crowning persecution when the devil shall now be unbound
1019 and shall rage against them with all his might. How
1020 then does Scripture define both the binding of the devil and
1021 the reign of the saints by the same thousand years, if the
1022 binding of the devil ceases three years and six months before
1023 this reign of the saints with Christ? On the other hand, if
1024 we say that the brief space of this persecution is not to be
1025 reckoned as a part of the thousand years, but rather as an
1026 additional period, we shall indeed be able to interpret the
1027 words, "The priests of God and of Christ shall reign with
1028 Him a thousand years; and when the thousand years shall be
1029 finished, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison;" for thus they
1030 signify that the reign of the saints and the bondage of the
1031 devil shall cease simultaneously, so that the time of the persecution
1032 we speak of should be contemporaneous neither with
1033 the reign of the saints nor with the imprisonment of Satan,
1034 but should be reckoned over and above as a superadded portion
1035 of time. But then in this case we are forced to admit that
1036 the saints shall not reign with Christ during that persecution.
1037 But who can dare to say that His members shall not reign
1038 with Him at that very juncture when they shall most of all,
1039 and with the greatest fortitude, cleave to Him, and when the
1040 glory of resistance and the crown of martyrdom shall be more
1041 conspicuous in proportion to the hotness of the battle? Or
1042 if it is suggested that they may be said not to reign, because
1043 of the tribulations which they shall suffer, it will follow that
1044 all the saints who have formerly, during the thousand years,
1045 suffered tribulation, shall not be said to have reigned with
1046 Christ during the period of their tribulation, and consequently
1047 even those whose souls the author of this book says that
1048 he saw, and who were slain for the testimony of Jesus and
1049 the word of God, did not reign with Christ when they were
1050 suffering persecution, and they were not themselves the kingdom
1051 of Christ, though Christ was then pre-eminently possessing
1052 them. This is indeed perfectly absurd, and to be scouted.
1053 But assuredly the victorious souls of the glorious martyrs,
1054 having overcome and finished all griefs and toils, and having
1055 laid down their mortal members, have reigned, and do reign,
1056 with Christ till the thousand years are finished, that they
1057 may afterwards reign with Him when they have received
1058 their immortal bodies. And therefore during these three
1059 years and a half the souls of those who were slain for His
1060 testimony, both those which formerly passed from the body
1061 and those which shall pass in that last persecution, shall
1062 reign with Him till the mortal world come to an end, and
1063 pass into that kingdom in which there shall be no death.
1064 And thus the reign of the saints with Christ shall last longer
1065 than the bonds and imprisonment of the devil, because they
1066 shall reign with their King the Son of God for these three
1067 years and a half during which the devil is no longer bound.
1068 It remains, therefore, that when we read that "the priests of
1069 God and of Christ shall reign with Him a thousand years;
1070 and when the thousand years are finished, the devil shall be
1071 loosed from his imprisonment," that we understand either
1072 that the thousand years of the reign of the saints does not
1073 terminate, though the imprisonment of the devil does,—so that
1074 both parties have their thousand years, that is, their complete
1075 time, yet each with a different actual duration appropriate to
1076 itself, the kingdom of the saints being longer, the imprisonment
1077 of the devil shorter,—or at least that, as three years and
1078 six months is a very short time, it is not reckoned as either
1079 deducted from the whole time of Satan's imprisonment, or as
1080 added to the whole duration of the reign of the saints, as we
1081 have shown above in the sixteenth book[741] regarding the round
1082 number of four hundred years, which were specified as four
1083 hundred, though actually somewhat more; and similar expressions
1084 are often found in the sacred writings, if one will
1085 mark them.
1086 >
1087 >
1088 >
1089 14. *Of the damnation of the devil and his adherents; and a sketch of the bodily
1090 > resurrection of all the dead, and of the final retributive judgment.*
1091 After this mention of the closing persecution, he summarily
1092 indicates all that the devil, and the city of which he is the
1093 prince, shall suffer in the last judgment. For he says, "And
1094 the devil who seduced them is cast into the lake of fire and
1095 brimstone, in which are the beast and the false prophet, and
1096 they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever."
1097 We have already said that by the beast is well understood
1098 the wicked city. His false prophet is either Antichrist or
1099 that image or figment of which we have spoken in the same
1100 place. After this he gives a brief narrative of the last judgment
1101 itself, which shall take place at the second or bodily
1102 resurrection of the dead, as it had been revealed to him: "I
1103 saw a throne great and white, and One sitting on it from
1104 whose face the heaven and the earth fled away, and their
1105 place was not found." He does not say, "I saw a throne
1106 great and white, and One sitting on it, and from His face the
1107 heaven and the earth fled away," for it had not happened
1108 then, *i.e.* before the living and the dead were judged; but he
1109 says that he saw Him sitting on the throne from whose face
1110 heaven and earth fled away, but afterwards. For when the
1111 judgment is finished, this heaven and earth shall cease to be,
1112 and there will be a new heaven and a new earth. For this
1113 world shall pass away by transmutation, not by absolute destruction.
1114 And therefore the apostle says, "For the figure
1115 of this world passeth away. I would have you be without
1116 anxiety."[742] The figure, therefore, passes away, not the nature.
1117 After John had said that he had seen One sitting on the
1118 throne from whose face heaven and earth fled, though not till
1119 afterwards, he said, "And I saw the dead, great and small:
1120 and the books were opened; and another book was opened,
1121 which is the book of the life of each man: and the dead were
1122 judged out of those things which were written in the books,
1123 according to their deeds." He said that the books were
1124 opened, and a book; but he left us at a loss as to the nature
1125 of this book, "which is," he says, "the book of the life of each
1126 man." By those books, then, which he first mentioned, we
1127 are to understand the sacred books old and new, that out of
1128 them it might be shown what commandments God had enjoined;
1129 and that book of the life of each man is to show what
1130 commandments each man has done or omitted to do. If this
1131 book be materially considered, who can reckon its size or
1132 length, or the time it would take to read a book in which
1133 the whole life of every man is recorded? Shall there be present
1134 as many angels as men, and shall each man hear his life
1135 recited by the angel assigned to him? In that case there
1136 will be not one book containing all the lives, but a separate
1137 book for every life. But our passage requires us to think of
1138 one only. "And another book was opened," it says. We must
1139 therefore understand it of a certain divine power, by which it
1140 shall be brought about that every one shall recall to memory
1141 all his own works, whether good or evil, and shall mentally
1142 survey them with a marvellous rapidity, so that this knowledge
1143 will either accuse or excuse conscience, and thus all and
1144 each shall be simultaneously judged. And this divine power
1145 is called a book, because in it we shall as it were read all that
1146 it causes us to remember. That he may show who the dead,
1147 small and great, are who are to be judged, he recurs to this
1148 which he had omitted or rather deferred, and says, "And the
1149 sea presented the dead which were in it; and death and hell
1150 gave up the dead which were in them." This of course took
1151 place before the dead were judged, yet it is mentioned after.
1152 And so, I say, he returns again to what he had omitted. But
1153 now he preserves the order of events, and for the sake of
1154 exhibiting it repeats in its own proper place what he had
1155 already said regarding the dead who were judged. For after
1156 he had said, "And the sea presented the dead which were in
1157 it, and death and hell gave up the dead which were in them,"
1158 he immediately subjoined what he had already said, "and
1159 they were judged every man according to their works." For
1160 this is just what he had said before, "And the dead were
1161 judged according to their works."
1162 15. *Who the dead are who are given up to judgment by the sea, and by death
1163 and hell.*
1164 But who are the dead which were in the sea, and which the
1165 sea presented? For we cannot suppose that those who die in
1166 the sea are not in hell, nor that their bodies are preserved in
1167 the sea; nor yet, which is still more absurd, that the sea retained
1168 the good, while hell received the bad. Who could
1169 believe this? But some very sensibly suppose that in this
1170 place the sea is put for this world. When John then wished
1171 to signify that those whom Christ should find still alive in the
1172 body were to be judged along with those who should rise
1173 again, he called them dead, both the good to whom it is said,
1174 "For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God,"[743]
1175 and the wicked of whom it is said, "Let the dead bury their
1176 dead."[744] They may also be called dead, because they wear
1177 mortal bodies, as the apostle says, "The body indeed is dead
1178 because of sin; but the spirit is life because of righteousness;"[745]
1179 proving that in a living man in the body there is both a body
1180 which is dead, and a spirit which is life. Yet he did not say
1181 that the body was mortal, but dead, although immediately
1182 after he speaks in the more usual way of mortal bodies.
1183 These, then, are the dead which were in the sea, and which
1184 the sea presented, to wit, the men who were in this world,
1185 because they had not yet died, and whom the world presented
1186 for judgment. "And death and hell," he says, "gave up the
1187 dead which were in them." The sea *presented* them because
1188 they had merely to be found in the place where they were;
1189 but death and hell *gave them up* or *restored* them, because they
1190 called them back to life, which they had already quitted.
1191 And perhaps it was not without reason that neither *death* nor
1192 *hell* were judged sufficient alone, and both were mentioned,—death
1193 to indicate the good, who have suffered only death and
1194 not hell; hell to indicate the wicked, who suffer also the
1195 punishment of hell. For if it does not seem absurd to believe
1196 that the ancient saints who believed in Christ and His then
1197 future coming, were kept in places far removed indeed from
1198 the torments of the wicked, but yet in hell,[746] until Christ's
1199 blood and His descent into these places delivered them, certainly
1200 good Christians, redeemed by that precious price already
1201 paid, are quite unacquainted with hell while they wait for
1202 their restoration to the body, and the reception of their reward.
1203 After saying, "They were judged every man according
1204 to their works," he briefly added what the judgment was:
1205 "Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire;" by these
1206 names designating the devil and the whole company of his
1207 angels, for he is the author of death and the pains of hell.
1208 For this is what he had already, by anticipation, said in clearer
1209 language: "The devil who seduced them was cast into a lake
1210 of fire and brimstone." The obscure addition he had made
1211 in the words, "in which were also the beast and the false
1212 prophet," he here explains, "They who were not found written
1213 in the book of life were cast into the lake of fire." This book
1214 is not for reminding God, as if things might escape Him by
1215 forgetfulness, but it symbolizes His predestination of those to
1216 whom eternal life shall be given. For it is not that God is
1217 ignorant, and reads in the book to inform Himself, but rather
1218 His infallible prescience is the book of life in which they are
1219 written, that is to say, known beforehand.
1220 16. *Of the new heaven and the new earth.*
1221 Having finished the prophecy of judgment, so far as the
1222 wicked are concerned, it remains that he speak also of the
1223 good. Having briefly explained the Lord's words, "These will
1224 go away into everlasting punishment," it remains that he explain
1225 the connected words, "but the righteous into life eternal."[747]
1226 "And I saw," he says, "a new heaven and a new earth: for
1227 the first heaven and the first earth have passed away; and
1228 there is no more sea."[748] This will take place in the order
1229 which he has by anticipation declared in the words, "I saw
1230 One sitting on the throne, from whose face heaven and earth
1231 fled." For as soon as those who are not written in the book
1232 of life have been judged and cast into eternal fire,—the nature
1233 of which fire, or its position in the world or universe, I suppose
1234 is known to no man, unless perhaps the divine Spirit
1235 reveal it to some one,—then shall the figure of this world pass
1236 away in a conflagration of universal fire, as once before the
1237 world was flooded with a deluge of universal water. And by
1238 this universal conflagration the qualities of the corruptible
1239 elements which suited our corruptible bodies shall utterly
1240 perish, and our substance shall receive such qualities as shall,
1241 by a wonderful transmutation, harmonize with our immortal
1242 bodies, so that, as the world itself is renewed to some better
1243 thing, it is fitly accommodated to men, themselves renewed in
1244 their flesh to some better thing. As for the statement, "And
1245 there shall be no more sea," I would not lightly say whether
1246 it is dried up with that excessive heat, or is itself also turned
1247 into some better thing. For we read that there shall be a
1248 new heaven and a new earth, but I do not remember to have
1249 anywhere read anything of a new sea, unless what I find in
1250 this same book, "As it were a sea of glass like crystal."[749] But
1251 he was not then speaking of this end of the world, neither
1252 does he seem to speak of a literal sea, but "as it were a sea."
1253 It is possible that, as prophetic diction delights in mingling
1254 figurative and real language, and thus in some sort veiling the
1255 sense, so the words "And there is no more sea" may be taken
1256 in the same sense as the previous phrase, "And the sea presented
1257 the dead which were in it." For then there shall be
1258 no more of this world, no more of the surgings and restlessness
1259 of human life, and it is this which is symbolized by the
1260 *sea*.
1261 17. *Of the endless glory of the Church.*
1262 "And I saw," he says, "a great city, new Jerusalem, coming
1263 down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned
1264 for her husband. And I heard a great voice from the throne,
1265 saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He
1266 will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God
1267 Himself shall be with them. And God shall wipe away all
1268 tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death,
1269 neither sorrow, nor crying, but neither shall there be any
1270 more pain: because the former things have passed away. And
1271 He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things
1272 new."[750] This city is said to come down out of heaven, because
1273 the grace with which God formed it is of heaven.
1274 Wherefore He says to it by Isaiah, "I am the Lord that
1275 formed thee."[751] It is indeed descended from heaven from its
1276 commencement, since its citizens during the course of this
1277 world grow by the grace of God, which cometh down from
1278 above through the laver of regeneration in the Holy Ghost
1279 sent down from heaven. But by God's final judgment, which
1280 shall be administered by His Son Jesus Christ, there shall by
1281 God's grace be manifested a glory so pervading and so new,
1282 that no vestige of what is old shall remain; for even our
1283 bodies shall pass from their old corruption and mortality to
1284 new incorruption and immortality. For to refer this promise
1285 to the present time, in which the saints are reigning with their
1286 King a thousand years, seems to me excessively barefaced,
1287 when it is most distinctly said, "God shall wipe away all
1288 tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death,
1289 neither sorrow, nor crying, but there shall be no more pain."
1290 And who is so absurd, and blinded by contentious opinionativeness,
1291 as to be audacious enough to affirm that in the
1292 midst of the calamities of this mortal state, God's people, or
1293 even one single saint, does live, or has ever lived, or shall ever
1294 live, without tears or pain,—the fact being that the holier a
1295 man is, and the fuller of holy desire, so much the more abundant
1296 is the tearfulness of his supplication? Are not these
1297 the utterances of a citizen of the heavenly Jerusalem: "My
1298 tears have been my meat day and night;"[752] and "Every night
1299 shall I make my bed to swim; with my tears shall I water
1300 my couch;"[753] and "My groaning is not hid from Thee;"[754] and
1301 "My sorrow was renewed?"[755] Or are not those God's children
1302 who groan, being burdened, not that they wish to be unclothed,
1303 but clothed upon, that mortality may be swallowed
1304 up of life?[756] Do not they even who have the first-fruits of
1305 the Spirit groan within themselves, waiting for the adoption,
1306 the redemption of their body?[757] Was not the Apostle Paul
1307 himself a citizen of the heavenly Jerusalem, and was he not
1308 so all the more when he had heaviness and continual sorrow
1309 of heart for his Israelitish brethren?[758] But when shall there be
1310 no more death in that city, except when it shall be said, "O
1311 death, where is thy contention?[759] O death, where is thy sting?
1312 The sting of death is sin."[760] Obviously there shall be no sin
1313 when it can be said, "Where is"—But as for the present
1314 it is not some poor weak citizen of this city, but this same
1315 Apostle John himself who says, "If we say that we have no
1316 sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us."[761] No
1317 doubt, though this book is called the Apocalypse, there are in
1318 it many obscure passages to exercise the mind of the reader,
1319 and there are few passages so plain as to assist us in the
1320 interpretation of the others, even though we take pains; and
1321 this difficulty is increased by the repetition of the same things,
1322 in forms so different, that the things referred to seem to be
1323 different, although in fact they are only differently stated.
1324 But in the words, "God shall wipe away all tears from their
1325 eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor
1326 crying, but there shall be no more pain," there is so manifest
1327 a reference to the future world and the immortality and
1328 eternity of the saints,—for only then and only there shall
1329 such a condition be realized,—that if we think this obscure,
1330 we need not expect to find anything plain in any part of
1331 Scripture.
1332 18. *What the Apostle Peter predicted regarding the last judgment.*
1333 Let us now see what the Apostle Peter predicted concerning
1334 this judgment. "There shall come," he says, "in the last
1335 days scoffers.... Nevertheless we, according to His promise,
1336 look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth
1337 righteousness."[762] There is nothing said here about the resurrection
1338 of the dead, but enough certainly regarding the destruction
1339 of this world. And by his reference to the deluge
1340 he seems as it were to suggest to us how far we should believe
1341 the ruin of the world will extend in the end of the
1342 world. For he says that the world which then was perished,
1343 and not only the earth itself, but also the heavens, by which
1344 we understand the air, the place and room of which was
1345 occupied by the water. Therefore the whole, or almost the
1346 whole, of the gusty atmosphere (which he calls heaven, or
1347 rather the heavens, meaning the earth's atmosphere, and not
1348 the upper air in which sun, moon, and stars are set) was
1349 turned into moisture, and in this way perished together with
1350 the earth, whose former appearance had been destroyed by the
1351 deluge. "But the heavens and the earth which are now, by
1352 the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the
1353 day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men." Therefore
1354 the heavens and the earth, or the world which was preserved
1355 from the water to stand in place of that world which perished
1356 in the flood, is itself reserved to fire at last in the day of the
1357 judgment and perdition of ungodly men. He does not hesitate
1358 to affirm that in this great change men also shall perish: their
1359 nature, however, shall notwithstanding continue, though in
1360 eternal punishments. Some one will perhaps put the question,
1361 If after judgment is pronounced the world itself is to burn,
1362 where shall the saints be during the conflagration, and before
1363 it is replaced by a new heavens and a new earth, since somewhere
1364 they must be, because they have material bodies? We
1365 may reply that they shall be in the upper regions into which
1366 the flame of that conflagration shall not ascend, as neither did
1367 the water of the flood; for they shall have such bodies that
1368 they shall be wherever they wish. Moreover, when they have
1369 become immortal and incorruptible, they shall not greatly dread
1370 the blaze of that conflagration, as the corruptible and mortal
1371 bodies of the three men were able to live unhurt in the blazing
1372 furnace.
1373 19. *What the Apostle Paul wrote to the Thessalonians about the manifestation
1374 of Antichrist which shall precede the day of the Lord.*
1375 I see that I must omit many of the statements of the
1376 gospels and epistles about this last judgment, that this volume
1377 may not become unduly long; but I can on no account omit
1378 what the Apostle Paul says, in writing to the Thessalonians,
1379 "We beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus
1380 Christ,"[763] etc.
1381 No one can doubt that he wrote this of Antichrist and of
1382 the day of judgment, which he here calls the day of the Lord,
1383 nor that he declared that this day should not come unless he
1384 first came who is called the apostate—apostate, to wit, from
1385 the Lord God. And if this may justly be said of all the ungodly,
1386 how much more of him? But it is uncertain in what
1387 temple he shall sit, whether in that ruin of the temple which
1388 was built by Solomon, or in the Church; for the apostle
1389 would not call the temple of any idol or demon the temple of
1390 God. And on this account some think that in this passage
1391 Antichrist means not the prince himself alone, but his whole
1392 body, that is, the mass of men who adhere to him, along with
1393 him their prince; and they also think that we should render
1394 the Greek more exactly were we to read, not "in the temple
1395 of God," but "for" or "as the temple of God," as if he himself
1396 were the temple of God, the Church.[764] Then as for the
1397 words, "And now ye know what withholdeth," *i.e.* ye know
1398 what hindrance or cause of delay there is, "that he might be
1399 revealed in his own time;" they show that he was unwilling
1400 to make an explicit statement, because he said that they knew.
1401 And thus we who have not their knowledge wish and are
1402 not able even with pains to understand what the apostle referred
1403 to, especially as his meaning is made still more obscure
1404 by what he adds. For what does he mean by "For the
1405 mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now
1406 holdeth, let him hold until he be taken out of the way: and
1407 then shall the wicked be revealed?" I frankly confess I do
1408 not know what he means. I will nevertheless mention such
1409 conjectures as I have heard or read.
1410 Some think that the Apostle Paul referred to the Roman
1411 empire, and that he was unwilling to use language more explicit,
1412 lest he should incur the calumnious charge of wishing
1413 ill to the empire which it was hoped would be eternal; so
1414 that in saying, "For the mystery of iniquity doth already
1415 work," he alluded to Nero, whose deeds already seemed to be
1416 as the deeds of Antichrist. And hence some suppose that he
1417 shall rise again and be Antichrist. Others, again, suppose that
1418 he is not even dead, but that he was concealed that he might
1419 be supposed to have been killed, and that he now lives in
1420 concealment in the vigour of that same age which he had
1421 reached when he was believed to have perished, and will live
1422 until he is revealed in his own time and restored to his kingdom.[765]
1423 But I wonder that men can be so audacious in their
1424 conjectures. However, it is not absurd to believe that these
1425 words of the apostle, "Only he who now holdeth, let him hold
1426 until he be taken out of the way," refer to the Roman empire,
1427 as if it were said, "Only he who now reigneth, let him reign
1428 until he be taken out of the way." "And then shall the
1429 wicked be revealed:" no one doubts that this means Antichrist.
1430 But others think that the words, "Ye know what
1431 withholdeth," and "The mystery of iniquity worketh," refer
1432 only to the wicked and the hypocrites who are in the Church,
1433 until they reach a number so great as to furnish Antichrist
1434 with a great people, and that this is the *mystery* of iniquity,
1435 because it seems hidden; also that the apostle is exhorting
1436 the faithful tenaciously to hold the faith they hold when he
1437 says, "Only he who now holdeth, let him hold until he be
1438 taken out of the way," that is, until the mystery of iniquity
1439 which now is hidden departs from the Church. For they
1440 suppose that it is to this same mystery John alludes when in
1441 his epistle he says, "Little children, it is the last time: and
1442 as ye have heard that Antichrist shall come, even now are
1443 there many antichrists; whereby we know that it is the last
1444 time. They went out from us, but they were not of us; for
1445 if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued
1446 with us."[766] As therefore there went out from the Church
1447 many heretics, whom John calls "many antichrists," at that
1448 time prior to the end, and which John calls "the last time,"
1449 so in the end they shall go out who do not belong to Christ,
1450 but to that last Antichrist, and then he shall be revealed.
1451 Thus various, then, are the conjectural explanations of the
1452 obscure words of the apostle. That which there is no doubt
1453 he said is this, that Christ will not come to judge quick and
1454 dead unless Antichrist, His adversary, first come to seduce
1455 those who are dead in soul; although their seduction is a result
1456 of God's secret judgment already passed. For, as it is
1457 said, "his presence shall be after the working of Satan, with
1458 all power, and signs, and lying wonders, and with all seduction
1459 of unrighteousness in them that perish." For then shall
1460 Satan be loosed, and by means of that Antichrist shall work
1461 with all power in a lying though a wonderful manner. It is
1462 commonly questioned whether these works are called "signs
1463 and lying wonders" because he is to deceive men's senses by
1464 false appearances, or because the things he does, though they
1465 be true prodigies, shall be a lie to those who shall believe
1466 that such things could be done only by God, being ignorant
1467 of the devil's power, and especially of such unexampled power
1468 as he shall then for the first time put forth. For when he
1469 fell from heaven as fire, and at a stroke swept away from the
1470 holy Job his numerous household and his vast flocks, and
1471 then as a whirlwind rushed upon and smote the house and
1472 killed his children, these were not deceitful appearances, and
1473 yet they were the works of Satan to whom God had given
1474 this power. Why they are called signs and lying wonders
1475 we shall then be more likely to know when the time itself
1476 arrives. But whatever be the reason of the name, they shall
1477 be such signs and wonders as shall seduce those who shall
1478 deserve to be seduced, "because they received not the love of
1479 the truth that they might be saved." Neither did the apostle
1480 scruple to go on to say, "For this cause God shall send upon
1481 them the working of error that they should believe a lie."
1482 For God shall *send*, because God shall permit the devil to do
1483 these things, the permission being by His own just judgment,
1484 though the doing of them is in pursuance of the devil's unrighteous
1485 and malignant purpose, "that they all might be
1486 judged who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness."
1487 Therefore, being judged, they shall be seduced,
1488 and, being seduced, they shall be judged. But, being judged,
1489 they shall be seduced by those secretly just and justly secret
1490 judgments of God, with which He has never ceased to judge
1491 since the first sin of the rational creatures; and, being seduced,
1492 they shall be judged in that last and manifest judgment administered
1493 by Jesus Christ, who was Himself most unjustly
1494 judged and shall most justly judge.
1495 20. *What the same apostle taught in the first Epistle to the Thessalonians
1496 regarding the resurrection of the dead.*
1497 But the apostle has said nothing here regarding the resurrection
1498 of the dead; but in his first Epistle to the Thessalonians
1499 he says, "We would not have you to be ignorant,
1500 brethren, concerning them which are asleep,"[767] etc. These
1501 words of the apostle most distinctly proclaim the future resurrection
1502 of the dead, when the Lord Christ shall come to
1503 judge the quick and the dead.
1504 But it is commonly asked whether those whom our Lord
1505 shall find alive upon earth, personated in this passage by the
1506 apostle and those who were alive with him, shall never die
1507 at all, or shall pass with incomprehensible swiftness through
1508 death to immortality in the very moment during which they
1509 shall be caught up along with those who rise again to meet
1510 the Lord in the air? For we cannot say that it is impossible
1511 that they should both die and revive again while they are
1512 carried aloft through the air. For the words, "And so shall
1513 we ever be with the Lord," are not to be understood as if he
1514 meant that we shall always remain in the air with the Lord;
1515 for He Himself shall not remain there, but shall only pass
1516 through it as He comes. For we shall go to meet Him as
1517 He comes, not where He remains; but "so shall we be with
1518 the Lord," that is, we shall be with Him possessed of immortal
1519 bodies wherever we shall be with Him. We seem
1520 compelled to take the words in this sense, and to suppose that
1521 those whom the Lord shall find alive upon earth shall in that
1522 brief space both suffer death and receive immortality; for this
1523 same apostle says, "In Christ shall all be made alive;"[768] while,
1524 speaking of the same resurrection of the body, he elsewhere
1525 says, "That which thou sowest is not quickened, except it
1526 die."[769] How, then, shall those whom Christ shall find alive
1527 upon earth be made alive to immortality in Him if they die
1528 not, since on this very account it is said, "That which thou
1529 sowest is not quickened, except it die?" Or if we cannot
1530 properly speak of human bodies as sown, unless in so far as
1531 by dying they do in some sort return to the earth, as also the
1532 sentence pronounced by God against the sinning father of the
1533 human race runs, "Earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou
1534 return,"[770] we must acknowledge that those whom Christ at
1535 His coming shall find still in the body are not included in
1536 these words of the apostle nor in those of Genesis; for, being
1537 caught up into the clouds, they are certainly not sown, neither
1538 going nor returning to the earth, whether they experience no
1539 death at all or die for a moment in the air.
1540 But, on the other hand, there meets us the saying of the
1541 same apostle when he was speaking to the Corinthians about
1542 the resurrection of the body, "We shall all rise," or, as other
1543 mss. read, "We shall all sleep."[771] Since, then, there can be
1544 no resurrection unless death has preceded, and since we can
1545 in this passage understand by sleep nothing else than death,
1546 how shall *all* either sleep or rise again if so many persons
1547 whom Christ shall find in the body shall neither sleep nor
1548 rise again? If, then, we believe that the saints who shall
1549 be found alive at Christ's coming, and shall be caught up to
1550 meet Him, shall in that same ascent pass from mortal to immortal
1551 bodies, we shall find no difficulty in the words of the
1552 apostle, either when he says, "That which thou sowest is
1553 not quickened, except it die," or when he says, "We shall all
1554 rise," or "all sleep," for not even the saints shall be quickened
1555 to immortality unless they first die, however briefly;
1556 and consequently they shall not be exempt from resurrection
1557 which is preceded by sleep, however brief. And why should
1558 it seem to us incredible that that multitude of bodies should
1559 be, as it were, sown in the air, and should in the air forthwith
1560 revive immortal and incorruptible, when we believe, on the
1561 testimony of the same apostle, that the resurrection shall take
1562 place in the twinkling of an eye, and that the dust of bodies
1563 long dead shall return with incomprehensible facility and
1564 swiftness to those members that are now to live endlessly?
1565 Neither do we suppose that in the case of these saints the
1566 sentence, "Earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou return,"
1567 is null, though their bodies do not, on dying, fall to earth, but
1568 both die and rise again at once while caught up into the air.
1569 For "Thou shalt return to earth" means, Thou shalt at death
1570 return to that which thou wert before life began. Thou
1571 shalt, when exanimate, be that which thou wert before thou
1572 wast animate. For it was into a face of earth that God
1573 breathed the breath of life when man was made a living
1574 soul; as if it were said, Thou art earth with a soul, which
1575 thou wast not; thou shalt be earth without a soul, as thou
1576 wast. And this is what all bodies of the dead are before
1577 they rot; and what the bodies of those saints shall be if they
1578 die, no matter where they die, as soon as they shall give up
1579 that life which they are immediately to receive back again.
1580 In this way, then, they return or go to earth, inasmuch as
1581 from being living men they shall be earth, as that which becomes
1582 cinder is said to go to cinder; that which decays, to
1583 go to decay; and so of six hundred other things. But the
1584 manner in which this shall take place we can now only feebly
1585 conjecture, and shall understand it only when it comes to
1586 pass. For that there shall be a bodily resurrection of the
1587 dead when Christ comes to judge quick and dead, we must
1588 believe if we would be Christians. But if we are unable
1589 perfectly to comprehend the manner in which it shall take
1590 place, our faith is not on this account vain. Now, however,
1591 we ought, as we formerly promised, to show, as far as seems
1592 necessary, what the ancient prophetic books predicted concerning
1593 this final judgment of God; and I fancy no great
1594 time need be spent in discussing and explaining these predictions,
1595 if the reader has been careful to avail himself of the
1596 help we have already furnished.
1597 21. *Utterances of the prophet Isaiah regarding the resurrection of the dead and
1598 the retributive judgment.*
1599 The prophet Isaiah says, "The dead shall rise again, and
1600 all who were in the graves shall rise again; and all who are
1601 in the earth shall rejoice: for the dew which is from Thee is
1602 their health, and the earth of the wicked shall fall."[772] All
1603 the former part of this passage relates to the resurrection of
1604 the blessed; but the words, "the earth of the wicked shall
1605 fall," is rightly understood as meaning that the bodies of the
1606 wicked shall fall into the ruin of damnation. And if we
1607 would more exactly and carefully scrutinize the words which
1608 refer to the resurrection of the good, we may refer to the first
1609 resurrection the words, "the dead shall rise again," and to
1610 the second the following words, "and all who were in the
1611 graves shall rise again." And if we ask what relates to those
1612 saints whom the Lord at His coming shall find alive upon
1613 earth, the following clause may suitably be referred to them:
1614 "All who are in the earth shall rejoice: for the dew which is
1615 from Thee is their health." By "health" in this place it is
1616 best to understand immortality. For that is the most perfect
1617 health which is not repaired by nourishment as by a daily
1618 remedy. In like manner the same prophet, affording hope to
1619 the good and terrifying the wicked regarding the day of judgment,
1620 says, "Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I will flow down
1621 upon them as a river of peace, and upon the glory of the
1622 Gentiles as a rushing torrent: their sons shall be carried on
1623 the shoulders, and shall be comforted on the knees. As one
1624 whom his mother comforteth, so shall I comfort you; and ye
1625 shall be comforted in Jerusalem. And ye shall see, and your
1626 heart shall rejoice, and your bones shall rise up like a herb;
1627 and the hand of the Lord shall be known by His worshippers,
1628 and He shall threaten the contumacious. For, behold, the
1629 Lord shall come as a fire, and as a whirlwind His chariots, to
1630 execute vengeance with indignation, and wasting with a flame
1631 of fire. For with fire of the Lord shall all the earth be
1632 judged, and all flesh with His sword: many shall be wounded
1633 by the Lord."[773] In His promise to the good he says that He
1634 will flow down as a river of peace, that is to say, in the
1635 greatest possible abundance of peace. With this peace we
1636 shall in the end be refreshed; but of this we have spoken
1637 abundantly in the preceding book. It is this river in which
1638 he says He shall flow down upon those to whom He promises
1639 so great happiness, that we may understand that in the
1640 region of that felicity, which is in heaven, all things are
1641 satisfied from this river. But because there shall thence flow,
1642 even upon earthly bodies, the peace of incorruption and immortality,
1643 therefore he says that He shall flow down as this
1644 river, that He may as it were pour Himself from things above
1645 to things beneath, and make men the equals of the angels.
1646 By "Jerusalem," too, we should understand not that which
1647 serves with her children, but that which, according to the
1648 apostle, is our free mother, eternal in the heavens.[774] In her
1649 we shall be comforted as we pass toilworn from earth's cares
1650 and calamities, and be taken up as her children on her knees
1651 and shoulders. Inexperienced and new to such blandishments,
1652 we shall be received into unwonted bliss. There we
1653 shall see, and our heart shall rejoice. He does not say what
1654 we shall see; but what but God, that the promise in the
1655 Gospel may be fulfilled in us, "Blessed are the pure in heart,
1656 for they shall see God?"[775] What shall we see but all those
1657 things which now we see not, but believe in, and of which
1658 the idea we form, according to our feeble capacity, is incomparably
1659 less than the reality? "And ye shall see," he says,
1660 "and your heart shall rejoice." Here ye believe, there ye
1661 shall see.
1662 But because he said, "Your heart shall rejoice," lest we
1663 should suppose that the blessings of that Jerusalem are only
1664 spiritual, he adds, "And your bones shall rise up like a herb,"
1665 alluding to the resurrection of the body, and as it were supplying
1666 an omission he had made. For it will not take place
1667 when we have seen; but we shall see when it has taken
1668 place. For he had already spoken of the new heavens and
1669 the new earth, speaking repeatedly, and under many figures,
1670 of the things promised to the saints, and saying, "There shall
1671 be new heavens, and a new earth: and the former shall not be
1672 remembered nor come into mind; but they shall find in it
1673 gladness and exultation. Behold, I will make Jerusalem an
1674 exultation, and my people a joy. And I will exult in Jerusalem,
1675 and joy in my people; and the voice of weeping shall
1676 be no more heard in her;"[776] and other promises, which some
1677 endeavour to refer to carnal enjoyment during the thousand
1678 years. For, in the manner of prophecy, figurative and literal
1679 expressions are mingled, so that a serious mind may, by useful
1680 and salutary effort, reach the spiritual sense; but carnal
1681 sluggishness, or the slowness of an uneducated and undisciplined
1682 mind, rests in the superficial letter, and thinks there is
1683 nothing beneath to be looked for. But let this be enough
1684 regarding the style of those prophetic expressions just quoted.
1685 And now, to return to their interpretation. When he had said,
1686 "And your bones shall rise up like a herb," in order to show
1687 that it was the resurrection of the good, though a bodily
1688 resurrection, to which he alluded, he added, "And the hand
1689 of the Lord shall be known by His worshippers." What is
1690 this but the hand of Him who distinguishes those who worship
1691 from those who despise Him? Regarding these the
1692 context immediately adds, "And He shall threaten the contumacious,"
1693 or, as another translator has it, "the unbelieving."
1694 He shall not actually threaten then, but the threats which
1695 are now uttered shall then be fulfilled in effect. "For behold,"
1696 he says, "the Lord shall come as a fire, and as a whirlwind
1697 His chariots, to execute vengeance with indignation, and
1698 wasting with a flame of fire. For with fire of the Lord shall
1699 all the earth be judged, and all flesh with His sword: many
1700 shall be wounded by the Lord." By *fire*, *whirlwind*, *sword*,
1701 he means the judicial punishment of God. For he says that
1702 the Lord Himself shall come as a fire, to those, that is to say,
1703 to whom His coming shall be penal. By His *chariots* (for the
1704 word is plural) we suitably understand the ministration of
1705 angels. And when he says that all flesh and all the earth
1706 shall be judged with His fire and sword, we do not understand
1707 the spiritual and holy to be included, but the earthly
1708 and carnal, of whom it is said that they "mind earthly
1709 things,"[777] and "to be carnally minded is death,"[778] and whom
1710 the Lord calls simply flesh when He says, "My Spirit shall
1711 not always remain in these men, for they are flesh."[779] As
1712 to the words, "Many shall be wounded by the Lord," this
1713 wounding shall produce the second death. It is possible,
1714 indeed, to understand *fire*, *sword*, and *wound* in a good sense.
1715 For the Lord said that He wished to send fire on the earth.[780]
1716 And the cloven tongues appeared to them as fire when the
1717 Holy Spirit came.[781] And our Lord says, "I am not come to
1718 send peace on earth, but a sword."[782] And Scripture says that
1719 the word of God is a doubly sharp sword,[783] on account of the
1720 two edges, the two Testaments. And in the Song of Songs
1721 the holy Church says that she is wounded with love,[784]—pierced,
1722 as it were, with the arrow of love. But here, where we read
1723 or hear that the Lord shall come to execute vengeance, it is
1724 obvious in what sense we are to understand these expressions.
1725 After briefly mentioning those who shall be consumed in
1726 this judgment, speaking of the wicked and sinners under the
1727 figure of the meats forbidden by the old law, from which they
1728 had not abstained, he summarily recounts the grace of the
1729 new testament, from the first coming of the Saviour to the
1730 last judgment, of which we now speak; and herewith he concludes
1731 his prophecy. For he relates that the Lord declares
1732 that He is coming to gather all nations, that they may come
1733 and witness His glory.[785] For, as the apostle says, "All have
1734 sinned and are in want of the glory of God."[786] And he says
1735 that He will do wonders among them, at which they shall
1736 marvel and believe in Him; and that from them He will send
1737 forth those that are saved into various nations, and distant
1738 islands which have not heard His name nor seen His glory,
1739 and that they shall declare His glory among the nations, and
1740 shall *bring* the brethren of those to whom the prophet was
1741 speaking, *i.e.* shall bring to the faith under God the Father
1742 the brethren of the elect Israelites; and that they shall bring
1743 from all nations an offering to the Lord on beasts of burden
1744 and waggons (which are understood to mean the aids furnished
1745 by God in the shape of angelic or human ministry), to the
1746 holy city Jerusalem, which at present is scattered over the
1747 earth, in the faithful saints. For where divine aid is given,
1748 men believe, and where they believe, they come. And the
1749 Lord compared them, in a figure, to the children of Israel
1750 offering sacrifice to Him in His house with psalms, which is
1751 already everywhere done by the Church; and He promised
1752 that from among them He would choose for Himself priests
1753 and Levites, which also we see already accomplished. For
1754 we see that priests and Levites are now chosen, not from a
1755 certain family and blood, as was originally the rule in the
1756 priesthood according to the order of Aaron, but as befits the
1757 new testament, under which Christ is the High Priest after
1758 the order of Melchisedec, in consideration of the merit which
1759 is bestowed upon each man by divine grace. And these priests
1760 are not to be judged by their mere title, which is often borne
1761 by unworthy men, but by that holiness which is not common
1762 to good men and bad.
1763 After having thus spoken of this mercy of God which is
1764 now experienced by the Church, and is very evident and
1765 familiar to us, he foretells also the ends to which men shall
1766 come when the last judgment has separated the good and the
1767 bad, saying by the prophet, or the prophet himself speaking
1768 for God, "For as the new heavens and the new earth shall
1769 remain before me, said the Lord, so shall your seed and your
1770 name remain, and there shall be to them month after month,
1771 and Sabbath after Sabbath. All flesh shall come to worship
1772 before me in Jerusalem, said the Lord. And they shall go
1773 out, and shall see the members of the men who have sinned
1774 against me: their worm shall not die, neither shall their
1775 fire be quenched; and they shall be for a spectacle to all
1776 flesh."[787] At this point the prophet closed his book, as at
1777 this point the world shall come to an end. Some, indeed,
1778 have translated "carcases"[788] instead of "members of the men,"
1779 meaning by *carcases* the manifest punishment of the body,
1780 although *carcase* is commonly used only of dead flesh, while
1781 the bodies here spoken of shall be animated, else they could
1782 not be sensible of any pain; but perhaps they may, without
1783 absurdity, be called carcases, as being the bodies of those who
1784 are to fall into the second death. And for the same reason
1785 it is said, as I have already quoted, by this same prophet,
1786 "The earth of the wicked shall fall."[789] It is obvious that
1787 those translators who use a different word for *men* do not
1788 mean to include only males, for no one will say that the
1789 women who sinned shall not appear in that judgment; but
1790 the male sex, being the more worthy, and that from which
1791 the woman was derived, is intended to include both sexes.
1792 But that which is especially pertinent to our subject is this,
1793 that since the words "All flesh shall come" apply to the good,
1794 for the people of God shall be composed of every race of men,—for
1795 all men shall not be present, since the greater part
1796 shall be in punishment,—but, as I was saying, since *flesh* is
1797 used of the good, and *members* or *carcases* of the bad, certainly
1798 it is thus put beyond a doubt that that judgment in which
1799 the good and the bad shall be allotted to their destinies shall
1800 take place after the resurrection of the body, our faith in
1801 which is thoroughly established by the use of these words.
1802 22. *What is meant by the good going out to see the punishment of the wicked.*
1803 But in what way shall the good go out to see the punishment
1804 of the wicked? Are they to leave their happy abodes
1805 by a bodily movement, and proceed to the places of punishment,
1806 so as to witness the torments of the wicked in their
1807 bodily presence? Certainly not; but they shall go out by
1808 knowledge. For this expression, *go out*, signifies that those
1809 who shall be punished shall be without. And thus the Lord
1810 also calls these places "the outer darkness,"[790] to which is
1811 opposed that entrance concerning which it is said to the
1812 good servant, "Enter into the joy of thy Lord," that it may
1813 not be supposed that the wicked can enter thither and be
1814 known, but rather that the good by their knowledge go out
1815 to them, because the good are to know that which is without.
1816 For those who shall be in torment shall not know what is
1817 going on within in the joy of the Lord; but they who shall
1818 enter into that joy shall know what is going on outside in
1819 the outer darkness. Therefore it is said, "They shall go
1820 out," because they shall know what is done by those who are
1821 without. For if the prophets were able to know things that
1822 had not yet happened, by means of that indwelling of God in
1823 their minds, limited though it was, shall not the immortal
1824 saints know things that have already happened, when God
1825 shall be all in all?[791] The seed, then, and the name of the
1826 saints shall remain in that blessedness,—the seed, to wit, of
1827 which John says, "And his seed remaineth in him;"[792] and the
1828 name, of which it was said through Isaiah himself, "I will
1829 give them an everlasting name."[793] "And there shall be to
1830 them month after month, and Sabbath after Sabbath," as if it
1831 were said, Moon after moon, and rest upon rest, both of which
1832 they shall themselves be when they shall pass from the old
1833 shadows of time into the new lights of eternity. The worm
1834 that dieth not, and the fire that is not quenched, which constitute
1835 the punishment of the wicked, are differently interpreted
1836 by different people. For some refer both to the body,
1837 others refer both to the soul; while others again refer the fire
1838 literally to the body, and the worm figuratively to the soul,
1839 which seems the more credible idea. But the present is not
1840 the time to discuss this difference, for we have undertaken to
1841 occupy this book with the last judgment, in which the good
1842 and the bad are separated: their rewards and punishments we
1843 shall more carefully discuss elsewhere.
1844 23. *What Daniel predicted regarding the persecution of Antichrist, the
1845 judgment of God, and the kingdom of the saints.*
1846 Daniel prophesies of the last judgment in such a way as to
1847 indicate that Antichrist shall first come, and to carry on his
1848 description to the eternal reign of the saints. For when in
1849 prophetic vision he had seen four beasts, signifying four kingdoms,
1850 and the fourth conquered by a certain king, who is
1851 recognised as Antichrist, and after this the eternal kingdom
1852 of the Son of man, that is to say, of Christ, he says, "My
1853 spirit was terrified, I Daniel in the midst of my body, and
1854 the visions of my head troubled me,"[794] etc. Some have interpreted
1855 these four kingdoms as signifying those of the Assyrians,
1856 Persians, Macedonians, and Romans. They who desire to
1857 understand the fitness of this interpretation may read Jerome's
1858 book on Daniel, which is written with a sufficiency of care
1859 and erudition. But he who reads this passage, even half-asleep,
1860 cannot fail to see that the kingdom of Antichrist shall
1861 fiercely, though for a short time, assail the Church before the
1862 last judgment of God shall introduce the eternal reign of the
1863 saints. For it is patent from the context that the *time*, *times*,
1864 *and half a time*, means a year, and two years, and half a year,
1865 that is to say, three years and a half. Sometimes in Scripture
1866 the same thing is indicated by months. For though the word
1867 *times* seems to be used here in the Latin indefinitely, that is
1868 only because the Latins have no dual, as the Greeks have,
1869 and as the Hebrews also are said to have. Times, therefore, is
1870 used for two times. As for the ten kings, whom, as it seems,
1871 Antichrist is to find in the person of ten individuals when he
1872 comes, I own I am afraid we may be deceived in this, and
1873 that he may come unexpectedly while there are not ten kings
1874 living in the Roman world. For what if this number ten
1875 signifies the whole number of kings who are to precede his
1876 coming, as totality is frequently symbolized by a thousand,
1877 or a hundred, or seven, or other numbers, which it is not
1878 necessary to recount?
1879 In another place the same Daniel says, "And there shall
1880 be a time of trouble, such as was not since there was born a
1881 nation upon earth until that time: and in that time all Thy
1882 people which shall be found written in the book shall be delivered.
1883 And many of them that sleep in the mound of
1884 earth shall arise, some to everlasting life, and some to shame
1885 and everlasting confusion. And they that be wise shall shine
1886 as the brightness of the firmament; and many of the just as
1887 the stars for ever."[795] This passage is very similar to the one
1888 we have quoted from the Gospel,[796] at least so far as regards the
1889 resurrection of dead bodies. For those who are there said to
1890 be "in the graves" are here spoken of as "sleeping in the
1891 mound of earth," or, as others translate, "in the dust of
1892 earth." There it is said, "They shall come forth;" so here,
1893 "They shall arise." There, "They that have done good, to the
1894 resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, to the resurrection
1895 of judgment;" here, "Some to everlasting life, and
1896 some to shame and everlasting confusion." Neither is it to
1897 be supposed a difference, though in place of the expression
1898 in the Gospel, "All who are in their graves," the prophet does
1899 not say "all," but "many of them that sleep in the mound of
1900 earth." For *many* is sometimes used in Scripture for *all*.
1901 Thus it was said to Abraham, "I have set thee as the father
1902 of many nations," though in another place it was said to him,
1903 "In thy seed shall all nations be blessed."[797] Of such a resurrection
1904 it is said a little afterwards to the prophet himself,
1905 "And come thou and rest: for there is yet a day till the
1906 completion of the consummation; and thou shalt rest, and
1907 rise in thy lot in the end of the days."[798]
1908 24. *Passages from the Psalms of David which predict the end of the world and
1909 the last judgment.*
1910 There are many allusions to the last judgment in the
1911 Psalms, but for the most part only casual and slight. I cannot,
1912 however, omit to mention what is said there in express
1913 terms of the end of this world: "In the beginning hast Thou
1914 laid the foundations of the earth, O Lord; and the heavens
1915 are the work of Thy hands. They shall perish, but Thou
1916 shalt endure; yea, all of them shall wax old like a garment;
1917 and as a vesture Thou shalt change them, and they shall be
1918 changed: but Thou art the same, and Thy years shall not
1919 fail."[799] Why is it that Porphyry, while he lauds the piety of
1920 the Hebrews in worshipping a God great and true, and terrible
1921 to the gods themselves, follows the oracles of these gods in
1922 accusing the Christians of extreme folly because they say that
1923 this world shall perish? For here we find it said in the
1924 sacred books of the Hebrews, to that God whom this great
1925 philosopher acknowledges to be terrible even to the gods
1926 themselves, "The heavens are the work of Thy hands: they
1927 shall perish." When the heavens, the higher and more secure
1928 part of the world, perish, shall the world itself be preserved?
1929 If this idea is not relished by Jupiter, whose oracle is quoted
1930 by this philosopher as an unquestionable authority in rebuke
1931 of the credulity of the Christians, why does he not similarly
1932 rebuke the wisdom of the Hebrews as folly, seeing that the
1933 prediction is found in their most holy books? But if this
1934 Hebrew wisdom, with which Porphyry is so captivated that
1935 he extols it through the utterances of his own gods, proclaims
1936 that the heavens are to perish, how is he so infatuated as to
1937 detest the faith of the Christians partly, if not chiefly, on this
1938 account, that they believe the world is to perish?—though how
1939 the heavens are to perish if the world does not is not easy to
1940 see. And, indeed, in the sacred writings which are peculiar
1941 to ourselves, and not common to the Hebrews and us,—I
1942 mean the evangelic and apostolic books,—the following expressions
1943 are used: "The figure of this world passeth away;"[800]
1944 "The world passeth away;"[801] "Heaven and earth shall pass
1945 away,"[802]—expressions which are, I fancy, somewhat milder than
1946 "They shall *perish*." In the Epistle of the Apostle Peter, too,
1947 where the world which then was is said to have perished,
1948 being overflowed with water, it is sufficiently obvious what
1949 part of the world is signified by the whole, and in what sense
1950 the word *perished* is to be taken, and what heavens were kept
1951 in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and
1952 perdition of ungodly men.[803] And when he says a little afterwards,
1953 "The day of the Lord will come as a thief; in the
1954 which the heavens shall pass away with a great rush, and the
1955 elements shall melt with burning heat, and the earth and the
1956 works which are in it shall be burned up;" and then adds,
1957 "Seeing, then, that all these things shall be dissolved, what
1958 manner of persons ought ye to be?"[804]—these heavens which
1959 are to perish may be understood to be the same which he said
1960 were kept in store reserved for fire; and the elements which
1961 are to be burned are those which are full of storm and disturbance
1962 in this lowest part of the world in which he said
1963 that these heavens were kept in store; for the higher heavens
1964 in whose firmament are set the stars are safe, and remain in
1965 their integrity. For even the expression of Scripture, that
1966 "the stars shall fall from heaven,"[805] not to mention that a
1967 different interpretation is much preferable, rather shows
1968 that the heavens themselves shall remain, if the stars are to
1969 fall from them. This expression, then, is either figurative, as
1970 is more credible, or this phenomenon will take place in this
1971 lowest heaven, like that mentioned by Virgil,—
1972 "A meteor with a train of light
1973 Athwart the sky gleamed dazzling bright,
1974 Then in Idæan woods was lost."[806]
1975 But the passage I have quoted from the psalm seems to
1976 except none of the heavens from the destiny of destruction;
1977 for he says, "The heavens are the works of Thy hands: they
1978 shall perish;" so that, as none of them are excepted from the
1979 category of God's works, none of them are excepted from
1980 destruction. For our opponents will not condescend to defend
1981 the Hebrew piety, which has won the approbation of their
1982 gods, by the words of the Apostle Peter, whom they vehemently
1983 detest; nor will they argue that, as the apostle in his
1984 epistle understands a part when he speaks of the whole world
1985 perishing in the flood, though only the lowest part of it, and
1986 the corresponding heavens were destroyed, so in the psalm the
1987 whole is used for a part, and it is said "They shall perish,"
1988 though only the lowest heavens are to perish. But since, as
1989 I said, they will not condescend to reason thus, lest they
1990 should seem to approve of Peter's meaning, or ascribe as
1991 much importance to the final conflagration as we ascribe to
1992 the deluge, whereas they contend that no waters or flames
1993 could destroy the whole human race, it only remains to them
1994 to maintain that their gods lauded the wisdom of the Hebrews
1995 because they had not read this psalm.
1996 It is the last judgment of God which is referred to also in
1997 the 50th Psalm in the words, "God shall come manifestly,
1998 our God, and shall not keep silence: fire shall devour before
1999 Him, and it shall be very tempestuous round about Him. He
2000 shall call the heaven above, and the earth, to judge His
2001 people. Gather His saints together to Him; they who make
2002 a covenant with Him over sacrifices."[807] This we understand
2003 of our Lord Jesus Christ, whom we look for from heaven to
2004 judge the quick and the dead. For He shall come manifestly
2005 to judge justly the just and the unjust, who before came
2006 hiddenly to be unjustly judged by the unjust. He, I say,
2007 shall come manifestly, and shall not keep silence, that is, shall
2008 make Himself known by His voice of judgment, who before,
2009 when He came hiddenly, was silent before His judge when
2010 He was led as a sheep to the slaughter, and, as a lamb before
2011 the shearer, opened not His mouth, as we read that it was
2012 prophesied of Him by Isaiah,[808] and as we see it fulfilled in the
2013 Gospel.[809] As for the *fire* and *tempest*, we have already said
2014 how these are to be interpreted when we were explaining a
2015 similar passage in Isaiah.[810] As to the expression, "He shall
2016 call the heaven above," as the saints and the righteous are
2017 rightly called *heaven*, no doubt this means what the apostle
2018 says, "We shall be caught up together with them in the
2019 clouds, to meet the Lord in the air."[811] For if we take the
2020 bare literal sense, how is it possible to call the heaven above,
2021 as if the heaven could be anywhere else than above? And
2022 the following expression, "And the earth to judge His people,"
2023 if we supply only the words, "He shall call," that is to say,
2024 "He shall call the earth also," and do not supply "above,"
2025 seems to give us a meaning in accordance with sound doctrine,
2026 the heaven symbolizing those who will judge along with
2027 Christ, and the earth those who shall be judged; and thus
2028 the words, "He shall call the heaven above," would not
2029 mean, "He shall catch up into the air," but "He shall lift up
2030 to seats of judgment." Possibly, too, "He shall call the
2031 heaven," may mean, He shall call the angels in the high and
2032 lofty places, that He may descend with them to do judgment;
2033 and "He shall call the earth also" would then mean, He shall
2034 call the men on the earth to judgment. But if with the words
2035 "and the earth" we understand not only "He shall call," but
2036 also "above," so as to make the full sense be, He shall call
2037 the heaven above, and He shall call the earth above, then I
2038 think it is best understood of the men who shall be caught
2039 up to meet Christ in the air, and that they are called *the
2040 heaven* with reference to their souls, and *the earth* with reference
2041 to their bodies. Then what is "to judge His people,"
2042 but to separate by judgment the good from the bad, as the
2043 sheep from the goats? Then he turns to address the angels:
2044 "Gather His saints together unto Him." For certainly a
2045 matter so important must be accomplished by the ministry of
2046 angels. And if we ask who the saints are who are gathered
2047 unto Him by the angels, we are told, "They who make a
2048 covenant with Him over sacrifices." This is the whole life of
2049 the saints, to make a covenant with God over sacrifices. For
2050 "over sacrifices" either refers to works of mercy, which are
2051 preferable to sacrifices in the judgment of God, who says,
2052 "I desire mercy more than sacrifices;"[812] or if "over sacrifices"
2053 means in sacrifices, then these very works of mercy are
2054 the sacrifices with which God is pleased, as I remember to
2055 have stated in the tenth book of this work;[813] and in these
2056 works the saints make a covenant with God, because they do
2057 them for the sake of the promises which are contained in His
2058 new testament or covenant. And hence, when His saints
2059 have been gathered to Him and set at His right hand in the
2060 last judgment, Christ shall say, "Come, ye blessed of my
2061 Father, take possession of the kingdom prepared for you from
2062 the foundation of the world. For I was hungry, and ye gave
2063 me to eat,"[814] and so on, mentioning the good works of the
2064 good, and their eternal rewards assigned by the last sentence
2065 of the Judge.
2066 >
2067 >
2068 >
2069 25. *Of Malachi's prophecy, in which he speaks of the last judgment, and of a
2070 > cleansing which some are to undergo by purifying punishments.*
2071 The prophet Malachi or Malachias, who is also called Angel,
2072 and is by some (for Jerome[815] tells us that this is the opinion
2073 of the Hebrews) identified with Ezra the priest,[816] others of
2074 whose writings have been received into the canon, predicts
2075 the last judgment, saying, "Behold, He cometh, saith the Lord
2076 Almighty; and who shall abide the day of His entrance? ...
2077 for I am the Lord your God, and I change not."[817] From
2078 these words it more evidently appears that some shall in the
2079 last judgment suffer some kind of purgatorial punishments;
2080 for what else can be understood by the word, "Who shall
2081 abide the day of His entrance, or who shall be able to look
2082 upon Him? for He enters as a moulder's fire, and as the
2083 herb of fullers: and He shall sit fusing and purifying as if
2084 over gold and silver: and He shall purify the sons of Levi,
2085 and pour them out like gold and silver?" Similarly Isaiah
2086 says, "The Lord shall wash the filthiness of the sons and
2087 daughters of Zion, and shall cleanse away the blood from their
2088 midst, by the spirit of judgment and by the spirit of burning."[818]
2089 Unless perhaps we should say that they are cleansed from
2090 filthiness and in a manner clarified, when the wicked are
2091 separated from them by penal judgment, so that the elimination
2092 and damnation of the one party is the purgation of the
2093 others, because they shall henceforth live free from the contamination
2094 of such men. But when he says, "And he shall
2095 purify the sons of Levi, and pour them out like gold and silver,
2096 and they shall offer to the Lord sacrifices in righteousness;
2097 and the sacrifices of Judah and Jerusalem shall be pleasing to
2098 the Lord," he declares that those who shall be purified shall
2099 then please the Lord with sacrifices of righteousness, and consequently
2100 they themselves shall be purified from their own
2101 unrighteousness which made them displeasing to God. Now
2102 they themselves, when they have been purified, shall be sacrifices
2103 of complete and perfect righteousness; for what more
2104 acceptable offering can such persons make to God than themselves?
2105 But this question of purgatorial punishments we
2106 must defer to another time, to give it a more adequate treatment.
2107 By the sons of Levi and Judah and Jerusalem we
2108 ought to understand the Church herself, gathered not from
2109 the Hebrews only, but from other nations as well; nor such
2110 a Church as she now is, when "if we say that we have no sin,
2111 we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us,"[819] but as she
2112 shall then be, purged by the last judgment as a threshing-floor
2113 by a winnowing wind, and those of her members who need it
2114 being cleansed by fire, so that there remains absolutely not
2115 one who offers sacrifice for his sins. For all who make such
2116 offerings are assuredly in their sins, for the remission of which
2117 they make offerings, that having made to God an acceptable
2118 offering, they may then be absolved.
2119 26. *Of the sacrifices offered to God by the saints, which are to be pleasing to Him,
2120 as in the primitive days and former years.*
2121 And it was with the design of showing that His city shall
2122 not then follow this custom, that God said that the sons of
2123 Levi should offer sacrifices in righteousness,—not therefore in
2124 sin, and consequently not for sin. And hence we see how
2125 vainly the Jews promise themselves a return of the old times of
2126 sacrificing according to the law of the old testament, grounding
2127 on the words which follow, "And the sacrifice of Judah and
2128 Jerusalem shall be pleasing to the Lord, as in the primitive
2129 days, and as in former years." For in the times of the law
2130 they offered sacrifices not in righteousness but in sins, offering
2131 especially and primarily for sins, so much so that even the
2132 priest himself, whom we must suppose to have been their most
2133 righteous man, was accustomed to offer, according to God's
2134 commandments, first for his own sins, and then for the sins
2135 of the people. And therefore we must explain how we are
2136 to understand the words, "as in the primitive days, and as in
2137 former years;" for perhaps he alludes to the time in which
2138 our first parents were in paradise. Then, indeed, intact and
2139 pure from all stain and blemish of sin, they offered themselves
2140 to God as the purest sacrifices. But since they were banished
2141 thence on account of their transgression, and human nature
2142 was condemned in them, with the exception of the one Mediator
2143 and those who have been baptized, and are as yet infants,
2144 "there is none clean from stain, not even the babe whose life
2145 has been but for a day upon the earth."[820] But if it be replied
2146 that those who offer in faith may be said to offer in righteousness,
2147 because the righteous lives by faith,[821]—he deceives himself,
2148 however, if he says that he has no sin, and therefore he
2149 does not say so, because he lives by faith,—will any man say
2150 this time of faith can be placed on an equal footing with that
2151 consummation when they who offer sacrifices in righteousness
2152 shall be purified by the fire of the last judgment? And consequently,
2153 since it must be believed that after such a cleansing
2154 the righteous shall retain no sin, assuredly that time, so far as
2155 regards its freedom from sin, can be compared to no other
2156 period, unless to that during which our first parents lived in
2157 paradise in the most innocent happiness before their transgression.
2158 It is this period, then, which is properly understood
2159 when it is said, "as in the primitive days, and as in former
2160 years." For in Isaiah, too, after the new heavens and the new
2161 earth have been promised, among other elements in the blessedness
2162 of the saints which are there depicted by allegories and
2163 figures, from giving an adequate explanation of which I am
2164 prevented by a desire to avoid prolixity, it is said, "According
2165 to the days of the tree of life shall be the days of my people."[822]
2166 And who that has looked at Scripture does not know where
2167 God planted the tree of life, from whose fruit He excluded
2168 our first parents when their own iniquity ejected them from
2169 paradise, and round which a terrible and fiery fence was set?
2170 But if any one contends that those days of the tree of life
2171 mentioned by the prophet Isaiah are the present times of the
2172 Church of Christ, and that Christ Himself is prophetically
2173 called the Tree of Life, because He is Wisdom, and of wisdom
2174 Solomon says, "It is a tree of life to all who embrace it;"[823]
2175 and if they maintain that our first parents did not pass *years*
2176 in paradise, but were driven from it so soon that none of their
2177 children were begotten there, and that therefore that time
2178 cannot be alluded to in words which run, "as in the primitive
2179 days, and as in former years," I forbear entering on this question,
2180 lest by discussing everything I become prolix, and leave
2181 the whole subject in uncertainty. For I see another meaning,
2182 which should keep us from believing that a restoration of the
2183 primitive days and former years of the legal sacrifices could
2184 have been promised to us by the prophet as a great boon.
2185 For the animals selected as victims under the old law were
2186 required to be immaculate, and free from all blemish whatever,
2187 and symbolized holy men free from all sin, the only instance
2188 of which character was found in Christ. As, therefore,
2189 after the judgment those who are worthy of such purification
2190 shall be purified even by fire, and shall be rendered thoroughly
2191 sinless, and shall offer themselves to God in righteousness, and
2192 be indeed victims immaculate and free from all blemish whatever,
2193 they shall then certainly be "as in the primitive days,
2194 and as in former years," when the purest victims were offered,
2195 the shadow of this future reality. For there shall then be in
2196 the body and soul of the saints the purity which was symbolized
2197 in the bodies of these victims.
2198 Then, with reference to those who are worthy not of cleansing
2199 but of damnation, He says, "And I will draw near to you
2200 to judgment, and I will be a swift witness against evil-doers
2201 and against adulterers;" and after enumerating other damnable
2202 crimes, He adds, "For I am the Lord your God, and I am not
2203 changed." It is as if He said, Though your fault has changed
2204 you for the worse, and my grace has changed you for the
2205 better, I am not changed. And he says that He Himself will
2206 be a witness, because in His judgment He needs no witnesses;
2207 and that He will be "swift," either because He is to come
2208 suddenly, and the judgment which seemed to lag shall be very
2209 swift by His unexpected arrival, or because He will convince
2210 the consciences of men directly and without any prolix
2211 harangue. "For," as it is written, "in the thoughts of the
2212 wicked His examination shall be conducted."[824] And the
2213 apostle says, "The thoughts accusing or else excusing, in the
2214 day in which God shall judge the hidden things of men, according
2215 to my gospel in Jesus Christ."[825] Thus, then, shall the
2216 Lord be a swift witness, when He shall suddenly bring back
2217 into the memory that which shall convince and punish the
2218 conscience.
2219 27. *Of the separation of the good and the bad, which proclaim the discriminating
2220 influence of the last judgment.*
2221 The passage also which I formerly quoted for another purpose
2222 from this prophet refers to the last judgment, in which
2223 he says, "They shall be mine, saith the Lord Almighty, in
2224 the day in which I make up my gains,"[826] etc. When this
2225 diversity between the rewards and punishments which distinguish
2226 the righteous from the wicked shall appear under that
2227 Sun of righteousness in the brightness of life eternal,—a diversity
2228 which is not discerned under this sun which shines on
2229 the vanity of this life,—there shall then be such a judgment as
2230 has never before been.
2231 28. *That the law of Moses must be spiritually understood to preclude the
2232 damnable murmurs of a carnal interpretation.*
2233 In the succeeding words, "Remember the law of Moses
2234 my servant, which I commanded to him in Horeb for all
2235 Israel,"[827] the prophet opportunely mentions precepts and statutes,
2236 after declaring the important distinction hereafter to be
2237 made between those who observe and those who despise the
2238 law. He intends also that they learn to interpret the law
2239 spiritually, and find Christ in it, by whose judgment that
2240 separation between the good and the bad is to be made. For
2241 it is not without reason that the Lord Himself says to the
2242 Jews, "Had ye believed Moses, ye would have believed me;
2243 for he wrote of me."[828] For by receiving the law carnally,
2244 without perceiving that its earthly promises were figures of
2245 things spiritual, they fell into such murmurings as audaciously
2246 to say, "It is vain to serve God; and what profit is it that
2247 we have kept His ordinance, and that we have walked suppliantly
2248 before the face of the Lord Almighty? And now
2249 we call aliens happy; yea, they that work wickedness are set
2250 up."[829] It was these words of theirs which in a manner compelled
2251 the prophet to announce the last judgment, in which
2252 the wicked shall not even in appearance be happy, but shall
2253 manifestly be most miserable; and in which the good shall
2254 be oppressed with not even a transitory wretchedness, but
2255 shall enjoy unsullied and eternal felicity. For he had previously
2256 cited some similar expressions of those who said,
2257 "Every one that doeth evil is good in the sight of the Lord,
2258 and such are pleasing to Him."[830] It was, I say, by understanding
2259 the law of Moses carnally that they had come to
2260 murmur thus against God. And hence, too, the writer of the
2261 73d Psalm says that his feet were almost gone, his steps had
2262 well-nigh slipped, because he was envious of sinners while he
2263 considered their prosperity, so that he said among other things,
2264 How doth God know, and is there knowledge in the Most
2265 High? and again, Have I sanctified my heart in vain, and
2266 washed my hands in innocency?[831] He goes on to say that his
2267 efforts to solve this most difficult problem, which arises when
2268 the good seem to be wretched and the wicked happy, were in
2269 vain until he went into the sanctuary of God, and understood
2270 the last things.[832] For in the last judgment things shall not be
2271 so; but in the manifest felicity of the righteous and manifest
2272 misery of the wicked quite another state of things shall
2273 appear.
2274 29. *Of the coming of Elias before the judgment, that the Jews may be converted
2275 to Christ by his preaching and explanation of Scripture.*
2276 After admonishing them to give heed to the law of Moses,
2277 as he foresaw that for a long time to come they would not
2278 understand it spiritually and rightly, he went on to say, "And,
2279 behold, I will send to you Elias the Tishbite before the great
2280 and signal day of the Lord come: and he shall turn the heart
2281 of the father to the son, and the heart of a man to his next
2282 of kin, lest I come and utterly smite the earth."[833] It is a
2283 familiar theme in the conversation and heart of the faithful,
2284 that in the last days before the judgment the Jews shall believe
2285 in the true Christ, that is, our Christ, by means of this
2286 great and admirable prophet Elias who shall expound the law
2287 to them. For not without reason do we hope that before the
2288 coming of our Judge and Saviour Elias shall come, because
2289 we have good reason to believe that he is now alive; for, as
2290 Scripture most distinctly informs us,[834] he was taken up from
2291 this life in a chariot of fire. When, therefore, he is come, he
2292 shall give a spiritual explanation of the law which the Jews
2293 at present understand carnally, and shall thus "turn the heart
2294 of the father to the son," that is, the heart of fathers to their
2295 children; for the Septuagint translators have frequently put
2296 the singular for the plural number. And the meaning is, that
2297 the sons, that is, the Jews, shall understand the law as the
2298 fathers, that is, the prophets, and among them Moses himself,
2299 understood it. For the heart of the fathers shall be turned to
2300 their children when the children understand the law as their
2301 fathers did; and the heart of the children shall be turned to
2302 their fathers when they have the same sentiments as the
2303 fathers. The Septuagint used the expression, "and the heart
2304 of a man to his next of kin," because fathers and children are
2305 eminently neighbours to one another. Another and a preferable
2306 sense can be found in the words of the Septuagint translators,
2307 who have translated Scripture with an eye to prophecy,
2308 the sense, viz., that Elias shall turn the heart of God the Father
2309 to the Son, not certainly as if he should bring about this love
2310 of the Father for the Son, but meaning that he should make
2311 it known, and that the Jews also, who had previously hated,
2312 should then love the Son who is our Christ. For so far as
2313 regards the Jews, God has His heart turned away from our
2314 Christ, this being their conception about God and Christ.
2315 But in their case the heart of God shall be turned to the
2316 Son when they themselves shall turn in heart, and learn the
2317 love of the Father towards the Son. The words following,
2318 "and the heart of a man to his next of kin,"—that is, Elias shall
2319 also turn the heart of a man to his next of kin,—how can we
2320 understand this better than as the heart of a man to the man
2321 Christ? For though in the form of God He is our God,
2322 yet, taking the form of a servant, He condescended to become
2323 also our next of kin. It is this, then, which Elias will do,
2324 "lest," he says, "I come and smite the earth utterly." For
2325 they who mind earthly things are the earth. Such are the
2326 carnal Jews until this day; and hence these murmurs of theirs
2327 against God, "The wicked are pleasing to Him," and "It is a
2328 vain thing to serve God."[835]
2329 >
2330 >
2331 >
2332 30. *That in the books of the Old Testament, where it is said that God shall judge
2333 > the world, the person of Christ is not explicitly indicated, but it plainly
2334 > appears from some passages in which the Lord God speaks that Christ is
2335 > meant.*
2336 There are many other passages of Scripture bearing on the
2337 last judgment of God,—so many, indeed, that to cite them all
2338 would swell this book to an unpardonable size. Suffice it to
2339 have proved that both Old and New Testament enounce the
2340 judgment. But in the Old it is not so definitely declared as
2341 in the New that the judgment shall be administered by Christ,
2342 that is, that Christ shall descend from heaven as the Judge;
2343 for when it is therein stated by the Lord God or His prophet
2344 that the Lord God shall come, we do not necessarily understand
2345 this of Christ. For both the Father, and the Son, and
2346 the Holy Ghost are the Lord God. We must not, however,
2347 leave this without proof. And therefore we must first show
2348 how Jesus Christ speaks in the prophetical books under the title
2349 of the Lord God, while yet there can be no doubt that it is
2350 Jesus Christ who speaks; so that in other passages where this
2351 is not at once apparent, and where nevertheless it is said that
2352 the Lord God will come to that last judgment, we may understand
2353 that Jesus Christ is meant. There is a passage in the
2354 prophet Isaiah which illustrates what I mean. For God says
2355 by the prophet, "Hear me, Jacob and Israel, whom I call. I
2356 am the first, and I am for ever: and my hand has founded
2357 the earth, and my right hand has established the heaven. I
2358 will call them, and they shall stand together, and be gathered,
2359 and hear. Who has declared to them these things? In love
2360 of thee I have done thy pleasure upon Babylon, that I might
2361 take away the seed of the Chaldeans. I have spoken, and I
2362 have called: I have brought him, and have made his way
2363 prosperous. Come ye near unto me, and hear this. I have
2364 not spoken in secret from the beginning; when they were
2365 made, there was I. And now the Lord God and His Spirit
2366 hath sent me."[836] It was Himself who was speaking as the
2367 Lord God; and yet we should not have understood that it
2368 was Jesus Christ had He not added, "And now the Lord
2369 God and His Spirit hath sent me." For He said this with
2370 reference to the form of a servant, speaking of a future event
2371 as if it were past, as in the same prophet we read, "He was
2372 led as a sheep to the slaughter,"[837] not "He shall be led;" but
2373 the past tense is used to express the future. And prophecy
2374 constantly speaks in this way.
2375 There is also another passage in Zechariah which plainly
2376 declares that the Almighty sent the Almighty; and of what
2377 persons can this be understood but of God the Father and
2378 God the Son? For it is written, "Thus saith the Lord
2379 Almighty, After the glory hath He sent me unto the nations
2380 which spoiled you; for he that toucheth you toucheth the
2381 apple of His eye. Behold, I will bring mine hand upon them,
2382 and they shall be a spoil to their servants: and ye shall know
2383 that the Lord Almighty hath sent me."[838] Observe, the Lord
2384 Almighty saith that the Lord Almighty sent Him. Who can
2385 presume to understand these words of any other than Christ,
2386 who is speaking to the lost sheep of the house of Israel? For
2387 He says in the Gospel, "I am not sent save to the lost sheep
2388 of the house of Israel,"[839] which He here compared to the
2389 pupil of God's eye, to signify the profoundest love. And to
2390 this class of sheep the apostles themselves belonged. But
2391 after the glory, to wit, of His resurrection,—for before it
2392 happened the evangelist said that "Jesus was not yet glorified,"[840]—He
2393 was sent unto the nations in the persons of His
2394 apostles; and thus the saying of the psalm was fulfilled,
2395 "Thou wilt deliver me from the contradictions of the people;
2396 Thou wilt set me as the head of the nations."[841] So that those
2397 who had spoiled the Israelites, and whom the Israelites had
2398 served when they were subdued by them, were not themselves
2399 to be spoiled in the same fashion, but were in their own persons
2400 to become the spoil of the Israelites. For this had been
2401 promised to the apostles when the Lord said, "I will make
2402 you fishers of men."[842] And to one of them He says, "From
2403 henceforth thou shalt catch men."[843] They were then to become
2404 a spoil, but in a good sense, as those who are snatched
2405 from that strong one when he is bound by a stronger.[844]
2406 In like manner the Lord, speaking by the same prophet,
2407 says, "And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will seek
2408 to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem. And I
2409 will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants
2410 of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and mercy; and they shall
2411 look upon me because they have insulted me, and they shall
2412 mourn for Him as for one very dear, and shall be in bitterness
2413 as for an only-begotten."[845] To whom but to God does
2414 it belong to destroy all the nations that are hostile to the
2415 holy city Jerusalem, which "come against it," that is, are
2416 opposed to it, or, as some translate, "come upon it," as if
2417 putting it down under them; or to pour out upon the house
2418 of David and the inhabitants of Jerusalem the spirit of grace
2419 and mercy? This belongs doubtless to God, and it is to God
2420 the prophet ascribes the words; and yet Christ shows that
2421 He is the God who does these so great and divine things,
2422 when He goes on to say, "And they shall look upon me because
2423 they have insulted me, and they shall mourn for Him
2424 as if for one very dear (or beloved), and shall be in bitterness
2425 for Him as for an only-begotten." For in that day the Jews—those
2426 of them, at least, who shall receive the spirit of grace and
2427 mercy—when they see Him coming in His majesty, and recognise
2428 that it is He whom they, in the person of their parents,
2429 insulted when He came before in His humiliation, shall repent
2430 of insulting Him in His passion: and their parents themselves,
2431 who were the perpetrators of this huge impiety, shall
2432 see Him when they rise; but this will be only for their
2433 punishment, and not for their correction. It is not of them
2434 we are to understand the words, "And I will pour upon the
2435 house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the
2436 spirit of grace and mercy, and they shall look upon me because
2437 they have insulted me;" but we are to understand the
2438 words of their descendants, who shall at that time believe
2439 through Elias. But as we say to the Jews, You killed Christ,
2440 although it was their parents who did so, so these persons
2441 shall grieve that they in some sort did what their progenitors
2442 did. Although, therefore, those that receive the spirit of
2443 mercy and grace, and believe, shall not be condemned with
2444 their impious parents, yet they shall mourn as if they themselves
2445 had done what their parents did. Their grief shall
2446 arise not so much from guilt as from pious affection. Certainly
2447 the words which the Septuagint have translated, "They
2448 shall look upon me because they insulted me," stand in the
2449 Hebrew, "They shall look upon me whom they pierced."[846]
2450 And by this word the crucifixion of Christ is certainly more
2451 plainly indicated. But the Septuagint translators preferred
2452 to allude to the insult which was involved in His whole
2453 passion. For in point of fact they insulted Him both when
2454 He was arrested and when He was bound, when He was
2455 judged, when He was mocked by the robe they put on Him
2456 and the homage they did on bended knee, when He was
2457 crowned with thorns and struck with a rod on the head, when
2458 He bore His cross, and when at last He hung upon the tree.
2459 And therefore we recognise more fully the Lord's passion
2460 when we do not confine ourselves to one interpretation, but
2461 combine both, and read both "insulted" and "pierced."
2462 When, therefore, we read in the prophetical books that God
2463 is to come to do judgment at the last, from the mere mention
2464 of the judgment, and although there is nothing else to determine
2465 the meaning, we must gather that Christ is meant; for
2466 though the Father will judge, He will judge by the coming
2467 of the Son. For He Himself, by His own manifested presence,
2468 "judges no man, but has committed all judgment to
2469 the Son;"[847] for as the Son was judged as a man, He shall
2470 also judge in human form. For it is none but He of whom
2471 God speaks by Isaiah under the name of Jacob and Israel, of
2472 whose seed Christ took a body, as it is written, "Jacob is my
2473 servant, I will uphold Him; Israel is mine elect, my Spirit
2474 has assumed Him: I have put my Spirit upon Him; He
2475 shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry,
2476 nor cease, neither shall His voice be heard without. A
2477 bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall
2478 He not quench: but in truth shall He bring forth judgment.
2479 He shall shine and shall not be broken, until He sets judgment
2480 in the earth: and the nations shall hope in His name."[848]
2481 The Hebrew has not "Jacob" and "Israel;" but the Septuagint
2482 translators, wishing to show the significance of the
2483 expression "my servant," and that it refers to the form of a
2484 servant in which the Most High humbled Himself, inserted
2485 the name of that man from whose stock He took the form
2486 of a servant. The Holy Spirit was given to Him, and was
2487 manifested, as the evangelist testifies, in the form of a dove.[849]
2488 He brought forth judgment to the Gentiles, because He predicted
2489 what was hidden from them. In His meekness He
2490 did not cry, nor did He cease to proclaim the truth. But
2491 His voice was not heard, nor is it heard, without, because He
2492 is not obeyed by those who are outside of His body. And the
2493 Jews themselves, who persecuted Him, He did not break,
2494 though as a bruised reed they had lost their integrity, and as
2495 smoking flax their light was quenched; for He spared them,
2496 having come to be judged and not yet to judge. He brought
2497 forth judgment in truth, declaring that they should be
2498 punished did they persist in their wickedness. His face
2499 shone on the Mount,[850] His fame in the world. He is not
2500 broken nor overcome, because neither in Himself nor in His
2501 Church has persecution prevailed to annihilate Him. And
2502 therefore that has not, and shall not, be brought about which
2503 His enemies said or say, "When shall He die, and His name
2504 perish?"[851] "until He set judgment in the earth." Behold,
2505 the hidden thing which we were seeking is discovered. For
2506 this is the last judgment, which He will set in the earth
2507 when He comes from heaven. And it is in Him, too, we
2508 already see the concluding expression of the prophecy fulfilled:
2509 "In His name shall the nations hope." And by this fulfilment,
2510 which no one can deny, men are encouraged to believe
2511 in that which is most impudently denied. For who could
2512 have hoped for that which even those who do not yet believe
2513 in Christ now see fulfilled among us, and which is so undeniable
2514 that they can but gnash their teeth and pine away?
2515 Who, I say, could have hoped that the nations would hope in
2516 the name of Christ, when He was arrested, bound, scourged,
2517 mocked, crucified, when even the disciples themselves had
2518 lost the hope which they had begun to have in Him? The
2519 hope which was then entertained scarcely by the one thief on
2520 the cross, is now cherished by nations everywhere on the
2521 earth, who are marked with the sign of the cross on which
2522 He died that they may not die eternally.
2523 That the last judgment, then, shall be administered by
2524 Jesus Christ in the manner predicted in the sacred writings
2525 is denied or doubted by no one, unless by those who, through
2526 some incredible animosity or blindness, decline to believe these
2527 writings, though already their truth is demonstrated to all the
2528 world. And at or in connection with that judgment the following
2529 events shall come to pass, as we have learned: Elias
2530 the Tishbite shall come; the Jews shall believe; Antichrist
2531 shall persecute; Christ shall judge; the dead shall rise; the good
2532 and the wicked shall be separated; the world shall be burned
2533 and renewed. All these things, we believe, shall come to
2534 pass; but how, or in what order, human understanding cannot
2535 perfectly teach us, but only the experience of the events themselves.
2536 My opinion, however, is, that they will happen in the
2537 order in which I have related them.
2538 Two books yet remain to be written by me, in order to
2539 complete, by God's help, what I promised. One of these will
2540 explain the punishment of the wicked, the other the happiness
2541 of the righteous; and in them I shall be at special pains to
2542 refute, by God's grace, the arguments by which some unhappy
2543 creatures seem to themselves to undermine the divine promises
2544 and threatenings, and to ridicule as empty words statements
2545 which are the most salutary nutriment of faith. But they
2546 who are instructed in divine things hold the truth and omnipotence
2547 of God to be the strongest arguments in favour of
2548 those things which, however incredible they seem to men, are
2549 yet contained in the Scriptures, whose truth has already in
2550 many ways been proved; for they are sure that God can in
2551 no wise lie, and that He can do what is impossible to the
2552 unbelieving.
BOOK XXI
22 #### ARGUMENT.
23 >
24 >
25 >
26 OF THE END RESERVED FOR THE CITY OF THE DEVIL, NAMELY, THE ETERNAL
27 > PUNISHMENT OF THE DAMNED; AND OF THE ARGUMENTS WHICH UNBELIEF
28 > BRINGS AGAINST IT.
29 >
30 >
31 >
32 1. *Of the order of the discussion, which requires that we first speak of the eternal
33 > punishment of the lost in company with the devil, and then of the eternal
34 > happiness of the saints.*
35 I propose, with such ability as God may grant me, to
36 discuss in this book more thoroughly the nature of the
37 punishment which shall be assigned to the devil and all his
38 retainers, when the two cities, the one of God, the other of
39 the devil, shall have reached their proper ends through Jesus
40 Christ our Lord, the Judge of quick and dead. And I have
41 adopted this order, and preferred to speak, first of the punishment
42 of the devils, and afterwards of the blessedness of the
43 saints, because the *body* partakes of either destiny; and it
44 seems to be more incredible that bodies endure in everlasting
45 torments than that they continue to exist without any pain
46 in everlasting felicity. Consequently, when I shall have
47 demonstrated that that punishment ought not to be incredible,
48 this will materially aid me in proving that which is much
49 more credible, viz. the immortality of the bodies of the saints
50 which are delivered from all pain. Neither is this order out
51 of harmony with the divine writings, in which sometimes,
52 indeed, the blessedness of the good is placed first, as in the
53 words, "They that have done good, unto the resurrection of
54 life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of
55 damnation;"[852] but sometimes also last, as, "The Son of man
56 shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather out of His
57 kingdom all things which offend, and shall cast them into a
58 furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth.
59 Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom
60 of His Father;"[853] and that, "These shall go away into
61 everlasting punishment, but the righteous into life eternal."[854]
62 And though we have not room to cite instances, any one who
63 examines the prophets will find that they adopt now the one
64 arrangement and now the other. My own reason for following
65 the latter order I have given.
66 2. *Whether it is possible for bodies to last for ever in burning fire.*
67 What, then, can I adduce to convince those who refuse to
68 believe that human bodies, animated and living, can not only
69 survive death, but also last in the torments of everlasting
70 fires? They will not allow us to refer this simply to the
71 power of the Almighty, but demand that we persuade them
72 by some example. If, then, we reply to them, that there
73 are animals which certainly are corruptible, because they are
74 mortal, and which yet live in the midst of flames; and likewise,
75 that in springs of water so hot that no one can put his
76 hand in it with impunity a species of worm is found, which
77 not only lives there, but cannot live elsewhere; they either
78 refuse to believe these facts unless we can show them, or, if
79 we are in circumstances to prove them by ocular demonstration
80 or by adequate testimony, they contend, with the same
81 scepticism, that these facts are not examples of what we seek
82 to prove, inasmuch as these animals do not live for ever, and
83 besides, they live in that blaze of heat without pain, the element
84 of fire being congenial to their nature, and causing it
85 to thrive and not to suffer,—just as if it were not more
86 incredible that it should thrive than that it should suffer in
87 such circumstances. It is strange that anything should suffer
88 in fire and yet live, but stranger that it should live in fire
89 and not suffer. If, then, the latter be believed, why not also
90 the former?
91 3. *Whether bodily suffering necessarily terminates in the destruction of the flesh.*
92 But, say they, there is no body which can suffer and cannot
93 also die. How do we know this? For who can say with
94 certainty that the devils do not suffer in their bodies, when
95 they own that they are grievously tormented? And if it is
96 replied that there is no earthly body—that is to say, no solid
97 and perceptible body, or, in one word, no flesh—which can
98 suffer and cannot die, is not this to tell us only what men
99 have gathered from experience and their bodily senses? For
100 they indeed have no acquaintance with any flesh but that
101 which is mortal; and this is their whole argument, that what
102 they have had no experience of they judge quite impossible.
103 For we cannot call it reasoning to make pain a presumption
104 of death, while, in fact, it is rather a sign of life. For though
105 it be a question whether that which suffers can continue to
106 live for ever, yet it is certain that everything which suffers
107 pain does live, and that pain can exist only in a living subject.
108 It is necessary, therefore, that he who is pained be living, not
109 necessary that pain kill him; for every pain does not kill even
110 those mortal bodies of ours which are destined to die. And
111 that any pain kills them is caused by the circumstance that the
112 soul is so connected with the body that it succumbs to great
113 pain and withdraws; for the structure of our members and
114 vital parts is so infirm that it cannot bear up against that violence
115 which causes great or extreme agony. But in the life to
116 come this connection of soul and body is of such a kind, that
117 as it is dissolved by no lapse of time, so neither is it burst
118 asunder by any pain. And so, although it be true that in
119 this world there is no flesh which can suffer pain and yet
120 cannot die, yet in the world to come there shall be flesh such
121 as now there is not, as there will also be death such as
122 now there is not. For death will not be abolished, but
123 will be eternal, since the soul will neither be able to enjoy
124 God and live, nor to die and escape the pains of the body.
125 The first death drives the soul from the body against her will:
126 the second death holds the soul in the body against her will.
127 The two have this in common, that the soul suffers against
128 her will what her own body inflicts.
129 Our opponents, too, make much of this, that in this world
130 there is no flesh which can suffer pain and cannot die;
131 while they make nothing of the fact that there is something
132 which is greater than the body. For the spirit, whose presence
133 animates and rules the body, can both suffer pain and
134 cannot die. Here then is something which, though it can
135 feel pain, is immortal. And this capacity, which we now see
136 in the spirit of all, shall be hereafter in the bodies of the
137 damned. Moreover, if we attend to the matter a little more
138 closely, we see that what is called bodily pain is rather to be
139 referred to the soul. For it is the soul, not the body, which
140 is pained, even when the pain originates with the body,—the
141 soul feeling pain at the point where the body is hurt. As then
142 we speak of bodies feeling and living, though the feeling and
143 life of the body are from the soul, so also we speak of bodies
144 being pained, though no pain can be suffered by the body
145 apart from the soul. The soul, then, is pained with the body
146 in that part where something occurs to hurt it; and it is
147 pained alone, though it be in the body, when some invisible
148 cause distresses it, while the body is safe and sound. Even
149 when not associated with the body it is pained; for certainly
150 that rich man was suffering in hell when he cried, "I am
151 tormented in this flame."[855] But as for the body, it suffers no
152 pain when it is soulless; and even when animate it can
153 suffer only by the soul's suffering. If, therefore, we might
154 draw a just presumption from the existence of pain to that of
155 death, and conclude that where pain can be felt death can
156 occur, death would rather be the property of the soul, for to
157 it pain more peculiarly belongs. But, seeing that that which
158 suffers most cannot die, what ground is there for supposing
159 that those bodies, because destined to suffer, are therefore
160 destined to die? The Platonists indeed maintained that these
161 earthly bodies and dying members gave rise to the fears, desires,
162 griefs, and joys of the soul. "Hence," says Virgil (*i.e.* from
163 these earthly bodies and dying members),
164 "Hence wild desires and grovelling fears,
165 And human laughter, human tears."[856]
166 But in the fourteenth book of this work[857] we have proved
167 that, according to the Platonists' own theory, souls, even when
168 purged from all pollution of the body, are yet possessed by a
169 monstrous desire to return again into their bodies. But where
170 desire can exist, certainly pain also can exist; for desire
171 frustrated, either by missing what it aims at or losing what
172 it had attained, is turned into pain. And therefore, if the
173 soul, which is either the only or the chief sufferer, has yet a
174 kind of immortality of its own, it is inconsequent to say that
175 because the bodies of the damned shall suffer pain, therefore
176 they shall die. In fine, if the body causes the soul to suffer,
177 why can the body not cause death as well as suffering, unless
178 because it does not follow that what causes pain causes death
179 as well? And why then is it incredible that these fires can
180 cause pain but not death to those bodies we speak of, just as
181 the bodies themselves cause pain, but not therefore death, to
182 the souls? Pain is therefore no necessary presumption of
183 death.
184 4. *Examples from nature proving that bodies may remain unconsumed
185 and alive in fire.*
186 If, therefore, the salamander lives in fire, as naturalists[858]
187 have recorded, and if certain famous mountains of Sicily have
188 been continually on fire from the remotest antiquity until
189 now, and yet remain entire, these are sufficiently convincing
190 examples that everything which burns is not consumed. As
191 the soul, too, is a proof that not everything which can suffer
192 pain can also die, why then do they yet demand that we
193 produce real examples to prove that it is not incredible that
194 the bodies of men condemned to everlasting punishment may
195 retain their soul in the fire, may burn without being consumed,
196 and may suffer without perishing? For suitable properties
197 will be communicated to the substance of the flesh by
198 Him who has endowed the things we see with so marvellous
199 and diverse properties, that their very multitude prevents our
200 wonder. For who but God the Creator of all things has given
201 to the flesh of the peacock its antiseptic property? This
202 property, when I first heard of it, seemed to me incredible;
203 but it happened at Carthage that a bird of this kind was
204 cooked and served up to me, and, taking a suitable slice of
205 flesh from its breast, I ordered it to be kept, and when it had
206 been kept as many days as make any other flesh stinking, it
207 was produced and set before me, and emitted no offensive
208 smell. And after it had been laid by for thirty days and
209 more, it was still in the same state; and a year after, the
210 same still, except that it was a little more shrivelled, and
211 drier. Who gave to chaff such power to freeze that it preserves
212 snow buried under it, and such power to warm that it
213 ripens green fruit?
214 But who can explain the strange properties of fire itself,
215 which blackens everything it burns, though itself bright; and
216 which, though of the most beautiful colours, discolours almost
217 all it touches and feeds upon, and turns blazing fuel into
218 grimy cinders? Still this is not laid down as an absolutely
219 uniform law; for, on the contrary, stones baked in glowing
220 fire themselves also glow, and though the fire be rather of a
221 red hue, and they white, yet white is congruous with light,
222 and black with darkness. Thus, though the fire burns the
223 wood in calcining the stones, these contrary effects do not
224 result from the contrariety of the materials. For though
225 wood and stone differ, they are not contraries, like black and
226 white, the one of which colours is produced in the stones,
227 while the other is produced in the wood by the same action
228 of fire, which imparts its own brightness to the former, while
229 it begrimes the latter, and which could have no effect on the
230 one were it not fed by the other. Then what wonderful properties
231 do we find in charcoal, which is so brittle that a light
232 tap breaks it and a slight pressure pulverizes it, and yet is
233 so strong that no moisture rots it, nor any time causes it to
234 decay. So enduring is it, that it is customary in laying down
235 landmarks to put charcoal underneath them, so that if, after
236 the longest interval, any one raises an action, and pleads that
237 there is no boundary stone, he may be convicted by the charcoal
238 below. What then has enabled it to last so long without
239 rotting, though buried in the damp earth in which [its original]
240 wood rots, except this same fire which consumes all things?
241 Again, let us consider the wonders of lime; for besides
242 growing white in fire, which makes other things black, and
243 of which I have already said enough, it has also a mysterious
244 property of conceiving fire within it. Itself cold to the touch,
245 it yet has a hidden store of fire, which is not at once apparent
246 to our senses, but which experience teaches us, lies as it were
247 slumbering within it even while unseen. And it is for this
248 reason called "quick lime," as if the fire were the invisible
249 soul quickening the visible substance or body. But the marvellous
250 thing is, that this fire is kindled when it is extinguished.
251 For to disengage the hidden fire the lime is moistened or
252 drenched with water, and then, though it be cold before, it
253 becomes hot by that very application which cools what is hot.
254 As if the fire were departing from the lime and breathing its
255 last, it no longer lies hid, but appears; and then the lime
256 lying in the coldness of death cannot be requickened, and
257 what we before called "quick," we now call "slaked." What
258 can be stranger than this? Yet there is a greater marvel
259 still. For if you treat the lime, not with water, but with oil,
260 which is as fuel to fire, no amount of oil will heat it. Now
261 if this marvel had been told us of some Indian mineral which
262 we had no opportunity of experimenting upon, we should
263 either have forthwith pronounced it a falsehood, or certainly
264 should have been greatly astonished. But things that daily
265 present themselves to our own observation we despise, not
266 because they are really less marvellous, but because they are
267 common; so that even some products of India itself, remote
268 as it is from ourselves, cease to excite our admiration as soon
269 as we can admire them at our leisure.[859]
270 The diamond is a stone possessed by many among ourselves,
271 especially by jewellers and lapidaries, and the stone is so hard
272 that it can be wrought neither by iron nor fire, nor, they say,
273 by anything at all except goat's blood. But do you suppose
274 it is as much admired by those who own it and are familiar
275 with its properties as by those to whom it is shown for the
276 first time? Persons who have not seen it perhaps do not
277 believe what is said of it, or if they do, they wonder as at a
278 thing beyond their experience; and if they happen to see it,
279 still they marvel because they are unused to it, but gradually
280 familiar experience [of it] dulls their admiration. We know
281 that the loadstone has a wonderful power of attracting iron.
282 When I first saw it I was thunderstruck, for I saw an iron
283 ring attracted and suspended by the stone; and then, as if it
284 had communicated its own property to the iron it attracted,
285 and had made it a substance like itself, this ring was put
286 near another, and lifted it up; and as the first ring clung to
287 the magnet, so did the second ring to the first. A third and a
288 fourth were similarly added, so that there hung from the stone
289 a kind of chain of rings, with their hoops connected, not interlinking,
290 but attached together by their outer surface. Who
291 would not be amazed at this virtue of the stone, subsisting as
292 it does not only in itself, but transmitted through so many
293 suspended rings, and binding them together by invisible links?
294 Yet far more astonishing is what I heard about this stone
295 from my brother in the episcopate, Severus bishop of Milevis.
296 He told me that Bathanarius, once count of Africa, when the
297 bishop was dining with him, produced a magnet, and held it
298 under a silver plate on which he placed a bit of iron; then as
299 he moved his hand with the magnet underneath the plate, the
300 iron upon the plate moved about accordingly. The intervening
301 silver was not affected at all, but precisely as the magnet
302 was moved backwards and forwards below it, no matter how
303 quickly, so was the iron attracted above. I have related what
304 I myself have witnessed; I have related what I was told by
305 one whom I trust as I trust my own eyes. Let me further
306 say what I have read about this magnet. When a diamond
307 is laid near it, it does not lift iron; or if it has already lifted
308 it, as soon as the diamond approaches, it drops it. These
309 stones come from India. But if we cease to admire them
310 because they are now familiar, how much less must they
311 admire them who procure them very easily and send them
312 to us? Perhaps they are held as cheap as we hold lime,
313 which, because it is common, we think nothing of, though it
314 has the strange property of burning when water, which is
315 wont to quench fire, is poured on it, and of remaining cool
316 when mixed with oil, which ordinarily feeds fire.
317 5. *That there are many things which reason cannot account for, and which
318 are nevertheless true.*
319 Nevertheless, when we declare the miracles which God has
320 wrought, or will yet work, and which we cannot bring under
321 the very eyes of men, sceptics keep demanding that we shall
322 explain these marvels to reason. And because we cannot do
323 so, inasmuch as they are above human comprehension, they
324 suppose we are speaking falsely. These persons themselves,
325 therefore, ought to account for all these marvels which we
326 either can or do see. And if they perceive that this is impossible
327 for man to do, they should acknowledge that it cannot
328 be concluded that a thing has not been or shall not be because
329 it cannot be reconciled to reason, since there are things now
330 in existence of which the same is true. I will not, then,
331 detail the multitude of marvels which are related in books,
332 and which refer not to things that happened once and passed
333 away, but that are permanent in certain places, where, if any
334 one has the desire and opportunity, he may ascertain their
335 truth; but a few only I recount. The following are some of
336 the marvels men tell us:—The salt of Agrigentum in Sicily,
337 when thrown into the fire, becomes fluid as if it were in
338 water, but in the water it crackles as if it were in the
339 fire. The Garamantæ have a fountain so cold by day that
340 no one can drink it, so hot by night no one can touch it.[860]
341 In Epirus, too, there is a fountain which, like all others,
342 quenches lighted torches, but, unlike all others, lights quenched
343 torches. There is a stone found in Arcadia, and called asbestos,
344 because once lit it cannot be put out. The wood of a certain
345 kind of Egyptian fig-tree sinks in water, and does not float
346 like other wood; and, stranger still, when it has been sunk
347 to the bottom for some time, it rises again to the surface,
348 though nature requires that when soaked in water it should
349 be heavier than ever. Then there are the apples of Sodom,
350 which grow indeed to an appearance of ripeness, but, when
351 you touch them with hand or tooth, the peel cracks, and they
352 crumble into dust and ashes. The Persian stone pyrites burns
353 the hand when it is tightly held in it, and so gets its name
354 from fire. In Persia, too, there is found another stone called
355 selenite, because its interior brilliancy waxes and wanes with
356 the moon. Then in Cappadocia the mares are impregnated
357 by the wind, and their foals live only three years. Tilon,
358 an Indian island, has this advantage over all other lands,
359 that no tree which grows in it ever loses its foliage.
360 These and numberless other marvels recorded in the history,
361 not of past events, but of permanent localities, I have no time
362 to enlarge upon and diverge from my main object; but let
363 those sceptics who refuse to credit the divine writings give
364 me, if they can, a rational account of them. For their only
365 ground of unbelief in the Scriptures is, that they contain
366 incredible things, just such as I have been recounting. For,
367 say they, reason cannot admit that flesh burn and remain
368 unconsumed, suffer without dying. Mighty reasoners, indeed,
369 who are competent to give the reason of all the marvels that
370 exist! Let them then give us the reason of the few things
371 we have cited, and which, if they did not know they existed,
372 and were only assured by us they would at some future time
373 occur, they would believe still less than that which they now
374 refuse to credit on our word. For which of them would
375 believe us if, instead of saying that the living bodies of men
376 hereafter will be such as to endure everlasting pain and fire
377 without ever dying, we were to say that in the world to come
378 there will be salt which becomes liquid in fire as if it were
379 in water, and crackles in water as if it were in fire; or that
380 there will be a fountain whose water in the chill air of night
381 is so hot that it cannot be touched, while in the heat of day
382 it is so cold that it cannot be drunk; or that there will be a
383 stone which by its own heat burns the hand when tightly
384 held, or a stone which cannot be extinguished if it has been
385 lit in any part; or any of those wonders I have cited, while
386 omitting numberless others? If we were to say that these
387 things would be found in the world to come, and our sceptics
388 were to reply, "If you wish us to believe these things, satisfy
389 our reason about each of them," we should confess that we
390 could not, because the frail comprehension of man cannot
391 master these and such-like wonders of God's working; and
392 that yet our reason was thoroughly convinced that the
393 Almighty does nothing without reason, though the frail
394 mind of man cannot explain the reason; and that while we
395 are in many instances uncertain what He intends, yet that it
396 is always most certain that nothing which He intends is impossible
397 to Him; and that when He declares His mind, we
398 believe Him whom we cannot believe to be either powerless
399 or false. Nevertheless these cavillers at faith and exactors
400 of reason, how do they dispose of those things of which a reason
401 cannot be given, and which yet exist, though in apparent contrariety
402 to the nature of things? If we had announced that
403 these things were to be, these sceptics would have demanded
404 from us the reason of them, as they do in the case of those
405 things which we are announcing as destined to be. And consequently,
406 as these present marvels are not non-existent, though
407 human reason and discourse are lost in such works of God, so
408 those things we speak of are not impossible because inexplicable;
409 for in this particular they are in the same predicament
410 as the marvels of earth.
411 6. *That all marvels are not of nature's production, but that some are due to
412 human ingenuity and others to diabolic contrivance.*
413 At this point they will perhaps reply, "These things have
414 no existence; we don't believe one of them; they are travellers'
415 tales and fictitious romances;" and they may add what has
416 the appearance of argument, and say, "If you believe such
417 things as these, believe what is recorded in the same books,
418 that there was or is a temple of Venus in which a candelabrum
419 set in the open air holds a lamp, which burns so strongly
420 that no storm or rain extinguishes it, and which is therefore
421 called, like the stone mentioned above, the asbestos or inextinguishable
422 lamp." They may say this with the intention of
423 putting us into a dilemma: for if we say this is incredible,
424 then we shall impugn the truth of the other recorded marvels;
425 if, on the other hand, we admit that this is credible, we shall
426 avouch the pagan deities. But, as I have already said in the
427 eighteenth book of this work, we do not hold it necessary to
428 believe all that profane history contains, since, as Varro says,
429 even historians themselves disagree on so many points, that
430 one would think they intended and were at pains to do so;
431 but we believe, if we are disposed, those things which are not
432 contradicted by these books, which we do not hesitate to say
433 we *are* bound to believe. But as to those permanent miracles
434 of nature, whereby we wish to persuade the sceptical of the
435 miracles of the world to come, those are quite sufficient for
436 our purpose which we ourselves can observe, or of which it is
437 not difficult to find trustworthy witnesses. Moreover, that
438 temple of Venus, with its inextinguishable lamp, so far from
439 hemming us into a corner, opens an advantageous field to
440 our argument. For to this inextinguishable lamp we add a
441 host of marvels wrought by men, or by magic,—that is, by
442 men under the influence of devils, or by the devils directly,—for
443 such marvels we cannot deny without impugning the truth
444 of the sacred Scriptures we believe. That lamp, therefore,
445 was either by some mechanical and human device fitted with
446 asbestos, or it was arranged by magical art in order that the
447 worshippers might be astonished, or some devil under the
448 name of Venus so signally manifested himself that this prodigy
449 both began and became permanent. Now devils are attracted to
450 dwell in certain temples by means of the creatures (God's creatures,
451 not theirs), who present to them what suits their various
452 tastes. They are attracted not by food like animals, but, like
453 spirits, by such symbols as suit their taste, various kinds of
454 stones, woods, plants, animals, songs, rites. And that men
455 may provide these attractions, the devils first of all cunningly
456 seduce them, either by imbuing their hearts with a secret
457 poison, or by revealing themselves under a friendly guise, and
458 thus make a few of them their disciples, who become the instructors
459 of the multitude. For unless they first instructed men,
460 it were impossible to know what each of them desires, what
461 they shrink from, by what name they should be invoked or
462 constrained to be present. Hence the origin of magic and
463 magicians. But, above all, they possess the hearts of men, and
464 are chiefly proud of this possession when they transform themselves
465 into angels of light. Very many things that occur,
466 therefore, are their doing; and these deeds of theirs we ought
467 all the more carefully to shun as we acknowledge them to be
468 very surprising. And yet these very deeds forward my present
469 arguments. For if such marvels are wrought by unclean
470 devils, how much mightier are the holy angels! and what cannot
471 that God do who made the angels themselves capable of
472 working miracles!
473 If, then, very many effects can be contrived by human art,
474 of so surprising a kind that the uninitiated think them divine,
475 as when, *e.g.*, in a certain temple two magnets have been adjusted,
476 one in the roof, another in the floor, so that an iron
477 image is suspended in mid-air between them, one would suppose
478 by the power of the divinity, were he ignorant of the
479 magnets above and beneath; or, as in the case of that lamp of
480 Venus which we already mentioned as being a skilful adaptation
481 of asbestos; if, again, by the help of magicians, whom Scripture
482 calls sorcerers and enchanters, the devils could gain such
483 power that the noble poet Virgil should consider himself justified
484 in describing a very powerful magician in these lines:
485 "Her charms can cure what souls she please,
486 Rob other hearts of healthful ease,
487 Turn rivers backward to their source,
488 And make the stars forget their course,
489 And call up ghosts from night:
490 The ground shall bellow 'neath your feet:
491 The mountain-ash shall quit its seat,
492 And travel down the height;"[861]—
493 if this be so, how much more able is God to do those things
494 which to sceptics are incredible, but to His power easy, since
495 it is He who has given to stones and all other things their
496 virtue, and to men their skill to use them in wonderful ways;
497 He who has given to the angels a nature more mighty than
498 that of all that lives on earth; He whose power surpasses all
499 marvels, and whose wisdom in working, ordaining, and permitting
500 is no less marvellous in its governance of all things
501 than in its creation of all!
502 7. *That the ultimate reason for believing miracles is the omnipotence of the
503 Creator.*
504 Why, then, cannot God effect both that the bodies of the
505 dead shall rise, and that the bodies of the damned shall be
506 tormented in everlasting fire,—God, who made the world full
507 of countless miracles in sky, earth, air, and waters, while itself
508 is a miracle unquestionably greater and more admirable than
509 all the marvels it is filled with? But those with whom or
510 against whom we are arguing, who believe both that there is
511 a God who made the world, and that there are gods created
512 by Him who administer the world's laws as His vicegerents,—our
513 adversaries, I say, who, so far from denying emphatically,
514 assert that there are powers in the world which effect marvellous
515 results (whether of their own accord, or because they
516 are invoked by some rite or prayer, or in some magical way),
517 when we lay before them the wonderful properties of other
518 things which are neither rational animals nor rational spirits,
519 but such material objects as those we have just cited, are
520 in the habit of replying, This is their natural property, their
521 nature; these are the powers naturally belonging to them.
522 Thus the whole reason why Agrigentine salt dissolves in fire
523 and crackles in water is that this is its nature. Yet this seems
524 rather contrary to nature, which has given not to fire but to
525 water the power of melting salt, and the power of scorching it
526 not to water but to fire. But this, they say, is the natural
527 property of *this* salt, to show effects contrary to these. The
528 same reason, therefore, is assigned to account for that Garamantian
529 fountain, of which one and the same runlet is chill
530 by day and boiling by night, so that in either extreme it cannot
531 be touched. So also of that other fountain which, though
532 it is cold to the touch, and though it, like other fountains,
533 extinguishes a lighted torch, yet, unlike other fountains, and
534 in a surprising manner, kindles an extinguished torch. So of
535 the asbestos stone, which, though it has no heat of its own, yet
536 when kindled by fire applied to it, cannot be extinguished.
537 And so of the rest, which I am weary of reciting, and in which,
538 though there seems to be an extraordinary property contrary
539 to nature, yet no other reason is given for them than this, that
540 this is their nature,—a brief reason truly, and, I own, a satisfactory
541 reply. But since God is the author of all natures,
542 how is it that our adversaries, when they refuse to believe
543 what we affirm, on the ground that it is impossible, are unwilling
544 to accept from us a better explanation than their own,
545 viz. that this is the will of Almighty God,—for certainly He
546 is called Almighty only because He is mighty to do all He
547 will,—He who was able to create so many marvels, not only
548 unknown, but very well ascertained, as I have been showing,
549 and which, were they not under our own observation, or reported
550 by recent and credible witnesses, would certainly be
551 pronounced impossible? For as for those marvels which have
552 no other testimony than the writers in whose books we read
553 them, and who wrote without being divinely instructed, and are
554 therefore liable to human error, we cannot justly blame any
555 one who declines to believe them.
556 For my own part, I do not wish all the marvels I have
557 cited to be rashly accepted, for I do not myself believe them
558 implicitly, save those which have either come under my own
559 observation, or which any one can readily verify,—such as the
560 lime which is heated by water and cooled by oil; the magnet
561 which by its mysterious and insensible suction attracts the
562 iron, but has no effect on a straw; the peacock's flesh which
563 triumphs over the corruption from which not the flesh of
564 Plato is exempt; the chaff so chilling that it prevents snow
565 from melting, so heating that it forces apples to ripen; the
566 glowing fire, which, in accordance with its glowing appearance,
567 whitens the stones it bakes, while, contrary to its glowing
568 appearance, it begrimes most things it burns (just as dirty
569 stains are made by oil, however pure it be, and as the lines
570 drawn by white silver are black); the charcoal, too, which by
571 the action of fire is so completely changed from its original,
572 that a finely marked piece of wood becomes hideous, the tough
573 becomes brittle, the decaying incorruptible. Some of these
574 things I know in common with many other persons, some of
575 them in common with all men; and there are many others
576 which I have not room to insert in this book. But of those
577 which I have cited, though I have not myself seen, but only
578 read about them, I have been unable to find trustworthy witnesses
579 from whom I could ascertain whether they are facts,
580 except in the case of that fountain in which burning torches
581 are extinguished and extinguished torches lit, and of the
582 apples of Sodom, which are ripe to appearance, but are filled
583 with dust. And indeed I have not met with any who said
584 they had seen that fountain in Epirus, but with some who
585 knew there was a similar fountain in Gaul not far from
586 Grenoble. The fruit of the trees of Sodom, however, is not
587 only spoken of in books worthy of credit, but so many persons
588 say that they have seen it that I cannot doubt the fact.
589 But the rest of the prodigies I receive without definitely
590 affirming or denying them; and I have cited them because I
591 read them in the authors of our adversaries, and that I might
592 prove how many things many among themselves believe, because
593 they are written in the works of their own literary men,
594 though no rational explanation of them is given, and yet they
595 scorn to believe us when we assert that Almighty God will do
596 what is beyond their experience and observation; and this they
597 do even though we assign a reason for His work. For what
598 better and stronger reason for such things can be given than
599 to say that the Almighty is able to bring them to pass, and
600 will bring them to pass, having predicted them in those books
601 in which many other marvels which have already come to
602 pass were predicted? Those things which are regarded as
603 impossible will be accomplished according to the word, and by
604 the power of that God who predicted and effected that the
605 incredulous nations should believe incredible wonders.
606 >
607 >
608 >
609 8. *That it is not contrary to nature that, in an object whose nature is known,
610 > there should be discovered an alteration of the properties which have been
611 > known as its natural properties.*
612 But if they reply that their reason for not believing us
613 when we say that human bodies will always burn and yet never
614 die, is that the nature of human bodies is known to be quite
615 otherwise constituted; if they say that for this miracle we
616 cannot give the reason which was valid in the case of those
617 natural miracles, viz. that this is the natural property, the
618 nature of the thing,—for we know that this is not the nature
619 of human flesh,—we find our answer in the sacred writings,
620 that even this human flesh was constituted in one fashion
621 before there was sin,—was constituted, in fact, so that it
622 could not die,—and in another fashion after sin, being made
623 such as we see it in this miserable state of mortality, unable
624 to retain enduring life. And so in the resurrection of the
625 dead shall it be constituted differently from its present well-known
626 condition. But as they do not believe these writings
627 of ours, in which we read what nature man had in paradise,
628 and how remote he was from the necessity of death,—and
629 indeed, if they did believe them, we should of course have
630 little trouble in debating with them the future punishment
631 of the damned,—we must produce from the writings of their
632 own most learned authorities some instances to show that it
633 is possible for a thing to become different from what it was
634 formerly known characteristically to be.
635 From the book of Marcus Varro, entitled, *Of the Race Of
636 the Roman People*, I cite word for word the following instance:
637 "There occurred a remarkable celestial portent; for
638 Castor records that, in the brilliant star Venus, called Vesperugo
639 by Plautus, and the lovely Hesperus by Homer, there
640 occurred so strange a prodigy, that it changed its colour, size,
641 form, course, which never happened before nor since. Adrastus
642 of Cyzicus, and Dion of Naples, famous mathematicians, said
643 that this occurred in the reign of Ogyges." So great an
644 author as Varro would certainly not have called this a portent
645 had it not seemed to be contrary to nature. For we say
646 that all portents are contrary to nature; but they are not so.
647 For how is that contrary to nature which happens by the
648 will of God, since the will of so mighty a Creator is certainly
649 the nature of each created thing? A portent, therefore, happens
650 not contrary to nature, but contrary to what we know as
651 nature. But who can number the multitude of portents
652 recorded in profane histories? Let us then at present fix
653 our attention on this one only which concerns the matter in
654 hand. What is there so arranged by the Author of the nature
655 of heaven and earth as the exactly ordered course of the
656 stars? What is there established by laws so sure and inflexible?
657 And yet, when it pleased Him who with sovereignty
658 and supreme power regulates all He has created, a
659 star conspicuous among the rest by its size and splendour
660 changed its colour, size, form, and, most wonderful of all, the
661 order and law of its course! Certainly that phenomenon
662 disturbed the canons of the astronomers, if there were any
663 then, by which they tabulate, as by unerring computation, the
664 past and future movements of the stars, so as to take upon
665 them to affirm that this which happened to the morning star
666 (Venus) never happened before nor since. But we read in
667 the divine books that even the sun itself stood still when a
668 holy man, Joshua the son of Nun, had begged this from God
669 until victory should finish the battle he had begun; and that
670 it even went back, that the promise of fifteen years added to
671 the life of king Hezekiah might be sealed by this additional
672 prodigy. But these miracles, which were vouchsafed to the
673 merits of holy men, even when our adversaries believe them,
674 they attribute to magical arts; so Virgil, in the lines I quoted
675 above, ascribes to magic the power to
676 "Turn rivers backward to their source,
677 And make the stars forget their course."
678 For in our sacred books we read that this also happened,
679 that a river "turned backward," was stayed above while the
680 lower part flowed on, when the people passed over under the
681 above-mentioned leader, Joshua the son of Nun; and also when
682 Elias the prophet crossed; and afterwards, when his disciple
683 Elisha passed through it: and we have just mentioned how,
684 in the case of king Hezekiah, the greatest of the "stars forgot
685 its course." But what happened to Venus, according to Varro,
686 was not said by him to have happened in answer to any man's
687 prayer.
688 Let not the sceptics then benight themselves in this knowledge
689 of the nature of things, as if divine power cannot
690 bring to pass in an object anything else than what their own
691 experience has shown them to be in its nature. Even the
692 very things which are most commonly known as natural
693 would not be less wonderful nor less effectual to excite surprise
694 in all who beheld them, if men were not accustomed to
695 admire nothing but what is rare. For who that thoughtfully
696 observes the countless multitude of men, and their similarity
697 of nature, can fail to remark with surprise and admiration the
698 individuality of each man's appearance, suggesting to us, as it
699 does, that unless men were like one another, they would not
700 be distinguished from the rest of the animals; while unless,
701 on the other hand, they were unlike, they could not be distinguished
702 from one another, so that those whom we declare
703 to be like, we also find to be unlike? And the unlikeness is
704 the more wonderful consideration of the two; for a common
705 nature seems rather to require similarity. And yet, because
706 the very rarity of things is that which makes them wonderful,
707 we are filled with much greater wonder when we are introduced
708 to two men so like, that we either always or frequently
709 mistake in endeavouring to distinguish between them.
710 But possibly, though Varro is a heathen historian, and a
711 very learned one, they may disbelieve that what I have cited
712 from him truly occurred; or they may say the example is invalid,
713 because the star did not for any length of time continue
714 to follow its new course, but returned to its ordinary orbit.
715 There is, then, another phenomenon at present open to their
716 observation, and which, in my opinion, ought to be sufficient
717 to convince them that, though they have observed and ascertained
718 some natural law, they ought not on that account
719 to prescribe to God, as if He could not change and turn it
720 into something very different from what they have observed.
721 The land of Sodom was not always as it now is; but once
722 it had the appearance of other lands, and enjoyed equal if
723 not richer fertility; for, in the divine narrative, it was compared
724 to the paradise of God. But after it was touched [by
725 fire] from heaven, as even pagan history testifies, and as is
726 now witnessed by those who visit the spot, it became unnaturally
727 and horribly sooty in appearance; and its apples,
728 under a deceitful appearance of ripeness, contain ashes within.
729 Here is a thing which was of one kind, and is of another.
730 You see how its nature was converted by the wonderful
731 transmutation wrought by the Creator of all natures into so
732 very disgusting a diversity,—an alteration which after so long
733 a time took place, and after so long a time still continues.
734 As therefore it was not impossible to God to create such
735 natures as He pleased, so it is not impossible to Him to
736 change these natures of His own creation into whatever He
737 pleases, and thus spread abroad a multitude of those marvels
738 which are called monsters, portents, prodigies, phenomena,[862]
739 and which if I were minded to cite and record, what end
740 would there be to this work? They say that they are called
741 "monsters," because they *demonstrate* or signify something;
742 "portents," because they *portend* something; and so forth.[863]
743 But let their diviners see how they are either deceived, or
744 even when they do predict true things, it is because they
745 are inspired by spirits, who are intent upon entangling the
746 minds of men (worthy, indeed, of such a fate) in the meshes
747 of a hurtful curiosity, or how they light now and then upon
748 some truth, because they make so many predictions. Yet,
749 for our part, these things which happen contrary to nature,
750 and are said to be contrary to nature (as the apostle, speaking
751 after the manner of men, says, that to graff the wild olive
752 into the good olive, and to partake of its fatness, is contrary
753 to nature), and are called monsters, phenomena, portents, prodigies,
754 ought to demonstrate, portend, predict that God will
755 bring to pass what He has foretold regarding the bodies of
756 men, no difficulty preventing Him, no law of nature prescribing
757 to Him His limit. How He has foretold what He
758 is to do, I think I have sufficiently shown in the preceding
759 book, culling from the sacred Scriptures, both of the New and
760 Old Testaments, not, indeed, all the passages that relate to
761 this, but as many as I judged to suffice for this work.
762 9. *Of hell, and the nature of eternal punishments.*
763 So then what God by His prophet has said of the everlasting
764 punishment of the damned shall come to pass—shall
765 without fail come to pass,—"their worm shall not die, neither
766 shall their fire be quenched."[864] In order to impress this upon
767 us most forcibly, the Lord Jesus Himself, when ordering us to
768 cut off our members, meaning thereby those persons whom a
769 man loves as the most useful members of his body, says, "It
770 is better for thee to enter into life maimed, than having two
771 hands to go into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched;
772 where their worm dieth not, and their fire is not quenched."
773 Similarly of the foot: "It is better for thee to enter halt into
774 life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire
775 that never shall be quenched; where their worm dieth not,
776 and the fire is not quenched." So, too, of the eye: "It is
777 better for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye,
778 than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire; where their
779 worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched."[865] He did not
780 shrink from using the same words three times over in one
781 passage. And who is not terrified by this repetition, and by
782 the threat of that punishment uttered so vehemently by the
783 lips of the Lord Himself?
784 Now they who would refer both the fire and the worm to
785 the spirit, and not to the body, affirm that the wicked, who are
786 separated from the kingdom of God, shall be burned, as it were,
787 by the anguish of a spirit repenting too late and fruitlessly;
788 and they contend that fire is therefore not inappropriately used
789 to express this burning torment, as when the apostle exclaims,
790 "Who is offended, and I burn not?"[866] The worm, too, they
791 think, is to be similarly understood. For it is written, they
792 say, "As the moth consumes the garment, and the worm the
793 wood, so does grief consume the heart of a man."[867] But they
794 who make no doubt that in that future punishment both body
795 and soul shall suffer, affirm that the body shall be burned with
796 fire, while the soul shall be, as it were, gnawed by a worm of
797 anguish. Though this view is more reasonable,—for it is absurd
798 to suppose that either body or soul will escape pain in the
799 future punishment,—yet, for my own part, I find it easier to
800 understand both as referring to the body than to suppose that
801 neither does; and I think that Scripture is silent regarding
802 the spiritual pain of the damned, because, though not expressed,
803 it is necessarily understood that in a body thus tormented the
804 soul also is tortured with a fruitless repentance. For we read
805 in the ancient Scriptures, "The vengeance of the flesh of the
806 ungodly is fire and worms."[868] It might have been more briefly
807 said, "The vengeance of the ungodly." Why, then, was it said,
808 "The flesh of the ungodly," unless because both the fire and
809 the worm are to be the punishment of the flesh? Or if the
810 object of the writer in saying, "The vengeance of the flesh,"
811 was to indicate that this shall be the punishment of those who
812 live after the flesh (for this leads to the second death, as the
813 apostle intimated when he said, "For if ye live after the flesh,
814 ye shall die"[869]), let each one make his own choice, either
815 assigning the fire to the body and the worm to the soul,—the
816 one figuratively, the other really,—or assigning both really to
817 the body. For I have already sufficiently made out that
818 animals can live in the fire, in burning without being consumed,
819 in pain without dying, by a miracle of the most omnipotent
820 Creator, to whom no one can deny that this is possible, if
821 he be not ignorant by whom has been made all that is wonderful
822 in all nature. For it is God Himself who has wrought all
823 these miracles, great and small, in this world which I have
824 mentioned, and incomparably more which I have omitted, and
825 who has enclosed these marvels in this world, itself the greatest
826 miracle of all. Let each man, then, choose which he will,
827 whether he thinks that the worm is real and pertains to the
828 body, or that spiritual things are meant by bodily representations,
829 and that it belongs to the soul. But which of these is
830 true will be more readily discovered by the facts themselves,
831 when there shall be in the saints such knowledge as shall not
832 require that their own experience teach them the nature of
833 these punishments, but as shall, by its own fulness and perfection,
834 suffice to instruct them in this matter. For "now we
835 know in part, until that which is perfect is come;"[870] only, this
836 we believe about those future bodies, that they shall be such
837 as shall certainly be pained by the fire.
838 10. *Whether the fire of hell, if it be material fire, can burn the wicked spirits,
839 that is to say, devils, who are immaterial.*
840 Here arises the question: If the fire is not to be immaterial,
841 analogous to the pain of the soul, but material, burning by
842 contact, so that bodies may be tormented in it, how can evil
843 spirits be punished in it? For it is undoubtedly the same
844 fire which is to serve for the punishment of men and of devils,
845 according to the words of Christ: "Depart from me, ye cursed,
846 into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels;"[871]
847 unless, perhaps, as learned men have thought, the devils have
848 a kind of body made of that dense and humid air which we
849 feel strikes us when the wind is blowing. And if this kind
850 of substance could not be affected by fire, it could not burn
851 when heated in the baths. For in order to burn, it is first
852 burned, and affects other things as itself is affected. But if
853 any one maintains that the devils have no bodies, this is not
854 a matter either to be laboriously investigated, or to be debated
855 with keenness. For why may we not assert that even immaterial
856 spirits may, in some extraordinary way, yet really be
857 pained by the punishment of material fire, if the spirits of
858 men, which also are certainly immaterial, are both now contained
859 in material members of the body, and in the world to
860 come shall be indissolubly united to their own bodies? Therefore,
861 though the devils have no bodies, yet their spirits, that
862 is, the devils themselves, shall be brought into thorough contact
863 with the material fires, to be tormented by them; not
864 that the fires themselves with which they are brought into
865 contact shall be animated by their connection with these spirits,
866 and become animals composed of body and spirit, but, as I
867 said, this junction will be effected in a wonderful and ineffable
868 way, so that they shall receive pain from the fires, but give no
869 life to them. And, in truth, this other mode of union, by
870 which bodies and spirits are bound together and become
871 animals, is thoroughly marvellous, and beyond the comprehension
872 of man, though this it is which is man.
873 I would indeed say that these spirits will burn without any
874 body of their own, as that rich man was burning in hell when
875 he exclaimed, "I am tormented in this flame,"[872] were I not
876 aware that it is aptly said in reply, that that flame was of the
877 same nature as the eyes he raised and fixed on Lazarus, as the
878 tongue on which he entreated that a little cooling water might
879 be dropped, or as the finger of Lazarus, with which he asked
880 that this might be done,—all of which took place where souls
881 exist without bodies. Thus, therefore, both that flame in
882 which he burned and that drop he begged were immaterial,
883 and resembled the visions of sleepers or persons in an ecstasy,
884 to whom immaterial objects appear in a bodily form. For the
885 man himself who is in such a state, though it be in spirit
886 only, not in body, yet sees himself so like to his own body
887 that he cannot discern any difference whatever. But that
888 hell, which also is called a lake of fire and brimstone,[873] will be
889 material fire, and will torment the bodies of the damned,
890 whether men or devils,—the solid bodies of the one, aerial
891 bodies of the others; or if only men have bodies as well as
892 souls, yet the evil spirits, though without bodies, shall be so
893 connected with the bodily fires as to receive pain without
894 imparting life. One fire certainly shall be the lot of both,
895 for thus the truth has declared.
896 11. *Whether it is just that the punishments of sins last longer than the sins
897 themselves lasted.*
898 Some, however, of those against whom we are defending the
899 city of God, think it unjust that any man be doomed to an
900 eternal punishment for sins which, no matter how great they
901 were, were perpetrated in a brief space of time; as if any law
902 ever regulated the duration of the punishment by the duration
903 of the offence punished! Cicero tells us that the laws recognise
904 eight kinds of penalty,—damages, imprisonment, scourging,
905 reparation,[874] disgrace, exile, death, slavery. Is there any one
906 of these which may be compressed into a brevity proportioned
907 to the rapid commission of the offence, so that no longer time
908 may be spent in its punishment than in its perpetration, unless,
909 perhaps, reparation? For this requires that the offender
910 suffer what he did, as that clause of the law says, "Eye for
911 eye, tooth for tooth."[875] For certainly it is possible for an
912 offender to lose his eye by the severity of legal retaliation in
913 as brief a time as he deprived another of his eye by the
914 cruelty of his own lawlessness. But if scourging be a reasonable
915 penalty for kissing another man's wife, is not the fault
916 of an instant visited with long hours of atonement, and the
917 momentary delight punished with lasting pain? What shall
918 we say of imprisonment? Must the criminal be confined only
919 for so long a time as he spent on the offence for which he is
920 committed? or is not a penalty of many years' confinement
921 imposed on the slave who has provoked his master with a
922 word, or has struck him a blow that is quickly over? And
923 as to damages, disgrace, exile, slavery, which are commonly
924 inflicted so as to admit of no relaxation or pardon, do not these
925 resemble eternal punishments in so far as this short life allows
926 a resemblance? For they are not eternal only because the
927 life in which they are endured is not eternal; and yet the
928 crimes which are punished with these most protracted sufferings
929 are perpetrated in a very brief space of time. Nor is
930 there any one who would suppose that the pains of punishment
931 should occupy as short a time as the offence; or that
932 murder, adultery, sacrilege, or any other crime, should be
933 measured, not by the enormity of the injury or wickedness,
934 but by the length of time spent in its perpetration. Then as
935 to the award of death for any great crime, do the laws reckon
936 the punishment to consist in the brief moment in which death
937 is inflicted, or in this, that the offender is eternally banished
938 from the society of the living? And just as the punishment
939 of the first death cuts men off from this present mortal city,
940 so does the punishment of the second death cut men off from
941 that future immortal city. For as the laws of this present
942 city do not provide for the executed criminal's return to it, so
943 neither is he who is condemned to the second death recalled
944 again to life everlasting. But if temporal sin is visited with
945 eternal punishment, how, then, they say, is that true which
946 your Christ says, "With the same measure that ye mete
947 withal it shall be measured to you again?"[876] and they do not
948 observe that "the same measure" refers, not to an equal space
949 of time, but to the retribution of evil, or, in other words, to
950 the law by which he who has done evil suffers evil. Besides,
951 these words could be appropriately understood as referring to
952 the matter of which our Lord was speaking when He used
953 them, viz. judgments and condemnation. Thus, if he who
954 unjustly judges and condemns is himself justly judged and
955 condemned, he receives "with the same measure" though not
956 the same thing as he gave. For judgment he gave, and judgment
957 he receives, though the judgment he gave was unjust,
958 the judgment he receives just.
959 >
960 >
961 >
962 12. *Of the greatness of the first transgression, on account of which eternal
963 > punishment is due to all who are not within the pale of the Saviour's
964 > grace.*
965 But eternal punishment seems hard and unjust to human
966 perceptions, because in the weakness of our mortal condition
967 there is wanting that highest and purest wisdom by which it
968 can be perceived how great a wickedness was committed in
969 that first transgression. The more enjoyment man found in
970 God, the greater was his wickedness in abandoning Him;
971 and he who destroyed in himself a good which might have
972 been eternal, became worthy of eternal evil. Hence the
973 whole mass of the human race is condemned; for he who at
974 first gave entrance to sin has been punished with all his posterity
975 who were in him as in a root, so that no one is exempt
976 from this just and due punishment, unless delivered by mercy
977 and undeserved grace; and the human race is so apportioned
978 that in some is displayed the efficacy of merciful grace, in the
979 rest the efficacy of just retribution. For both could not be
980 displayed in all; for if all had remained[877] under the punishment
981 of just condemnation, there would have been seen in no
982 one the mercy of redeeming grace. And, on the other hand, if
983 all had been transferred from darkness to light, the severity of
984 retribution would have been manifested in none. But many
985 more are left under punishment than are delivered from it, in
986 order that it may thus be shown what was due to all. And
987 had it been inflicted on all, no one could justly have found
988 fault with the justice of Him who taketh vengeance; whereas,
989 in the deliverance of so many from that just award, there is
990 cause to render the most cordial thanks to the gratuitous
991 bounty of Him who delivers.
992 13. *Against the opinion of those who think that the punishments of the wicked
993 after death are purgatorial.*
994 The Platonists, indeed, while they maintain that no sins
995 are unpunished, suppose that all punishment is administered
996 for remedial purposes,[878] be it inflicted by human or divine law,
997 in this life or after death; for a man may be scathless here,
998 or, though punished, may yet not amend. Hence that passage
999 of Virgil, where, when he had said of our earthly bodies and
1000 mortal members, that our souls derive—
1001 "Hence wild desires and grovelling fears,
1002 And human laughter, human tears;
1003 Immured in dungeon-seeming night,
1004 They look abroad, yet see no light,"
1005 goes on to say:
1006 "Nay, when at last the life has fled,
1007 And left the body cold and dead,
1008 E'en then there passes not away
1009 The painful heritage of clay;
1010 Full many a long-contracted stain
1011 Perforce must linger deep in grain.
1012 So penal sufferings they endure
1013 For ancient crime, to make them pure;
1014 Some hang aloft in open view,
1015 For winds to pierce them through and through,
1016 While others purge their guilt deep-dyed
1017 In burning fire or whelming tide."[879]
1018 They who are of this opinion would have all punishments
1019 after death to be purgatorial; and as the elements of air, fire,
1020 and water are superior to earth, one or other of these may be
1021 the instrument of expiating and purging away the stain contracted
1022 by the contagion of earth. So Virgil hints at the air
1023 in the words, "Some hang aloft for winds to pierce;" at the
1024 water in "whelming tide;" and at fire in the expression "in
1025 burning fire." For our part, we recognise that even in this
1026 life some punishments are purgatorial,—not, indeed, to those
1027 whose life is none the better, but rather the worse for them,
1028 but to those who are constrained by them to amend their life.
1029 All other punishments, whether temporal or eternal, inflicted
1030 as they are on every one by divine providence, are sent either
1031 on account of past sins, or of sins presently allowed in the
1032 life, or to exercise and reveal a man's graces. They may be
1033 inflicted by the instrumentality of bad men and angels as well
1034 as of the good. For even if any one suffers some hurt through
1035 another's wickedness or mistake, the man indeed sins whose
1036 ignorance or injustice does the harm; but God, who by His
1037 just though hidden judgment permits it to be done, sins not.
1038 But temporary punishments are suffered by some in this life
1039 only, by others after death, by others both now and then; but
1040 all of them before that last and strictest judgment. But of
1041 those who suffer temporary punishments after death, all are
1042 not doomed to those everlasting pains which are to follow
1043 that judgment; for to some, as we have already said, what
1044 is not remitted in this world is remitted in the next, that is,
1045 they are not punished with the eternal punishment of the
1046 world to come.
1047 14. *Of the temporary punishments of this life to which the human condition
1048 is subject.*
1049 Quite exceptional are those who are not punished in this
1050 life, but only afterwards. Yet that there have been some
1051 who have reached the decrepitude of age without experiencing
1052 even the slightest sickness, and who have had uninterrupted
1053 enjoyment of life, I know both from report and from my own
1054 observation. However, the very life we mortals lead is itself
1055 all punishment, for it is all temptation, as the Scriptures
1056 declare, where it is written, "Is not the life of man upon
1057 earth a temptation?"[880] For ignorance is itself no slight
1058 punishment, or want of culture, which it is with justice
1059 thought so necessary to escape, that boys are compelled, under
1060 pain of severe punishment, to learn trades or letters; and the
1061 learning to which they are driven by punishment is itself so
1062 much of a punishment to them, that they sometimes prefer the
1063 pain that drives them to the pain to which they are driven by
1064 it. And who would not shrink from the alternative, and
1065 elect to die, if it were proposed to him either to suffer death
1066 or to be again an infant? Our infancy, indeed, introducing
1067 us to this life not with laughter but with tears, seems unconsciously
1068 to predict the ills we are to encounter.[881] Zoroaster
1069 alone is said to have laughed when he was born, and that
1070 unnatural omen portended no good to him. For he is said to
1071 have been the inventor of magical arts, though indeed they
1072 were unable to secure to him even the poor felicity of this
1073 present life against the assaults of his enemies. For, himself
1074 king of the Bactrians, he was conquered by Ninus king of the
1075 Assyrians. In short, the words of Scripture, "An heavy yoke
1076 is upon the sons of Adam, from the day that they go out of
1077 their mother's womb till the day that they return to the
1078 mother of all things,"[882]—these words so infallibly find fulfilment,
1079 that even the little ones, who by the laver of regeneration
1080 have been freed from the bond of original sin in which
1081 alone they were held, yet suffer many ills, and in some instances
1082 are even exposed to the assaults of evil spirits. But
1083 let us not for a moment suppose that this suffering is prejudicial
1084 to their future happiness, even though it has so increased
1085 as to sever soul from body, and to terminate their life
1086 in that early age.
1087 >
1088 >
1089 >
1090 15. *That everything which the grace of God does in the way of rescuing us from
1091 > the inveterate evils in which we are sunk, pertains to the future world, in
1092 > which all things are made new.*
1093 Nevertheless, in the "heavy yoke that is laid upon the
1094 sons of Adam, from the day that they go out of their mother's
1095 womb to the day that they return to the mother of all things,"
1096 there is found an admirable though painful monitor teaching
1097 us to be sober-minded, and convincing us that this life has
1098 become penal in consequence of that outrageous wickedness
1099 which was perpetrated in Paradise, and that all to which the
1100 New Testament invites belongs to that future inheritance
1101 which awaits us in the world to come, and is offered for our
1102 acceptance, as the earnest that we may, in its own due time,
1103 obtain that of which it is the pledge. Now, therefore, let us
1104 walk in hope, and let us by the spirit mortify the deeds of
1105 the flesh, and so make progress from day to day. For "the
1106 Lord knoweth them that are His;"[883] and "as many as are
1107 led by the Spirit of God, they are sons of God,"[884] but by grace,
1108 not by nature. For there is but one Son of God by nature,
1109 who in His compassion became Son of man for our sakes, that
1110 we, by nature sons of men, might by grace become through
1111 Him sons of God. For He, abiding unchangeable, took upon
1112 Him our nature, that thereby He might take us to Himself;
1113 and, holding fast His own divinity, He became partaker of
1114 our infirmity, that we, being changed into some better thing,
1115 might, by participating in His righteousness and immortality,
1116 lose our own properties of sin and mortality, and
1117 preserve whatever good quality He had implanted in our
1118 nature, perfected now by sharing in the goodness of His
1119 nature. For as by the sin of one man we have fallen
1120 into a misery so deplorable, so by the righteousness of one
1121 Man, who also is God, shall we come to a blessedness inconceivably
1122 exalted. Nor ought any one to trust that he has
1123 passed from the one man to the other until he shall have reached
1124 that place where there is no temptation, and have entered
1125 into the peace which he seeks in the many and various conflicts
1126 of this war, in which "the flesh lusteth against the
1127 spirit, and the spirit against the flesh."[885] Now, such a war as
1128 this would have had no existence, if human nature had, in
1129 the exercise of free will, continued stedfast in the uprightness
1130 in which it was created. But now in its misery it
1131 makes war upon itself, because in its blessedness it would not
1132 continue at peace with God; and this, though it be a miserable
1133 calamity, is better than the earlier stages of this life,
1134 which do not recognise that a war is to be maintained. For
1135 better is it to contend with vices than without conflict to be
1136 subdued by them. Better, I say, is war with the hope of
1137 peace everlasting than captivity without any thought of deliverance.
1138 We long, indeed, for the cessation of this war, and,
1139 kindled by the flame of divine love, we burn for entrance on
1140 that well-ordered peace in which whatever is inferior is for
1141 ever subordinated to what is above it. But if (which God
1142 forbid) there had been no hope of so blessed a consummation,
1143 we should still have preferred to endure the hardness of this
1144 conflict, rather than, by our non-resistance, to yield ourselves
1145 to the dominion of vice.
1146 16. *The laws of grace, which extend to all the epochs of the life of the regenerate.*
1147 But such is God's mercy towards the vessels of mercy
1148 which He has prepared for glory, that even the first age of
1149 man, that is, infancy, which submits without any resistance to
1150 the flesh, and the second age, which is called boyhood, and
1151 which has not yet understanding enough to undertake this
1152 warfare, and therefore yields to almost every vicious pleasure
1153 (because though this age has the power of speech,[886] and may
1154 therefore seem to have passed infancy, the mind is still too
1155 weak to comprehend the commandment), yet if either of these
1156 ages has received the sacraments of the Mediator, then, although
1157 the present life be immediately brought to an end, the child,
1158 having been translated from the power of darkness to the kingdom
1159 of Christ, shall not only be saved from eternal punishments,
1160 but shall not even suffer purgatorial torments after
1161 death. For spiritual regeneration of itself suffices to prevent
1162 any evil consequences resulting after death from the connection
1163 with death which carnal generation forms.[887] But when
1164 we reach that age which can now comprehend the commandment,
1165 and submit to the dominion of law, we must declare
1166 war upon vices, and wage this war keenly, lest we be landed
1167 in damnable sins. And if vices have not gathered strength,
1168 by habitual victory they are more easily overcome and subdued;
1169 but if they have been used to conquer and rule, it is
1170 only with difficulty and labour they are mastered. And
1171 indeed this victory cannot be sincerely and truly gained but
1172 by delighting in true righteousness, and it is faith in Christ
1173 that gives this. For if the law be present with its command,
1174 and the Spirit be absent with His help, the presence of the
1175 prohibition serves only to increase the desire to sin, and adds
1176 the guilt of transgression. Sometimes, indeed, patent vices
1177 are overcome by other and hidden vices, which are reckoned
1178 virtues, though pride and a kind of ruinous self-sufficiency
1179 are their informing principles. Accordingly vices are then
1180 only to be considered overcome when they are conquered by
1181 the love of God, which God Himself alone gives, and which
1182 He gives only through the Mediator between God and men,
1183 the man Christ Jesus, who became a partaker of our mortality
1184 that He might make us partakers of His divinity. But few
1185 indeed are they who are so happy as to have passed their
1186 youth without committing any damnable sins, either by dissolute
1187 or violent conduct, or by following some godless and
1188 unlawful opinions, but have subdued by their greatness of
1189 soul everything in them which could make them the slaves of
1190 carnal pleasures. The greater number having first become
1191 transgressors of the law that they have received, and having
1192 allowed vice to have the ascendency in them, then flee to
1193 grace for help, and so, by a penitence more bitter, and a struggle
1194 more violent than it would otherwise have been, they subdue
1195 the soul to God, and thus give it its lawful authority over
1196 the flesh, and become victors. Whoever, therefore, desires to
1197 escape eternal punishment, let him not only be baptized, but
1198 also justified in Christ, and so let him in truth pass from the
1199 devil to Christ. And let him not fancy that there are any
1200 purgatorial pains except before that final and dreadful judgment.
1201 We must not, however, deny that even the eternal
1202 fire will be proportioned to the deserts of the wicked, so that
1203 to some it will be more, and to others less painful, whether
1204 this result be accomplished by a variation in the temperature
1205 of the fire itself, graduated according to every one's merit, or
1206 whether it be that the heat remains the same, but that all do
1207 not feel it with equal intensity of torment.
1208 17. *Of those who fancy that no men shall be punished eternally.*
1209 I must now, I see, enter the lists of amicable controversy
1210 with those tender-hearted Christians who decline to believe
1211 that any, or that all of those whom the infallibly just Judge
1212 may pronounce worthy of the punishment of hell, shall suffer
1213 eternally, and who suppose that they shall be delivered after
1214 a fixed term of punishment, longer or shorter according to
1215 the amount of each man's sin. In respect of this matter,
1216 Origen was even more indulgent; for he believed that even
1217 the devil himself and his angels, after suffering those more
1218 severe and prolonged pains which their sins deserved, should
1219 be delivered from their torments, and associated with the holy
1220 angels. But the Church, not without reason, condemned him
1221 for this and other errors, especially for his theory of the ceaseless
1222 alternation of happiness and misery, and the interminable
1223 transitions from the one state to the other at fixed periods of
1224 ages; for in this theory he lost even the credit of being merciful,
1225 by allotting to the saints real miseries for the expiation
1226 of their sins, and false happiness, which brought them no true
1227 and secure joy, that is, no fearless assurance of eternal blessedness.
1228 Very different, however, is the error we speak of, which
1229 is dictated by the tenderness of these Christians who suppose
1230 that the sufferings of those who are condemned in the judgment
1231 will be temporary, while the blessedness of all who are
1232 sooner or later set free will be eternal. Which opinion, if it
1233 is good and true because it is merciful, will be so much the
1234 better and truer in proportion as it becomes more merciful.
1235 Let, then, this fountain of mercy be extended, and flow forth
1236 even to the lost angels, and let them also be set free, at least
1237 after as many and long ages as seem fit! Why does this stream
1238 of mercy flow to all the human race, and dry up as soon as
1239 it reaches the angelic? And yet they dare not extend their
1240 pity further, and propose the deliverance of the devil himself.
1241 Or if any one is bold enough to do so, he does indeed put to
1242 shame their charity, but is himself convicted of error that is more
1243 unsightly, and a wresting of God's truth that is more perverse,
1244 in proportion as his clemency of sentiment seems to be greater.[888]
1245 18. *Of those who fancy that, on account of the saints' intercession, no man shall
1246 be damned in the last judgment.*
1247 There are others, again, with whose opinions I have become
1248 acquainted in conversation, who, though they seem to reverence
1249 the holy Scriptures, are yet of reprehensible life, and
1250 who accordingly, in their own interest, attribute to God a still
1251 greater compassion towards men. For they acknowledge that
1252 it is truly predicted in the divine word that the wicked and
1253 unbelieving are worthy of punishment, but they assert that,
1254 when the judgment comes, mercy will prevail. For, say they,
1255 God, having compassion on them, will give them up to the
1256 prayers and intercessions of His saints. For if the saints
1257 used to pray for them when they suffered from their cruel
1258 hatred, how much more will they do so when they see them
1259 prostrate and humble suppliants? For we cannot, they say,
1260 believe that the saints shall lose their bowels of compassion
1261 when they have attained the most perfect and complete holiness;
1262 so that they who, when still sinners, prayed for their
1263 enemies, should now, when they are freed from sin, withhold
1264 from interceding for their suppliants. Or shall God refuse to
1265 listen to so many of His beloved children, when their holiness
1266 has purged their prayers of all hindrance to His answering
1267 them? And the passage of the psalm which is cited by those
1268 who admit that wicked men and infidels shall be punished for
1269 a long time, though in the end delivered from all sufferings,
1270 is claimed also by the persons we are now speaking of as
1271 making much more for them. The verse runs: "Shall God
1272 forget to be gracious? Shall He in anger shut up His tender
1273 mercies?"[889] His anger, they say, would condemn all that are
1274 unworthy of everlasting happiness to endless punishment.
1275 But if He suffer them to be punished for a long time, or even
1276 at all, must He not shut up His tender mercies, which the
1277 Psalmist implies He will not do? For he does not say, Shall
1278 He in anger shut up His tender mercies for a long period?
1279 but he implies that He will not shut them up at all.
1280 And they deny that thus God's threat of judgment is proved
1281 to be false even though He condemn no man, any more than
1282 we can say that His threat to overthrow Nineveh was false,
1283 though the destruction which was absolutely predicted was
1284 not accomplished. For He did not say, "Nineveh shall be
1285 overthrown if they do not repent and amend their ways," but
1286 without any such condition He foretold that the city should
1287 be overthrown. And this prediction, they maintain, was true
1288 because God predicted the punishment which they deserved,
1289 although He was not to inflict it. For though He spared
1290 them on their repentance, yet He was certainly aware that
1291 they would repent, and, notwithstanding, absolutely and definitely
1292 predicted that the city should be overthrown. This
1293 was true, they say, in the truth of severity, because they were
1294 worthy of it; but in respect of the compassion which checked
1295 His anger, so that He spared the suppliants from the punishment
1296 with which He had threatened the rebellious, it was not
1297 true. If, then, He spared those whom His own holy prophet
1298 was provoked at His sparing, how much more shall He spare
1299 those more wretched suppliants for whom all His saints shall
1300 intercede? And they suppose that this conjecture of theirs
1301 is not hinted at in Scripture, for the sake of stimulating many
1302 to reformation of life through fear of very protracted or eternal
1303 sufferings, and of stimulating others to pray for those who
1304 have not reformed. However, they think that the divine
1305 oracles are not altogether silent on this point; for they ask
1306 to what purpose is it said, "How great is Thy goodness which
1307 Thou hast hidden for them that fear Thee,"[890] if it be not to
1308 teach us that the great and hidden sweetness of God's mercy
1309 is concealed in order that men may fear? To the same purpose
1310 they think the apostle said, "For God hath concluded
1311 all men in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all,"[891]
1312 signifying that no one should be condemned by God. And
1313 yet they who hold this opinion do not extend it to the acquittal
1314 or liberation of the devil and his angels. Their human
1315 tenderness is moved only towards men, and they plead chiefly
1316 their own cause, holding out false hopes of impunity to their
1317 own depraved lives by means of this quasi compassion of God
1318 to the whole race. Consequently they who promise this impunity
1319 even to the prince of the devils and his satellites make
1320 a still fuller exhibition of the mercy of God.
1321 19. *Of those who promise impunity from all sins even to heretics, through
1322 virtue of their participation of the body of Christ.*
1323 So, too, there are others who promise this deliverance from
1324 eternal punishment, not, indeed, to all men, but only to those
1325 who have been washed in Christian baptism, and who become
1326 partakers of the body of Christ, no matter how they have
1327 lived, or what heresy or impiety they have fallen into. They
1328 ground this opinion on the saying of Jesus, "This is the bread
1329 which cometh down from heaven, that if any man eat thereof,
1330 he shall not die. I am the living bread which came down
1331 from heaven. If a man eat of this bread, he shall live for
1332 ever."[892] Therefore, say they, it follows that these persons
1333 must be delivered from death eternal, and at one time or other
1334 be introduced to everlasting life.
1335 >
1336 >
1337 >
1338 20. *Of those who promise this indulgence not to all, but only to those who have
1339 > been baptized as catholics, though afterwards they have broken out into
1340 > many crimes and heresies.*
1341 There are others still who make this promise not even to
1342 all who have received the sacraments of the baptism of Christ
1343 and of His body, but only to the catholics, however badly
1344 they have lived. For these have eaten the body of Christ,
1345 not only sacramentally but really, being incorporated in His
1346 body, as the apostle says, "We, being many, are one bread,
1347 one body;"[893] so that, though they have afterwards lapsed into
1348 some heresy, or even into heathenism and idolatry, yet by
1349 virtue of this one thing, that they have received the baptism
1350 of Christ, and eaten the body of Christ, in the body of Christ,
1351 that is to say, in the catholic Church, they shall not die
1352 eternally, but at one time or other obtain eternal life; and all
1353 that wickedness of theirs shall not avail to make their punishment
1354 eternal, but only proportionately long and severe.
1355 >
1356 >
1357 >
1358 21. *Of those who assert that all catholics who continue in the faith, even though
1359 > by the depravity of their lives they have merited hell fire, shall be saved on
1360 > account of the "foundation" of their faith.*
1361 There are some, too, who found upon the expression of
1362 Scripture, "He that endureth to the end shall be saved,"[894] and
1363 who promise salvation only to those who continue in the
1364 Church catholic; and though such persons have lived badly,
1365 yet, say they, they shall be saved as by fire through virtue of
1366 the foundation of which the apostle says, "For other foundation
1367 hath no man laid than that which is laid, which is Christ
1368 Jesus. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold,
1369 silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man's work
1370 shall be made manifest: for the day of the Lord shall declare
1371 it, for it shall be revealed by fire; and each man's work
1372 shall be proved of what sort it is. If any man's work shall
1373 endure which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a
1374 reward. But if any man's work shall be burned, he shall
1375 suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as through
1376 fire."[895] They say, accordingly, that the catholic Christian, no
1377 matter what his life be, has Christ as his foundation, while
1378 this foundation is not possessed by any heresy which is separated
1379 from the unity of His body. And therefore, through
1380 virtue of this foundation, even though the catholic Christian
1381 by the inconsistency of his life has been as one building up
1382 wood, hay, stubble, upon it, they believe that he shall be
1383 saved by fire, in other words, that he shall be delivered after
1384 tasting the pain of that fire to which the wicked shall be condemned
1385 at the last judgment.
1386 22. *Of those who fancy that the sins which are intermingled with alms-deeds
1387 shall not be charged at the day of judgment.*
1388 I have also met with some who are of opinion that such
1389 only as neglect to cover their sins with alms-deeds shall be
1390 punished in everlasting fire; and they cite the words of the
1391 Apostle James, "He shall have judgment without mercy who
1392 hath shown no mercy."[896] Therefore, say they, he who has
1393 not amended his ways, but yet has intermingled his profligate
1394 and wicked actions with works of mercy, shall receive mercy
1395 in the judgment, so that he shall either quite escape condemnation,
1396 or shall be liberated from his doom after some time
1397 shorter or longer. They suppose that this was the reason
1398 why the Judge Himself of quick and dead declined to mention
1399 anything else than works of mercy done or omitted, when
1400 awarding to those on His right hand life eternal, and to those
1401 on His left everlasting punishment.[897] To the same purpose,
1402 they say, is the daily petition we make in the Lord's prayer,
1403 "Forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors."[898] For, no
1404 doubt, whoever pardons the person who has wronged him does
1405 a charitable action. And this has been so highly commended
1406 by the Lord Himself, that He says, "For if ye forgive men
1407 their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you:
1408 but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your
1409 Father forgive your trespasses."[899] And so it is to this kind
1410 of alms-deeds that the saying of the Apostle James refers,
1411 "He shall have judgment without mercy that hath shown no
1412 mercy." And our Lord, they say, made no distinction of
1413 great and small sins, but "Your Father will forgive your sins,
1414 if ye forgive men theirs." Consequently they conclude that,
1415 though a man has led an abandoned life up to the last day of
1416 it, yet whatsoever his sins have been, they are all remitted by
1417 virtue of this daily prayer, if only he has been mindful to
1418 attend to this one thing, that when they who have done him
1419 any injury ask his pardon, he forgive them from his heart.
1420 When, by God's help, I have replied to all these errors, I
1421 shall conclude this (twenty-first) book.
1422 23. *Against those who are of opinion that the punishment neither of the devil nor
1423 of wicked men shall be eternal.*
1424 First of all, it behoves us to inquire and to recognise why
1425 the Church has not been able to tolerate the idea that promises
1426 cleansing or indulgence to the devil even after the most severe
1427 and protracted punishment. For so many holy men, imbued
1428 with the spirit of the Old and New Testament, did not grudge
1429 to angels of any rank or character that they should enjoy the
1430 blessedness of the heavenly kingdom after being cleansed by
1431 suffering, but rather they perceived that they could not invalidate
1432 nor evacuate the divine sentence which the Lord
1433 predicted that He would pronounce in the judgment, saying,
1434 "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared
1435 for the devil and his angels."[900] For here it is evident that
1436 the devil and his angels shall burn in everlasting fire. And
1437 there is also that declaration in the Apocalypse, "The devil
1438 their deceiver was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone,
1439 where also are the beast and the false prophet. And they
1440 shall be tormented day and night for ever."[901] In the former
1441 passage "everlasting" is used, in the latter "for ever;" and
1442 by these words Scripture is wont to mean nothing else than
1443 endless duration. And therefore no other reason, no reason
1444 more obvious and just, can be found for holding it as the fixed
1445 and immovable belief of the truest piety, that the devil and
1446 his angels shall never return to the justice and life of the
1447 saints, than that Scripture, which deceives no man, says that
1448 God spared them not, and that they were condemned beforehand
1449 by Him, and cast into prisons of darkness in hell,[902] being
1450 reserved to the judgment of the last day, when eternal fire
1451 shall receive them, in which they shall be tormented world
1452 without end. And if this be so, how can it be believed that
1453 all men, or even some, shall be withdrawn from the endurance
1454 of punishment after some time has been spent in it? how can
1455 this be believed without enervating our faith in the eternal
1456 punishment of the devils? For if all or some of those to
1457 whom it shall be said, "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting
1458 fire, prepared for the devil and his angels,"[903] are not to
1459 be always in that fire, then what reason is there for believing
1460 that the devil and his angels shall always be there? Or is
1461 perhaps the sentence of God, which is to be pronounced on
1462 wicked men and angels alike, to be true in the case of the
1463 angels, false in that of men? Plainly it will be so if the
1464 conjectures of men are to weigh more than the word of God.
1465 But because this is absurd, they who desire to be rid of eternal
1466 punishment ought to abstain from arguing against God, and
1467 rather, while yet there is opportunity, obey the divine commands.
1468 Then what a fond fancy is it to suppose that eternal
1469 punishment means long-continued punishment, while eternal
1470 life means life without end, since Christ in the very same
1471 passage spoke of both in similar terms in one and the same
1472 sentence, "These shall go away into eternal punishment, but
1473 the righteous into life eternal!"[904] If both destinies are
1474 "eternal," then we must either understand both as long-continued
1475 but at last terminating, or both as endless. For they
1476 are correlative,—on the one hand, punishment eternal, on the
1477 other hand, life eternal. And to say in one and the same
1478 sense, life eternal shall be endless, punishment eternal shall
1479 come to an end, is the height of absurdity. Wherefore, as
1480 the eternal life of the saints shall be endless, so too the eternal
1481 punishment of those who are doomed to it shall have no end.
1482 24. *Against those who fancy that in the judgment of God all the accused will be
1483 spared in virtue of the prayers of the saints.*
1484 And this reasoning is equally conclusive against those who,
1485 in their own interest, but under the guise of a greater tenderness
1486 of spirit, attempt to invalidate the words of God, and
1487 who assert that these words are true, not because men shall
1488 suffer those things which are threatened by God, but because
1489 they deserve to suffer them. For God, they say, will yield
1490 them to the prayers of His saints, who will then the more
1491 earnestly pray for their enemies, as they shall be more perfect
1492 in holiness, and whose prayers will be the more efficacious
1493 and the more worthy of God's ear, because now purged from
1494 all sin whatsoever. Why, then, if in that perfected holiness
1495 their prayers be so pure and all-availing, will they not use
1496 them in behalf of the angels for whom eternal fire is prepared,
1497 that God may mitigate His sentence and alter it, and extricate
1498 them from that fire? Or will there, perhaps, be some one hardy
1499 enough to affirm that even the holy angels will make common
1500 cause with holy men (then become the equals of God's angels),
1501 and will intercede for the guilty, both men and angels, that
1502 mercy may spare them the punishment which truth has pronounced
1503 them to deserve? But this has been asserted by no
1504 one sound in the faith, nor will be. Otherwise there is no
1505 reason why the Church should not even now pray for the
1506 devil and his angels, since God her Master has ordered her
1507 to pray for her enemies. The reason, then, which prevents
1508 the Church from now praying for the wicked angels, whom
1509 she knows to be her enemies, is the identical reason which
1510 shall prevent her, however perfected in holiness, from praying
1511 at the last judgment for those men who are to be punished in
1512 eternal fire. At present she prays for her enemies among
1513 men, because they have yet opportunity for fruitful repentance.
1514 For what does she especially beg for them but that
1515 "God would grant them repentance," as the apostle says,
1516 "that they may return to soberness out of the snare of the
1517 devil, by whom they are held captive according to his will?"[905]
1518 But if the Church were certified who those are, who, though
1519 they are still abiding in this life, are yet predestinated to go
1520 with the devil into eternal fire, then for them she could no
1521 more pray than for him. But since she has this certainty
1522 regarding no man, she prays for all her enemies who yet live
1523 in this world; and yet she is not heard in behalf of all. But
1524 she is heard in the case of those only who, though they oppose
1525 the Church, are yet predestinated to become her sons through
1526 her intercession. But if any retain an impenitent heart until
1527 death, and are not converted from enemies into sons, does the
1528 Church continue to pray for them, for the spirits, *i.e.*, of such
1529 persons deceased? And why does she cease to pray for them,
1530 unless because the man who was not translated into Christ's
1531 kingdom while he was in the body, is now judged to be of
1532 Satan's following?
1533 It is then, I say, the same reason which prevents the
1534 Church at any time from praying for the wicked angels, which
1535 prevents her from praying hereafter for those men who are to
1536 be punished in eternal fire; and this also is the reason why,
1537 though she prays even for the wicked so long as they live,
1538 she yet does not even in this world pray for the unbelieving
1539 and godless who are dead. For some of the dead, indeed, the
1540 prayer of the Church or of pious individuals is heard; but it
1541 is for those who, having been regenerated in Christ, did not
1542 spend their life so wickedly that they can be judged unworthy
1543 of such compassion, nor so well that they can be considered
1544 to have no need of it. As also, after the resurrection, there
1545 will be some of the dead to whom, after they have endured
1546 the pains proper to the spirits of the dead, mercy shall be
1547 accorded, and acquittal from the punishment of eternal fire.
1548 For were there not some whose sins, though not remitted in
1549 this life, shall be remitted in that which is to come, it could
1550 not be truly said, "They shall not be forgiven, neither in this
1551 world, neither in that which is to come."[906] But when the Judge
1552 of quick and dead has said, "Come, ye blessed of my Father,
1553 inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of
1554 the world," and to those on the other side, "Depart from me,
1555 ye cursed, into the eternal fire, which is prepared for the
1556 devil and his angels," and "These shall go away into eternal
1557 punishment, but the righteous into eternal life,"[907] it were
1558 excessively presumptuous to say that the punishment of any
1559 of those whom God has said shall go away into eternal
1560 punishment shall not be eternal, and so bring either despair
1561 or doubt upon the corresponding promise of life eternal.
1562 Let no man then so understand the words of the Psalmist,
1563 "Shall God forget to be gracious? shall He shut up in His
1564 anger His tender mercies?"[908] as if the sentence of God were
1565 true of good men, false of bad men, or true of good men and
1566 wicked angels, but false of bad men. For the Psalmist's words
1567 refer to the vessels of mercy and the children of the promise,
1568 of whom the prophet himself was one; for when he had said,
1569 "Shall God forget to be gracious? shall He shut up in His
1570 anger His tender mercies?" and then immediately subjoins,
1571 "And I said, Now I begin: this is the change wrought by
1572 the right hand of the Most High,"[909] he manifestly explained
1573 what he meant by the words, "Shall He shut up in His
1574 anger His tender mercies?" For God's anger is this mortal
1575 life, in which man is made like to vanity, and his days pass
1576 as a shadow.[910] Yet in this anger God does not forget to be
1577 gracious, causing His sun to shine and His rain to descend on
1578 the just and the unjust;[911] and thus He does not in His anger
1579 cut short His tender mercies, and especially in what the
1580 Psalmist speaks of in the words, "Now I begin: this change
1581 is from the right hand of the Most High;" for He changes for
1582 the better the vessels of mercy, even while they are still in
1583 this most wretched life, which is God's anger, and even while
1584 His anger is manifesting itself in this miserable corruption;
1585 for "in His anger He does not shut up His tender mercies."
1586 And since the truth of this divine canticle is quite satisfied by
1587 this application of it, there is no need to give it a reference to
1588 that place in which those who do not belong to the city of God
1589 are punished in eternal fire. But if any persist in extending
1590 its application to the torments of the wicked, let them at least
1591 understand it so that the anger of God, which has threatened
1592 the wicked with eternal punishment, shall abide, but shall be
1593 mixed with mercy to the extent of alleviating the torments
1594 which might justly be inflicted; so that the wicked shall
1595 neither wholly escape, nor only for a time endure these threatened
1596 pains, but that they shall be less severe and more endurable
1597 than they deserve. Thus the anger of God shall continue,
1598 and at the same time He will not in this anger shut up His
1599 tender mercies. But even this hypothesis I am not to be
1600 supposed to affirm because I do not positively oppose it.[912]
1601 As for those who find an empty threat rather than a truth
1602 in such passages as these: "Depart from me, ye cursed, into
1603 everlasting fire;" and "These shall go away into eternal
1604 punishment;"[913] and "They shall be tormented for ever and
1605 ever;"[914] and "Their worm shall not die, and their fire shall
1606 not be quenched,"[915]—such persons, I say, are most emphatically
1607 and abundantly refuted, not by me so much as by the divine
1608 Scripture itself. For the men of Nineveh repented in this
1609 life, and therefore their repentance was fruitful, inasmuch as
1610 they sowed in that field which the Lord meant to be sown in
1611 tears that it might afterwards be reaped in joy. And yet who
1612 will deny that God's prediction was fulfilled in their case, if
1613 at least he observes that God destroys sinners not only in
1614 anger but also in compassion? For sinners are destroyed in
1615 two ways,—either, like the Sodomites, the men themselves are
1616 punished for their sins, or, like the Ninevites, the men's sins
1617 are destroyed by repentance. God's prediction, therefore, was
1618 fulfilled,—the wicked Nineveh was overthrown, and a good
1619 Nineveh built up. For its walls and houses remained standing;
1620 the city was overthrown in its depraved manners. And
1621 thus, though the prophet was provoked that the destruction
1622 which the inhabitants dreaded, because of his prediction, did
1623 not take place, yet that which God's foreknowledge had predicted
1624 did take place, for He who foretold the destruction
1625 knew how it should be fulfilled in a less calamitous sense.
1626 But that these perversely compassionate persons may see
1627 what is the purport of these words, "How great is the abundance
1628 of Thy sweetness, Lord, which Thou hast hidden for them
1629 that fear Thee,"[916] let them read what follows: "And Thou hast
1630 perfected it for them that hope in Thee." For what means,
1631 "Thou hast hidden it for them that fear Thee," "Thou hast
1632 perfected it for them that hope in Thee," unless this, that to
1633 those who through fear of punishment seek to establish their
1634 own righteousness by the law, the righteousness of God is not
1635 sweet, because they are ignorant of it? They have not tasted
1636 it. For they hope in themselves, not in Him; and therefore
1637 God's abundant sweetness is hidden from them. They fear
1638 God, indeed, but it is with that servile fear "which is not in
1639 love; for perfect love casteth out fear."[917] Therefore to them
1640 that hope in Him He perfecteth His sweetness, inspiring them
1641 with His own love, so that with a holy fear, which love does
1642 not cast out, but which endureth for ever, they may, when
1643 they glory, glory in the Lord. For the righteousness of God
1644 is Christ, "who is of God made unto us," as the apostle says,
1645 "wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption:
1646 as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the
1647 Lord."[918] This righteousness of God, which is the gift of grace
1648 without merits, is not known by those who go about to establish
1649 their own righteousness, and are therefore not subject to
1650 the righteousness of God, which is Christ.[919] But it is in this
1651 righteousness that we find the great abundance of God's sweetness,
1652 of which the psalm says, "Taste and see how sweet the
1653 Lord is."[920] And this we rather taste than partake of to satiety
1654 in this our pilgrimage. We hunger and thirst for it now, that
1655 hereafter we may be satisfied with it when we see Him as He
1656 is, and that is fulfilled which is written, "I shall be satisfied
1657 when Thy glory shall be manifested."[921] It is thus that Christ
1658 perfects the great abundance of His sweetness to them that
1659 hope in Him. But if God conceals His sweetness from them
1660 that fear Him in the sense that these our objectors fancy, so that
1661 men's ignorance of His purpose of mercy towards the wicked
1662 may lead them to fear Him and live better, and so that there
1663 may be prayer made for those who are not living as they
1664 ought, how then does He perfect His sweetness to them that
1665 hope in Him, since, if their dreams be true, it is this very
1666 sweetness which will prevent Him from punishing those who
1667 do not hope in Him? Let us then seek that sweetness of His,
1668 which He perfects to them that hope in Him, not that which
1669 He is supposed to perfect to those who despise and blaspheme
1670 Him; for in vain, after this life, does a man seek for what he
1671 has neglected to provide while in this life.
1672 Then, as to that saying of the apostle, "For God hath concluded
1673 all in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all,"[922]
1674 it does not mean that He will condemn no one; but the foregoing
1675 context shows what is meant. The apostle composed
1676 the epistle for the Gentiles who were already believers; and
1677 when he was speaking to them of the Jews who were yet to
1678 believe, he says, "For as ye in times past believed not God,
1679 yet have now obtained mercy through their unbelief; even
1680 so have these also now not believed, that through your mercy
1681 they also may obtain mercy." Then he added the words in
1682 question with which these persons beguile themselves: "For
1683 God concluded all in unbelief, that He might have mercy
1684 upon all." All whom, if not all those of whom he was speaking,
1685 just as if he had said, "Both you and them?" God then
1686 concluded all those in unbelief, both Jews and Gentiles, whom
1687 He foreknew and predestinated to be conformed to the image
1688 of His Son, in order that they might be confounded by the
1689 bitterness of unbelief, and might repent and believingly turn
1690 to the sweetness of God's mercy, and might take up that
1691 exclamation of the psalm, "How great is the abundance of
1692 Thy sweetness, O Lord, which Thou hast hidden for them that
1693 fear Thee, but hast perfected to them that hope," not in themselves,
1694 but "in Thee." He has mercy, then, on all the vessels
1695 of mercy. And what means "all?" Both those of the
1696 Gentiles and those of the Jews whom He predestinated, called,
1697 justified, glorified: none of these will be condemned by Him;
1698 but we cannot say none of all men whatever.
1699 >
1700 >
1701 >
1702 25. *Whether those who received heretical baptism, and have afterwards fallen
1703 > away to wickedness of life; or those who have received catholic baptism,
1704 > but have afterwards passed over to heresy and schism; or those who have
1705 > remained in the catholic Church in which they were baptized, but have
1706 > continued to live immorally,—may hope through the virtue of the sacraments
1707 > for the remission of eternal punishment.*
1708 But let us now reply to those who promise deliverance
1709 from eternal fire, not to the devil and his angels (as neither
1710 do they of whom we have been speaking), nor even to all
1711 men whatever, but only to those who have been washed by
1712 the baptism of Christ, and have become partakers of His body
1713 and blood, no matter how they have lived, no matter what
1714 heresy or impiety they have fallen into. But they are contradicted
1715 by the apostle, where he says, "Now the works of
1716 the flesh are manifest, which are these; fornication, uncleanness,
1717 lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variances,
1718 emulations, wrath, strife, heresies, envyings, drunkenness,
1719 revellings, and the like: of the which I tell you before, as I
1720 have also told you in time past, for they which do such
1721 things shall not inherit the kingdom of God."[923] Certainly
1722 this sentence of the apostle is false, if such persons shall be
1723 delivered after any lapse of time, and shall then inherit the
1724 kingdom of God. But as it is not false, they shall certainly
1725 never inherit the kingdom of God. And if they shall never
1726 enter that kingdom, then they shall always be retained in
1727 eternal punishment; for there is no middle place where he
1728 may live unpunished who has not been admitted into that
1729 kingdom.
1730 And therefore we may reasonably inquire how we are to
1731 understand these words of the Lord Jesus: "This is the bread
1732 which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof,
1733 and not die. I am the living bread which came down from
1734 heaven. If any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever."[924]
1735 And those, indeed, whom we are now answering, are refuted
1736 in their interpretation of this passage by those whom we are
1737 shortly to answer, and who do not promise this deliverance to
1738 all who have received the sacraments of baptism and the
1739 Lord's body, but only to the catholics, however wickedly they
1740 live; for these, say they, have eaten the Lord's body not only
1741 sacramentally, but really, being constituted members of His
1742 body, of which the apostle says, "We being many are one
1743 bread, one body."[925] He then who is in the unity of Christ's
1744 body (that is to say, in the Christian membership), of which
1745 body the faithful have been wont to receive the sacrament at
1746 the altar, that man is truly said to eat the body and drink
1747 the blood of Christ. And consequently heretics and schismatics
1748 being separate from the unity of this body, are able
1749 to receive the same sacrament, but with no profit to themselves,—nay,
1750 rather to their own hurt, so that they are rather
1751 more severely judged than liberated after some time. For
1752 they are not in that bond of peace which is symbolized by
1753 that sacrament.
1754 But again, even those who sufficiently understand that he
1755 who is not in the body of Christ cannot be said to eat the
1756 body of Christ, are in error when they promise liberation
1757 from the fire of eternal punishment to persons who fall away
1758 from the unity of that body into heresy, or even into heathenish
1759 superstition. For, in the first place, they ought to consider
1760 how intolerable it is, and how discordant with sound
1761 doctrine, to suppose that many, indeed, or almost all, who
1762 have forsaken the Church catholic, and have originated impious
1763 heresies and become heresiarchs, should enjoy a destiny
1764 superior to those who never were catholics, but have fallen
1765 into the snares of these others; that is to say, if the fact of
1766 their catholic baptism and original reception of the sacrament
1767 of the body of Christ in the true body of Christ is sufficient
1768 to deliver these heresiarchs from eternal punishment. For
1769 certainly he who deserts the faith, and from a deserter becomes
1770 an assailant, is worse than he who has not deserted the
1771 faith he never held. And, in the second place, they are contradicted
1772 by the apostle, who, after enumerating the works
1773 of the flesh, says with reference to heresies, "They who do
1774 such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God."
1775 And therefore neither ought such persons as lead an
1776 abandoned and damnable life to be confident of salvation,
1777 though they persevere to the end in the communion of the
1778 Church catholic, and comfort themselves with the words, "He
1779 that endureth to the end shall be saved." By the iniquity of
1780 their life they abandon that very righteousness of life which
1781 Christ is to them, whether it be by fornication, or by perpetrating
1782 in their body the other uncleannesses which the apostle would
1783 not so much as mention, or by a dissolute luxury, or by doing
1784 any one of those things of which he says, "They who do such
1785 things shall not inherit the kingdom of God." Consequently,
1786 they who do such things shall not exist anywhere but in
1787 eternal punishment, since they cannot be in the kingdom of
1788 God. For, while they continue in such things to the very
1789 end of life, they cannot be said to abide in Christ to the end;
1790 for to abide in Him is to abide in the faith of Christ. And
1791 this faith, according to the apostle's definition of it, "worketh
1792 by love."[926] And "love," as he elsewhere says, "worketh no
1793 evil."[927] Neither can these persons be said to eat the body of
1794 Christ, for they cannot even be reckoned among His members.
1795 For, not to mention other reasons, they cannot be at once the
1796 members of Christ and the members of a harlot. In fine, He
1797 Himself, when He says, "He that eateth my flesh and drinketh
1798 my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him,"[928] shows what it is
1799 in reality, and not sacramentally, to eat His body and drink
1800 His blood; for this is to dwell in Christ, that He also may
1801 dwell in us. So that it is as if He said, He that dwelleth
1802 not in me, and in whom I do not dwell, let him not say or
1803 think that he eateth my body or drinketh my blood. Accordingly,
1804 they who are not Christ's members do not dwell in
1805 Him. And they who make themselves members of a harlot,
1806 are not members of Christ unless they have penitently abandoned
1807 that evil, and have returned to this good to be reconciled
1808 to it.
1809 26. *What it is to have Christ for a foundation, and who they are to whom
1810 salvation as by fire is promised.*
1811 But, say they, the catholic Christians have Christ for a
1812 foundation, and they have not fallen away from union with
1813 Him, no matter how depraved a life they have built on this
1814 foundation, as wood, hay, stubble; and accordingly the well-directed
1815 faith by which Christ is their foundation will suffice
1816 to deliver them some time from the continuance of that fire,
1817 though it be with loss, since those things they have built on
1818 it shall be burned. Let the Apostle James summarily reply
1819 to them: "If any man say he has faith, and have not works,
1820 can faith save him?"[929] And who then is it, they ask, of
1821 whom the Apostle Paul says, "But he himself shall be saved,
1822 yet so as by fire?"[930] Let us join them in their inquiry; and
1823 one thing is very certain, that it is not he of whom James
1824 speaks, else we should make the two apostles contradict one
1825 another, if the one says, "Though a man's works be evil, his
1826 faith will save him as by fire," while the other says, "If he
1827 have not good works, can his faith save him?"
1828 We shall then ascertain who it is who can be saved by
1829 fire, if we first discover what it is to have Christ for a foundation.
1830 And this we may very readily learn from the image
1831 itself. In a building the foundation is first. Whoever, then,
1832 has Christ in his heart, so that no earthly or temporal things—not
1833 even those that are legitimate and allowed—are preferred
1834 to Him, has Christ as a foundation. But if these
1835 things be preferred, then even though a man seem to have faith
1836 in Christ, yet Christ is not the foundation to that man; and
1837 much more if he, in contempt of wholesome precepts, seek
1838 forbidden gratifications, is he clearly convicted of putting
1839 Christ not first but last, since he has despised Him as his
1840 ruler, and has preferred to fulfil his own wicked lusts, in contempt
1841 of Christ's commands and allowances. Accordingly, if
1842 any Christian man loves a harlot, and, attaching himself to
1843 her, becomes one body, he has not now Christ for a foundation.
1844 But if any one loves his own wife, and loves her as Christ would
1845 have him love her, who can doubt that he has Christ for a
1846 foundation? But if he loves her in the world's fashion, carnally,
1847 as the disease of lust prompts him, and as the Gentiles
1848 love who know not God, even this the apostle, or rather
1849 Christ by the apostle, allows as a venial fault. And therefore
1850 even such a man may have Christ for a foundation. For
1851 so long as he does not prefer such an affection or pleasure to
1852 Christ, Christ is his foundation, though on it he builds wood,
1853 hay, stubble; and therefore he shall be saved as by fire. For
1854 the fire of affliction shall burn such luxurious pleasures and
1855 earthly loves, though they be not damnable, because enjoyed
1856 in lawful wedlock. And of this fire the fuel is bereavement,
1857 and all those calamities which consume these joys. Consequently
1858 the superstructure will be loss to him who has built
1859 it, for he shall not retain it, but shall be agonized by the loss
1860 of those things in the enjoyment of which he found pleasure.
1861 But by this fire he shall be saved through virtue of the foundation,
1862 because even if a persecutor demanded whether he
1863 would retain Christ or these things, he would prefer Christ.
1864 Would you hear, in the apostle's own words, who he is who
1865 builds on the foundation gold, silver, precious stones? "He
1866 that is unmarried," he says, "careth for the things that
1867 belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord."[931] Would
1868 you hear who he is that buildeth wood, hay, stubble? "But
1869 he that is married careth for the things that are of the world,
1870 how he may please his wife."[932] "Every man's work shall be
1871 made manifest: for the day shall declare it,"—the day, no
1872 doubt, of tribulation—"because," says he, "it shall be revealed
1873 by fire."[933] He calls tribulation fire, just as it is elsewhere
1874 said, "The furnace proves the vessels of the potter, and
1875 the trial of affliction righteous men."[934] And "The fire shall
1876 try every man's work of what sort it is. If any man's work
1877 abide"—for a man's care for the things of the Lord, how he
1878 may please the Lord, abides—"which he hath built thereupon,
1879 he shall receive a reward,"—that is, he shall reap the
1880 fruit of his care. "But if any man's work shall be burned,
1881 he shall suffer loss,"—for what he loved he shall not retain:—"but
1882 he himself shall be saved,"—for no tribulation shall
1883 have moved him from that stable foundation,—"yet so as by
1884 fire;"[935] for that which he possessed with the sweetness of
1885 love he does not lose without the sharp sting of pain. Here,
1886 then, as seems to me, we have a fire which destroys neither,
1887 but enriches the one, brings loss to the other, proves both.
1888 But if this passage [of Corinthians] is to interpret that
1889 fire of which the Lord shall say to those on His left hand,
1890 "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire,"[936] so that
1891 among these we are to believe there are those who build on
1892 the foundation wood, hay, stubble, and that they, through
1893 virtue of the good foundation, shall after a time be liberated
1894 from the fire that is the award of their evil deserts, what
1895 then shall we think of those on the right hand, to whom it
1896 shall be said, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the
1897 kingdom prepared for you,"[937] unless that they are those who
1898 have built on the foundation gold, silver, precious stones?
1899 But if the fire of which our Lord speaks is the same as that
1900 of which the apostle says, "Yet so as by fire," then both—that
1901 is to say, both those on the right as well as those on the
1902 left—are to be cast into it. For that fire is to try both,
1903 since it is said, "For the day of the Lord shall declare it, because
1904 it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every
1905 man's work of what sort it is."[938] If, therefore, the fire shall
1906 try both, in order that if any man's work abide—*i.e.* if the
1907 superstructure be not consumed by the fire—he may receive
1908 a reward, and that if his work is burned he may suffer loss,
1909 certainly that fire is not the eternal fire itself. For into
1910 this latter fire only those on the left hand shall be cast, and
1911 that with final and everlasting doom; but that former fire
1912 proves those on the right hand. But some of them it so
1913 proves that it does not burn and consume the structure which
1914 is found to have been built by them on Christ as the foundation;
1915 while others of them it proves in another fashion, so as
1916 to burn what they have built up, and thus cause them to
1917 suffer loss, while they themselves are saved because they have
1918 retained Christ, who was laid as their sure foundation, and
1919 have loved Him above all. But if they are saved, then certainly
1920 they shall stand at the right hand, and shall with the
1921 rest hear the sentence, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit
1922 the kingdom prepared for you;" and not at the left
1923 hand, where those shall be who shall not be saved, and shall
1924 therefore hear the doom, "Depart from me, ye cursed, into
1925 everlasting fire." For from that fire no man shall be saved,
1926 because they all shall go away into eternal punishment, where
1927 their worms shall not die, nor their fire be quenched, in which
1928 they shall be tormented day and night for ever.
1929 But if it be said that in the interval of time between the
1930 death of this body and that last day of judgment and retribution
1931 which shall follow the resurrection, the bodies of the
1932 dead shall be exposed to a fire of such a nature that it shall
1933 not affect those who have not in this life indulged in such
1934 pleasures and pursuits as shall be consumed like wood, hay,
1935 stubble, but shall affect those others who have carried with
1936 them structures of that kind; if it be said that such worldliness,
1937 being venial, shall be consumed in the fire of tribulation
1938 either here only, or here and hereafter both, or here that it may
1939 not be hereafter,—this I do not contradict, because possibly
1940 it is true. For perhaps even the death of the body is itself
1941 a part of this tribulation, for it results from the first transgression,
1942 so that the time which follows death takes its colour
1943 in each case from the nature of the man's building. The
1944 persecutions, too, which have crowned the martyrs, and which
1945 Christians of all kinds suffer, try both buildings like a fire,
1946 consuming some, along with the builders themselves, if Christ
1947 is not found in them as their foundation, while others they
1948 consume without the builders, because Christ is found in
1949 them, and they are saved, though with loss; and other buildings
1950 still they do not consume, because such materials as
1951 abide for ever are found in them. In the end of the world
1952 there shall be in the time of Antichrist tribulation such as
1953 has never before been. How many edifices there shall then be,
1954 of gold or of hay, built on the best foundation, Christ Jesus,
1955 which that fire shall prove, bringing joy to some, loss to
1956 others, but without destroying either sort, because of this
1957 stable foundation! But whosoever prefers, I do not say his
1958 wife, with whom he lives for carnal pleasure, but any of those
1959 relatives who afford no delight of such a kind, and whom it
1960 is right to love,—whosoever prefers these to Christ, and loves
1961 them after a human and carnal fashion, has not Christ as a
1962 foundation, and will therefore not be saved by fire, nor indeed
1963 at all; for he shall not possibly dwell with the Saviour, who
1964 says very explicitly concerning this very matter, "He that loveth
1965 father or mother more than me is not worthy of me; and he
1966 that loveth son or daughter more than me is not worthy of
1967 me."[939] But he who loves his relations carnally, and yet so that
1968 he does not prefer them to Christ, but would rather want them
1969 than Christ if he were put to the proof, shall be saved by fire,
1970 because it is necessary that by the loss of these relations he
1971 suffer pain in proportion to his love. And he who loves
1972 father, mother, sons, daughters, according to Christ, so that
1973 he aids them in obtaining His kingdom and cleaving to Him,
1974 or loves them because they are members of Christ, God forbid
1975 that this love should be consumed as wood, hay, stubble, and
1976 not rather be reckoned a structure of gold, silver, precious
1977 stones. For how can a man love those more than Christ
1978 whom he loves only for Christ's sake?
1979 27. *Against the belief of those who think that the sins which have been accompanied
1980 with almsgiving will do them no harm.*
1981 It remains to reply to those who maintain that those only
1982 shall burn in eternal fire who neglect alms-deeds proportioned
1983 to their sins, resting this opinion on the words of the
1984 Apostle James, "He shall have judgment without mercy that
1985 hath showed no mercy."[940] Therefore, they say, he that hath
1986 showed mercy, though he has not reformed his dissolute conduct,
1987 but has lived wickedly and iniquitously even while
1988 abounding in alms, shall have a merciful judgment, so that he
1989 shall either be not condemned at all, or shall be delivered
1990 from final judgment after a time. And for the same reason
1991 they suppose that Christ will discriminate between those on
1992 the right hand and those on the left, and will send the one
1993 party into His kingdom, the other into eternal punishment, on
1994 the sole ground of their attention to or neglect of works of
1995 charity. Moreover, they endeavour to use the prayer which
1996 the Lord Himself taught as a proof and bulwark of their
1997 opinion, that daily sins which are never abandoned can be
1998 expiated through alms-deeds, no matter how offensive or of
1999 what sort they be. For, say they, as there is no day on
2000 which Christians ought not to use this prayer, so there is no
2001 sin of any kind which, though committed every day, is not
2002 remitted when we say, "Forgive us our debts," if we take
2003 care to fulfil what follows, "as we forgive our debtors."[941] For,
2004 they go on to say, the Lord does not say, "If ye forgive men
2005 their trespasses, your heavenly Father will forgive you your
2006 little daily sins," but "will forgive you your sins." Therefore,
2007 be they of any kind or magnitude whatever, be they perpetrated
2008 daily and never abandoned or subdued in this life,
2009 they can be pardoned, they presume, through alms-deeds.
2010 But they are right to inculcate the giving of alms proportioned
2011 to past sins; for if they said that any kind of alms
2012 could obtain the divine pardon of great sins committed daily
2013 and with habitual enormity, if they said that such sins could
2014 thus be daily remitted, they would see that their doctrine
2015 was absurd and ridiculous. For they would thus be driven
2016 to acknowledge that it were possible for a very wealthy man
2017 to buy absolution from murders, adulteries, and all manner of
2018 wickedness, by paying a daily alms of ten paltry coins. And
2019 if it be most absurd and insane to make such an acknowledgment,
2020 and if we still ask what are those fitting alms of
2021 which even the forerunner of Christ said, "Bring forth therefore
2022 fruits meet for repentance,"[942] undoubtedly it will be found
2023 that they are not such as are done by men who undermine
2024 their life by daily enormities even to the very end. For
2025 they suppose that by giving to the poor a small fraction
2026 of the wealth they acquire by extortion and spoliation they
2027 can propitiate Christ, so that they may with impunity
2028 commit the most damnable sins, in the persuasion that they
2029 have bought from Him a licence to transgress, or rather
2030 do buy a daily indulgence. And if they for one crime have
2031 distributed all their goods to Christ's needy members, that
2032 could profit them nothing unless they desisted from all similar
2033 actions, and attained charity which worketh no evil. He
2034 therefore who does alms-deeds proportioned to his sins must
2035 first begin with himself. For it is not reasonable that a man
2036 who exercises charity towards his neighbour should not do so
2037 towards himself, since he hears the Lord saying, "Thou shalt
2038 love thy neighbour as thyself,"[943] and again, "Have compassion
2039 on thy soul, and please God."[944] He then who has not compassion
2040 on his own soul that he may please God, how can he
2041 be said to do alms-deeds proportioned to his sins? To the
2042 same purpose is that written, "He who is bad to himself, to
2043 whom can he be good?"[945] We ought therefore to do alms
2044 that we may be heard when we pray that our past sins may
2045 be forgiven, not that while we continue in them we may
2046 think to provide ourselves with a licence for wickedness by
2047 alms-deeds.
2048 The reason, therefore, of our predicting that He will impute
2049 to those on His right hand the alms-deeds they have
2050 done, and charge those on His left with omitting the same, is
2051 that He may thus show the efficacy of charity for the deletion
2052 of past sins, not for impunity in their perpetual commission.
2053 And such persons, indeed, as decline to abandon their evil
2054 habits of life for a better course cannot be said to do charitable
2055 deeds. For this is the purport of the saying, "Inasmuch
2056 as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it
2057 not to me."[946] He shows them that they do not perform
2058 charitable actions even when they think they are doing so.
2059 For if they gave bread to a hungering Christian because he is
2060 a Christian, assuredly they would not deny to themselves the
2061 bread of righteousness, that is, Christ Himself; for God considers
2062 not the person to whom the gift is made, but the spirit
2063 in which it is made. He therefore who loves Christ in a
2064 Christian extends alms to him in the same spirit in which he
2065 draws near to Christ, not in that spirit which would abandon
2066 Christ if it could do so with impunity. For in proportion as
2067 a man loves what Christ disapproves does he himself abandon
2068 Christ. For what does it profit a man that he is baptized, if
2069 he is not justified? Did not He who said, "Except a man
2070 be born of water and of the Spirit, he shall not enter into the
2071 kingdom of God,"[947] say also, "Except your righteousness shall
2072 exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall
2073 not enter into the kingdom of heaven?"[948] Why do many
2074 through fear of the first saying run to baptism, while few
2075 through fear of the second seek to be justified? As therefore
2076 it is not to his brother a man says, "Thou fool," if when he
2077 says it he is indignant not at the brotherhood, but at the sin
2078 of the offender,—for otherwise he were guilty of hell fire,—so
2079 he who extends charity to a Christian does not extend it
2080 to a Christian if he does not love Christ in him. Now he
2081 does not love Christ who refuses to be justified in Him. Or,
2082 again, if a man has been guilty of this sin of calling his
2083 brother Fool, unjustly reviling him without any desire to
2084 remove his sin, his alms-deeds go a small way towards expiating
2085 this fault, unless he adds to this the remedy of reconciliation
2086 which the same passage enjoins. For it is there said,
2087 "Therefore, if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest
2088 that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave
2089 there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled
2090 to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift."[949] Just
2091 so it is a small matter to do alms-deeds, no matter how great
2092 they be, for any sin, so long as the offender continues in the
2093 practice of sin.
2094 Then as to the daily prayer which the Lord Himself taught,
2095 and which is therefore called the Lord's prayer, it obliterates
2096 indeed the sins of the day, when day by day we say, "Forgive
2097 us our debts," and when we not only say but act out that
2098 which follows, "as we forgive our debtors;"[950] but we utter
2099 this petition because sins have been committed, and not that
2100 they may be. For by it our Saviour designed to teach us
2101 that, however righteously we live in this life of infirmity and
2102 darkness, we still commit sins for the remission of which we
2103 ought to pray, while we must pardon those who sin against
2104 us that we ourselves also may be pardoned. The Lord then
2105 did not utter the words, "If ye forgive men their trespasses,
2106 your Father will also forgive you your trespasses,"[951] in order
2107 that we might contract from this petition such confidence as
2108 should enable us to sin securely from day to day, either putting
2109 ourselves above the fear of human laws, or craftily deceiving
2110 men concerning our conduct, but in order that we
2111 might thus learn not to suppose that we are without sins,
2112 even though we should be free from crimes; as also God
2113 admonished the priests of the old law to this same effect
2114 regarding their sacrifices, which He commanded them to offer
2115 first for their own sins, and then for the sins of the people.
2116 For even the very words of so great a Master and Lord are to
2117 be intently considered. For He does not say, If ye forgive
2118 men their sins, your Father will also forgive you your sins, no
2119 matter of what sort they be, but He says, your sins; for it
2120 was a daily prayer He was teaching, and it was certainly to
2121 disciples already justified He was speaking. What, then,
2122 does He mean by "your sins," but those sins from which not
2123 even you who are justified and sanctified can be free? While,
2124 then, those who seek occasion from this petition to indulge in
2125 habitual sin maintain that the Lord meant to include great
2126 sins, because He did not say, He will forgive you your small
2127 sins, but "your sins," we, on the other hand, taking into
2128 account the character of the persons He was addressing, cannot
2129 see our way to interpret the expression "your sins" of
2130 anything but small sins, because such persons are no longer
2131 guilty of great sins. Nevertheless not even great sins themselves—sins
2132 from which we must flee with a total reformation
2133 of life—are forgiven to those who pray, unless they observe
2134 the appended precept, "as ye also forgive your debtors." For
2135 if the very small sins which attach even to the life of the
2136 righteous be not remitted without that condition, how much
2137 further from obtaining indulgence shall those be who are involved
2138 in many great crimes, if, while they cease from perpetrating
2139 such enormities, they still inexorably refuse to remit
2140 any debt incurred to themselves, since the Lord says, "But if
2141 ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father
2142 forgive your trespasses?"[952] For this is the purport of the saying
2143 of the Apostle James also, "He shall have judgment without
2144 mercy that hath showed no mercy."[953] For we should
2145 remember that servant whose debt of ten thousand talents his
2146 lord cancelled, but afterwards ordered him to pay up, because
2147 the servant himself had no pity for his fellow-servant who
2148 owed him an hundred pence.[954] The words which the Apostle
2149 James subjoins, "And mercy rejoiceth against judgment,"[955]
2150 find their application among those who are the children of the
2151 promise and vessels of mercy. For even those righteous men,
2152 who have lived with such holiness that they receive into
2153 the eternal habitations others also who have won their friendship
2154 with the mammon of unrighteousness,[956] became such only
2155 through the merciful deliverance of Him who justifies the
2156 ungodly, imputing to him a reward according to grace, not
2157 according to debt. For among this number is the apostle,
2158 who says, "I obtained mercy to be faithful."[957]
2159 But it must be admitted, that those who are thus received
2160 into the eternal habitations are not of such a character that
2161 their own life would suffice to rescue them without the aid of
2162 the saints, and consequently in their case especially does mercy
2163 rejoice against judgment. And yet we are not on this account
2164 to suppose that every abandoned profligate, who has made
2165 no amendment of his life, is to be received into the eternal
2166 habitations if only he has assisted the saints with the mammon
2167 of unrighteousness,—that is to say, with money or wealth
2168 which has been unjustly acquired, or, if rightfully acquired, is
2169 yet not the true riches, but only what iniquity counts riches,
2170 because it knows not the true riches in which those persons
2171 abound, who even receive others also into eternal habitations.
2172 There is then a certain kind of life, which is neither, on the
2173 one hand, so bad that those who adopt it are not helped
2174 towards the kingdom of heaven by any bountiful almsgiving
2175 by which they may relieve the wants of the saints, and make
2176 friends who could receive them into eternal habitations, nor,
2177 on the other hand, so good that it of itself suffices to win for
2178 them that great blessedness, if they do not obtain mercy
2179 through the merits of those whom they have made their friends.
2180 And I frequently wonder that even Virgil should give expression
2181 to this sentence of the Lord, in which He says, "Make
2182 to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness, that
2183 they may receive you into everlasting habitations;"[958] and this
2184 very similar saying, "He that receiveth a prophet, in the
2185 name of a prophet, shall receive a prophet's reward; and he
2186 that receiveth a righteous man, in the name of a righteous
2187 man, shall receive a righteous man's reward."[959] For when that
2188 poet described the Elysian fields, in which they suppose that
2189 the souls of the blessed dwell, he placed there not only those
2190 who had been able by their own merit to reach that abode,
2191 but added,—
2192 "And they who grateful memory won
2193 By services to others done;"[960]
2194 that is, they who had served others, and thereby merited to
2195 be remembered by them. Just as if they used the expression
2196 so common in Christian lips, where some humble person commends
2197 himself to one of the saints, and says, Remember me,
2198 and secures that he do so by deserving well at his hand. But
2199 what that kind of life we have been speaking of is, and what
2200 those sins are which prevent a man from winning the kingdom
2201 of God by himself, but yet permit him to avail himself
2202 of the merits of the saints, it is very difficult to ascertain,
2203 very perilous to define. For my own part, in spite of all
2204 investigation, I have been up to the present hour unable to
2205 discover this. And possibly it is hidden from us, lest we
2206 should become careless in avoiding such sins, and so cease to
2207 make progress. For if it were known what these sins are,
2208 which, though they continue, and be not abandoned for a
2209 higher life, do yet not prevent us from seeking and hoping
2210 for the intercession of the saints, human sloth would presumptuously
2211 wrap itself in these sins, and would take no steps to
2212 be disentangled from such wrappings by the deft energy of
2213 any virtue, but would only desire to be rescued by the merits
2214 of other people, whose friendship had been won by a bountiful
2215 use of the mammon of unrighteousness. But now that we
2216 are left in ignorance of the precise nature of that iniquity
2217 which is venial, even though it be persevered in, certainly we
2218 are both more vigilant in our prayers and efforts for progress,
2219 and more careful to secure with the mammon of unrighteousness
2220 friends for ourselves among the saints.
2221 But this deliverance, which is effected by one's own prayers,
2222 or the intercession of holy men, secures that a man be not cast
2223 into eternal fire, but not that, when once he has been cast into
2224 it, he should after a time be rescued from it. For even those
2225 who fancy that what is said of the good ground bringing forth
2226 abundant fruit, some thirty, some sixty, some an hundred fold,
2227 is to be referred to the saints, so that in proportion to their
2228 merits some of them shall deliver thirty men, some sixty,
2229 some an hundred,—even those who maintain this are yet
2230 commonly inclined to suppose that this deliverance will take
2231 place at, and not after the day of judgment. Under this impression,
2232 some one who observed the unseemly folly with which
2233 men promise themselves impunity on the ground that all will
2234 be included in this method of deliverance, is reported to have
2235 very happily remarked, that we should rather endeavour to live
2236 so well that we shall be all found among the number of those
2237 who are to intercede for the liberation of others, lest these
2238 should be so few in number, that, after they have delivered,
2239 one thirty, another sixty, another a hundred, there should still
2240 remain many who could not be delivered from punishment by
2241 their intercessions, and among them every one who has vainly
2242 and rashly promised himself the fruit of another's labour. But
2243 enough has been said in reply to those who acknowledge the
2244 authority of the same sacred Scriptures as ourselves, but who,
2245 by a mistaken interpretation of them, conceive of the future
2246 rather as they themselves wish, than as the Scriptures teach.
2247 And having given this reply, I now, according to promise,
2248 close this book.
BOOK XXII
25 #### ARGUMENT.
26 >
27 >
28 >
29 THIS BOOK TREATS OF THE END OF THE CITY OF GOD, THAT IS TO SAY, OF THE
30 > ETERNAL HAPPINESS OF THE SAINTS; THE FAITH OF THE RESURRECTION
31 > OF THE BODY IS ESTABLISHED AND EXPLAINED; AND THE WORK CONCLUDES
32 > BY SHOWING HOW THE SAINTS, CLOTHED IN IMMORTAL AND SPIRITUAL
33 > BODIES, SHALL BE EMPLOYED.
34 1. *Of the creation of angels and men.*
35 As we promised in the immediately preceding book, this,
36 the last of the whole work, shall contain a discussion
37 of the eternal blessedness of the city of God. This blessedness
38 is named eternal, not because it shall endure for many
39 ages, though at last it shall come to an end, but because,
40 according to the words of the gospel, "of His kingdom there
41 shall be no end."[961] Neither shall it enjoy the mere appearance
42 of perpetuity which is maintained by the rise of fresh
43 generations to occupy the place of those that have died out, as
44 in an evergreen the same freshness seems to continue permanently,
45 and the same appearance of dense foliage is preserved
46 by the growth of fresh leaves in the room of those that have
47 withered and fallen; but in that city all the citizens shall be
48 immortal, men now for the first time enjoying what the holy
49 angels have never lost. And this shall be accomplished by
50 God, the most almighty Founder of the city. For He has
51 promised it, and cannot lie, and has already performed many
52 of His promises, and has done many unpromised kindnesses
53 to those whom He now asks to believe that He will do this
54 also.
55 For it is He who in the beginning created the world full
56 of all visible and intelligible beings, among which He created
57 nothing better than those spirits whom He endowed with intelligence,
58 and made capable of contemplating and enjoying Him,
59 and united in our society, which we call the holy and heavenly
60 city, and in which the material of their sustenance and blessedness
61 is God Himself, as it were their common food and nourishment.
62 It is He who gave to this intellectual nature free-will
63 of such a kind, that if he wished to forsake God his blessedness,
64 misery should forthwith result. It is He who, when
65 He foreknew that certain angels would in their pride desire
66 to suffice for their own blessedness, and would forsake their
67 great good, did not deprive them of this power, deeming it to
68 be more befitting His power and goodness to bring good out
69 of evil than to prevent the evil from coming into existence.
70 And indeed evil had never been, had not the mutable nature—mutable,
71 though good, and created by the most high God
72 and immutable Good, who created all things good—brought
73 evil upon itself by sin. And this its sin is itself proof that
74 its nature was originally good. For had it not been very good,
75 though not equal to its Creator, the desertion of God as its
76 light could not have been an evil to it. For as blindness is
77 a vice of the eye, and this very fact indicates that the eye
78 was created to see the light, and as, consequently, vice itself
79 proves that the eye is more excellent than the other members,
80 because it is capable of light (for on no other supposition
81 would it be a vice of the eye to want light), so the nature
82 which once enjoyed God teaches, even by its very vice, that
83 it was created the best of all, since it is now miserable because
84 it does not enjoy God. It is He who with very just punishment
85 doomed the angels who voluntarily fell to everlasting
86 misery, and rewarded those who continued in their attachment
87 to the supreme good with the assurance of endless stability
88 as the meed of their fidelity. It is He who made also man
89 himself upright, with the same freedom of will,—an earthly
90 animal, indeed, but fit for heaven if he remained faithful to
91 his Creator, but destined to the misery appropriate to such a
92 nature if he forsook Him. It is He who, when He foreknew
93 that man would in his turn sin by abandoning God and
94 breaking His law, did not deprive him of the power of free-will,
95 because He at the same time foresaw what good He
96 Himself would bring out of the evil, and how from this
97 mortal race, deservedly and justly condemned, He would by
98 His grace collect, as now He does, a people so numerous, that
99 He thus fills up and repairs the blank made by the fallen
100 angels, and that thus that beloved and heavenly city is not
101 defrauded of the full number of its citizens, but perhaps may
102 even rejoice in a still more overflowing population.
103 2. *Of the eternal and unchangeable will of God.*
104 It is true that wicked men do many things contrary to God's
105 will; but so great is His wisdom and power, that all things
106 which seem adverse to His purpose do still tend towards those
107 just and good ends and issues which He Himself has foreknown.
108 And consequently, when God is said to change His
109 will, as when, *e.g.*, He becomes angry with those to whom He
110 was gentle, it is rather they than He who are changed, and
111 they find Him changed in so far as their experience of suffering
112 at His hand is new, as the sun is changed to injured eyes, and
113 becomes as it were fierce from being mild, and hurtful from
114 being delightful, though in itself it remains the same as it
115 was. That also is called the will of God which He does in
116 the hearts of those who obey His commandments; and of this
117 the apostle says, "For it is God that worketh in you both
118 to will."[962] As God's "righteousness" is used not only of the
119 righteousness wherewith He Himself is righteous, but also of
120 that which He produces in the man whom He justifies, so also
121 that is called His law, which, though given by God, is rather
122 the law of men. For certainly they were men to whom Jesus
123 said, "It is written in your law,"[963] though in another place
124 we read, "The law of his God is in his heart."[964] According
125 to this will which God works in men, He is said also to will
126 what He Himself does not will, but causes His people to will;
127 as He is said to know what He has caused those to know who
128 were ignorant of it. For when the apostle says, "But now,
129 after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God,"[965]
130 we cannot suppose that God there for the first time knew
131 those who were foreknown by Him before the foundation of
132 the world; but He is said to have known them then, because
133 then He caused them to know. But I remember that I discussed
134 these modes of expression in the preceding books.
135 According to this will, then, by which we say that God wills
136 what He causes to be willed by others, from whom the future
137 is hidden, He wills many things which He does not perform.
138 Thus His saints, inspired by His holy will, desire many
139 things which never happen. They pray, *e.g.*, for certain individuals—they
140 pray in a pious and holy manner—but what
141 they request He does not perform, though He Himself by His
142 own Holy Spirit has wrought in them this will to pray. And
143 consequently, when the saints, in conformity with God's mind,
144 will and pray that all men be saved, we can use this mode of
145 expression: God wills and does not perform,—meaning that
146 He who causes them to will these things Himself wills them.
147 But if we speak of that will of His which is eternal as His
148 foreknowledge, certainly He has already done all things in
149 heaven and on earth that He has willed,—not only past and
150 present things, but even things still future. But before the
151 arrival of that time in which He has willed the occurrence of
152 what He foreknew and arranged before all time, we say, It
153 will happen when God wills. But if we are ignorant not
154 only of the time in which it is to be, but even whether it shall
155 be at all, we say, It will happen if God wills,—not because
156 God will then have a new will which He had not before, but
157 because that event, which from eternity has been prepared in
158 His unchangeable will, shall then come to pass.
159 3. *Of the promise of eternal blessedness to the saints, and everlasting
160 punishment to the wicked.*
161 Wherefore, not to mention many other instances besides, as
162 we now see in Christ the fulfilment of that which God promised
163 to Abraham when He said, "In thy seed shall all
164 nations be blessed,"[966] so this also shall be fulfilled which He
165 promised to the same race, when He said by the prophet,
166 "They that are in their sepulchres shall rise again;"[967] and
167 also, "There shall be a new heaven and a new earth: and the
168 former shall not be mentioned, nor come into mind; but they
169 shall find joy and rejoicing in it: for I will make Jerusalem
170 a rejoicing, and my people a joy. And I will rejoice in Jerusalem,
171 and joy in my people, and the voice of weeping shall
172 be no more heard in her."[968] And by another prophet He
173 uttered the same prediction: "At that time thy people shall
174 be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.
175 And many of them that sleep in the dust" (or, as some interpret
176 it, "in the mound") "of the earth shall awake, some to
177 everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt."[969]
178 And in another place by the same prophet: "The saints of
179 the Most High shall take the kingdom, and shall possess the
180 kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever."[970] And a little
181 after he says, "His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom."[971]
182 Other prophecies referring to the same subject I have advanced
183 in the twentieth book, and others still which I have
184 not advanced are found written in the same Scriptures; and
185 these predictions shall be fulfilled, as those also have been
186 which unbelieving men supposed would be frustrate. For it
187 is the same God who promised both, and predicted that both
188 would come to pass,—the God whom the pagan deities tremble
189 before, as even Porphyry, the noblest of pagan philosophers,
190 testifies.
191 4. *Against the wise men of the world, who fancy that the earthly bodies of men
192 cannot be transferred to a heavenly habitation.*
193 But men who use their learning and intellectual ability to
194 resist the force of that great authority which, in fulfilment of
195 what was so long before predicted, has converted all races of
196 men to faith and hope in its promises, seem to themselves to
197 argue acutely against the resurrection of the body while they
198 cite what Cicero mentions in the third book *De Republica*.
199 For when he was asserting the apotheosis of Hercules and
200 Romulus, he says: "Whose bodies were not taken up into
201 heaven; for nature would not permit a body of earth to exist
202 anywhere except upon earth." This, forsooth, is the profound
203 reasoning of the wise men, whose thoughts God knows that
204 they are vain. For if we were only souls, that is, spirits
205 without any body, and if we dwelt in heaven and had no
206 knowledge of earthly animals, and were told that we should
207 be bound to earthly bodies by some wonderful bond of union,
208 and should animate them, should we not much more vigorously
209 refuse to believe this, and maintain that nature would
210 not permit an incorporeal substance to be held by a corporeal
211 bond? And yet the earth is full of living spirits, to which
212 terrestrial bodies are bound, and with which they are in a
213 wonderful way implicated. If, then, the same God who has
214 created such beings wills this also, what is to hinder the
215 earthly body from being raised to a heavenly body, since a
216 spirit, which is more excellent than all bodies, and consequently
217 than even a heavenly body, has been tied to an earthly
218 body? If so small an earthly particle has been able to hold
219 in union with itself something better than a heavenly body,
220 so as to receive sensation and life, will heaven disdain to
221 receive, or at least to retain, this sentient and living particle,
222 which derives its life and sensation from a substance more
223 excellent than any heavenly body? If this does not happen
224 now, it is because the time is not yet come which has been
225 determined by Him who has already done a much more marvellous
226 thing than that which these men refuse to believe.
227 For why do we not more intensely wonder that incorporeal
228 souls, which are of higher rank than heavenly bodies, are
229 bound to earthly bodies, rather than that bodies, although
230 earthly, are exalted to an abode which, though heavenly, is yet
231 corporeal, except because we have been accustomed to see
232 this, and indeed are this, while we are not as yet that other
233 marvel, nor have as yet ever seen it? Certainly, if we consult
234 sober reason, the more wonderful of the two divine works
235 is found to be to attach somehow corporeal things to incorporeal,
236 and not to connect earthly things with heavenly,
237 which, though diverse, are yet both of them corporeal.
238 5. *Of the resurrection of the flesh, which some refuse to believe, though the
239 world at large believes it.*
240 But granting that this was once incredible, behold, now, the
241 world has come to the belief that the earthly body of Christ
242 was received up into heaven. Already both the learned and
243 unlearned have believed in the resurrection of the flesh and
244 its ascension to the heavenly places, while only a very few
245 either of the educated or uneducated are still staggered by it.
246 If this is a credible thing which is believed, then let those
247 who do not believe see how stolid they are; and if it is incredible,
248 then this also is an incredible thing, that what is
249 incredible should have received such credit. Here then we
250 have two incredibles,—to wit, the resurrection of our body to
251 eternity, and that the world should believe so incredible a
252 thing; and both these incredibles the same God predicted
253 should come to pass before either had as yet occurred. We
254 see that already one of the two has come to pass, for the world
255 has believed what was incredible; why should we despair
256 that the remaining one shall also come to pass, and that this
257 which the world believed, though it was incredible, shall itself
258 occur? For already that which was equally incredible has
259 come to pass, in the world's believing an incredible thing.
260 Both were incredible: the one we see accomplished, the other
261 we believe shall be; for both were predicted in those same
262 Scriptures by means of which the world believed. And the
263 very manner in which the world's faith was won is found to
264 be even more incredible, if we consider it. Men uninstructed
265 in any branch of a liberal education, without any of the refinement
266 of heathen learning, unskilled in grammar, not armed
267 with dialectic, not adorned with rhetoric, but plain fishermen,
268 and very few in number,—these were the men whom Christ
269 sent with the nets of faith to the sea of this world, and thus
270 took out of every race so many fishes, and even the philosophers
271 themselves, wonderful as they are rare. Let us add, if
272 you please, or because you ought to be pleased, this third
273 incredible thing to the two former. And now we have three
274 incredibles, all of which have yet come to pass. It is incredible
275 that Jesus Christ should have risen in the flesh and
276 ascended with flesh into heaven; it is incredible that the
277 world should have believed so incredible a thing; it is incredible
278 that a very few men, of mean birth and the lowest
279 rank, and no education, should have been able so effectually
280 to persuade the world, and even its learned men, of so incredible
281 a thing. Of these three incredibles, the parties with
282 whom we are debating refuse to believe the first; they cannot
283 refuse to see the second, which they are unable to account for
284 if they do not believe the third. It is indubitable that the
285 resurrection of Christ, and His ascension into heaven with the
286 flesh in which He rose, is already preached and believed in
287 the whole world. If it is not credible, how is it that it has
288 already received credence in the whole world? If a number
289 of noble, exalted, and learned men had said that they had
290 witnessed it, and had been at pains to publish what they had
291 witnessed, it were not wonderful that the world should have
292 believed it, but it were very stubborn to refuse credence; but
293 if, as is true, the world has believed a few obscure, inconsiderable,
294 uneducated persons, who state and write that they
295 witnessed it, is it not unreasonable that a handful of wrong-headed
296 men should oppose themselves to the creed of the
297 whole world, and refuse their belief? And if the world has
298 put faith in a small number of men, of mean birth and the
299 lowest rank, and no education, it is because the divinity of the
300 thing itself appeared all the more manifestly in such contemptible
301 witnesses. The eloquence, indeed, which lent persuasion
302 to their message, consisted of wonderful works, not
303 words. For they who had not seen Christ risen in the flesh,
304 nor ascending into heaven with His risen body, believed those
305 who related how they had seen these things, and who testified
306 not only with words but wonderful signs. For men whom they
307 knew to be acquainted with only one, or at most two languages,
308 they marvelled to hear speaking in the tongues of all nations.
309 They saw a man, lame from his mother's womb, after forty
310 years stand up sound at their word in the name of Christ;
311 that handkerchiefs taken from their bodies had virtue to heal
312 the sick; that countless persons, sick of various diseases, were
313 laid in a row in the road where they were to pass, that their
314 shadow might fall on them as they walked, and that they
315 forthwith received health; that many other stupendous
316 miracles were wrought by them in the name of Christ; and,
317 finally, that they even raised the dead. If it be admitted
318 that these things occurred as they are related, then we have
319 a multitude of incredible things to add to those three incredibles.
320 That the one incredibility of the resurrection and
321 ascension of Jesus Christ may be believed, we accumulate the
322 testimonies of countless incredible miracles, but even so we
323 do not bend the frightful obstinacy of these sceptics. But if
324 they do not believe that these miracles were wrought by
325 Christ's apostles to gain credence to their preaching of His
326 resurrection and ascension, this one grand miracle suffices for
327 us, that the whole world has believed without any miracles.
328 6. *That Rome made its founder Romulus a god because it loved him; but the
329 Church loved Christ because it believed Him to be God.*
330 Let us here recite the passage in which Tully expresses his
331 astonishment that the apotheosis of Romulus should have been
332 credited. I shall insert his words as they stand: "It is most
333 worthy of remark in Romulus, that other men who are said to
334 have become gods lived in less educated ages, when there was
335 a greater propensity to the fabulous, and when the uninstructed
336 were easily persuaded to believe anything. But the age of
337 Romulus was barely six hundred years ago, and already literature
338 and science had dispelled the errors that attach to an
339 uncultured age." And a little after he says of the same
340 Romulus words to this effect: "From this we may perceive
341 that Homer had flourished long before Romulus, and that there
342 was now so much learning in individuals, and so generally
343 diffused an enlightenment, that scarcely any room was left for
344 fable. For antiquity admitted fables, and sometimes even
345 very clumsy ones; but this age [of Romulus] was sufficiently
346 enlightened to reject whatever had not the air of truth." Thus
347 one of the most learned men, and certainly the most eloquent,
348 M. Tullius Cicero, says that it is surprising that the divinity
349 of Romulus was believed in, because the times were already so
350 enlightened that they would not accept a fabulous fiction. But
351 who believed that Romulus was a god except Rome, which was
352 itself small and in its infancy? Then afterwards it was necessary
353 that succeeding generations should preserve the tradition
354 of their ancestors; that, drinking in this superstition with their
355 mother's milk, the state might grow and come to such power
356 that it might dictate this belief, as from a point of vantage,
357 to all the nations over whom its sway extended. And these
358 nations, though they might not believe that Romulus was a
359 god, at least said so, that they might not give offence to their
360 sovereign state by refusing to give its founder that title which
361 was given him by Rome, which had adopted this belief, not by
362 a love of error, but an error of love. But though Christ is the
363 founder of the heavenly and eternal city, yet it did not believe
364 Him to be God because it was founded by Him, but rather it
365 is founded by Him, in virtue of its belief. Rome, after it
366 had been built and dedicated, worshipped its founder in a
367 temple as a god; but this Jerusalem laid Christ, its God,
368 as its foundation, that the building and dedication might
369 proceed. The former city loved its founder, and therefore
370 believed him to be a god; the latter believed Christ to be God,
371 and therefore loved Him. There was an antecedent cause for
372 the love of the former city, and for its believing that even a
373 false dignity attached to the object of its love; so there was
374 an antecedent cause for the belief of the latter, and for its
375 loving the true dignity which a proper faith, not a rash surmise,
376 ascribed to its object. For, not to mention the multitude of
377 very striking miracles which proved that Christ is God, there
378 were also divine prophecies heralding Him, prophecies most
379 worthy of belief, which being already accomplished, we have
380 not, like the fathers, to wait for their verification. Of Romulus,
381 on the other hand, and of his building Rome and reigning in
382 it, we read or hear the narrative of what did take place, not
383 prediction which beforehand said that such things should be.
384 And so far as his reception among the gods is concerned, history
385 only records that this was believed, and does not state it
386 as a fact; for no miraculous signs testified to the truth of
387 this. For as to that wolf which is said to have nursed the
388 twin-brothers, and which is considered a great marvel, how
389 does this prove him to have been divine? For even supposing
390 that this nurse was a real wolf and not a mere courtezan,
391 yet she nursed both brothers, and Remus is not reckoned a
392 god. Besides, what was there to hinder any one from asserting
393 that Romulus or Hercules, or any such man, was a god?
394 Or who would rather choose to die than profess belief in his
395 divinity? And did a single nation worship Romulus among
396 its gods, unless it were forced through fear of the Roman
397 name? But who can number the multitudes who have chosen
398 death in the most cruel shapes rather than deny the divinity
399 of Christ? And thus the dread of some slight indignation,
400 which it was supposed, perhaps groundlessly, might exist in the
401 minds of the Romans, constrained some states who were subject
402 to Rome to worship Romulus as a god; whereas the dread,
403 not of a slight mental shock, but of severe and various punishments,
404 and of death itself, the most formidable of all, could not
405 prevent an immense multitude of martyrs throughout the world
406 from not merely worshipping but also confessing Christ as God.
407 The city of Christ, which, although as yet a stranger upon
408 earth, had countless hosts of citizens, did not make war upon
409 its godless persecutors for the sake of temporal security, but
410 preferred to win eternal salvation by abstaining from war.
411 They were bound, imprisoned, beaten, tortured, burned, torn
412 in pieces, massacred, and yet they multiplied. It was not
413 given to them to fight for their eternal salvation except by
414 despising their temporal salvation for their Saviour's sake.
415 I am aware that Cicero, in the third book of his *De Republica*,
416 if I mistake not, argues that a first-rate power will not
417 engage in war except either for honour or for safety. What
418 he has to say about the question of safety, and what he means
419 by safety, he explains in another place, saying, "Private persons
420 frequently evade, by a speedy death, destitution, exile,
421 bonds, the scourge, and the other pains which even the most
422 insensible feel. But to states, death, which seems to emancipate
423 individuals from all punishments, is itself a punishment;
424 for a state should be so constituted as to be eternal. And
425 thus death is not natural to a republic as to a man, to whom
426 death is not only necessary, but often even desirable. But
427 when a state is destroyed, obliterated, annihilated, it is as if
428 (to compare great things with small) this whole world perished
429 and collapsed." Cicero said this because he, with the Platonists,
430 believed that the world would not perish. It is therefore
431 agreed that, according to Cicero, a state should engage in
432 war for the safety which preserves the state permanently in
433 existence, though its citizens change; as the foliage of an olive
434 or laurel, or any tree of this kind, is perennial, the old leaves
435 being replaced by fresh ones. For death, as he says, is no
436 punishment to individuals, but rather delivers them from all
437 other punishments, but it is a punishment to the state. And
438 therefore it is reasonably asked whether the Saguntines did
439 right when they chose that their whole state should perish
440 rather than that they should break faith with the Roman
441 republic; for this deed of theirs is applauded by the citizens
442 of the earthly republic. But I do not see how they could
443 follow the advice of Cicero, who tells us that no war is to be
444 undertaken save for safety or for honour; neither does he say
445 which of these two is to be preferred, if a case should occur
446 in which the one could not be preserved without the loss of
447 the other. For manifestly, if the Saguntines chose safety, they
448 must break faith; if they kept faith, they must reject safety;
449 as also it fell out. But the safety of the city of God is such
450 that it can be retained, or rather acquired, by faith and with
451 faith; but if faith be abandoned, no one can attain it. It is
452 this thought of a most stedfast and patient spirit that has
453 made so many noble martyrs, while Romulus has not had, and
454 could not have, so much as one to die for his divinity.
455 7. *That the world's belief in Christ is the result of divine power, not of human
456 persuasion.*
457 But it is thoroughly ridiculous to make mention of the false
458 divinity of Romulus as any way comparable to that of Christ.
459 Nevertheless, if Romulus lived about six hundred years before
460 Cicero, in an age which already was so enlightened that it
461 rejected all impossibilities, how much more, in an age which
462 certainly was more enlightened, being six hundred years later,
463 the age of Cicero himself, and of the emperors Augustus and
464 Tiberius, would the human mind have refused to listen to or
465 believe in the resurrection of Christ's body and its ascension
466 into heaven, and have scouted it as an impossibility, had not
467 the divinity of the truth itself, or the truth of the divinity, and
468 corroborating miraculous signs, proved that it could happen
469 and had happened? Through virtue of these testimonies, and
470 notwithstanding the opposition and terror of so many cruel
471 persecutions, the resurrection and immortality of the flesh,
472 first in Christ, and subsequently in all in the new world, was
473 believed, was intrepidly proclaimed, and was sown over the
474 whole world, to be fertilized richly with the blood of the
475 martyrs. For the predictions of the prophets that had preceded
476 the events were read, they were corroborated by powerful
477 signs, and the truth was seen to be not contradictory to
478 reason, but only different from customary ideas, so that at
479 length the world embraced the faith it had furiously persecuted.
480 8. *Of miracles which were wrought that the world might believe in Christ,
481 and which have not ceased since the world believed.*
482 Why, they say, are those miracles, which you affirm were
483 wrought formerly, wrought no longer? I might, indeed, reply
484 that miracles were necessary before the world believed, in order
485 that it might believe. And whoever now-a-days demands to
486 see prodigies that he may believe, is himself a great prodigy,
487 because he does not believe, though the whole world does.
488 But they make these objections for the sole purpose of insinuating
489 that even those former miracles were never wrought.
490 How, then, is it that everywhere Christ is celebrated with
491 such firm belief in His resurrection and ascension? How is it
492 that in enlightened times, in which every impossibility is rejected,
493 the world has, without any miracles, believed things
494 marvellously incredible? Or will they say that these things
495 were credible, and therefore were credited? Why then do
496 they themselves not believe? Our argument, therefore, is a
497 summary one—either incredible things which were not witnessed
498 have caused the world to believe other incredible things
499 which both occurred and were witnessed, or this matter was
500 so credible that it needed no miracles in proof of it, and therefore
501 convicts these unbelievers of unpardonable scepticism.
502 This I might say for the sake of refuting these most frivolous
503 objectors. But we cannot deny that many miracles were
504 wrought to confirm that one grand and health-giving miracle
505 of Christ's ascension to heaven with the flesh in which He
506 rose. For these most trustworthy books of ours contain in
507 one narrative both the miracles that were wrought and the
508 creed which they were wrought to confirm. The miracles
509 were published that they might produce faith, and the faith
510 which they produced brought them into greater prominence.
511 For they are read in congregations that they may be believed,
512 and yet they would not be so read unless they were believed.
513 For even now miracles are wrought in the name of Christ,
514 whether by His sacraments or by the prayers or relics of His
515 saints; but they are not so brilliant and conspicuous as to
516 cause them to be published with such glory as accompanied
517 the former miracles. For the canon of the sacred writings,
518 which behoved to be closed,[972] causes those to be everywhere
519 recited, and to sink into the memory of all the congregations;
520 but these modern miracles are scarcely known even to the
521 whole population in the midst of which they are wrought, and
522 at the best are confined to one spot. For frequently they are
523 known only to a very few persons, while all the rest are ignorant
524 of them, especially if the state is a large one; and when
525 they are reported to other persons in other localities, there is
526 no sufficient authority to give them prompt and unwavering
527 credence, although they are reported to the faithful by the
528 faithful.
529 The miracle which was wrought at Milan when I was there,
530 and by which a blind man was restored to sight, could come
531 to the knowledge of many; for not only is the city a large one,
532 but also the emperor was there at the time, and the occurrence
533 was witnessed by an immense concourse of people that had
534 gathered to the bodies of the martyrs Protasius and Gervasius,
535 which had long lain concealed and unknown, but were now
536 made known to the bishop Ambrose in a dream, and discovered
537 by him. By virtue of these remains the darkness of that blind
538 man was scattered, and he saw the light of day.[973]
539 But who but a very small number are aware of the cure
540 which was wrought upon Innocentius, ex-advocate of the deputy
541 prefecture, a cure wrought at Carthage, in my presence, and
542 under my own eyes? For when I and my brother Alypius,[974] who
543 were not yet clergymen,[975] though already servants of God, came
544 from abroad, this man received us, and made us live with
545 him, for he and all his household were devotedly pious. He
546 was being treated by medical men for fistulæ, of which he
547 had a large number intricately seated in the rectum. He had
548 already undergone an operation, and the surgeons were using
549 every means at their command for his relief. In that operation
550 he had suffered long-continued and acute pain; yet, among
551 the many folds of the gut, one had escaped the operators so
552 entirely, that, though they ought to have laid it open with the
553 knife, they never touched it. And thus, though all those that
554 had been opened were cured, this one remained as it was, and
555 frustrated all their labour. The patient, having his suspicions
556 awakened by the delay thus occasioned, and fearing greatly a
557 second operation, which another medical man—one of his own
558 domestics—had told him he must undergo, though this man
559 had not even been allowed to witness the first operation, and
560 had been banished from the house, and with difficulty allowed
561 to come back to his enraged master's presence,—the patient, I
562 say, broke out to the surgeons, saying, "Are you going to cut
563 me again? Are you, after all, to fulfil the prediction of that
564 man whom you would not allow even to be present?" The
565 surgeons laughed at the unskilful doctor, and soothed their
566 patient's fears with fair words and promises. So several days
567 passed, and yet nothing they tried did him good. Still they
568 persisted in promising that they would cure that fistula by
569 drugs, without the knife. They called in also another old
570 practitioner of great repute in that department, Ammonius (for
571 he was still alive at that time); and he, after examining the
572 part, promised the same result as themselves from their care
573 and skill. On this great authority, the patient became confident,
574 and, as if already well, vented his good spirits in facetious
575 remarks at the expense of his domestic physician, who had predicted
576 a second operation. To make a long story short, after
577 a number of days had thus uselessly elapsed, the surgeons,
578 wearied and confused, had at last to confess that he could only
579 be cured by the knife. Agitated with excessive fear, he was
580 terrified, and grew pale with dread; and when he collected
581 himself and was able to speak, he ordered them to go away
582 and never to return. Worn out with weeping, and driven by
583 necessity, it occurred to him to call in an Alexandrian, who
584 was at that time esteemed a wonderfully skilful operator, that
585 he might perform the operation his rage would not suffer them
586 to do. But when he had come, and examined with a professional
587 eye the traces of their careful work, he acted the
588 part of a good man, and persuaded his patient to allow those
589 same hands the satisfaction of finishing his cure which had
590 begun it with a skill that excited his admiration, adding that
591 there was no doubt his only hope of a cure was by an operation,
592 but that it was thoroughly inconsistent with his nature
593 to win the credit of the cure by doing the little that remained
594 to be done, and rob of their reward men whose consummate
595 skill, care, and diligence he could not but admire when he saw
596 the traces of their work. They were therefore again received
597 to favour; and it was agreed that, in the presence of the
598 Alexandrian, they should operate on the fistula, which, by the
599 consent of all, could now only be cured by the knife. The
600 operation was deferred till the following day. But when they
601 had left, there arose in the house such a wailing, in sympathy
602 with the excessive despondency of the master, that it seemed
603 to us like the mourning at a funeral, and we could scarcely
604 repress it. Holy men were in the habit of visiting him daily;
605 Saturninus of blessed memory, at that time bishop of Uzali,
606 and the presbyter Gelosus, and the deacons of the church of
607 Carthage; and among these was the bishop Aurelius, who
608 alone of them all survives,—a man to be named by us with due
609 reverence,—and with him I have often spoken of this affair,
610 as we conversed together about the wonderful works of God,
611 and I have found that he distinctly remembers what I am
612 now relating. When these persons visited him that evening
613 according to their custom, he besought them, with pitiable
614 tears, that they would do him the honour of being present next
615 day at what he judged his funeral rather than his suffering.
616 For such was the terror his former pains had produced, that he
617 made no doubt he would die in the hands of the surgeons.
618 They comforted him, and exhorted him to put his trust in
619 God, and nerve his will like a man. Then we went to prayer;
620 but while we, in the usual way, were kneeling and bending
621 to the ground, he cast himself down, as if some one were
622 hurling him violently to the earth, and began to pray; but in
623 what a manner, with what earnestness and emotion, with what
624 a flood of tears, with what groans and sobs, that shook his
625 whole body, and almost prevented him speaking, who can
626 describe! Whether the others prayed, and had not their
627 attention wholly diverted by this conduct, I do not know. For
628 myself, I could not pray at all. This only I briefly said in my
629 heart: "O Lord, what prayers of Thy people dost Thou hear
630 if Thou hearest not these?" For it seemed to me that nothing
631 could be added to this prayer, unless he expired in praying.
632 We rose from our knees, and, receiving the blessing of the
633 bishop, departed, the patient beseeching his visitors to be present
634 next morning, they exhorting him to keep up his heart.
635 The dreaded day dawned. The servants of God were present,
636 as they had promised to be; the surgeons arrived; all
637 that the circumstances required was ready; the frightful
638 instruments are produced; all look on in wonder and suspense.
639 While those who have most influence with the patient are
640 cheering his fainting spirit, his limbs are arranged on the
641 couch so as to suit the hand of the operator; the knots of the
642 bandages are untied; the part is bared; the surgeon examines
643 it, and, with knife in hand, eagerly looks for the sinus that is
644 to be cut. He searches for it with his eyes; he feels for it
645 with his finger; he applies every kind of scrutiny: he finds a
646 perfectly firm cicatrix! No words of mine can describe the
647 joy, and praise, and thanksgiving to the merciful and almighty
648 God which was poured from the lips of all, with tears of gladness.
649 Let the scene be imagined rather than described!
650 In the same city of Carthage lived Innocentia, a very
651 devout woman of the highest rank in the state. She had
652 cancer in one of her breasts, a disease which, as physicians
653 say, is incurable. Ordinarily, therefore, they either amputate,
654 and so separate from the body the member on which the disease
655 has seized, or, that the patient's life may be prolonged a little,
656 though death is inevitable even if somewhat delayed, they
657 abandon all remedies, following, as they say, the advice of
658 Hippocrates. This the lady we speak of had been advised to
659 by a skilful physician, who was intimate with her family; and
660 she betook herself to God alone by prayer. On the approach
661 of Easter, she was instructed in a dream to wait for the first
662 woman that came out from the baptistery[976] after being baptized,
663 and to ask her to make the sign of Christ upon her sore. She
664 did so, and was immediately cured. The physician who had
665 advised her to apply no remedy if she wished to live a little
666 longer, when he had examined her after this, and found that
667 she who, on his former examination, was afflicted with that
668 disease was now perfectly cured, eagerly asked her what
669 remedy she had used, anxious, as we may well believe, to discover
670 the drug which should defeat the decision of Hippocrates.
671 But when she told him what had happened, he is said to have
672 replied, with religious politeness, though with a contemptuous
673 tone, and an expression which made her fear he would utter
674 some blasphemy against Christ, "I thought you would make
675 some great discovery to me." She, shuddering at his indifference,
676 quickly replied, "What great thing was it for Christ to
677 heal a cancer, who raised one who had been four days dead?"
678 When, therefore, I had heard this, I was extremely indignant
679 that so great a miracle, wrought in that well-known city, and
680 on a person who was certainly not obscure, should not be
681 divulged, and I considered that she should be spoken to, if
682 not reprimanded on this score. And when she replied to me
683 that she had not kept silence on the subject, I asked the
684 women with whom she was best acquainted whether they had
685 ever heard of this before. They told me they knew nothing
686 of it. "See," I said, "what your not keeping silence amounts
687 to, since not even those who are so familiar with you know of it."
688 And as I had only briefly heard the story, I made her tell
689 how the whole thing happened, from beginning to end, while
690 the other women listened in great astonishment, and glorified
691 God.
692 A gouty doctor of the same city, when he had given in his
693 name for baptism, and had been prohibited the day before
694 his baptism from being baptized that year, by black woolly-haired
695 boys who appeared to him in his dreams, and whom
696 he understood to be devils, and when, though they trod on
697 his feet, and inflicted the acutest pain he had ever yet experienced,
698 he refused to obey them, but overcame them, and
699 would not defer being washed in the laver of regeneration,
700 was relieved in the very act of baptism, not only of the extraordinary
701 pain he was tortured with, but also of the disease
702 itself, so that, though he lived a long time afterwards, he
703 never suffered from gout; and yet who knows of this miracle?
704 We, however, do know it, and so, too, do the small number of
705 brethren who were in the neighbourhood, and to whose ears
706 it might come.
707 An old comedian of Curubis[977] was cured at baptism not
708 only of paralysis, but also of hernia, and, being delivered from
709 both afflictions, came up out of the font of regeneration as
710 if he had had nothing wrong with his body. Who outside of
711 Curubis knows of this, or who but a very few who might
712 hear it elsewhere? But we, when we heard of it, made
713 the man come to Carthage, by order of the holy bishop
714 Aurelius, although we had already ascertained the fact on the
715 information of persons whose word we could not doubt.
716 Hesperius, of a tribunitian family, and a neighbour of our
717 own,[978] has a farm called Zubedi in the Fussalian district;[979]
718 and, finding that his family, his cattle, and his servants were
719 suffering from the malice of evil spirits, he asked our presbyters,
720 during my absence, that one of them would go with
721 him and banish the spirits by his prayers. One went, offered
722 there the sacrifice of the body of Christ, praying with all
723 his might that that vexation might cease. It did cease forthwith,
724 through God's mercy. Now he had received from a
725 friend of his own some holy earth brought from Jerusalem,
726 where Christ, having been buried, rose again the third day.
727 This earth he had hung up in his bedroom to preserve himself
728 from harm. But when his house was purged of that
729 demoniacal invasion, he began to consider what should be
730 done with the earth; for his reverence for it made him unwilling
731 to have it any longer in his bedroom. It so happened
732 that I and Maximinus bishop of Synita, and then my
733 colleague, were in the neighbourhood. Hesperius asked us
734 to visit him, and we did so. When he had related all the
735 circumstances, he begged that the earth might be buried
736 somewhere, and that the spot should be made a place of
737 prayer where Christians might assemble for the worship of
738 God. We made no objection: it was done as he desired.
739 There was in that neighbourhood a young countryman who
740 was paralytic, who, when he heard of this, begged his parents
741 to take him without delay to that holy place. When he had
742 been brought there, he prayed, and forthwith went away on
743 his own feet perfectly cured.
744 There is a country-seat called Victoriana, less than thirty
745 miles from Hippo-regius. At it there is a monument to the
746 Milanese martyrs, Protasius and Gervasius. Thither a young
747 man was carried, who, when he was watering his horse one
748 summer day at noon in a pool of a river, had been taken
749 possession of by a devil. As he lay at the monument, near
750 death, or even quite like a dead person, the lady of the manor,
751 with her maids and religious attendants, entered the place
752 for evening prayer and praise, as her custom was, and they
753 began to sing hymns. At this sound the young man, as if
754 electrified, was thoroughly aroused, and with frightful screaming
755 seized the altar, and held it as if he did not dare or were
756 not able to let it go, and as if he were fixed or tied to it;
757 and the devil in him, with loud lamentation, besought that
758 he might be spared, and confessed where and when and how
759 he took possession of the youth. At last, declaring that he
760 would go out of him, he named one by one the parts of his
761 body which he threatened to mutilate as he went out; and
762 with these words he departed from the man. But his eye,
763 falling out on his cheek, hung by a slender vein as by a root,
764 and the whole of the pupil which had been black became
765 white. When this was witnessed by those present (others
766 too had now gathered to his cries, and had all joined in
767 prayer for him), although they were delighted that he had
768 recovered his sanity of mind, yet, on the other hand, they
769 were grieved about his eye, and said he should seek medical
770 advice. But his sister's husband, who had brought him
771 there, said, "God, who has banished the devil, is able to
772 restore his eye at the prayers of His saints." Therewith he
773 replaced the eye that was fallen out and hanging, and bound
774 it in its place with his handkerchief as well as he could, and
775 advised him not to loose the bandage for seven days. When
776 he did so, he found it quite healthy. Others also were cured
777 there, but of them it were tedious to speak.
778 I know that a young woman of Hippo was immediately
779 dispossessed of a devil, on anointing herself with oil mixed
780 with the tears of the presbyter who had been praying for
781 her. I know also that a bishop once prayed for a demoniac
782 young man whom he never saw, and that he was cured on
783 the spot.
784 There was a fellow-townsman of ours at Hippo, Florentius,
785 an old man, religious and poor, who supported himself as a
786 tailor. Having lost his coat, and not having means to buy
787 another, he prayed to the Twenty Martyrs,[980] who have a very
788 celebrated memorial shrine in our town, begging in a distinct
789 voice that he might be clothed. Some scoffing young men,
790 who happened to be present, heard him, and followed him
791 with their sarcasm as he went away, as if he had asked the
792 martyrs for fifty pence to buy a coat. But he, walking on in
793 silence, saw on the shore a great fish, gasping as if just cast
794 up, and having secured it with the good-natured assistance of
795 the youths, he sold it for curing to a cook of the name of
796 Catosus, a good Christian man, telling him how he had come
797 by it, and receiving for it three hundred pence, which he laid
798 out in wool, that his wife might exercise her skill upon, and
799 make into a coat for him. But, on cutting up the fish, the
800 cook found a gold ring in its belly; and forthwith, moved
801 with compassion, and influenced, too, by religious fear, gave it
802 up to the man, saying, "See how the Twenty Martyrs have
803 clothed you."
804 When the bishop Projectus was bringing the relics of the
805 most glorious martyr Stephen to the waters of Tibilis, a great
806 concourse of people came to meet him at the shrine. There
807 a blind woman entreated that she might be led to the bishop
808 who was carrying the relics. He gave her the flowers he
809 was carrying. She took them, applied them to her eyes, and
810 forthwith saw. Those who were present were astounded,
811 while she, with every expression of joy, preceded them, pursuing
812 her way without further need of a guide.
813 Lucillus bishop of Sinita, in the neighbourhood of the
814 colonial town of Hippo, was carrying in procession some
815 relics of the same martyr, which had been deposited in the
816 castle of Sinita. A fistula under which he had long laboured,
817 and which his private physician was watching an opportunity
818 to cut, was suddenly cured by the mere carrying of that
819 sacred fardel,[981]—at least, afterwards there was no trace of it
820 in his body.
821 Eucharius, a Spanish priest, residing at Calama, was for a
822 long time a sufferer from stone. By the relics of the same
823 martyr, which the bishop Possidius brought him, he was
824 cured. Afterwards the same priest, sinking under another
825 disease, was lying dead, and already they were binding his
826 hands. By the succour of the same martyr he was raised to
827 life, the priest's cloak having been brought from the oratory
828 and laid upon the corpse.
829 There was there an old nobleman named Martial, who had
830 a great aversion to the Christian religion, but whose daughter
831 was a Christian, while her husband had been baptized that
832 same year. When he was ill, they besought him with tears
833 and prayers to become a Christian, but he positively refused,
834 and dismissed them from his presence in a storm of indignation.
835 It occurred to the son-in-law to go to the oratory of
836 St. Stephen, and there pray for him with all earnestness that
837 God might give him a right mind, so that he should not
838 delay believing in Christ. This he did with great groaning
839 and tears, and the burning fervour of sincere piety; then, as
840 he left the place, he took some of the flowers that were lying
841 there, and, as it was already night, laid them by his father's
842 head, who so slept. And lo! before dawn, he cries out for
843 some one to run for the bishop; but he happened at that
844 time to be with me at Hippo. So when he had heard that
845 he was from home, he asked the presbyters to come. They
846 came. To the joy and amazement of all, he declared that he
847 believed, and he was baptized. As long as he remained in
848 life, these words were ever on his lips: "Christ, receive my
849 spirit," though he was not aware that these were the last
850 words of the most blessed Stephen when he was stoned by
851 the Jews. They were his last words also, for not long after
852 he himself also gave up the ghost.
853 There, too, by the same martyr, two men, one a citizen, the
854 other a stranger, were cured of gout; but while the citizen
855 was absolutely cured, the stranger was only informed what he
856 should apply when the pain returned; and when he followed
857 this advice, the pain was at once relieved.
858 Audurus is the name of an estate, where there is a church
859 that contains a memorial shrine of the martyr Stephen. It
860 happened that, as a little boy was playing in the court, the
861 oxen drawing a waggon went out of the track and crushed
862 him with the wheel, so that immediately he seemed at his
863 last gasp. His mother snatched him up, and laid him at the
864 shrine, and not only did he revive, but also appeared uninjured.
865 A religious female, who lived at Caspalium, a neighbouring
866 estate, when she was so ill as to be despaired of, had her dress
867 brought to this shrine, but before it was brought back she was
868 gone. However, her parents wrapped her corpse in the dress,
869 and, her breath returning, she became quite well.
870 At Hippo a Syrian called Bassus was praying at the relics
871 of the same martyr for his daughter, who was dangerously ill.
872 He too had brought her dress with him to the shrine. But
873 as he prayed, behold, his servants ran from the house to tell
874 him she was dead. His friends, however, intercepted them,
875 and forbade them to tell him, lest he should bewail her in
876 public. And when he had returned to his house, which was
877 already ringing with the lamentations of his family, and had
878 thrown on his daughter's body the dress he was carrying,
879 she was restored to life.
880 There, too, the son of a man, Irenæus, one of our tax-gatherers,
881 took ill and died. And while his body was lying
882 lifeless, and the last rites were being prepared, amidst the
883 weeping and mourning of all, one of the friends who were
884 consoling the father suggested that the body should be
885 anointed with the oil of the same martyr. It was done, and
886 he revived.
887 Likewise Eleusinus, a man of tribunitian rank among us,
888 laid his infant son, who had died, on the shrine of the martyr,
889 which is in the suburb where he lived, and, after prayer,
890 which he poured out there with many tears, he took up his
891 child alive.
892 What am I to do? I am so pressed by the promise of
893 finishing this work, that I cannot record all the miracles I
894 know; and doubtless several of our adherents, when they
895 read what I have narrated, will regret that I have omitted
896 so many which they, as well as I, certainly know. Even now
897 I beg these persons to excuse me, and to consider how long it
898 would take me to relate all those miracles, which the necessity
899 of finishing the work I have undertaken forces me to omit.
900 For were I to be silent of all others, and to record exclusively
901 the miracles of healing which were wrought in the district of
902 Calama and of Hippo by means of this martyr—I mean the
903 most glorious Stephen—they would fill many volumes; and
904 yet all even of these could not be collected, but only those of
905 which narratives have been written for public recital. For
906 when I saw, in our own times, frequent signs of the presence
907 of divine powers similar to those which had been given of
908 old, I desired that narratives might be written, judging that
909 the multitude should not remain ignorant of these things. It
910 is not yet two years since these relics were first brought to
911 Hippo-regius, and though many of the miracles which have
912 been wrought by it have not, as I have the most certain
913 means of knowing, been recorded, those which have been
914 published amount to almost seventy at the hour at which I
915 write. But at Calama, where these relics have been for a
916 longer time, and where more of the miracles were narrated
917 for public information, there are incomparably more.
918 At Uzali, too, a colony near Utica, many signal miracles
919 were, to my knowledge, wrought by the same martyr, whose
920 relics had found a place there by direction of the bishop
921 Evodius, long before we had them at Hippo. But there the
922 custom of publishing narratives does not obtain, or, I should
923 say, did not obtain, for possibly it may now have been begun.
924 For, when I was there recently, a woman of rank, Petronia,
925 had been miraculously cured of a serious illness of long
926 standing, in which all medical appliances had failed, and, with
927 the consent of the above-named bishop of the place, I exhorted
928 her to publish an account of it that might be read to the
929 people. She most promptly obeyed, and inserted in her
930 narrative a circumstance which I cannot omit to mention,
931 though I am compelled to hasten on to the subjects which
932 this work requires me to treat. She said that she had been
933 persuaded by a Jew to wear next her skin, under all her
934 clothes, a hair girdle, and on this girdle a ring, which, instead
935 of a gem, had a stone which had been found in the kidneys of
936 an ox. Girt with this charm, she was making her way to
937 the threshold of the holy martyr. But, after leaving Carthage,
938 and when she had been lodging in her own demesne on the
939 river Bagrada, and was now rising to continue her journey,
940 she saw her ring lying before her feet. In great surprise
941 she examined the hair girdle, and when she found it bound, as
942 it had been, quite firmly with knots, she conjectured that the
943 ring had been worn through and dropped off; but when she
944 found that the ring was itself also perfectly whole, she presumed
945 that by this great miracle she had received somehow
946 a pledge of her cure, whereupon she untied the girdle, and
947 cast it into the river, and the ring along with it. This is not
948 credited by those who do not believe either that the Lord
949 Jesus Christ came forth from His mother's womb without
950 destroying her virginity, and entered among His disciples
951 when the doors were shut; but let them make strict inquiry
952 into this miracle, and if they find it true, let them believe
953 those others. The lady is of distinction, nobly born, married
954 to a nobleman. She resides at Carthage. The city is distinguished,
955 the person is distinguished, so that they who make
956 inquiries cannot fail to find satisfaction. Certainly the martyr
957 himself, by whose prayers she was healed, believed on the Son
958 of her who remained a virgin; on Him who came in among
959 the disciples when the doors were shut; in fine,—and to this
960 tends all that we have been retailing,—on Him who ascended
961 into heaven with the flesh in which He had risen; and it is
962 because he laid down his life for this faith that such miracles
963 were done by his means.
964 Even now, therefore, many miracles are wrought, the same
965 God who wrought those we read of still performing them, by
966 whom He will and as He will; but they are not as well
967 known, nor are they beaten into the memory, like gravel, by
968 frequent reading, so that they cannot fall out of mind. For
969 even where, as is now done among ourselves, care is taken
970 that the pamphlets of those who receive benefit be read
971 publicly, yet those who are present hear the narrative but
972 once, and many are absent; and so it comes to pass that even
973 those who are present forget in a few days what they heard,
974 and scarcely one of them can be found who will tell what he
975 heard to one who he knows was not present.
976 One miracle was wrought among ourselves, which, though
977 no greater than those I have mentioned, was yet so signal
978 and conspicuous, that I suppose there is no inhabitant of
979 Hippo who did not either see or hear of it, none who could
980 possibly forget it. There were seven brothers and three sisters
981 of a noble family of the Cappadocian Cæsarea, who were cursed
982 by their mother, a new-made widow, on account of some
983 wrong they had done her, and which she bitterly resented, and
984 who were visited with so severe a punishment from Heaven,
985 that all of them were seized with a hideous shaking in all
986 their limbs. Unable, while presenting this loathsome appearance,
987 to endure the eyes of their fellow-citizens, they wandered
988 over almost the whole Roman world, each following his own
989 direction. Two of them came to Hippo, a brother and a sister,
990 Paulus and Palladia, already known in many other places by
991 the fame of their wretched lot. Now it was about fifteen
992 days before Easter when they came, and they came daily to
993 church, and specially to the relics of the most glorious Stephen,
994 praying that God might now be appeased, and restore their
995 former health. There, and wherever they went, they attracted
996 the attention of every one. Some who had seen them elsewhere,
997 and knew the cause of their trembling, told others as
998 occasion offered. Easter arrived, and on the Lord's day, in
999 the morning, when there was now a large crowd present, and
1000 the young man was holding the bars of the holy place where
1001 the relics were, and praying, suddenly he fell down, and lay
1002 precisely as if asleep, but not trembling as he was wont to
1003 do even in sleep. All present were astonished. Some were
1004 alarmed, some were moved with pity; and while some were
1005 for lifting him up, others prevented them, and said they should
1006 rather wait and see what would result. And behold! he rose
1007 up, and trembled no more, for he was healed, and stood quite
1008 well, scanning those who were scanning him. Who then
1009 refrained himself from praising God? The whole church was
1010 filled with the voices of those who were shouting and congratulating
1011 him. Then they came running to me, where I
1012 was sitting ready to come into the church. One after another
1013 they throng in, the last comer telling me as news what the
1014 first had told me already; and while I rejoiced and inwardly
1015 gave God thanks, the young man himself also enters, with a
1016 number of others, falls at my knees, is raised up to receive
1017 my kiss. We go in to the congregation: the church was
1018 full, and ringing with the shouts of joy, "Thanks to God!
1019 Praised be God!" every one joining and shouting on all sides,
1020 "I have healed the people," and then with still louder voice
1021 shouting again. Silence being at last obtained, the customary
1022 lessons of the divine Scriptures were read. And when I came
1023 to my sermon, I made a few remarks suitable to the occasion
1024 and the happy and joyful feeling, not desiring them to listen
1025 to me, but rather to consider the eloquence of God in this
1026 divine work. The man dined with us, and gave us a careful
1027 account of his own, his mother's, and his family's calamity.
1028 Accordingly, on the following day, after delivering my sermon,
1029 I promised that next day I would read his narrative to the
1030 people.[982] And when I did so, the third day after Easter Sunday,
1031 I made the brother and sister both stand on the steps of
1032 the raised place from which I used to speak; and while they
1033 stood there their pamphlet was read.[983] The whole congregation,
1034 men and women alike, saw the one standing without any
1035 unnatural movement, the other trembling in all her limbs;
1036 so that those who had not before seen the man himself saw
1037 in his sister what the divine compassion had removed from
1038 him. In him they saw matter of congratulation, in her subject
1039 for prayer. Meanwhile, their pamphlet being finished,
1040 I instructed them to withdraw from the gaze of the people;
1041 and I had begun to discuss the whole matter somewhat more
1042 carefully, when lo! as I was proceeding, other voices are heard
1043 from the tomb of the martyr, shouting new congratulations.
1044 My audience turned round, and began to run to the tomb.
1045 The young woman, when she had come down from the steps
1046 where she had been standing, went to pray at the holy relics,
1047 and no sooner had she touched the bars than she, in the same
1048 way as her brother, collapsed, as if falling asleep, and rose
1049 up cured. While, then, we were asking what had happened,
1050 and what occasioned this noise of joy, they came into the
1051 basilica where we were, leading her from the martyr's tomb
1052 in perfect health. Then, indeed, such a shout of wonder rose
1053 from men and women together, that the exclamations and the
1054 tears seemed like never to come to an end. She was led to
1055 the place where she had a little before stood trembling. They
1056 now rejoiced that she was like her brother, as before they had
1057 mourned that she remained unlike him; and as they had not
1058 yet uttered their prayers in her behalf, they perceived that
1059 their intention of doing so had been speedily heard. They
1060 shouted God's praises without words, but with such a noise
1061 that our ears could scarcely bear it. What was there in the
1062 hearts of these exultant people but the faith of Christ, for
1063 which Stephen had shed his blood?
1064 9. *That all the miracles which are done by means of the martyrs in the name of
1065 Christ testify to that faith which the martyrs had in Christ.*
1066 To what do these miracles witness, but to this faith which
1067 preaches Christ risen in the flesh, and ascended with the same
1068 into heaven? For the martyrs themselves were martyrs, that
1069 is to say, witnesses of this faith, drawing upon themselves by
1070 their testimony the hatred of the world, and conquering the
1071 world not by resisting it, but by dying. For this faith they
1072 died, and can now ask these benefits from the Lord in whose
1073 name they were slain. For this faith their marvellous constancy
1074 was exercised, so that in these miracles great power
1075 was manifested as the result. For if the resurrection of the
1076 flesh to eternal life had not taken place in Christ, and were
1077 not to be accomplished in His people, as predicted by Christ,
1078 or by the prophets who foretold that Christ was to come,
1079 why do the martyrs who were slain for this faith which proclaims
1080 the resurrection possess such power? For whether
1081 God Himself wrought these miracles by that wonderful
1082 manner of working by which, though Himself eternal, He
1083 produces effects in time; or whether He wrought them by
1084 servants, and if so, whether He made use of the spirits of
1085 martyrs as He uses men who are still in the body, or effects
1086 all these marvels by means of angels, over whom He exerts an
1087 invisible, immutable, incorporeal sway, so that what is said to
1088 be done by the martyrs is done not by their operation, but
1089 only by their prayer and request; or whether, finally, some
1090 things are done in one way, others in another, and so that
1091 man cannot at all comprehend them,—nevertheless these
1092 miracles attest this faith which preaches the resurrection of
1093 the flesh to eternal life.
1094 >
1095 >
1096 >
1097 10. *That the martyrs who obtain many miracles in order that the true God may
1098 > be worshipped, are worthy of much greater honour than the demons, who
1099 > do some marvels that they themselves may be supposed to be God.*
1100 Here perhaps our adversaries will say that their gods also
1101 have done some wonderful things, if now they begin to compare
1102 their gods to our dead men. Or will they also say that
1103 they have gods taken from among dead men, such as Hercules,
1104 Romulus, and many others whom they fancy to have been
1105 received into the number of the gods? But our martyrs are
1106 not our gods; for we know that the martyrs and we have
1107 both but one God, and that the same. Nor yet are the
1108 miracles which they maintain to have been done by means of
1109 their temples at all comparable to those which are done by
1110 the tombs of our martyrs. If they seem similar, their gods
1111 have been defeated by our martyrs as Pharaoh's magi were by
1112 Moses. In reality, the demons wrought these marvels with
1113 the same impure pride with which they aspired to be the
1114 gods of the nations; but the martyrs do these wonders, or
1115 rather God does them while they pray and assist, in order
1116 that an impulse may be given to the faith by which we believe
1117 that they are not our gods, but have, together with ourselves,
1118 one God. In fine, they built temples to these gods of theirs,
1119 and set up altars, and ordained priests, and appointed sacrifices;
1120 but to our martyrs we build, not temples as if they
1121 were gods, but monuments as to dead men whose spirits live
1122 with God. Neither do we erect altars at these monuments
1123 that we may sacrifice to the martyrs, but to the one God of
1124 the martyrs and of ourselves; and in this sacrifice they are
1125 named in their own place and rank as men of God who conquered
1126 the world by confessing Him, but they are not invoked
1127 by the sacrificing priest. For it is to God, not to them, he
1128 sacrifices, though he sacrifices at their monument; for he is
1129 God's priest, not theirs. The sacrifice itself, too, is the body of
1130 Christ, which is not offered to them, because they themselves
1131 are this body. Which then can more readily be believed to
1132 work miracles? They who wish themselves to be reckoned
1133 gods by those on whom they work miracles, or those whose
1134 sole object in working any miracle is to induce faith in God,
1135 and in Christ also as God? They who wished to turn even
1136 their crimes into sacred rites, or those who are unwilling
1137 that even their own praises be consecrated, and seek that
1138 everything for which they are justly praised be ascribed to
1139 the glory of Him in whom they are praised? For in the Lord
1140 their souls are praised. Let us therefore believe those who
1141 both speak the truth and work wonders. For by speaking
1142 the truth they suffered, and so won the power of working
1143 wonders. And the leading truth they professed is that Christ
1144 rose from the dead, and first showed in His own flesh the immortality
1145 of the resurrection which He promised should be
1146 ours, either in the beginning of the world to come, or in the
1147 end of this world.
1148 11. *Against the Platonists, who argue from the physical weight of the elements
1149 that an earthly body cannot inhabit heaven.*
1150 But against this great gift of God, these reasoners, "whose
1151 thoughts the Lord knows that they are vain,"[984] bring arguments
1152 from the weights of the elements; for they have been
1153 taught by their master Plato that the two greatest elements of
1154 the world, and the furthest removed from one another, are
1155 coupled and united by the two intermediate, air and water.
1156 And consequently they say, since the earth is the first of the
1157 elements, beginning from the base of the series, the second
1158 the water above the earth, the third the air above the water,
1159 the fourth the heaven above the air, it follows that a body of
1160 earth cannot live in the heaven; for each element is poised
1161 by its own weight so as to preserve its own place and rank.
1162 Behold with what arguments human infirmity, possessed with
1163 vanity, contradicts the omnipotence of God! What, then, do
1164 so many earthly bodies do in the air, since the air is the
1165 third element from the earth? Unless perhaps He who has
1166 granted to the earthly bodies of birds that they be carried
1167 through the air by the lightness of feathers and wings, has
1168 not been able to confer upon the bodies of men made immortal
1169 the power to abide in the highest heaven. The earthly
1170 animals, too, which cannot fly, among which are men, ought
1171 on these terms to live under the earth, as fishes, which are
1172 the animals of the water, live under the water. Why, then,
1173 can an animal of earth not live in the second element, that is,
1174 in water, while it can in the third? Why, though it belongs
1175 to the earth, is it forthwith suffocated if it is forced to live in
1176 the second element next above earth, while it lives in the
1177 third, and cannot live out of it? Is there a mistake here in
1178 the order of the elements, or is not the mistake rather in their
1179 reasonings, and not in the nature of things? I will not repeat
1180 what I said in the thirteenth book,[985] that many earthly
1181 bodies, though heavy like lead, receive from the workman's
1182 hand a form which enables them to swim in water; and
1183 yet it is denied that the omnipotent Worker can confer on
1184 the human body a property which shall enable it to pass into
1185 heaven and dwell there.
1186 But against what I have formerly said they can find
1187 nothing to say, even though they introduce and make the
1188 most of this order of the elements in which they confide.
1189 For if the order be that the earth is first, the water second,
1190 the air third, the heaven fourth, then the soul is above all.
1191 For Aristotle said that the soul was a fifth body, while Plato
1192 denied that it was a body at all. If it were a fifth body,
1193 then certainly it would be above the rest; and if it is not a
1194 body at all, so much the more does it rise above all. What,
1195 then, does it do in an earthly body? What does this soul,
1196 which is finer than all else, do in such a mass of matter as
1197 this? What does the lightest of substances do in this ponderosity?
1198 this swiftest substance in such sluggishness? Will
1199 not the body be raised to heaven by virtue of so excellent a
1200 nature as this? and if now earthly bodies can retain the
1201 souls below, shall not the souls be one day able to raise the
1202 earthly bodies above?
1203 If we pass now to their miracles which they oppose to
1204 our martyrs as wrought by their gods, shall not even these
1205 be found to make for us, and help out our argument? For
1206 if any of the miracles of their gods are great, certainly
1207 that is a great one which Varro mentions of a vestal virgin,
1208 who, when she was endangered by a false accusation of unchastity,
1209 filled a sieve with water from the Tiber, and carried
1210 it to her judges without any part of it leaking. Who kept
1211 the weight of water in the sieve? Who prevented any drop
1212 from falling from it through so many open holes? They will
1213 answer, Some god or some demon. If a god, is he greater
1214 than the God who made the world? If a demon, is he
1215 mightier than an angel who serves the God by whom the
1216 world was made? If, then, a lesser god, angel, or demon could
1217 so sustain the weight of this liquid element that the water
1218 might seem to have changed its nature, shall not Almighty
1219 God, who Himself created all the elements, be able to eliminate
1220 from the earthly body its heaviness, so that the quickened
1221 body shall dwell in whatever element the quickening spirit
1222 pleases?
1223 Then, again, since they give the air a middle place between
1224 the fire above and the water beneath, how is it that we often
1225 find it between water and water, and between the water and
1226 the earth? For what do they make of those watery clouds,
1227 between which and the seas air is constantly found intervening?
1228 I should like to know by what weight and order of the
1229 elements it comes to pass that very violent and stormy torrents
1230 are suspended in the clouds above the earth before they rush
1231 along upon the earth under the air? In fine, why is it that
1232 throughout the whole globe the air is between the highest
1233 heaven and the earth, if its place is between the sky and the
1234 water, as the place of the water is between the sky and the
1235 earth?
1236 Finally, if the order of the elements is so disposed that,
1237 as Plato thinks, the two extremes, fire and earth, are united
1238 by the two means, air and water, and that the fire occupies
1239 the highest part of the sky, and the earth the lowest part, or
1240 as it were the foundation of the world, and that therefore
1241 earth cannot be in the heavens, how is fire in the earth?
1242 For, according to this reasoning, these two elements, earth and
1243 fire, ought to be so restricted to their own places, the highest
1244 and the lowest, that neither the lowest can rise to the place
1245 of the highest, nor the highest sink to that of the lowest.
1246 Thus, as they think that no particle of earth is or shall ever
1247 be in the sky, so we ought to see no particle of fire on the
1248 earth. But the fact is that it exists to such an extent, not
1249 only on but even under the earth, that the tops of mountains
1250 vomit it forth; besides that we see it to exist on earth
1251 for human uses, and even to be produced from the earth, since
1252 it is kindled from wood and stones, which are without doubt
1253 earthly bodies. But that [upper] fire, they say, is tranquil,
1254 pure, harmless, eternal; but this [earthly] fire is turbid,
1255 smoky, corruptible, and corrupting. But it does not corrupt
1256 the mountains and caverns of the earth in which it rages
1257 continually. But grant that the earthly fire is so unlike the
1258 other as to suit its earthly position, why then do they object
1259 to our believing that the nature of earthly bodies shall some
1260 day be made incorruptible and fit for the sky, even as now
1261 fire is corruptible and suited to the earth? They therefore
1262 adduce from their weights and order of the elements nothing
1263 from which they can prove that it is impossible for Almighty
1264 God to make our bodies such that they can dwell in the
1265 skies.
1266 12. *Against the calumnies with which unbelievers throw ridicule upon the Christian
1267 faith in the resurrection of the flesh.*
1268 But their way is to feign a scrupulous anxiety in investigating
1269 this question, and to cast ridicule on our faith in the
1270 resurrection of the body, by asking, Whether abortions shall
1271 rise? And as the Lord says, "Verily I say unto you, not
1272 a hair of your head shall perish,"[986] shall all bodies have an
1273 equal stature and strength, or shall there be differences in
1274 size? For if there is to be equality, where shall those abortions,
1275 supposing that they rise again, get that bulk which
1276 they had not here? Or if they shall not rise because they
1277 were not born but cast out, they raise the same question
1278 about children who have died in childhood, asking us whence
1279 they get the stature which we see they had not here; for
1280 we will not say that those who have been not only born, but
1281 born again, shall not rise again. Then, further, they ask of
1282 what size these equal bodies shall be. For if all shall be as
1283 tall and large as were the tallest and largest in this world,
1284 they ask us how it is that not only children but many full-grown
1285 persons shall receive what they here did not possess,
1286 if each one is to receive what he had here. And if the saying
1287 of the apostle, that we are all to come to the "measure
1288 of the age of the fulness of Christ,"[987] or that other saying,
1289 "Whom He predestinated to be conformed to the image of
1290 His Son,"[988] is to be understood to mean that the stature and
1291 size of Christ's body shall be the measure of the bodies of
1292 all those who shall be in His kingdom, then, say they, the size
1293 and height of many must be diminished; and if so much of
1294 the bodily frame itself be lost, what becomes of the saying,
1295 "Not a hair of your head shall perish?" Besides, it might
1296 be asked regarding the hair itself, whether all that the barber
1297 has cut off shall be restored? And if it is to be restored,
1298 who would not shrink from such deformity? For as the
1299 same restoration will be made of what has been pared off
1300 the nails, much will be replaced on the body which a regard
1301 for its appearance had cut off. And where, then, will be its
1302 beauty, which assuredly ought to be much greater in that
1303 immortal condition than it could be in this corruptible state?
1304 On the other hand, if such things are not restored to the
1305 body, they must perish; how, then, they say, shall not a hair
1306 of the head perish? In like manner they reason about fatness
1307 and leanness; for if all are to be equal, then certainly
1308 there shall not be some fat, others lean. Some, therefore,
1309 shall gain, others lose something. Consequently there will
1310 not be a simple restoration of what formerly existed, but, on
1311 the one hand, an addition of what had no existence, and, on
1312 the other, a loss of what did before exist.
1313 The difficulties, too, about the corruption and dissolution
1314 of dead bodies,—that one is turned into dust, while another
1315 evaporates into the air; that some are devoured by beasts,
1316 some by fire, while some perish by shipwreck or by drowning
1317 in one shape or other, so that their bodies decay into liquid,—these
1318 difficulties give them immoderate alarm, and they believe
1319 that all those dissolved elements cannot be gathered again
1320 and reconstructed into a body. They also make eager use of all
1321 the deformities and blemishes which either accident or birth
1322 has produced, and accordingly, with horror and derision, cite
1323 monstrous births, and ask if every deformity will be preserved
1324 in the resurrection. For if we say that no such thing shall
1325 be reproduced in the body of a man, they suppose that they
1326 confute us by citing the marks of the wounds which we assert
1327 were found in the risen body of the Lord Christ. But of all
1328 these, the most difficult question is, into whose body that
1329 flesh shall return which has been eaten and assimilated by
1330 another man constrained by hunger to use it so; for it has
1331 been converted into the flesh of the man who used it as his
1332 nutriment, and it filled up those losses of flesh which famine
1333 had produced. For the sake, then, of ridiculing the resurrection,
1334 they ask, Shall this return to the man whose flesh
1335 it first was, or to him whose flesh it afterwards became?
1336 And thus, too, they seek to give promise to the human soul
1337 of alternations of true misery and false happiness, in accordance
1338 with Plato's theory; or, in accordance with Porphyry's,
1339 that, after many transmigrations into different bodies, it ends
1340 its miseries, and never more returns to them, not, however,
1341 by obtaining an immortal body, but by escaping from every
1342 kind of body.
1343 13. *Whether abortions, if they are numbered among the dead, shall not also
1344 have a part in the resurrection.*
1345 To these objections, then, of our adversaries which I have
1346 thus detailed, I will now reply, trusting that God will mercifully
1347 assist my endeavours. That abortions, which, even supposing
1348 they were alive in the womb, did also die there, shall
1349 rise again, I make bold neither to affirm nor to deny, although
1350 I fail to see why, if they are not excluded from the number
1351 of the dead, they should not attain to the resurrection of the
1352 dead. For either all the dead shall not rise, and there will
1353 be to all eternity some souls without bodies, though they once
1354 had them,—only in their mother's womb, indeed; or, if all
1355 human souls shall receive again the bodies which they had
1356 wherever they lived, and which they left when they died,
1357 then I do not see how I can say that even those who died
1358 in their mother's womb shall have no resurrection. But
1359 whichever of these opinions any one may adopt concerning
1360 them, we must at least apply to them, if they rise again, all
1361 that we have to say of infants who have been born.
1362 14. *Whether infants shall rise in that body which they would have had had they
1363 grown up.*
1364 What, then, are we to say of infants, if not that they will
1365 not rise in that diminutive body in which they died, but
1366 shall receive by the marvellous and rapid operation of God
1367 that body which time by a slower process would have given
1368 them? For in the Lord's words, where He says, "Not a hair
1369 of your head shall perish,"[989] it is asserted that nothing which
1370 was possessed shall be wanting; but it is not said that nothing
1371 which was not possessed shall be given. To the dead infant
1372 there was wanting the perfect stature of its body; for even
1373 the perfect infant lacks the perfection of bodily size, being
1374 capable of further growth. This perfect stature is, in a sense,
1375 so possessed by all that they are conceived and born with it,—that
1376 is, they have it potentially, though not yet in actual
1377 bulk; just as all the members of the body are potentially in
1378 the seed, though, even after the child is born, some of them,
1379 the teeth for example, may be wanting. In this seminal
1380 principle of every substance, there seems to be, as it were,
1381 the beginning of everything which does not yet exist, or
1382 rather does not appear, but which in process of time will
1383 come into being, or rather into sight. In this, therefore, the
1384 child who is to be tall or short is already tall or short. And
1385 in the resurrection of the body, we need, for the same reason,
1386 fear no bodily loss; for though all should be of equal size,
1387 and reach gigantic proportions, lest the men who were largest
1388 here should lose anything of their bulk and it should perish,
1389 in contradiction to the words of Christ, who said that not a
1390 hair of their head should perish, yet why should there lack
1391 the means by which that wonderful Worker should make
1392 such additions, seeing that He is the Creator, who Himself
1393 created all things out of nothing?
1394 15. *Whether the bodies of all the dead shall rise the same size as the Lord's
1395 body.*
1396 It is certain that Christ rose in the same bodily stature in
1397 which He died, and that it is wrong to say that, when the
1398 general resurrection shall have arrived, His body shall, for the
1399 sake of equalling the tallest, assume proportions which it had
1400 not when He appeared to the disciples in the figure with
1401 which they were familiar. But if we say that even the bodies
1402 of taller men are to be reduced to the size of the Lord's body,
1403 there will be a great loss in many bodies, though He promised
1404 that not a hair of their head should perish. It remains,
1405 therefore, that we conclude that every man shall receive his
1406 own size which he had in youth, though he died an old man,
1407 or which he would have had, supposing he died before his
1408 prime. As for what the apostle said of the measure of the
1409 age of the fulness of Christ, we must either understand him
1410 to refer to something else, viz. to the fact that the measure
1411 of Christ will be completed when all the members among the
1412 Christian communities are added to the Head; or if we are
1413 to refer it to the resurrection of the body, the meaning is that
1414 all shall rise neither beyond nor under youth, but in that
1415 vigour and age to which we know that Christ had arrived.
1416 For even the world's wisest men have fixed the bloom of
1417 youth at about the age of thirty; and when this period has
1418 been passed, the man begins to decline towards the defective
1419 and duller period of old age. And therefore the apostle did
1420 not speak of the measure of the body, nor of the measure of
1421 the stature, but of "the measure of the age of the fulness of
1422 Christ."
1423 16. *What is meant by the conforming of the saints to the image of the Son of
1424 God.*
1425 Then, again, these words, "Predestinate to be conformed to
1426 the image of the Son of God,"[990] may be understood of the
1427 inner man. So in another place He says to us, "Be not conformed
1428 to this world, but be ye transformed in the renewing
1429 of your mind."[991] In so far, then, as we are transformed so as
1430 not to be conformed to the world, we are conformed to the
1431 Son of God. It may also be understood thus, that as He
1432 was conformed to us by assuming mortality, we shall be conformed
1433 to Him by immortality; and this indeed is connected
1434 with the resurrection of the body. But if we are also taught
1435 in these words what form our bodies shall rise in, as the measure
1436 we spoke of before, so also this conformity is to be understood
1437 not of size, but of age. Accordingly all shall rise in
1438 the stature they either had attained or would have attained
1439 had they lived to their prime, although it will be no great
1440 disadvantage even if the form of the body be infantine or
1441 aged, while no infirmity shall remain in the mind nor in the
1442 body itself. So that even if any one contends that every person
1443 will rise again in the same bodily form in which he died, we
1444 need not spend much labour in disputing with him.
1445 17. *Whether the bodies of women shall retain their own sex in the resurrection.*
1446 From the words, "Till we all come to a perfect man, to the
1447 measure of the age of the fulness of Christ,"[992] and from the
1448 words, "Conformed to the image of the Son of God,"[993] some
1449 conclude that women shall not rise women, but that all shall
1450 be men, because God made man only of earth, and woman of
1451 the man. For my part, they seem to be wiser who make no
1452 doubt that both sexes shall rise. For there shall be no lust,
1453 which is now the cause of confusion. For before they sinned,
1454 the man and the woman were naked, and were not ashamed.
1455 From those bodies, then, vice shall be withdrawn, while nature
1456 shall be preserved. And the sex of woman is not a vice,
1457 but nature. It shall then indeed be superior to carnal intercourse
1458 and child-bearing; nevertheless the female members
1459 shall remain adapted not to the old uses, but to a new beauty,
1460 which, so far from provoking lust, now extinct, shall excite
1461 praise to the wisdom and clemency of God, who both made
1462 what was not and delivered from corruption what He made.
1463 For at the beginning of the human race the woman was made
1464 of a rib taken from the side of the man while he slept; for
1465 it seemed fit that even then Christ and His Church should
1466 be foreshadowed in this event. For that sleep of the man
1467 was the death of Christ, whose side, as He hung lifeless upon
1468 the cross, was pierced with a spear, and there flowed from it
1469 blood and water, and these we know to be the sacraments by
1470 which the Church is "built up." For Scripture used this very
1471 word, not saying "He formed" or "framed," but "built her
1472 up into a woman;"[994] whence also the apostle speaks of the
1473 *edification* of the body of Christ,[995] which is the Church. The
1474 woman, therefore, is a creature of God even as the man; but
1475 by her creation from man unity is commended; and the
1476 manner of her creation prefigured, as has been said, Christ and
1477 the Church. He, then, who created both sexes will restore
1478 both. Jesus Himself also, when asked by the Sadducees, who
1479 denied the resurrection, which of the seven brothers should
1480 have to wife the woman whom all in succession had taken to
1481 raise up seed to their brother, as the law enjoined, says, "Ye
1482 do err, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God."[996]
1483 And though it was a fit opportunity for His saying, She
1484 about whom you make inquiries shall herself be a man, and
1485 not a woman, He said nothing of the kind; but "In the
1486 resurrection they neither marry nor are given in marriage,
1487 but are as the angels of God in heaven."[997] They shall be
1488 equal to the angels in immortality and happiness, not in flesh,
1489 nor in resurrection, which the angels did not need, because
1490 they could not die. The Lord then denied that there would
1491 be in the resurrection, not women, but marriages; and He
1492 uttered this denial in circumstances in which the question
1493 mooted would have been more easily and speedily solved by
1494 denying that the female sex would exist, if this had in truth
1495 been foreknown by Him. But, indeed, He even affirmed that
1496 the sex should exist by saying, "They shall not be given in
1497 marriage," which can only apply to females; "Neither shall
1498 they marry," which applies to males. There shall therefore
1499 be those who are in this world accustomed to marry and
1500 be given in marriage, only they shall there make no such
1501 marriages.
1502 18. *Of the perfect Man, that is, Christ; and of His body, that is, the Church,
1503 which is His fulness.*
1504 To understand what the apostle means when he says that
1505 we shall all come to a perfect man, we must consider the connection
1506 of the whole passage, which runs thus: "He that descended
1507 is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens,
1508 that He might fill all things. And He gave some, apostles;
1509 and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors
1510 and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of
1511 the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we
1512 all come to the unity of the faith and knowledge of the Son
1513 of God, to a perfect man, to the measure of the age of the
1514 fulness of Christ: that we henceforth be no more children,
1515 tossed and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the
1516 sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait
1517 to deceive; but, speaking the truth in love, may grow up
1518 in Him in all things, which is the Head, even Christ: from
1519 whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by
1520 that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual
1521 working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the
1522 body, unto the edifying of itself in love."[998] Behold what the
1523 perfect man is—the head and the body, which is made up of
1524 all the members, which in their own time shall be perfected.
1525 But new additions are daily being made to this body while
1526 the Church is being built up, to which it is said, "Ye are the
1527 body of Christ and His members;"[999] and again, "For His body's
1528 sake," he says, "which is the Church;"[1000] and again, "We being
1529 many are one head, one body."[1001] It is of the edification of
1530 this body that it is here, too, said, "For the perfecting of the
1531 saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edification of the
1532 body of Christ;" and then that passage of which we are now
1533 speaking is added, "Till we all come to the unity of the faith
1534 and knowledge of the Son of God, to a perfect man, to the
1535 measure of the age of the fulness of Christ," and so on. And
1536 he shows of what body we are to understand this to be the
1537 measure, when he says, "That we may grow up into Him in
1538 all things, which is the Head, even Christ: from whom the
1539 whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which
1540 every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the
1541 measure of every part." As, therefore, there is a measure of
1542 every part, so there is a measure of the fulness of the whole
1543 body which is made up of all its parts, and it is of this measure
1544 it is said, "To the measure of the age of the fulness of
1545 Christ." This fulness he spoke of also in the place where he
1546 says of Christ, "And gave Him to be the Head over all things
1547 to the Church,[1002] which is His body, the fulness of Him that
1548 filleth all in all."[1003] But even if this should be referred to the
1549 form in which each one shall rise, what should hinder us from
1550 applying to the woman what is expressly said of the man,
1551 understanding both sexes to be included under the general
1552 term "man?" For certainly in the saying, "Blessed is he
1553 who feareth the Lord,"[1004] women also who fear the Lord are
1554 included.
1555 >
1556 >
1557 >
1558 19. *That all bodily blemishes which mar human beauty in this life shall be removed
1559 > in the resurrection, the natural substance of the body remaining,
1560 > but the quality and quantity of it being altered so as to produce beauty.*
1561 What am I to say now about the hair and nails? Once it
1562 is understood that no part of the body shall so perish as
1563 to produce deformity in the body, it is at the same time
1564 understood that such things as would have produced a deformity
1565 by their excessive proportions shall be added to the
1566 total bulk of the body, not to parts in which the beauty of
1567 the proportion would thus be marred. Just as if, after making
1568 a vessel of clay, one wished to make it over again of the same
1569 clay, it would not be necessary that the same portion of the
1570 clay which had formed the handle should again form the new
1571 handle, or that what had formed the bottom should again do
1572 so, but only that the whole clay should go to make up the
1573 whole new vessel, and that no part of it should be left unused.
1574 Wherefore, if the hair that has been cropped and the nails
1575 that have been cut would cause a deformity were they to be
1576 restored to their places, they shall not be restored; and yet
1577 no one will lose these parts at the resurrection, for they shall
1578 be changed into the same flesh, their substance being so altered
1579 as to preserve the proportion of the various parts of the body.
1580 However, what our Lord said, "Not a hair of your head shall
1581 perish," might more suitably be interpreted of the number,
1582 and not of the length of the hairs, as He elsewhere says, "The
1583 hairs of your head are all numbered."[1005] Nor would I say this
1584 because I suppose that any part naturally belonging to the
1585 body can perish, but that whatever deformity was in it, and
1586 served to exhibit the penal condition in which we mortals are,
1587 should be restored in such a way that, while the substance is
1588 entirely preserved, the deformity shall perish. For if even a
1589 human workman, who has, for some reason, made a deformed
1590 statue, can recast it and make it very beautiful, and this without
1591 suffering any part of the substance, but only the deformity
1592 to be lost,—if he can, for example, remove some unbecoming
1593 or disproportionate part, not by cutting off and separating this
1594 part from the whole, but by so breaking down and mixing up
1595 the whole as to get rid of the blemish without diminishing
1596 the quantity of his material,—shall we not think as highly of
1597 the almighty Worker? Shall He not be able to remove and
1598 abolish all deformities of the human body, whether common
1599 ones or rare and monstrous, which, though in keeping with
1600 this miserable life, are yet not to be thought of in connection
1601 with that future blessedness; and shall He not be able
1602 so to remove them that, while the natural but unseemly
1603 blemishes are put an end to, the natural substance shall
1604 suffer no diminution?
1605 And consequently overgrown and emaciated persons need
1606 not fear that they shall be in heaven of such a figure as
1607 they would not be even in this world if they could help it.
1608 For all bodily beauty consists in the proportion of the parts,
1609 together with a certain agreeableness of colour. Where there
1610 is no proportion, the eye is offended, either because there is
1611 something awanting, or too small, or too large. And thus
1612 there shall be no deformity resulting from want of proportion
1613 in that state in which all that is wrong is corrected, and all
1614 that is defective supplied from resources the Creator wots of,
1615 and all that is excessive removed without destroying the integrity
1616 of the substance. And as for the pleasant colour, how
1617 conspicuous shall it be where "the just shall shine forth as
1618 the sun in the kingdom of their Father!"[1006] This brightness
1619 we must rather believe to have been concealed from the eyes
1620 of the disciples when Christ rose, than to have been awanting.
1621 For weak human eyesight could not bear it, and it was necessary
1622 that they should so look upon Him as to be able to
1623 recognise Him. For this purpose also He allowed them to
1624 touch the marks of His wounds, and also ate and drank,—not
1625 because He needed nourishment, but because He could take it
1626 if He wished. Now, when an object, though present, is invisible
1627 to persons who see other things which are present, as
1628 we say that that brightness was present but invisible by those
1629 who saw other things, this is called in Greek ἀορασία; and our
1630 Latin translators, for want of a better word, have rendered
1631 this *cæcitas* (blindness) in the book of Genesis. This blindness
1632 the men of Sodom suffered when they sought the just
1633 Lot's gate and could not find it. But if it had been blindness,
1634 that is to say, if they could see nothing, then they would not
1635 have asked for the gate by which they might enter the house,
1636 but for guides who might lead them away.
1637 But the love we bear to the blessed martyrs causes us, I
1638 know not how, to desire to see in the heavenly kingdom the
1639 marks of the wounds which they received for the name of
1640 Christ, and possibly we shall see them. For this will not be
1641 a deformity, but a mark of honour, and will add lustre to their
1642 appearance, and a spiritual, if not a bodily beauty. And yet
1643 we need not believe that they to whom it has been said, "Not a
1644 hair of your head shall perish," shall, in the resurrection, want
1645 such of their members as they have been deprived of in their
1646 martyrdom. But if it will be seemly in that new kingdom
1647 to have some marks of these wounds still visible in that immortal
1648 flesh, the places where they have been wounded or mutilated
1649 shall retain the scars without any of the members being
1650 lost. While, therefore, it is quite true that no blemishes
1651 which the body has sustained shall appear in the resurrection,
1652 yet we are not to reckon or name these marks of virtue
1653 blemishes.
1654 20. *That, in the resurrection, the substance of our bodies, however disintegrated,
1655 shall be entirely reunited.*
1656 Far be it from us to fear that the omnipotence of the Creator
1657 cannot, for the resuscitation and reanimation of our bodies,
1658 recall all the portions which have been consumed by beasts or
1659 fire, or have been dissolved into dust or ashes, or have decomposed
1660 into water, or evaporated into the air. Far from us be
1661 the thought, that anything which escapes our observation in any
1662 most hidden recess of nature either evades the knowledge or
1663 transcends the power of the Creator of all things. Cicero, the
1664 great authority of our adversaries, wishing to define God as
1665 accurately as possible, says, "God is a mind free and independent,
1666 without materiality, perceiving and moving all things,
1667 and itself endowed with eternal movement."[1007] This he found
1668 in the systems of the greatest philosophers. Let me ask, then,
1669 in their own language, how anything can either lie hid from
1670 Him who perceives all things, or irrevocably escape Him who
1671 moves all things?
1672 This leads me to reply to that question which seems the
1673 most difficult of all,—To whom, in the resurrection, will belong
1674 the flesh of a dead man which has become the flesh of a living
1675 man? For if some one, famishing for want and pressed with
1676 hunger, use human flesh as food,—an extremity not unknown,
1677 as both ancient history and the unhappy experience of our own
1678 days have taught us,—can it be contended, with any show of
1679 reason, that all the flesh eaten has been evacuated, and that
1680 none of it has been assimilated to the substance of the eater,
1681 though the very emaciation which existed before, and has now
1682 disappeared, sufficiently indicates what large deficiencies have
1683 been filled up with this food? But I have already made some
1684 remarks which will suffice for the solution of this difficulty
1685 also. For all the flesh which hunger has consumed finds its
1686 way into the air by evaporation, whence, as we have said, God
1687 Almighty can recall it. That flesh, therefore, shall be restored
1688 to the man in whom it first became human flesh. For it must
1689 be looked upon as borrowed by the other person, and, like a
1690 pecuniary loan, must be returned to the lender. His own
1691 flesh, however, which he lost by famine, shall be restored to
1692 him by Him who can recover even what has evaporated. And
1693 though it had been absolutely annihilated, so that no part of
1694 its substance remained in any secret spot of nature, the
1695 Almighty could restore it by such means as He saw fit.
1696 For this sentence, uttered by the Truth, "Not a hair of your
1697 head shall perish," forbids us to suppose that, though no hair
1698 of a man's head can perish, yet the large portions of his flesh
1699 eaten and consumed by the famishing can perish.
1700 From all that we have thus considered, and discussed with
1701 such poor ability as we can command, we gather this conclusion,
1702 that in the resurrection of the flesh the body shall be
1703 of that size which it either had attained or should have
1704 attained in the flower of its youth, and shall enjoy the
1705 beauty that arises from preserving symmetry and proportion
1706 in all its members. And it is reasonable to suppose that, for
1707 the preservation of this beauty, any part of the body's substance,
1708 which, if placed in one spot, would produce a deformity,
1709 shall be distributed through the whole of it, so that neither
1710 any part, nor the symmetry of the whole, may be lost, but
1711 only the general stature of the body somewhat increased by
1712 the distribution in all the parts of that which, in one place,
1713 would have been unsightly. Or if it is contended that each
1714 will rise with the same stature as that of the body he died in,
1715 we shall not obstinately dispute this, provided only there be
1716 no deformity, no infirmity, no languor, no corruption,—nothing
1717 of any kind which would ill become that kingdom in which the
1718 children of the resurrection and of the promise shall be equal to
1719 the angels of God, if not in body and age, at least in happiness.
1720 21. *Of the new spiritual body into which the flesh of the saints shall be
1721 transformed.*
1722 Whatever, therefore, has been taken from the body, either
1723 during life or after death, shall be restored to it, and, in conjunction
1724 with what has remained in the grave, shall rise
1725 again, transformed from the oldness of the animal body into
1726 the newness of the spiritual body, and clothed in incorruption
1727 and immortality. But even though the body has been all
1728 quite ground to powder by some severe accident, or by the
1729 ruthlessness of enemies, and though it has been so diligently
1730 scattered to the winds, or into the water, that there is no
1731 trace of it left, yet it shall not be beyond the omnipotence of
1732 the Creator,—no, not a hair of its head shall perish. The
1733 flesh shall then be spiritual, and subject to the spirit, but still
1734 flesh, not spirit, as the spirit itself, when subject to the flesh,
1735 was fleshly, but still spirit and not flesh. And of this we
1736 have experimental proof in the deformity of our penal condition.
1737 For those persons were carnal, not in a fleshly, but in a spiritual
1738 way, to whom the apostle said, "I could not speak to
1739 you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal."[1008] And a man is in
1740 this life spiritual in such a way, that he is yet carnal with
1741 respect to his body, and sees another law in his members
1742 warring against the law of his mind; but even in his body
1743 he will be spiritual when the same flesh shall have had that
1744 resurrection of which these words speak, "It is sown an
1745 animal body, it shall rise a spiritual body."[1009] But what this
1746 spiritual body shall be, and how great its grace, I fear it were
1747 but rash to pronounce, seeing that we have as yet no experience
1748 of it. Nevertheless, since it is fit that the joyfulness of
1749 our hope should utter itself, and so show forth God's praise,
1750 and since it was from the profoundest sentiment of ardent and
1751 holy love that the Psalmist cried, "O Lord, I have loved the
1752 beauty of Thy house,"[1010] we may, with God's help, speak of the
1753 gifts He lavishes on men, good and bad alike, in this most
1754 wretched life, and may do our best to conjecture the great
1755 glory of that state which we cannot worthily speak of, because
1756 we have not yet experienced it. For I say nothing of the
1757 time when God made man upright; I say nothing of the
1758 happy life of "the man and his wife" in the fruitful garden,
1759 since it was so short that none of their children experienced
1760 it: I speak only of this life which we know, and in which we
1761 now are, from the temptations of which we cannot escape so
1762 long as we are in it, no matter what progress we make, for it
1763 is all temptation, and I ask, Who can describe the tokens of
1764 God's goodness that are extended to the human race even in
1765 this life?
1766 >
1767 >
1768 >
1769 22. *Of the miseries and ills to which the human race is justly exposed through
1770 > the first sin, and from which none can be delivered save by Christ's grace.*
1771 That the whole human race has been condemned in its
1772 first origin, this life itself, if life it is to be called, bears
1773 witness by the host of cruel ills with which it is filled. Is
1774 not this proved by the profound and dreadful ignorance which
1775 produces all the errors that enfold the children of Adam, and
1776 from which no man can be delivered without toil, pain, and
1777 fear? Is it not proved by his love of so many vain and
1778 hurtful things, which produces gnawing cares, disquiet, griefs,
1779 fears, wild joys, quarrels, law-suits, wars, treasons, angers,
1780 hatreds, deceit, flattery, fraud, theft, robbery, perfidy, pride,
1781 ambition, envy, murders, parricides, cruelty, ferocity, wickedness,
1782 luxury, insolence, impudence, shamelessness, fornications,
1783 adulteries, incests, and the numberless uncleannesses and unnatural
1784 acts of both sexes, which it is shameful so much as to
1785 mention; sacrileges, heresies, blasphemies, perjuries, oppression
1786 of the innocent, calumnies, plots, falsehoods, false witnessings,
1787 unrighteous judgments, violent deeds, plunderings, and
1788 whatever similar wickedness has found its way into the lives
1789 of men, though it cannot find its way into the conception of
1790 pure minds? These are indeed the crimes of wicked men, yet
1791 they spring from that root of error and misplaced love which
1792 is born with every son of Adam. For who is there that has
1793 not observed with what profound ignorance, manifesting itself
1794 even in infancy, and with what superfluity of foolish desires,
1795 beginning to appear in boyhood, man comes into this life, so
1796 that, were he left to live as he pleased, and to do whatever he
1797 pleased, he would plunge into all, or certainly into many of
1798 those crimes and iniquities which I mentioned, and could not
1799 mention?
1800 But because God does not wholly desert those whom He
1801 condemns, nor shuts up in His anger His tender mercies, the
1802 human race is restrained by law and instruction, which keep
1803 guard against the ignorance that besets us, and oppose the
1804 assaults of vice, but are themselves full of labour and sorrow.
1805 For what mean those multifarious threats which are used to
1806 restrain the folly of children? What mean pedagogues,
1807 masters, the birch, the strap, the cane, the schooling which
1808 Scripture says must be given a child, "beating him on the
1809 sides lest he wax stubborn,"[1011] and it be hardly possible or not
1810 possible at all to subdue him? Why all these punishments,
1811 save to overcome ignorance and bridle evil desires—these
1812 evils with which we come into the world? For why is it that
1813 we remember with difficulty, and without difficulty forget?
1814 learn with difficulty, and without difficulty remain ignorant?
1815 are diligent with difficulty, and without difficulty are indolent?
1816 Does not this show what vitiated nature inclines and
1817 tends to by its own weight, and what succour it needs if it is
1818 to be delivered? Inactivity, sloth, laziness, negligence, are
1819 vices which shun labour, since labour, though useful, is itself
1820 a punishment.
1821 But, besides the punishments of childhood, without which
1822 there would be no learning of what the parents wish,—and
1823 the parents rarely wish anything useful to be taught,—who
1824 can describe, who can conceive the number and severity of
1825 the punishments which afflict the human race,—pains which
1826 are not only the accompaniment of the wickedness of godless
1827 men, but are a part of the human condition and the common
1828 misery,—what fear and what grief are caused by bereavement
1829 and mourning, by losses and condemnations, by fraud and
1830 falsehood, by false suspicions, and all the crimes and wicked
1831 deeds of other men? For at their hands we suffer robbery,
1832 captivity, chains, imprisonment, exile, torture, mutilation, loss
1833 of sight, the violation of chastity to satisfy the lust of the
1834 oppressor, and many other dreadful evils. What numberless
1835 casualties threaten our bodies from without,—extremes of
1836 heat and cold, storms, floods, inundations, lightning, thunder,
1837 hail, earthquakes, houses falling; or from the stumbling, or
1838 shying, or vice of horses; from countless poisons in fruits,
1839 water, air, animals; from the painful or even deadly bites of
1840 wild animals; from the madness which a mad dog communicates,
1841 so that even the animal which of all others is most
1842 gentle and friendly to its own master, becomes an object of
1843 intenser fear than a lion or dragon, and the man whom it has
1844 by chance infected with this pestilential contagion becomes so
1845 rabid, that his parents, wife, children, dread him more than
1846 any wild beast! What disasters are suffered by those who
1847 travel by land or sea! What man can go out of his own
1848 house without being exposed on all hands to unforeseen accidents?
1849 Returning home sound in limb, he slips on his own
1850 door-step, breaks his leg, and never recovers. What can seem
1851 safer than a man sitting in his chair? Eli the priest fell
1852 from his, and broke his neck. How many accidents do
1853 farmers, or rather all men, fear that the crops may suffer from
1854 the weather, or the soil, or the ravages of destructive animals?
1855 Commonly they feel safe when the crops are gathered and
1856 housed. Yet, to my certain knowledge, sudden floods have
1857 driven the labourers away, and swept the barns clean of the
1858 finest harvest. Is innocence a sufficient protection against the
1859 various assaults of demons? That no man might think so,
1860 even baptized infants, who are certainly unsurpassed in innocence,
1861 are sometimes so tormented, that God, who permits it,
1862 teaches us hereby to bewail the calamities of this life, and to
1863 desire the felicity of the life to come. As to bodily diseases,
1864 they are so numerous that they cannot all be contained even
1865 in medical books. And in very many, or almost all of them,
1866 the cures and remedies are themselves tortures, so that men
1867 are delivered from a pain that destroys by a cure that pains.
1868 Has not the madness of thirst driven men to drink human
1869 urine, and even their own? Has not hunger driven men to
1870 eat human flesh, and that the flesh not of bodies found dead,
1871 but of bodies slain for the purpose? Have not the fierce
1872 pangs of famine driven mothers to eat their own children,
1873 incredibly savage as it seems? In line, sleep itself, which is
1874 justly called repose, how little of repose there sometimes is
1875 in it when disturbed with dreams and visions; and with what
1876 terror is the wretched mind overwhelmed by the appearances of
1877 things which are so presented, and which, as it were, so stand
1878 out before the senses, that we cannot distinguish them from
1879 realities! How wretchedly do false appearances distract men
1880 in certain diseases! With what astonishing variety of appearances
1881 are even healthy men sometimes deceived by evil spirits,
1882 who produce these delusions for the sake of perplexing the
1883 senses of their victims, if they cannot succeed in seducing
1884 them to their side!
1885 From this hell upon earth there is no escape, save through
1886 the grace of the Saviour Christ, our God and Lord. The very
1887 name Jesus shows this, for it means Saviour; and He saves
1888 us especially from passing out of this life into a more wretched
1889 and eternal state, which is rather a death than a life. For in
1890 this life, though holy men and holy pursuits afford us great
1891 consolations, yet the blessings which men crave are not invariably
1892 bestowed upon them, lest religion should be cultivated
1893 for the sake of these temporal advantages, while it ought
1894 rather to be cultivated for the sake of that other life from
1895 which all evil is excluded. Therefore, also, does grace aid
1896 good men in the midst of present calamities, so that they are
1897 enabled to endure them with a constancy proportioned to
1898 their faith. The world's sages affirm that philosophy contributes
1899 something to this,—that philosophy which, according
1900 to Cicero, the gods have bestowed in its purity only on a few
1901 men. They have never given, he says, nor can ever give, a
1902 greater gift to men. So that even those against whom we
1903 are disputing have been compelled to acknowledge, in some
1904 fashion, that the grace of God is necessary for the acquisition,
1905 not, indeed, of any philosophy, but of the true philosophy.
1906 And if the true philosophy—this sole support against the
1907 miseries of this life—has been given by Heaven only to a few,
1908 it sufficiently appears from this that the human race has been
1909 condemned to pay this penalty of wretchedness. And as,
1910 according to their acknowledgment, no greater gift has been
1911 bestowed by God, so it must be believed that it could be
1912 given only by that God whom they themselves recognise as
1913 greater than all the gods they worship.
1914 23. *Of the miseries of this life which attach peculiarly to the toil of good men,
1915 irrespective of those which are common to the good and bad.*
1916 But, irrespective of the miseries which in this life are
1917 common to the good and bad, the righteous undergo labours
1918 peculiar to themselves, in so far as they make war upon their
1919 vices, and are involved in the temptations and perils of such
1920 a contest. For though sometimes more violent and at other
1921 times slacker, yet without intermission does the flesh lust
1922 against the spirit and the spirit against the flesh, so that we
1923 cannot do the things we would,[1012] and extirpate all lust, but
1924 can only refuse consent to it, as God gives us ability, and so
1925 keep it under, vigilantly keeping watch lest a semblance of
1926 truth deceive us, lest a subtle discourse blind us, lest error
1927 involve us in darkness, lest we should take good for evil or
1928 evil for good, lest fear should hinder us from doing what we
1929 ought, or desire precipitate us into doing what we ought not,
1930 lest the sun go down upon our wrath, lest hatred provoke us
1931 to render evil for evil, lest unseemly or immoderate grief
1932 consume us, lest an ungrateful disposition make us slow to
1933 recognise benefits received, lest calumnies fret our conscience,
1934 lest rash suspicion on our part deceive us regarding a friend,
1935 or false suspicion of us on the part of others give us too much
1936 uneasiness, lest sin reign in our mortal body to obey its
1937 desires, lest our members be used as the instruments of unrighteousness,
1938 lest the eye follow lust, lest thirst for revenge
1939 carry us away, lest sight or thought dwell too long on some
1940 evil thing which gives us pleasure, lest wicked or indecent
1941 language be willingly listened to, lest we do what is pleasant
1942 but unlawful, and lest in this warfare, filled so abundantly
1943 with toil and peril, we either hope to secure victory by our
1944 own strength, or attribute it when secured to our own strength,
1945 and not to His grace of whom the apostle says, "Thanks be
1946 unto God, who giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus
1947 Christ;"[1013] and in another place he says, "In all these things
1948 we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us."[1014]
1949 But yet we are to know this, that however valorously we
1950 resist our vices, and however successful we are in overcoming
1951 them, yet as long as we are in this body we have always
1952 reason to say to God, "Forgive us our debts."[1015] But in that
1953 kingdom where we shall dwell for ever, clothed in immortal
1954 bodies, we shall no longer have either conflicts or debts,—as
1955 indeed we should not have had at any time or in any condition,
1956 had our nature continued upright as it was created.
1957 Consequently even this our conflict, in which we are exposed
1958 to peril, and from which we hope to be delivered by a final
1959 victory, belongs to the ills of this life, which is proved by the
1960 witness of so many grave evils to be a life under condemnation.
1961 24. *Of the blessings with which the Creator has filled this life, obnoxious
1962 though it be to the curse.*
1963 But we must now contemplate the rich and countless blessings
1964 with which the goodness of God, who cares for all He
1965 has created, has filled this very misery of the human race,
1966 which reflects His retributive justice. That first blessing
1967 which He pronounced before the fall, when He said, "Increase,
1968 and multiply, and replenish the earth,"[1016] He did not
1969 inhibit after man had sinned, but the fecundity originally bestowed
1970 remained in the condemned stock; and the vice of sin,
1971 which has involved us in the necessity of dying, has yet not
1972 deprived us of that wonderful power of seed, or rather of that
1973 still more marvellous power by which seed is produced, and
1974 which seems to be as it were inwrought and inwoven in the
1975 human body. But in this river, as I may call it, or torrent
1976 of the human race, both elements are carried along together,—both
1977 the evil which is derived from him who begets, and the
1978 good which is bestowed by Him who creates us. In the
1979 original evil there are two things, sin and punishment; in the
1980 original good, there are two other things, propagation and
1981 conformation. But of the evils, of which the one, sin, arose
1982 from our audacity, and the other, punishment, from God's
1983 judgment, we have already said as much as suits our present
1984 purpose. I mean now to speak of the blessings which God
1985 has conferred or still confers upon our nature, vitiated and
1986 condemned as it is. For in condemning it He did not withdraw
1987 all that He had given it, else it had been annihilated;
1988 neither did He, in penally subjecting it to the devil, remove
1989 it beyond His own power; for not even the devil himself is
1990 outside of God's government, since the devil's nature subsists
1991 only by the supreme Creator, who gives being to all that in
1992 any form exists.
1993 Of these two blessings, then, which we have said flow from
1994 God's goodness, as from a fountain, towards our nature, vitiated
1995 by sin and condemned to punishment, the one, propagation,
1996 was conferred by God's benediction when He made those first
1997 works, from which He rested on the seventh day. But the
1998 other, conformation, is conferred in that work of His wherein
1999 "He worketh hitherto."[1017] For were He to withdraw His efficacious
2000 power from things, they should neither be able to go
2001 on and complete the periods assigned to their measured movements,
2002 nor should they even continue in possession of that
2003 nature they were created in. God, then, so created man that
2004 He gave him what we may call fertility, whereby he might
2005 propagate other men, giving them a congenital capacity to
2006 propagate their kind, but not imposing on them any necessity
2007 to do so. This capacity God withdraws at pleasure from individuals,
2008 making them barren; but from the whole race He
2009 has not withdrawn the blessing of propagation once conferred.
2010 But though not withdrawn on account of sin, this power of
2011 propagation is not what it would have been had there been
2012 no sin. For since "man placed in honour fell, he has become
2013 like the beasts,"[1018] and generates as they do, though the little
2014 spark of reason, which was the image of God in him, has not
2015 been quite quenched. But if conformation were not added
2016 to propagation, there would be no reproduction of one's kind.
2017 For even though there were no such thing as copulation, and
2018 God wished to fill the earth with human inhabitants, He
2019 might create all these as He created one without the help
2020 of human generation. And, indeed, even as it is, those who
2021 copulate can generate nothing save by the creative energy
2022 of God. As, therefore, in respect of that spiritual growth
2023 whereby a man is formed to piety and righteousness, the
2024 apostle says, "Neither is he that planteth anything, neither
2025 he that watereth, but God that giveth the increase,"[1019] so also
2026 it must be said that it is not he that generates that is anything,
2027 but God that giveth the essential form; that it is not
2028 the mother who carries and nurses the fruit of her womb that
2029 is anything, but God that giveth the increase. For He alone,
2030 by that energy wherewith "He worketh hitherto," causes the
2031 seed to develope, and to evolve from certain secret and invisible
2032 folds into the visible forms of beauty which we see.
2033 He alone, coupling and connecting in some wonderful fashion
2034 the spiritual and corporeal natures, the one to command, the
2035 other to obey, makes a living being. And this work of His
2036 is so great and wonderful, that not only man, who is a rational
2037 animal, and consequently more excellent than all other animals
2038 of the earth, but even the most diminutive insect, cannot be
2039 considered attentively without astonishment and without praising
2040 the Creator.
2041 It is He, then, who has given to the human soul a mind,
2042 in which reason and understanding lie as it were asleep during
2043 infancy, and as if they were not, destined, however, to be
2044 awakened and exercised as years increase, so as to become
2045 capable of knowledge and of receiving instruction, fit to understand
2046 what is true and to love what is good. It is by this
2047 capacity the soul drinks in wisdom, and becomes endowed
2048 with those virtues by which, in prudence, fortitude, temperance,
2049 and righteousness, it makes war upon error and the
2050 other inborn vices, and conquers them by fixing its desires
2051 upon no other object than the supreme and unchangeable
2052 Good. And even though this be not uniformly the result, yet
2053 who can competently utter or even conceive the grandeur of
2054 this work of the Almighty, and the unspeakable boon He has
2055 conferred upon our rational nature, by giving us even the
2056 capacity of such attainment? For over and above those arts
2057 which are called virtues, and which teach us how we may
2058 spend our life well, and attain to endless happiness,—arts
2059 which are given to the children of the promise and the kingdom
2060 by the sole grace of God which is in Christ,—has not
2061 the genius of man invented and applied countless astonishing
2062 arts, partly the result of necessity, partly the result of
2063 exuberant invention, so that this vigour of mind, which is so
2064 active in the discovery not merely of superfluous but even of
2065 dangerous and destructive things, betokens an inexhaustible
2066 wealth in the nature which can invent, learn, or employ such
2067 arts? What wonderful—one might say stupefying—advances
2068 has human industry made in the arts of weaving and building,
2069 of agriculture and navigation! With what endless variety
2070 are designs in pottery, painting, and sculpture produced, and
2071 with what skill executed! What wonderful spectacles are
2072 exhibited in the theatres, which those who have not seen
2073 them cannot credit! How skilful the contrivances for catching,
2074 killing, or taming wild beasts! And for the injury of
2075 men, also, how many kinds of poisons, weapons, engines of
2076 destruction, have been invented, while for the preservation or
2077 restoration of health the appliances and remedies are infinite!
2078 To provoke appetite and please the palate, what a variety of
2079 seasonings have been concocted! To express and gain entrance
2080 for thoughts, what a multitude and variety of signs there are,
2081 among which speaking and writing hold the first place! what
2082 ornaments has eloquence at command to delight the mind!
2083 what wealth of song is there to captivate the ear! how many
2084 musical instruments and strains of harmony have been devised!
2085 What skill has been attained in measures and
2086 numbers! with what sagacity have the movements and connections
2087 of the stars been discovered! Who could tell the
2088 thought that has been spent upon nature, even though, despairing
2089 of recounting it in detail, he endeavoured only to give
2090 a general view of it? In fine, even the defence of errors and
2091 misapprehensions, which has illustrated the genius of heretics
2092 and philosophers, cannot be sufficiently declared. For at
2093 present it is the nature of the human mind which adorns this
2094 mortal life which we are extolling, and not the faith and the
2095 way of truth which lead to immortality. And since this
2096 great nature has certainly been created by the true and
2097 supreme God, who administers all things He has made with
2098 absolute power and justice, it could never have fallen into
2099 these miseries, nor have gone out of them to miseries eternal,—saving
2100 only those who are redeemed,—had not an exceeding
2101 great sin been found in the first man from whom the rest
2102 have sprung.
2103 Moreover, even in the body, though it dies like that of the
2104 beasts, and is in many ways weaker than theirs, what goodness
2105 of God, what providence of the great Creator, is apparent!
2106 The organs of sense and the rest of the members, are not they
2107 so placed, the appearance, and form, and stature of the body
2108 as a whole, is it not so fashioned, as to indicate that it was
2109 made for the service of a reasonable soul? Man has not been
2110 created stooping towards the earth, like the irrational animals;
2111 but his bodily form, erect and looking heavenwards, admonishes
2112 him to mind the things that are above. Then the marvellous
2113 nimbleness which has been given to the tongue and
2114 the hands, fitting them to speak, and write, and execute so
2115 many duties, and practise so many arts, does it not prove the
2116 excellence of the soul for which such an assistant was provided?
2117 And even apart from its adaptation to the work
2118 required of it, there is such a symmetry in its various parts,
2119 and so beautiful a proportion maintained, that one is at a loss
2120 to decide whether, in creating the body, greater regard was
2121 paid to utility or to beauty. Assuredly no part of the body
2122 has been created for the sake of utility which does not also
2123 contribute something to its beauty. And this would be all
2124 the more apparent, if we knew more precisely how all its
2125 parts are connected and adapted to one another, and were not
2126 limited in our observations to what appears on the surface;
2127 for as to what is covered up and hidden from our view, the
2128 intricate web of veins and nerves, the vital parts of all that
2129 lies under the skin, no one can discover it. For although,
2130 with a cruel zeal for science, some medical men, who are
2131 called anatomists, have dissected the bodies of the dead, and
2132 sometimes even of sick persons who died under their knives,
2133 and have inhumanly pried into the secrets of the human body
2134 to learn the nature of the disease and its exact seat, and how
2135 it might be cured, yet those relations of which I speak, and
2136 which form the concord,[1020] or, as the Greeks call it, "harmony,"
2137 of the whole body outside and in, as of some instrument, no
2138 one has been able to discover, because no one has been audacious
2139 enough to seek for them. But if these could be known,
2140 then even the inward parts, which seem to have no beauty,
2141 would so delight us with their exquisite fitness, as to afford a
2142 profounder satisfaction to the mind—and the eyes are but its
2143 ministers—than the obvious beauty which gratifies the eye.
2144 There are some things, too, which have such a place in the
2145 body, that they obviously serve no useful purpose, but are
2146 solely for beauty, as *e.g.* the teats on a man's breast, or the
2147 beard on his face; for that this is for ornament, and not for
2148 protection, is proved by the bare faces of women, who ought
2149 rather, as the weaker sex, to enjoy such a defence. If, therefore,
2150 of all those members which are exposed to our view,
2151 there is certainly not one in which beauty is sacrificed to
2152 utility, while there are some which serve no purpose but only
2153 beauty, I think it can readily be concluded that in the creation
2154 of the human body comeliness was more regarded than
2155 necessity. In truth, necessity is a transitory thing; and the
2156 time is coming when we shall enjoy one another's beauty
2157 without any lust,—a condition which will specially redound
2158 to the praise of the Creator, who, as it is said in the psalm,
2159 has "put on praise and comeliness."[1021]
2160 How can I tell of the rest of creation, with all its beauty
2161 and utility, which the divine goodness has given to man to
2162 please his eye and serve his purposes, condemned though he
2163 is, and hurled into these labours and miseries? Shall I speak
2164 of the manifold and various loveliness of sky, and earth, and
2165 sea; of the plentiful supply and wonderful qualities of the
2166 light; of sun, moon, and stars; of the shade of trees; of the
2167 colours and perfume of flowers; of the multitude of birds,
2168 all differing in plumage and in song; of the variety of animals,
2169 of which the smallest in size are often the most wonderful,—the
2170 works of ants and bees astonishing us more than
2171 the huge bodies of whales? Shall I speak of the sea, which
2172 itself is so grand a spectacle, when it arrays itself as it were
2173 in vestures of various colours, now running through every
2174 shade of green, and again becoming purple or blue? Is it not
2175 delightful to look at it in storm, and experience the soothing
2176 complacency which it inspires, by suggesting that we ourselves
2177 are not tossed and shipwrecked?[1022] What shall I say of the
2178 numberless kinds of food to alleviate hunger, and the variety
2179 of seasonings to stimulate appetite which are scattered everywhere
2180 by nature, and for which we are not indebted to the art
2181 of cookery? How many natural appliances are there for preserving
2182 and restoring health! How grateful is the alternation
2183 of day and night! how pleasant the breezes that cool the air!
2184 how abundant the supply of clothing furnished us by trees
2185 and animals! Who can enumerate all the blessings we enjoy?
2186 If I were to attempt to detail and unfold only these few
2187 which I have indicated in the mass, such an enumeration
2188 would fill a volume. And all these are but the solace of the
2189 wretched and condemned, not the rewards of the blessed.
2190 What then shall these rewards be, if such be the blessings of a
2191 condemned state? What will He give to those whom He has
2192 predestined to life, who has given such things even to those
2193 whom He has predestined to death? What blessings will He
2194 in the blessed life shower upon those for whom, even in this
2195 state of misery, He has been willing that His only-begotten
2196 Son should endure such sufferings even to death? Thus the
2197 apostle reasons concerning those who are predestined to that
2198 kingdom: "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered
2199 Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also give us
2200 all things?"[1023] When this promise is fulfilled, what shall we
2201 be? What blessings shall we receive in that kingdom, since
2202 already we have received as the pledge of them Christ's dying?
2203 In what condition shall the spirit of man be, when it has no
2204 longer any vice at all; when it neither yields to any, nor is
2205 in bondage to any, nor has to make war against any, but is
2206 perfected, and enjoys undisturbed peace with itself? Shall
2207 it not then know all things with certainty, and without any
2208 labour or error, when unhindered and joyfully it drinks the
2209 wisdom of God at the fountainhead? What shall the body
2210 be, when it is in every respect subject to the spirit, from
2211 which it shall draw a life so sufficient, as to stand in need of
2212 no other nutriment? For it shall no longer be animal, but
2213 spiritual, having indeed the substance of flesh, but without
2214 any fleshly corruption.
2215 >
2216 >
2217 >
2218 25. *Of the obstinacy of those individuals who impugn the resurrection of the body,
2219 > though, as was predicted, the whole world believes it.*
2220 The foremost of the philosophers agree with us about the
2221 spiritual felicity enjoyed by the blessed in the life to come;
2222 it is only the resurrection of the flesh they call in question,
2223 and with all their might deny. But the mass of men, learned
2224 and unlearned, the world's wise men and its fools, have believed,
2225 and have left in meagre isolation the unbelievers, and
2226 have turned to Christ, who in His own resurrection demonstrated
2227 the reality of that which seems to our adversaries
2228 absurd. For the world has believed this which God predicted,
2229 as it was also predicted that the world would believe,—a prediction
2230 not due to the sorceries of Peter,[1024] since it was uttered
2231 so long before. He who has predicted these things, as I have
2232 already said, and am not ashamed to repeat, is the God before
2233 whom all other divinities tremble, as Porphyry himself owns,
2234 and seeks to prove, by testimonies from the oracles of these
2235 gods, and goes so far as to call Him God the Father and King.
2236 Far be it from us to interpret these predictions as they do who
2237 have not believed, along with the whole world, in that which
2238 it was predicted the world would believe in. For why should
2239 we not rather understand them as the world does, whose
2240 belief was predicted, and leave that handful of unbelievers to
2241 their idle talk and obstinate and solitary infidelity? For if
2242 they maintain that they interpret them differently only to
2243 avoid charging Scripture with folly, and so doing an injury
2244 to that God to whom they bear so notable a testimony, is it
2245 not a much greater injury they do Him when they say that
2246 His predictions must be understood otherwise than the world
2247 believed them, though He Himself praised, promised, accomplished
2248 this belief on the world's part? And why cannot He
2249 cause the body to rise again, and live for ever? or is it not
2250 to be believed that He will do this, because it is an undesirable
2251 thing, and unworthy of God? Of His omnipotence, which
2252 effects so many great miracles, we have already said enough.
2253 If they wish to know what the Almighty cannot do, I shall
2254 tell them He cannot lie. Let us therefore believe what He
2255 can do, by refusing to believe what He cannot do. Refusing
2256 to believe that He can lie, let them believe that He will do
2257 what He has promised to do; and let them believe it as the
2258 world has believed it, whose faith He predicted, whose faith
2259 He praised, whose faith He promised, whose faith He now
2260 points to. But how do they prove that the resurrection is an
2261 undesirable thing? There shall then be no corruption, which
2262 is the only evil thing about the body. I have already said
2263 enough about the order of the elements, and the other fanciful
2264 objections men raise; and in the thirteenth book I have, in
2265 my own judgment, sufficiently illustrated the facility of movement
2266 which the incorruptible body shall enjoy, judging from
2267 the ease and vigour we experience even now, when the body
2268 is in good health. Those who have either not read the former
2269 books, or wish to refresh their memory, may read them for
2270 themselves.
2271 >
2272 >
2273 >
2274 26. *That the opinion of Porphyry, that the soul, in order to be blessed, must be
2275 > separated from every kind of body, is demolished by Plato, who says that
2276 > the supreme God promised the gods that they should never be ousted from
2277 > their bodies.*
2278 But, say they, Porphyry tells us that the soul, in order to
2279 be blessed, must escape connection with every kind of body.
2280 It does not avail, therefore, to say that the future body shall
2281 be incorruptible, if the soul cannot be blessed till delivered
2282 from every kind of body. But in the book above mentioned
2283 I have already sufficiently discussed this. This one thing only
2284 will I repeat,—let Plato, their master, correct his writings, and
2285 say that their gods, in order to be blessed, must quit their
2286 bodies, or, in other words, die; for he said that they were shut
2287 up in celestial bodies, and that, nevertheless, the God who
2288 made them promised them immortality,—that is to say, an
2289 eternal tenure of these same bodies, such as was not provided
2290 for them naturally, but only by the further intervention of
2291 His will, that thus they might be assured of felicity. In this
2292 he obviously overturns their assertion that the resurrection
2293 of the body cannot be believed because it is impossible; for,
2294 according to him, when the uncreated God promised immortality
2295 to the created gods, He expressly said that He would
2296 do what was impossible. For Plato tells us that He said,
2297 "As ye have had a beginning, so you cannot be immortal
2298 and incorruptible; yet ye shall not decay, nor shall any fate
2299 destroy you or prove stronger than my will, which more effectually
2300 binds you to immortality than the bond of your nature
2301 keeps you from it." If they who hear these words have, we
2302 do not say understanding, but ears, they cannot doubt that
2303 Plato believed that God promised to the gods He had made
2304 that He would effect an impossibility. For He who says,
2305 "Ye cannot be immortal, but by my will ye shall be immortal,"
2306 what else does He say than this, "I shall make you
2307 what ye cannot be?" The body, therefore, shall be raised
2308 incorruptible, immortal, spiritual, by Him who, according to
2309 Plato, has promised to do that which is impossible. Why
2310 then do they still exclaim that this which God has promised,
2311 which the world has believed on God's promise as was predicted,
2312 is an impossibility? For what we say is, that the God
2313 who, even according to Plato, does impossible things, will do
2314 this. It is not, then, necessary to the blessedness of the soul
2315 that it be detached from a body of any kind whatever, but
2316 that it receive an incorruptible body. And in what incorruptible
2317 body will they more suitably rejoice than in that in
2318 which they groaned when it was corruptible? For thus they
2319 shall not feel that dire craving which Virgil, in imitation of
2320 Plato, has ascribed to them when he says that they wish to
2321 return again to their bodies.[1025] They shall not, I say, feel this
2322 desire to return to their bodies, since they shall have those
2323 bodies to which a return was desired, and shall, indeed, be in
2324 such thorough possession of them, that they shall never lose
2325 them even for the briefest moment, nor ever lay them down
2326 in death.
2327 >
2328 >
2329 >
2330 27. *Of the apparently conflicting opinions of Plato and Porphyry, which would
2331 > have conducted them both to the truth if they could have yielded to one
2332 > another.*
2333 Statements were made by Plato and Porphyry singly, which
2334 if they could have seen their way to hold in common, they
2335 might possibly have become Christians. Plato said that souls
2336 could not exist eternally without bodies; for it was on this
2337 account, he said, that the souls even of wise men must some
2338 time or other return to their bodies. Porphyry, again, said
2339 that the purified soul, when it has returned to the Father, shall
2340 never return to the ills of this world. Consequently, if Plato
2341 had communicated to Porphyry that which he saw to be true,
2342 that souls, though perfectly purified, and belonging to the wise
2343 and righteous, must return to human bodies; and if Porphyry,
2344 again, had imparted to Plato the truth which he saw, that holy
2345 souls shall never return to the miseries of a corruptible body,
2346 so that they should not have each held only his own opinion,
2347 but should both have held both truths, I think they would
2348 have seen that it follows that the souls return to their bodies,
2349 and also that these bodies shall be such as to afford them a
2350 blessed and immortal life. For, according to Plato, even holy
2351 souls shall return to the body; according to Porphyry, holy
2352 souls shall not return to the ills of this world. Let Porphyry
2353 then say with Plato, they shall return to the body; let Plato
2354 say with Porphyry, they shall not return to their old misery:
2355 and they will agree that they return to bodies in which they
2356 shall suffer no more. And this is nothing else than what God
2357 has promised,—that He will give eternal felicity to souls joined
2358 to their own bodies. For this, I presume, both of them would
2359 readily concede, that if the souls of the saints are to be reunited
2360 to bodies, it shall be to their own bodies, in which they
2361 have endured the miseries of this life, and in which, to escape
2362 these miseries, they served God with piety and fidelity.
2363 >
2364 >
2365 >
2366 28. *What Plato or Labeo, or even Varro, might have contributed to the true
2367 > faith of the resurrection, if they had adopted one another's opinions into
2368 > one scheme.*
2369 Some Christians, who have a liking for Plato on account of
2370 his magnificent style and the truths which he now and then
2371 uttered, say that he even held an opinion similar to our own
2372 regarding the resurrection of the dead. Cicero, however, alluding
2373 to this in his *Republic*, asserts that Plato meant it rather
2374 as a playful fancy than as a reality; for he introduces a man[1026]
2375 who had come to life again, and gave a narrative of his experience
2376 in corroboration of the doctrines of Plato. Labeo, too,
2377 says that two men died on one day, and met at a cross-road,
2378 and that, being afterwards ordered to return to their bodies,
2379 they agreed to be friends for life, and were so till they died
2380 again. But the resurrection which these writers instance resembles
2381 that of those persons whom we have ourselves known
2382 to rise again, and who came back indeed to this life, but not
2383 so as never to die again. Marcus Varro, however, in his work
2384 *On the Origin of the Roman People*, records something more
2385 remarkable; I think his own words should be given. "Certain
2386 astrologers," he says, "have written that men are destined to
2387 a new birth, which the Greeks call *palingenesy*. This will take
2388 place after four hundred and forty years have elapsed; and then
2389 the same soul and the same body, which were formerly united
2390 in the person, shall again be reunited." This Varro, indeed, or
2391 those nameless astrologers,—for he does not give us the names
2392 of the men whose statement he cites,—have affirmed what is
2393 indeed not altogether true; for once the souls have returned to
2394 the bodies they wore, they shall never afterwards leave them.
2395 Yet what they say upsets and demolishes much of that idle
2396 talk of our adversaries about the impossibility of the resurrection.
2397 For those who have been or are of this opinion, have
2398 not thought it possible that bodies which have dissolved into
2399 air, or dust, or ashes, or water, or into the bodies of the beasts
2400 or even of the men that fed on them, should be restored again
2401 to that which they formerly were. And therefore, if Plato
2402 and Porphyry, or rather, if their disciples now living, agree
2403 with us that holy souls shall return to the body, as Plato says,
2404 and that, nevertheless, they shall not return to misery, as Porphyry
2405 maintains,—if they accept the consequence of these two
2406 propositions which is taught by the Christian faith, that they
2407 shall receive bodies in which they may live eternally without
2408 suffering any misery,—let them also adopt from Varro the
2409 opinion that they shall return to the same bodies as they were
2410 formerly in, and thus the whole question of the eternal resurrection
2411 of the body shall be resolved out of their own mouths.
2412 29. *Of the beatific vision.*
2413 And now let us consider, with such ability as God may
2414 vouchsafe, how the saints shall be employed when they are
2415 clothed in immortal and spiritual bodies, and when the flesh
2416 shall live no longer in a fleshly but a spiritual fashion. And
2417 indeed, to tell the truth, I am at a loss to understand the
2418 nature of that employment, or, shall I rather say, repose and
2419 ease, for it has never come within the range of my bodily
2420 senses. And if I should speak of my mind or understanding,
2421 what is our understanding in comparison of its excellence?
2422 For then shall be that "peace of God which," as the apostle
2423 says, "passeth all understanding,"[1027]—that is to say, all human,
2424 and perhaps all angelic understanding, but certainly not the
2425 divine. That it passeth ours there is no doubt; but if it
2426 passeth that of the angels,—and he who says "*all* understanding"
2427 seems to make no exception in their favour,—then we
2428 must understand him to mean that neither we nor the angels
2429 can understand, as God understands, the peace which God Himself
2430 enjoys. Doubtless this passeth all understanding but His
2431 own. But as we shall one day be made to participate, according
2432 to our slender capacity, in His peace, both in ourselves,
2433 and with our neighbour, and with God our chief good, in this
2434 respect the angels understand the peace of God in their own
2435 measure, and men too, though now far behind them, whatever
2436 spiritual advance they have made. For we must remember
2437 how great a man he was who said, "We know in part, and
2438 we prophesy in part, until that which is perfect is come;"[1028]
2439 and "Now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to
2440 face."[1029] Such also is now the vision of the holy angels, who
2441 are also called our angels, because we, being rescued out of
2442 the power of darkness, and receiving the earnest of the Spirit,
2443 are translated into the kingdom of Christ, and already begin
2444 to belong to those angels with whom we shall enjoy that holy
2445 and most delightful city of God of which we have now written
2446 so much. Thus, then, the angels of God are our angels, as
2447 Christ is God's and also ours. They are God's, because they
2448 have not abandoned Him; they are ours, because we are their
2449 fellow-citizens. The Lord Jesus also said, "See that ye despise
2450 not one of these little ones: for I say unto you, That in
2451 heaven their angels do always see the face of my Father which
2452 is in heaven."[1030] As, then, they see, so shall we also see; but
2453 not yet do we thus see. Wherefore the apostle uses the words
2454 cited a little ago, "Now we see through a glass, darkly; but
2455 then face to face." This vision is reserved as the reward of
2456 our faith; and of it the Apostle John also says, "When He
2457 shall appear, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He
2458 is."[1031] By "the face" of God we are to understand His manifestation,
2459 and not a part of the body similar to that which in
2460 our bodies we call by that name.
2461 And so, when I am asked how the saints shall be employed
2462 in that spiritual body, I do not say what I see, but I say what
2463 I believe, according to that which I read in the psalm, "I believed,
2464 therefore have I spoken."[1032] I say, then, they shall in
2465 the body see God; but whether they shall see Him by means
2466 of the body, as now we see the sun, moon, stars, sea, earth,
2467 and all that is in it, that is a difficult question. For it is
2468 hard to say that the saints shall then have such bodies that
2469 they shall not be able to shut and open their eyes as they
2470 please; while it is harder still to say that every one who shuts
2471 his eyes shall lose the vision of God. For if the prophet
2472 Elisha, though at a distance, saw his servant Gehazi, who
2473 thought that his wickedness would escape his master's observation
2474 and accepted gifts from Naaman the Syrian, whom the
2475 prophet had cleansed from his foul leprosy, how much more
2476 shall the saints in the spiritual body see all things, not only
2477 though their eyes be shut, but though they themselves be at
2478 a great distance? For then shall be "that which is perfect,"
2479 of which the apostle says, "We know in part, and we prophesy
2480 in part; but when that which is perfect is come, then
2481 that which is in part shall be done away." Then, that he
2482 may illustrate as well as possible, by a simile, how superior
2483 the future life is to the life now lived, not only by ordinary
2484 men, but even by the foremost of the saints, he says,
2485 "When I was a child, I understood as a child, I spake as a
2486 child, I thought as a child; but when I became a man, I put
2487 away childish things. Now we see through a glass, darkly;
2488 but then face to face: now I know in part; but then shall
2489 I know even as also I am known."[1033] If, then, even in this
2490 life, in which the prophetic power of remarkable men is no
2491 more worthy to be compared to the vision of the future life
2492 than childhood is to manhood, Elisha, though distant from his
2493 servant, saw him accepting gifts, shall we say that when that
2494 which is perfect is come, and the corruptible body no longer
2495 oppresses the soul, but is incorruptible and offers no impediment
2496 to it, the saints shall need bodily eyes to see, though
2497 Elisha had no need of them to see his servant? For, following
2498 the Septuagint version, these are the prophet's words: "Did not
2499 my heart go with thee, when the man came out of his chariot
2500 to meet thee, and thou tookedst his gifts?"[1034] Or, as the presbyter
2501 Jerome rendered it from the Hebrew, "Was not my heart
2502 present when the man turned from his chariot to meet thee?"
2503 The prophet said that he saw this with his heart, miraculously
2504 aided by God, as no one can doubt. But how much more
2505 abundantly shall the saints enjoy this gift when God shall be
2506 all in all? Nevertheless the bodily eyes also shall have their
2507 office and their place, and shall be used by the spirit through
2508 the spiritual body. For the prophet did not forego the use of
2509 his eyes for seeing what was before them, though he did not
2510 need them to see his absent servant, and though he could have
2511 seen these present objects in spirit, and with his eyes shut, as
2512 he saw things far distant in a place where he himself was not.
2513 Far be it, then, from us to say that in the life to come the
2514 saints shall not see God when their eyes are shut, since they
2515 shall always see Him with the spirit.
2516 But the question arises, whether, when their eyes are open,
2517 they shall see Him with the bodily eye? If the eyes of the
2518 spiritual body have no more power than the eyes which we
2519 now possess, manifestly God cannot be seen with them. They
2520 must be of a very different power if they can look upon that
2521 incorporeal nature which is not contained in any place, but is
2522 all in every place. For though we say that God is in heaven
2523 and on earth, as He Himself says by the prophet, "I fill
2524 heaven and earth,"[1035] we do not mean that there is one part of
2525 God in heaven and another part on earth; but He is all in
2526 heaven and all on earth, not at alternate intervals of time,
2527 but both at once, as no bodily nature can be. The eye, then,
2528 shall have a vastly superior power,—the power not of keen
2529 sight, such as is ascribed to serpents or eagles, for however
2530 keenly these animals see, they can discern nothing but bodily
2531 substances,—but the power of seeing things incorporeal. Possibly
2532 it was this great power of vision which was temporarily
2533 communicated to the eyes of the holy Job while yet in this
2534 mortal body, when he says to God, "I have heard of Thee by
2535 the hearing of the ear; but now mine eye seeth Thee: wherefore
2536 I abhor myself, and melt away, and count myself dust
2537 and ashes;"[1036] although there is no reason why we should not
2538 understand this of the eye of the heart, of which the apostle
2539 says, "Having the eyes of your heart illuminated."[1037] But that
2540 God shall be seen with these eyes no Christian doubts who
2541 believingly accepts what our God and Master says, "Blessed
2542 are the pure in heart: for they shall see God."[1038] But whether
2543 in the future life God shall also be seen with the bodily eye,
2544 this is now our question.
2545 The expression of Scripture, "And all flesh shall see the
2546 salvation of God,"[1039] may without difficulty be understood as
2547 if it were said, "And every man shall see the Christ of God."
2548 And He certainly was seen in the body, and shall be seen in
2549 the body when He judges quick and dead. And that Christ
2550 is the salvation of God, many other passages of Scripture witness,
2551 but especially the words of the venerable Simeon, who,
2552 when he had received into his hands the infant Christ, said,
2553 "Now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace, according to
2554 Thy word: for mine eyes have seen Thy salvation."[1040] As for
2555 the words of the above-mentioned Job, as they are found in
2556 the Hebrew manuscripts, "And in my flesh I shall see God,"[1041]
2557 no doubt they were a prophecy of the resurrection of the
2558 flesh; yet he does not say "*by* the flesh." And indeed, if he
2559 had said this, it would still be possible that Christ was meant
2560 by "God;" for Christ shall be seen by the flesh in the flesh.
2561 But even understanding it of God, it is only equivalent to
2562 saying, I shall be in the flesh when I see God. Then the
2563 apostle's expression, "face to face,"[1042] does not oblige us to
2564 believe that we shall see God by the bodily face in which are
2565 the eyes of the body, for we shall see Him without intermission
2566 in spirit. And if the apostle had not referred to the
2567 face of the inner man, he would not have said, "But we, with
2568 unveiled face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord,
2569 are transformed into the same image, from glory to glory, as
2570 by the Spirit of the Lord."[1043] In the same sense we understand
2571 what the Psalmist sings, "Draw near unto Him, and be
2572 enlightened; and your faces shall not be ashamed."[1044] For it is
2573 by faith we draw near to God, and faith is an act of the spirit,
2574 not of the body. But as we do not know what degree of perfection
2575 the spiritual body shall attain,—for here we speak of a
2576 matter of which we have no experience, and upon which the
2577 authority of Scripture does not definitely pronounce,—it is
2578 necessary that the words of the Book of Wisdom be illustrated
2579 in us: "The thoughts of mortal men are timid, and our forecastings
2580 uncertain."[1045]
2581 For if that reasoning of the philosophers, by which they
2582 attempt to make out that intelligible or mental objects are so
2583 seen by the mind, and sensible or bodily objects so seen by the
2584 body, that the former cannot be discerned by the mind through
2585 the body, nor the latter by the mind itself without the body,—if
2586 this reasoning were trustworthy, then it would certainly
2587 follow that God could not be seen by the eye even of a
2588 spiritual body. But this reasoning is exploded both by true
2589 reason and by prophetic authority. For who is so little acquainted
2590 with the truth as to say that God has no cognisance
2591 of sensible objects? Has He therefore a body, the eyes
2592 of which give Him this knowledge? Moreover, what we
2593 have just been relating of the prophet Elisha, does this not
2594 sufficiently show that bodily things can be discerned by the
2595 spirit without the help of the body? For when that servant
2596 received the gifts, certainly this was a bodily or material
2597 transaction, yet the prophet saw it not by the body, but by
2598 the spirit. As, therefore, it is agreed that bodies are seen by
2599 the spirit, what if the power of the spiritual body shall be so
2600 great that spirit also is seen by the body? For God is a
2601 spirit. Besides, each man recognises his own life—that life
2602 by which he now lives in the body, and which vivifies these
2603 earthly members and causes them to grow—by an interior
2604 sense, and not by his bodily eye; but the life of other men,
2605 though it is invisible, he sees with the bodily eye. For how do
2606 we distinguish between living and dead bodies, except by seeing
2607 at once both the body and the life which we cannot see save
2608 by the eye? But a life without a body we cannot see thus.
2609 Wherefore it may very well be, and it is thoroughly credible,
2610 that we shall in the future world see the material forms
2611 of the new heavens and the new earth in such a way that we
2612 shall most distinctly recognise God everywhere present and
2613 governing all things, material as well as spiritual, and shall
2614 see Him, not as now we understand the invisible things of
2615 God, by the things which are made,[1046] and see Him darkly, as
2616 in a mirror, and in part, and rather by faith than by bodily
2617 vision of material appearances, but by means of the bodies we
2618 shall wear and which we shall see wherever we turn our eyes.
2619 As we do not believe, but see that the living men around us
2620 who are exercising vital functions are alive, though we cannot
2621 see their life without their bodies, but see it most distinctly by
2622 means of their bodies, so, wherever we shall look with those
2623 spiritual eyes of our future bodies, we shall then, too, by
2624 means of bodily substances behold God, though a spirit, ruling
2625 all things. Either, therefore, the eyes shall possess some
2626 quality similar to that of the mind, by which they may be
2627 able to discern spiritual things, and among these God,—a
2628 supposition for which it is difficult or even impossible to find
2629 any support in Scripture,—or, which is more easy to comprehend,
2630 God will be so known by us, and shall be so much before
2631 us, that we shall see Him by the spirit in ourselves, in one
2632 another, in Himself, in the new heavens and the new earth, in
2633 every created thing which shall then exist; and also by the
2634 body we shall see Him in every body which the keen vision
2635 of the eye of the spiritual body shall reach. Our thoughts
2636 also shall be visible to all, for then shall be fulfilled the words
2637 of the apostle, "Judge nothing before the time, until the Lord
2638 come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness,
2639 and will make manifest the thoughts of the heart, and
2640 then shall every one have praise of God."[1047]
2641 30. *Of the eternal felicity of the city of God, and of the perpetual Sabbath.*
2642 How great shall be that felicity, which shall be tainted with
2643 no evil, which shall lack no good, and which shall afford
2644 leisure for the praises of God, who shall be all in all! For I
2645 know not what other employment there can be where no lassitude
2646 shall slacken activity, nor any want stimulate to labour.
2647 I am admonished also by the sacred song, in which I read or
2648 hear the words, "Blessed are they that dwell in Thy house,
2649 O Lord; they will be still praising Thee."[1048] All the members
2650 and organs of the incorruptible body, which now we see to be
2651 suited to various necessary uses, shall contribute to the praises
2652 of God; for in that life necessity shall have no place, but full,
2653 certain, secure, everlasting felicity. For all those parts[1049] of the
2654 bodily harmony, which are distributed through the whole body,
2655 within and without, and of which I have just been saying
2656 that they at present elude our observation, shall then be discerned;
2657 and, along with the other great and marvellous discoveries
2658 which shall then kindle rational minds in praise of
2659 the great Artificer, there shall be the enjoyment of a beauty
2660 which appeals to the reason. What power of movement such
2661 bodies shall possess, I have not the audacity rashly to define,
2662 as I have not the ability to conceive. Nevertheless I will say
2663 that in any case, both in motion and at rest, they shall be,
2664 as in their appearance, seemly; for into that state nothing
2665 which is unseemly shall be admitted. One thing is certain,
2666 the body shall forthwith be wherever the spirit wills, and the
2667 spirit shall will nothing which is unbecoming either to the
2668 spirit or to the body. True honour shall be there, for it shall
2669 be denied to none who is worthy, nor yielded to any unworthy;
2670 neither shall any unworthy person so much as sue for it, for
2671 none but the worthy shall be there. True peace shall be
2672 there, where no one shall suffer opposition either from himself
2673 or any other. God Himself, who is the Author of virtue,
2674 shall there be its reward; for, as there is nothing greater or
2675 better, He has promised Himself. What else was meant by
2676 His word through the prophet, "I will be your God, and ye
2677 shall be my people,"[1050] than, I shall be their satisfaction, I shall
2678 be all that men honourably desire,—life, and health, and nourishment,
2679 and plenty, and glory, and honour, and peace, and all
2680 good things? This, too, is the right interpretation of the saying
2681 of the apostle, "That God may be all in all."[1051] He shall be
2682 the end of our desires who shall be seen without end, loved
2683 without cloy, praised without weariness. This outgoing of
2684 affection, this employment, shall certainly be, like eternal life
2685 itself, common to all.
2686 But who can conceive, not to say describe, what degrees of
2687 honour and glory shall be awarded to the various degrees of
2688 merit? Yet it cannot be doubted that there shall be degrees.
2689 And in that blessed city there shall be this great blessing, that
2690 no inferior shall envy any superior, as now the archangels are
2691 not envied by the angels, because no one will wish to be what
2692 he has not received, though bound in strictest concord with
2693 him who has received; as in the body the finger does not seek
2694 to be the eye, though both members are harmoniously included
2695 in the complete structure of the body. And thus, along with
2696 his gift, greater or less, each shall receive this further gift of
2697 contentment to desire no more than he has.
2698 Neither are we to suppose that because sin shall have no
2699 power to delight them, free will must be withdrawn. It will,
2700 on the contrary, be all the more truly free, because set free
2701 from delight in sinning to take unfailing delight in not sinning.
2702 For the first freedom of will which man received when he was
2703 created upright consisted in an ability not to sin, but also in
2704 an ability to sin; whereas this last freedom of will shall be
2705 superior, inasmuch as it shall not be able to sin. This, indeed,
2706 shall not be a natural ability, but the gift of God. For it is
2707 one thing to be God, another thing to be a partaker of God.
2708 God by nature cannot sin, but the partaker of God receives
2709 this inability from God. And in this divine gift there was to
2710 be observed this gradation, that man should first receive a free
2711 will by which he was able not to sin, and at last a free will by
2712 which he was not able to sin,—the former being adapted to the
2713 acquiring of merit, the latter to the enjoying of the reward.[1052]
2714 But the nature thus constituted, having sinned when it had
2715 the ability to do so, it is by a more abundant grace that it is
2716 delivered so as to reach that freedom in which it cannot sin.
2717 For as the first immortality which Adam lost by sinning consisted
2718 in his being able not to die, while the last shall consist
2719 in his not being able to die; so the first free will consisted in
2720 his being able not to sin, the last in his not being able to sin.
2721 And thus piety and justice shall be as indefeasible as happiness.
2722 For certainly by sinning we lost both piety and happiness;
2723 but when we lost happiness, we did not lose the love of
2724 it. Are we to say that God Himself is not free because He
2725 cannot sin? In that city, then, there shall be free will, one
2726 in all the citizens, and indivisible in each, delivered from all
2727 ill, Filled with all good, enjoying indefeasibly the delights of
2728 eternal joys, oblivious of sins, oblivious of sufferings, and yet
2729 not so oblivious of its deliverance as to be ungrateful to its
2730 Deliverer.
2731 The soul, then, shall have an intellectual remembrance of its
2732 past ills; but, so far as regards sensible experience, they shall
2733 be quite forgotten. For a skilful physician knows, indeed, professionally
2734 almost all diseases; but experimentally he is ignorant
2735 of a great number which he himself has never suffered
2736 from. As, therefore, there are two ways of knowing evil
2737 things,—one by mental insight, the other by sensible experience,
2738 for it is one thing to understand all vices by the wisdom of a
2739 cultivated mind, another to understand them by the foolishness
2740 of an abandoned life,—so also there are two ways of forgetting
2741 evils. For a well-instructed and learned man forgets them one
2742 way, and he who has experimentally suffered from them forgets
2743 them another,—the former by neglecting what he has learned,
2744 the latter by escaping what he has suffered. And in this
2745 latter way the saints shall forget their past ills, for they shall
2746 have so thoroughly escaped them all, that they shall be quite
2747 blotted out of their experience. But their intellectual knowledge,
2748 which shall be great, shall keep them acquainted not
2749 only with their own past woes, but with the eternal sufferings
2750 of the lost. For if they were not to know that they had been
2751 miserable, how could they, as the Psalmist says, for ever sing
2752 the mercies of God? Certainly that city shall have no greater
2753 joy than the celebration of the grace of Christ, who redeemed
2754 us by His blood. There shall be accomplished the words of
2755 the psalm, "Be still, and know that I am God."[1053] There shall
2756 be the great Sabbath which has no evening, which God celebrated
2757 among His first works, as it is written, "And God
2758 rested on the seventh day from all His works which He had
2759 made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it;
2760 because that in it He had rested from all His work which God
2761 began to make."[1054] For we shall ourselves be the seventh day,
2762 when we shall be filled and replenished with God's blessing
2763 and sanctification. There shall we be still, and know that He
2764 is God; that He is that which we ourselves aspired to be
2765 when we fell away from Him, and listened to the voice of the
2766 seducer, "Ye shall be as gods,"[1055] and so abandoned God, who
2767 would have made us as gods, not by deserting Him, but by
2768 participating in Him. For without Him what have we accomplished,
2769 save to perish in His anger? But when we are
2770 restored by Him, and perfected with greater grace, we shall
2771 have eternal leisure to see that He is God, for we shall be full
2772 of Him when He shall be all in all. For even our good works,
2773 when they are understood to be rather His than ours, are
2774 imputed to us that we may enjoy this Sabbath rest. For
2775 if we attribute them to ourselves, they shall be servile; for
2776 it is said of the Sabbath, "Ye shall do no servile work in
2777 it."[1056] Wherefore also it is said by Ezekiel the prophet, "And
2778 I gave them my Sabbaths to be a sign between me and them,
2779 that they might know that I am the Lord who sanctify them."[1057]
2780 This knowledge shall be perfected when we shall be perfectly
2781 at rest, and shall perfectly know that He is God.
2782 This Sabbath shall appear still more clearly if we count the
2783 ages as days, in accordance with the periods of time defined
2784 in Scripture, for that period will be found to be the seventh.
2785 The first age, as the first day, extends from Adam to the
2786 deluge; the second from the deluge to Abraham, equalling the
2787 first, not in length of time, but in the number of generations,
2788 there being ten in each. From Abraham to the advent of
2789 Christ there are, as the evangelist Matthew calculates, three
2790 periods, in each of which are fourteen generations,—one period
2791 from Abraham to David, a second from David to the captivity,
2792 a third from the captivity to the birth of Christ in the flesh.
2793 There are thus five ages in all. The sixth is now passing, and
2794 cannot be measured by any number of generations, as it has
2795 been said, "It is not for you to know the times, which the
2796 Father hath put in His own power."[1058] After this period God
2797 shall rest as on the seventh day, when He shall give us (who
2798 shall be the seventh day) rest in Himself. But there is not now
2799 space to treat of these ages; suffice it to say that the seventh
2800 shall be our Sabbath, which shall be brought to a close, not
2801 by an evening, but by the Lord's day, as an eighth and eternal
2802 day, consecrated by the resurrection of Christ, and prefiguring
2803 the eternal repose not only of the spirit, but also of the body.
2804 There we shall rest and see, see and love, love and praise.
2805 This is what shall be in the end without end. For what other
2806 end do we propose to ourselves than to attain to the kingdom
2807 of which there is no end?
2808 I think I have now, by God's help, discharged my obligation
2809 in writing this large work. Let those who think I have said
2810 too little, or those who think I have said too much, forgive
2811 me; and let those who think I have said just enough join me
2812 in giving thanks to God. Amen.